Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 2, 2010

Registration No. 333-164471

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Motricity, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3663   20-1059798
(State of incorporation)   (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

601 108th Avenue Northeast

Suite 800

Bellevue, WA 98004

(425) 957-6200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

601 108th Avenue Northeast

Suite 800

Bellevue, WA 98004

(425) 957-6200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

 

Mark D. Director

Christian O. Nagler

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 446-4800

(212) 446-4900 (facsimile)

  

William H. Hinman, Jr.

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

2550 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 251-5000

(650) 251-5002 (facsimile)

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

   Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer   x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 2, 2010

6,750,000 Shares

LOGO

Motricity, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Motricity, Inc. Motricity is offering 6,750,000 shares in this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $14.00 and $16.00. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “MOTR”.

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 13 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share    Total

Initial public offering price

   $                $      

Underwriting discount

   $    $

Proceeds, before expenses, to Motricity

   $    $

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 6,750,000 shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 1,012,500 shares from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount. Motricity will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares sold by the selling stockholders.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about             , 2010.

 

J.P. Morgan

  Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

Deutsche Bank Securities   RBC Capital Markets

 

Baird   Needham & Company, LLC   Pacific Crest Securities

Prospectus dated                         , 2010.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

P ROSPECTUS S UMMARY

   1

S UMMARY H ISTORICAL C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL D ATA

   8

R ISK F ACTORS

   13

S PECIAL N OTE R EGARDING F ORWARD -L OOKING S TATEMENTS

   32

U SE OF P ROCEEDS

   34

D IVIDEND P OLICY

   35

C APITALIZATION

   36

D ILUTION

   38

S ELECTED H ISTORICAL C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL D ATA

   41

M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION AND A NALYSIS OF F INANCIAL C ONDITION AND R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS

   44

B USINESS

   78

M ANAGEMENT

   92

E XECUTIVE C OMPENSATION

   98

P RINCIPAL AND S ELLING S TOCKHOLDERS

   132

C ERTAIN R ELATIONSHIPS AND R ELATED P ARTY T RANSACTIONS

   136

D ESCRIPTION OF C APITAL S TOCK

   142

S HARES E LIGIBLE FOR F UTURE S ALE

   150

M ATERIAL U NITED S TATES F EDERAL I NCOME T AX C ONSIDERATIONS TO N ON -U NITED S TATES H OLDERS

   153

U NDERWRITING (C ONFLICTS OF I NTEREST )

   156

L EGAL M ATTERS

   161

E XPERTS

   161

W HERE Y OU C AN F IND M ORE I NFORMATION

   162

I NDEX TO C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

   F-1

Through and including             , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights key information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. For a more complete understanding of us and this offering, you should read and consider the entire prospectus, including the information set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes thereto before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Except as otherwise required by the context, references to “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” are to Motricity, Inc. We use the term “wireless carrier” throughout this prospectus for simplicity, and by its use we intend to reference traditional carriers that provide mobile services over their own network as well as non-carrier mobile service providers that provide mobile services over the networks of others. We also use the phrases “4 of the top 10 global wireless carriers” and “4 of the top 10 global wireless data providers”; both refer to 4 of the top 10 wireless carriers by total wireless data revenue.

Motricity

Overview

We are a leading provider of mobile data solutions that enable wireless carriers to deliver high value mobile data services to their subscribers. We provide a comprehensive suite of hosted, managed service offerings, which include services to access the Internet using a mobile device, services to market and distribute a wide range of mobile content and applications, messaging services and billing support and settlement services. These services enable wireless carriers to deliver customized, carrier-branded mobile data services. Our mCore service delivery platform provides the tools for mobile subscribers to easily locate and access personally relevant and location-based content and services, engage in social networking and download content and applications. We also leverage our data-rich insights into subscriber behavior and our user interface expertise to provide a highly personalized mobile data experience and targeted mobile marketing solutions. By enabling wireless carriers to deliver a personalized subscriber experience, we enhance their ability to attract and retain mobile subscribers, increase the average revenue per user for mobile data services, or mobile data ARPU, and reduce network overhead and operating costs. We also facilitate effective monetization for mobile content and application providers by making it easier for them to reach millions of targeted subscribers with customized offerings.

Our mCore platform provides mobile subscribers with access to over 30 million unique pieces of third-party content or applications that we optimize and deliver to over 2,000 different mobile phone models, ranging from entry level feature phones to smartphones. We have access to more than 200 million mobile subscribers through our customers, and we currently provide mobile data services to approximately 35 million of these subscribers monthly. Our operations are predominantly based in the U.S., with international operations in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Indonesia and Singapore. Our customers include 4 of the top 10 global wireless carriers based on total wireless data revenue: Verizon Wireless, AT&T, Sprint and T-Mobile USA. Since 2005, Motricity has generated over $2.5 billion in gross revenue for our carrier customers through the sale of content and applications and powered over 50 billion page views through access to the mobile Internet. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated revenue of $113.7 million and incurred a net loss of $16.3 million. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, we generated revenue of $119.5 million and incurred a net loss of $10.9 million.

Industry Background

An extensive mobile data services ecosystem has developed, consisting of numerous industry participants including wireless carriers, mobile device manufacturers, operating system developers,

 

 

1


Table of Contents

and mobile content and application providers. This ecosystem is changing rapidly as new mobile devices and operating systems are introduced into the market, new mobile content and applications are developed, and as mobile subscribers demand an enhanced and personalized subscriber experience. Today’s mobile subscribers expect their mobile device to be able to do more than make phone calls or send a text message—they want to be able to access information, check email, keep up with their social networks, and download the latest content and applications.

Wireless carriers operate in a highly competitive market and face growing challenges to attract and retain mobile subscribers and increase total mobile data ARPU. Historically, many wireless carriers provided mobile data services directly to their mobile subscribers through internally developed proprietary solutions. Over time, the wireless ecosystem has become increasingly complex, with evolving technologies and a proliferation of mobile devices running different operating systems. Accordingly, it has become more difficult for wireless carriers to manage the rapid evolution of this wireless data ecosystem on their own. Additionally, the growth dynamics of the mobile data services market has attracted non-carrier participants, including Apple and Google, into the market, threatening carriers ability to monetize their significant marketing and capital investments. These relatively new entrants are offering access to mobile content and applications through their own solutions and are capturing an increasing portion of the market.

The Motricity Solution

Through our mCore service delivery platform, we provide a comprehensive suite of managed service offerings to access the Internet using a mobile device, to market and distribute a wide range of mobile content and applications, and for messaging services and billing support and settlement, which deliver numerous benefits to the following participants in the mobile data ecosystem:

Wireless Carriers.     We use customizable, modular solutions that help wireless carriers rapidly develop, deploy and bill for mobile data services. Our managed services platform reduces wireless carrier network overhead and operating costs, and simplifies the relationships between wireless carriers and content and application providers.

Mobile Content and Application Providers.     We facilitate effective monetization for mobile content and application providers by providing access to millions of mobile subscribers on a targeted and non-targeted basis across carriers. Our mCore platform also facilitates user-friendly uploading of content and applications, ensures efficient billing and settlement, and provides quality assurance for delivery of mobile content and applications.

Mobile Subscribers.     Wireless carriers can select from some or all of our services to construct and deliver a customized, carrier-branded, and highly personalized mobile data experience that allows their mobile subscribers to easily locate and access personally relevant, location-based content and services, engage in social networking, and download, send and receive digital media. In addition, the mCore service delivery platform allows mobile subscribers to manage the content and applications that they use most frequently.

Our Strengths

 

  Ÿ  

Strong Relationships with Wireless Carriers .      We have been an integral partner with our wireless carrier customers, assisting them with key phases of their mobile data services strategies, including design, development, deployment, provisioning, management, billing and customer support.

 

  Ÿ  

Deep Integration within the Mobile Data Ecosystem .    Through our deep integration with our wireless carrier customers’ systems, and our integration with a growing number of content and

 

 

2


Table of Contents
 

application providers, we facilitate the delivery of an enhanced mobile data experience to our customers’ mobile subscribers.

 

  Ÿ  

Highly Scalable Platform.     Our mCore service delivery platform has been built using flexible modular architecture that enables wireless carriers to deliver a highly scalable and highly reliable, carrier-branded subscriber experience.

 

  Ÿ  

Comprehensive Expertise in Managed Service Operations .    Through the delivery of MaaS, Mobile as a Service , solution, we develop, implement and operate a very large and complex managed service environment, servicing approximately 35 million non-messaging based users monthly across multiple carriers and geographies with a carrier-grade level of quality and reliability.

 

  Ÿ  

Expansive Device Portfolio and Onboarding Process .     We customize, test and maintain highly personalized mobile data experiences for an ever-expanding population of mobile devices ranging from entry level feature phones to smartphones utilizing advanced operating systems such as Symbian, Blackberry, Android, Windows Mobile and webOS.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant Insights into Subscriber Behavior and Effective User Experience s.    Our mCore platform can capture a wide range of subscriber behavior and usage patterns across multiple carriers.

 

  Ÿ  

Independence and Neutrality .    We are content, network, operating system and mobile device type independent, which enables our interests to be closely aligned with our wireless carrier customers’ interests.

Our Growth Strategy

 

  Ÿ  

Focus our efforts on expanding the breadth of our solutions with industry leading participants and leveraging our strong relationships with 4 of the top 10 global wireless carriers;

 

  Ÿ  

Expand our business into developed and emerging international markets such as those in Southeast Asia, India and Latin America;

 

  Ÿ  

Advance our technological leadership through the enhancement of the mCore platform, and the introduction of new solutions that increase the total value we provide to our carrier and enterprise customers;

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our core competencies, technologies, and existing market position to broaden our offerings and customer base and advance into new market segments;

 

  Ÿ  

Enhance our smartphone solutions to fully capitalize on the extensive capabilities of these devices and their significant market adoption; and

 

  Ÿ  

Gain additional scale and technology through opportunistic acquisitions that expand our total market opportunity, provide complementary technologies and solutions, and aid our international expansion efforts.

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13. You should consider carefully such risks before deciding to invest in our common stock. These risks include, among others:

 

  Ÿ  

we depend on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenues, and the loss of a key customer or any significant adverse change in the size or terms of a contract with a key customer could significantly reduce our revenues;

 

 

3


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the mobile data service industry is, and likely will continue to be, characterized by rapid technological changes, which will require us to develop new service enhancements, and could render our existing services obsolete;

 

  Ÿ  

the market in which we operate is highly competitive and many of our competitors have significantly greater resources; and

 

  Ÿ  

open mobile phone operating systems and new business models may reduce the wireless carriers’ influence over access to mobile data services, and may reduce the total size of our market opportunity.

Additional Information

Our company began as Power By Hand LLC, an Oklahoma limited liability company, formed in 2001. In 2003, PBH Holdings LLC, an Oklahoma limited liability company, acquired all of Power By Hand LLC’s membership interests and PBH Holdings, LLC subsequently reincorporated in Delaware in 2003. In 2004, we formed Power By Hand, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which merged with PBH Holdings, LLC, and PinPoint Networks, Inc. that same year, with Power By Hand, Inc. as the surviving entity. In 2004, we changed our name from Power By Hand, Inc. to Motricity, Inc.

On December 28, 2007, we acquired the mobile division of InfoSpace, Inc., which we refer to as InfoSpace Mobile, for a cash purchase price of $135 million and the assumption of certain liabilities. The acquisition was a key element in the broad strategic realignment of our business. We viewed InfoSpace Mobile as a competing provider of mobile content solutions and services for the wireless industry that had strong relationships with several large wireless carriers. Through its mCore platform, InfoSpace Mobile offered many of the same services we provided to our customers through our Fuel platform. InfoSpace Mobile also operated a large development organization, with an emphasis on professional services for their carrier customers. In the acquisition, in addition to acquiring the mCore platform and a number of leased U.S. datacenter facilities, we acquired a 224-person employee base, additional contracts with certain of our new and pre-existing customers, including AT&T and Verizon Wireless, and the Bellevue, Washington office facilities that we now use as our corporate headquarters.

Our corporate headquarters is located at 601 108 th Avenue Northeast, Suite 800, Bellevue, Washington 98004. Our telephone number is (425) 957-6200. Our website address is www.motricity.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. “Motricity” and other trademarks of ours appearing in this prospectus are our property. This prospectus contains additional trade names and trademarks of ours and of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply an endorsement or sponsorship of us by such companies, or any relationship with any of these companies.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

6,750,000 shares

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase shares from the selling stockholders

1,012,500 shares

 

Total common stock to be outstanding after this offering

38,592,617 shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive proceeds of approximately $86.2 million from our offering of our common stock, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus. We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund investments and acquisitions. However, we currently have no commitments with respect to any such investments or acquisitions. In addition, we expect to use up to $1.4 million to pay a portion of the fees to be paid to Advanced Equities, Inc. for their advisory services provided to us in connection with this offering. One million dollars of the fee was paid previously. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional details. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

 

Dividend Policy

We currently do not expect to pay dividends or make any other distribution on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is also limited by the covenants of our credit facility and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities. See “Dividend Policy” for additional details.

 

Proposed trading symbol on NASDAQ Global Market

“ MOTR ”

 

Risk Factors

Investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 and all other information included in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Conflicts of Interest

Affiliates of Advanced Equities, Inc. beneficially own more than 10% of our company. Because of this beneficial ownership and because we agreed to pay Advanced Equities, Inc. an advisory fee of up to $2.4 million in connection with this offering, Advanced Equities, Inc. may be deemed a statutory underwriter. Since Advanced Equities, Inc.’s affiliates

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

beneficially own more than 10% of our company, the underwriters are deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 2720 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., which are overseen by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Accordingly, this offering is being conducted in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 2720. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” (as such term is defined in Rule 2720) is not necessary in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest, and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 2720.

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 31,842,617 shares, the number of shares outstanding at March 31, 2010, and unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

reflects a 15-for-1 reverse stock split of our common stock expected to be approved by our stockholders and effected prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;

 

  Ÿ  

assumes that our common stock will be sold at $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase additional shares;

 

  Ÿ  

assumes the conversion of all outstanding redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock, other than Series H, as of March 31, 2010 into 24,101,205 shares of common stock effective upon the consummation of this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes 1,178,706 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2010, at a weighted average exercise price of $10.67 per share, and 1,471,567 shares of our common stock reserved for future grants under our 2004 Stock Incentive Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes 1,986,288 shares of our common stock reserved for future grants under our 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, 333,333 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted under this plan at an exercise price of $20.40 that will be outstanding at the consummation of this offering and 446,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options with an exercise price equal to the public offering price that will be granted under this plan and will be outstanding at the consummation of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes 2,973,911 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $16.23;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes 594,639 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase 8,919,591 shares of Series I redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.97 that upon consummation of this offering will represent warrants to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $14.54 per share;

 

 

6


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

excludes a total of 33,154 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase a combined 292,198 shares of Series A and B redeemable preferred stock (convertible into 13,676 shares of common stock) and 19,478 shares of common stock, respectively, that upon consummation of this offering will represent warrants to purchase shares of common stock at a combined weighted average exercise price of $3.26 per share. The common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A and B redeemable preferred stock at the consummation of this offering has been determined using an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus; and

 

  Ÿ  

excludes 2,188,748 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series H preferred stock as of March 31, 2010.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize the consolidated financial data for our business. You should read these tables along with our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations and cash flows data for 2007, 2008 and 2009, set forth below, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations and cash flows data for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2010, are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited information on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. In light of our acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile, on December 28, 2007, our financial statements only reflect the impact of the acquisition from that date, and therefore comparisons with prior periods are not necessarily meaningful. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate results that may be expected for any future period.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

          

Managed services

   $ 31,772      $ 85,677      $ 81,403      $ 20,222      $ 20,881   

Professional services

     3,399        17,474        32,292        3,054        8,199   
                                        

Total revenues

     35,171        103,151        113,695        23,276        29,080   
                                        

Operating expenses

          

Direct third-party expenses

     3,709        5,451        9,485        1,171        1,305   

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

     9,468        33,000        31,786        8,683        8,034   

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

     16,229        52,261        31,389        7,677        8,182   

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

     7,119        10,228        11,900        2,989        3,655   

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

     10,334        26,052        20,841        5,175        5,264   

Depreciation and amortization(1)

     10,322        21,559        13,208        3,777        3,041   

Restructuring(2)

     1,283        3,236        2,058        235        407   

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges(3)

     26,867        29,130        5,806        —          —     

Abandoned transaction charge(4)

     2,600        —          —          —          —     
                                        

Total operating expenses

     87,931        180,917        126,473        29,707        29,888   
                                        

Operating loss

     (52,760     (77,766     (12,778     (6,431     (808

Other income (expense), net

     1,155        2,714        (1,627     (96     (258

Provision for income taxes

     —          1,776        1,896        444        467   
                                        

Loss from continuing operations

     (51,605     (76,828     (16,301     (6,971     (1,533

Loss from discontinued operations(5)

     (24,928     (1,072     —          —          —     

Loss from sale of discontinued operations(5)

     (1,360     (127     —          —          —     
                                        

Net loss

     (77,893     (78,027     (16,301     (6,971     (1,533

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock and Series D1 preferred dividends

     (8,095     (22,427     (23,956     (5,987     (6,400
                                        

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (85,988   $ (100,454   $ (40,257   $ (12,958   $ (7,933
                                        

Basic and fully diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(6)

     $(14.84)        $(17.19)        $(6.85)        $(2.20)        $(1.38)   

Weighted-average number of shares of common stock used in computing basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(6)

     5,796        5,843        5,878        5,887        5,753   

Pro forma net loss attributable to holders of common stock (unaudited)(6)

       $ (31,245     $ (17,815

Pro forma basic and fully diluted net loss per share (unaudited)(6)

       $ (0.84     $ (0.48

Weighted-average number of shares of common stock used in computing pro forma basic and fully diluted net loss per share (unaudited)(6)

         37,106          37,468   

 

 

9


Table of Contents
     As of March 31, 2010
     Actual     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(7)
     (In thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,408      $ 113,406

Working capital

     23,459        112,105

Total assets

     161,518        247,111

Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     —          —  

Total redeemable preferred stock

     423,624        51,028

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (296,162     167,949

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Data:

          

Cash flows from operating activities

   $ (41,499   $ (28,745   $ 33,101      $ (1,794   $ (8,028

Cash flows from investing activities

     (133,507     (14,735     408        92        (1,149

Cash flows from financing activities

     236,275        (9,644     (11,956     (833     (1,332

Investments in property and equipment included within investing activities

     (4,594     (8,389     (4,890     (2,243     (1,186
     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Other Financial Data (unaudited):

          

Adjusted EBITDA(8)

   $ (11,000   $ (21,497   $ 10,473      $ (1,887   $ 3,145   

 

(1) Depreciation and amortization by function:

 

       Years Ended December 31,    Three Months
Ended March 31,
     2007    2008    2009    2009    2010
     (In thousands)

Datacenter and network operations

   $ 7,310    $ 16,824    $ 8,890    $ 2,497    $ 1,992

Product development and sustainment

     1,548      2,237      1,962      586      428

Sales and marketing

     307      2,075      1,960      572      524

General and administrative

     1,157      423      396      122      97
                                  

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 10,322    $ 21,559    $ 13,208    $ 3,777    $ 3,041
                                  

 

(2) Our restructuring charges relate to costs associated with closing and relocating facilities, relocating certain key employees and severance costs following the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further details.
(3) The impairments in 2008 and 2009 relate primarily to integration activities following our acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile in December 2007 and to certain non-core operating assets. The 2007 impairments relate to goodwill due primarily to changes in consumer purchase habits. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further details.
(4) In 2007, we issued a warrant to purchase common stock to an affiliate of an existing investor as a fee for providing a financing commitment in connection with a proposed transaction that was not completed.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
(5) In connection with a business strategy reassessment initiated in 2007, we exited the direct to consumer business and a business we refer to as media and entertainment (“media and entertainment”) at various times during 2007 and 2008.
(6) See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for the method used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.
(7) The Pro Forma As Adjusted column of this consolidated balance sheet data table reflects (a) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock, other than Series H, into 24,101,205 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, (b) the issuance and sale by us of 6,750,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, (c) the receipt of proceeds of this offering after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses payable by us, (d) the reclassification of the redeemable preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, and (e) the recording of stock-based compensation expense due to the vesting of restricted stock triggered by the closing of this offering is as if these events had occurred as of March 31, 2010. The Pro Forma As Adjusted Information set forth in this table is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $6.3 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses payable by us.
(8) See our discussion of Adjusted EBITDA as a non-GAAP financial measure immediately following these footnotes.

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Loss From Continuing Operations

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss from continuing operations plus interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, restructuring, asset impairments and abandoned transaction charges, and less interest and other income (expense), net. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of liquidity calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., referred to herein as GAAP, and should be viewed as a supplement to, not a substitute for, our results of operations presented on the basis of GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA does not purport to represent cash flow provided by, or used in, operating activities as defined by GAAP. Our statement of cash flows presents our cash flow activity in accordance with GAAP. Furthermore, Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to similarly-titled measures reported by other companies.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is used by and is useful to investors and other users of our financial statements in evaluating our operating performance because it provides them with an additional tool to compare business performance across companies and across periods. We believe that:

 

  Ÿ  

EBITDA is widely used by investors to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon accounting methods and book value of assets, capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired; and

 

  Ÿ  

investors commonly adjust EBITDA to eliminate the effect of restructuring and stock-based compensation expenses, which vary widely from company to company and impair comparability.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

We use Adjusted EBITDA:

 

  Ÿ  

as a measure of operating performance to assist in comparing performance from period to period on a consistent basis;

 

  Ÿ  

as a measure for planning and forecasting overall expectations and for evaluating actual results against such expectations; and

 

  Ÿ  

in communications with the board of directors, stockholders, analysts and investors concerning our financial performance.

A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss from continuing operations, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the fiscal periods indicated is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
     (Unaudited, in thousands)  

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (51,605   $ (76,828   $ (16,301   $ (6,971   $ (1,533

Other income (expense), net

     (1,155     (2,714     1,627        96        258   

Provision for income taxes

     —          1,776        1,896        444        467   

Depreciation and amortization

     10,322        21,559        13,208        3,777        3,041   

Restructuring, asset impairments and abandoned transaction charges

     30,750        32,366        7,864        235        407   

Stock-based compensation

     688        2,344        2,179        532        505   
                                        

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (11,000   $ (21,497   $ 10,473      $ (1,887   $ 3,145   
                                        

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider and evaluate all of the information in this prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below, which we believe describe the most significant, but not all, risks of an investment in our common stock, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks and uncertainties could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or growth prospects. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Operations

We depend on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenues. The loss of a key customer or any significant adverse change in the size or terms of a contract with a key customer could significantly reduce our revenues.

We depend, and expect to continue to depend, on a limited number of significant worldwide wireless carriers for a substantial portion of our revenues. Currently, 4 of the top 10 global wireless carriers use our services. In the event that one or more of these major wireless carriers decides to reduce or stop using our managed and professional services, we could be forced to shift our marketing focus to smaller wireless carriers, which could result in lower revenues than expected and increased business development, marketing and sales expenses. This could cause our business to be less profitable and our results of operations to be adversely affected.

In addition, a change in the timing or size of a purchase by any one of our key customers could result in significant variations in our revenue and operating results. Our operating results for the foreseeable future will continue to depend on our ability to effect sales to a small number of customers. Any revenue growth will depend on our success in selling additional services to our large customers and expanding our customer base to include additional customers that deploy our solutions in large-scale networks serving significant numbers of subscribers.

In 2009, we generated approximately 53% and 20% of our total revenue from contracts with AT&T Mobility LLC and its affiliates, or AT&T, and Verizon Wireless and its affiliates, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2010, we generated approximately 40% and 39% of our total revenue from contracts with AT&T and Verizon Wireless, respectively. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in 2009 or in the first three months of 2010. Our current five largest customers accounted for approximately 84% of our revenues in 2009 and 90% of our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2010. Certain of our customer agreements expire in mid to late 2010, including agreements with AT&T and Verizon Wireless. Failure to renew our agreements with AT&T, Verizon Wireless or our other large customers would materially reduce our revenue and have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview” and “Business—Customers and Vendors—Customers” for more information.

The mobile data services industry is, and likely will continue to be, characterized by rapid technological changes, which will require us to develop new service enhancements, and could render our existing services obsolete.

The market for content and applications for mobile devices is characterized by rapid technological change, with frequent variations in user requirements and preferences, frequent new product and service introductions embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards and practices. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to enhance and expand our existing services,

 

13


Table of Contents

develop new technology that addresses the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of wireless carriers and their subscribers, respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices and license leading technologies that will be useful in our business in a cost-effective and timely way. We may not be able to successfully use new technologies or adapt our current and planned services to new customer requirements or emerging industry standards. The introduction of new products embodying new technologies or the emergence of new industry standards could render our existing services obsolete, unmarketable or uncompetitive from a pricing standpoint.

The market in which we operate is highly competitive and many of our competitors have significantly greater resources.

The mobile data communications services market is rapidly evolving and intensely competitive. Our competitors include mobile device manufacturers, search engines, portals and directories, and wireless service integrators. Competition in the wireless industry throughout the world continues to increase at a rapid pace as consumers, businesses and governments realize the market potential of wireless communications products and services. In addition, new competitors or alliances among competitors could emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share, to our detriment. There may be additional competitive threats from companies introducing new and disruptive solutions. Some of our competitors may be better positioned than we are. Although we have attained a significant position in the industry, many of our current and potential competitors may have advantages over us, including:

 

  Ÿ  

longer operating histories and market presence;

 

  Ÿ  

greater name recognition;

 

  Ÿ  

access to larger customer bases;

 

  Ÿ  

single source solutions that deliver mobile devices, hardware, services and infrastructure;

 

  Ÿ  

economies of scale and cost structure advantages;

 

  Ÿ  

greater sales and marketing, manufacturing, distribution, technical, financial and other resources; and

 

  Ÿ  

government support.

These competitors also have established or may establish financial or strategic relationships among themselves or with our existing or potential customers or other third parties. In addition, some of our competitors have used and may continue to use aggressive pricing or promotional strategies, have stronger relationships on more favorable terms with wireless carriers and may devote substantially greater resources to system development than we do. These relationships may affect customers’ decisions to purchase services from us.

We also face competition from existing service providers in the international markets in which we already compete or may enter. For example, in India we compete with numerous companies, some of which are solely focused on the local mobile data services market, are directly owned and managed by local citizens. These factors could provide local competitors with advantages over us, particularly if the local government enacts laws or policies that favor local competitors or restrict or disadvantage us because our international operations are part of a U.S.-domiciled company. Other competitors in international markets are subsidiaries of larger companies with established local operations, and with greater experience and resources. In other countries that we may enter, there may be incumbent competitors presently selling data services products. These incumbents may have competitive advantages that could impede our expansion and growth in these countries.

 

14


Table of Contents

Competition for our employees is intense and failure to recruit and retain skilled personnel could negatively affect our financial results as well as our ability to maintain relationships with clients and drive future growth.

We provide sophisticated mobile data delivery platforms and services to our customers. To attract and retain customers, we believe we need to demonstrate professional acumen and build trust and strong relationships, and that we must identify, recruit, retain and motivate new hardware and software engineers, programmers, technical support personnel and marketing and sales representatives. Competition is intense for skilled personnel with engineering, product development, technical and marketing and sales experience, and we may not be able to identify individuals that possess the necessary skills and experience, or we may not be able to employ these individuals on acceptable terms and conditions, or at all. Moreover, competition has been increasing the cost of hiring and retaining skilled professionals, a trend which could adversely affect our operating margins and financial results. Our business and growth may suffer if we are unable to hire and retain skilled personnel.

We rely heavily on our executive officers and other key employees for the success of our business and the loss of our executive team whether to a competitor or otherwise could adversely impact our business.

We believe our success will depend in part upon retaining the services of executive officers and other key employees. Many of our executive officers joined our company within the last two years and we operate in a very competitive environment. Although we have employment agreements with many of our key employees, such employees may receive employment offers that are competitive with or more attractive than their existing employment terms with us. If our executive officers or non-executive key employees leave and we cannot replace them with suitable candidates quickly, we could experience difficulty in managing our business properly. This could harm our business prospects, client relationships, employee morale and financial results. We currently maintain a key-person life insurance policy on our chief executive officer.

Open mobile phone operating systems and new business models may reduce the wireless carriers’ influence over access to mobile data services, and may reduce the total size of our market opportunity.

The majority of our revenue is based on mobile subscribers accessing mobile content and applications through our customers’ carrier-branded mobile solutions. However, with the growth of the iPhone and smartphone business models, our customers’ services may be bypassed or become inaccessible. These business models, which exclude carrier participation beyond transport, along with the introduction of more mobile phones with open operating systems that allow mobile subscribers to browse the Internet and, in some cases, download applications from sources other than a carrier’s branded services, create a risk that some carriers will choose to allow this non-branded Internet access without offering a competitive value-added carrier-branded experience as part of their solution set. These so-called “open operating systems” include Symbian, BlackBerry, Android, Windows Mobile and webOS. We believe wireless carriers need to offer branded services that can compete head-to-head with the new business models and open technologies in order to retain mobile subscribers and increase ARPU. Although our solutions are designed to help wireless carriers deliver a high value, competitive mobile data experience, if mobile subscribers do not find these carrier-branded services compelling, there is a risk that mobile subscribers will use open operating systems to bypass carrier-branded services and access the mobile Internet. It is also possible one or more wireless carriers will adopt a non-carrier branded, third-party web portal model. To the extent this occurs, the total available market opportunity for providing our current services and solutions to carriers may be reduced.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our sales cycle can be long, which may make our revenues and operating results less predictable.

Wireless carriers must typically make substantial investments to deploy our mobile data services solution. As a result, the typical sales cycle for our services is long, averaging nine to twelve months per customer. Many of the potential customers for our services have only recently begun to evaluate the benefits of expanding their offerings of mobile services, and many have only recently designated personnel to evaluate, procure and implement new mobile services. We believe that we may be required to spend a significant amount of time and resources educating potential customers on the use and benefits of our services, and in turn, we expect potential customers to spend a significant amount of time performing internal reviews and obtaining authorization to purchase our services. Furthermore, the emerging and evolving nature of mobile data technological standards and services may lead potential customers to postpone purchasing decisions.

We have a history of net operating losses and may continue to suffer losses in the future.

For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, and 2009, we had net losses of approximately $22.5 million, $55.2 million, $77.9 million, $78.0 million and $16.3 million, respectively. For the three months ended and as of March 31, 2010, we had a net loss of approximately $1.5 million and an accumulated deficit of approximately $313.7 million. If we cannot become profitable, our financial condition will deteriorate, and we may be unable to achieve our business objectives.

We compete with in-house mobile data solutions similar to those we offer.

The mobile data service industry is evolving rapidly to address changing industry standards and the introduction of new technologies and network elements. Wireless carriers are constantly reassessing their approaches to delivering mobile data to their subscribers, and one or more of our customers could decide to deploy an in-house mobile data delivery service solution that competes with our services. Even if the mobile data delivery services offered by a mobile service provider’s in-house solution were more limited than those provided by our services, a wireless carrier may elect to accept limited functionality or services in lieu of providing a third party access to its network. An increase in the use of in-house solutions by wireless carriers could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We have a significant relationship with a development vendor, and changes to that relationship may result in delays or disruptions that could harm our business.

We rely upon development vendors to provide additional capacity for our technical development and quality assurance services. Our primary development vendor is GlobalLogic, Inc., a software research and development company providing software development services primarily from its offices in India and Ukraine. Our current agreement with GlobalLogic terminates on December 29, 2011. GlobalLogic may only terminate this agreement for cause. If GlobalLogic were, for any reason, to cease operations, we might be unable to replace it on a timely basis with a comparably priced provider. We would also have to expend time and resources to train any new development vendor that might replace GlobalLogic. If GlobalLogic were to suffer an interruption in its business, or experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in its software development operations, or if we had to change development vendors, our ability to provide services to our customers would be delayed and our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

16


Table of Contents

Demand for our managed and professional services depends on increases in carrier subscribers’ use of mobile data services and mobile devices to access the mobile Internet and on our customers’ continued investment and improvement in wireless networks.

Our services comprise a mobile data service delivery platform that enables wireless carriers to monitor and charge their subscribers for access to mobile applications, content and programs that are developed by third parties and hosted by us. The majority of our revenue is based on mobile subscribers accessing mobile content and applications through our customers’ carrier-branded mobile solutions. Our ability to generate revenues from our services will depend on the extent to which businesses and consumers continue to adopt and use mobile devices to access the mobile Internet and to receive products and services via their mobile devices. While many consumers use mobile devices to communicate, the majority of consumers do not presently use mobile devices to access the mobile Internet or obtain other products or services. Consumers and businesses may not significantly increase their use of mobile data services and mobile devices to access the mobile Internet and to obtain products and services as quickly as our business model contemplates. If consumers do not continue to increase their use of mobile data services, our business, operating results and financial condition will be adversely impacted.

Further, increased demand by consumers for mobile data services delivered over wireless networks will be necessary to justify capital expenditure commitments by wireless carriers to invest in the improvement and expansion of their networks. Demand for mobile data services might not continue to increase if there is limited availability or market acceptance of mobile devices designed for such services; the multimedia content offered through wireless networks does not attract widespread interest; or the quality of service available through wireless networks does not meet consumer expectations. If long-term expectations for mobile data services are not realized or do not support a sustainable business model, wireless carriers may not commit significant capital expenditures to upgrade their networks to provide these services, the demand for our services will decrease, and we may not be able to increase our revenues or become profitable in the future.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary information, the value of our technology could be adversely affected.

Our business relies upon certain unpatented or unregistered intellectual property rights and proprietary information, including the mCore platform. Consequently, although we take measures to keep our key intellectual property rights and proprietary information confidential, we may not be able to protect our technology from independent invention by third parties. We currently attempt to protect most of our key intellectual property through a combination of trade secret, copyright and other intellectual property laws and by entering into employee, contractor and business partner confidentiality agreements. Such measures, however, provide only limited protection, and under certain circumstances we may not be able to prevent the disclosure of our intellectual property, or the unauthorized use or reverse engineering or independent development of our technology. This may allow our existing and potential competitors to develop products and services that are competitive with, or superior to, our services.

Further, we intend to expand our international presence by targeting countries with large populations and propensities for adopting new technologies. However, many of these countries’ intellectual property laws are not as stringent as those of the U.S. Effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protections may be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries. As a result, we may not be able to effectively prevent competitors in these countries from using or infringing our intellectual property rights, which would reduce our competitive advantage and ability to compete in these regions or otherwise harm our business. In the future, we may also have to resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, which could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources. In addition, such litigation may not be successful.

 

17


Table of Contents

Consolidation in the telecommunications industry may reduce the number of our customers and negatively impact our financial performance.

The telecommunications industry continues to experience consolidation and an increased formation of alliances among telecommunications service providers and between telecommunications service providers and other entities. Should one of our significant customers consolidate with another company or enter into such an alliance and decide either to use a different mobile data service provider or to manage its transactions internally, it could have a negative material impact on our prospects. These consolidations and alliances may cause us to lose customers or require us to reduce prices as a result of enhanced customer leverage, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. We may not be able to offset the effects of any price reductions. We may not be able to expand our customer base to make up any decreases in revenue if we lose customers or if our transaction volumes decline.

We expect that our revenue will fluctuate, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our revenue is subject to fluctuations due to the timing of sales of high-dollar professional services projects. Because these projects occur at irregular intervals and the dollar values vary based on customer needs, we may experience quarter-to-quarter fluctuations in revenue. In addition, any significant delays in the deployment of our services, unfavorable sales trends in our existing service categories, or changes in the spending behavior of wireless carriers could adversely affect our revenue growth. If our revenue fluctuates or does not meet the expectations of securities analysts and investors, our stock price would likely decline.

Our customer contracts lack uniformity and often are complex, which subjects us to business and other risks.

Our customers include some of the largest wireless carriers which have substantial purchasing power and negotiating leverage. As a result, we typically negotiate contracts on a customer- by­customer basis and sometimes accept contract terms not favorable to us in order to close a transaction, including indemnity, limitation of liability, refund, penalty or other terms that could expose us to significant financial or operating risk. If we are unable to effectively negotiate, enforce and accurately and timely account and bill for contracts with our key customers, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

In addition, we have contractual indemnification obligations to our customers, most of which are unlimited in nature. If we are required to fulfill our indemnification obligations relating to third-party content or operating systems that we provide to our customers, we intend to seek indemnification from our suppliers, vendors, and content providers to the full extent of their responsibility. Even if the agreement with such supplier, vendor or content provider contains an indemnity provision, it may not cover a particular claim or type of claim or may be limited in amount or scope. As a result, we may or may not have sufficient indemnification from third parties to cover fully the amounts or types of claims that might be made against us. Any significant indemnification obligation to our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We provide service level commitments to our customers, which could cause us to incur financial penalties if the stated service levels are not met for a given period and could significantly reduce our revenue.

Our customer agreements provide service level commitments on a monthly basis. Our service level commitment varies by customer. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments or suffer extended periods of unavailability and/or degraded performance of our service, we may incur financial penalties. Our revenue could be significantly impacted if we suffer unscheduled downtime that exceeds the allowed downtimes under our agreements with our customers. The failure to meet our

 

18


Table of Contents

contractual level of service availability may require us to credit affected customers for a significant portion of their monthly fees, not just the value for the period of the downtime. As a result, failure to deliver services for a relatively short duration could result in our incurring significant financial penalties. Service level penalties represented 4% of total revenue in 2008, 1% of total revenue in 2009 and 3% of total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2010. Any system failure, extended service outages, errors, defects or other performance problems with our managed and professional services could harm our reputation and may damage our customers’ businesses.

We use datacenters to deliver our platform and services. Any disruption of service at these facilities could harm our business.

We host our services and serve all of our customers from five datacenter facilities located around the U.S. We operate two datacenter facilities located in Washington State. The other three facilities are operated by third parties in Georgia, Massachusetts and North Carolina. We do not control the operations at the third-party facilities. All of these facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, terrorist attacks, power losses, telecommunications failures and similar events. They also could be subject to break-ins, computer viruses, denial of service attacks, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and other misconduct. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, a decision to close the third-party facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in our services. Although we maintain off-site tape backups of our customers’ data, we do not currently operate or maintain a backup datacenter for any of our services, which increases our vulnerability to interruptions or delays in our service. Interruptions in our services might harm our reputation, reduce our revenue, cause us to incur financial penalties, subject us to potential liability and cause customers to terminate their contracts.

Capacity constraints could disrupt access to our services, which could affect our revenue and harm our reputation.

Our service goals of performance, reliability and availability require that we have adequate capacity in our computer systems to cope with the volume of traffic through our mCore service delivery platform. As our operations grow in size and scope, we will need to improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to offer our customers and their subscribers enhanced services, capacity, features and functionality. The expansion of our systems and infrastructure will require us to commit substantial financial, operational and technical resources before the volume of our business rises, with no assurance that our revenues will grow. If our systems cannot be expanded in a timely manner to cope with increased traffic we could experience disruptions in service, lower customer and subscriber satisfaction and delays in the introduction of new services. Any of these problems could impair our reputation and cause our revenue to decline.

Our research and development investments may not lead to successful new services or enhancements.

We will continue to invest in research and development for the introduction of new enhancements to existing services designed to improve the capacity, data processing rates and features of our services. We must also continue to develop new features and to improve functionality of our platform based on specific customer requests and anticipated market needs. Research and development in the mobile data services industry, however, is complex, expensive and uncertain. We believe that we must continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to research and development efforts to maintain our competitive position. If we continue to expend a significant amount of resources on research and development, but our efforts do not lead to the successful introduction of service enhancements that are competitive in the marketplace, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and market share.

 

19


Table of Contents

Our solutions are complex and may take longer to develop than anticipated, and we may not recognize revenue from new service enhancements until after we have incurred significant development costs.

Most of our services must be tailored to meet customer specifications. In addition, our international customers often require significant customization of our platform to meet local needs. As a result, we often develop new features and enhancements to our existing services. These new features and enhancements often take substantial time to develop because of their complexity and because customer specifications sometimes change during the development cycle. We often do not recognize revenue from new services or enhancements until we have incurred significant development costs. In addition to delayed recognition of revenue from such new services and enhancements, our operating results will suffer if the new services or enhancements fail to meet our customers’ expectations.

We believe our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to expand the sales of our services to customers located outside of the U.S. As a result, our business is susceptible to risks associated with international sales and operations.

In addition to the U.S., we currently operate in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Indonesia and Singapore, and we intend to expand our offering of mobile data services into a number of additional international markets in the near future. As a result, we are subject to the additional risks of conducting business outside the U.S., which may include:

 

  Ÿ  

increased costs associated with localization of our services, including translations into foreign languages and adaptation to local practices and regulatory requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties managing and staffing international operations;

 

  Ÿ  

delays resulting from difficulty in obtaining export licenses, tariffs and other trade barriers and restrictions on export or import of technology;

 

  Ÿ  

less stringent intellectual property protections;

 

  Ÿ  

unexpected changes in, or impositions of, legislative, regulatory or tax requirements and burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and other factors beyond our control;

 

  Ÿ  

general geopolitical risks in connection with international operations, such as political, social and economic instability;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with anti-corruption and bribery laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in diplomatic, trade or business relationships;

 

  Ÿ  

foreign currency fluctuations that may substantially affect the dollar value of our revenue and costs in foreign markets;

 

  Ÿ  

foreign exchange controls that may prevent or limit our ability to repatriate income earned in foreign markets; and

 

  Ÿ  

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens.

We have limited experience operating in foreign jurisdictions and are rapidly building our international operations. Operating in international markets requires significant management attention and financial resources. The investment and additional resources required to establish operations and manage growth in other countries may not produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.

 

20


Table of Contents

Our ability to use net operating and certain built-in losses to reduce future tax payments may be limited by provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, and may be subject to further limitation as a result of future transactions.

Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, contain rules that limit the ability of a company that undergoes an ownership change, which is generally any change in ownership of more than 50% of its stock over a three-year period, to utilize its net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and certain built-in losses recognized in the years after the ownership change. These rules generally operate by focusing on ownership changes involving stockholders who directly or indirectly own 5% or more of the stock of a company and any change in ownership arising from a new issuance of stock by the company. Generally, if an ownership change occurs, the yearly taxable income limitation on the use of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and certain built-in losses is equal to the product of the applicable long term tax exempt rate and the value of the company’s stock immediately before the ownership change. As a result, we may be unable to offset our taxable income with losses, or our tax liability with credits, before such losses and credits expire.

In addition, it is possible that future transactions (including issuances of new shares of our common stock and sales of shares of our common stock) will cause us to undergo one or more additional ownership changes. In that event, we generally would not be able to use our pre-change loss or certain built-in losses prior to such ownership change to offset future taxable income in excess of the annual limitations imposed by Sections 382 and 383 and those attributes already subject to limitations (as a result of our prior ownership changes) may be subject to more stringent limitations.

Our ability to sell our services is highly dependent on the quality of our support and services offerings, and our failure to offer high quality support and services would have a material adverse effect on our sales and results of operations.

Our customers depend on our support organization to resolve issues relating to our mCore service delivery platform. We believe that a high level of support is critical for the successful marketing and sale of our services and future enhancements to mCore. Failure to effectively assist our customers in deploying their mobile data portals and storefronts, quickly resolve post-deployment issues, and otherwise provide effective ongoing support would adversely affect our ability to sell our services to existing customers and could harm our reputation among potential customers. In addition, as we expand our operations internationally, our support organization will face additional challenges, including those associated with delivering support, training and documentation in languages other than English. As a result, our failure to maintain high quality support and services could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We rely on the development of content and applications by third parties, and if wireless carriers and their subscribers do not find such content compelling, our sales could decline.

Our business is dependent on the availability of content and applications for mobile devices that wireless carriers and their subscribers find useful and compelling. A significant percentage of our revenue is derived from the sale of applications and content through storefronts and portals we operate for our wireless carrier customers. We also believe that demand for our services will increase as the number of applications and the volume of mobile content increases because our services facilitate the navigation and organization of large numbers of applications and large amounts of content. We do not develop applications or content; rather, we facilitate the sale and consumption of applications and content developed by third parties through our wireless carrier customers. If third-party developers fail to create content and applications that wireless carriers and their subscribers find useful and compelling, our sales would decline, and that would have a significant adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our solutions may contain undetected software errors, which could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business.

Our solutions are highly technical and have contained and may contain undetected errors, defects or security vulnerabilities. Some errors in our solutions may only be discovered after a solution has been deployed and used by our wireless carrier customers. Any errors, defects or security vulnerabilities discovered in our solutions after commercial release could result in loss of revenue or delay in revenue recognition, loss of customers and increased service cost, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, we could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of warranty. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management’s attention away from the business and adversely affect the market’s perception of us and our services. In addition, if our business liability insurance coverage is inadequate or future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms or at all, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely impacted.

We may engage in acquisitions that could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders and harm our business, operating results or financial condition.

We expect to make selective domestic and international acquisitions of, and investments in, businesses that offer complementary products, services and technologies, augment our market coverage, and/or enhance our technological capabilities. We may also enter into strategic alliances or joint ventures to achieve these goals. We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition, investment, alliance, or joint venture opportunities or consummate any such transactions or relationships on terms and conditions acceptable to us. Such transactions or relationships that we enter into may not be successful. In addition, acquisitions and investments outside of the U.S. involve unique risks related to integration of operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.

These transactions or any other acquisitions or dispositions involve risks and uncertainties, which may have a material adverse effect on our business. The integration of acquired businesses may not be successful and could result in disruption to other parts of our business. In addition, the integration may require that we incur significant restructuring charges. To integrate acquired businesses, we must implement our management information systems, operating systems and internal controls, and assimilate and manage the personnel of the acquired operations. The difficulties of the integrations may be further complicated by such factors as geographic distances, lack of experience operating in the geographic market or industry sector of the acquired business, delays and challenges associated with integrating the business with our existing businesses, diversion of management’s attention from daily operations of the business, potential loss of key employees and customers of the acquired business, the potential for deficiencies in internal controls at the acquired business, performance problems with the acquired business’ technology, difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience, exposure to unanticipated liabilities of the acquired business, insufficient revenues to offset increased expenses associated with the acquisition, and our ability to achieve the growth prospects and synergies expected from any such acquisition. Even when an acquired business has already developed and marketed products and services, there can be no assurance that product or service enhancements will be made in a timely fashion or that all pre-acquisition due diligence will have identified all possible issues that might arise with respect to such acquired assets.

Any acquisition may also cause us to assume liabilities, record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing and potential impairment charges, incur amortization expense related to certain intangible assets, increase our expenses and working capital requirements, and subject us to litigation, which would reduce our return on invested capital. Failure to

 

22


Table of Contents

manage and successfully integrate the acquisitions we make could materially harm our business and operating results.

Any future acquisitions may require additional debt or equity financing, which in the case of debt financing, will increase our leverage and, in the case of equity financing, would be dilutive to our existing stockholders. Any decline in our perceived credit-worthiness associated with an acquisition could adversely affect our ability to borrow and result in more restrictive borrowing terms. As a result of the foregoing, we also may not be able to complete acquisitions or strategic transactions in the future to the same extent as in the past, or at all. These and other factors could harm our ability to achieve anticipated levels of profitability at acquired operations or realize other anticipated benefits of an acquisition, and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to manage future growth effectively, our business could be harmed.

We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, rapid growth. Our revenue from continuing operations grew from $17.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2005 to $119.5 million during the twelve months ended March 31, 2010. We also increased the number of our full-time employees from 272 at December 31, 2005 to 355 at March 31, 2010. This growth has placed significant demands on our management, operational and financial infrastructure. To manage growth effectively, we must continue to improve and enhance our managerial, operational and financial controls, and train and manage our employees, and expand our employee base. We must also manage new and existing relationships with customers, suppliers, business partners and other third parties. These activities will require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources. If we fail to maintain the efficiency of our organization as we grow, our profit margins may decrease, and we may be unable to achieve our business objectives.

In recent years, we have recognized significant impairment losses related to our goodwill, intangible assets and property and equipment. Additional impairment losses may be recognized which would adversely affect our financial results.

We are required under GAAP to test goodwill for impairment annually and to assess our amortizable intangible assets and long-lived assets, as well as goodwill, for impairment when events or changes in circumstance indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Such impairment losses totaled $26.9 million, $29.1 million and $5.8 million in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Factors which have led to impairments in the past include changes in business strategy, restructuring of the business in connection with acquisitions, actual performance of acquired businesses below our expectations and expiration of customer contracts. Unanticipated events or changes in circumstances could impact our ability to recover the carrying value of some or all of these assets. In addition, we expect to make additional acquisitions in the future which would increase the amount of such assets on our books that would be subject to potential future impairment. In the event any of our current or future assets became impaired, the associated impairment charge could adversely impact our results of operations.

Our business involves the use, transmission and storage of confidential information, and the failure to properly safeguard such information could result in significant reputational harm and monetary damages.

Our business activities involve the use, transmission and storage of confidential information. We believe that we take commercially reasonable steps to protect the security, integrity and confidentiality of the information we collect and store, but there is no guarantee that inadvertent or unauthorized disclosure will not occur or that third parties will not gain unauthorized access to this information despite our efforts. If such unauthorized disclosure or access does occur, we may be required, under existing and proposed laws, to notify persons whose information was disclosed or accessed. We may

 

23


Table of Contents

also be subject to claims of breach of contract for such disclosure, investigation and penalties by regulatory authorities and potential claims by persons whose information was disclosed. The unauthorized disclosure of information may result in the termination of one or more of our commercial relationships and/or a reduction in customer confidence and usage of our services, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We may be subject to liability for our use or distribution of information that we receive from third parties.

As part of our business, we obtain content and commercial information from third parties. When we distribute this information, we may be liable for the data contained in that information. There is a risk that we may be subject to claims related to the distribution of such content such as defamation, negligence, intellectual property infringement, violation of privacy or publicity rights and product or service liability, among others. Laws or regulations of certain jurisdictions may also deem some content illegal, which may expose us to additional legal liability. We also gather personal information from subscribers in order to provide personalized services. Gathering and processing this personal information may subject us to legal liability for, among other things, defamation, negligence, invasion of privacy and product or service liability. We are also subject to laws and regulations, both in the U.S. and abroad, regarding the collection and use of subscriber information. If we do not comply with these laws and regulations, we may be exposed to legal liability.

Some of the agreements by which we obtain content do not contain indemnity provisions in our favor. Even if a given contract does contain indemnity provisions, they may not cover a particular claim or type of claim or the party granting indemnity may not have the financial resources to cover the claim. Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover fully the amounts or types of claims that might be made. Any liability that we incur as a result of content we receive from third parties could adversely impact our results of operations.

Actual or perceived security vulnerabilities in mobile devices could negatively affect our business.

The security of mobile devices and wireless networks is critical to our business. Individuals or groups may develop and deploy viruses, worms and other malicious software programs that attack mobile devices and wireless networks. Security experts have identified computer worms targeted specifically at mobile devices. Security threats could lead some mobile subscribers to reduce or delay their purchases of mobile content and applications in an attempt to reduce the security threat posed by viruses, worms and other malicious software. Wireless carriers and device manufacturers may also spend more on protecting their wireless networks and mobile devices from attack, which could delay adoption of new mobile devices that tend to include more features and functionalities that facilitate increased use of mobile data services. Actual or perceived security threats, and reactions to such threats, could reduce our revenue or require unplanned expenditures on new security initiatives.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls or are unable to remediate the deficiencies in our internal controls, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired and investors’ views of us could be harmed.

Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. We are in the process of documenting and reviewing our internal controls and procedures. Beginning with fiscal year 2011, we will be required to comply with

 

24


Table of Contents

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing this assessment. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur additional expense and expend management time on compliance-related issues. If we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market’s confidence in our financial statements could decline and the market price of our common stock could be adversely impacted.

With respect to fiscal year 2007, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting. The material weakness related to insufficient personnel within our accounting function and inadequate accounting policies and procedures documentation. With respect to fiscal years 2008 and 2009, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified significant deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting but they did not create a material weakness. While we have made efforts to improve our accounting policies and procedures, additional deficiencies and weaknesses may be identified. If material weaknesses or deficiencies in our internal controls exist and go undetected, our financial statements could contain material misstatements that, when discovered in the future could cause us to fail to meet our future reporting obligations and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Claims by others that we infringe their intellectual property rights could force us to incur significant costs.

We cannot be certain that our services do not and will not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. Many parties in the telecommunications and software industries have begun to apply for and obtain patent protection for innovative proprietary technologies and business methods. Given that our platform interacts with various participants in the mobile data ecosystem, existing or future patents protecting certain proprietary technology and business methods may preclude us from using such proprietary technology or business methods, or may require us to pay damages for infringement or fees to obtain a license to use the proprietary technology or business methods (which may not be available or, if available, may be on terms that are unacceptable), or both, which would increase our cost of doing business. In addition, litigation concerning intellectual property rights and the infringement of those rights, including patents, trademarks and copyrights, has grown significantly over the last several years and is likely to grow further in the future. If we become the subject of infringement claims, we may be forced into litigation, which will require us to devote significant resources and management time and attention to defend against such infringement claims. If it is determined that our services infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party, we may be required to pay damages or enjoined from using that technology or forced to obtain a license (which may not be available or, if available, may be on terms that are unacceptable) and/or pay royalties to continue using that technology. The assertion of intellectual property infringement claims against our technology could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Government regulation of the mobile industry is evolving, and unfavorable changes or our failure to comply with regulations could harm our business and operating results.

As the mobile industry continues to evolve, we believe greater regulation by federal, state or foreign governments or regulatory authorities becomes more likely. For example, we believe increased regulation is likely in the area of data privacy, and laws and regulations applying to the solicitation, collection, processing or use of personal or consumer information, could affect our customers’ ability to use and share data, potentially reducing our ability to utilize this information for the purpose of continued improvement of the overall mobile subscriber experience. In addition, any regulation of the requirement to treat all content and application provider services the same over the mobile Internet,

 

25


Table of Contents

sometimes referred to as net neutrality regulation, could reduce our customers’ ability to make full use of the value of our services. Further, taxation of services provided over the Internet or other charges imposed by government agencies or by private organizations to access the Internet may be imposed. Any regulation imposing greater fees for Internet use or restricting information exchange over the Internet could result in a decline in the use of the mobile Internet and the viability of mobile data service providers, which could harm our business and operating results. Finally, any further or more restrictive regulation of the ability of wireless carriers to include charges for goods and services in a mobile subscriber’s bill or their ability to offer up these capabilities to third parties, such as ourselves, on a bill-on-behalf-of basis could negatively impact our business.

Our use of open source software could limit our ability to commercialize our services.

We have incorporated open source software into our services. Although we closely monitor our use of open source software, the terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our services. In that event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our services, to re-engineer our products or to discontinue sales of our services, any of which could materially adversely affect our business.

Our failure to raise additional capital or generate the cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in our services could reduce our ability to compete successfully.

In the future, we may require additional amounts of capital to execute our business plan. We may require capital to complete planned upgrades and enhancements to our products and services, increase our investment in capital equipment to support new and existing customers, extend our marketing and sales efforts, expand internationally and make strategic acquisitions if attractive opportunities become available. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the time and cost of our service enhancements, the rate of mobile data subscriber growth, the acceptance rate of mobile devices as multi-functional computing platforms, the demand for wireless applications, the time and cost of successfully entering into new customer contracts and the amount of investment needed to achieve our sales and marketing objectives.

Based on our current cash balances and projected revenues, and taking into account the additional capital we expect to receive from this offering, we estimate that we will have sufficient capital to execute our near term business plans and maintain positive cash flow. However, this may not be the case. Further, we may not have sufficient capital to take advantage of opportunities for strategic acquisitions of significant complementary or competitive businesses that could enhance our business and operating results. If we raise additional equity financing, our stockholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock could decline. If we engage in debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that further restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios. We may not be able to raise any additional capital that we may require on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we cannot obtain financing on commercially reasonable terms when needed, we may not be able to pursue some elements of our current strategy and business plan, and we may not be able to achieve our financial objectives.

 

26


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There is no established trading market for our common stock, and the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price that was not established in the public trading markets. The initial public offering price for our shares will be determined through negotiations among the underwriters, the selling stockholders and us. This initial public offering price may vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell your shares above the initial public offering price, and you may suffer a loss on your investment. In addition, an active trading market for our common stock following this offering may not develop or, if developed, may not be sustained. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling stock and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or assets by using our common stock as consideration.

Broad market and industry factors also may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. Factors that could cause wide fluctuations in the stock price may include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated variations in our financial condition and operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

overall conditions or trends in our industry;

 

  Ÿ  

addition or loss of significant customers;

 

  Ÿ  

competition from existing or new products;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the market valuations of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of technological innovations, new services or service enhancements;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, divestitures or capital commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;

 

  Ÿ  

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in recommendations by any securities or industry analysts that elect to follow our common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders, including sales by our directors and officers.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively impact the market price of our common stock. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our common stock immediately following this offering. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, whether or not we are successful in such litigation.

 

27


Table of Contents

Requirements associated with being a public company will increase our costs, as well as divert company resources and management’s attention, and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and executive officers.

Prior to this offering, we have not been subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, or the other rules and regulations of the SEC or any securities exchange relating to public companies. We will comply with Section 404(a) (management’s report on financial reporting) under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the year ending December 31, 2010 and will comply with Section 404(b) (auditor’s attestation) no later than the year ending December 31, 2011. We are working with our legal, independent accounting, and financial advisors to identify those areas in which changes or enhancements should be made to our financial and management control systems to manage our growth and obligations as a public company. Some such areas include corporate governance, corporate control, internal audit, disclosure controls and procedures, and financial reporting and accounting systems. We have made, and will continue to make, changes in these and other areas. However, the expenses that will be required in order to prepare adequately for becoming a public company could be material. Compliance with the various reporting and other requirements applicable to public companies will also require considerable time and attention of management. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may incur, the timing of such costs or the impact that our management’s attention to these matters will have on our business. In addition, the changes we make may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis or at all.

In addition, being a public company could make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees and our executive team.

Our principal stockholders may exert substantial influence over us and may exercise their control in a manner adverse to your interests.

Upon completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of an option to purchase additional shares by the underwriters, funds affiliated with Advanced Equities, Inc., Koala Holding LP and other entities affiliated with Carl C. Icahn, funds affiliated with Technology Crossover Ventures and New Enterprise Associates, Inc., will own 9,439,497, 4,529,888, 3,222,114 and 3,143,939 shares, respectively, or approximately 23.7%, 11.4%, 8.4% and 8.1%, respectively, of our outstanding common stock. Koala Holding LP owns substantially all of our outstanding shares of Series H preferred stock. Because a limited number of persons may exert substantial influence over us, transactions could be difficult or impossible to complete without the support of those persons. It is possible that these persons will exercise control over us in a manner adverse to your interests.

In our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we renounce and provide for a waiver of the corporate opportunity doctrine as it relates to the funds affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Inc., Technology Crossover Ventures, Koala Holding LP and any person or entity affiliated with these investors. As a result, these exempted persons will have no fiduciary duty to present corporate opportunities to us.

So long as 10% of the Series H preferred stock remains outstanding, without the consent of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series H preferred stock, we may not, among other things, (i) amend or waive any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws so as to affect the Series H preferred stock adversely; (ii) incur indebtedness other than with respect to (x) vendors,

 

28


Table of Contents

service providers, trade creditors, employees, independent contractors and equipment lessors, in each case, in the ordinary course of business, (y) intercompany indebtedness, and (z) indebtedness not to exceed $42 million outstanding under credit facilities; (iii) pay dividends or make certain stock repurchases; or (iv) issue capital stock ranking senior or pari passu to the Series H preferred stock. In addition, holders of our Series H preferred stock will have the right to designate two members to our board of directors. The Series H preferred stock will provide for cumulative dividends at a rate of 8% per annum, accruing daily from the date of the consummation of this offering, to be paid quarterly in additional shares of Series H preferred stock. The holders of Series H preferred stock will have one vote for each share of common stock into which such holders’ shares could then be converted at the time, and with respect to such vote, will have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of our common stock. As long as the Series H preferred stock remains outstanding and receives dividends, the voting rights for holders of the Series H preferred stock will increase by approximately 2% every quarter.

For more information regarding ownership of our outstanding stock by our principal and selling stockholders and the rights associated with our Series H preferred stock, see the sections of this prospectus entitled “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock.”

Future sales of our common stock may cause our stock price to decline.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline. These sales might also make it more difficult for us to sell additional equity securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. Based on 7,741,412 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2010, upon completion of this offering, we will have 38,592,617 shares of common stock outstanding (excluding 2,188,748 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series H preferred stock as of March 31, 2010). Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

We, our directors and executive officers and substantially all of our stockholders, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, which may be extended upon the occurrence of specified events, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. However, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co., in their sole discretion, may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

After the expiration of the lock-up agreements and other contractual restrictions that prohibit transfers for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus, up to 31,842,617 restricted securities may be sold into the public market in the future without registration under the Securities Act to the extent permitted under Rule 144. Of these restricted securities, approximately 20 million shares will be available for sale approximately 180 days after the date of this prospectus subject to volume or other limits under Rule 144. In addition, once the lock-up agreements and the other contractual restrictions expire, stockholders holding 26,447,892 shares of these restricted securities will have registration rights that could allow those holders to sell their shares freely through a future registration statement filed under the Securities Act. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for more information on these registration rights.

Furthermore, 1,986,288 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to stock options that will be outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering and 3,457,855 shares available for grant under our equity incentive plans following the closing of this offering, if issued or

 

29


Table of Contents

granted, will become eligible for sale in the public market once permitted by provisions of various vesting agreements, lock-up agreements and Rule 144, as applicable. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register approximately 6 million shares of our common stock for issuance under these equity incentive plans. For additional information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” If these additional shares of common stock are, or if it is perceived that they will be, sold in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Our historical financial statements may not be indicative of future performance.

In light of our acquisition of the mobile division of InfoSpace on December 28, 2007, our operating results only reflect the impact of the acquisition from that date, and therefore comparisons with prior periods are difficult. As a result, our limited historical financial performance as owners of the mobile division of InfoSpace may make it difficult for stockholders to evaluate our business and results of operations to date and to assess our future prospects and viability. Furthermore, our brief operating history has resulted in revenue and profitability growth rates that may not be indicative of our future results of operations. As a result, the price of our common stock may be volatile.

In addition, we exited two lines of business in 2007 and 2008, our direct to consumer business, which was sold in two transactions in 2007 and 2008, and a business we refer to as media and entertainment, which was discontinued in 2008. The loss from discontinued operations in the 2008 period includes losses from these discontinued businesses.

As a result of the foregoing factors, our historical results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the operating results to be expected in the future.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our common stock, or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these reports or analysts. If any of the analysts who cover our company downgrades our stock, or if our operating results do not meet the analysts’ expectations, our stock price could decline. Moreover, if any of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish regular reports on our business, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, as a result, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock and currently do not expect to declare or pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used in the operation and growth of our business. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is currently limited by the covenants of our credit facility and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities. Accordingly, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our company may be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. The market price for our common stock may never exceed, and may fall below, the price that you pay for such common stock.

 

30


Table of Contents

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your common stock as a result of this offering.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is considerably more than the pro forma, net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. This reduction in the value of your equity is known as dilution. This dilution occurs in large part because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $11.56 in pro forma, net tangible book value per share of common stock, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the front cover page of this prospectus. In addition, following this offering, purchasers in the offering will have contributed 21.6% of the total consideration paid by our stockholders to purchase shares of common stock. The exercise of outstanding options and warrants and the conversion of our Series H preferred stock (including additional shares of Series H preferred stock paid as dividends to the holders of such Series H preferred stock after the consummation of this offering) into common stock will result in further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Dilution.” In addition, if we raise funds by issuing additional securities, the newly-issued shares will further dilute your percentage ownership of our company.

Our management will have broad discretion over the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on their judgment regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply our net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, services or products. However, we currently have no commitments with respect to any such investments or acquisitions. In addition, we expect to use up to $1.4 million to pay a portion of the fees to be paid to Advanced Equities, Inc. for their advisory services provided to us in connection with this offering. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

Congress has enacted new legislation that affects the taxation of common stock held by or through foreign entities.

Recently enacted legislation generally will impose a withholding tax of 30% on dividend income from our common stock and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to certain foreign entities after December 31, 2012, unless the foreign entity complies with certain conditions or an exception applies. Please see “Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations to Non-United States Holders—New Legislation Affecting Taxation of Common Stock Held By or Through Foreign Entities” for more information.

 

31


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains statements that do not directly or exclusively relate to historical facts. As a general matter, forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. We generally identify forward looking statements by terminology such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” or the negative version of those words or other comparable words, but the absence of these words does not necessarily mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make regarding “our expectation that international revenue will increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of our total revenue” and “our anticipated levels of capital expenditures during the next year.”

Any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based upon our historical performance, current plans, estimates, expectations and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. The inclusion of this forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by us, the underwriters or any other person that the future plans, estimates or expectations contemplated by us will be achieved. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, financial results, financial condition, business prospects, growth strategy and liquidity. If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from those indicated in these statements.

The following uncertainties and factors, among others (including the factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus), could affect our future performance and cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements:

 

  Ÿ  

our expectations regarding our revenues, expenses and operations and our ability to sustain profitability;

 

  Ÿ  

our anticipated cash needs and our estimates regarding our capital requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to expand our customer base and relationships with wireless carriers and content and application providers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to expand our service offerings;

 

  Ÿ  

our anticipated growth strategies and sources of new revenues;

 

  Ÿ  

unanticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to recruit and retain qualified employees and staff our operations appropriately;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to estimate accurately for purposes of preparing our consolidated financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

our international expansion plans;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with governmental regulations; and

 

  Ÿ  

our spending of the net proceeds from this offering.

These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus.

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Unless required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update or review any

 

32


Table of Contents

forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. You should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, after the date of this prospectus.

This prospectus contains statistical data that was derived from industry publications and reports, including the Yankee Group’s “Global Mobile Forecast,” December 2009; “Content Delivery Platforms: The Multimedia Service Delivery Vehicle,” February 2007; “North America ConnectedView Forecast,” March 2010; “Link Data: North America Mobile Carrier Monitor,” March 2010; “Link Data: Asia-Pacific Mobile Carrier Monitor,” March 2010; and “Link Data: Europe Mobile Carrier Monitor,” March 2010. In the fourth quarter of 2009, Yankee Group updated its Content Delivery Platform report and intends to issue the updated report in the first half of 2010. These industry publications generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. Although we have not independently verified the data contained in these industry publications and reports, based on our industry experience we believe that the publications are reliable and the conclusions contained in the publications and reports are reasonable.

In addition, this prospectus contains statistical data on pages 78-79 from a custom report prepared by Yankee Group at our request. We have filed a consent from Yankee Group to use this information as an exhibit to this registration statement.

 

33


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $86.2 million from the sale of 6,750,000 shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting commissions and discounts of $7.1 million and estimated expenses of $7.9 million. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $6.3 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We plan to use the net proceeds of the offering to fund investments in, and acquisitions of, competitive and complementary businesses, products or technologies. We do not, however, have agreements or commitments for any specific investments or acquisitions at this time. In addition, we expect to use up to $1.4 million to pay a portion of the fees to be paid to Advanced Equities, Inc. for their advisory services provided to us in connection with this offering. One million dollars of the fee was paid previously. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Series F, G, H and I Financing Rounds.”

Pending use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the remaining net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing investment grade securities.

 

34


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently expect to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock is limited by the covenants of our credit facility and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facility” and “Description of Capital Stock—Preferred Stock.”

 

35


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2010:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma, as adjusted, basis to give effect to:

 

  Ÿ  

the sale by us of 6,750,000 shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us;

 

  Ÿ  

the conversion of 247,111,155 shares of our preferred and redeemable preferred stock (other than shares of Series H preferred stock) to 18,343,903 common shares at fixed conversion rates;

 

  Ÿ  

the conversion of 64,102,881 shares of our redeemable preferred stock to 5,757,302 common shares based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the reclassification of the redeemable preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital; and

 

  Ÿ  

the recording of approximately $16.3 million stock-based compensation expense due to the vesting of restricted stock triggered by the closing of this offering.

You should read the following table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2010  
     Actual     Pro Forma,
As Adjusted(1)
 
           (Unaudited)  
     (In millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25.4      $ 113.4   
                

Debt:

    

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ —        $ —     

Long-term debt, less current portion

     —          —     
                

Total debt

     —          —     
                

Redeemable preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 334,793,787 shares authorized, 324,959,604 shares issued and outstanding, actual, 40,000,000 shares authorized, 21,084,337 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     423.6        51.0   
                

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 7,613,944 shares authorized, 7,338,769 shares issued and outstanding, actual, 310,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     17.4        —     

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 625,000,000 shares authorized, 7,741,412 shares issued and outstanding, actual, 625,000,000 shares authorized, 38,592,617 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     0.1        0.2   

Additional paid-in capital

     —          497.8   

Accumulated deficit

     (313.7     (330.0

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     —          —     
                

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (296.2     168.0   
                

Total capitalization

   $ 127.4      $ 219.0   
                

 

36


Table of Contents

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease), respectively, the amount of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $6.3 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The outstanding share information set forth above is as of March 31, 2010 and:

 

  Ÿ  

excludes 1,178,706 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options, at a weighted average exercise price of $10.67 per share and 1,471,567 shares of our common stock reserved for future grants under our 2004 Stock Incentive Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes 1,986,288 shares of our common stock reserved for future grants under our 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, 333,333 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted under this plan at an exercise price of $20.40 that will be outstanding at the consummation of this offering and 446,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options with an exercise price equal to the public offering price that will be granted under this plan and will be outstanding at the consummation of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes 2,973,911 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $16.23;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes 594,639 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase 8,919,591 shares of Series I redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.97 that upon consummation of this offering will represent warrants to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $14.54 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes a total of 33,154 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase a combined 292,198 shares of Series A and B redeemable preferred stock (convertible into 13,676 shares of common stock) and 19,478 shares of common stock that upon consummation of this offering will represent warrants to purchase shares of common stock at a combined weighted average exercise price of $3.26 per share. The common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A and B redeemable preferred stock at the consummation of this offering has been determined using an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus; and

 

  Ÿ  

excludes 2,188,748 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series H preferred stock.

 

37


Table of Contents

DILUTION

As of March 31, 2010, our net tangible book value was $41.3 million or $5.34 per share of common stock. If you invest in our common stock, your investment will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2010 was approximately $46.6 million, or $1.46 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets, less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2010, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock, other than Series H, into 24,101,205 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and a 15-for-1 reverse stock split of our common stock expected to be approved by our stockholders and effected prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $15.00 per share and deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2010 would have been $132.9 million, or $3.44 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.98 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $11.56 per share to investors purchasing common stock in this offering, as illustrated by the following table:

 

Initial public offering price per share

   $ 15.00

Pro forma net tangible book value per share prior to this offering as of March 31, 2010

     1.46

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering

     1.98
      

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

     3.44
      

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors

   $ 11.56
      

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering by $6.3 million, our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.19 per share, and the dilution to new investors in this offering by $0.81 per share, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

 

38


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma basis as of March 31, 2010, the differences between the existing stockholders and the new stockholders in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The calculations, with respect to shares purchased by new investors in this offering, reflect an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per Share
       Number    Percentage     Amount
(in millions)
   Percentage    

Existing stockholders

   31,842,617    82.5   $ 366.6    78.4   $ 11.51

New investors

   6,750,000    17.5        101.3    21.6      $ 15.00
                          

Total

   38,592,617    100.0   $ 467.9    100.0  
                          

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares owned by existing stockholders to be reduced to 30,830,117 shares or approximately 79.9% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors in this offering and by all investors by $6.8 million and would increase (decrease) the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors to 22.8% before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

To the extent any outstanding options and warrants are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution. From the date of consummation of this offering, the outstanding Series H preferred stock will receive cumulative dividends at a rate of 8% per annum, accruing daily, to be paid quarterly in additional shares of Series H preferred stock. As a result, upon the conversion of our Series H preferred stock into common stock, new investors will experience further dilution.

If all stock options and warrants to purchase shares of our common stock with exercise prices less than the initial public offering price are exercised, the number of shares held by existing stockholders will increase to 36,247,252 shares of our common stock, or 84.3% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

If all shares of our Series H preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2010 are converted into common stock, the number of shares held by existing stockholders will increase to 34,031,365 shares of our common stock, or 83.4% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The outstanding share information set forth in the table above is as of March 31, 2010 and:

 

  Ÿ  

excludes 1,178,706 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options, at a weighted average exercise price of $10.67 per share and 1,471,567 shares of our common stock reserved for future grants under our 2004 Stock Incentive Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes 1,986,288 shares of our common stock reserved for future grants under our 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, 333,333 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted under this plan at an exercise price of $20.40 that will be outstanding at the

 

39


Table of Contents
 

consummation of this offering and 446,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options with an exercise price equal to the public offering price that will be granted under this plan and will be outstanding at the consummation of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes 2,973,911 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $16.23;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes 594,639 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase 8,919,591 shares of Series I redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.97 that upon consummation of this offering will represent warrants to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $14.54 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes a total of 33,154 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase a combined 292,198 shares of Series A and B redeemable preferred stock (convertible into 13,676 shares of common stock) and 19,478 shares of common stock, respectively, that upon consummation of this offering will represent warrants to purchase shares of common stock at a combined weighted average exercise price of $3.26 per share. The common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A and B redeemable preferred stock at the consummation of this offering has been determined using an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus; and

 

  Ÿ  

excludes 2,188,748 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series H preferred stock.

 

40


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2005 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. In light of our acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile, on December 28, 2007, our financial statements only reflect the impact of that acquisition since that date, and therefore comparisons with prior periods are difficult.

The selected consolidated financial data as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

The unaudited information was prepared on a basis consistent with that used in preparing our audited consolidated financial statements and includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which are necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the unaudited periods.

The following selected consolidated financial data is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

41


Table of Contents
    Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
    (Unaudited)                            

(Unaudited)

 
   

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

             

Total revenues

  $ 17,875      $ 21,903      $ 35,171      $ 103,151      $ 113,695      $ 23,276      $ 29,080   

Operating expenses

             

Direct third-party expenses

    3,797        2,201        3,709        5,451        9,485        1,171        1,305   

Datacenter and network operations(1)

    2,625        9,561        9,468        33,000        31,786        8,683        8,034   

Product development and sustainment(1)

    8,190        24,617        16,229        52,261        31,389        7,677        8,182   

Sales and marketing(1)

    8,717        8,403        7,119        10,228        11,900        2,989        3,655   

General and administrative(1)

    9,632        11,239        10,334        26,052        20,841        5,175        5,264   

Depreciation and amortization(1)

    2,997        5,925        10,322        21,559        13,208        3,777        3,041   

Restructuring(2)

    180        1,084        1,283        3,236        2,058        235        407   

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges(3)

    —          —          26,867        29,130        5,806        —          —     

Abandoned transaction charge(4)

    —          —          2,600        —          —          —          —     
                                                       

Total operating expenses

    36,138        63,030        87,931        180,917        126,473        29,707        29,888   
                                                       

Operating loss

    (18,263     (41,127     (52,760     (77,766     (12,778     (6,431     (808

Other income (expense), net

    124        (1,110     1,155        2,714        (1,627     (96     (258
                                                       

Loss from continuing operations, before income tax

    (18,139     (42,237     (51,605     (75,052     (14,405     (6,527     (1,066

Provision for income taxes

    —          —          —          1,776        1,896        444        467   
                                                       

Loss from continuing operations

    (18,139     (42,237     (51,605     (76,828     (16,301     (6,971     (1,533

Cumulative effect of accounting change

    (235     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Loss from discontinued operations(5)

    (4,081     (12,960     (24,928     (1,072     —          —          —     

Loss from sale of discontinued operations(5)

    —          —          (1,360     (127     —          —          —     
                                                       

Net loss

    (22,455     (55,197     (77,893     (78,027     (16,301     (6,971     (1,533

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock and Series D1 preferred dividends

    (2,784     (5,942     (8,095     (22,427     (23,956     (5,987     (6,400
                                                       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (25,239   $ (61,139   $ (85,988   $ (100,454   $ (40,257   $ (12,958   $ (7,933
                                                       

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted

             

Continuing operations

  $ (3.79   $ (8.42   $ (10.30   $ (16.99   $ (6.85   $ (2.20   $ (1.38

Discontinued operations

    (0.73     (2.26     (4.54     (0.20     —          —          —     
                                                       

Total net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (4.52   $ (10.68   $ (14.84   $ (17.19   $ (6.85   $ (2.20   $ (1.38
                                                       

Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted (6)

    5,583        5,726        5,796        5,843        5,878        5,887        5,753   

Pro forma net loss attributable to holders of common stock (unaudited)(6)

          $ (31,245     $ (17,815
                         

Pro forma basic and fully diluted net loss per share (unaudited)(6)

          $ (0.84     $ (0.48
                         

Weighted average number of shares of common stock used in computing pro forma basic and fully diluted net loss per share (unaudited)(6)

            37,106          37,468   
                         
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:   (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)                                

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 21,958      $ 6,143      $ 67,418      $ 14,299      $ 35,945      $ 11,730      $ 25,408   

Working capital

    17,688        5,769        74,478        30,698        28,303        26,441        23,459   

Total assets

    68,611        114,599        289,391        195,447        174,176        182,844        161,518   

Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current portion

    4,031        5,344        16,295        3,234        —          2,389        —     

Total redeemable preferred stock

    77,450        164,037        372,406        394,135        417,396        399,951        423,624   

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (30,084     (88,142     (152,510     (249,867     (288,821     (261,916     (296,162

 

42


Table of Contents

 

(1) Depreciation and amortization is not included in each respective operating expense category. The allocation by function is as follows:

 

       Years Ended December 31,    Three Months
Ended March 31,
     2005    2006    2007    2008    2009    2009    2010
     (Unaudited)             

(Unaudited)

         

(In thousands)

              

Datacenter and network operations

   $ 487    $ 2,938    $ 7,310    $ 16,824    $ 8,890    $ 2,497    $ 1,992

Product development and sustainment

     —        1,462      1,548      2,237      1,962      586      428

Sales and marketing

     —        4      307      2,075      1,960      572      524

General and administrative

     2,510      1,521      1,157      423      396      122      97
                                                

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 2,997    $ 5,925    $ 10,322    $ 21,559    $ 13,208    $ 3,777    $ 3,041
                                                

 

(2) Our restructuring charges relate to costs associated with closing and relocating facilities, relocating certain key employees and severance costs following the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further details.
(3) The impairments in 2008 and 2009 relate primarily to integration activities following our acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile in December 2007 and to certain non-core operating assets. The 2007 impairments relate to goodwill due primarily to changes in consumer purchase habits. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further details.
(4) In 2007, we issued a warrant to purchase common stock to an affiliate of an existing investor as a fee for providing a financing commitment in connection with a proposed transaction that was not completed.
(5) In connection with a business strategy reassessment initiated in 2007, we exited the direct to consumer and media and entertainment businesses at various times during 2007 and 2008.
(6) See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

43


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and opinions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a leading provider of mobile data solutions and services that enable wireless carriers to deliver high value mobile data services to their subscribers. We provide a comprehensive suite of hosted, managed service offerings, including mobile web portal, storefront, messaging, and billing support and settlement, which enables wireless carriers to deliver customized, carrier-branded mobile data services to their wireless subscribers. Our mCore service delivery platform provides the tools for mobile subscribers to easily locate and access personally relevant and location-based content and services, engage in social networking and download content and applications. We also leverage our data-rich insights into subscriber behavior and our user interface expertise to provide a highly personalized subscriber experience and targeted mobile marketing solutions. Our mCore platform provides mobile subscribers with access to over 30 million unique pieces of third-party content or applications that we optimize for delivery to over 2,000 different mobile phone models, ranging from entry level feature phones to smartphones. Since 2005, Motricity has generated over $2.5 billion in gross revenue for our carrier customers through the sale of content and applications and powered over 50 billion page views through access to the mobile Internet. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated revenue of $113.7 million and incurred a net loss of $16.3 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2010, we generated revenue of $29.1 million and incurred a net loss of $1.5 million. We have access to over 200 million mobile subscribers through our U.S. wireless carrier customers, and we currently provide mobile data services to approximately 35 million of these subscribers monthly.

The majority of our revenue consists of managed services revenue, charged on a monthly basis to our wireless carrier and other customers under contracts with initial terms ranging from one to three years in duration. Managed services revenue consists of fees we charge to manage, host and support our solutions and to provide other related services to our customers, and includes both fixed fees and variable, activity-based charges. In addition, we charge professional service fees to customize, implement, and enhance our solutions. Our wireless carrier customers include the five largest providers in the U.S., by number of subscribers. Revenue from these customers accounted for 84% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009, with AT&T and Verizon Wireless accounting for 53% and 20% of total revenue, respectively. Revenue from these five customers accounted for 90% of our total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2010, with AT&T and Verizon Wireless accounting for 40% and 39% of that revenue, respectively. In addition to wireless carriers, our customers include content and application providers. We generated approximately 95% and 96% of our total revenue in the U.S. during the year ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. As we pursue expansion opportunities with international wireless carriers, we expect international revenue to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of our total revenue.

We expect our growth to be heavily dependent upon our ability to maintain strong relationships with 4 of the top 10 global wireless carriers, which represent our largest customers, as well as our ability to develop new relationships with wireless carriers in developed and emerging markets, such as Southeast Asia, India and Latin America. In addition, we expect our growth to depend upon the increased adoption of our mCore service delivery platform by our customers and an increase in the

 

44


Table of Contents

activity conducted on our platform by our customers’ subscribers. The failure of any of our significant carrier customers to renew existing contracts on favorable terms, such as Verizon Wireless, which has a contract up for renewal in 2010 that represents all of our 2009 revenue from Verizon, and AT&T, which has a contract up for renewal in 2010 that represents 23% of our 2009 revenue from AT&T, would have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and future growth prospects. Our ability to achieve and sustain profitability will be affected as we incur additional expenses to expand our sales, marketing, development and general and administrative capabilities. As we establish and expand our operational capabilities internationally, we will incur additional operating expenses and capital-related costs.

We were founded in 2001 with a mission to develop a mobile data services business, and our strategy has evolved as the mobile data services industry has developed and expanded. We focused originally on Palm-based technology and related solutions which dominated the mobile data services market before wireless data services based on cellular telephony technology were developed and widely deployed by the wireless carriers. As the wireless data services market has developed we expanded the scope and nature of our data services to support wireless carriers and their subscribers. Since 2003, we have completed eight acquisitions as part of the process of developing and expanding our mobile services business. These included initial acquisitions of companies primarily engaged in the Palm-based data services market and subsequent acquisitions of companies engaged in the wireless data services market, as the wireless carriers and handset manufacturers came to dominate the mobile data services market. In December 2007, in our largest acquisition to date, we acquired the assets of the mobile division of InfoSpace, Inc., which we refer to as InfoSpace Mobile, a competing provider of mobile content solutions and services for the wireless industry. Due to the rapidly evolving nature of the mobile data services market and changes in our business strategy over time, in each of the last several years we have recognized impairment charges related to both acquired and internally developed assets. In addition, we have exited our direct to consumer and media and entertainment businesses, which are reflected as discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements. These discontinued businesses include our original mobile data services business and several of our earlier acquisitions. As a consequence of the rapidly evolving nature of our business and our limited operating history, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of revenue and operating results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance.

The InfoSpace Mobile Acquisition and Business Strategy Realignment

In December 2007, we acquired InfoSpace Mobile for a cash purchase price of $135 million and the assumption of certain liabilities. The acquisition was a key element in the broad strategic realignment of our business. We viewed InfoSpace Mobile as a competing provider of mobile content solutions and services for the wireless industry that had strong relationships with several large wireless carriers. Through its mCore platform, InfoSpace Mobile offered many of the same services we provided to our customers through our then existing platform, called Fuel. InfoSpace Mobile also operated a large development organization, with an emphasis on professional services work. In the acquisition, in addition to acquiring the mCore platform and a number of leased U.S. datacenter facilities, we acquired a 224-person employee base, additional contracts with certain new and pre-existing customers, including AT&T and Verizon Wireless, and the Bellevue, Washington office facilities that we now use as our corporate headquarters. We financed the acquisition through the issuance of $177.3 million of Series I redeemable preferred stock and warrants.

Since completing the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, we have significantly restructured our business. Due to the similar capabilities and features of the mCore and Fuel platforms, we conducted an evaluation of the mCore and Fuel platforms and concluded that it would be inefficient to continue managing and developing two incompatible technologies. As a result, we elected to phase out our legacy Fuel platform and began migrating our customers to an enhanced version of the acquired

 

45


Table of Contents

mCore platform. In 2008, we moved our headquarters from Durham, North Carolina to Bellevue, Washington. In mid-2008, we adopted several business initiatives to increase the operating efficiencies of the combined business, including eliminating redundant positions and functions, outsourcing a portion of our development activities to India and consolidating our network operations into five datacenters. In addition, we have more recently begun to move our business focus toward the sale of comprehensive managed services solutions, utilizing our more standardized architecture, and to de-emphasize the more highly customized, professional services intensive approach. We believe that this evolution of our business strategy will accelerate innovation in our service offerings for the benefit of our wireless carrier customers and their subscribers while reducing costs to the carriers.

Prior to the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, we provided mobile data services to wireless carriers and content and application providers using our proprietary Fuel platform. In addition, we operated two other lines of business, direct to consumer and media and entertainment. In 2007 and 2008, in connection with this business strategy realignment, we sold our direct to consumer business and discontinued our media and entertainment business. We then heightened our focus on our existing managed services model predominately for the wireless carriers. As part of our plan to pursue this more focused business strategy, our board of directors and our chief executive officer recruited additional senior management executives with substantial experience working with large carriers and managing significantly larger business organizations. In the first half of 2009, we completed the migration of all of our customers from the Fuel platform to mCore, except for AT&T’s storefront. We expect AT&T to fully migrate to the mCore platform in the second half of 2010.

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

Sources of revenue

Our revenue is earned predominantly under contracts ranging from one to three years in duration with our wireless carrier and other customers. Under the typical contract, we provide one or more of our managed services, for which we charge fixed, periodic or variable, activity-based fees (or a combination of both), and often also charge professional service fees to implement the specific mCore solutions required by the customer. We typically charge fixed monthly managed service fees to host the solutions and provide other support and services as required by the customer. Managed service fees vary by contract based on a number of factors including the scope of the solutions deployed, IT processing and bandwidth capacity requirements and the nature and scope of any other support or services required by the customer. Surcharges are typically included for excessive IT capacity requirements based on customer usage. Professional service fees primarily relate to work required for the initial customization and implementation of our mCore solutions for customers, as well as for customer-specified enhancements, extensions or other customization of the solutions following initial implementation. Professional services are typically provided on a fixed fee basis, depending on the scope and complexity of the individual project. Professional services fees from time to time may include charges for computer hardware and third-party software related to implementing our solutions.

Most of our customer contracts include a variable fee based on one of several measures, including the number of wireless subscribers who use our mCore solutions each month, the aggregate dollar volume or number of transactions processed, or specified rates for individual transactions processed, depending on the specific type of service involved. We typically receive a monthly subscription fee from our wireless carrier customers for each active portal user, where active usage is defined as utilizing the service at least one to three times per calendar month depending on the customer contract. We also receive from our wireless carrier customers a portion of the gross dollars generated by all transactions conducted through our digital storefronts, ranging from approximately 3% to 15%. In addition, from our content and application provider customers, we typically receive either a share of gross dollars generated for each premium message, or a fee for each standard message, delivered through the mCore platform. Individual carrier and

 

46


Table of Contents

content provider contracts often contain monthly minimum charges for usage-based fees or transaction-based charges for all or a portion of the contract term, based on various factors including the size of the customer’s subscriber base and the expected rate of subscriber usage of our services.

Due to the nature of the services we provide, our customer contracts contain monthly service level requirements that typically require us to pay financial penalties if we fail to meet the required service levels. We recognize these penalties, when incurred, as a reduction in revenue. Typical service level requirements address down time or slow response of our services that impact mobile subscribers and response time in addressing customer requests. Potential penalties vary by contract and range from near zero to as much as 100% of monthly recurring revenue, depending on the severity and duration of the service issue. Service level penalties represented 4% of total revenue in 2008 (during integration of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition), 1% of total revenue in 2009 and 3% of total revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2010.

Operating expenses

We classify our operating expenses into six categories: direct third-party, datacenter and network operations, product development and sustainment, sales and marketing, general and administrative and depreciation and amortization. Our operating expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, which include salaries, bonuses, commissions, payroll taxes, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation expense. Other operating expenses include datacenter and office facility expenses, computer hardware, software and related maintenance and support expenses, bandwidth costs, and marketing and promotion, legal, audit, tax consulting and other professional service fees. We charge stock-based compensation expense resulting from the amortization of the fair value of stock option grants to each option holder’s functional area. We allocate certain facility-related and other common expenses such as rent, office and IT desktop support to functional areas based on headcount.

Direct Third-Party Expenses.     Our direct third-party expenses consist of the costs of certain content that we contract for directly on behalf of our wireless carrier customers, as well as certain computer hardware and software that we acquire on behalf of one major carrier customer. We expect these costs to increase as a percentage of revenue as we directly contract for additional content for our carrier customers and to the extent licensing costs for customer-specific, third-party software increase.

Datacenter and Network Operations .    Datacenter and network operations expenses consist primarily of personnel and outsourcing costs for operating our datacenters, which host our mCore solutions on behalf of our customers. Additional expenses include facility rents, power, bandwidth capacity and software maintenance and support. We have been consolidating our datacenters since the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, which has reduced datacenter and network operations costs. We expect, however, to expand our datacenter and our network capabilities in order to support the expected growth in mobile data usage by mobile subscribers. We expect our datacenter and network operations expenses to increase in absolute dollars but to decrease as a percentage of revenue over time.

Product Development and Sustainment .    Product development expenses primarily consist of personnel costs and costs from our development vendors. Our product development efforts include improving and extending the functionality and performance of our service delivery platform, developing new solutions, customizing and implementing our solution set for our customers and providing other service and support functions for our solutions. Product development costs related to software used solely on an internal basis to provide our services, which we refer to as internal use software, are capitalized and amortized over the expected asset life. We expect that product development expenses will increase in absolute dollars as we continue to enhance and expand our suite of solutions and services, but will decline as a percentage of revenue over time.

 

47


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing.     Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel costs for our sales and marketing staff, commissions earned by our sales personnel and the cost of marketing programs. In order to continue to grow our business and awareness of our services, we expect that we will commit additional resources to our sales and marketing efforts. We expect that sales and marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue over time as we work to expand our U.S. and international customer bases.

General and Administrative .    General and administrative expenses, referred to herein as G&A, primarily consist of personnel costs for our executive, finance, legal, human resources and administrative personnel, as well as legal, accounting and other professional fees and facilities-related expenses. We expect our G&A expenses to increase in absolute dollars, but decrease as a percentage of revenue over time.

Depreciation and Amortization.     Depreciation and amortization expenses consist primarily of depreciation on computer hardware and leasehold improvements in our datacenters, depreciation of capitalized software development costs, and amortization of purchased intangibles. We expect that depreciation and amortization expenses will increase in absolute dollars as we continue to expand our datacenters and our suite of solutions, but decline as a percentage of revenue over time.

Other income (expense), net

Other income and other expenses, net consists of interest we earn on our cash and cash equivalents, interest expense we incur as a result of our borrowings, if any, and non-operating income and expenses. It also includes income or expense relating to changes in the fair value of our outstanding warrants to purchase redeemable preferred shares.

Income tax provision

Income tax expenses for 2008, 2009 and for the first three months of 2010 primarily consist of a deferred U.S. tax provision for the difference between book and tax treatment of goodwill associated with the acquisition of the InfoSpace Mobile assets. Due to our history of operating losses, we have accumulated substantial net operating and capital losses, which constitute the majority of our deferred tax assets. Because of our history of operating losses, we maintain full valuation allowances against these deferred tax assets and consequently are not recognizing any tax benefit related to our current pre-tax losses. If we achieve sustained profitability, subject to certain provisions of the U.S. federal tax laws that may limit our use of these accumulated losses, we will evaluate whether we should eliminate or reduce the valuation allowances which would result in immediate recognition of a tax benefit and we would begin recording income tax provisions based on our earnings and applicable statutory tax rates going forward. Due to our large net operating loss carryforwards, we do not expect to pay U.S. federal income taxes in the next several years.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

The following critical accounting policies are those accounting policies that, in our view, are most important in the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations. Our critical accounting

 

48


Table of Contents

policies and estimates include those involved in recognition of revenue, business combinations, software development costs, valuation of goodwill, valuation of long-lived and intangible assets, provision for income taxes, accounting for stock-based compensation and discontinued operations. Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus provides additional information about these critical accounting policies, as well as our other significant accounting policies.

Revenue recognition

We derive our revenues from contracts that include individual or varying combinations of our managed services and often include professional service fees to customize and implement the specific software platform solutions required by the customer. We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (ii) delivery has occurred; (iii) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability of the fee is reasonably assured. The timing of revenue recognition in each case depends upon a variety of factors, including the specific terms of each arrangement and the nature of our deliverables and obligations.

Our customer contracts may consist of professional service fees, a fixed monthly managed service fee to host the software platform solution, and a variable monthly subscription fee based on one of three measures: the number of wireless subscribers using our software solutions each month; the aggregate dollar volume or number of transactions processed; or specified rates for individual transactions processed. Certain arrangements also include minimum monthly fee provisions, monthly fees for providing additional managed services required by the customer and/or service level requirements related to the hosted solutions which often entail financial penalties for non-compliance. Professional service fees typically include both initial fees to customize and implement the specific software solution and fees to enhance the functionality of the software solution, which may occur any time during the contractual term of the arrangement.

Under our contracts where the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software, we determine the pattern of revenue recognition of the combined deliverables as a single unit of accounting. The professional service fees associated with the arrangement are not considered to be a separate earnings process because the services do not have stand-alone value to the customer. Such customers do not have the ability to benefit, resell or realize value from such services without the associated hosting services. Consequently, the professional service revenue is deferred and recognized monthly on a ratable basis together with the hosting services over the longer of the contractual term of the arrangement or the estimated period the customer is expected to benefit from the software platform or enhancement representing the period over which the hosting services are expected to be utilized. In determining the expected benefit period, we assess factors such as historical trends, data used to establish pricing in the arrangement, discussions with customers in negotiating the arrangement and the period over which the customer could be expected to recover and earn a reasonable return on the professional service fee. At December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, our balance sheets reflected deferred revenue of $11.8 million and $4.9 million, respectively, which consists primarily of such professional service fees. We consider the variable activity-based fees to be contingent fees and recognize revenue monthly as the contingency is resolved, the fees are earned and the amount of the subscription fee can be reliably measured. For purposes of classifying the arrangement consideration as managed services or professional services revenue on our statement of operations, we allocate the arrangement consideration based on the contractually stated amounts for each component. The pricing of our professional services is based on the expected level of effort necessary to complete a software solution. We believe this best approximates the fair value of the professional service fees if they were a separate unit of accounting.

Under certain arrangements, the customer has the right to take possession of the software, and it is feasible for the customer to either self-host the software on its own hardware or contract with another

 

49


Table of Contents

entity for the hosting service without significant penalty. Such multiple element arrangements are analyzed under software revenue guidance to assess the elements for separation and recognition. The fixed monthly hosting fee to host the software solution is not considered essential to the functionality of other elements, is described in the contract such that the total price of the arrangement would be expected to vary as the result of the inclusion or exclusion of the services and we have established vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value through substantive renewal rates included in the contract. Accordingly we account for the hosting fee element of the arrangement separately and recognize the hosting fee as managed services revenue on a monthly basis as earned. The variable monthly subscription fee is considered a contingent fee and is recognized as managed services revenue monthly when the contingency is resolved and the related fee is earned. We then use the residual method to allocate the arrangement consideration to the professional services element for revenue recognition purposes. We recognize the professional service revenues using the cost-to-cost percentage of completion method of accounting. We recognize the revenue based on the ratio of costs incurred to the estimated total costs at completion. Should the customer elect to self-host the software, the hosting fee is eliminated and the variable subscription fee becomes the licensing fee. No customer has elected to self-host as of March 31, 2010. If a contract which previously did not have a right to self-host without significant penalty is amended to include such a right, we reassess the contract under the above software revenue guidance.

We provide premium messaging services to subscribers of wireless carriers on behalf of third-party vendors and earn a fixed percentage of the related revenue. We bill the carriers for transactions conducted by their subscribers and provide settlement services for the third-party vendors based on payments received from the carriers. We have determined it is appropriate to record our net share of the billings to carriers as service revenue rather than the gross billing amount. The primary considerations for this determination are:

 

  Ÿ  

the third-party vendor sells its content or service directly to the wireless carriers’ subscribers and is considered the primary obligor;

 

  Ÿ  

the carriers have a contractual relationship with their subscribers and are directly responsible for billing and collecting premium messaging fees from their subscribers and resolving billing disputes;

 

  Ÿ  

the carriers establish gross pricing for the transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

the wireless carriers generally pay us a fixed percentage of premium messaging revenues actually collected from their subscribers; and

 

  Ÿ  

we have limited risks, including no inventory risk and limited credit risk, because the carriers generally bear the risk of collecting fees from their subscribers and we are obligated to remit to the third-party vendor only their share of the funds we actually receive from the carrier.

Business combinations

We have completed eight business combinations since 2003. The purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date, with any amount in excess of such allocations designated as goodwill. We make significant judgments and assumptions in determining the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities, especially with respect to acquired intangibles. Using different assumptions in determining fair value could materially impact the purchase price allocation and our financial position and results of operations.

Several methods are commonly used to determine fair value. For intangible assets, we typically use the “income method.” This method starts with our forecast of all expected future net cash flows.

 

50


Table of Contents

These cash flows are then adjusted to present value by applying an appropriate discount rate that reflects the risk factors associated with the cash flow streams. Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the income method and other methods include:

 

  Ÿ  

the amount and timing of projected future cash flows;

 

  Ÿ  

the discount rate selected to measure the risks inherent in the future cash flows;

 

  Ÿ  

the acquired company’s competitive position; and

 

  Ÿ  

the assessment of the asset’s life cycle and the competitive trends impacting the asset, including consideration of any technical, legal, regulatory, or economic barriers to entry.

Software development costs

We capitalize certain software development costs, including the costs to develop new software products or significant enhancements to existing software products, which are developed or obtained for internal use. We capitalize software development costs when application development begins, it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Such capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, which is generally three years. Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance and all post implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred.

Software development costs related to software products to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed, however, are capitalized when technological feasibility has been established. In 2010, we have focused on developing software products that can be leveraged across various customers. As such, we have capitalized costs, including direct labor and related overhead. Amortization of capitalized software development costs will begin as each product is available for general release to customers. Amortization will be computed on an individual product basis for those products available for market and will be recognized based on the product’s estimated economic life. Unamortized capitalized software development costs determined to be in excess of net realizable value of the product are expensed immediately.

Valuation of goodwill

Our business acquisitions typically result in the recording of goodwill, and we periodically assess whether the recorded value of goodwill has become impaired. We test for potential impairment annually, in the fourth quarter of each year, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill may not be recoverable. Testing for impairment of goodwill involves estimating the fair value of the associated reporting unit and comparing it to its carrying value. If the estimated fair value is lower than the carrying value, then a more detailed assessment is performed comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to the fair value of the assets and liabilities plus the goodwill carrying value of the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the fair value of its assets and liabilities plus goodwill, then an impairment charge is recognized to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by the difference.

The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. We use valuation techniques consistent with the market approach and income approach to measure fair value for purposes of impairment testing. An estimate of fair value can be affected by many assumptions, requiring that management make significant judgments in arriving at these estimates, including the expected operational performance of our businesses in the future, market conditions and other factors. Although there are inherent uncertainties in this assessment process, the estimates and assumptions we use to estimate future cash flows—including sales volumes, pricing, market penetration, competition, technological obsolescence and discount rates—are

 

51


Table of Contents

consistent with our internal planning. Significant changes in these estimates or their related assumptions in the future could result in an impairment charge related to our goodwill.

The $74.7 million of recorded goodwill at December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 relates entirely to our acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. In conjunction with our strategy reassessment in 2007 to focus primarily on the mobile network operator business and prior impairment or disposition of goodwill in our other reporting units, we have combined the reporting unit for our 2006 U.S. messaging acquisition, GoldPocket Wireless, Inc., which we refer to as GPW, with our mobile network operator reporting unit resulting in one enterprise level reporting unit for purposes of our fourth quarter 2008 annual impairment test. Our impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2009 indicated we had significant excess of fair value over the net book value of our Company such that a 50% decrease in our projected net cash flow or a doubling of the discount rate would not have resulted in impairment of our goodwill.

In 2007 and 2008, we fully impaired $33.7 million of goodwill associated with acquisitions completed prior to our acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. In the third quarter of 2008, it became apparent that revenue from GPW would not achieve expectations, which resulted in a goodwill impairment charge of $6.8 million. During 2007, we recorded a $26.9 million impairment charge related to goodwill associated with our mobile network operator reporting unit, which represents our primary operations, and our GPW reporting unit. The annual impairment test performed on the mobile network operator reporting unit, prior to inclusion of the InfoSpace Mobile assets and operations, indicated that changes in consumer purchasing habits were resulting in lower revenues and net cash flows than originally expected, requiring a goodwill impairment of $12.1 million. The annual impairment test performed on the GPW reporting unit indicated that unanticipated competitive dynamics in the marketplace were resulting in lower revenues and net cash flows than originally expected, requiring a goodwill impairment of $14.8 million.

Valuation of long-lived and intangible assets

We periodically evaluate events or changes in circumstances that indicate the carrying amount of our long-lived and intangible assets may not be recoverable or that the useful lives of the assets may no longer be appropriate. Factors which could trigger an impairment review or a change in the remaining useful life of our long-lived and intangible assets include significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in our use of the assets or in our business strategy, loss of or changes in customer relationships and significant negative industry or economic trends. When indications of impairment arise for a particular asset or group of assets, we assess the future recoverability of the carrying value of the asset (or asset group) based on an undiscounted cash flow analysis. If carrying value exceeds projected, net, undiscounted cash flows, an additional analysis is performed to determine the fair value of the asset (or asset group), typically a discounted cash flow analysis, based on an income and/or cost approach, and an impairment charge is recorded for the excess of carrying value over fair value.

The process of assessing potential impairment of our long-lived and intangible assets is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. An estimate of future undiscounted cash flow can be affected by many assumptions, requiring that management make significant judgments in arriving at these estimates. Although there are inherent uncertainties in this assessment process, the estimates and assumptions we use to estimate future cash flows including sales volumes, pricing, market penetration, competition and technological obsolescence are consistent with our internal planning. Significant future changes in these estimates or their related assumptions could result in an impairment charge related to individual or groups of these assets.

Our intangible assets, other than goodwill, of $10.7 million at December 31, 2009 and $11.5 million at March 31, 2010, relate primarily to customer relationships associated with our acquisition of

 

52


Table of Contents

InfoSpace Mobile. We are amortizing the recorded value of the customer relationships over an estimated useful life of approximately eight years utilizing a variable methodology.

During 2009, we recognized impairment charges of $5.8 million related primarily to our GPW long-lived and intangible assets. In June 2009, we received notification that our future revenue stream associated with a significant messaging customer obtained as part of the GPW acquisition would likely be eliminated. We performed an impairment analysis, which resulted in impairment charges of $1.9 million and $3.3 million associated with the GPW customer list and GPW capitalized software, respectively.

During 2008, we recorded long-lived and intangible asset impairment charges of $22.3 million. These impairment charges included $8.4 million related to software assets acquired in the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition based on information received indicating it was likely that two significant customers would no longer be utilizing our search and storefront solutions. We also recognized impairments of $12.7 million related to restructuring of the business following the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition. The $12.7 million included $8.2 million to impair computer software, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements associated with moving our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington and the planned consolidation and shutdown of certain datacenter facilities. The other restructuring-related impairment of $4.5 million was associated with the planned early shutdown of and migration of customers from the Fuel software solution platform to the mCore platform. We had redundant software solution platforms as a result of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition and, based on specific migration plans developed in cooperation with our customers during the third quarter, it was determined the Fuel platform would not generate sufficient revenues to recover the remaining carrying value of the software platform. As a result, we impaired the remaining software carrying value. The remaining $1.2 million impairment related to the remaining customer relationship intangible from our M7 Networks, Inc. acquisition in 2005, as we no longer had customers utilizing that technology.

Income taxes

We are subject to federal and various state income taxes in the U.S., and to a lesser extent, income-based taxes in various foreign jurisdictions, including, but not limited to, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Canada, Indonesia and Singapore, and we use estimates in determining our provision for these income taxes and the recognition of deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets, related valuation allowances, current tax liabilities and deferred tax liabilities are determined separately by tax jurisdiction. In making these determinations, we estimate tax assets, related valuation allowances, current tax liabilities and deferred tax liabilities, and we assess temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. We recognize only tax positions that are “more likely than not” to be sustained based solely on their technical merits. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax determination involves significant judgment that is subject to audit by tax authorities in the ordinary course of business.

At December 31, 2009, our gross deferred tax assets consisted primarily of domestic net operating losses and book to tax differences in fixed assets, as well as research and development credit carryforwards. As of December 31, 2009, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $222 million and $89 million, respectively, which begin to expire at varying dates starting in 2019 for U.S. federal income tax purposes and in the current year for state income tax purposes. Because of our history of generating operating losses, we maintain full valuation allowances against these deferred tax assets and consequently do not recognize tax benefits for our current operating losses. If we achieve sustained profitability, we will assess the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be realized through the ability to utilize them to offset our expected future tax obligations, subject to certain provisions of the U.S. federal tax laws that may limit our use of these accumulated losses. If we determine it is likely that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will be

 

53


Table of Contents

realized, we will eliminate or reduce the corresponding valuation allowances which would result in immediate recognition of an associated tax benefit. Going forward, we will reassess the need for any remaining valuation allowances or the necessity to recognize additional valuation allowances in the future based on our then current and expected future financial performance. In the event we do eliminate all or a portion of the valuation allowances in the future, we will begin recording income tax provisions based on our earnings and applicable statutory tax rates from that time forward.

As a result of the InfoSpace Mobile asset acquisition at the end of 2007, we record a U.S. tax provision each subsequent period for the difference between book and tax treatment of goodwill associated with the acquisition. The tax amortization of the goodwill results in a deferred tax liability which does not provide a source of income for purposes of evaluating the realizability of the deferred tax assets. This results in recognition of income tax each period through 2022 corresponding to the tax amortization period of the goodwill. This provision has no cash tax implications absent liquidation of our Company and would otherwise only be adjusted or reversed to the extent our book goodwill balance would be impaired in the future.

Stock-based compensation

Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for share-based awards, including stock options, to employees using the intrinsic value method. Under the intrinsic value method, compensation expense was measured on the date of award as the difference, if any, between the deemed fair value of our common stock and the option exercise price, multiplied by the number of options granted. The option exercise prices and fair value of our common stock are determined by our board of directors based on a review of various objective and subjective factors. No compensation expense was recorded for stock options issued to employees prior to January 1, 2006 because all options were granted in fixed amounts and with fixed exercise prices at least equal to the fair value of our common stock at the date of grant.

Effective January 1, 2006, we changed our accounting treatment to recognize compensation expense based on the fair value of all share-based awards granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled on or after that date. This compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for all time-based vesting awards. We continue to account for share-based awards granted prior to January 1, 2006 under the intrinsic value method.

For share-based awards subsequent to January 1, 2006, we estimate the fair value of such awards, including stock options, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Determining the fair value of share-based awards requires the use of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the award and expected stock price volatility. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based awards granted since January 1, 2008, are set forth below:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2008
   Year Ended
December 31,
2009
   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2010

Expected life of options granted

   5 years    5 years    5 years

Expected volatility

   58%    50% - 58%    50%

Range of risk-free interest rates

   2.8% - 3.3%    1.7% - 2.3%    2.3%

Expected dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%

The assumptions used in determining the fair value of share-based awards represent our best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties. As a result, if factors change, and we use different assumptions, our share-based compensation could be materially different in the future. The risk-free interest rate used for each grant is based on a U.S. Treasury instrument with a term similar to the expected term of the share-based award. The expected term of options has been estimated

 

54


Table of Contents

utilizing the vesting period of the option, the contractual life of the option and our option exercise history. Because there was no public market for our common stock prior to this offering, we lacked company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, in estimating our expected stock volatility, we have taken into account volatility information of publicly-traded peer companies, and we expect to continue to use this methodology until such time as we have adequate historical data regarding the volatility of our publicly-traded stock price. Also, we recognize compensation expense for only the portion of options that are expected to vest. Accordingly, we estimated future forfeitures of stock options based on our historical forfeiture rate, taking into account unusual events such as employee attrition due to the relocation of our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington. If our actual forfeiture rate varies from our historical rates and estimates, additional adjustments to compensation expense may be required in future periods.

All our employee stock options were granted at exercise prices equal to the fair value of common stock as of the grant date, except for the December 11, 2009 grant with an exercise price of $15.00 per share, as described further below. As of March 31, 2010, we had $2.5 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested employee stock options, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.2 years.

The following table summarizes by grant date the number of stock options granted from January 1, 2008 through March 31, 2010, and the per share exercise price per share of each option grant:

 

Date of Grant

   Stock Options Granted    Exercise Price

January 1, 2008

   370,140    $ 12.00

February 7, 2008

   110,371      12.00

February 5, 2009

   117,250      12.15

May 4, 2009

   28,867      12.15

December 11, 2009

   14,967      15.00

December 11, 2009

   15,800      19.65

December 14, 2009

   19,933      19.65

February 9, 2010

   21,190      19.65

February 12, 2010

   666      19.65

March 8, 2010

   6,597      20.40

The fair value of our common stock, for the purpose of determining the grant prices of our common stock option grants, is ultimately approved by our board of directors after an extensive process involving the audit committee, management, and a third-party valuation firm. The board of directors initially delegates the valuation process to the audit committee. The audit committee works with management, and starting in 2008, also began working with a third-party valuation firm to develop each valuation. The audit committee then presents the resulting valuation to the full board of directors, and recommends its approval, which has historically been adopted. Our board of directors exercised judgment in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based on various factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the prices for our redeemable preferred stock sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

the rights, preferences and privileges of our redeemable preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

our operating and financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

the hiring of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

our stage of development and revenue growth;

 

55


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the lack of an active public market for our common and preferred stock;

 

  Ÿ  

industry information such as market growth and volume;

 

  Ÿ  

the execution of strategic and customer agreements;

 

  Ÿ  

the risks inherent in the development and expansion of our service offerings;

 

  Ÿ  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company given prevailing market conditions and the nature of and history of our business; and

 

  Ÿ  

the acquisitions of companies that we have completed.

We believe consideration of these factors by our board of directors was a reasonable approach to estimating the fair value of our common stock for those periods. Estimation of the fair value of our common stock requires complex and subjective judgments, however, and there is inherent uncertainty in our estimate of fair value.

The fair value of our common stock as of the January 1, 2008 and February 7, 2008 grant dates was estimated by the board of directors to be $12.00 per share. Due to the proximity of the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile in December 2007 to these grants, the issuance of the Series I redeemable preferred stock to a subset of existing and new investors to fund the acquisition was considered the most objective approach to estimating the fair value of our common stock for purposes of these grants. We sold 190.8 million shares of Series I redeemable preferred stock at a price of $0.9694 per share. Each share is convertible into .0667 shares of common stock and has a liquidation preference equal to the $0.9694 issue price plus cumulative unpaid dividends of $0.038776 per annum, whether declared or not. Based on the pre-money valuation associated with the Series I preferred stock issuance of $295 million, which was negotiated between our board of directors and investors participating in the Series I financing round, and the Series I proceeds of $185 million, we estimated the fair value of the common stock to be $12.00 by deducting the liquidation preferences of Series A, B, C, D and E as of such date from the post-money valuation of $480 million and divided by the number of fully diluted shares outstanding as of such date.

In early 2008, following the closing of the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile in December 2007, we finalized our plans to integrate the business and initiated implementation of the plans, including relocating our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington. Significant progress was also made during that period toward the eventual disposition of the discontinued business lines. We updated our financial forecasts as of April 2008 based on the progress made in the integration process, the additional knowledge of the InfoSpace Mobile business gained and initiatives undertaken to increase revenues and reduce operating expenses of the combined business.

We engaged an independent third-party valuation firm to assist the board of directors in performing a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of April 30, 2008, for stock option grants. The enterprise value was calculated by using an asset-based approach, a market-based approach, determined primarily by the recent issuance of the Series I redeemable preferred stock, and an income-based approach. After considering these methods, we relied primarily on the income-based approach utilizing the discounted cash flow method to determine enterprise value. The discounted cash flow analysis incorporated three different scenarios based on different exit or terminal values, each incorporating three different market condition assumptions which were probability weighted. Assumptions utilized in each discounted cash flow scenario were:

 

  Ÿ  

our expected revenue, operating performance, cash flow for the current and future years, determined as of the valuation date based on our estimates;

 

  Ÿ  

a discount rate, which is applied to discretely forecasted future cash flows in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows; and

 

56


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

a terminal value multiple, which is applied to our last year of discretely forecasted operating results to calculate the residual value of our future cash flows.

The enterprise value was then allocated to our shares of redeemable preferred stock, preferred stock, warrants to purchase shares of redeemable preferred stock and common stock, and common stock, using option pricing theory. This methodology treats the various components of our capital structure as a series of call options on the proceeds expected from a future liquidity event. These call options are then valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model estimates the fair value of each individual security based on the enterprise value of the Company and assumptions based on the securities’ rights and preferences. The option pricing method also requires assumptions regarding the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, and the estimated volatility of our equity securities. For this purpose, an initial public offering was assumed to occur in three to five years and estimates of the volatility of our stock were based on available information on the volatility of capital stock of comparable publicly traded companies. The value of each of the call options is deducted from the enterprise value with the remainder being the value attributed to the common stock. A discount for lack of marketability of 20% was applied to arrive at the fair value of our common stock. On the basis of this analysis the board of directors estimated the fair value of our common stock to be $12.15 per share as of April 30, 2008, which was substantially unchanged from the $12.00 valuation as of the closing of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition.

Over the remainder of 2008 and the early part of 2009, we completed much of the post-acquisition integration of InfoSpace Mobile and other restructuring of our business. Financial results were better than expected over this period but economic conditions continued to deteriorate which reduced our confidence in our longer-term forecasts and expectations regarding the timing and potential for a public stock offering. For common stock valuation purposes, the impact of the improved short-term operating performance was assumed to be offset by the greater uncertainty regarding future prospects. On this basis, the board of directors estimated that the fair value of our common stock continued to be $12.15 per share on February 5, 2009 and May 4, 2009.

In the second quarter of 2009, we experienced improvements in our operating performance and in the economic outlook, including in the capital markets, which led our board of directors to perform another valuation of our common stock, after an extensive process described herein involving the audit committee, management and a third-party valuation firm. Greater than expected operating efficiencies achieved recently, higher projections of future growth with greater confidence and giving greater weight to a public stock offering in a two-year time frame resulted in an increase in value to $15.00 per share as of June 30, 2009. Our compensation committee approved stock option grants, primarily for new employees, on August 5, 2009 subject to completion of this valuation. Prior to completion of the valuation for June 30, 2009, the board of directors determined the need to perform another common stock valuation as of September 30, 2009, based on events during the third quarter. Our operating performance continued to improve during the third quarter and discussions occurred with several investment banks regarding a potential initial public offering of our common stock in 2010. Based primarily on greater weight placed on a near-term public stock offering and a reduction in the discount for the lack of marketability from 20% used in earlier valuations to 5%, the common stock was valued at $19.65 per share as of September 30, 2009. Since the valuations as of June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009 were both finalized by the board of directors on December 11, 2009, the options approved on August 5, 2009, were granted at the $15.00 price, but due to the increase in fair value of our common stock to $19.65, will be treated as “in the money” grants on December 11, 2009.

Restricted stock is granted to certain employees as part of their total compensation package. All grants of restricted stock prior to October 25, 2006 are fully vested except for 24,509 shares which vest in April 2010. All restricted shares granted on or after October 25, 2006 are subject to a double trigger vesting requirement consisting of time-based vesting and occurrence of a qualified sale or qualified

 

57


Table of Contents

public offering which would include the offering contemplated by this prospectus. These employees are not required to be employed as of the occurrence of a qualified event to receive shares for which the time-based vesting has occurred based on the period of their employment. If no qualified event occurs within 10 years, the stock is forfeited. Under these terms, vesting of the shares is not probable until a qualified event is probable; therefore, no compensation expense has been recognized related to the grant of these shares of restricted stock. Upon closing of a qualified sale or qualified public offering, those shares subject to the double trigger for which time-based vesting has occurred will become vested and we will immediately recognize compensation expense for those shares. Had a qualified event occurred on March 31, 2010, the compensation expense recognized immediately would have been $16.3 million and additional compensation expense of approximately $13.2 million will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years.

As of March 5, 2010, we updated our valuation of our common stock utilizing a methodology consistent with that described for the valuation work of our common stock in 2009, including the involvement of the audit committee, management and a third-party valuation firm. Based primarily on updates to our financial projections to incorporate current performance and market conditions, we determined the common stock was valued at $20.40 per share as of March 5, 2010. As part of the assessment, we increased the discount for the lack of marketability to 7.5% to reflect the market conditions for initial public offerings.

Discontinued operations

In connection with our business strategy reassessment initiated in 2007, we exited two lines of business in 2007 and 2008, the results of which are reflected in our operating results as discontinued operations. The discontinued lines of business were direct to consumer, which was sold in two transactions in 2007 and 2008, and media and entertainment, which was discontinued in 2008. We have reclassified all of the revenues and associated operating expenses which would no longer be incurred upon disposition of the business to discontinued operations for all periods presented. Any gains and losses from the sale of the businesses are also reported in discontinued operations.

 

58


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth components of our results of operations, including both continuing and discontinued operations, for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
                       Unaudited  
     (In thousands)  

Revenue

          

Managed services

   $ 31,772      $ 85,677      $ 81,403      $ 20,222      $ 20,881   

Professional services

     3,399        17,474        32,292        3,054        8,199   
                                        

Total revenues

     35,171        103,151        113,695        23,276        29,080   
                                        

Operating expenses

          

Direct third-party expenses

     3,709        5,451        9,485        1,171        1,305   

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

     9,468        33,000        31,786        8,683        8,034   

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

     16,229        52,261        31,389        7,677        8,182   

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

     7,119        10,228        11,900        2,989        3,655   

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

     10,334        26,052        20,841        5,175        5,264   

Depreciation and amortization

     10,322        21,559        13,208        3,777        3,041   

Restructuring

     1,283        3,236        2,058        235        407   

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

     26,867        29,130        5,806        —          —     

Abandoned transaction charge

     2,600        —          —          —          —     
                                        

Total operating expenses

     87,931        180,917        126,473        29,707        29,888   
                                        

Operating loss

     (52,760     (77,766     (12,778     (6,431     (808
                                        

Other income (expense), net

          

Other income (expense)

     79        1,892        (1,657     (82     (258

Interest and investment income, net

     2,157        1,315        250        80        —     

Interest expense

     (1,081     (493     (220     (94     —     
                                        

Other income (expense), net

     1,155        2,714        (1,627     (96     (258
                                        

Loss from continuing operations, before income tax

     (51,605     (75,052     (14,405     (6,527     (1,066

Provision for income taxes

     —          1,776        1,896        444        467   
                                        

Loss from continuing operations

     (51,605     (76,828     (16,301     (6,971     (1,533

Loss from discontinued operations

     (24,928     (1,072     —          —          —     

Loss from sale of discontinued operations

     (1,360     (127     —          —          —     
                                        

Net loss

   $ (77,893   $ (78,027   $ (16,301   $ (6,971   $ (1,533
                                        

 

59


Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization by function:

 

     Years Ended December 31,    Three Months
Ended March 31,
     2007    2008    2009    2009    2010
     (In thousands)

Datacenter and network operations

   $ 7,310    $ 16,824    $ 8,890    $ 2,497    $ 1,992

Product development and sustainment

     1,548      2,237      1,962      586      428

Sales and marketing

     307      2,075      1,960      572      524

General and administrative

     1,157      423      396      122      97
                                  

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 10,322    $ 21,559    $ 13,208    $ 3,777    $ 3,041
                                  

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended

March 31,
 
       2007         2008         2009         2009         2010    

As a Percentage of Total Revenues from
Continuing Operations

          

Total revenues

   100   100   100   100   100

Operating expenses

          

Direct third-party expenses

   11      5      8      5      4   

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

   27      32      28      38      28   

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

   46      51      28      33      28   

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

   20      10      10      13      13   

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

   29      25      18      22      18   

Depreciation and amortization

   29      21      12      16      10   

Other charges

   87      31      7      1      2   
                              

Total operating expenses

   250      175      111      128      103   
                              

Operating loss

   (150   (75   (11   (28   (3

Other income (expense), net

   3      3      (1   0      (1
                              

Loss from continuing operations, before income tax

   (147   (73   (13   (28   (4

Provision for income taxes

   0      2      2      2      1   
                              

Loss from continuing operations

   (147 )%    (74 )%    (14 )%    (30 )%    (5 )% 
                              

Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2009

Total Revenues

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
   Change  
     2009    2010    $    %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Managed services

   $ 20,222    $ 20,881    $ 659    3.3

Professional services

     3,054      8,199      5,145    168.5   
                       

Total revenues

   $ 23,276    $ 29,080    $ 5,804    24.9
                       

Our total revenues increased $5.8 million, or 24.9%, for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to the corresponding 2009 period. Managed services revenues accounted for 71.8% and 86.9% of our revenues for the three month periods ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, while professional services accounted for 28.2% and 13.1%, respectively. The $5.1 million increase in

 

60


Table of Contents

professional services revenues includes $4.9 million of revenues recognized due to an amendment of a contract with a customer during the quarter which established that the arrangement meets the self-host criteria for revenue recognition. As a result of this amendment the contract met the criteria for recognition of the balance of the setup fee that had been previously deferred. The amendment converted the managed service component of the contract from a fixed monthly fee arrangement with predetermined periodic increases to a fixed monthly subscription fee plus a variable monthly subscription fee based on usage.

Managed service revenues increased $0.7 million, or 3.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to the prior year period due to higher storefront revenues. Variable user- and transaction-based fees made up approximately 52% and 76% of our managed services revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, the decrease due primarily to conversion of a storefront contract from a transaction based to a fixed fee arrangement upon extension of the contract early in the fourth quarter of 2009. The average monthly number of users of our non-messaging based solutions decreased to approximately 34.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from 34.5 million in the comparable period of 2009.

We generated 96% of our revenues in the U.S. for the three months ended March 31, 2010. Revenues from our five largest customers, represented 90% of our total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2010, with AT&T and Verizon Wireless accounting for 40% and 39% of total revenues, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, revenues from our five largest customers represented 88% of our total revenues, with AT&T and Verizon Wireless accounting for 44% and 25% of total revenues, respectively. No other customers accounted for more than 10% of our revenues during these periods.

Operating expenses

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
   Change  
     2009    2010    $     %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Direct third-party expenses

   $ 1,171    $ 1,305    $ 134      11.4

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

     8,683      8,034      (649   (7.5

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

     7,677      8,182      505      6.6   

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

     2,989      3,655      666      22.3   

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

     5,175      5,264      89      1.7   

Depreciation and amortization

     3,777      3,041      (736   (19.5

Restructuring

     235      407      172      73.2   
                        

Total operating expenses

   $ 29,707    $ 29,888    $ 181      0.6
                        

Our operating expenses were $29.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $29.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The increase of $0.2 million, or 0.6%, consists of increases in most expense categories, largely offset by expense reductions in datacenter and network operations and depreciation and amortization.

Direct third party expenses

Direct third party expenses increased $0.1 million, or 11.4%, for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to the corresponding 2009 period. The increase is due primarily to higher usage-based licensing expenses for customer-specific third-party software as user volume increases.

 

61


Table of Contents

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

Datacenter and network operations expense, excluding depreciation, decreased $0.6 million, or 7.5%, for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to the corresponding 2009 period. The decrease is primarily due to cost savings from consolidating datacenter operations and renegotiating certain vendor contracts.

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

Product development and sustainment expense, excluding depreciation, increased $0.5 million, or 6.6%, for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to the corresponding 2009 period. The additional expense primarily relates to the recognition of $1.2 million in deferred expenses associated with the deferred revenues recognized during the first quarter of 2010 due to amendment of a customer contract.

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

Sales and marketing expense, excluding depreciation, increased $0.7 million, or 22.3%, for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to the corresponding 2009 period. The increase is due to higher personnel expenses, primarily from our international expansion efforts.

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

General and administrative expense, excluding depreciation, increased $0.1 million, or 1.7%, for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to the corresponding 2009 period. The increase is due to additional strategy consulting fees incurred.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $0.7 million, or 19.5%, for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to the corresponding 2009 period. The decrease is primarily due to the datacenter consolidation and certain assets from the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition now being fully depreciated.

Restructuring

During the first quarter of 2009, we incurred $0.2 million of restructuring charges related to the relocation of our headquarters from Durham, North Carolina to Bellevue, Washington in 2008. In the first quarter of 2010, we incurred a $0.4 million expense upon disposition of the remaining asset held for sale related to the relocation.

Other income (expense), net

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Change  
         2009             2010        
     (In thousands)  

Other income (expense)

   $ (82   $ (258   $ (176

Interest and investment income, net

     80        —          (80

Interest expense

     (94     —          94   
                        

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (96   $ (258   $ (162
                        

 

62


Table of Contents

Other expense of $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 consists primarily of expense related to the increase in fair value of our warrants to purchase redeemable preferred shares. The higher net interest and investment income in the first three months of 2009 reflects the higher investments in marketable securities during the period. We did not incur any interest expense in the first quarter of 2010 due to the repayment of our remaining outstanding debt in April 2009.

Provision for income taxes

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
   Change  
         2009            2010        $    %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 444    $ 467    $ 23    5.2

Income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 primarily consist of a deferred U.S. tax provision for the difference between book and tax treatment of goodwill associated with the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. We maintain a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets which precludes us from recognizing a tax benefit for our current operating losses. Our lack of profitability historically is a key factor in concluding there is insufficient evidence of our ability to realize any future benefits from our deferred tax assets.

Net loss

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Change
     2009     2010    
     (In thousands)

Net loss

   $ (6,971   $ (1,533   $ 5,438

The major factor leading to the $5.4 million decrease in net loss to $1.5 million was the $5.8 million increase in total revenues resulting from increases in professional service and managed service revenues of $5.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Total operating expenses were largely the same in both periods.

Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008

Total revenues

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
   Change  
     2008    2009    $     %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Managed services

   $ 85,677    $ 81,403    $ (4,274   (5.0 )% 

Professional services

     17,474      32,292      14,818      84.8   
                        

Total revenues

   $ 103,151    $ 113,695    $ 10,544      10.2
                        

Our total revenues increased $10.5 million, or 10.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. Managed services revenue accounted for 71.6% and 83.1% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, while professional services accounted for 28.4% and 16.9%, respectively. The increase in revenues was due to the $14.8 million increase in professional services revenue, partially offset by the $4.3 million reduction in managed services revenue. The increase in professional services revenue was primarily due to a large portal customization and implementation project, which included $4.4 million of associated third-party computer hardware and software revenue, completed during 2009 for which we

 

63


Table of Contents

recognized the revenue based on completion milestones. Our professional services revenue can vary significantly from period to period due to the timing and magnitude of large customization and implementation projects.

The decrease in managed services revenue in 2009 consisted primarily of a $3.6 million reduction in storefront revenue due to the expiration of several small contracts and a $3.7 million reduction in storefront revenue due to declining transaction activity from two large customers. User- and transactional-based fees made up approximately 74% and 70% of our managed services revenue for 2008 and 2009, respectively, the decrease being primarily due to the decline in storefront transaction volumes. The average monthly number of users of our non-messaging based solutions increased to approximately 35 million in 2009 from approximately 33 million in 2008, although related managed services revenue did not increase due to mix changes among customers and associated pricing differences. The storefront contract expirations will not significantly impact managed services revenue comparisons with 2010 revenue as the expirations occurred late in 2008 or early in 2009. Managed services revenues are expected to increase in 2010 due in part to recent storefront contract modifications. The large portal project and two smaller portal implementation projects completed in the latter part of 2009 are expected to result in higher managed service revenues as the number of mobile subscriber utilizing those services increases.

We generated 95% of our revenue in the U.S. for the year ended December 31, 2009. Revenue from our current five largest customers, represented 84% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009, with AT&T and Verizon Wireless accounting for 53% and 20% of total revenue, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2008, revenue from our five largest customers represented 67% of our total revenue, with AT&T and Verizon Wireless accounting for 42% and 12% of total revenue, respectively. No other customers accounted for more than 10% of our revenue during these periods.

Operating expenses

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
   Change  
     2008    2009    $     %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Direct third-party expenses

   $ 5,451    $ 9,485    $ 4,034      74.0

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

     33,000      31,786      (1,214   (3.7

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

     52,261      31,389      (20,872   (39.9

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

     10,228      11,900      1,672      16.3   

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

     26,052      20,841      (5,211   (20.0

Depreciation and amortization

     21,559      13,208      (8,351   (38.7

Restructuring

     3,236      2,058      (1,178   (36.4

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

     29,130      5,806      (23,324   (80.1
                        

Total operating expenses

   $ 180,917    $ 126,473    $ (54,444   (30.1 )% 
                        

Our operating expenses were $126.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $180.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease of $54.4 million, or 30.1%, is primarily attributable to the $20.9 million decrease in product development expense, the $5.2 million decrease in general and administrative expense, the $8.4 million decrease in depreciation and amortization expense and significantly lower goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges for year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the prior year period. Excluding the impact of restructuring and goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges, operating expenses decreased $29.9 million during

 

64


Table of Contents

2009, even though direct third-party expenses increased $4.0 million. The reduction is primarily driven by approximately $16 million of cost efficiencies from outsourcing a portion of our development activities to India and operating efficiencies resulting from the integration and restructuring activities we initiated in 2008 after the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. These activities included the relocation of our corporate headquarters to Bellevue, Washington, the cost efficiencies from outsourcing a portion of our development activities and consolidation of our datacenters.

Direct third-party expenses

Direct third-party expenses increased $4.0 million, or 74.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the corresponding 2008 period. The increase is primarily due to the cost of third-party computer hardware and software purchased on behalf of a major customer as part of a large custom portal development and implementation project.

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

Datacenter and network operations expense, excluding depreciation, decreased $1.2 million, or 3.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the corresponding 2008 period. The decrease is primarily due to lower labor related costs, as we have consolidated datacenter operations since completing the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition in December 2007.

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

Product development and sustainment expense, excluding depreciation, decreased $20.9 million, or 39.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the corresponding 2008 period. The decrease is primarily due to approximately $16 million of cost efficiencies from outsourcing a portion of our development activities to India. The remaining expense reduction was due primarily to lower labor-related costs as a result of operating efficiencies realized from the integration and restructuring activities we initiated in 2008.

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

Sales and marketing expense, excluding depreciation, increased $1.7 million, or 16.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the corresponding 2008 period. The increase is due to increases in our sales and marketing headcount as we grow the business.

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

General and administrative expense, excluding depreciation, decreased $5.2 million, or 20.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the corresponding 2008 period. The decrease is primarily due to lower labor-related costs as a result of operating efficiencies realized from the integration and restructuring activities we initiated in 2008.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $8.4 million, or 38.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the corresponding 2008 period. The decrease is primarily due to lower depreciation expense as a result of consolidating datacenters, impairing the remaining value of certain datacenter assets determined to be no longer recoverable and impairing certain capitalized software development costs and other amortized intangibles as noted in the long-lived asset impairment charges discussed below.

 

65


Table of Contents

Restructuring

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we incurred $2.1 million of restructuring charges to close our office in the United Kingdom, move our remaining employees in Durham, North Carolina from our former headquarters facility to a smaller facility and assign the lease for our former headquarters facility to a third party.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we incurred $3.2 million of restructuring charges related to relocating our headquarters and certain key personnel to Bellevue, Washington and eliminating redundant functions and positions as a result of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition.

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

The $5.8 million of impairments in the 2009 period relate primarily to writing off the remaining asset balances of $1.9 million and $3.3 million associated with the GPW customer list and capitalized software, respectively.

The $29.1 million of impairments in the 2008 period consisted of:

 

  Ÿ  

$12.7 million related to restructuring of the business following the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, including $8.2 million to impair computer software, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements associated with moving our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington and the planned shutdown of certain datacenter facilities, as well as $4.5 million for the planned shutdown of the Fuel software solution platform;

 

  Ÿ  

$6.8 million to impair the remaining GPW goodwill;

 

  Ÿ  

$4.6 million related to software assets from the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition based on our pricing decision to bundle our search functionality with our portal solution;

 

  Ÿ  

$3.8 million related to software assets from the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition based on the likelihood that two significant customers would no longer be utilizing our storefront solution; and

 

  Ÿ  

$1.2 million to impair the remaining customer relationship intangible from our acquisition of M7 Networks, Inc. in 2005.

Other income (expense), net

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2008     2009    
     (In thousands)  

Other income (expense)

   $ 1,892      $ (1,657   $ (3,549

Interest and investment income, net

     1,315        250        (1,065

Interest expense

     (493     (220     273   
                        

Total other income (expense), net

   $ 2,714      $ (1,627   $ (4,341
                        

Other expense of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 consists primarily of $1.5 million in expense related to the increase in fair value of our warrants to purchase redeemable preferred shares. Other income of $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 is primarily the result of billings to InfoSpace, Inc. (during an agreed transition period) for use of shared facilities acquired as part of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition at the end of 2007. The higher net interest and investment income in 2008 primarily reflects the higher average cash and investment balances during the 2008 period relative to 2009. Our interest expense decreased to $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, due to the repayment of our remaining outstanding debt in April 2009.

 

66


Table of Contents

Provision for income taxes

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
   Change  
     2008    2009    $    %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 1,776    $ 1,896    $ 120    6.8

Income tax expense for years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 primarily consists of a U.S. tax provision for the difference between book and tax treatment of goodwill associated with the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. We maintain a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets which precludes us from recognizing a tax benefit for our current operating losses. Our lack of profitability historically is a key factor in concluding that there is insufficient evidence of our ability to realize any future benefits from our deferred tax assets.

Discontinued operations

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
   Change
     2008     2009   
     (In thousands)

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (1,072   $ —      $ 1,072

Loss from sale of discontinued operations

   $ (127   $ —      $ 127

The loss from discontinued operations in 2008 consists of losses from the portion of the direct to consumer business line sold in 2008 and the media and entertainment business that was discontinued in 2008.

Net loss

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change
     2008     2009    
     (In thousands)

Net loss

   $ (78,027   $ (16,301   $ 61,726

The major factors leading to the $61.7 million decrease in net loss to $16.3 million were:

 

  Ÿ  

A $10.5 million increase in revenue resulting from increased professional services revenues, partially offset by reduced managed services revenue;

 

  Ÿ  

A $54.4 million reduction in total operating expenses due primarily to a $23.3 million reduction in impairment charges, approximately $16 million expense reduction associated with the outsourcing of certain development activities to India and the remaining reduction was due to the late 2008 completion of many major elements of the plan to integrate the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition. This plan included elimination of most redundant functions and staffing, the relocation of our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington, and consolidation of certain datacenters; and

 

  Ÿ  

A $1.2 million reduction in losses from discontinued operations and related losses upon disposition.

These improvements in operating results were partially offset by a $4.3 million reduction in other income (expense), net due primarily to the absence of fees in 2009 that were charged to InfoSpace, Inc. in 2008 (during an agreed transition period) for InfoSpace’s use of certain facilities that we acquired in the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition at the end of 2007.

 

67


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007

Total revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Change  
           2007                2008          $    %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Managed services

   $ 31,772    $ 85,677    $ 53,905    169.7

Professional services

     3,399      17,474      14,075    414.1   
                       

Total revenues

   $ 35,171    $ 103,151    $ 67,980    193.3
                       

Our total revenues were $103.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $35.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $68.0 million, or 193.3%. This increase was primarily attributable to the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile at the end of 2007. InfoSpace Mobile generated approximately $55 million of revenue in 2007, prior to our acquisition of the business. The organic growth of Motricity revenue was approximately 13% from 2007 to 2008, and the growth rate from the acquired InfoSpace Mobile business was slightly higher at 15%. In both instances, we believe this growth represents additional revenues from existing customers. The structure of the customer arrangements under the InfoSpace Mobile business model resulted in a higher percentage of revenue from professional services relative to Motricity, which is reflected in the high growth in professional services revenue in our 2008 results.

Operating expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Change  
           2007                2008          $     %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Direct third-party expenses

   $ 3,709    $ 5,451    $ 1,742      47.0

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

     9,468      33,000      23,532      248.5   

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

     16,229      52,261      36,032      222.0   

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

     7,119      10,228      3,109      43.7   

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

     10,334      26,052      15,718      152.1   

Depreciation and amortization

     10,322      21,559      11,237      108.9   

Restructuring

     1,283      3,236      1,953      152.2   

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

     26,867      29,130      2,263      8.4   

Abandoned transaction charge

     2,600      —        (2,600   —     
                        

Total operating expenses

   $ 87,931    $ 180,917    $ 92,986      105.7
                        

Our operating expenses were $180.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $87.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $93.0 million, or 105.7%. In 2008, operating expenses were significantly higher relative to 2007 as a result of our acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. We operated for much of 2008 with duplicate work forces and facilities in North Carolina and Washington while we executed acquisition integration activities and relocated our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington. As a percentage of revenue, our total operating expenses decreased to 175% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 250% for 2007, primarily as a result of the significant revenue increase, proportionately lower asset impairment charges and decreases in other operating expenses in the second half of 2008 as initial integration activities were completed.

Direct third-party expenses

Direct third-party expenses of $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 represents an increase of $1.7 million, or 47.0%, compared to 2007. Direct third-party expenses as a percentage of

 

68


Table of Contents

revenue decreased to 5.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 10.5% in 2007, reflecting better leverage on content-related expenses in 2008 primarily as a result of the significant increase in revenue.

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

Datacenter and network operations expense, excluding depreciation, increased $23.5 million, or 248.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the corresponding 2007 period. The increase is primarily due to the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile, which had multiple, large datacenters with higher operating expenses. We operated for most of 2008 with duplicate infrastructure and also incurred additional operating expenses in connection with integrating the acquired infrastructure.

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

Product development and sustainment expense, excluding depreciation, increased $36.0 million, or 222.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007. The increase is primarily due to the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile at the end of 2007. InfoSpace Mobile operated with a substantially larger development organization, in part due to greater emphasis on professional services work, and relied more heavily on the use of higher cost contract labor. In addition, we operated for most of 2008 with duplicate resources to support and integrate the two different software infrastructures, mCore and Fuel, which are based on different technologies.

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

Sales and marketing expense, excluding depreciation, increased $3.1 million, or 43.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007. The increase is primarily due to the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. Sales and marketing expense as a percentage of revenue decreased to 9.9% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 20.2% in 2007. The reduction in expenses as a percentage of revenue reflects our decision to reduce marketing and certain sales activities while we revamped our service offerings during the process of integrating the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, including the mCore and Fuel solution and service platforms. During this integration process we enhanced and extended the capabilities of the mCore platform to provide a more comprehensive and robust offering, and thereafter began to market and sell services utilizing that platform more aggressively.

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

G&A expense, excluding depreciation, increased $15.7 million, or 152.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007. The increase was primarily due to the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile, as we were operating with duplicate infrastructure and conducting acquisition integration activities for much of the year. G&A expense as a percentage of revenue decreased to 25.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 29.4% in 2007, due mainly to elimination of redundant functions and staffing in the second half of 2008.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense increased from $10.3 million in 2007 to $21.6 million in 2008, or 108.9%, due to the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition at the end of 2007. A total of $58.4 million of property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets was recorded as part of the purchase price allocation for the acquisition. This increased the balance of our depreciable and amortizable assets by 193%, which resulted in the higher depreciation expense in 2008.

 

69


Table of Contents

Restructuring

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we incurred restructuring charges related to relocating our headquarters and certain key personnel to Bellevue, Washington, and eliminating redundant functions and positions following completion of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition.

In the first half of 2007, we closed our San Diego and Los Angeles, California offices and relocated employees to our corporate headquarters (then located in Durham, North Carolina).

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

The $29.1 million of impairment charges in the 2008 period consisted of:

 

  Ÿ  

$12.7 million related to restructuring of the business following the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, including $8.2 million to impair computer software, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements associated with moving our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington and the planned shutdown of certain datacenter facilities, as well as $4.5 million for the planned shutdown of the Fuel software solution platform;

 

  Ÿ  

$6.8 million to impair the remaining GPW goodwill;

 

  Ÿ  

$4.6 million related to software assets from the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition based on our pricing decision to bundle our search functionality with our portal solution;

 

  Ÿ  

$3.8 million related to software assets from the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition based on the likelihood that two significant customers would no longer be utilizing our storefront solution; and

 

  Ÿ  

$1.2 million to impair the remaining customer relationship intangible from our acquisition of M7 Networks, Inc. in 2005.

In 2007, we recorded asset impairment charges of $26.9 million to write off the goodwill associated with our mobile network operator reporting unit, which represents our primary operations, and a large portion of the goodwill associated with the GPW reporting unit. The annual impairment test performed on the mobile network operator reporting unit indicated that changes in consumer purchasing habits were producing lower revenues and margins than originally forecasted, resulting in a goodwill impairment of $12.1 million. In addition, the annual impairment test performed on the GPW reporting unit indicated that unanticipated competitive dynamics in the messaging marketplace generated lower revenues and cash flows than were originally projected, resulting in a goodwill impairment of $14.8 million.

Abandoned transaction charge

In 2007, we issued a warrant to purchase common shares to an affiliate of an existing investor as consideration for a financing commitment in connection with a proposed transaction that was not completed. The expense of $2.6 million represents the fair value of the warrant upon issuance.

Other income (expense), net

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
         2007             2008         Change  
     (In thousands)  

Other income

   $ 79      $ 1,892      $ 1,813   

Interest and investment income, net

     2,157        1,315        (842

Interest expense

     (1,081     (493     588   
                        

Total other income (expense), net

   $ 1,155      $ 2,714      $ 1,559   
                        

 

70


Table of Contents

Other income of $1.9 million for 2008 is primarily the result of billings to InfoSpace, Inc. (during an agreed transition period) for use of facilities that we acquired as part of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition at the end of 2007. Our interest and investment income, net of interest expense, was $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 due to higher average cash and investment balances during 2007 and lower average debt balances during 2008.

Provision for income taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,     
         2007            2008        Change
     (In thousands)

Income tax provision

   $ —      $ 1,776    $ 1,776

The income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2008 primarily consists of a deferred U.S. tax provision for the difference between book and tax treatment of goodwill associated with the acquisition of the InfoSpace Mobile assets. We maintain a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets which precludes us from recognizing a tax benefit for our current operating losses. Our lack of profitability historically is a key factor in concluding there is insufficient evidence of our future ability to realize any future benefits from our deferred tax assets.

Discontinued operations

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change
           2007                 2008          
    

(In thousands)

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (24,928   $ (1,072   $ 23,856

Loss from sale of discontinued operations

     (1,360     (127     1,233

The loss from discontinued operations in both periods consists primarily of losses from the direct to consumer business line sold in two transactions in 2007 and 2008 and the media and entertainment business discontinued in 2008. The substantially higher losses in 2007 resulted primarily from high marketing and operating expenses related to the media and entertainment business, which were largely mitigated late in 2007 in conjunction with the decision to wind down the business. Results for 2007 also include a goodwill impairment of $2.9 million related to the direct to consumer business.

Net loss

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2007                 2008          
    

(In thousands)

 

Net loss

   $ (77,893   $ (78,027   $ (134

The net losses for both periods were consistent, although different factors contributed to the losses in each year as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

The InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, combined with revenue growth from both former InfoSpace Mobile and Motricity customer accounts resulted in 2008 revenue growth of $68.0 million, or 193.3%, compared to 2007. The growth in revenue was more than offset by the additional cost structure acquired as part of InfoSpace Mobile.

 

  Ÿ  

A $93.0 million (105.7%) increase in operating expenses from 2007 to 2008 primarily reflects the significant cost structure acquired in the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition. The operating expenses that experienced the most significant increases in 2008 included datacenter and

 

71


Table of Contents
 

network operations, which was up 248.5%, product development and sustainment, which was up 222.0%, G&A, which was up 152.1%, and depreciation and amortization, which was up 108.9%.

 

  Ÿ  

In 2007, the net loss included losses from discontinued operations and related sales of $26.3 million compared to losses of $1.2 million in 2008.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations and other data for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010. We have prepared the unaudited statement of operations data on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results to be expected for the full fiscal year. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    For the Three Months Ended,  
    March 31, 2009     June 30, 2009     September 30, 2009     December 31, 2009     March 31, 2010  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

Revenue

         

Managed services

  $ 20,222      $ 20,314      $ 20,417      $ 20,450      $ 20,881   

Professional services

    3,054        16,694        7,672        4,872        8,199   
                                       

Total revenues

    23,276        37,008        28,089        25,322        29,080   
                                       

Operating expenses

         

Direct third-party expenses

    1,171        5,366        1,611        1,337        1,305   

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

    8,683        7,786        7,185        8,132        8,034   

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

    7,677        9,739        6,672        7,301        8,182   

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

    2,989        2,763        2,708        3,440        3,655   

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

    5,175        4,495        5,270        5,901        5,264   

Depreciation and amortization

    3,777        3,205        3,248        2,978        3,041   

Restructuring

    235        712        1,010        101        407   

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

    —          5,488        318        —          —     
                                       

Total operating expenses

    29,707        39,554        28,022        29,190        29,888   
                                       

Operating income (loss)

    (6,431     (2,546     67        (3,868     (808
                                       

Other income (expense), net

    (96     (198     (1,342     9        (258
                                       

Loss from continuing operations, before income taxes

    (6,527     (2,744     (1,275     (3,859     (1,066

Provision for income taxes

    444       444        517        491        467   
                                       

Net loss

    (6,971     (3,188     (1,792     (4,350     (1,533

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock and Series D1 preferred dividends

    (5,987     (5,987     (5,992     (5,990     (6,400
                                       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (12,958   $ (9,175   $ (7,784   $ (10,340   $ (7,933
                                       

Basic and fully diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (2.20   $ (1.55   $ (1.31   $ (1.79   $ (1.38

Weighted-average number of shares of common stock used in computing basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

    5,887        5,930        5,931        5,767        5,753   

Other Data

         

Percentage of managed services revenue that varies with number of users and transactions

    76     74     70     57     52

Average non-messaging based solution users (in millions)

    34.5        35.6        35.5        34.3        34.4   

 

72


Table of Contents

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we identified certain correcting adjustments in our financial results for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. These adjustments increased our net loss by $0.3 million, $0.06 million and $0.8 million in the quarters ended March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2009, respectively, and have been corrected in each of the quarters presented in the table above.

A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss from continuing operations for each of the quarterly periods is as follows:

 

     For the Three Months Ended,  
     March 31,
2009
    June 30,
2009
    September 30,
2009
    December 31,
2009
    March 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (6,971   $ (3,188   $ (1,792   $ (4,350   $ (1,533

Interest and other income (expense), net

     96        198        1,342        (9     258   

Provision for income taxes

     444       444        517        491        467   

Depreciation and amortization

     3,777        3,205        3,248        2,978        3,041   

Restructuring and asset impairments

     235        6,200        1,328        101        407   

Stock-based compensation

     532        556        580        511        505   
                                        

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (1,887   $ 7,415      $ 5,223      $ (278   $ 3,145   
                                        

Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

We have financed our operations primarily through issuances of redeemable preferred stock, borrowings under our revolving credit facility, and more recently, from cash provided by operating activities. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund investments in, and acquisitions of, competitive and complementary businesses, products or technologies. As of the date of this prospectus, we do not have any agreements or understandings in place with respect to any investments or acquisitions, although we are continually exploring potential opportunities.

Our principal sources of liquidity as of March 31, 2010 consisted of cash of $25.4 million and $8.1 million of availability under our $25.0 million revolving credit facility.

Our principal needs for liquidity have been to fund operating losses, working capital requirements, capital expenditures, acquisitions and for debt service. We expect that working capital requirements, capital expenditures and acquisitions will continue to be our principal needs for liquidity over the near term. Working capital requirements are expected to increase as a result of our growth, both organically and through future acquisitions. The main portion of our capital expenditures has been, and is expected to continue to be, for datacenter facilities and equipment and product development. We believe that our cash flow from operations, available cash and cash equivalents (including the net proceeds from this offering) and available borrowings under our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for at least the next 12 months, although such sources of liquidity may not be sufficient to fund any significant acquisitions we might decide to pursue. Our Series H preferred stock becomes redeemable on August 31, 2013. On or after such date, upon request of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series H preferred stock, we must redeem the Series H preferred stock in immediately available funds or by the issuance of a promissory note which shall bear simple interest at the rate of 4% per annum and shall be payable in eight consecutive quarterly installments with the first such installment becoming due and payable on the first anniversary of the redemption payment date (determined once such written request is received); provided, however, that in lieu of receiving the redemption payment in the form of a

 

73


Table of Contents

promissory note, any holder of Series H preferred stock may instead elect to be redeemed quarterly and receive the redemption payment in eight consecutive quarterly installments. Consequently, we will need to have sufficient liquidity to permit us to redeem the outstanding Series H preferred stock on or after August 31, 2013 or satisfy our obligations under the promissory notes issued. Our existing revolving credit facility matures on April 13, 2011. We anticipate that to the extent we require additional liquidity, we will seek to increase borrowing availability under our existing credit facility, pursue a new, expanded bank borrowing facility, explore additional debt or equity financing options or pursue a combination of some or all of these alternatives.

The credit markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruption that reached unprecedented levels during late 2008 and through much of 2009. The market for new debt financing (including bank borrowing) was extremely limited, and in some cases debt financing was available only on very expensive terms or not at all. While market conditions have improved recently, the credit markets—and the capital markets generally, including the equity markets—remain volatile and capital availability remains relatively limited. Accordingly, if we require additional debt or equity financing, we may not be able to obtain it on terms we consider favorable to us or at all. In addition, our liquidity and our ability to meet our obligations and fund our capital requirements depends upon the future financial performance of our business, which is subject to general economic, financial and other factors that are beyond our control. While the severe recession that negatively affected the global economy beginning in 2008 may be coming to an end, general economic conditions and the prospects for renewed economic growth throughout the world remain uncertain. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that future borrowings will be available under our credit facility or otherwise, or that additional sources of liquidity will be available in amounts sufficient to meet our future liquidity needs.

Although we have no specific current plans to do so, if we decide to pursue one or more significant strategic acquisitions, we would likely need to incur additional debt or sell additional equity to finance such transactions.

Cash Flows

As of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, we had cash and cash equivalents of $25.4 million, $35.9 million, $14.3 million and $67.4 million, respectively.

Operating Activities

In fiscal 2007, operating activities used $41.5 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $77.9 million, less non-cash items including depreciation and amortization of $10.9 million, goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges of $29.7 million and an abandoned transaction charge of $2.6 million. Working capital sources of cash were related to a $2.7 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets and an increase in deferred revenue of $0.8 million. These sources of cash were primarily offset by an $11.9 million increase in accounts receivable due to accounts receivable balances from the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition.

In fiscal 2008, operating activities used $28.7 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $78.0 million, less non-cash items including depreciation and amortization of $21.6 million, goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges of $29.1 million and stock-based compensation expense of $2.3 million. Working capital sources of cash were primarily related to a $2.0 million decrease in accounts receivable and an increase of $7.1 million in deferred revenue, attributable to increased professional services billings. These sources of cash were offset primarily by a $16.8 million decrease in accounts payable due primarily to payments of liabilities assumed as part of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition in December 2007.

In fiscal 2009, operating activities provided $33.1 million of cash despite a net loss of $16.3 million, primarily as a result of cash from working capital sources and due to the inclusion of non-cash

 

74


Table of Contents

items in our operating results. Working capital sources of cash were primarily related to a $20.7 million decrease in accounts receivable due to strong collection efforts and the timing of collections surrounding our professional service projects and a $2.5 million increase in deferred revenue attributable primarily to increased billing for our professional services. Our accounts receivable terms are typically 30 to 45 days, and, for certain types of customers, can be up to 60 days. Non-cash items included in our operating results include depreciation and amortization amounts of $13.2 million, goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges of $5.8 million, stock-based compensation expense of $2.2 million, deferred tax liability of $2.0 million and changes in the fair value of redeemable preferred stock warrants of $1.5 million.

In the first three months of fiscal 2009, operating activities used $1.8 million in cash as a result of net loss of $7.0 million, less non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization of $3.8 million and stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million. Working capital sources of cash were primarily related to a $7.9 million decrease in accounts receivable due to strong collection efforts and the timing of collections surrounding our professional service projects. This source of cash was offset primarily by a $5.0 million decrease in accounts payable due primarily to payments of liabilities.

In the first three months of fiscal 2010, operating activities used $8.0 million primarily as a result of payments reducing accounts payable and accrued expenses by $6.0 million, a $6.9 million reduction in deferred revenue and the net loss of $1.5 million. These uses of cash were partially offset by a $1.7 million reduction in current and long-term assets, and non-cash items included in our operating results, including $3.0 million of depreciation and amortization, $0.5 million of stock-based compensation expense, a $0.5 million increase in deferred tax liability and a $0.4 million loss on disposition of assets held for sale.

Investing Activities

Investing activities have involved primarily purchases of businesses and capital expenditures. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, we had acquisition costs of $137.0 million (incurred to acquire InfoSpace Mobile) and $1.1 million, respectively. We incurred no acquisition costs during 2009 or the first three months of 2010. In 2009 and the first three months of 2010, our cash capital expenditures totaled $4.9 million and $2.3 million, respectively. Our capital expenditures are typically for routine purchases of computer equipment to maintain and upgrade our technology infrastructure and for development of software to provide services to our customers. We anticipate future capital expenditures for maintenance, support and enhancements of existing technology and continued investments in new technologies. Our software development investments consist primarily of development, testing and deployment of new applications and new functionality to existing applications. We expect our capital expenditures over the next year to increase to approximately $18 million due primarily to increased capitalized software development activity, which is expected to represent approximately half of the capital expenditures. Although we have financed some of these purchases in the past, we anticipate funding future capital expenditures with cash flows from operations. Additionally, in the first three months of 2010, we realized $1.2 million of cash associated with the sale of assets held for sale.

Financing Activities

Until recently, financing activities provided us with funding for all of our liquidity needs, including operating losses, capital expenditures and acquisitions. In 2007, we financed the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile and subsequent operating needs of the business with proceeds from the issuance of Series H and I redeemable preferred stock, net of issuance costs, totaling $221.7 million.

Due to recent improvements in the operating performance of our business and the absence of any additional acquisitions, we repaid our outstanding debt in April 2009 and have not needed to borrow additional amounts under our credit facility or obtain other financing to fund operations and

 

75


Table of Contents

capital expenditures. However, we have used the revolving credit facility in the past to fund a portion of our operating needs and may need to do so again in the future. Our cash flows from operations fluctuate from period to period due to various factors, both known and unforeseen. These factors may include changes in working capital from inconsistent timing of cash receipts and payments for items such as accounts payable, incentive compensation, changes in deferred revenue, interest payments and other various items. In addition, significant acquisitions and organic growth impact net cash flows from operations due to growth in revenue and associated working capital requirements.

Credit Facility

We are party to a credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank pursuant to which we can borrow up to $25 million in secured loans. The availability under the credit facility is subject to a borrowing base calculated based on qualifying accounts receivable. The interest rate on any borrowings is based on the lender’s prime rate plus a margin ranging between 50 to 150 basis points depending on our trailing EBITDA. The minimum interest rate is 5.50%. The credit facility restricts, among other things, our ability to incur indebtedness, create or permit liens on our assets, declare or pay dividends and certain other restricted payments, consolidate, merge or recapitalize, acquire or sell assets, make certain investments, loans or other advances, and enter into transactions with affiliates. The credit facility requires us to maintain a “tangible net worth” of $15 million. The credit facility terminates in April 2011. As of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, there were no outstanding amounts under the credit facility. As of March 31, 2010, we had borrowing capability of approximately $8.1 million.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

There have been no material changes outside of the normal course of business to our contractual obligations and other commitments since December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2009, our contractual obligations and other commitments were as follows:

 

     Payments due by Period
     Total    Less than
1 year
   1-3
years
   3-5 years    More than
5 years
     (In thousands)

Operating lease obligations(1)

   $ 12,512    $ 4,900    $ 4,908    $ 2,704    $ —  

Commitments to network service providers(2)

     6,274      4,135      2,139      —        —  

Additional contractual commitments(3)

     2,020      2,020      —        —        —  
                                  

Total

   $ 20,806    $ 11,055    $ 7,047    $ 2,704    $ —  
                                  

 

(1) Includes operating lease commitments for facilities and equipment that we have entered into with third parties. Also includes the payments associated with the lease of our former corporate headquarters in Durham, North Carolina that was assigned to a third party effective May 1, 2009. As a result of the assignment, we are required to pay 23 months of rent on behalf of the assignee and make a $0.3 million payment at the end of that period to subsidize future operating expenses. As of December 31, 2008, we had placed in escrow $0.95 million as security for our original lease, and that sum was returned to us upon assignment of the lease. As of December 31, 2009, we have placed in escrow $1.4 million as security for the last 10 payments to be made under the agreement to assign the lease.
(2) We have entered into several agreements with third-party network service providers, who provide additional operational support for our various datacenters.
(3) We have entered into a professional services agreement which expires on December 31, 2010.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet financing arrangements or other financing activities with special-purpose entities other than our operating leases.

 

76


Table of Contents

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

At March 31, 2010, we had cash and cash equivalents of $25.4 million. These amounts are held primarily in cash and money market funds. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates.

We are exposed to interest rate risk to the extent we incur borrowings under our credit facility. Any borrowings under our revolving credit facility will bear interest at floating rates based on the lender’s prime rate plus a margin ranging between 50 to 150 basis points depending on our trailing EBITDA, with a minimum interest rate of 5.50%. For variable rate debt, interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair value of the debt instrument, but do impact future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. We do not expect to incur significant borrowings under our credit facility in 2010, and therefore we do not believe that a 10% increase in interest rates would have a significant impact on our operating results, future earnings, or liquidity.

Effects of Inflation

Inflation generally affects us by increasing costs of labor, supplies and equipment. We do not believe that inflation has had any material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations in the last three fiscal years. Although we do not expect that inflation or changing prices will materially affect our business in the foreseeable future, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we might not be able to offset these higher costs fully through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Emerging Issues Task Force issued authoritative guidance addressing revenue recognition arrangements with multiple deliverables. The guidance requires revenue to be allocated to multiple elements using relative fair value based on vendor specific objective evidence, third-party evidence, or estimated selling price. The residual method also becomes obsolete under this guidance. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. We are currently evaluating the impact of the implementation of this guidance on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In January 2010, the FASB issued updated guidance related to fair value measurements and disclosures, which requires a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and to describe the reasons for the transfers. In addition, in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3, a reporting entity should disclose separately information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements (that is, on a gross basis rather than one net number). The updated guidance also requires that an entity should provide fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities and disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements for Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements. The updated guidance is effective for interim or annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this statement in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, as the principal impact from this update relates to our fair value measurements disclosure.

 

77


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading provider of mobile data solutions that enable wireless carriers to deliver high value mobile data services to their subscribers. We provide a comprehensive suite of hosted, managed service offerings, which includes services to access the Internet using a mobile device, services to market and distribute a wide range of mobile content and applications, messaging services and billing support and settlement services. These services enable wireless carriers to deliver customized, carrier-branded mobile data services.

Our mCore service delivery platform provides the tools for mobile subscribers to easily locate and access personally relevant and location-based content and services, engage in social networking and download content and applications. We also leverage our data-rich insights into subscriber behavior and our user interface expertise to provide a highly personalized mobile data experience and targeted mobile marketing solutions. By enabling wireless carriers to deliver a personalized subscriber experience, we enhance their ability to attract and retain mobile subscribers, increase the average revenue per user for mobile data services, or mobile data ARPU, and reduce network overhead and operating costs. We also facilitate effective monetization for mobile content and application providers by making it easier for them to reach millions of targeted subscribers with customized offerings.

Our operations are predominantly based in the U.S., with international operations in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Indonesia and Singapore. Our customers include 4 of the top 10 global wireless carriers based on total wireless data revenue: Verizon Wireless, AT&T, Sprint and T-Mobile USA. Since 2005, Motricity has generated over $2.5 billion in gross revenue for our carrier customers through the sale of content and applications and powered over 50 billion page views through access to the mobile Internet. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we generated revenue of $113.7 million and incurred a net loss of $16.3 million. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, we generated revenue of $119.5 million and incurred a net loss of $10.9 million.

Industry Background

The Market for Mobile Data Services

The number of mobile subscribers has grown rapidly over the past 10 years. The Yankee Group, an independent market research firm, estimates that the number of mobile subscribers in the U.S. will grow from 285 million in 2009 to 304 million in 2013, and worldwide will grow from 4.4 billion in 2009 to 5.3 billion in 2013. Emerging markets, such as those in Southeast Asia, India and Latin America, are experiencing the most rapid growth in mobile subscribers. Early mobile subscribers used mobile phones primarily for voice services, as mobile data services were not available on the initial wireless networks. The Yankee Group estimates that the proportion of U.S. subscribers owning smartphones increased to 12% in 2009 from 9% in 2008 and 6% in 2007. The share of smartphones as a percentage of the overall mobile device market is projected to continue growing. With the advent of the Internet and the evolution of wireless networks and mobile phones, mobile subscribers have increased their demand for mobile content, including information, images, music and video, and for mobile applications, including games and productivity tools.

The Yankee Group estimates that the mobile data services market in the U.S. will grow from $40 billion in 2009 to $48 billion in 2013, and worldwide will grow from $195 billion in 2009 to $253 billion in 2013. The mobile data services market predominantly includes data access, content and applications, commerce and messaging services. We believe the current market for our services is the mobile content delivery platform market, which includes portals and storefronts. Given the complexity of this market, wireless carriers often use third-party content delivery platforms to deliver mobile data services to their subscribers. The Yankee Group estimates that the North American market for mobile content delivery

 

78


Table of Contents

platforms will grow from $553 million in 2009 to $862 million in 2013, which represents a compound annual growth rate of 12%, and worldwide will grow from $2.9 billion in 2009 to $4.3 billion in 2013, which represents a compound annual growth rate of 11%. This market is projected to continue to grow as wireless carriers continue to improve the speed and quality, and lower the total cost, of mobile data services, and as mobile phone manufacturers continue to develop and deliver mobile phones with increasing levels of features and functions, addressing mobile subscriber demand. Additionally, as mobile subscribers become more aware of the ever-increasing amount of available mobile content and applications, their use of mobile data services is projected to grow for the foreseeable future.

Wireless Carrier Dynamics

Wireless carriers operate in a highly competitive market and face growing challenges to attract and retain subscribers and expand total ARPU. As the demand for mobile data services continues to grow, the following industry dynamics affect wireless carriers:

Mobile Voice ARPU Declining.     As the market for mobile voice services has matured and become more commoditized, competition among wireless carriers to acquire and retain subscribers has intensified, placing greater downward pressure on voice services revenue. The Yankee Group estimates that monthly mobile voice ARPU in the U.S. will decline from $40.67 in 2009 to $36.34 in 2013, and worldwide will decline from $13.94 in 2009 to $11.89 in 2013.

Mobile Data ARPU Increasing .    The rising capabilities of data-enabled mobile devices combined with the increasing capacity and speed of wireless networks has resulted in significant growth in the demand for mobile data services. Mobile data ARPU has been increasing, which we believe is due to wireless carriers aggressively marketing new mobile data services and pricing plans to attract and retain mobile subscribers. The Yankee Group estimates that the monthly mobile data ARPU in the U.S. will increase from $12.15 in 2009 to $13.16 in 2013, and worldwide will grow from $3.88 in 2009 to $4.06 in 2013. As wireless carriers continue to spend billions of dollars upgrading their wireless networks to handle the accelerated growth in data traffic, they are expected to continue to focus on growing mobile data revenue.

Smartphone Market Share Increasing. With the launch of the newest versions of the iPhone, Android and Blackberry, smartphones are becoming an increased percentage of phones serviced by the wireless carriers. The Yankee Group estimates that the proportion of U.S. subscribers owning smartphones increased to 12% in 2009 from 9% in 2008 and 6% in 2007. The share of smartphones as a percentage of the overall mobile device market is projected to continue growing. We believe that these smartphone users tend to use more data services and have more full featured web browsers. As the percentage of smartphones increases further, wireless carriers will need to understand how to extend their mobile data services to allow for application and content delivery to these new phones.

Premium Content and Applications Revenue Increasing .    As the capabilities of mobile devices and mobile data networks continue to increase and as consumers come to expect more from their mobile experience, the market for premium content and applications will continue to expand. The Yankee Group estimates that consumer spending for premium mobile content and applications will grow from $9.5 billion in 2009 to $12.2 billion in 2013 in the U.S., and from $80.9 billion in 2009 to $114.9 billion in 2013 worldwide.

Competition Increasing.     The growth dynamics of the mobile data services market and mobile devices and their operating systems have attracted non-carrier participants into the market, including Apple and Google. These relatively new entrants are offering access to mobile content and applications through their own solutions and are capturing a greater portion of value being created in the mobile data market. We believe that, as Apple, Google and other participants continue to focus on

 

79


Table of Contents

this market opportunity, and as open standards continue to proliferate, wireless carriers will experience stronger competitive pressure to design, develop and deploy leading-edge mobile data service solutions that will enable them to compete in an increasingly open marketplace.

Mobile Subscriber Loyalty Being Challenged.     Retaining mobile subscribers has become more difficult given the wider adoption of number portability, in which subscribers are able to retain their phone numbers even if they change wireless carriers, and the accelerated adoption of prepaid mobile service plans, particularly in international markets. The difficulty in retaining subscribers grows as new competitive mobile devices and platforms are introduced into the market and as new entrants take more aggressive approaches toward acquiring new customers. Additional threats arise as Internet incumbents like Google and Yahoo! enter the mobile market and offer mobile subscribers alternative means to access and consume mobile data services.

Mobile Data Ecosystem Complexity Increasing.     A complex mobile data ecosystem has developed as a result of the large and growing mobile data services market opportunity, and the diversification of industry participants involved, including wireless carriers, mobile device manufacturers, operating system developers, and mobile content and application providers. This ecosystem will continue to change rapidly as new mobile devices and operating systems are introduced into the market, new mobile content and applications are developed, and as mobile subscribers continue to make greater demands for an enhanced and personalized subscriber experience.

Challenges of Internally Developed Solutions Increasing .    Historically, many wireless carriers provided mobile data services directly to their mobile subscribers through internally developed proprietary solutions. These solutions predominantly consisted of point solutions for specific needs. As the mobile data ecosystem becomes more complex, wireless carriers are challenged to manage the ever-changing dynamics in the mobile data services market. Wireless carriers have to spend significant time, capital and other resources to develop, implement, maintain and upgrade their internal solutions. As wireless carriers are increasingly required to focus their efforts on wireless network deployment and subscriber acquisition, they have faced greater challenges in delivering the type of high value subscriber experience required to compete and fully capitalize on opportunities within the mobile data services market.

Mobile Content and Application Provider Dynamics

Mobile content and application providers operate in a highly fragmented market and face increasing challenges to cost-effectively reach the broadest base of mobile subscribers and monetize their offerings. As the demand for mobile data services grow, the following industry dynamics affect mobile content and application providers:

Limited Reach and Distribution.     The mobile content and application provider community consists of hundreds of thousands of participants, most of whom, we believe, do not have the experience, scale or resources necessary to effectively and affordably access mobile subscribers.

Limited Infrastructure .    Most mobile content and application providers do not have the necessary infrastructure to effectively monetize their mobile offerings. They generally have limited capabilities with respect to delivery, quality assurance, purchase confirmation, billing and settlement. In addition, given the wide variety of mobile devices in the market, with different screen sizes and resolution, mobile content and applications must be adapted to each possible configuration in order to enhance the subscriber experience. Content and application providers continue to face challenges each year with non-delivered content and applications, poor customer service and mobile phone or wireless network compatibility issues.

 

80


Table of Contents

Mobile Subscriber Dynamics

As the mobile phone increasingly becomes an indispensable part of their everyday lives, mobile subscribers are demanding an enhanced, personalized subscriber experience, with easy access to content and applications on a real-time basis. As the demand for mobile data services grow, the following industry dynamics affect mobile subscribers:

Increasing Mobile Device Capabilities and Aggressive Pricing Plans .    Mobile subscribers are rapidly upgrading their mobile devices, and often select devices with the latest features and capabilities. In addition, through increased competition in the mobile data market, mobile subscribers have access to attractively priced mobile service plans and promotions.

Growth of Wireless in Emerging International Markets .    In many emerging international markets, mobile data services are expected to experience significant growth. In these markets, landline access is anticipated to be low as compared to mobile lines, with the result that mobile lines present the opportunity to be the primary means for consumers to access the Internet and mobile content and applications. As wireless networks continue to penetrate these emerging markets, mobile subscribers and the demand for mobile data services are expected to continue to expand.

Access to the Increasing Variety of Mobile Data Services.     Currently, mobile subscribers often have difficulty locating, connecting to, downloading and using the ever-increasing variety of mobile data services available on their mobile devices, such as checking email, keeping up with social networks, and downloading the latest content and applications. In addition, poorly designed user interfaces and content and applications that are not optimized for mobile devices often inhibit the mobile subscriber experience.

Enhanced Personalization and Customization.     Mobile subscribers are demanding a more personalized experience with mobile data services, including real-time access to personally relevant and location-based content and services and social networking. As the mobile phone becomes increasingly integrated into their everyday lives, mobile subscribers are demanding the ability to customize their mobile data experience to meet their preferences.

Demand for Content Delivery Platforms

Given the complexity of the mobile data ecosystem, with evolving technologies and a proliferation of mobile devices and operating systems, the current landscape in the mobile data services market has become increasingly challenging for wireless carriers to manage effectively on their own. We believe that, by partnering with a content platform provider, wireless carriers are able to more effectively leverage their brands to provide an enhanced subscriber experience with mobile data services, enabling them to attract and retain subscribers and increase mobile data ARPU. In addition, wireless carriers are seeking to utilize subscriber usage data to provide a more relevant, timely and personalized user experience that is secure, private, and customized for targeted offerings. By partnering with a content delivery platform provider, wireless carriers are able to optimize their mobile data services strategy, and to focus on their core competencies.

The Motricity Solution

We have designed and developed the mCore service delivery platform to deliver numerous benefits, including the following:

Wireless Carriers.     We use customizable, modular solutions that enable wireless carriers to rapidly develop, deploy, and deliver mobile data services. Wireless carriers are able to deliver a high value, carrier-branded mobile data experience, which provides their mobile subscribers with easy

 

81


Table of Contents

access to desired content and applications. We believe that this enhanced subscriber experience enables wireless carriers to attract and retain mobile subscribers and increase mobile data ARPU. At the same time, our platform can reduce wireless carrier network overhead and operating costs and simplify the relationships between wireless carriers and content and application providers.

Mobile Content and Application Providers.     We enable mobile content and application providers to reach millions of mobile subscribers across carriers, and thereby more effectively monetize their mobile offerings. We believe mCore also facilitates efficient billing and settlement, and provides quality assurance for delivery of mobile content and applications.

Mobile Subscribers.     We enable wireless carriers to deliver a high value, highly personalized mobile data experience to their subscribers, with simple, real-time access to relevant and desired mobile content and applications. Our mCore platform provides the tools for mobile subscribers to easily locate and access personally relevant and location-based content and services, engage in social networking, and download, send and receive digital media. In addition, mCore allows mobile subscribers to manage the content and applications that they use most frequently.

Our Strengths

Strong Relationships with Wireless Carriers.     We have well-established relationships with the top wireless carriers in the U.S. market, including Verizon Wireless, AT&T, Sprint and T-Mobile USA and a new relationship with XL Axiata in Indonesia. We believe that we have been an integral partner with our wireless carrier customers and have assisted them with all phases of their mobile data services strategies, including design, development, deployment, provisioning, management, billing and customer support.

Deep Integration within the Mobile Data Ecosystem .    Our mCore service delivery platform is deeply integrated into our wireless carrier customers’ systems, with the result that we can more effectively deliver an enhanced mobile data experience to their subscribers. We connect directly into our wireless carrier customers’ wireless network infrastructure as well as their provisioning and billing systems and their customer care systems. We also provide various interfaces to enable our wireless carrier customers to directly manage the content and presentation of their mobile data service experience. In addition, as our platform becomes more deeply integrated with an increasing number of content and application providers, we provide carriers with greater access to content and application providers.

Highly Scalable Platform.     Our mCore service delivery platform has been built using a flexible modular architecture that enables wireless carriers to deliver a highly scalable and highly reliable, carrier-branded experience.

Comprehensive Expertise in Managed Service Operations.     Through the delivery of MaaS, Mobile as a Service , solution, we develop, implement and operate a very large and complex managed service environment, serving approximately 35 million monthly active users across multiple carriers and geographies with a carrier-grade level of quality and reliability. We deliver these services to the world’s leading carriers, application and content providers ranging in complexity from roll-out and testing of minor customizations to major new strategic initiatives involving numerous third parties and onboarding of content and roll-out of a continually expanding set of devices. Our managed service environment consists of thousands of servers across multiple datacenters and is capable and contracted to deliver highly reliable service delivery reaching up to 99.999% availability.

Expansive Device Portfolio and Onboarding Process.     We customize, test and maintain highly personalized mobile data experiences for an ever expanding population of mobile devices ranging from entry level feature phones to smartphones that utilize advanced operating systems such as Symbian,

 

82


Table of Contents

Blackberry, Android, Windows Mobile and webOS. Our onboarding process includes device profiling, testing and performance management across each carrier customers’ handset portfolio. We support mobile devices from over 12 manufacturers as well as a wide range of run time environments and network protocols.

Significant Insights into Subscriber Behavior and Effective User Experiences .    Our mCore platform can capture a wide range of subscriber behavior and usage patterns across multiple carriers. We are also a recognized leader in the design and development of user interfaces intended to enhance the mobile subscriber experience. We leverage our data-rich insights into subscriber behavior and our user interface expertise to provide a highly personalized subscriber experience and targeted mobile marketing solutions. Our solutions currently enable the delivery of mobile data services to approximately 35 million mobile subscribers monthly, which gives us exposure to one of the largest mobile subscriber communities in the world.

Independence and Neutrality .    We are content, network, operating system and mobile device type independent, with a sole focus on effectively and efficiently delivering the most relevant content and applications to mobile subscribers in real-time. Our independent position enables our interests to be closely aligned with our wireless carrier partners, thereby fostering cooperation among the constituencies that comprise the mobile ecosystem for the benefit of mobile subscribers and their mobile data experiences. We leverage our design, deployment, provisioning, management, and customer support strategies across all participants in the mobile data ecosystem, thereby optimizing our mobile data solutions and services for the benefit of our customers and their subscribers.

Our Growth Strategy

Expand Our Strong Relationships with Our Wireless Carrier Customers.     We intend to continue to expand our relationships with industry-leading participants, particularly 4 of the top 10 global wireless carriers.

Expand International Presence.     We intend to expand our business in developed and emerging international markets, such as those in Southeast Asia, India and Latin America. We recently entered into an agreement with XL Axiata, a wireless carrier in Indonesia. We intend to apply our expertise gained from the U.S. market and fully leverage the capabilities and scale of the mCore platform to enable the rapid deployment of advanced mobile data services in these new markets in a cost-effective and efficient manner.

Maintain and Extend Our Technological Leadership.     We believe that we are a market leader in mobile data services and solutions in terms of technological capabilities, market share and range of service offerings, and we intend to expand on this position. We intend to continue to enhance the mCore platform, and introduce new solutions that increase the total value we provide to our carrier and enterprise customers.

Advance Into New Market Segments.     We intend to leverage our core competencies, technologies, and existing market position to broaden our offerings and customer base and advance into new market segments. We intend to leverage our data-rich insights into subscriber behavior and our user interface expertise to expand our offerings of highly targeted mobile marketing solutions.

Enhance Smartphone Solutions .    We intend to extend further our support for new versions of smartphones and extend our support for data-rich applications which have higher rates of data consumption on these mobile devices. In addition, we will continue to leverage our subscriber behavior insights and user interface expertise to offer more personalized and richer experiences to smartphones. We expect to fully capitalize on the extensive capabilities of smartphones and their significant market adoption.

 

83


Table of Contents

Gain Additional Scale and Technology Through Opportunistic Acquisitions.     We have historically acquired various businesses and technologies to grow our revenue and service capabilities. We expect to continue targeting acquisition candidates in the mobile data services market that have revenue expansion opportunities or complementary technology and solutions. We also expect to evaluate acquisition candidates that will enable us to expand our business and to enter markets adjacent to our core business or into new geographic markets.

Our Solutions and Services

We design, develop, implement and support a comprehensive suite of hosted mobile data solutions, which we offer on a hosted, managed service basis. Our solutions include the following:

mCore Portal .    mCore Portal is a carrier-branded mobile destination accessible through over 2,000 different mobile phone models, ranging from entry level feature phones to smartphones. mCore Portal provides an easy to reach entry point to the mobile Internet and gives wireless carriers an ongoing, high-value position in the evolving mobile data value chain.

mCore Connect .    mCore Connect provides one-click mobile access to leading social networks and e-mail sites through a single, simple and user-friendly mobile interface. In addition to making it easier for consumers to reach their social networking and email content, mCore Connect also reduces the network overhead associated with these activities through providing a much more efficient means for users to access what they seek.

mCore Search .    mCore Search, which we bundle with our other solutions, is a customizable search technology for the mobile Internet. A single search box enables mobile subscribers to search for any information, content or application on the Internet. Through deep integration with the wireless carrier’s advertising platform, mCore Search provides the ability for carriers to serve targeted, relevant and contextual ads.

mCore Managed Web .    mCore Managed Web provides mobile subscribers with an optimized, powerful and easy-to-use mobile web browsing experience.

mCore Storefront .    mCore Storefront enables secure mobile content and application merchandising and purchasing through carrier-branded digital storefronts. These digital storefronts can be accessible through web-based, wireless application protocol (WAP) and short message service (SMS) technologies. mCore Storefront serves as the primary conduit between our wireless carrier customers and their mobile subscribers for content and application discovery, purchase and delivery.

mCore Marketplace .    mCore Marketplace provides a means to connect the large community of content, application and widget providers to carriers through an open, integrated exchange that can serve a wide array of mobile devices and other target devices. Additionally, carriers themselves are able to offer their own services through this exchange as well as hard and soft goods for purchase. This solution provides consumers with a highly personalized shopping experience through insights gained from business intelligence, user preferences and carrier information.

mCore Gateway .    mCore Gateway provides companies that are seeking to leverage mobile capabilities for direct customer contact with real-time, push-based access to mobile subscribers with SMS or multimedia messaging service (MMS) alerts. mCore Gateway allows these enterprise customers to reach over 200 million mobile subscribers in the U.S. and Europe and provides functionality to distribute millions of messages with a high degree of reliability and speed. mCore Gateway also provides a means to charge for the delivery of digital products through wireless carrier billing facilities.

 

84


Table of Contents

Campaign Manager .    Campaign Manager is a Web-based mobile marketing product that connects to the mCore Gateway and provides marketers with a simple means to create, implement and manage mobile marketing campaigns.

Our professional services include the following:

Solution Consulting.     Our solution professionals actively engage with customers to define mobile trends, analyze effectiveness of existing solutions and recommend programs and solutions to enhance the mobile data subscriber experience. Our solution professionals have the experience and understanding of the mobile data ecosystem to enable our customers to optimize their mobile data strategies.

Mobile Design.     Our mobile design professionals enable wireless carriers to create unique, integrated mobile experiences for their mobile subscribers. We employ functional and technical design techniques across a number of design elements including subscriber experience, wireless network and mobile device features, system integration and processes. We have a comprehensive library of proven designs and tools that help us leverage our skill set across the mobile data ecosystem.

Solution Implementation.     Our implementation professionals provide expertise in every phase of the implementation process, including customization, configuration, integration, system launch and ongoing enhancement and maintenance.

Operational Management and Customer Support.     Once mCore is deployed, we provide support services to wireless carriers to maintain and monitor their service deployment, including content and technology management, the introduction of new phones and system billing and settlement. We also provide customer support to wireless carriers and their ecosystem of partners to resolve issues directly relating to the performance of the mCore platform.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our mobile web portal, storefront, and other managed web solutions to wireless carriers through our sales organization. Additionally, we sell our messaging gateway and billing services to the top mobile aggregators and enterprise customers through our sales organization. As of March 31, 2010 our sales and marketing organization consisted of 32 employees located predominantly in the U.S., with additional staff located in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Indonesia and Singapore.

Sales.     A senior vice president for global sales centrally manages our sales organization. Within this organization, we have teams focused on selling to wireless carriers, mobile aggregators and enterprise customers. Employees in our sales support and sales engineering group are engaged during the design and implementation process to offer insight into customer requirements, technical solutions and cost evaluation. Our sales organization has been predominantly focused on selling to the top wireless carriers in the U.S. We are now expanding our focus to Southeast Asia, India, Latin America, and other emerging markets.

Marketing and Product Management.     Our marketing and product management organizations focus on defining our product requirements, educating wireless carriers, media and industry analysts on our managed services approach, building brand awareness and supporting the efforts of the sales organization. We market our solutions through industry events, public relations efforts, sales materials and our Internet site. Additionally, we work directly with wireless carriers to help them better target and promote our joint offerings. We leverage our data-rich insights into subscriber behavior and our user interface expertise to help drive subscriber adoption and usage. We believe the combination of these efforts creates awareness of our business, solutions and managed services approach, as well as helps drive our overall business growth.

 

85


Table of Contents

Platform and Architecture

The mCore service delivery platform enables wireless carriers to design, configure, customize, and implement mobile data services. mCore is designed to bring together the three primary participants in the mobile data services ecosystem: wireless carriers, mobile content and application providers and mobile subscribers. By bringing these participants together, mCore facilitates the distribution and use of mobile content and applications, electronic commerce, and other mobile data marketing services. The mCore platform and its position in the mobile data services ecosystem are demonstrated in the figure below.

LOGO

Key features and benefits of the mCore service delivery platform are as follows:

Tight integration with Carriers’ Systems .    mCore is able to be integrated with our customers’ systems, including provisioning, billing and settlement, customer care and product analytics, and messaging. This integration provides a more customized and seamless user experience, enabling wireless carriers to offer one-click billing for digital products, as well as location-based services that can create a more compelling user experience.

Modular Architecture.     mCore is comprised of several mobile technology components that are modular in nature and provide the flexibility to integrate with our customers’ systems, or third-party mobile content and application providers, on an as-needed basis. This modular architecture, commonly referred to in the industry as Service-Oriented Architecture, enables us to insert, replace, or remove functionalities in targeted areas without impacting our customers’ systems. Additional resources can be added with little to no interruption of service to our customers and their subscribers. In addition, this modular architecture allows mCore to be adopted from the smallest of deployments to the largest, with customizable features and functions depending on the carriers’ requirements and specifications.

 

86


Table of Contents

Cost-Efficiency.     mCore is a centralized, hosted solution through which we can deliver a broad range of mobile data services, on a managed service basis, at a total cost that we believe is lower than most internally developed solutions. By leveraging our solutions across the mobile data ecosystem and its participants, we are able to derive economies of scale that enable us to share the cost savings with our constituencies.

Reliability .    mCore is hosted at our carrier-grade hosting facilities in separate geo-redundant datacenters. Our datacenters are highly reliable, using resilient and redundant network devices, servers, storage, HVACs, and power equipment as well as best-of-class service monitoring and management to deliver our services.

Adaptability .    mCore separates core functionalities from customer-specific customization and integration through the use of adapters. These adapters are developed for each deployment to enable us to integrate our platform into the wireless carrier’s system, including authentication, billing, ringback tones and message service center. This design feature enables us to develop and deploy our product roadmap in parallel with deployment activities, which helps us achieve our time-to-market goals.

Flexible and Scalable Architecture.     mCore was designed to deliver the highest quality, carrier-grade service to some of the largest carriers in the world. Today, mCore supports approximately 35 million mobile subscribers monthly through its distributed architecture, hosts over 30 million unique pieces of mobile content or applications and provides the capability to reach over 200 million subscribers. mCore is designed to scale easily for mobile subscribers’ increased data consumption, expanding subscriber bases through the addition of individual service elements, such as servers and databases. mCore has also been designed with the flexibility and modularity to deliver a wide range of content, including text, graphics, audio and video to a wide range of mobile devices.

Design-Time and Run-Time Environment .    mCore provides a design-time and run-time environment for the delivery of mobile data services. The design-time environment consists of management tools with workflow capabilities for service design and deployment, while the run-time environment is the live, in-production experience with which subscribers interact. The design-time environment enables our customers to design the layout of pages, provision new text and images and merchandise content that are subsequently published to the run-time environment. The design-time environment provides us and our customers with the ability to implement changes in the user experience without requiring a new code deployment, which decreases development time and breakage risk.

Mobile Device and Operating System Independent .    mCore is mobile device and operating system independent and is able to deliver mobile data services to over 2,000 different mobile phone models, ranging from entry level feature phones to smartphones, and most mobile operating systems. As mobile device and operating system capabilities become increasingly more varied, we believe mCore’s independent approach will enable wireless carriers to deliver an enhanced user experience to their subscribers without having to specifically develop products for each device and operating system.

Data-Rich Insights into Subscriber Behavior .    mCore can store a comprehensive record of mobile subscriber activities, transactions and interactions. We and our customers are able to directly access this data or obtain custom analysis and reporting regarding subscriber behavior.

Security Compliance .    All security policies, processes and controls are aligned with the ISO 27001 Information Security Management standard as validated by an annual third party audit. Additionally, specific key operational processes—incident management, change management, release management, and service monitoring and control—were designed with support from third party subject matter experts to align with ITIL, the Industry standard framework for IT service management and

 

87


Table of Contents

support. A third-party audit has established that we are in compliance with the ISO 27001 Information Security Management standard. Through this compliance, we have a comprehensive Information Security Management System in place that consists of an enterprise-wide security steering committee, adherence to statutory, legislative, and contractual security requirements, and an information security risk management program.

Post-Deployment Capabilities .    mCore provides monitoring, reporting and ongoing insights into the overall health of the system for our customers as well as the entities that interact with it, including mobile subscribers. Monitors provide both “warning” and “error” states, enabling our customers to react to anomalies prior to an actual error condition. mCore also includes customer care tools which enable a wireless carrier’s customer care representatives to view their mobile subscribers’ interactions with the system, and to troubleshoot and service subscriber inquiries in real-time.

Customers and Vendors

Customers

As of May 31, 2010, our customers included eight carriers and over 190 content and application providers worldwide. As discussed below, we have strong, established and strategic relationships with a number of industry-leading wireless carriers. In addition to those relationships, we have agreements to provide messaging services, such as standard text messaging programs and premium (paid) content delivery, to a wide array of entertainment, marketing and other customers.

Wireless carriers.     We have customer agreements with 4 of the top 10 global wireless carriers and numerous other wireless carriers in the U.S. and internationally. We provide various services, including portal, storefront and/or messaging services for these carriers; some carriers use all of our services. In addition, we have agreements with most U.S. wireless carriers for connectivity to our enterprise gateway. Our agreements vary as to the services we provide to each carrier and in how we charge for those services. Some of our agreements contain per subscriber fees for portal services and revenue sharing arrangements for storefront services. Some of our agreements also contain service level agreements under which we commit to certain availability and performance metrics and are subject to financial penalties if we fail to perform at the agreed upon level.

AT&T Mobility .    Our largest customer by revenue is AT&T Mobility, LLC. We have several agreements with AT&T including our Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement under which we host AT&T’s MediaNet and ATT.net portals, and our 2006 Master Services Agreement under which we host AT&T’s MediaMall storefront. Under the portal agreement, we receive a monthly fee based on the number of subscribers, with a volume discount, as well as certain fixed fees. The portal agreement contains service level agreements under which we commit to certain availability and performance metrics and are subject to financial penalties if we fail to perform at the agreed upon level. The portal agreement expires on April 22, 2011; however, it is terminable by AT&T without cause upon six months’ notice. As to the storefront agreement, we are currently operating under an extension to October 2010, which does not contain cancellation provisions. However, AT&T has the right to terminate on 90 days’ notice, which can be given after April 30, 2010.

Verizon Wireless.     After AT&T, our next largest customer is Cellco Partnership (d.b.a. Verizon Wireless). We host Verizon’s portals under our 2004 WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement. Under our Verizon portal agreement, we receive a monthly fee based on the number of subscribers, with a volume discount, as well as certain fixed fees. The portal agreement contains service level agreements under which we commit to certain availability and performance metrics and are subject to financial penalties if we fail to perform at the agreed upon level. Verizon may terminate for convenience. The agreement expires on July 31, 2010, but will automatically renew for six-month periods unless either party elects not to renew upon 60 days’ notice.

We are currently negotiating renewals of our storefront agreement with AT&T and portal agreement with Verizon Wireless.

 

88


Table of Contents

Vendors

We utilize strategic relationships with offshore and domestic vendors to increase technical resource capacity in the areas of technical development and quality assurance. We are in the process of expanding these relationships to assist in the expansion of our product development efforts. On an as needed basis, these vendors can also be utilized to assist in sales engineering and demo development. We have agreements in place with our vendors, particularly offshore vendors, that allow us to properly manage and oversee vendor activities across the organization.

We have a strategic relationship with GlobalLogic, Inc., a leading software research and development company with over 3,000 employees providing services worldwide. GlobalLogic has assisted our Solution and Services group, and we anticipate using the company to supplement our newly-expanded Product Development group. Our Master Services Agreement with GlobalLogic became effective on September 30, 2008, and expires on December 29, 2011, unless renewed. We may terminate this agreement upon breach or change in control, or without cause upon 90 days notice and payment of a termination fee, if the termination without cause occurs more than 12 months before December 29, 2011.

Competition

The mobile data communications market for products and services continues to be competitive and fragmented. The widespread and rising adoption of open industry standards, rapidly changing technology trends and burgeoning consumer demand has made it easier for new market entrants, existing competitors and non-traditional players to introduce new products and services that compete with our products. With the rapid growth and adoption of mobile data services, we expect competition to increase. As such, we believe there are a number of important factors to compete effectively in our market, including:

 

  Ÿ  

strong mobile data expertise;

 

  Ÿ  

scalable and highly reliable products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

advanced user interface capabilities and subscriber insight;

 

  Ÿ  

knowledge and delivery capabilities across a wide array of content and applications;

 

  Ÿ  

service integration capabilities across a wide range of devices, networks and standards;

 

  Ÿ  

sufficient scale and operational efficiencies to be able to offer the most cost effective solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

high level of customer support;

 

  Ÿ  

ability to onboard a wide range of devices and content; and

 

  Ÿ  

adaptability to rapidly changing demand, technology and products external to our offerings.

Our competitors include mobile device manufacturers, wired search engines, Internet portals and directories, and wireless service integrators. In our current offerings, we compete with, among others, Amdocs and Ericsson in the portal and storefront businesses, and with Sybase, OpenMarket, Ericsson, mBlox and other wireless messaging providers in our messaging aggregation business. Additionally, we face the risk that our customers may seek to develop in-house products as an alternative to those currently being provided by us. Due to the dynamic and fragmented data services market, we are also increasingly encountering competition from new market entrants like Microsoft, IBM, Apple, Yahoo!, Google and other providers of software applications and content delivery solutions.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property is an essential element of our business. We rely on a combination of trademark, copyright, trade secret, patent and other intellectual property laws of the U.S. and other

 

89


Table of Contents

countries, as well as confidentiality agreements and license agreements to protect our intellectual property. Our intellectual property includes trademarks, patents, copyrights, trade secrets, and we are involved in numerous licensing arrangements. Our employees and independent contractors are required to sign agreements acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf are our property, and assigning to us any ownership that they may claim in those works.

Our core intellectual property is our software that we use to provide services to our customers. We generally host all of our software, although some customers have the right to self-host in some circumstances. We rely primarily on copyright and trade secrets to protect our software and other technology. We do not routinely register our copyrights in our software. Trade secrets are difficult to protect, but we seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes by, in part, confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, and other contractors.

We are the owner of 18 trademarks registered with the United States Patent and Trademark office, including MOTRICITY and MCORE, and 15 trademarks registered internationally. We also have one trademark application pending with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and we are filing applications in Singapore.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is located in Bellevue, Washington and comprises approximately 65,000 square feet of space leased through December 20, 2013. We also perform a range of business functions out of offices in Durham, North Carolina. We have sales and product development functions in the United Kingdom and regional sales offices in the Netherlands, Indonesia and Singapore. We also operate two leased datacenter facilities located in Washington State. In addition, we lease three third-party operated datacenters located in Georgia, Massachusetts and North Carolina to provide services to our customers. We believe that our existing properties are in good condition and sufficient and suitable for the conduct of our business. As our existing leases expire and as we continue to expand our operations, we believe that suitable space will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

We are a party in five purported class action lawsuits brought against us by individuals on behalf of customers receiving premium content from our content providers. The cases allege that we and our content providers charged consumers for mobile phone content without proper authorization and/or engaged in misleading marketing for premium content. The cases seek unspecified damages. The cases are:

 

  Ÿ  

Camellia Walker individually and on behalf of a class of similarly situated individuals v. Motricity, Inc., California Superior Court, Alameda County, filed July 3, 2008;

 

  Ÿ  

Susan Rynearson individually and on behalf of a class of similarly situated individuals v. Motricity, Inc., Washington Superior Court, King County, filed April 16, 2008;

 

  Ÿ  

Baker v. Sprint and New Motion, Inc. (Motricity is a third-party defendant), Eleventh Judicial Circuit Court, Miami-Dade County, claim against Motricity filed May 29, 2008;

 

  Ÿ  

Vicky Stewart individually and on behalf of a class of similarly situated individuals v. New Motion, Inc. and Motricity, Inc., Minnesota District Court, Hennepin County, claim against Motricity filed October 1, 2009; and

 

  Ÿ  

Scott Williams, et al, individually and on behalf of a class of similarly situated individuals v. Motricity, Inc., et al, Cook County Circuit Court, claim against Motricity filed March 17, 2010.

 

90


Table of Contents

The class representatives in the above matters, except for the Williams matter, all purchased content from Atrinsic, Inc. d/b/a New Motion, Inc. Atrinsic content is also at issue in several similar lawsuits brought against carriers who have, in turn, sought indemnification from us. Atrinsic has entered into a settlement in a class action not involving us that is expected to release us from most of the claims asserted in the above actions, except for the Williams action, and carrier indemnity claims. Atrinsic received final court approval of its settlement on March 10, 2010. The Williams action involves non-Atrinsic content that the class representatives purchased from certain other content providers and we are currently evaluating the claims.

In addition, we are involved in an unrelated proceeding with Atrinsic, Inc. in which Atrinsic seeks an accounting of sums paid by us and unspecified damages for Atrinsic subscribers whose subscriptions failed to renew due to a technical issue. We have counterclaimed for unpaid minimum fees due under our existing agreement. The case is Atrinsic, Inc. v. Motricity, Inc., AAA arbitration, filed June 25, 2009.

Defending lawsuits requires significant management attention and financial resources and the outcome of any litigation, including the matters described above, is inherently uncertain. We do not, however, currently expect that the ultimate costs to resolve pending matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

From time to time, we may be subject to additional legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course.

Employees

As of March 31, 2010, we had 355 employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced any employment-related work stoppages and consider relations with our employees to be good.

 

91


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

In connection with this offering we intend to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. The following summary of our executive officers and directors contains references to provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, including as they relate to the composition of the board of directors and its committees.

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, including their ages and positions, as of May 31, 2010. All of our directors hold office for the remainder of the full term in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Executive officers serve at the request of the board of directors. Other than as described below, there are no family relationships between our directors and executive officers.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Ryan K. Wuerch

   42    Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Founder

Jim Smith

   43    President and Chief Operating Officer

Allyn P. Hebner

   57    Chief Financial Officer

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

   50    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

James Ryan

   44    Chief Strategy and Marketing Officer

Chris Dorr

   48    Chief Human Resources Officer

Jeffrey A. Bowden

   64    Director

Hunter C. Gary

   36    Director

Brett C. Icahn

   30    Director

Lady Barbara Judge

   62    Director

Suzanne H. King

   46    Director

Brian Turner

   50    Director

Upon the closing of our initial public offering, Ryan K. Wuerch will resign as Chairman of our board of directors and Lady Barbara Judge will become the Chairperson of our board of directors.

The composition of the committees of our board of directors as of the date of this prospectus is set forth below. An “X” indicates membership; a “C” indicates that the director serves as chairperson of the committee.

 

     Audit
Committee
   Compensation
Committee
   Governance and
Nominating
Committee

Ryan K. Wuerch

        

Jeffrey A. Bowden

        

Hunter C. Gary

   X    C   

Brett C. Icahn

         X

Lady Barbara Judge

      X    X

Suzanne H. King

   X       C

Brian Turner

   C    X    X

Ryan K. Wuerch founded Motricity in 2001, and has served as chief executive officer since 2001, and chief executive officer and chairman since 2002. Previously, Mr. Wuerch was president of Learning 2000, Inc., an education software company, from 1998 to 2001. Prior to Learning 2000, Mr. Wuerch served as senior vice president of ShapeRite, a nutritional supplement manufacturer, from 1995 to 1998. Mr. Wuerch was named the 2005 Carolinas’ Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year. He serves on the boards of the CTIA Wireless Foundation, the Miss America Organization, the Washington Roundtable, a

 

92


Table of Contents

nonprofit, public policy organization comprised of Washington State chief executive officers and as an ambassador for the Internet Innovation Alliance. Mr. Wuerch brings valuable experience to the board because he is the Company’s chief executive officer and has been with the Company since he founded it nearly 10 years ago.

Jim Smith has served as our president and chief operating officer since January 2009. Previously, from 2001 to 2008, Mr. Smith served as vice president and business unit general manager at Avaya, Inc. a communications systems company. Before Avaya, from 1999 to 2001, Mr. Smith was chief operating officer and co-founder of Vector Development, an e-commerce operating company. Earlier in his career, from 1989 to 1999, Mr. Smith held multiple positions with Accenture, most recently as an associate partner.

Allyn P. Hebner has served as our chief financial officer since March 2009. From August 2008 through February 2009, he served as a consultant to our company through Tatum, LLC, an executive services company, with whom he is still a non-participating partner. Previously, Mr. Hebner served as vice president, controller and chief accounting officer at T-Mobile USA, from April 2000 to April 2007. He has also held senior financial management positions at Puget Sound Energy, Washington Energy Company and Allwaste, Inc.

Richard E. Leigh, Jr. has served as our senior vice president, general counsel and corporate secretary since September 2008. Previously, from 2006 to 2008, Mr. Leigh served as a legal consultant and advisor to Paul Allen’s Vulcan Inc. and its affiliate, the Seattle Seahawks of the National Football League. From 2004 to 2005, Mr. Leigh served as executive vice president, general counsel and corporate secretary of Cell Therapeutics, Inc. From 1997 to 2004, Mr. Leigh served as vice president and general counsel to Vulcan Inc. and from 1997 to 2000, he served as vice president and general counsel to the Seattle Seahawks. Prior to that, he spent eight years as a corporate attorney with the Seattle law firm of Foster Pepper PLLC, where he was a partner. Mr. Leigh currently serves on the Board of Trustees of the Flying Heritage Collection, a museum housing Paul Allen’s private collection of world-class 20th century military aviation.

James Ryan has served as our chief strategy and marketing officer since May 2009. Previously, from January 2008 to November 2008, Mr. Ryan served as president and chief executive officer of CMWare, Inc., a mobile optimization technology company. Prior to CMWare, Inc., from June 2007 to December 2007, Mr. Ryan served as president and chief executive officer of Mobile Campus, a mobile marketing company. Prior to Mobile Campus, from November 2003 to May 2007 Mr. Ryan was vice president of consumer data services for AT&T Mobility. Mr. Ryan has also served as president and chief executive officer of Teltier Technologies, a wireless solutions company, as vice president of strategic business development for O2, chief technology officer for Genie Internet and vice president of data services for Sprint PCS.

Chris Dorr has served as our chief human resources officer since June 2009. Previously, Mr. Dorr was human resources director for Microsoft Corporation from 2003 to 2009. Prior to Microsoft, from 2001 to 2003, Mr. Dorr led the human resources function for two companies—i2 Technologies and Brown and Caldwell. Mr. Dorr also helped establish the human resources function at Scient Corporation from 1999 to 2001. Mr. Dorr’s first 12 years in human resources were spent with American Express and MCI Communications.

Jeffrey A. Bowden has served as one of our directors since April 2010. Since 2004, Mr. Bowden has been a partner and co-chair of the Boston Consulting Group’s Technology, Media and Telecommunications Practice in India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore and Thailand, a practice that represents the interests of Asian and global clients as they develop and implement pan-Asian corporate and business development strategies. From 2001 to 2004, he served as executive vice

 

93


Table of Contents

president of strategy and merger integration with PCCW/Hong Kong Telecom and from 1994 to 1998, Mr. Bowden served as vice president of strategy and corporate assurance and vice president of merger integration with NYNEX/Bell Atlantic, both of which are telecommunications companies. Mr. Bowden previously served as a director of Z-Tel, Inc., of which he was cofounder, Softnet Systems, Inc., Pacific Century Cyberworks, Limited, all of which are telecommunications companies, and The Boston Consulting Group, Inc. Mr. Bowden has extensive experience in telecommunications development in Asia and mergers of telecommunications companies. His telecommunications experience and experience as a director enables him to advise the board on business and telecommunications matters.

Hunter C. Gary has served as one of our directors since 2007. Since 2003, Mr. Gary has served as the chief operating officer of Icahn Sourcing LLC, an entity owned by Mr. Carl Icahn, where he is responsible for monitoring and managing cost efficiency opportunities for businesses in which Mr. Carl Icahn has an interest. Since 2007, Mr. Gary has served as a director of WestPoint International, Inc., a company which is engaged in the home textiles business. Since 2008, Mr. Gary has served as a director of American Railcar Industries, Inc., a company that is primarily engaged in the business of manufacturing covered hopper and tank railcars. Since March 2010, Mr. Gary has served as a director of Tropicana Entertainment, a company that is primarily engaged in the business of owning and operating casinos and resorts. Mr. Gary is married to Mr. Carl Icahn’s wife’s daughter. Mr. Gary has extensive experience in dealing with operations matters for a variety of companies which, in addition to his service on other boards, enables him to advise our board on a range of matters including operations and oversight. Mr. Gary was appointed to our board of directors by holders of the Series H preferred stock that is expected to be outstanding after this offering.

Brett C. Icahn has served as one of our directors since January 2010. Since 2002, Mr. Icahn has served as an investment analyst for Icahn Partners LP, Icahn Partners Master Fund LP, Icahn Partners Master Fund II LP and Icahn Partners Master Fund III LP, investment funds managed by Mr. Carl C. Icahn. Mr. Icahn has served as a director of Take-Two Interactive Software, Inc., a developer, marketer, distributor and publisher of interactive entertainment software games, since January 2010. Mr. Icahn has served as a director of American Railcar Industries, Inc., a publicly traded railcar manufacturer that is controlled by Carl C. Icahn, since 2007. Mr. Icahn is the son of Mr. Carl C. Icahn. Mr. Icahn has experience with technology companies, both as a board member and a founder. His experience as an investment analyst also provides him with strong skills in dealing with financial matters. Mr. Icahn was appointed to our board of directors by holders of the Series H preferred stock that is expected to be outstanding after this offering.

Lady Barbara Judge has served as one of our directors since January 2010. Since 2002, Lady Judge has been chairman of the United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority. From 2004 to 2007, Lady Judge was the deputy chairman of the United Kingdom Financial Reporting Council in London. From 2002 through 2004, she was a director of the Energy Group of the United Kingdom’s Department of Trade and Industry. Earlier in her career, Lady Judge served as a commissioner of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, was a partner at Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler, and was a regional director at Samuel Montagu & Co. Ltd. Lady Judge serves as a director of Magna International Inc. and ATP Oil & Gas Corporation. Lady Judge has 25 years of experience counseling boards and senior management regarding corporate governance, compliance, disclosure, international business conduct and other relevant issues. Her experience as a former commissioner of the Securities and Exchange Commission will enable her to advise our board on regulatory matters.

Suzanne H. King has served as one of our directors since 2004. Ms. King has been with New Enterprise Associates, Inc. since 1995, as a partner since 1999, where she focuses on information technology investments and manages the firm’s marketing and investor relations functions. Ms. King serves as a director of Approva Corporation, a financial information technology company, and Virginia’s Center for Innovative Technology. Ms. King has served as a director of Cyveillance, Inc., an

 

94


Table of Contents

information technology security company, Quantum Bridge Communications, a broadband communications company, and Guardent, a security service provider. Prior to joining New Enterprise Associates, Ms. King led the financial team at XcelleNet, Inc., a developer of system management software for remote access. Ms. King also worked as a senior auditor for Arthur Andersen & Co., specializing in emerging information technology companies. Ms. King was a charter member of the Kauffman Fellows program and is a certified public accountant. Ms. King has extensive experience advising privately-held companies in the information technology sector, and this experience is particularly relevant, given our technology-oriented business . In addition, Ms. King’s service on other boards of directors enables her to advise our board on governance, compensation and audit issues.

Brian Turner has served as one of our directors since December 2009. Mr. Turner was the chief financial officer of Coinstar, Inc., a provider of automated retail solutions, from 2003 until 2009. Prior to Coinstar, from 2001 to 2003, he was senior vice president for operations, chief financial officer and treasurer of Real Networks, Inc. Prior to Real Networks, from 1999 to 2001, Mr. Turner was employed by BSquare, a software company, where he initially served as senior vice president of operations and chief financial officer before being promoted to president and chief operating officer. From 1995 to 1999, Mr. Turner was chief financial officer of Radisys Corp., an embedded software and hardware company. Earlier in his career, Mr. Turner spent 13 years at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Mr. Turner currently serves as a director of Microvision, Inc., MckinstryEssention, Rally Marketing Group and InfoArmor, Inc. Mr. Turner brings valuable management and financial expertise to our board. He has nearly 30 years of experience in financial and auditing matters, primarily for technology companies, and 15 years experience as a member of senior management teams for technology companies.

Composition of Board

Our board of directors is unclassified and currently consists of seven directors. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Messrs. Bowden and Turner, Ms. King and Lady Judge, representing four of our seven directors, are “independent directors” as defined under the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, constituting a majority of independent directors on our board of directors as required by the NASDAQ Stock Market rules. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that our board of directors may consist of a number of directors as fixed by the board from time to time, provided that in no event will the number of directors exceed seven, except that upon the approval of at least all but one of the directors, the number may be increased to nine, so long as such increase is not done when we have received notice of a contested election of directors for an upcoming stockholder meeting. The board of directors and our stockholders have authority to fill any vacancy on the board of directors, whether such vacancy occurs as a result of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise. Our board of directors is not classified or staggered, and can only become classified or staggered through an amendment to the certificate of incorporation approved by our stockholders. In addition, there is no cumulative voting or majority voting with respect to the election of directors. As a result, all of our directors are up for re-election annually and are elected by a plurality vote.

In addition, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the office of President and/or Chief Executive Officer, on the one hand, and the position of the chairperson of the board of directors, on the other hand, generally cannot be held by the same person. However, upon the death, resignation or termination of the chairperson, President and/or Chief Executive Officer, our board of directors has the ability to combine these positions for a limited period of time in order to allow our board of directors time to select a successor. For more information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Certain Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.”

The persons currently serving on our board of directors are designated pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated stockholders’ agreement entered into in October 2007 with several of our

 

95


Table of Contents

significant stockholders, including funds affiliated with Advanced Equities, Inc., New Enterprise Associates, Inc. and Technology Crossover Ventures and Koala Holding LP, an entity beneficially owned by Carl C. Icahn. Pursuant to the amended and restated stockholders’ agreement, (i) Ms. Suzanne H. King and Lady Barbara Judge, (ii) Mr. Brian Turner and Mr. Jeffrey A. Bowden, and (iii) Mr. Hunter C. Gary and Mr. Brett C. Icahn serve on our board as designees of investment funds affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Inc. and Technology Crossover Ventures and Koala Holding LP, respectively. Koala Holding LP, which owns substantially all of our Series H preferred stock, will continue to have the right to appoint two of the seven members of our board of directors after the consummation of this offering. The amended and restated stockholders’ agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement” for more information.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established the following committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board.

Audit Committee.     The audit committee consists of three members: Mr. Gary, Ms. King and Mr. Turner, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Turner is the chairperson of our audit committee. The committee will assist our board of directors in its oversight responsibilities relating to (i) the quality and integrity of our financial statements, (ii) our accounting and reporting policies and procedures, (iii) our risk management policies, (iv) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements that may have a material impact on our financial statements, (v) our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance, (vi) our disclosure controls and procedures, and (vii) our internal control over financial reporting.

The SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market rules require us to have at least one independent director on our audit committee upon the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market and a majority of independent directors within 90 days of the date of such listing. We are required to have an audit committee that is composed entirely of independent directors within one year of the date of our listing on the NASDAQ Global Market. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Mr. Turner and Ms. King meet the definition of “independent directors” for purposes of serving on an audit committee under applicable SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market rules, and we intend to comply with these independence requirements within the time periods specified. In addition, Mr. Turner qualifies as our “audit committee financial expert.”

Compensation Committee .    The compensation committee consists of three members: Mr. Gary, Lady Judge and Mr. Turner, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors and an outside director. Mr. Gary is the chairperson of our compensation committee. The committee will be responsible for designing, approving and evaluating executive compensation and benefits, as well as reviewing and approving such other compensation matters as the committee deems appropriate.

We will have at least two independent directors on our compensation committee upon the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market and the compensation committee is currently comprised of at least a majority of independent directors. We are required to have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors within one year from the date of listing on the NASDAQ Global Market. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Mr. Turner and Lady Judge meet the definition of “independent directors” for purposes of serving on a compensation committee under applicable SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market rules, and we intend to comply with the independence requirement within the time period specified.

 

96


Table of Contents

Governance and Nominating Committee .    The governance and nominating committee consists of four members: Mr. Icahn, Lady Judge, Ms. King and Mr. Turner, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Ms. King is the chairperson of our governance and nominating committee. The committee will be responsible for identifying individuals qualified to become directors and committee members, recommending director nominees to the board, developing and recommending approval of policies and guidelines relating to, and generally overseeing matters of, corporate governance, and leading the board’s annual review of its members and committee charters.

We will have three independent directors on our governance and nominating committee upon the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market and the governance and nominating committee is currently comprised of a majority of independent directors. We are required to have a governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors within one year from the date of listing on the NASDAQ Global Market. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Mr. Turner, Ms. King and Lady Judge meet the definition of independent directors for purposes of serving on a governance and nominating committee under applicable SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market rules, and we intend to comply with the independence requirement within the time period specified.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Keith G. Daubenspeck, Hunter C. Gary, Suzanne H. King and David Limp served as members of our compensation committee in the last fiscal year. None of them is or has at any time been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Mr. Gary is married to Mr. Carl C. Icahn’s wife’s daughter. We have engaged in certain agreements and transactions with entities controlled by Mr. Icahn. First, Koala Holding LP is party to our Registration Rights Agreement and Stockholders Agreement. Second, we participate in a buying group arrangement with Icahn Sourcing LLC. We do not pay any fees in connection with this arrangement. Third, in 2007, in connection with financing for an abandoned transaction, we issued warrants as a fee to Icahn Enterprises, L.P., formerly known as American Real Estate Partners L.P. Fourth, we received consulting services from Koala Holding LP in connection with our acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile, in exchange for cash and warrants. Koala Holding LP owns approximately 11.4% of our common stock as of the date of this prospectus and substantially all of our Series H preferred stock. See the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for more information.

Code of Ethics

We will adopt a new code of ethical conduct applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions in connection with this offering. A copy of our code of ethical conduct will be available upon completion of this offering on our corporate website at www.motricity.com. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. In addition, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to anyone conducting business on our behalf, including our directors, officers, employees, contractors and agents. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

 

97


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The purpose of this compensation discussion and analysis section is to provide information about the material elements of compensation that are paid, awarded to, or earned by, our “named executive officers,” who consist of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and the three other most highly compensated executive officers. For fiscal year 2009, our named executive officers were:

 

  Ÿ  

Ryan K. Wuerch, Chief Executive Officer;

 

  Ÿ  

Allyn P. Hebner, Chief Financial Officer;

 

  Ÿ  

Richard E. Leigh, Jr., Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary;

 

  Ÿ  

Jim Smith, President and Chief Operating Officer; and

 

  Ÿ  

James Ryan, Chief Strategy and Marketing Officer.

Historical Compensation Decisions

Our compensation approach is tied to our stage of development. Prior to this offering, we were a privately-held company. As a result, we have not been subject to any stock exchange listing or SEC rules requiring a majority of our board of directors to be independent or relating to the formation and functioning of our board committees, including audit, compensation, and nominating and governance committees. We informally considered the competitive market for corresponding positions within comparable geographic areas and companies of similar size and stage of development operating in the software and mobile data services industry. This consideration was based on the general knowledge possessed by members of our Compensation Committee and also included consultations with our Chief Executive Officer. The Compensation Committee utilized research and informal benchmarking based on their personal knowledge of the competitive market. In addition, to complement our review of executive compensation for executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer, our Compensation Committee consulted publicly available compensation surveys prepared by Radford, a compensation consulting firm, to benchmark our compensation against companies with similar revenues, market capitalization, and other financial measures within our industry. Our Compensation Committee will formally benchmark executive compensation for all executive officers in the future against a set of peer companies described below.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Upon completion of this offering and as they have done in the past, our Compensation Committee will review and approve the compensation of our named executive officers and oversee and administer our executive compensation programs and initiatives. As we gain experience as a public company, we expect that the specific direction, emphasis and components of our executive compensation program will continue to evolve. We will favor a more empirically-based approach that involves benchmarking as well as best practices with respect to compensation and benefits. Accordingly, the compensation paid to our named executive officers for fiscal year 2009 is not necessarily indicative of how we will compensate our named executive officers after this offering.

Historically, as well as in the future, our executive compensation program is intended to balance short-term and long-term goals with a combination of cash payments and equity awards that we believe to be appropriate for motivating our executive officers. Our executive compensation program is designed to:

 

  Ÿ  

align the interests of our executive officers with stockholders by motivating executive officers to increase stockholder value and reward executive officers when stockholder value increases;

 

98


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

attract and retain talented and experienced executives that strategically address our short-term and long-term needs;

 

  Ÿ  

reward executives whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success;

 

  Ÿ  

ensure fairness among the executive management team by recognizing the contributions each executive makes to our success;

 

  Ÿ  

foster a shared commitment among executives by aligning their individual goals with the goals of the executive management team and our stockholders; and

 

  Ÿ  

compensate our executives in a manner that motivates them to manage our business to meet our long-term objectives and create stockholder value.

To help achieve these objectives, the Compensation Committee expects to maintain our current compensation plans and implement new plans as needed in order to tie a substantial portion of the executives’ overall compensation to key strategic financial and operational goals, such as revenue, CIP Adjusted EBITDA (defined below) and CIP Working Capital (defined below).

Our executive compensation program rewards both team and individual accomplishments by emphasizing a combination of corporate results and individual accountability. A portion of total compensation is placed at risk through annual performance bonuses and long-term incentives. In the aggregate, the annual performance bonuses at target generally represent between 3% and 7% of the total target direct compensation (which consists of annual base salary and long-term and short-term incentives) for our named executive officers. Our historic practice with regard to issuing long-term incentives has been to grant restricted stock at the time of hire or promotion, although we occasionally, based upon individual circumstances, issue restricted stock or incentive stock options on an ad-hoc basis, in each case with approval from the Compensation Committee. Going forward, the Compensation Committee believes that grants of stock options are better suited to aligning the interests of our named executive officers with our stockholders. Long-term incentives, based on grant date fair value, generally represent between 79% and 93% of the total target direct compensation for our named executive officers. This combination of incentives is designed to balance annual operating objectives and our earnings performance with longer-term stockholder value creation. In 2009, annual target bonuses represented between 3% and 33% of the total target direct compensation and long-term incentives represented between 0% and 89% of the total target direct compensation for our named executive officers. The disparity largely results from our historic practice of granting long-term equity incentive awards upon an executive’s commencement of employment, where in 2009, all of our named executive officers, other than Mr. Wuerch and Mr. Leigh, received an equity award (Messrs. Hebner, Smith and Ryan each received restricted stock awards of 166,666 shares, 333,333 shares and 233,333 shares, respectively, as commencement equity grants). As a result, the total target direct compensation for Mr. Wuerch and Mr. Leigh in 2009 consisted solely of cash compensation.

We seek to provide competitive compensation that is commensurate with performance. We generally target compensation at the median for companies of a similar size in the software and mobile data services industry (based on revenues, market capitalization and other financial metrics) and calibrate both annual and long-term incentive opportunities to generate less-than-median awards when goals are not fully achieved and greater-than-median awards when performance goals are exceeded. The competitive market is comprised of companies in the software and mobile data services industry.

To ensure we maintain our position to market, it has been our historical practice to review compensation data as well as best practices with respect to compensation and benefits on an annual basis, based upon informal benchmarking against Radford and other publicly available compensation surveys, to ensure executive compensation remains within the relative range noted above. For fiscal 2009, based upon informal benchmarking, since we either achieved or exceeded our target

 

99


Table of Contents

performance for each of our CIP bonus metrics, total cash compensation for each of our named executive officers surpassed the targeted median cash compensation level of similarly situated executives of our competitive market. See the section captioned “—Short-Term Incentives” for a more detailed discussion of our annual bonus program. We expect to continue this practice going forward and the Compensation Committee intends to continue to engage an independent compensation consultant to maintain and modify our executive compensation peer group to benchmark against. See the section captioned “—Compensation Committee Procedures” for a more detailed discussion of the Compensation Committee’s use of compensation consultants.

We also seek to promote a long-term commitment to us by our executives. We believe that there is great value to us in having a team of long-tenured, seasoned managers. Our team-focused culture and management processes are designed to foster this commitment. In addition, the vesting schedule attached to equity awards is based upon continued employment for each calendar quarter over four years, and is intended to retain our executives and reinforce this long-term orientation. Moreover, the form of non-qualified stock option agreement for senior management under the 2010 LTIP (described below) sets forth stock ownership guidelines which require executives to own, within five years of the date of grant of an option, stock equal in value to at least one and one-half times the executive’s annual base salary (determined as of the last day of the fifth year following the grant date). For purposes of the share ownership guidelines, ownership includes all stock deemed “beneficially owned” (as defined in Rule 13d-3(d) of the Exchange Act without regard to vesting) by the executive or stock transferred for estate planning purposes or pursuant to a court order. Failure of an executive to achieve the ownership guidelines within the specified timelines will result, in the discretion of the Compensation Committee, in forfeiture of the option. When calculating the number of shares that an executive is required to hold, the executive’s base salary will be multiplied by 1.5 and then divided by the average closing price for the Company’s common stock over the 30 trading days prior to the date of calculation. The stock ownership guidelines, as set forth in the form option agreement, will cease to apply if an executive is no longer an active employee of the Company.

The Compensation Committee has also established stock ownership guidelines for the Chief Executive Officer which require the Chief Executive Officer to own, within five years of his option grant dated March 26, 2010, stock equal to four times his annual base salary (determined as of the last day of such five-year period). The number of shares required to be held by the Chief Executive Officer under his stock ownership guidelines will be calculated in a manner consistent with that for the other executive officers.

Compensation Committee Procedures

The Compensation Committee’s responsibilities and authorities are specified in the Compensation Committee’s Charter which was approved by the board of directors on April 4, 2010. The Compensation Committee Charter is filed as an exhibit to this registration statement. The Compensation Committee’s functions and authority include, but are not limited to, the review and approval of employment agreements, offer letters, severance and separation agreements, base salary, annual bonus and incentive, option and equity grants and other compensation and employment decisions for the following: employees with a base salary and bonus above a specified threshold, each executive officer of the Company including the named executive officers and such other senior officers as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate. In addition, the Compensation Committee is responsible for the evaluation of the performance of our Chief Executive Officer and other named executive officers, oversight and administration of our equity plans and approval of non-customary compensation, equity grants, severance or other plans that are outside of the terms and conditions contained in the applicable plan and have an aggregate dollar value exceeding a specified threshold. The Compensation Committee is also responsible for the review and approval of all our human resources plans such as the 401(k) plan, health and welfare plans, compensation of our board of directors and any other matters delegated to the Compensation Committee by our board of directors.

 

100


Table of Contents

On or about August 24, 2009, David Limp resigned as chairperson of the Compensation Committee and subsequently resigned from our board of directors and ceased to serve as a member of the Compensation Committee on November 16, 2009. On January 11, 2010, Keith Daubenspeck resigned from our board of directors and ceased to serve as a member of the Compensation Committee. Lady Barbara Judge was elected to our board of directors on January 11, 2010 and appointed to the Compensation Committee. Effective as of January 13, 2010, Hunter Gary was elected as chairperson by the Compensation Committee, in accordance with the Compensation Committee Charter. On February 12, 2010, Suzanne King resigned as a member of the Compensation Committee and Brian Turner was appointed to the Compensation Committee.

Compensation Committee meetings are expected to be held at least quarterly to review and consider decisions on topics including, but not limited to: review and approval of bonus awards for the prior performance period under our Corporate Incentive Plan (“CIP”) and our 2010 LTIP (described below). The chairperson of the Compensation Committee will regularly report on Compensation Committee actions and recommendations at full meetings of our board of directors. The Compensation Committee will meet outside the presence of all of our executive officers, including our named executive officers, to consider appropriate compensation for our Chief Executive Officer. For all other named executive officers, the Compensation Committee will meet outside the presence of all executive officers and will consult with our Chief Executive Officer. Going forward, our Chief Executive Officer will review annually each other named executive officer’s performance with the Compensation Committee and recommend appropriate base salary, cash performance awards and grants of long-term equity incentive awards for all other executive officers for the Compensation Committee to consider. Based upon the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer and in consideration of the objectives described above and the elements described below, the Compensation Committee will approve the annual compensation packages of our executive officers. The Compensation Committee also will annually analyze and review our Chief Executive Officer’s performance and determine any cash performance awards under the CIP and grants of long-term equity incentive awards based on its assessment of his performance with input from any independent consultants engaged by the Compensation Committee.

In order to ensure that we continue to remunerate our executives appropriately and align our compensation programs with the interest of our stockholders, the Compensation Committee utilized Frederic W. Cook & Co. in the fall of 2009 and, in February 2010, officially retained Frederic W. Cook & Co., as its independent compensation consultant to review its policies and procedures with respect to executive compensation in connection with this offering. In addition, effective as of December 1, 2009, the Compensation Committee retained independent legal counsel, Brown Rudnick LLP, to provide advice and assistance with respect to the terms and conditions of the Company’s executive employment and compensation related agreements and plans. Frederic W. Cook & Co. has assisted the Compensation Committee by providing comparative market data on compensation practices and programs based on an analysis of peer companies and by providing guidance on industry best practices. The Compensation Committee retains the right to modify or terminate its relationship with Frederic W. Cook & Co., and to retain other outside advisors to assist the Compensation Committee in carrying out its responsibilities. The Compensation Committee intends to continue to retain independent legal counsel. In 2008, the Company engaged an independent employee benefits consulting firm, Edify, to assist the Compensation Committee in benchmarking the Company’s benefit plans that cover executive officers and all other eligible employees against market benefit practices and certain related matters. In January 2010, the Compensation Committee engaged Edify to assist it in similar evaluations for 2010 through 2012.

 

101


Table of Contents

Elements of Compensation

The Compensation Committee determines all components of executive compensation and has selected the following elements (discussed in detail below) to promote our pay-for-performance philosophy and compensation goals and objectives:

 

  Ÿ  

base salary;

 

  Ÿ  

annual cash incentive awards linked to our overall performance;

 

  Ÿ  

periodic grants of long-term equity-based compensation, such as restricted stock or options;

 

  Ÿ  

termination and change of control provisions; and

 

  Ÿ  

benefits generally available to employees.

We combine these elements in order to formulate compensation packages that provide competitive pay, reward the achievement of financial, operational and strategic objectives and align the interests of our executive officers and other senior personnel with those of our stockholders.

Pay Mix

We utilize the particular elements of compensation described above because we believe that it provides a well-proportioned mix of secure compensation, retention value and at-risk compensation which produces short-term and long-term performance incentives and rewards. By following this approach, we provide the executive with a measure of financial and job security, while motivating the executive to focus on business metrics that will produce a high level of short-term and long-term performance for the Company and long-term wealth creation for the executive, as well as reducing the risk of recruitment of top executive talent by competitors. The mix of metrics used for our annual performance bonus and long-term incentive program likewise provides an appropriate balance between short-term financial performance and long-term financial and stock performance.

For key executives, the mix of compensation is weighted more heavily toward at-risk pay (annual bonus incentives and long-term equity incentives). Total at-risk compensation for our named executive officers in 2009 represented between 33% and 93% of an executive’s total target direct compensation. Initial incentive packages for our key executives were negotiated at the time of the employment offer. Equity incentives were viewed to be a critical element of the total compensation package and have historically been issued at the time of hire or promotion; although additional grants have been issued based upon individual circumstances. All incentives are aligned with our stated compensation philosophy of providing compensation commensurate with performance, while targeting pay at approximately the 50th percentile of the competitive market. To ensure we maintain our position to market, it has been our historical practice to review benchmark data on an annual basis to ensure executive compensation remains within the relative ranges noted above by informally comparing total direct compensation with compensation surveys, such as the Radford survey. Based upon this informal analysis, total direct compensation surpassed the targeted median of the competitive market, which was primarily attributable to us either achieving or exceeding our target performance for each of our CIP bonus metrics.

 

102


Table of Contents

The Compensation Committee intends to evaluate this practice of setting compensation at the 50th percentile going forward. In December 2009, the Compensation Committee’s compensation consultant, Frederic W. Cook & Co., selected the following 19 companies to create an informal benchmark for assistance in determining competitive compensation packages in accordance with our stated philosophy:

 

Aruba    Digital River    Limelight Networks    Riverbed    Synchronoss
CommVault Systems    Emdeon    NetSuite    Solar Winds    Syniverse
Concur Technologies    Epiq Systems    Neustar    Starent Networks    Taleo
DigitalGlobe    Infinera    Omniture    SuccessFactors     

During 2010, the Compensation Committee reviewed the above list with Frederic W. Cook & Co. and determined to modify the peer group for benchmarking of compensation going forward. On March 26, 2010, the Compensation Committee approved an updated peer group consisting of the following companies:

 

Aruba   DigitalGlobe   Infinera   Smith Micro   Syniverse
CommVault Systems   Ebix   Netsuite   Solar Winds   Taleo
Concur Technologies   Emdeon   Neustar   SuccessFactors   Vocus
Digital River   Epiq Systems   Riverbed   Synchronoss    

Base Salary

The primary component of short-term compensation of our executive officers has historically been base salary. The base salary established for each of our executive officers is intended to reflect competitive wages for positions in companies of similar size and stage of development operating in the software and mobile data services industry, representing each individual’s job duties and responsibilities, experience, and other discretionary factors deemed relevant by our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors. Base salary is also designed to provide our executive officers with steady cash flow during the course of the fiscal year that is not contingent on short-term variations in our corporate performance. Our Chief Executive Officer makes recommendations for each executive’s base salary (including his own), based on our executives’ experience and with reference to the base salaries of similarly situated executives in the software and mobile data services industry, that are then reviewed and approved by the Compensation Committee.

Historic annual salary increases have been based on our Chief Executive Officer’s assessment of each named executive officer’s performance, the Company’s overall performance and the other factors described above, including our performance based on criteria such as defined revenue, CIP Adjusted EBITDA, and CIP Working Capital metrics.

With these principles in mind, base salaries are reviewed during the first half of the fiscal year by our Compensation Committee, and may be recommended for adjustment from time to time based on the results of this review. In past years, the Compensation Committee, with guidance from our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors, reviewed the performance of all executive officers, and based on this review and any relevant competitive market data (through salary survey information provided by our human resources department, informal discussions with recruiting firms and research), set the executive compensation package for each executive officer for the coming year.

Annual base salary increases have been based upon our pay-for-performance philosophy, whereby pre-determined quantitative and qualitative individual goals and objectives are established at

 

103


Table of Contents

the beginning of the performance period for named executive officers below the Chief Executive Officer, and measured and assessed at the end of the performance year. Based upon each individual’s performance rating and compensation range position, individuals are eligible for a merit increase based upon the established guidelines within budget for the performance year.

Based upon general economic conditions, like many other companies, we elected to forego merit increases for 2009; therefore, no named executive officers received base salary increases during 2009. In January, 2010, Mr. Wuerch entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with us which increased his base salary from $365,000 to $375,000 and provides that, effective upon this offering, his base salary will increase to $450,000, in each case, as a result of renegotiating his employment agreement and in contemplation of his additional responsibilities associated with the Company’s stock becoming publicly traded. Mr. Wuerch’s base salary increase is described in the section captioned “—Employment Agreements.” The base salaries paid to our named executive officers in fiscal year 2009 are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below.

Short-Term Incentives

On an annual basis, or at the commencement of an executive officer’s employment with us, the Compensation Committee typically sets a target level of bonus compensation that is structured as a percentage of such executive officer’s annual base salary. Our executives participate in our annual CIP which ensures that short-term incentives are tied directly to our financial performance for the fiscal year. Depending upon corporate performance, an executive officer may receive from 0% up to 150% of his target bonus amount. These corporate performance objectives are designed to be challenging but achievable. The performance metrics and objectives are weighted in a specific manner as defined by the Compensation Committee in the CIP and approved by the board of directors. For all named executive officers, 20% is tied directly to achievement of our revenue objectives; 60% is tied to achievement of our CIP Adjusted EBITDA objectives; and 20% is tied to our CIP Working Capital objectives. Executive officers are not eligible for bonuses if certain minimum targets are not met.

“CIP Adjusted EBITDA” means the Company’s fiscal year 2009 consolidated net income before interest income and expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, restructuring charges, stock compensation and other income/expense. For 2010, the CIP Adjusted EBITDA will mean the Company’s fiscal year 2010 consolidated net income before interest income and expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, fair value adjustments for warrants and stock compensation. CIP Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2010 includes, without limitation, (i) restructuring costs; (ii) other income/expense, with the sole exception being income/expense for fair value adjustment for warrants; and (iii) expenses associated with payments under this 2010 CIP, and the sales incentive plan, as well as all other incentive plans.

“CIP Working Capital” means the Company’s monthly average of (i) accounts receivable minus (ii) account payable minus (iii) other accrued liabilities for the Company’s fiscal year expenses.

The following tables illustrate the metrics, thresholds and potential awards for our named executive officers under the CIP. In order for a named executive officer to receive any payment under the 2009 CIP, a copy of which is attached as an exhibit to this registration statement, the Company must meet the threshold performance targets for each of the revenue and CIP Adjusted EBITDA metrics, as established by the Compensation Committee on or about March 23, 2009.

 

104


Table of Contents

2009 CIP Metrics:

 

% of CIP Adjusted EBITDA Target Achieved: Weighting 60%

  CIP Adjusted EBITDA Payout % of Target  
less than 87.9%   0
greater than or equal to 87.9%   70
100.0%   100
160.5%   125
221%   150

 

% of Revenue Target Achieved: Weighting 20%

  Revenue Payout % of Target  
less than 98.9%   0
greater than or equal to 98.9%   70
100.0%   100
104.4%   125
108.8%   150

 

% of CIP Working Capital Target Achieved: Weighting 20%

  CIP Working Capital Payout % of Target  
greater than 106.0%   0
less than or equal to 106.0%   70
100.0%   100
77.3%   125
54.5%   150

At this time, we are not disclosing the specific performance targets for the CIP Adjusted EBITDA, revenue and CIP Working Capital metrics set forth above because disclosure of the specific targets under the CIP would signal areas of strategic focus and give competitors harmful insight into the direction of our business. We are committed to the long-term success and growth of our enterprise and disclosing short-term objectives would run counter to both our compensation and business philosophy of focusing on long-term goals and, as a result, could result in confusion for investors. As we gain experience as a public company and expand, we will continue to assess whether the disclosure of specific performance metrics will cause us competitive harm. The 2009 targets above may not be changed from those previously established, except with the written consent of the Compensation Committee. Pursuant to the terms of the CIP, participation in the plan is at the Company’s discretion and the Compensation Committee retains the discretion to alter, modify or amend the plan. These bonuses are intended to annually reward executive officers who have a positive impact on corporate results.

In addition, the Compensation Committee may adjust performance measures, targets and payout ranges due to extraordinary or nonrecurring events, such as significant financings, equity offerings or acquisitions. We believe that establishing competitive cash bonus opportunities helps us attract and retain qualified and highly skilled executives, and allows our executives to fully focus on the business objectives without the burden of considering potential loss of wealth due to extenuating circumstances. In July 2009, the board approved a revised budget for fiscal 2009 to take into account expenses incurred due to the Company’s international expansion activities. In light of these expenses, which were unrelated to its core U.S. business operations and unanticipated at the time the Compensation Committee established the 2009 CIP performance targets, the Compensation Committee determined that the impact of the Company’s international expansion should be excluded from the determination of the achievement of the CIP Adjusted EBITDA performance goal for 2009. The reason for the adjustment was to take into account additional expenses incurred with the Company’s international expansion.

Our named executive officers’ threshold and maximum awards under the CIP are based upon pre-determined quantitative goals and objectives established at the beginning of the performance period, as noted above. Maximum achievement of the CIP was set at a level that significantly exceeded our business plan and had a low probability of payout. These metrics are measured and

 

105


Table of Contents

assessed at the end of the performance year. In April 2009, our Compensation Committee established the target percentage amounts for the cash bonuses for each of our named executive officers in accordance with their respective employment agreements and offer letters. For fiscal year 2009, Messrs. Wuerch, Leigh, Hebner, Ryan and Smith were eligible to receive on-target annual cash bonuses of 75%, 50%, 55%, 50% and 55%, respectively, of their fiscal year 2009 base salaries. For fiscal year 2009, at threshold achievement for each of the CIP Adjusted EBITDA, revenue and CIP Working Capital objectives, our named executive officers were entitled to receive 70% of their target CIP bonus. Under Mr. Wuerch’s amended and restated employment agreement, effective upon this offering, Mr. Wuerch’s on-target annual cash bonus will be increased to 100% of his base salary. Mr. Wuerch’s on-target annual bonus increase is described in the section captioned “—Employment Agreements.”

Based on actual operating results for fiscal year 2009, the Company achieved 100% of its revenue target, 145% of its CIP Adjusted EBITDA target (taking into account the adjustment for the international expansion activities), and 140% of its CIP Working Capital target. As a result, each of our named executive officers were eligible to receive an above target bonus for fiscal year 2009 determined by multiplying each named executive officer’s respective target bonus by actual achievement for each performance metric, taking into account the applicable weighting for each metric (i.e., 60% weighting for CIP Adjusted EBITDA, 20% weighting for revenue and 20% weighting for CIP Working Capital). Based upon the Company’s performance for fiscal year 2009, Messrs. Wuerch, Hebner, Leigh, Smith and Ryan are entitled to 2009 CIP bonuses equal to $369,563, $207,714, $195,750, $244,766, and $108,281, respectively. With respect to Mr. Hebner, prior to March 6, 2009, he served as the interim Chief Financial Officer and, as a result, was only eligible for a pro-rata CIP bonus based upon the period during which he served as our permanent Chief Financial Officer. However, as a result of his high level of performance during 2009, the Compensation Committee calculated the amount of his bonus based on his total earnings for the 2009 fiscal year (in his capacity as both the interim and permanent Chief Financial Officer).

On December 16, 2009, the Compensation Committee approved the CIP for fiscal year 2010 under which our structure and process for short-term incentives will be materially the same as stated for 2009. However, the 2010 CIP also provides that if the Compensation Committee determines that the calculations underlying the targets were incorrect (including but not limited to mistakes in the Company’s audited financial statements for the year), then the Compensation Committee may either adjust bonus awards (upward or downward) or, with respect to officers that are reporting persons pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, recover all (or a portion) of a bonus award. A copy of the 2010 CIP is attached as an exhibit to this registration statement. This includes stated thresholds for minimum payout for the CIP Adjusted EBITDA, revenue and CIP Working Capital financial targets of 90%, 95% and 105% respectively. The 2010 CIP similarly incorporates graduated thresholds for incremental payouts commensurate with the three weighted performance categories ranging from 0% to 150%.

 

106


Table of Contents

2010 CIP Metrics:

 

% of CIP Adjusted EBITDA Target Achieved: Weighting 60%

  CIP Adjusted EBITDA Payout % of Target
less than 90%   0%
greater than or equal to 90%   60%
100%   100%
115%   125%
130%   150%

% of Revenue Target Achieved: Weighting 20%

 

Revenue Payout % of Target

less than 95%   0%
greater than or equal to 95%   60%
100%   100%
105%   125%
110%   150%

% of CIP Working Capital Target Achieved: Weighting 20%

 

CIP Working Capital Payout % of Target

greater than 105%   0%
less than or equal to 105%   60%
100%   100%
75%   125%
50%   150%

Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation

The Compensation Committee believes that equity-based compensation is an important component of our executive compensation program and that providing a significant portion of our executive officers’ total compensation package in equity-based compensation aligns the incentives of our executives with the interests of our stockholders and with our long-term corporate success. Additionally, the Compensation Committee believes that equity-based compensation awards enable us to attract, motivate, retain and adequately compensate executive talent. To that end, we have historically awarded equity-based compensation in the form of restricted stock and stock options. The Compensation Committee believes equity awards provide executives with a significant long-term interest in our success by rewarding the creation of stockholder value over time. Going forward, the Compensation Committee intends to use stock appreciation awards, such as options to purchase the Company’s common stock, rather than full value awards such as restricted stock, as awards to our executive officers.

In the past, our executive officers, other than Mr. Wuerch, were provided with an equity grant in the form of restricted stock when they joined our company based upon the executive’s position with us and his or her relevant prior experience. These inducement grants have a double trigger vesting schedule. First, shares accrue on a calendar quarter basis over a four year term commencing at the end of the first calendar quarter completed following the grant date to encourage executive longevity and to compensate our executive officers for their contribution to our success over a period of time. Second, when a qualifying event, generally, a sale of the Company or “Change of Control” where 50% of the consideration received by stockholders is cash or marketable securities (“Sale”) or a qualified public offering of common stock with a value of at least $40 million (“Offering”) occurs (the second trigger), the accrued shares will immediately vest (in the case of an Offering vesting is delayed until the date all trading restrictions imposed in connection with an Offering are terminated). For purposes of the restricted stock grants, a “Change of Control” generally means (i) a merger, share exchange, consolidation, or reorganization where the Company’s stockholders prior to such event own less than 50% of the voting power and equity ownership after such event or (ii) a transaction in which a person becomes the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the Company’s common stock. Below is a table that will provide an overview of the various scenarios related to the potential accrual or vesting of

 

107


Table of Contents

shares with regard to our restricted stock awards (except that two of the restricted stock awards granted to our Chief Executive Officer had different vesting terms):

 

    

Event

  

Effect on Vesting (1)

 

Sale or Offering

occurs  during

employment

   (i) No Change of Control prior to Trigger Date    (i) On Trigger Date, 1/16 of total restricted shares x # of calendar quarters
  

 

(ii) Change of Control occurs on or before Trigger Date

  

 

(ii) On Trigger Date, 1/2 of total restricted shares plus 1/32 of the total shares x # of calendar quarters

  

 

(iii) After Trigger Date with no Change of Control

  

 

(iii) 1/16 of total restricted shares continue to vest each calendar quarter

  

 

(iv) After Trigger Date and after Change of Control

  

 

(iv) 1/32 of total restricted shares continue to vest each calendar quarter

  

 

(v) Change of Control after Trigger Date

  

 

(v) 1/2 of remaining unvested restricted shares vest on Change of Control date

  

 

(vi) Employee is terminated other than for cause or disability or employee terminates for good reason within 12 months after Change of Control

  

 

(vi) All remaining unvested restricted shares vest on date of termination

  

 

(vii) Employee is terminated other than for cause or disability more than 12 months after Change of Control

  

 

(vii) 1/2 of remaining unvested restricted shares vest on date of termination

Sale or Offering occurs after termination of employment    (i) Employee is terminated other than for cause or disability or employee terminates for good reason within 12 months after Change of Control    (i) All restricted shares vest on the Trigger Date
 
  

 

(ii) Employee is terminated other than for cause or disability more than 12 months after Change of Control

  

 

(ii) 3/4 of the total restricted shares plus 1/64 of the total restricted shares x # of calendar quarters vest on the Trigger Date

 
  

 

(iii) Employee is terminated without cause or disability on a date when no Change of Control has occurred

  

 

(iii) 1/2 of the total restricted shares plus 1/32 of the total restricted shares x # of calendar quarters vest on the Trigger Date

 
  

 

(iv) Employee leaves voluntarily or is terminated for cause or disability upon or after Change of Control

  

 

(iv) 1/2 of the total restricted shares plus 1/32 of the total restricted shares x # of calendar quarters vest on the Trigger Date

 
  

 

(v) Employee leaves voluntarily or is terminated for cause or disability when no Change of Control has occurred

  

 

(v) 1/16 of the total restricted shares x # of calendar quarters vest on the Trigger Date

 

(1) Mr. Wuerch received a grant of restricted stock on January 8, 2008 which generally vests on the same terms as set forth in the table above, except that his grant vests over 12 quarters (rather than 16) and the accelerated vesting provisions are based on the 12 quarter vesting schedule. In addition, Mr. Wuerch received a grant of restricted stock on September 29, 2004 on separate terms that vests in six pro-rata equal installments on each April 30 of 2005 through 2010, respectively.

“Trigger Date” means the date a Sale is consummated or the date all trading restrictions imposed in connection with an Offering are terminated.

“# of calendar quarters” means the number of calendar quarters that have been completed since the date of the grant.

 

108


Table of Contents

In accordance with the foregoing table, in connection with the completion of this offering, the following shares of restricted stock will vest for each of our named executive officers:

 

Name

   Grant Date    Total
Shares of
Restricted
Stock
Outstanding
   1/16 of
the
Total #
of
Shares
   1/12 of
the
Total
# of
Shares
   # of
Calendar
Quarters
Vested
upon the
Trigger
Date(1)
   # of
Shares
to Vest
on the
Trigger
Date(2)

Ryan K. Wuerch(3)

   1/8/2008    275,518    17,220    —      11    189,419

Ryan K. Wuerch

   1/8/2008    94,621    —      7,885    11    86,735

Allyn P. Hebner

   5/7/2009    166,666    10,417    —      6    62,500

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

   11/13/2008    133,333    8,333    —      8    66,666

Jim Smith(4)

   2/5/2009    333,333    20,833    —      7    145,833

James Ryan

   8/6/2009    233,333    14,583    —      5    72,916

 

(1) Assumes this offering becomes effective during the second quarter of 2010 and each named executive officer is subject to a six month lock-up period (the Trigger Date is the date all trading restrictions lapse, which would occur in the fourth quarter of 2010).
(2) Represents 1/16 or 1/12, as applicable, of the number of the restricted shares outstanding multiplied by the number of calendar quarters vested prior to the Trigger Date.
(3) In addition to the restricted stock awards granted to Mr. Wuerch on January 8, 2008, Mr. Wuerch received a restricted share grant of 147,056 shares on September 29, 2004 which vests in six pro-rata equal installments on each April 30 of 2005 through 2010, respectively, and, accordingly, such shares fully vested on April 30, 2010.
(4) In addition, Mr. Smith was granted 66,666 shares of restricted stock on February 9, 2010, of which 12,500 shares (three multiplied by 4,166 shares (1/16 of the restricted shares outstanding)) will vest as of the Trigger Date, assuming this offering becomes effective in the second quarter of 2010 and the lock-up period expires in the fourth quarter of 2010 (Mr. Smith will have accrued three quarters of vesting).

In addition to restricted stock granted upon commencement of employment with us, our Compensation Committee may grant additional equity awards to retain our executives and to recognize the achievement of corporate and individual goals and/or strong individual performance. On February 9, 2010, in accordance with the terms of his offer letter, the Compensation Committee granted Mr. Smith 66,666 shares of restricted stock to vest in accordance with the terms of the restricted stock awards described above. Upon Mr. Smith’s commencement of his employment, he signed an offer letter which provides that if he is employed in good standing on January 5, 2010 then he would be entitled to a grant of 66,666 shares of restricted stock. See the section captioned “—Employment Agreements” for a further discussion of Mr. Smith’s offer letter. Additional forms of equity may be granted in the future, including stock options, as recommended by the Compensation Committee and approved by the board of directors.

In 2009, the following named executive officers were granted long-term equity-based grants: Jim Smith (333,333 shares), Allyn P. Hebner (166,666 shares), and James Ryan (233,333 shares). All of these grants were restricted share awards made at the time of Messrs. Smith’s, Hebner’s and Ryan’s commencement of employment with the Company and were made based on a number of considerations, including the competitive market for similarly situated technology executives and negotiations needed to secure qualified executives to backfill key vacancies on the leadership team. Restricted shares, with the vesting schedule as described above, were selected for these new hire grants to create a long-term ownership stake in our Company. Under the terms of Mr. Wuerch’s amended and restated employment agreement, the Compensation Committee approved the grant of 333,333 stock options to Mr. Wuerch under the terms of our 2010 LTIP (described below). Mr. Wuerch’s stock option grant is described in the section captioned “—Employment Agreements.”

 

109


Table of Contents

Equity Incentive Plans

2004 Stock Plan

The 2004 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan of Motricity, Inc. (the “2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan”) provides for grants of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, shares of stock and restricted stock to eligible participants, including executive officers, employees and directors. The purpose of the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan is to provide equity incentives to selected participants, thereby creating a means to raise the level of stock ownership by eligible participants, to more closely align the interests of our executives, employees and directors with those of our stockholders. The following is a summary of the material terms of the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan, but does not include all of the provisions of the plan.

Following the adoption of the 2010 Plan (described below), the Compensation Committee does not intend to make further grants under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan.

For further information about the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan, we refer you to the complete copy of the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan, which we have filed as an exhibit to this registration statement.

Administration .    The 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan provides that the board, or a committee designated by the board, shall have the authority to administer the plan. In this regard, the board has delegated administration of the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan to the Compensation Committee, which has the authority (i) to determine the persons to whom awards will be granted, the types of awards to be granted, the terms and conditions of each award, the number of shares to be covered by each award, (ii) to construe and resolve the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan or any award agreement granted thereunder, and (iii) to adopt such rules and guidelines for administering the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan as it deems necessary or proper. All actions, interpretations and determinations by the Compensation Committee are final and binding.

Available Shares .    The aggregate number of shares which may be issued under the 2004 Motricity Inc., Stock Plan shall not exceed 5,113,003 shares (subject to possible adjustment to reflect certain transactions, such as mergers, consolidations, reorganizations or changes in our capital structure). If any shares subject to an award under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan are not delivered to a participant because the award expires, is forfeited, cancelled, settled in cash, used to satisfy applicable tax withholding obligations or used to pay the purchase price of an award, the number of shares underlying such awards will again be available for the purposes of awards under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan. To the extent required to comply with 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), during any 12-month period, no participant may be granted awards for more than 266,666 shares (or equivalent value based on the fair market value per share on the date of grant), subject to possible adjustment to reflect certain transactions.

Eligibility for Participation .    Employees, members of our board of directors, and consultants to us or a related entity, who are selected by the Compensation Committee, are eligible to receive awards under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan.

Award Agreement .    Awards granted under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan shall be evidenced by award agreements that provide additional terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations covering the grant of the award, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

Awards Under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan .    The following types of awards are available under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan:

Stock Options .    The Compensation Committee may grant nonqualified stock options and incentive stock options (only to eligible employees) to purchase shares of our common stock. The

 

110


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee will determine the number of shares subject to each option, the term of each option (which may not exceed 10 years in the case of an incentive stock option (or five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder)), the exercise price, the vesting schedule (if any), and the other material terms of each option. The exercise price of an option is determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant, provided that no incentive stock option may have an exercise price less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the time of grant (or, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder, 110% of such share’s fair market value). Options will be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant.

Restricted Stock .    The Compensation Committee may also grant shares of stock in the form of bonus stock or restricted stock (collectively, “Stock Awards”). Except as otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee upon the grant of a Stock Award, the recipient generally has the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares, including the right to receive dividends, the right to vote the shares of restricted stock and, conditioned upon full vesting of shares of restricted stock, the right to tender such shares, subject to the conditions and restrictions generally applicable to the Stock Awards or specifically set forth in the recipient’s Stock Award Agreement, including a restricted Stock Award, which may include satisfaction of pre-established performance goals, and the criteria or date or dates on which such restrictions will lapse.

If the grant of a Stock Award or the lapse of the relevant restrictions is based on the attainment of performance goals, the Compensation Committee will establish for each recipient the applicable performance goals, formulae or standards and the applicable vesting percentages with reference to the attainment of such goals or satisfaction of such formulae or standards. These performance goals will be based on one or more of the following criteria selected by the Compensation Committee: (i) consolidated earnings before or after taxes (including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization); (ii) net income; (iii) operating income; (iv) earnings per share; (v) book value per share; (vi) return on stockholders’ equity; (vii) return on investment; (viii) return on capital; (ix) improvements in capital structure; (x) expense management; (xi) profitability of an identifiable business unit or product; (xii) maintenance or improvement of profit margins; (xiii) stock price or total stockholder return; (xiv) market share; (xv) revenues or sales; (xvi) costs; (xvii) cash flow; (xviii) working capital; (xix) return on assets; (xx) economic wealth created; or (xxi) strategic business criteria. In addition, all performance goals may be based upon the attainment of specified levels of performance for a division or other operational unit or based upon individual performance factors.

Dividend Equivalents .    The Compensation Committee may provide that awards granted under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan may earn dividends or dividend equivalents.

Amendment and Termination .    The board may amend or terminate the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan at any time; provided, however, that, unless otherwise required by law or specifically provided in the plan, the rights of a participant with respect to awards granted prior to such amendment, or termination may not be adversely affected without the consent of such participant. The Compensation Committee has the authority to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events or to make other adjustments as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate.

Transferability .    Awards granted under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan are generally nontransferable (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), except that the Compensation Committee may provide for the transferability of nonqualified stock options at the time of grant or thereafter.

Effective Date .    The effective date of the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan was March 19, 2004.

 

111


Table of Contents

2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan

The Compensation Committee approved the terms of the Motricity, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the “2010 LTIP” on March 26, 2010. The board of directors approved the 2010 LTIP on April 23, 2010. The 2010 LTIP provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, other stock-based awards and other cash-based awards. Directors, officers and other employees of us and our subsidiaries, as well as others performing consulting or advisory services for us, will be eligible for grants under the 2010 LTIP. The purpose of the 2010 LTIP is to provide incentives that will attract, retain and motivate highly competent officers, directors, employees and consultants by providing them with appropriate incentives and rewards either through a proprietary interest in our long-term success or compensation based on their performance in fulfilling their personal responsibilities. The following is a summary of the material terms of the 2010 LTIP, but does not include all of the provisions of the 2010 LTIP. For further information about the 2010 LTIP, we refer you to the complete copy of the 2010 LTIP, which we have filed as an exhibit to this registration statement.

Administration.     The 2010 LTIP is administered by our Compensation Committee and all actions taken with respect to the 2010 LTIP will be made in accordance with the Compensation Committee’s Charter. For purposes of the 2010 LTIP, to the extent required by applicable law, it is intended that each member of the Compensation Committee qualify as (a) a “non-employee director” under Rule 16b-3, (b) an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the Code, and (c) an “independent director” under the rules of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which our shares are listed. The Compensation Committee has full authority to administer and interpret the 2010 LTIP. Among the Compensation Committee’s powers are to determine the form, amount and other terms and conditions of awards, clarify, construe or resolve any ambiguity in any provision of the 2010 LTIP or any award agreement, amend the terms of outstanding awards and adopt such rules, forms, instruments and guidelines for administering the 2010 LTIP as it deems necessary or proper. All actions, interpretations and determinations by the Compensation Committee or by our board of directors are final and binding.

Available Shares.     The aggregate number of shares of common stock which may be issued or used for reference purposes under the 2010 LTIP or with respect to which awards may be granted may not exceed 2,765,621 shares, which may be either authorized and unissued shares of our common stock or shares of common stock held in or acquired for our treasury. In general, if awards under the 2010 LTIP are for any reason cancelled, or expire or terminate unexercised, or are settled in cash, the shares covered by such awards will again be available for the grant of awards under the 2010 LTIP.

Following the Section 162(m) “transition period,” the maximum number of shares subject to any award of stock options, or stock appreciation rights (which are referred to herein as “SARs”), or shares of restricted stock, or other stock-based awards subject to the attainment of specified performance goals which may be granted during any fiscal year to any participant will be 266,666 shares per type of award, provided that the maximum number of shares for all types of awards does not exceed 691,405 shares. There are no annual individual share limitations applicable to participants for restricted stock or other stock-based awards that are not subject to the attainment of specified performance goals. The maximum number of shares subject to any performance award during any fiscal year to any participant shall be 266,666 shares. The maximum value of a cash payment made under a performance award which may be granted with respect to any fiscal year to any participant shall be $5,440,000. The maximum value of cash payments made under performance awards granted with respect to any fiscal year to all participants shall be $14,104,670.

The foregoing share limitations imposed under the 2010 LTIP are subject to adjustment to the extent the Compensation Committee deems such adjustment appropriate and equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights.

 

112


Table of Contents

Eligibility for Participation.     Members of our board of directors, as well as employees of, and consultants to, us or any of our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the 2010 LTIP. The selection of participants is within the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee.

Award Agreement.     Awards granted under the 2010 LTIP shall be evidenced by award agreements (which need not be identical) that provide additional terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations covering the grant of the award, including, without limitation, additional terms providing for the acceleration of, exercisability, or vesting of awards in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2010 LTIP) or conditions regarding the participant’s employment, as determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

Awards Under the 2010 LTIP.     The following types of awards are available under the 2010 LTIP:

Stock Options .    The Compensation Committee may grant nonqualified stock options and incentive stock options (only to eligible employees) to purchase shares of our common stock. The Compensation Committee will determine the number of shares of our common stock subject to each option, the term of each option (which may not exceed 10 years (or five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder)), the exercise price, the vesting schedule (if any), and the other material terms of each option. No incentive stock option or nonqualified stock option may have an exercise price less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the time of grant (or, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder, 110% of such share’s fair market value). Options will be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Compensation Committee at grant and the exercisability of such options may be accelerated by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. The 2010 LTIP specifically provides that an outstanding option may not be modified to reduce the exercise price nor may a new option at a lower price be substituted for a surrendered option, unless such action is approved by the stockholders of the Company. The maximum number of shares of common stock with respect to which incentive stock options may be granted under the 2010 LTIP is 2,765,621 shares.

Stock Appreciation Rights .    The Compensation Committee may grant SARs either with a stock option, which may be exercised only at such times and to the extent the related option is exercisable (which is referred to herein as a “Tandem SAR”), or independent of a stock option (which is referred to herein as a “Non-Tandem SAR”). A SAR is a right to receive a payment in shares of our common stock or cash (as determined by the Compensation Committee) equal in value to the excess of the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price per share established in connection with the grant of the SAR. The term of each SAR may not exceed 10 years. The exercise price per share covered by a SAR will be the exercise price per share of the related option in the case of a Tandem SAR and will be the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant in the case of a Non-Tandem SAR. The Compensation Committee may also grant “limited SARs,” either as Tandem SARs or Non-Tandem SARs, which may become exercisable only upon the occurrence of a Change in Control or such other event as the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, designate at the time of grant or thereafter.

Restricted Stock .    The Compensation Committee may award shares of restricted stock. Except as otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee upon the award of restricted stock, the recipient generally has the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares, including the right to receive dividends, the right to vote the shares of restricted stock and, conditioned upon full vesting of shares of restricted stock, the right to tender such shares, subject to the conditions and restrictions generally applicable to restricted stock or specifically set forth in the recipient’s restricted stock agreement. The Compensation Committee may determine at the time of award that the payment of dividends, if any, will be deferred until the expiration of the applicable restriction period.

 

113


Table of Contents

Recipients of restricted stock are required to enter into a restricted stock agreement with us that states the restrictions to which the shares are subject, which may include satisfaction of pre-established performance goals, and the criteria or date or dates on which such restrictions will lapse.

If the grant of restricted stock or the lapse of the relevant restrictions is based on the attainment of performance goals, the Compensation Committee will establish for each recipient the applicable performance goals, formulae or standards and the applicable vesting percentages with reference to the attainment of such goals or satisfaction of such formulae or standards while the outcome of the performance goals are substantially uncertain. Such performance goals may incorporate provisions for disregarding (or adjusting for) changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions (including, without limitation, dispositions and acquisitions) and other similar events or circumstances. The performance goals for performance-based restricted stock will be based on one or more of the objective criteria set forth on Exhibit A to the 2010 LTIP and discussed in general below.

Other Stock-Based Awards .    The Compensation Committee may, subject to limitations under applicable law, make a grant of such other stock-based awards (including, without limitation, stock equivalent units or restricted stock units) under the 2010 LTIP that are payable in cash or denominated or payable in or valued by shares of our common stock or factors that influence the value of such shares. The Compensation Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such other awards, which may include the achievement of certain minimum performance goals and/or a minimum vesting period. The performance goals for performance-based other stock-based awards will be based on one or more of the objective criteria set forth on Exhibit A to the 2010 LTIP and discussed in general below.

Other Cash-Based Awards .    The Compensation Committee, in its discretion, may grant awards payable in cash. Cash-based awards shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Compensation Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, being subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions or awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions. If a cash-based award is subject to vesting conditions, the Compensation Committee may accelerate the vesting of such award in its discretion.

Performance Awards .    The Compensation Committee may grant a performance award to a participant payable upon the attainment of specific performance goals. The Compensation Committee may grant performance awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, as well as performance awards that are not intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. If the performance award is payable in cash, it may be paid upon the attainment of the relevant performance goals either in cash or in shares of restricted stock (based on the then current fair market value of such shares), as determined by the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion. Based on service, performance and/or such other factors or criteria, if any, as the Compensation Committee may determine, the Compensation Committee may, at or after grant, accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any performance award. The Compensation Committee has “negative discretion” to adjust bonus payments as permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code.

Performance Goals .    The Compensation Committee may grant awards of restricted stock, performance awards, and other stock-based awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. These awards may be granted, vest and be paid based on attainment of specified performance goals established by the Compensation Committee. These performance goals will be based on the attainment of a certain target level of, or a specified increase or decrease in, one or more of the following criteria selected by the Compensation Committee: (i) earnings per share; (ii) operating income; (iii) gross income; (iv) net income (before or

 

114


Table of Contents

after taxes); (v) cash flow; (vi) gross profit; (vii) gross profit return on investment; (viii) gross margin return on investment; (ix) gross margin; (x) operating margin; (xi) working capital; (xii) earnings before interest and taxes; (xiii) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization; (xiv) return on equity; (xv) return on assets; (xvi) return on capital; (xvii) return on invested capital; (xviii) net revenues; (xix) gross revenues; (xx) revenue growth; (xxi) annual recurring revenues; (xxii) recurring revenues; (xxiii) license revenues; (xxiv) sales or market share; (xxv) total shareholder return; (xxvi) economic value added; (xxvii) specified objectives with regard to limiting the level of increase in all or a portion of the Company’s bank debt or other long-term or short-term public or private debt or other similar financial obligations of the Company, which may be calculated net of cash balances and/or other offsets and adjustments as may be established by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion; (xxviii) the fair market value of the a share of common stock; (xxix) the growth in the value of an investment in the common stock assuming the reinvestment of dividends; or (xxx) reduction in operating expenses.

To the extent permitted by law, the Compensation Committee may also exclude the impact of an event or occurrence which the Compensation Committee determines should be appropriately excluded, including: (i) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items and other unusual or non-recurring charges; (ii) an event either not directly related to our operations or not within the reasonable control of management; or (iii) a change in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles. Performance goals may also be based on an individual participant’s performance goals, as determined by the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion.

In addition, all performance goals may be based upon the attainment of specified levels of our performance (or subsidiary, division or other operational unit) under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other corporations. The Compensation Committee may designate additional business criteria on which the performance goals may be based or adjust, modify or amend those criteria.

Change in Control.     In connection with a Change in Control, the Compensation Committee may accelerate vesting of outstanding awards under the 2010 LTIP. In addition, such awards will be, in the discretion of the Compensation Committee, (i) assumed and continued or substituted in accordance with applicable law or (ii) purchased by us for an amount equal to the excess of the price of a share of our common stock paid in a Change in Control over the exercise price of the award(s). Under the 2010 LTIP, a “Change in Control” generally means (i) a person becoming the owner of 50% or more of the voting power of the Company’s voting securities (other than by acquisitions (a) by the Company or any subsidiary, (b) by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any subsidiary, (c) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering, (d) pursuant to a “Non-Qualifying Transaction” (as defined in the 2010 LTIP) or (e) by any person that owned 30% or more of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such transaction); (ii) a change in the majority of the directors of the board during any 24 month period without the consent of a majority of the board, (iii) the consummation of a transaction that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders (other than a Non-Qualifying Transaction); or (iv) the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (other than to a person then owning 30% or more of the Company’s voting securities). Under the 2010 LTIP, a Change in Control specifically excludes (A) an acquisition of more than 30% of voting securities by the Company which reduces the number of voting securities outstanding, unless after such acquisition a person becomes the beneficial owner of additional voting securities that increases the percentage of outstanding voting securities owned by such person or (B) as the result of either the acquisition of more than 30% of the voting securities or of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets by any of the following or their affiliates: Advanced Equities, Inc., Carl C. Icahn, New Enterprise Associates, Inc. or Technology Crossover Ventures.

Acquisition Event .    In the event of a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, a transaction that results in the acquisition of substantially all of the Company’s

 

115


Table of Contents

outstanding common stock, or the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (collectively, an “Acquisition Event”), then the Compensation Committee may terminate all outstanding and unexercised options, SARs, or any other stock-based award that provides for a participant elected exercise by cashing out such awards upon the date of consummation of the Acquisition Event or by delivering notice of termination to each participant at least 20 days prior to the date of consummation of the Acquisition Event, in which case during the period from the date on which such notice of termination is delivered to the consummation of the Acquisition Event, each such participant shall have the right to exercise in full all of his or her outstanding awards contingent on the occurrence of the Acquisition Event.

Stockholder Rights.     Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, and with respect to an award of restricted stock, a participant has no rights as a stockholder with respect to shares of our common stock covered by any award until the participant becomes the record holder of such shares.

Forfeiture and Clawback.     Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee in the governing award agreement, the 2010 LTIP provides that in the event that (a) the participant engages in “detrimental activity” (which only applies to non-executive employees) during the 12-month period commencing on the date of vesting, exercise, distribution, or settlement of an award, the Company shall recover from the participant within 12 months after such vesting, exercise, settlement, or distribution, an amount equal to any gain realized on such award, (b) the participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for “Cause” (which only applies to executive officers) during the 24-month period commencing on the date of vesting, exercise, distribution, or settlement of an award, the Company shall recover from the participant within 24 months after such vesting, exercise, settlement, or distribution, an amount equal to any gain realized on such award, and (c) the participant engages in “detrimental activity” or is terminated for “Cause” all outstanding awards terminate and expire.

Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee in the governing award agreement, the 2010 LTIP also provides that in the event of a restatement of the Company’s financial statements that reduces the amount of any previously awarded performance award, where the performance goals would not otherwise have been met had the results been properly reported, the award will be cancelled and the participant will pay the Company an amount equal to any gain realized on such award within (a) 24 months preceding such financial restatement for any participant who has a position with the Company as a vice president, senior vice president, executive officer or named executive officer or (b) 12 months preceding such financial restatement for all other participants.

Amendment and Termination.     Notwithstanding any other provision of the 2010 LTIP, our board of directors may at any time amend any or all of the provisions of the 2010 LTIP, or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise; provided, however, that, unless otherwise required by law or specifically provided in the 2010 LTIP, the rights of a participant with respect to awards granted prior to such amendment, suspension or termination may not be adversely affected without the consent of such participant.

Transferability.     Awards granted under the 2010 LTIP are generally nontransferable (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), except that the Compensation Committee may provide for the transferability of nonqualified stock options in an award agreement at the time of grant or thereafter to certain family members.

Other Executive Benefits

Our executives are eligible for the following benefits on the same basis as other eligible employees:

 

  Ÿ  

health insurance;

 

116


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

vacation, personal holidays and sick days;

 

  Ÿ  

life insurance and supplemental life insurance;

 

  Ÿ  

short-term and long-term disability; and

 

  Ÿ  

a 401(k) plan with matching contributions (matching contributions for fiscal year 2009 were, and for fiscal year 2010 will be, based upon the Company’s financial performance and subject to continued employment).

Moreover, our named executive officers may be eligible for other benefits and perquisites based upon individual circumstances. In this regard, Mr. Wuerch received a cost of living adjustment, or “COLA,” in 2009, as he has received in previous years, as a result of his moving from North Carolina to our headquarters in the State of Washington. Mr. Wuerch was awarded the annual COLA adjustment as part of his negotiated relocation package at the time he moved to Washington in 2008, and will continue to receive the COLA adjustment as long as he resides in the vicinity of Bellevue, Washington. Mr. Wuerch’s COLA adjustment will cease on the earlier of July 25, 2010 or the initial public offering of our common stock. See the section captioned “—Employment Agreements” for a further description of Mr. Wuerch’s COLA. In addition, Mr. Smith received relocation assistance in connection with his move to the Bellevue, Washington area, whereby he was reimbursed on a grossed-up basis for the movement of his household goods and other relocation expenses. Mr. Smith’s relocation package was negotiated as part of his offer of employment. See the section captioned “—Employment Agreements” for a further description of Mr. Smith’s relocation package.

We believe these benefits are generally consistent with those offered by other companies and specifically with those companies with which we compete for employees. Our named executive officers will be eligible for those benefits typically available to all of our employees and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the governing plans. Our Compensation Committee retains the right to amend or terminate such plans.

Employment Agreements and Severance and Change of Control Benefits

We believe that a strong, experienced management team is essential to the best interests of the Company and our stockholders. We recognize that the possibility of a change of control could arise and that such a possibility could result in the departure or distraction of members of the management team to the detriment of our Company and our stockholders. We have entered into employment agreements or offer letters with our named executive officers, which provide for the payment of a sale bonus based upon the price of the transaction to assist in maximizing the sale price and further minimizing employment security concerns arising in the course of negotiating and completing a significant transaction. By contrast to the other named executive officers, for our Chief Executive Officer, if he is terminated by the Company without cause or he resigns for good reason in connection with a change of control, he will be eligible to receive two times the sum of his base salary and the average of his annual bonuses for the three-year period preceding his termination and accelerated vesting of 50% of specified equity awards; these benefits are quantified in the section captioned “—Employment Agreements.”

The named executive officers are also entitled to between nine and 12 months of severance in the event their employment is terminated by the Company without cause or the named executive officer resigns for good reason not in connection with a change in control. The amount of a named executive officer’s severance is based on the executive’s role and responsibilities with the Company, where our Chief Executive Officer and General Counsel each receive 12 months of continued base salary payments and the other named executive officers each receive nine months of continued base salary payments. Mr. Wuerch is also entitled to accelerated vesting of 50% of specified equity awards and a prorated bonus as part of his severance.

 

117


Table of Contents

Tax and Accounting Considerations

Section 162(m) of the Code (as interpreted by IRS Notice 2007-49) denies a federal income tax deduction for certain compensation in excess of $1 million per year paid to the Chief Executive Officer and the three other most highly paid executive officers (other than a company’s Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer) of a publicly-traded corporation. Certain types of compensation, including compensation based on performance criteria that are approved in advance by stockholders, are excluded from the deduction limit. In addition, “grandfather” provisions may apply to certain compensation arrangements that were entered into the corporation before it was publicly held. The Compensation Committee’s policy will be to qualify compensation paid to executive officers for deductibility for federal income tax purposes to the extent feasible. However, to retain highly skilled executives and remain competitive with other employers, the Compensation Committee will have the right to authorize compensation that would not otherwise be deductible under Section 162(m) or otherwise when it considers it in our best interests to do so.

The Compensation Committee considers the manner in which Section 409A of the Code affects deferred compensation opportunities that we offer to our employees. Section 409A requires, among other things, that “non-qualified deferred compensation” be structured in a way that limits employees’ ability to accelerate or further defer certain kinds of deferred compensation. We intend to operate our existing compensation arrangements that are covered by Section 409A in accordance with the applicable rules thereunder, and we will continue to review and amend our compensation arrangements to comply with Section 409A to the extent deemed necessary by the Compensation Committee.

The Compensation Committee does not believe that tax gross-ups, other than with respect to relocation expenses and other similar perquisites which necessitate a gross-up in order to make the executive whole from a tax perspective, paid by companies to their executive officers are in the best interests of stockholders. As a result, the Compensation Committee will not approve any employment agreement or compensation plan that provides our executive officers with a gross-up for federal and or state income taxes that may arise under either Section 409A of the Code or the golden parachute excise tax rules of Section 280G of the Code.

 

118


Table of Contents

2009 Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides summary information concerning compensation paid or accrued by us to or on behalf of our named executive officers for services provided to us during the year ended, December 31, 2009:

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name & Principal Position

  Year   Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
  Stock
Awards
($)(2)
  Option
Awards
($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
  Total
($)

Ryan K. Wuerch

  2009   365,000      —     —     —     369,563   78,264   812,827

Chief Executive Officer

               

Allyn P. Hebner

  2009   279,750      —     2,025,000   —     207,714   7,258   2,519,722

Chief Financial Officer

               

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

  2009   290,000      —     —     —     195,750   7,350   493,100

Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

               

Jim Smith

  2009   329,650 (1)    —     4,050,000   —     244,766   91,728   4,716,144

President & Chief

Operating Officer

               

James Ryan

  2009   160,416 (1)    —     3,500,000   —     108,281   —     3,768,697

Chief Strategy &

Marketing Officer

               

 

(1) Messrs. Smith and Ryan were hired in 2009; their annualized base salaries are $332,000 and $275,000, respectively.
(2) Represents FASB ASC 718 grant date fair value of restricted share awards. See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Stock-based Compensation” for a description of how we valued our stock while we were a private company. Restricted share awards are subject to double trigger vesting, where accrued vesting is quarterly over a four-year term, and where a second qualifying event has to trigger the actual vesting of shares. The qualifying event is either a Sale or an Offering, neither of which occurred in 2009.
(3) Based upon our performance in 2009, which resulted in 100% achievement of our revenue target, 145% of our CIP Adjusted EBITDA target (taking into account the adjustment for the international expansion activities), and 140% of our CIP Working Capital target, the CIP bonus factor for each named executive officer equaled 1.35 (the sum of (x) 1.0 multiplied by 0.2 weighting for the revenue target, plus (y) 1.45 multiplied by 0.6 weighting for the CIP Adjusted EBITDA target, plus (z) 1.4 multiplied by 0.2 weighting for the CIP Working Capital target). As a result, the named executive officers’ CIP bonuses were calculated as follows: Mr. Wuerch: $369,563 ($273,750 target multiplied by the 1.35 CIP bonus factor); Mr. Hebner: $207,714 ($153,862 target multiplied by the 1.35 CIP bonus factor); Mr. Leigh: $195,750 ($145,000 target multiplied by the 1.35 CIP bonus factor); Mr. Smith: $244,766 ($181,308 target multiplied by the 1.35 CIP bonus factor); and Mr. Ryan: $108,281 ($80,208 target multiplied by the 1.35 CIP bonus factor).
(4) All Other Compensation in 2009 for our named executive officers consisted of the following:

 

Name

   401(k)
Match
   Cost of Living
Adjustment
($)
    Relocation
Assistance
($)
 

Ryan K. Wuerch

   5,264    73,000 (a)    —     

Allyn P. Hebner

   7,258    —        —     

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

   7,350    —        —     

Jim Smith

   5,400    —        86,328 (b) 

James Ryan

   —      —        —     

 

  (a) Represents annual COLA payments provided to Mr. Wuerch in connection with his moving from North Carolina to our new corporate headquarters in Bellevue, Washington. Mr. Wuerch will continue to receive COLA as long as he resides in the vicinity of Bellevue, Washington. The COLA will cease on the earlier of July 25, 2010 or the initial public offering of our common stock.
  (b) Represents Mr. Smith’s relocation assistance benefits of $41,329 (grossed-up in the amount of $44,999 for applicable taxes). See the section captioned “—Employment Agreements” for a further discussion of Mr. Smith’s relocation benefits.

 

119


Table of Contents

2009 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to grants of plan-based awards for the year ended December 31, 2009 with respect to our named executive officers.

2009 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 

Name

  Grant
Date
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(1)
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan
Awards
  All other
Stock
Awards
  All other
Option
Awards:

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
  Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
(S/Sh)
  Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards
($)(3)
    Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
  # of
Shares of
Stock or
Units (#)(2)
     

Ryan K. Wuerch

  —     191,625   273,750      410,625   —     —     —     —     —     —     —  

Allyn P. Hebner

  5/7/2009   107,703   153,862 (4)    230,793   —     —     —     166,666   —     —     2,025,000

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

  —     101,500   145,000      217,500   —     —     —     —     —     —     —  

Jim Smith

  2/5/2009   126,916   181,308      271,962   —     —     —     333,333   —     —     4,050,000

James Ryan

  8/6/2009   56,146   80,208      120,312   —     —     —     233,333   —     —     3,500,000

 

(1) Amounts shown reflect the threshold, target and maximum payout amounts under the CIP. The target payout is equal to a percentage of each named executive officer’s eligible earnings (which generally means wages actually paid during the fiscal year), which for 2009, ranged from 50% to 75% of base salary, depending on the executive’s role and level of responsibility. See the section captioned “—Short-Term Incentives” for a detailed description of the named executive officer’s target CIP bonus opportunities. At threshold performance under the CIP, the named executive officers will receive 70% of their target payout, at target performance under the CIP the named executive officers will receive 100% of their target payout and at maximum performance the named executive officers will receive 150% of their target payout. No amounts are payable with respect to each metric if performance is below threshold and in order for a named executive officer to receive a bonus under the 2009 CIP, the Company’s actual performance must meet the threshold targets for both the revenue and CIP Adjusted EBITDA metrics.
(2) Restricted share awards are subject to double trigger vesting, where accrued vesting is quarterly over a four-year term, and where a second qualifying event has to trigger the actual vesting of shares. The qualifying event is either a Sale or an Offering, neither of which occurred in 2009.
(3) Represents FASB ASC 718 grant date fair value. See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Stock-based compensation” for a description of how we valued our stock while we were a private company.
(4) Represents Mr. Hebner’s eligible earnings as if he were eligible for all of 2009.

 

120


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year End

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to outstanding equity awards of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2009 with respect to the named executive officer. The market value of the shares in the following table is the fair value of such shares at December 31, 2009.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year End

 

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)(2)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number
of shares
or Units
of Stock
that
Have Not
Vested
(#)
    Market
Value of
Shares
or Units
of Stock
that
Have not
Vested
($)(6)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights that
have Not
Vested
  Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares or
Other
Rights that
Have Not
Vested ($)

Ryan K. Wuerch

  8,333   24,377 (1)    —     12.00   1/1/2018   —        —     —     —  

Ryan K. Wuerch

  169,025   168,403 (1)    —     12.00   1/1/2018   —        —     —     —  

Ryan K. Wuerch

  —     —        —     —     —     275,518 (3)    5,413,939   —     —  

Ryan K. Wuerch

  —     —        —     —     —     94,621 (4)    1,859,302   —     —  

Ryan K. Wuerch

  —     —        —     —     —     24,509 (5)    481,611   —     —  

Allyn P. Hebner

  —     —        —     —     —     166,666 (3)    3,275,000   —     —  

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

  —     —        —     —     —     133,333 (3)    2,620,000   —     —  

Jim Smith

  —     —        —     —     —     333,333 (3)    6,550,000   —     —  

James Ryan

  —     —        —     —     —     233,333 (3)    4,585,000   —     —  

 

(1) The options vest over a four year period with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the remaining portion of the option vesting in pro-rata equal monthly installments over the remaining three year period.
(2) Represents grant date fair value per share. See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Stock-based compensation” for a description of how we valued our stock while we were a private company.
(3) Restricted stock awards are subject to double trigger vesting, where accrued vesting is quarterly over a four-year term, and where a second qualifying event has to trigger the actual vesting of shares. The qualifying event is either a Sale or an Offering, neither of which occurred in 2009.
(4) Mr. Wuerch’s 94,621 shares of restricted stock are subject to double trigger vesting, where the accrued vesting is quarterly over a three-year term, and where a second qualifying event has to trigger the actual vesting of shares. The qualifying event is either a Sale or an Offering, neither of which occurred in 2009.
(5) The restricted stock granted to Mr. Wuerch on September 29, 2004 vests in six pro-rata equal installments on each April 30 of 2005 through 2010, respectively.
(6) Represents the product of multiplying the number of unvested restricted shares by the value of our common stock of $19.65 as of December 31, 2009, the last day of our fiscal year. See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Stock-based compensation” for a description of how we valued our stock while we were a private company.

 

121


Table of Contents

Options Exercised and Stock Vested

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the vesting or exercise of stock options during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 with respect to our named executive officers.

 

    Option Awards   Stock Awards  

Name

  Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
  Value
Realized on
Exercise
($)(1)
  Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting
(#)
    Value
Realized on
Vesting
($)
 

Ryan K. Wuerch

  45,588   540,225   24,509 (2)    297,790 (3) 

Allyn P. Hebner

  —     —     —        —     

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

  —     —     —        —     

Jim Smith

  —     —     —        —     

James Ryan

  —     —     —        —     

 

(1) Represents the value of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise ($12.15 per share) less the option exercise price ($0.30 per share) multiplied by the number of shares for which the option was exercised. See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Stock-based compensation” for a description of how we valued our stock while we were a private company.
(2) Represents vesting of one-sixth of the restricted stock granted to Mr. Wuerch on September 29, 2004.
(3) Represents the product of multiplying the number of shares of restricted stock that vested by the value of our common stock of $12.15 per share on the date of vesting (April 30, 2009).

Pension Benefits & Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We sponsor a 401(k) plan, which is a qualified retirement plan offered to all eligible employees, including our named executive officers, that permits eligible employees to elect to defer a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax basis. The Compensation Committee may in its sole discretion determine to approve a performance-based matching contribution, subject to the Company’s achievement of certain financial metrics. For fiscal year 2009, Messrs. Wuerch, Hebner, Leigh and Smith received matching contributions equal to $5,264, $7,258, $7,350 and $5,400, respectively. We do not provide and do not intend to provide any non-qualified deferred compensation or defined benefit pension plans to any of our named executive officers or other employees.

Employment Agreements

Mr. Wuerch has entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with the Company effective January 19, 2010 for an initial 24 month term, which will automatically renew for successive one year periods unless either the Company or Mr. Wuerch provides at least 90 days prior written notice of an intent to terminate the employment agreement earlier. Under the terms of the amended agreement, Mr. Wuerch is entitled to an annual base salary of $375,000; provided that on the effective date of our initial public offering (“initial public offering”), Mr. Wuerch’s annual base salary will increase to $450,000. Mr. Wuerch will also receive “Temporary Adjustment” payments (which represent a COLA adjustment agreed upon in 2008 in connection with his relocation from North Carolina to the state of Washington) equal to 20% of his base salary, payable on the 15th and the last day of each month until either (i) the effective date of an initial public offering or (ii) July 25, 2010, whichever occurs first. The Temporary Adjustment payments are not included in the definition of base salary for the purpose of any incentive, bonus, severance or change of control payments. Mr. Wuerch is a current participant in the 2009 CIP with a target earnings opportunity of 75% of his annual base salary. He will continue to be an eligible participant in the 2010 CIP, whereby his target earnings opportunity will continue to be 75% of his annual base salary until an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. At that time, Mr. Wuerch’s incentive opportunity under the CIP will increase to 100% of his annual base salary, prorated based upon the date of the initial public offering. Additionally, in the event a “company sale” (as defined in his employment agreement) occurs prior to

 

122


Table of Contents

the earlier of an initial public offering and July 25, 2010, in which the “aggregate value” (as defined in the agreement) is (i) $300,000,000 or less, Mr. Wuerch will receive a lump sum payment equal to $2,000,000 (less the applicable percentage if less than 100% of the Company’s equity is sold), or (ii) greater than $300,000,000, Mr. Wuerch will receive a lump sum payment equal to 1% times the aggregate value of the company sale (less the applicable percentage if less than 100% of the Company’s equity is sold ), in any case such lump sum to be reduced by the aggregate “equity proceeds” (as defined in the agreement); provided, that Mr. Wuerch must remain employed by the Company at the time of the company sale or have been terminated without “cause” or have resigned for “good reason” (each as defined in the agreement) within four months prior to such company sale. In accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, on March 26, 2010, our Compensation Committee approved the grant to Mr. Wuerch under the terms of our 2010 LTIP of options to purchase 333,333 shares of our common stock at $20.40 per share to vest in pro-rata equal installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the effective date of the initial public offering, provided that the initial public offering occurs prior to July 31, 2010, Mr. Wuerch remains an employee in good standing on the applicable vesting dates and the employment agreement has not been previously terminated. With respect to such option, 50% of the outstanding unvested portion of the option will immediately vest and become exercisable in the event Mr. Wuerch is terminated by the Company without cause, other than due to death or disability, or Mr. Wuerch resigns for good reason, as such terms are defined in his employment agreement. Under the terms of his employment agreement, in the event Mr. Wuerch is terminated by the Company without cause or he resigns for good reason, as defined in his employment agreement, contingent upon his execution of a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, he will receive (i) 12 months of continued base salary payments, (ii) a pro-rated amount of his annual bonus based on actual performance for the year in which his employment terminated, payable in a lump sum at the time the Company pays such bonuses under the CIP and (iii) accelerated vesting of 50% of all outstanding and unvested options issued in connection with the employment agreement. In the event Mr. Wuerch is terminated by the Company without cause or he resigns for good reason in connection with a change of control (as defined in his employment agreement), contingent upon his execution of a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, Mr. Wuerch will receive (i) an amount equal to two times the sum of (x) his base salary and (y) the average actual annual bonuses received by him over the three-year period prior to the date of his termination, payable in installments over the 12-month period following his termination of employment and (ii) accelerated vesting of 50% of all outstanding and unvested options issued in connection with the employment agreement. The employment agreement specifies that during his employment with us and for 12 months thereafter, Mr. Wuerch will not engage in specified competitive activities and for two years following his termination, he agrees not to solicit our customers or interfere with our business. Mr. Wuerch’s agreement states that he is subject to the terms and conditions of our non-disclosure agreement.

Mr. Hebner served as interim Chief Financial Officer effective August 4, 2008 and was subsequently offered the position of permanent Chief Financial Officer. While serving as our interim Chief Financial Officer during fiscal year 2009, Mr. Hebner’s annualized compensation was equal to $294,000. Upon the commencement of his service as our permanent Chief Financial Officer on March 6, 2009, Mr. Hebner signed an offer letter which adjusted his annual salary to equal $275,000 to be payable in equal installments on the 15th and the last day of each month. Under the terms of the offer letter, Mr. Hebner is currently entitled to participate in our CIP with a prorated target earnings opportunity of 55% of his annual base salary for 2009. Mr. Hebner may be eligible to receive a bonus under the terms of the CIP for 2009, should he be an active employee on the date bonuses are paid in 2010. Mr. Hebner may also be eligible to participate in our equity incentive plans and is currently provided medical, health and dental insurance coverage for himself and his dependents. Upon commencement of employment, Mr. Hebner received a restricted stock award of 166,666 shares under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan. Mr. Hebner’s offer letter states he will be eligible for a “Sale Completion” bonus, should the Company be sold during the term of his employment. Additionally, Mr. Hebner’s agreement states that he is subject to the terms and conditions of our non-disclosure

 

123


Table of Contents

agreement, and that he will not serve as a member of another board without prior approval from the Chief Executive Officer. The offer letter specifies that Mr. Hebner’s employment is “at will” and can be terminated without cause or notice at anytime, but also provides that Mr. Hebner will be entitled to severance pay if, as defined in the offer letter, he is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason. Specifically, contingent upon his execution of a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, Mr. Hebner will receive his monthly base salary in effect at the time of termination for a period of nine months. The offer letter specifies that, during his employment with us and for nine months thereafter, Mr. Hebner will not engage in specified competitive activities and for two years following his termination solicit our customers or interfere with our business. Mr. Hebner’s offer letter was amended on May 19, 2010 in connection with the Company’s stock becoming publicly traded for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

Mr. Leigh’s offer letter was signed and accepted on August 12, 2008. The offer letter states that Mr. Leigh is entitled to an annual salary of $290,000 payable in equal installments on the 15th and the last day of each month. Under the terms of the offer letter, Mr. Leigh is currently entitled to participate in our CIP with a target earnings opportunity of 50% of his annual base salary for 2009. Mr. Leigh may be eligible to receive a bonus under the terms of the CIP for 2009, should he be an active employee on the date bonuses are paid in 2010. Mr. Leigh may also be eligible to participate in our equity incentive plans and is currently provided medical, health and dental insurance coverage for himself and his dependents. Upon commencement of employment, Mr. Leigh received a restricted stock award of 133,333 shares under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan. Mr. Leigh’s agreement states he will be eligible for a “Sale Completion” bonus, should the Company be sold during the term of his employment. The offer letter specifies that Mr. Leigh’s employment is “at will” and can be terminated without cause or notice at any time, but also provides that Mr. Leigh will be entitled to severance pay and health insurance benefits if, as defined in the offer letter, he is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason. Specifically, contingent upon his execution of a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, Mr. Leigh will receive his monthly base salary in effect at the time of termination, along with continued health coverage, for a period of 12 months. Mr. Leigh’s offer letter states that he is subject to the terms and conditions of our non-disclosure agreement. Mr. Leigh’s offer letter was amended on May 19, 2010 in connection with the Company’s stock becoming publicly traded for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

Mr. Smith’s offer letter was signed and accepted as of January 8, 2009. Per the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Smith was required to permanently relocate to the Bellevue area by August 31, 2009. In conjunction with his relocation and as provided in his offer letter, Mr. Smith participated in our relocation program, whereby he received compensation for movement of household goods from his then current domicile to the Bellevue area. The offer letter states that Mr. Smith is entitled to an annual salary of $332,000 payable in equal installments on the 15th and the last day of each month. Under the terms of the offer letter, Mr. Smith is currently entitled to participate in our CIP with a prorated target earnings opportunity of 55% of his annual base salary for 2009. Mr. Smith may be eligible to receive a bonus under the terms of the CIP for 2009, should he be an active employee on the date bonuses are paid in 2010. Mr. Smith may also be eligible to participate in our equity incentive plans and is currently provided medical, health and dental insurance coverage for himself and his dependents. Based upon satisfaction of the terms of his relocation commitment, Mr. Smith received a restricted stock award of 333,333 shares under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan. He also received a grant of an additional 66,666 shares on February 9, 2010, because he was an active employee in good standing on January 5, 2010, the one-year anniversary of his start date with the Company. Mr. Smith’s agreement states that he will be eligible for a “Sale Completion” bonus, should the Company be sold during the term of his employment. The offer letter specifies that Mr. Smith’s employment is “at will” and can be terminated without cause or notice at any time, but also provides that Mr. Smith will be entitled to severance pay and health insurance benefits if, as defined in the offer letter, he is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason. Specifically, contingent upon his execution of a release and waiver

 

124


Table of Contents

of claims in favor of the Company, Mr. Smith will receive his monthly base salary in effect at the time of termination, along with continued health coverage, for a period of nine months. The offer letter specifies that, during his employment with us and for nine months thereafter, Mr. Smith will not engage in specified competitive activities or solicit our customers or interfere with our business. Mr. Smith’s offer letter states that he is subject to the terms and conditions of our non-disclosure agreement and that he shall not serve as a member of another board without prior approval from the Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Smith’s offer letter was amended on May 19, 2010 in connection with the Company’s stock becoming publicly traded for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

Mr. Ryan’s offer letter was signed and accepted on May 23, 2009. The offer letter states that Mr. Ryan is entitled to an annual salary of $275,000 payable in equal installments on the 15th and the last day of each month. Under the terms of the offer letter, Mr. Ryan is currently entitled to participate in our CIP with a prorated target earnings opportunity of 50% of his annualized base salary for 2009. Mr. Ryan may be eligible to receive a bonus under the terms of the CIP for 2009, should he be an active employee on the date bonuses are paid in 2010. Mr. Ryan may also be eligible to participate in our equity incentive plans and is currently provided medical, health and dental insurance coverage for himself and his dependents. Upon commencement of employment, Mr. Ryan received a restricted stock award of 233,333 shares under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan. Mr. Ryan’s offer letter also states that he will be eligible for a “Sale Completion” bonus, should the Company be sold during the term of his employment. The offer letter specifies that Mr. Ryan’s employment is “at will” and can be terminated without cause or notice at any time, but also provides Mr. Ryan will be entitled to severance pay if, as defined in the offer letter, he is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason. Specifically, contingent upon his execution of a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, Mr. Ryan will receive his monthly base salary in effect at the time of termination for a period of nine months. The offer letter specifies that, during his employment with us and for nine months thereafter, Mr. Ryan will not engage in specified competitive activities and for two years following his termination of employment he will not solicit our customers or interfere with our business. Mr. Ryan’s offer letter states that he is subject to the terms and conditions of our non-disclosure agreement. Mr. Ryan’s offer letter was amended on May 19, 2010 in connection with the Company’s stock becoming publicly traded for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

Non-Disclosure Agreements

In addition to the restrictive covenants contained in their offer letters and employment agreements, each of the named executive officers have agreed to comply with our non-disclosure and non-competition agreement (the “Non-Disclosure Agreement”) on the following terms, respectively:

 

Name

   Employment
Document
   Non-Disclosure
Agreement
   Non-Compete    Non-Solicitation
Period Length
   Intellectual
Property
Protection

Ryan K. Wuerch

   Employment
Agreement
   Yes    1 Year    2 Years    1 Year

Allyn P. Hebner

   Offer Letter    Yes    9 Months    2 Years    1 Year

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

   Offer Letter    Yes    N/A    N/A    N/A

Jim Smith

   Offer Letter    Yes    9 Months    9 Months    1 Year

James Ryan

   Offer Letter    Yes    9 Months    2 Years    1 Year

Each of the named executive officers also agrees that the remedy of damages for any breach by him of the provisions of either the employment agreement, offer letter or the Non-Disclosure Agreement is inadequate and that we may be entitled to injunctive relief, without posting any bond, and each agrees not to oppose granting of such relief on the grounds that the damages would adequately compensate us.

 

125


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination Without Cause or For Good Reason and without a Change of Control

The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the benefits that would have accrued to each of our named executive officers if his employment had been terminated without cause or the employee terminates for good reason on December 31, 2009 and a change of control had not occurred on or prior to that date. Amounts below reflect potential payments pursuant to the amended employment agreements and offer letters for such named executive officers. For Mr. Wuerch, the table below assumes that his employment agreement, dated January 19, 2010, was in effect on December 31, 2009.

 

Name of Executive Officer

  Cash Severance
Benefits
($)
    Continued Health
Benefits
($)
  Value of
Accelerated
Equity
Awards
($)(3)
    Total ($)

Ryan K. Wuerch

  656,250 (1)    n/a   481,611 (4)    1,137,861

Allyn P. Hebner

  206,250 (2)    n/a   —        206,250

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

  290,000 (2)    14,255   —        304,255

Jim Smith

  249,000 (2)    10,691   —        259,691

James Ryan

  206,250 (2)    n/a   —        206,250

 

(1) Represents one times base salary ($375,000) plus a pro rated bonus based upon target performance ($281,250).
(2) Represents severance equal to 12 months of base salary for Mr. Leigh and severance equal to nine months of base salary for each of Messrs. Hebner, Smith and Ryan. See the section captioned “—Employment Agreements” for a description of the severance payable to the named executive officers.
(3) See the section captioned “—Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation” for a description of the effect of a termination without cause or for good reason on the vesting of the restricted shares. No value will accrue on the restricted shares until the second trigger occurs.
(4) Represents the value of the accelerated vesting of all of Mr. Wuerch’s unvested restricted shares granted on September 29, 2004 (24,509 unvested shares) multiplied by the value of our common stock of $19.65 as of December 31, 2009. See footnote 3 above for the vesting of Mr. Wuerch’s other grants of restricted shares in the absence of a change of control.

Potential Payments Upon Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason in connection with a Change of Control

The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the benefits that would have accrued to each of our named executive officers if his employment had been terminated without cause or for good reason upon a change of control on December 31, 2009. Amounts below reflect potential payments pursuant to the amended employment agreements and offer letters for such named executive officers. For Mr. Wuerch, the table below assumes that his employment agreement, dated January 19, 2010, was in effect on December 31, 2009.

 

Name of Executive Officer

  Cash Severance
Benefits
($)
    Continued Health
Benefits
($)
  Value of
Accelerated
Equity
Awards
($)(3)
    Total ($)

Ryan K. Wuerch

  2,969,216 (1)    —     9,229,629 (4)    12,198,845

Allyn P. Hebner

  206,250 (2)    —     3,275,000 (5)    3,481,250

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

  290,000 (2)    14,255   2,620,000 (5)    2,924,255

Jim Smith

  249,000 (2)    10,691   6,550,000 (5)    6,809,691

James Ryan

  206,250 (2)    —     4,585,000 (5)    4,791,250

 

(1)

Represents change of control termination benefits under Mr. Wuerch’s employment agreement equal to two times the sum of (x) his base salary ($375,000) and (y) the average of his annual

 

126


Table of Contents
 

bonuses for the three years preceding his termination ($109,608) plus a $2,000,000 company sale bonus described in the section captioned “—Employment Agreements” (assumes a $300 million company sale and company sale is 100% of the Company’s equity).

(2) Represents severance equal to 12 months of base salary for Mr. Leigh and severance equal to nine months of base salary for each of Messrs. Hebner, Smith and Ryan. Assumptions on cash severance benefits include a “Sale Completion” bonus based upon the following tables, utilizing a sale price between $100 million and $300 million for each named executive officer, other than Mr. Wuerch. Since no Sale Completion bonus is payable if the value of a named executive officer’s accelerated vesting of equity and share ownership resulting from the sale is greater than the Sale Completion bonus otherwise payable, Messrs. Hebner, Leigh, Smith and Ryan would not receive a Sale Completion bonus.

 

For

  

If Sale of Company is

  

Sale Completion Bonus Value

Allyn P. Hebner

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

James Ryan

  

Less than $100 million

Between $100 million and

$300 million

Greater than $300 million

  

Zero Payout

$500,000

 

0.25% of Sale Price

For

  

If Sale of Company is

  

Sale Completion Bonus Value

Jim Smith

  

Less than $100 million

Between $100 million and

$300 million

Greater than $300 million

  

Zero Payout

$750,000

 

0.65% of Sale Price

 

(3) For purposes of this chart, a change of control shall be deemed to constitute a Sale under the restricted share agreements.
(4) Represents the sum of (i) $1,474,777, the value of the accelerated vesting of all of Mr. Wuerch’s unvested stock options (192,781 unvested options) where the unvested options have an exercise price of $12.00 per share and the value of our common stock was $19.65 as of December 31, 2009, (ii) $481,611, the value of the accelerated vesting of all of Mr. Wuerch’s unvested restricted shares granted on September 29, 2004 (24,509 unvested shares) multiplied by the value of our common stock of $19.65 as of December 31, 2009 and (iii) $7,273,241, the value of the accelerated vesting of all other of Mr. Wuerch’s unvested restricted shares (370,139 unvested shares) multiplied by the value of our common stock of $19.65 as of December 31, 2009.
(5) If the grantee’s employment with the Company is terminated within 12 months after a change of control transaction occurs (A) by the Company other than for cause or disability, or (B) by the grantee for good reason, all of the then unvested restricted shares shall vest as of the date of the grantee’s termination. See the section captioned “—Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation” above for a more detailed description of the accelerated vesting of restricted shares upon a change of control. Represents the value of the accelerated vesting of all unvested restricted shares outstanding for each of Mr. Hebner (166,666 unvested shares), Mr. Leigh (133,333 unvested shares), Mr. Smith (333,333 unvested shares), and Mr. Ryan (233,333 unvested shares) based upon the value of our common stock of $19.65 as of December 31, 2009.

 

127


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination for Disability at the time of a Change of Control

 

      

Cash
Severance
Benefits ($)

   

Continued
Health
Benefits ($)

  

Value of Accelerated
Equity Awards ($)(4)

   

Total ($)

Ryan K. Wuerch(1)

   2,000,000 (2)    —      6,091,484 (5)    8,091,484

Allyn P. Hebner

   —   (3)    —      1,944,531 (6)    1,944,531

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

   —   (3)    —      1,719,375 (6)    1,719,375

Jim Smith

   —   (3)    —      4,093,750 (6)    4,093,750

James Ryan

   —   (3)    —      2,579,063 (6)    2,579,063

 

(1) Assumes that Mr. Wuerch’s employment agreement, dated January 19, 2010, was in effect on December 31, 2009.
(2) Represents a $2,000,000 company sale bonus described in the section captioned “—Employment Agreements” (assumes a $300 million company sale and company sale is 100% of the Company’s equity).
(3) Since no Sale Completion bonus is payable if the value of a named executive officer’s accelerated vesting of equity and share ownership resulting from the sale is greater than the Sale Completion bonus otherwise payable, Messrs. Hebner, Leigh, Smith and Ryan would not receive a Sale Completion bonus.
(4) For purposes of this chart, a change of control shall be deemed to constitute a Sale under the restricted share agreements.
(5) Represents the sum of (i) $4,060,454 (accelerated vesting of the four-year vesting restricted stock award granted on January 8, 2008 of 206,638 shares (or (x) 1/2 plus eight quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (275,518))), plus (ii) $1,549,419 (accelerated vesting of the three-year vesting restricted stock award granted on January 8, 2008 of 78,850 shares (or (x) 1/2 plus eight quarters of vesting/24 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (94,621))), plus (iii) $481,611, the value of the accelerated vesting of Mr. Wuerch’s unvested restricted shares granted on September 29, 2004 (24,509 shares), in each case, based upon the value of our common stock of $19.65 as of December 31, 2009.
(6) If the grantee’s employment with the Company is terminated for Disability upon a change of control transaction, 1/2 of the total restricted shares plus 1/32 of the total restricted shares times the number of calendar quarters vest. See the section captioned “—Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation” above for a more detailed description of the accelerated vesting of restricted shares upon a change of control. Represents the value of the accelerated vesting of the unvested restricted shares in accordance with the foregoing formula for each of Mr. Hebner (accelerated vesting of 98,958 unvested shares (or (x) 1/2 plus three quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (166,666))), Mr. Leigh (accelerated vesting of 87,500 unvested shares (or (x) 1/2 plus five quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (133,333))), Mr. Smith (accelerated vesting of 208,333 unvested restricted shares (or (x) 1/2 plus four quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (333,333))), and Mr. Ryan (accelerated vesting of 131,250 unvested restricted shares (or (x) 1/2 plus two quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (233,333))), in each case based upon the value of our common stock of $19.65 as of December 31, 2009.

The named executive officers do not receive additional benefits upon a termination due to death (with or without a change of control) or upon a termination due to disability absent a change of control.

 

128


Table of Contents

Change of Control with Continued Employment

The following table sets forth the quantitative estimates of the benefits to be received by each named executive officer, if a change of control had occurred on December 31, 2009 and each named executive officer continued his employment with the Company. For Mr. Wuerch, the table below assumes that his employment agreement, dated January 19, 2010, was in effect on December 31, 2009.

 

Name of Executive Officer

  

Cash Benefit ($)

Sale Bonus (1)

   

Value of Accelerated
Equity Awards ($)(4)

  

Total ($)

Ryan K. Wuerch

   2,000,000 (2)    6,091,484(5)    8,091,484

Allyn P. Hebner

   —   (3)    1,944,431(6)    1,944,431

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

   —   (3)    1,719,375(6)    1,719,375

Jim Smith

   —   (3)    4,093,750(6)    4,093,750

James Ryan

   —   (3)    2,579,063(6)    2,579,063

 

(1) Assumes that the Sale of the Company would be between $100 million and $300 million.
(2) Represents the $2,000,000 company sale bonus described in the section captioned “—Employment Agreements” (assumes a $300 million company sale and company sale is 100% of the Company’s equity).
(3) Since no Sale Completion bonus is payable if the value of a named executive officer’s accelerated vesting of equity and share ownership resulting from the sale is greater than the Sale Completion bonus otherwise payable, Messrs. Hebner, Leigh, Smith and Ryan would not receive a Sale Completion bonus.
(4) For purposes of this chart, a change of control shall be deemed to constitute a Sale under the restricted share agreements.
(5) Represents the sum of (i) $4,060,454 (accelerated vesting of the four-year vesting restricted stock award granted on January 8, 2008 of 206,638 shares (or (x) 1/2 plus eight quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (275,518))), plus (ii) $1,549,419 (accelerated vesting of the three-year vesting restricted stock award granted on January 8, 2008 of 78,850 shares (or (x) 1/2 plus eight quarters of vesting/24 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (94,621))), plus (iii) $481,611, the value of the accelerated vesting of Mr. Wuerch’s unvested restricted shares granted on September 29, 2004 (24,509 shares), in each case, based upon the value of our common stock of $1.31 as of December 31, 2009.
(6) If a change of control occurs and the grantee continues employment with the Company, 1/2 of the total restricted shares plus 1/32 of the total restricted shares multiplied by the number of calendar quarters vest. See the section captioned “—Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation” above for a more detailed description of the accelerated vesting of restricted shares upon a change of control. Represents the value of the accelerated vesting of the unvested restricted shares in accordance with the foregoing formula for each of Mr. Hebner (accelerated vesting of 98,958 unvested shares (or (x) 1/2 plus three quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (166,666)), Mr. Leigh (accelerated vesting of 87,500 unvested shares (or (x) 1/2 plus five quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (133,333))), Mr. Smith (accelerated vesting of 208,333 unvested restricted shares (or (x) 1/2 plus four quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (333,333))), and Mr. Ryan (accelerated vesting of 131,250 unvested restricted shares (or (x) 1/2 plus two quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (233,333))), in each case based upon the value of our common stock of $19.65 as of December 31, 2009.

 

129


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

To date, we have provided cash compensation to non-employee directors (other than directors receiving compensation from and appointed by our principal stockholders, including entities beneficially owned by Carl C. Icahn and funds affiliated with New Enterprises Associates, Inc. and Technology Crossover Ventures) for their services as directors or members of committees of the board of directors. We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse such non-employee directors for their reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of the board of directors.

In accordance with our Compensation Committee Charter, our Compensation Committee has adopted a compensation program for such non-employee directors, or the “Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.” Pursuant to the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy for fiscal year 2009 and earlier, each member of our board of directors who was not our employee and had not received compensation from, and had not been appointed by, one of our principal stockholders, generally received the following cash compensation for board services, as applicable:

 

  Ÿ  

$30,000 per year for service as a Board member, paid in equal quarterly installments;

 

  Ÿ  

$1,000 meeting fee for formal board meetings;

 

  Ÿ  

$12,500 per year for service as chairperson of the Audit Committee and $7,500 per year for service as chairperson of the Compensation Committee or the Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee; and

 

  Ÿ  

a one time grant of 166,666 stock options upon joining the board to vest 25% on the first anniversary of the date of grant with the remaining portion vesting in pro-rata equal monthly installments over the following three-year period.

As of December 22, 2009, the Compensation Committee had approved and recommended to the board of directors, which subsequently approved, board compensation effective for 2010 which provided, among other things, for a grant of 8,000 shares of restricted stock, to vest in three equal installments, upon a director’s initial election to the board of directors. Upon commencement of their service to the board of directors, each of Mr. Turner and Ms. Judge received a grant of 8,000 shares of restricted stock, to vest in equal installments over three years.

On April 4, 2010, the Compensation Committee approved changes and recommended to the board of directors, which subsequently approved, in board compensation effective for 2010 that are deemed to be competitive with the market for non-employee director’s compensation. Such non-employee board members shall receive the following cash compensation: $30,000 annually; the chairperson of the board will receive an additional fee earned of $20,000; the chairperson of each of the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee will receive an additional $15,000 and the chairperson of the Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee will receive an additional $10,000. Members of any committee, excluding the chair position, will receive an additional $5,000. In addition, the Compensation Committee approved and recommended to the board of directors, which subsequently approved, the granting of restricted stock equal in value to $140,000 to each non-employee director as part of their annual compensation. The Compensation Committee approved and recommended to the board of directors, which subsequently approved, the increase of the restricted stock award from $120,000 to $140,000 in value to compensate the non-employee directors for the additional responsibilities associated with the Company’s stock becoming publicly traded. The non-employee director compensation policy also provides that non-employee directors must own shares of the Company equal to four times their cash retainer within five years of joining our board of directors. Subsequent annual grants of equity to such non-employee members of the board, if any, will be made on May 1 of each year in conjunction with the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders. In accordance with our non-employee director compensation policy, on May 18, 2010, the Compensation

 

130


Table of Contents

Committee recommended that the board of directors approve a restricted stock grant equal in value to $140,000 to Mr. Bowden in consideration of his election to the board of directors, and a restricted stock grant equal in value to $140,000 to each of Mr. Turner and Lady Judge, respectively, in consideration of their service to the Company, with the number of shares to be granted based on the initial public offering price per share of our common stock or, in the event that the offering does not occur on or prior to July 1, 2010, the fair market value of our common stock on July 1, 2010. Such restricted stock awards will vest on the first anniversary of their grant date, subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a “change in control” (as such term is defined in the 2010 LTIP).

Below is a summary table of what our 2009 non-employee board members (other than directors receiving compensation from and appointed by our principal stockholders) have received through December 31, 2009.

 

Name(1)

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)
   Stock
Awards
($)
   Option
Awards
($)(2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
   All Other
Compensation
($)
   Total
($)

Raymond L. Lawless

   43,973    —      102,650 (3)    —      —      146,623

David Limp

   34,692    —      —        —      —      34,692

Rick White

   30,212    —      —        —      —      30,212

Jonathan Miller

   32,429    —      —        —      —      32,429

Sohail Qadri

   4,505    —      —        —      —      4,505

Brian Turner

   3,310    —      —        —      —      3,310

 

(1) Individuals who served as directors during 2009 but who did not receive compensation for their service on the board include: Suzanne King, Hunter Gary, Keith Daubenspeck, Carl Icahn and Ryan Wuerch.
(2) Represents FASB ASC 718 grant date fair value.
(3) Mr. Lawless’s option awards granted in 2009 began vesting on August 7, 2008 and vest over a four-year period with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of August 7, 2008 and the remaining portion of the option vesting in pro-rata equal monthly installments over the remaining three-year period. Mr. Lawless’s options were granted with a vesting commencement date of August 7, 2008 because the Compensation Committee originally approved the option grant in August 2008, but did not formally grant the options to Mr. Lawless until February 5, 2009. As a result of the delayed timing of the grant, the Compensation Committee determined that it was appropriate for the grant to commence vesting from the time when it was initially approved.

Following the completion of this offering, all of our directors will be eligible to participate in our 2010 LTIP and their compensatory equity grants will be granted under, and subject to the terms of, the 2010 LTIP.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers. See the section captioned “Description of Capital Stock—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification” for more information.

 

131


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of May 31, 2010, information concerning the beneficial ownership of our common stock prior to the offering and after giving effect to this offering by:

 

  Ÿ  

each stockholder, or group of affiliated stockholders, of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

each selling stockholder.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and thus represents voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws. Shares of our common stock subject to options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2010 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Beneficial ownership prior to the offering is based upon 31,823,177 shares of common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2010 and assumes the conversion of all of our outstanding redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock, other than Series H, into 24,111,368 shares of common stock effective upon the completion of this offering, as if the conversion occurred on May 31, 2010. At the completion of this offering, 21,084,337 shares of Series H preferred stock will remain outstanding, substantially all of which are held by entities affiliated with Carl C. Icahn. Approximately 2,188,748 shares of common stock are issuable upon the conversion of our Series H preferred stock as of May 31, 2010. Beneficial ownership after this offering is based on 38,573,177 shares of common stock that will be outstanding at the completion of this offering. We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 1,012,500 shares from the selling stockholders in this offering. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each stockholder is c/o of Motricity, Inc., 601 108th Avenue Northeast, Suite 800, Bellevue, Washington 98004.

 

    Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Prior to
This
Offering(1)
  Percent     Shares Beneficially Owned After
This Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

      Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
  Percent     Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full
  Percent  

5% Stockholders:

           

Funds affiliated with Advanced Equities, Inc.(2)

  9,439,497   28.6   9,439,497   23.7   9,439,497   23.7

Entities affiliated with Carl C. Icahn(3)

  4,529,888   13.8   4,529,888   11.4   4,016,310   10.1

Funds affiliated with Technology Crossover Ventures(4)

  3,222,114   10.1   3,222,114   8.4   3,047,796   7.9

Funds affiliated with New Enterprise Associates Inc.(5)

  3,143,939   9.8   3,143,939   8.1   3,143,939   8.1

Executive Officers and Directors:

           

Ryan K. Wuerch(6)

  1,543,191   4.8   1,543,191   4.0   1,434,852   3.7

Jim Smith(7)

  400,000   1.3   400,000   1.0   400,000   1.0

Chris Dorr(8)

  10,000   *      10,000   *      10,000   *   

Allyn P. Hebner(9)

  166,666   *      166,666   *      166,666   *   

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.(10)

  133,333   *      133,333   *      133,333   *   

James Ryan(11)

  233,333   *      233,333   *      233,333   *   

Jeffrey A. Bowden

  —     —        —     —        —     —     

 

132


Table of Contents
    Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Prior to
This
Offering(1)
  Percent     Shares Beneficially Owned After
This Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

      Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
  Percent     Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full
  Percent  

Hunter C. Gary

  —     —        —     —        —     —     

Brett C. Icahn(12)

  206   *      206   *      206   *   

Lady Barbara Judge(13)

  8,000   *      8,000   *      8,000   *   

Suzanne H. King

  —     —        —     —        —     —     

Brian Turner(14)

  8,000   *      8,000   *      8,000   *   

All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)(15)

  2,502,729   7.8   2,502,729   6.4   2,394,390   6.2

Other Selling Stockholders:

           

Massey Burch Venture Funds, L.P.(16)

  822,126   2.6   822,126   2.1   804,498   2.1

Entities affiliated with Noro-Moseley Partners (17)

  579,355   1.8   579,355   1.5   533,994   1.4

Tri-State Investment Group III and IV(18)

  406,134   1.3   406,134   1.1   373,953   *   

Solidus Company, L.P.(19)

  253,459   *      253,459   *      242,894   *   

Judson Bowman(20)

  262,228   *      262,228   *      241,450   *   

Capital Ventures International(21)

  291,832   *      291,832   *      268,708   *   

Blade Ventures, LP(22)

  166,761   *      166,761   *      153,548   *   

Prova Properties, LLC(23)

  153,253   *      153,253   *      141,787   *   

Entities associated with Jeffrey Peierls(24)

  134,155   *      134,155   *      125,296   *   

The Atlantis Group, LLC(25)

  75,038   *      75,038   *      69,685   *   

Sienna Limited Partnership III, L.P.(26)

  106,713   *      106,713   *      98,258   *   

Thomas P. Ziegler Trust(27)

  82,525   *      82,525   *      79,884   *   

Maritch Services, Inc.(28)

  75,911   *      75,911   *      73,534   *   

All other selling stockholders as a group(29)

  227,910   *      227,910   *      213,646   *   

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) The number and percentage of shares beneficially owned is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rule, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power and also any shares which the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of May 31, 2010 through the exercise of any stock option, warrant, or other right. Unless otherwise indicated below, each person has sole voting power or investment power, or both, with respect to the shares shown as beneficially owned. Amounts include common stock, redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock, other than Series H, expressed on an as-converted to common stock basis, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range shown on the front cover of this prospectus. All warrants referenced below are immediately exercisable.
(2) Includes (a) 439,377 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants held by Advanced Equities, Inc.; 18,514 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 482,381 shares held by Advanced Equities Investments XXV, LLC; (b) 9,685 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 155,123 shares held by Advanced Equities Investments XXVI, LLC; (c) 4,501 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 105,889 shares held by Advanced Equities Investments XXXV, LLC; (d) 4,917 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 145,606 shares held by AEI Eastern Investments I, LLC; (e) 48,285 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 1,159,342 shares held by AEI Eastern Investments II, LLC; (f) 6,203 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 146,311 shares held by AEI Eastern Investments III, LLC; (g) 12,292 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 258,034 shares held by AEI Eastern Investments IV, LLC; (h) 3,387 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 58,628 shares held by AEI Trilogy Fund I, LLC; (i) 8,820 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 205,135 shares held by AEI 2006 Venture Investments I, LLC; (j) 18,168 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 393,868 shares held by AEI 2006 Venture Investments II, LLC; (k) 3,290 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 50,846 shares held by AEI 2006 Venture Investments III, LLC; (l) 2,139 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 38,839 shares held by AEI 2006 Venture Investments IV, LLC; (m) 112,282 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 561,412 shares held by Advanced Equities Triangle Acquisitions I, LLC; (n) 292,233 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 1,461,167 shares held by Advanced Equities Triangle Acquisitions II, LLC; (o) 29,966 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 149,831 shares held by AEI 2007 Venture Investments III, LLC; (p) 38,800 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 194,001 shares held by AEI 2007 Venture Investments IV, LLC; (q) 137,542 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 995,849 shares held by AEI Silicon Valley Fund II, LLC;

 

133


Table of Contents
 

(r) 25,362 shares held by Advanced Equities Motricity Common Investments, I, LLC; (s) 435,239 shares held by Advanced Equities Motricity Common Investments II, LLC; (t) 12,514 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 62,570 shares held by Advanced Equities Motricity Series I Investment I, LLC; (u) 347,852 shares held by AEI Wireless, LLC; (v) 663,419 shares held by AEI Wireless II, LLC; and (w) 139,878 shares held by AEI Wireless III, LLC. Keith Daubenspeck and Dwight Badger both possess shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the funds affiliated with Advanced Equities, Inc., and disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their actual, respective pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(3) Includes (a) 962,764 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 3,438,553 shares held by Koala Holding LP; and (b) 128,571 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant held by Icahn Enterprises, L.P. (formerly known as American Real Estate Partners, L.P.). Koala Holding LP and Icahn Enterprises, L.P. are entities controlled by Carl C. Icahn. As such, Mr. Icahn has indirect voting and investment power over these shares and therefore is deemed to beneficially own these shares.
(4) Includes (a) 3,162,246 shares held by TCV V, L.P. and (b) 59,868 shares held by TCV V Member Fund, L.P. (collectively, the “TCV Funds”). The sole General Partner of TCV V, L.P. and a General Partner of TCV Member Fund, L.P. is Technology Crossover Management V, L.L.C. (“TCM V”). The investment activities of TCM V are managed by Jay C. Hoag, Richard H. Kimball, John L. Drew, William J.G. Griffith, IV, and Jon Q. Reynolds Jr. (collectively, the “TCM Members”), each of whom possess shared voting and dispositive power over the shares beneficially owned by the TCV Funds. TCM V and the TCM Members disclaim beneficial ownership of any shares held by the TCV Funds except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein.
(5) Includes (a) 309,439 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 2,827,948 shares held by New Enterprise Associates 10, Limited Partnership (“NEA 10”), and (b) 6,552 shares held by NEA Ventures 2002, L.P. (“Ven 2002”). The shares and warrants directly held by NEA 10 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 10, Limited Partnership (“NEA Partners 10”), the sole general partner of NEA 10, and each of the individual general partners of NEA Partners 10. The individual general partners (collectively, the “Individual NEA 10 GPs”) of NEA Partners 10 are M. James Barrett, Peter J. Barris, C. Richard Kramlich, Charles W. Newhall III, Mark W. Perry and Scott D. Sandell. The shares directly held by Ven 2002 are indirectly held by Pamela J. Clark, the general partner of Ven 2002, who has sole voting and dispositive power over such shares. NEA 10, NEA Partners 10, and the Individual NEA 10 GPs share voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares directly held by NEA 10. All indirect holders of the above-referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of New Enterprise Associates, Inc. is 1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600, Timonium, MD 21093.
(6) Includes 231,337 shares issuable upon exercise of options, 370,139 shares of restricted stock (see the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation” and footnotes 3, 4 and 5 to the “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year End” table for a description of the vesting of Mr. Wuerch’s restricted stock), and 186,318 shares held by Ryan K. Wuerch; 555,397 shares held by his wife, Shawntel Wuerch; 100,000 shares held in trust for the benefit of Mr. Wuerch, for which Mr. Wuerch serves as trustee; and 100,000 shares held in trust for the benefit of Mrs. Wuerch, for which Mrs. Wuerch serves as trustee.
(7) All 400,000 shares are restricted stock. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation” for a description of the vesting of the restricted stock.
(8) All 10,000 shares are restricted stock. Mr. Dorr’s restricted stock vests in the same manner as the named executive officers. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation” for a description of the vesting of the restricted stock.
(9) All 166,666 shares are restricted stock. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation” for a description of the vesting of the restricted stock.
(10) All 133,333 shares are restricted stock. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation” for a description of the vesting of the restricted stock.
(11) All 233,333 shares are restricted stock. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation” for a description of the vesting of the restricted stock.
(12) Consists of 206 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant.
(13) All 8,000 shares are restricted stock. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Director Compensation” for a description of the vesting of the restricted stock.
(14) All 8,000 shares are restricted stock. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Director Compensation” for a description of the vesting of the restricted stock.
(15) 1,329,471 of these shares are restricted stock subject to time vesting and 231,337 are shares issuable upon the exercise of options.
(16) Includes 6,877 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 815,249 shares held by Massey Burch Venture Funds, L.P. William Fletcher Earthman III and Donald M. Johnston, general partners of MB Partners II, L.P., which is the general partner of Massey Burch Venture Funds, L.P., have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Massey Burch Venture Funds, L.P.

 

134


Table of Contents
(17) Includes (a) 5,501 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 496,653 shares held by Noro-Moseley Partners IV, L.P. and (b) 1,375 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 75,826 shares held by Noro-Moseley Partners IV-B, L.P. MKFJ-IV, LLC is the general partner of both Noro-Moseley Partners IV, L.P. and Noro-Moseley Partners IV-B, L.P. Charles D. Moseley, Jack R. Kelly, Charles A. Johnson, Russell R. French, Allen S. Moseley and Alan J. Taetle, members of MKFJ-IV, LLC, have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Noro-Moseley Partners IV, L.P. and Noro-Moseley Partners IV-B, L.P.
(18) Includes 4,899 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 401,235 shares held by Tri-State Investment Group III and IV. Tri-State Investment Group III and IV are managed by their members, voting by majority according to their respective ownership. There are over 80 member managers. No member manager has the ability to control the voting or disposition of shares held by Tri-State Investment Group III or IV.
(19) Includes 13,754 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 239,705 shares held by Solidus Company, L.P. E. Townes Duncan and Victor E. Gatto, managing members of Solidus General Partner, LLC, which is the general partner of Solidus Company, L.P., have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Solidus Company, L.P.
(20) Includes 234,455 shares issuable upon exercise of options, 5,677 shares of restricted stock and 22,096 shares of common stock. Mr. Bowman is our former Chief Technology Officer and also served as a director on our board.
(21) Martin Kobinger, president of Heights Capital Management, Inc., the investment manager of Capital Ventures International, has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Capital Ventures International.
(22) Craig Gunther, the managing director of Blade Partners, LLC, which is the general partner of Blade Ventures L.P., has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Blade Ventures, L.P.
(23) Includes 6,877 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 146,376 shares held by Prova Properties, LLC. Christopher W. Cox, manager of Prova Properties, LLC, has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Prova Properties, LLC.
(24) Includes (a) 2,066 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant and 10,333 shares held by Jeffrey Peierls, (b) 17,333 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant and 86,666 shares held by The Peierls Foundation, Inc., (c) 1,573 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant and 7,866 shares held by U.D. Ethel F. Peierls Charitable Lead Trust, (d) 693 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant and 3,466 shares held by U.D. J.N. Peierls for B.E. Peierls and (e) 693 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant and 3,466 shares held by U.D. J.N. Peierls for E.J. Peierls. E. Jeffrey Peierls, president of the Peierls Foundation, Inc., has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Peierls Foundation, Inc. E. Jeffrey Peierls, trustee of UD JN Peierls for BE Peierls, UD JN Peierls for EJ Peierls and UD Ethel F. Peierls Charitable Lead Trust, has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by each of those entities.
(25) Includes 687 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 74,351 shares held by the Atlantis Group, LLC. Roberta B. Hardy, W. Christopher Matton, Bruce Oberhardt and Michael Cain, executive committee officers of The Atlantis Group, LLC have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by The Atlantis Group, LLC.
(26) Includes (a) 25,582 shares held by Sienna Limited Partnership II, L.P. and (b) 106,713 shares held by Sienna Limited Partnership III, L.P. Sienna Ventures, Inc. is the general partner of Sienna Associates, L.P., which is the general partner of Sienna Limited Partnership III, L.P. Daniel L. Skaff, sole shareholder of Sienna Ventures, Inc. has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Sienna Limited Partnership III, L.P.
(27) Includes 13,754 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 68,771 shares held by the Thomas P. Ziegler Trust. Thomas P. Ziegler, trustee of the Thomas P. Ziegler Trust, has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Thomas P. Ziegler Trust.
(28) Jane Pritchard Mathis, Kathryn Pritchard Shelley and Robert T. Pritchard, shareholders of Maritch Services, Inc., have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Maritch Services, Inc.
(29) Includes all other selling stockholders, who in the aggregate beneficially own less than 1% of our common stock.

 

135


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since January 1, 2007, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than as set forth below and the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the “Executive Compensation” section of this prospectus.

Registration Rights Agreement

In October 2007, in connection with our Series I financing, we entered into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with certain of our significant stockholders including funds affiliated with Advanced Equities, Inc., Technology Crossover Ventures and New Enterprise Associates, Inc., and Koala Holding LP, an entity beneficially owned by Carl C. Icahn. The then-existing registration rights agreement had been amended to include registration rights for investors in our preferred stock financings prior to 2007.

At any time, the holders of a majority of the registrable securities then outstanding may demand that we register all or a portion of their registrable securities under the Securities Act. “Registrable securities” means shares of common stock acquired directly by an investor, shares of common stock issued upon conversion or redemption of shares of our preferred stock, and shares of common stock issued as a dividend or distribution on our common or preferred stock. Upon a demand for registration, we are obligated to provide notice to certain stockholders of the demand for registration and, upon notice to us, such stockholder may participate in the registration. These holders are entitled to two demand registrations under the terms of the registrations rights agreement, provided that the aggregate value of the registrable shares is at least $10 million. Beginning 180 days after the date of this offering, holders of 26,447,892 shares of our common stock (including 2,188,748 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series H preferred stock as of March 31, 2010) will be able to require us to conduct a registered public offering of their shares.

The registration rights agreement also provides holders of registrable securities with the right to participate in any registration of securities that we initiate for our own account with certain limited exceptions. If we propose to file a registration in connection with a public offering of securities we must provide notice to the holders of registrable securities and use our best efforts to include such number of securities as the holders of registrable securities request in writing within 20 days of such notice. If the registration is an underwritten offering, the underwriters may, if they determine it necessary for certain specified reasons, exclude some or all such registrable securities from such registration.

After we become eligible to use Form S-3, the holders of registrable securities shall have the right to request registration on Form S-3 provided that the aggregate value of the registrable shares to be filed on such Form S-3 is at least $10 million. Upon such a demand for registration, we will be obligated to provide notice to certain stockholders of the demand for registration on Form S-3 and, upon notice to us, such stockholder may participate in the registration. These holders are entitled to two demand registrations on Form S-3 under the terms of the registrations rights agreement.

In connection with any registration affected pursuant to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we will be required to pay all of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with such registration. However, the underwriting discounts and selling commissions (if any) payable in respect of registrable securities included in any registration will be paid by the persons who include such registrable securities in any such registration. The registration rights agreement also contains customary cross-indemnification provisions.

 

136


Table of Contents

The registration rights under the registration rights agreement shall expire on the earlier of (a) seven years following the closing of this offering and (b) such time as the holder of registrable securities may sell all of its securities pursuant to Rule 144.

We believe that the foregoing is a materially complete summary of the amended and restated registration rights agreement. Please see the amended and restated registration rights agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for the complete terms of the agreement.

Stockholders Agreement

In October 2007, in connection with our Series I financing, we entered into an amended and restated stockholders’ agreement with several of our significant stockholders, including affiliates of Advanced Equities, Inc., Technology Crossover Ventures and New Enterprise Associates, Inc., and Koala Holding LP, an entity beneficially owned by Carl C. Icahn. As of March 31, 2010, 26,447,892 shares of our common stock (assuming conversion of our outstanding redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock, including 2,188,748 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series H preferred stock) were subject to this agreement. The then-existing stockholders’ agreement had been amended in connection with our preferred stock financings prior to 2007. The amended and restated stockholders agreement, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

limits the ability of stockholders to transfer our securities, except for certain permitted transfers described therein;

 

  Ÿ  

grants a right of first offer with respect to transfers of our securities by employees and other parties to the stockholders’ agreement;

 

  Ÿ  

provides for certain co-sale rights and tag-along rights; and

 

  Ÿ  

provides for voting of shares with respect to the constituency of the board of directors.

In addition, the stockholders’ agreement provides that if we receive, after February 23, 2009, a bona fide offer from a third-party to acquire all of our outstanding stock or all or substantially all of our assets we must, subject to certain restrictions described therein, give notice to Koala Holding LP, an entity beneficially owned by Carl C. Icahn, and provide Koala Holding LP with an opportunity to acquire all of our outstanding stock or all or substantially all of our assets on the same terms as such bona fide third-party offeror. This matching right expires 180 days after we provide such notice. If Koala Holding LP does not match the third-party’s terms as of the end of this 180-day period, we can accept the third-party offer. This matching right will not apply if such bona fide offer will provide Koala Holding LP with a 50% return on the equity purchased by it in the Series H round.

The amended and restated stockholders’ agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering. We believe that the foregoing is a materially complete summary of the amended and restated stockholders agreement. Please see the amended and restated stockholders’ agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for the complete terms of the agreement.

Relocation Arrangements

In connection with the relocation of our corporate headquarters to Bellevue, Washington, in 2008, we arranged for the purchase of Ryan K. Wuerch’s Raleigh, North Carolina residence by a third-party relocation service company at an appraised market value of approximately $2.0 million. In July 2009, in connection with the relocation of our President and Chief Operating Officer, Jim Smith, to Bellevue, we arranged for the purchase of Mr. Smith’s Arlington, Virginia residence by a third-party relocation service company at an appraised market value of $1.2 million. Under these arrangements, we were

 

137


Table of Contents

responsible for the mortgage and all costs associated with the homes, including taxes, insurance, utilities, maintenance, repairs and improvements, until such time as they were sold. Additionally, we were responsible for any loss realized by the third-party relocation firm on the ultimate resale of the homes. In November 2009, Mr. Smith’s former residence was sold for net proceeds of $0.9 million. In March 2010, Mr. Wuerch’s former residence was sold for net proceeds of $1.2 million.

Transactions with Chief Executive Officer

In 2004, we extended personal loans to Ryan K. Wuerch, our chief executive officer in connection with his relocation to Raleigh, North Carolina, as evidenced by the promissory notes dated May 6, 2004 and June 10, 2004, in the aggregate principal amount of $250,000 and $31,500, respectively, bearing interest at the prime rate published in the Wall Street Journal on January 1 of each year. As of November 30, 2009, the aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding under these loans, including accrued interest, was $354,860. In addition, Mr. Wuerch has borrowed $80,069 from us to cover certain legal fees and non-reimbursable expenses.

On December 18, 2009, the outstanding principal amount of the loan, including all outstanding legal fees and other non-reimbursable expenses was $362,569, which was the largest aggregate amount of principal outstanding during the last three years. The total accrued interest was $72,360. The balance of $434,929, including principal and interest, was satisfied by the surrender of 22,134 shares of vested common stock held by Mr. Wuerch. Our board of directors approved this repayment of the loan based on a September 30, 2009 valuation of our common stock at $19.65 per share. These loans are no longer outstanding.

Arrangement with Icahn Sourcing LLC

Icahn Sourcing LLC (“Icahn Sourcing”) is an entity formed and controlled by Carl C. Icahn in order to leverage the potential buying power of a group of entities which Mr. Icahn either owns or with which he otherwise has a relationship in negotiating with a wide range of suppliers of goods, services, and tangible and intangible property. We are a member of this buying group and, as such, are afforded the opportunity to purchase goods, services and property from vendors with whom Icahn Sourcing has negotiated rates and terms. In return, Icahn Sourcing may disclose certain information to the vendors regarding our historic usage and future needs with respect to particular goods and services. Icahn Sourcing does not guarantee that we will purchase any goods, services or property from any such vendors and we are under no legal obligation to do so. Our agreement with Icahn Sourcing specifies no fees will be paid by either party to the other with respect to the buying group arrangement and that we may terminate our participation in the arrangement at any time. We have purchased a variety of goods and services as a member of the buying group at prices and on terms that we believe are more favorable than those which would be achieved on a stand-alone basis.

Direct to Consumer Business

In 2008, we adopted a plan to exit our direct to consumer business through a disposition of assets. After negotiations with an unaffiliated potential purchaser fell through, we initiated a formal bid process. We received five bids, the highest of which was a $2.5 million bid by Pinmot, Inc. Although we reached out to the lower bidders to encourage them to increase their offers, and also contacted the unaffiliated potential purchaser to inquire if it had any renewed interest, we did not receive any offers higher than the bid by Pinmot, Inc. In June 2008, we sold our direct to consumer business to Pinmot, Inc. for $2.5 million. Judson S. Bowman, who was one of our executive officers and board members at the time the transaction was being negotiated, was president and chief executive officer of Pinmot, Inc. Once Pinmot, Inc. submitted a bid for the business, Mr. Bowman did not participate in any further board discussions regarding the transaction. Mr. Bowman resigned as a director and executive officer on June 3, 2008. Mr. Bowman owned 60.61% of Pinmot, Inc. at the time of the transaction.

 

138


Table of Contents

Abandoned Transaction Fee

In late April 2007, we learned of an opportunity to acquire a business complementary to our business, and that the deadline for letters of interest was to pass very shortly thereafter. In order to submit a bid, the target required that the Company obtain a financing letter indicating that the Company had the capital necessary to consummate the transaction. In light of the timing, and taking into account advice from its advisors, our board of directors concluded that our existing investors would be the most likely source of financing for the transaction. Based on that conclusion, we reached out to several of our investors to gauge their interest in providing financing for the transaction. The only entity willing to consider offering financing for the transaction was Icahn Enterprises, L.P. (“Icahn Enterprises”), successor in interest to American Real Estate Partners, LP., an entity affiliated with Koala Holding LP. Both entities are controlled by Carl C. Icahn.

After negotiations, Icahn Enterprises agreed to provide a financing letter in connection with the proposed transaction. As consideration for such letter, in May 2007, we agreed to pay Icahn Enterprises, a fee in the form of a warrant to purchase 128,571 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $32.25 per share. The number of shares underlying the warrant issued to Icahn Enterprises was determined through negotiations between the parties. The Company does not believe it can make a determination of whether the fee paid to Icahn Enterprises was consistent with the terms of financing commitment letters provided by non-related parties because we do not believe that a non-related party could have, within the applicable time constraints, evaluated our financial position and issued a similar financing commitment letter.

Transactions Related to Negotiation of the InfoSpace Mobile Acquisition

In September 2007, funds affiliated with New Enterprise Associates Inc. (“NEA”) and Advanced Equities, Inc. (“AEI”) and several of its investors deposited $36.5 million and $20 million, respectively, in escrow accounts on our behalf to facilitate our ability to negotiate the acquisition. NEA and AEI are among our principal stockholders. See the section entitled “Principal and Selling Stockholders” for more information. In addition, NEA and AEI earned stand-by deposit fees equal to the difference between the amount actually earned by them on their deposits and the amount they would have earned at a rate of 12% per annum during the period beginning on September 14, 2007 and ending on the date the deposits were returned to them. In consideration of these deposits, we agreed to issue to NEA and AEI warrants to purchase 1,667 shares of common stock per day for every $10 million in escrow, up to 16,667 shares of common stock subject to such warrants for AEI and 85,167 shares of common stock subject to such warrants for NEA. In connection with this transaction, we issued the maximum amount of shares subject to warrants, with an exercise price of $14.54 per share, to NEA and AEI. Due to timing constraints and other circumstances of the Series I financing round, we did not believe that we could obtain similar deposits from non-related parties because they would be unable to adequately evaluate our financial position in time to complete the transaction. As a result, we are unable to determine whether these deposit fees were similar to the fees that would have been charged by non-related parties.

Additionally, in connection with the acquisition, we received consulting services from Koala Holding LP, an entity beneficially owned by Carl C. Icahn, in exchange for cash in the amount of $3 million and warrants to purchase 2,578,915 shares of Series I redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share. The number of shares subject to warrants issued to Koala Holding LP in connection with this transaction was equal to 5% of the 51.6 million shares of Series I redeemable preferred stock previously issued to Koala Holding LP. We believe that the consulting services we received from Koala Holding LP, which included Mr. Icahn’s assistance in negotiations with InfoSpace, were unique. As a result, we are unable to determine whether the compensation paid to Koala Holding LP for such consulting services is consistent with fees that would have been charged by a non-related party.

 

139


Table of Contents

With respect to both transactions, the exercise price of $0.9694 per share was consistent with the price per share of the Series I financing round, which had been determined by negotiations between members of our management team and our investors. The amount of stock underlying the warrants was determined through negotiations between the respective entities and members of our management team, and ultimately approved by our board of directors. The directors who had been designated by NEA, AEI and Koala Holding LP did not participate in the votes approving the grants to their respective entities.

Series F, G, H, and I Financing Rounds

AEI acted as a placement agent in each of our Series F, G, H, and I financing rounds. We entered into placement agent and advisory agreements with AEI for each of those financing rounds (the “AEI Advisory Agreements”). As compensation for those services, we provided AEI with cash in the amount of $16.8 million and warrants to purchase 64,916 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $35.55 per share, warrants to purchase 29,093 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $37.35 per share, and a warrant to purchase 6,340,676 shares of Series I preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share. In connection with Series I, AEI surrendered warrants to purchase 93,045 and 29,093 shares of common stock at $35.55 and $37.35 per share, respectively, in exchange for certain fees and warrants included in the amounts above.

In January 2010, we and AEI entered into an Omnibus Amendment Agreement that amended the AEI Advisory Agreements. The Omnibus Amendment Agreement, among other things, eliminates our obligation to cause (or attempt to cause) AEI to be included as a member of the underwriting syndicate for this offering and obligates AEI and its affiliates to enter into (and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause individuals or entities who acquired equity securities of Motricity from AEI to enter into) a lock-up agreement in connection with this offering on terms consistent with those described under the heading “Underwriting.” In connection with our initial public offering AEI has provided and is providing advisory services to us. In exchange for such advisory services, we agreed to pay AEI an advisory fee of up to $2.4 million, $1 million payable prior to the consummation of the offering and up to $1.4 million payable upon consummation of this offering out of the proceeds of this offering. If the offering is not consummated, the initial $1 million shall be credited against future advisory services, if any.

Series H Preferred Stock

If (i) the public offering price of this offering is more than $20.35 per share; or (ii) the average closing price over a 90-day period is $23.21 per share or higher, the Series H preferred stock will convert at our option into shares of our common stock. In the event that the public offering price or the average closing price per share, as applicable, is lower than such price, the Series H preferred stock will not be convertible at our option and will remain outstanding, subject to the conversion rights of the Series H holders. Koala Holding LP indicated that it would not convert its shares of Series H preferred stock at the price range for the offering shown on the front cover page of this prospectus. In connection with this offering, we decided that it would be desirable to extend the redemption date of Series H preferred stock from August 31, 2011 to a later date because we believed that this would be in the best interests of the company and our stockholders if the Series H preferred stock continued to remain outstanding after this offering. In exchange for Koala Holding LP, as the holder of substantially all of our outstanding shares of Series H preferred stock, agreeing to, among other things, extend the redemption date to August 31, 2013, we agreed to certain other changes to the terms of the Series H preferred stock, including the 8% pay-in-kind dividend. The primary negotiations surrounding the revised terms for the Series H preferred stock were conducted by our chief executive officer, Ryan Wuerch, and Carl C. Icahn, owner of a majority of the Series H preferred stock. The revised terms for the Series H preferred stock were approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of our board. For more information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Preferred Stock—Series H Preferred Stock.”

 

140


Table of Contents

Corporate Opportunities Waiver

In order to address potential conflicts of interest between us and the funds affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Inc. and Technology Crossover Ventures, and Koala Holding LP, and any person or entity affiliated with these investors (each, an “Exempted Investor”), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions regulating and defining the conduct of our affairs after the completion of this offering as they may involve each Exempted Investor and its officers, directors or employees, and our powers, rights, duties and liabilities and those of our officers, directors and stockholders in connection with our relationship with each such investor.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no Exempted Investor is under any duty to present any corporate opportunity to us which may be a corporate opportunity for such Exempted Investor or any officer, director or employee thereof and us and each Exempted Investor or any officer, director or employee thereof will not be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as our stockholder or director by reason of the fact that such Exempted Investor pursues or acquires that corporate opportunity for itself, directs that corporate opportunity to another person or does not present that corporate opportunity to us. For purposes of our certificate of incorporation, “corporate opportunities” include business opportunities that we are financially able to undertake, that are, from their nature, in our line of business, are of practical advantage to us and are ones in which we have an interest or a reasonable expectancy, and in which, by embracing the opportunities, the self-interest of each Exempted Investor or its officers or directors will be brought into conflict with our self-interest. Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have consented to these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. see “Description of Capital Stock—Certificate of Incorporation Provisions Relating to Corporate Opportunities and Interested Directors.”

Waiver of Rights to Purchase Shares in this Offering

In connection with our Series E preferred stock financing in October 2004, we entered into an agreement with TCV V, L.P. and TCV Member Fund, L.P. (collectively, the “TCV Funds”, which together beneficially own more that 5% of our common stock before this offering) and certain other purchasers of our Series E preferred stock, that provided these investors a right to purchase shares of our common stock in our initial public offering through a directed share program. These investors have a right to purchase up to an aggregate number of shares of our common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) $5 million by (ii) $15.00, the midpoint of the estimated offering range on the front cover page of this prospectus. The TCV Funds and the other Series E investors have agreed to waive their rights under this agreement in connection with this offering.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our Audit Committee Charter requires the Audit Committee to review and approve in advance any proposed related party transactions. We require our directors and executive officers to report any potential related party transactions. As required under SEC rules, transactions that are determined to be directly or indirectly material to the company or a related person will be disclosed in our periodic filings as appropriate.

 

141


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Prior to the completion of this offering our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will be amended. Copies of the forms of our amended certificate of incorporation and bylaws have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon consummation of this offering and relevant sections of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which we refer to as the “DGCL,” are summarized below.

Authorized Capital Stock

Our authorized capital stock will consist of 975,000,000 shares, comprising: (i) 625,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share and (ii) 350,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of March 31, 2010, we had outstanding 31,842,617 shares of common stock, held of record by 363 stockholders, and 21,084,337 shares of Series H preferred stock, held of record by three stockholders assuming the conversion of all other outstanding shares of our redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by the board out of funds legally available therefor. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive their ratable share of the net assets of our company available after payment of all debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription or redemption rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

Preferred Stock

Series H Preferred Stock

Upon consummation of this offering, 21,084,377 shares of our Series H preferred stock will remain outstanding. Our Series H preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holders thereof into common stock at a rate of approximately 0.104 shares of common stock for each share of Series H preferred stock (which shall be subject to adjustments including for stock splits, stock dividends and certain dilutive issuances). If (i) the public offering price of this offering is more than $20.35 per share; or (ii) the average closing price over a 90-day period is $23.21 per share or higher, Series H preferred stock will convert at our option into shares of our common stock.

So long as 10% of the Series H preferred stock remains outstanding, without the consent of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series H preferred stock, we may not, among other things, (i) amend or waive any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws so as to affect the Series H preferred stock adversely; or (ii) incur indebtedness other than with respect to (x) vendors, service providers, trade creditors, employees, independent contractors and equipment lessors, in each case, in the ordinary course of business, (y) intercompany indebtedness, and (z) indebtedness not to exceed $42 million outstanding under credit facilities. In addition, holders of our Series H preferred stock will have the right to designate two members of our board of directors.

The Series H preferred stock has a liquidation preference of $2.49 per share. On or after August 31, 2013, upon request of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series H

 

142


Table of Contents

preferred stock, we must redeem the Series H preferred stock in immediately available funds or by the issuance of a promissory note which shall bear simple interest at the rate of 4% per annum and shall be payable in eight consecutive quarterly installments with the first such installment becoming due and payable on the first anniversary of the redemption payment date (determined once such written request is received); provided, however, that in lieu of receiving the redemption payment in the form of a promissory note, any holder of Series H preferred stock may instead elect to be redeemed quarterly and receive the redemption payment in eight consecutive quarterly installments.

The Series H preferred stock provides for cumulative dividends quarterly from the date of the consummation of this offering at the rate of 8% per annum, accruing daily whether or not earned or declared, which shall be paid in additional shares of Series H preferred stock, paid quarterly.

The holders of Series H preferred stock will have one vote for each share of common stock into which such holders’ shares could then be converted at the time, and with respect to such vote, will have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of our common stock.

Warrants

As of March 31, 2010, warrants to purchase 2,973,911 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $16.23 per share were outstanding. These warrants expire on the earlier of (i) the stated expiration date, which ranges from June 2010 to December 2014; (ii) the date of Motricity’s liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all of its assets and (iii) the date of Motricity’s merger or consolidation with another company in a transaction resulting in less than 50% ownership of the surviving entity by our stockholders. The warrants provide for customary adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reorganizations or consolidations and specified anti-dilution protection for sales of securities by us at a price below the fair market value of such securities if offered to all of our stockholders.

In addition, warrants to purchase a combined 292,198 shares of Series A and B redeemable preferred stock (convertible into 13,676 shares of common stock) and 19,478 shares of common stock, respectively, that upon consummation of this offering will represent warrants to purchase shares of common stock at a combined weighted average exercise price of $3.26 per share. The common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A and B redeemable preferred stock has been determined using an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus. These warrants expire on the earlier of (i) the stated expiration date which ranges from April 2011 to July 2012; (ii) the date of Motricity’s liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all of its assets; and (iii) the date of Motricity’s merger or consolidation with another company in a transaction resulting in less than 50% ownership of the surviving entity by our stockholders. The warrants provide for (i) customary adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reorganizations or consolidations; (ii) specified anti-dilution protection for sales of securities by us at a price below the fair market value of such securities if offered to all of our stockholders; and (iii) an option to redeem for common stock if we were to redeem or convert all of our preferred stock.

We also had outstanding warrants to purchase 8,919,591 shares of Series I redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.97 per share that upon consummation of this offering will represent warrants to purchase 594,639 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $14.54 per share. These warrants expire on the earlier of (i) the stated expiration date of December 2014; (ii) the date of Motricity’s liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all of its assets; and (iii) the date of Motricity’s merger or consolidation with another company in a transaction resulting in less than 50% ownership of the surviving entity by our stockholders. The warrants provide for (i) customary

 

143


Table of Contents

adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reorganizations or consolidations; (ii) specified anti- dilution protection for sales of securities by us at a price below the fair market value of such securities if offered to all of our stockholders; and (iii) an option to redeem for common stock if we were to redeem or convert all of our preferred stock.

Other Preferred Stock

The board of directors has the authority, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue other preferred stock, from time to time, in one or more series and to fix the preferences, limitations and rights of the shares of each series, including:

 

  Ÿ  

dividend rates;

 

  Ÿ  

conversion rights;

 

  Ÿ  

voting rights;

 

  Ÿ  

terms of redemption and liquidation preferences; and

 

  Ÿ  

the number of shares constituting each series.

Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up before any payment is made to the holders of shares of common stock. However, our board of directors may not, other than through an amendment to the certificate of incorporation approved by our stockholders, adopt or approve any “rights plan,” “poison pill” or other similar plan, agreement or device designed to prevent or make more difficult a hostile takeover of our company by increasing the cost to a potential acquirer of such a takeover either through the issuance of new rights, shares of common stock or preferred stock or any other security or device that may be issued to our stockholders other than all stockholders that carry severe redemption provisions, favorable purchase provisions or otherwise. This prohibition means that our board will be prohibited from issuing preferred stock as a defensive mechanism to render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management.

Except as set forth above under the description of the Series H preferred stock, there are no current agreements or understandings with respect to the issuance of additional preferred stock and our board has no present intentions to issue any other shares of preferred stock.

Certain Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Board of Directors

Our board of directors will consist of a number of directors as fixed by the board from time to time, provided that in no event will the number of directors exceed seven, except that upon the approval of at least all but one of the directors, the number may be increased to nine so long as such increase is not done when we have received notice of a contested election of directors for an upcoming stockholder meeting. The board of directors and our stockholders have authority to fill any vacancy on the board of directors, whether such vacancy occurs as a result of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise. Holders of our Series H preferred stock will have the right to designate two members to our board of directors.

Our board of directors is not classified or staggered, and can only become classified or staggered through an amendment to the certificate of incorporation approved by our stockholders. In addition, there is no cumulative voting or majority voting with respect to the election of directors. As a result, all of our directors are up for re-election annually and are elected by a plurality vote.

 

144


Table of Contents

Stockholder Action By Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders may be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of our stockholders and may also be effected by consent in writing by such stockholders.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meeting, Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of the stockholders must be called upon the request of holders of not less than 20% of the combined voting power of the voting stock, and may be called upon the request of the board of directors, or the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board (if any) or the chief executive officer.

Our amended and restated bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual or special meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual or special meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the bylaws will not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or defer a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

Our amended and restated bylaws will allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

Requirements for Amendment of Certificate and Bylaws

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that our stockholders may amend our bylaws only by a vote of more than 50% of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock then entitled to vote. In addition, subject to the foregoing, our amended and restated bylaws grant our board of directors the authority to amend and repeal our bylaws without a stockholder vote; provided that the board does not have the power to rescind, alter, amend or repeal any bylaw adopted, enacted, altered or amended by the stockholders or to enact any bylaw that was previously rescinded or repealed by the stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the provisions in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws relating to indemnification and exclusion of directors from personal liability may be amended only by a vote of 66  2 / 3 % or more of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock then entitled to vote.

 

145


Table of Contents

Separation of Chairman and President and/or Chief Executive Officer

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the office of President and/or Chief Executive Officer, on the one hand, and the position of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, on the other hand, generally cannot be held by the same person. However, upon the death, resignation or termination of the Chairman, President and/or Chief Executive Officer our board of directors has the ability to combine these positions for a limited period of time in order to allow our board of directors time to select a successor.

Delaware Law

As a Delaware corporation, by an express provision in our certificate of incorporation, we have elected to “opt out” of the restrictions under Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

  Ÿ  

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time such transaction commenced, excluding, for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers of the corporation, and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock, excluding shares owned by the interested stockholder.

In this context, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or owned, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting securities.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of Section 203 with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from amendments approved by holders of at least a majority of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares. We elected to “opt out” of Section 203 by an express provision in our certificate of incorporation.

Certificate of Incorporation Provisions Relating to Corporate Opportunities and Interested Directors

In order to address potential conflicts of interest between us and the funds affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Inc. and Technology Crossover Ventures and Koala Holding LP, an entity beneficially owned by Carl C. Icahn, and any person or entity affiliated with these investors (each, an “Exempted Investor”), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions regulating and defining the conduct of our affairs after the completion of this offering as they may

 

146


Table of Contents

involve each Exempted Investor and its officers, directors or employees, and our powers, rights, duties and liabilities and those of our officers, directors and stockholders in connection with our relationship with each such investor. In general, these provisions recognize that we and each Exempted Investor may engage in the same or similar business activities and lines of business, have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities and that we and each Exempted Investor will continue to have contractual and business relations with each other, including service of officers and directors of each Exempted Investor serving as our directors.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to any contractual provision to the contrary, each Exempted Investor will have no duty to refrain from:

 

  Ÿ  

engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us;

 

  Ÿ  

any decision or action by each such Exempted Investor to assert or enforce its rights under any agreement or contract with us;

 

  Ÿ  

doing business with any of our clients or customers; or

 

  Ÿ  

employing or otherwise engaging any of our officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no Exempted Investor is under any duty to present any corporate opportunity to us which may be a corporate opportunity for such Exempted Investor or any officer, director or employee thereof and us and each Exempted Investor or any officer, director or employee thereof will not be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as our stockholder or director by reason of the fact that such Exempted Investor pursues or acquires that corporate opportunity for itself, directs that corporate opportunity to another person or does not present that corporate opportunity to us. For purposes of our certificate of incorporation, “corporate opportunities” include business opportunities that we are financially able to undertake, that are, from their nature, in our line of business, are of practical advantage to us and are ones in which we have an interest or a reasonable expectancy, and in which, by embracing the opportunities, the self-interest of each Exempted Investor or its officers or directors will be brought into conflict with our self-interest. Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have consented to these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Washington Business Corporation Act

The laws of Washington, where our principal executive offices are located, impose restrictions on certain transactions between certain foreign corporations and significant stockholders. In particular, the Washington Business Corporation Act, or WBCA, prohibits a “target corporation,” with certain exceptions, from engaging in certain “significant business transactions” with a person or group of persons which beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting securities of the target corporation, an “acquiring person,” for a period of five years after such acquisition, unless the transaction or acquisition of shares is approved by a majority of the members of the target corporation’s board of directors prior to the time of acquisition. Such prohibited transactions include, among other things, a merger or consolidation with, disposition of assets to, or issuance or redemption of stock to or from, the acquiring person, termination of 5% or more of the employees of the target corporation as a result of the acquiring person’s acquisition of 10% or more of the shares or allowing the acquiring person to receive any disproportionate benefit as a stockholder. After the five-year period, a significant business transaction may take place as long as it complies with certain fair price provisions of the statute or is approved at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

We will be considered a “target corporation” so long as our principal executive office is located in Washington, and (1) a majority of our employees are residents of the state of Washington or we

 

147


Table of Contents

employ more than one thousand residents of the state of Washington; (2) a majority of our tangible assets, measured by market value, are located in the state of Washington or we have more than fifty million dollars’ worth of tangible assets located in the state of Washington; and (3) any one of the following: (a) more than 10% of our stockholders of record are resident in the state of Washington; (b) more than 10% of our shares are owned of record by state residents; or (c) 1,000 or more of our stockholders of record are resident in the state.

If we meet the definition of a target corporation, the WBCA may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide indemnification for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. In addition, as permitted by the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of certain fiduciary duties as a director. These provisions can not be amended without the affirmative vote of 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding shares. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except that a director will be personally liable for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of his duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit; and

 

  Ÿ  

improper distributions to stockholders.

We also intend to maintain director and officer liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms.

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with our officers and directors, substantially in the form of the indemnification agreement filed by us as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. These indemnification agreements provide contractual indemnification to our officers and directors in addition to the indemnification provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any director, officer, employee or agent of our company where indemnification will be required or permitted, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for indemnification.

 

148


Table of Contents

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market, under the symbol “MOTR”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, and its telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

 

149


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that substantial sales may occur, could materially and adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity at a time and price we deem appropriate. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This also may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Sales of Restricted Shares

Upon completion of this offering, we will have 38,592,617 shares of common stock outstanding and 21,084,337 shares of Series H preferred stock outstanding. Of these shares of common stock, the 6,750,000 shares of common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining 31,842,617 shares of common stock and all shares of the Series H preferred stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 of the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Taking into account the lock-up agreements described below, other contractual restrictions that prohibit transfers for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus and the provisions of Rule 144 and 701, additional shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares of restricted securities will be available for immediate sale on the date of this prospectus; and

 

  Ÿ  

31,842,617 shares of our common stock will be available for sale after the expiration date of the lock-up agreements (180 days after the date of this prospectus unless earlier waived by J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. or unless later extended in the circumstances described under “Underwriters”) and other contractual restrictions, pursuant to Rule 144.

Rule 144

The availability of Rule 144 will vary depending on whether shares of our common stock are restricted and whether they are held by an affiliate or a non-affiliate. For purposes of Rule 144, a non-affiliate is any person or entity that is not our affiliate at the time of sale and has not been our affiliate during the preceding three months.

In general, under Rule 144, once we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, an affiliate who has beneficially owned shares of our restricted common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period any number of such shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 385,926 shares immediately after consummation of this offering; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the open market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

 

150


Table of Contents

In addition, any sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Our affiliates must comply with all the provisions of Rule 144 (other than the six-month holding period requirement) in order to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted securities, such as shares acquired by our affiliates either in this offering or through purchases in the open market following this offering. An “affiliate” is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, an issuer.

Similarly, once we have been a reporting company for at least 90 days, a non-affiliate who has beneficially owned shares of our restricted common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with the volume limitation, manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144, provided that certain public information is available. Furthermore, a non-affiliate who has beneficially owned our shares of restricted common stock for at least one year will not be subject to any restrictions under Rule 144 with respect to such shares, regardless of how long we have been a reporting company.

We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend on the market price for our common stock, the personal circumstances of the stockholder and other factors.

Rule 701

Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register                  shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our option plans and arrangements. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, any lock-up agreements and other contractual restrictions.

Rule 701 permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without compliance with some restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchase shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provision of Rule 701. Affiliates are permitted to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Non-affiliates may sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. However, holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

Warrants

As of March 31, 2010, there were warrants outstanding to purchase (a) 2,973,911 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $16.23 per share, (b) 182,198 shares of our Series A preferred stock and an equivalent number of shares of common stock (prior to adjustment for a 15-for-1 reverse stock split of our common stock) at an exercise price of $0.30 per share, (c) 110,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock and an equivalent number of shares of common stock (prior to adjustment for a 15-for-1 reverse stock split of our common stock) at an exercise price of $0.49 per share and (d) 8,919,591 shares of our Series I preferred stock an exercise price of $0.97 per share. Upon the consummation of this offering, the warrants to purchase shares of (a) combined Series A preferred stock and common stock will become exercisable for 21,362 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.53 per share, (b) combined Series B preferred stock and common stock will become exercisable for 11,792 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.59 per share and (c) Series I preferred stock will become exercisable for 594,639 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $14.54 per share.

 

151


Table of Contents

Lock-up Agreements

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, sell, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, subject to specified limited exceptions and extensions described elsewhere in this prospectus, during the period continuing through the date that is 180 days (subject to extension) after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the underwriters. See “Underwriting.” J.P. Morgan Securities Inc, and Goldman, Sachs & Co. in their discretion on behalf of the underwriters, may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

Registration Rights

Beginning 180 days after the date of this offering, holders of 26,447,892 shares of our common stock (including 2,188,748 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our Series H preferred stock as of March 31, 2010) will be able to require us to conduct a registered public offering of their shares. In addition, such holders will be entitled to have their shares included for sale in subsequent registered offerings of our common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” Registration of such shares under the Securities Act would, except for shares held by affiliates, result in such shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration.

 

152


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

The following is a summary of material United States federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock to a non-United States holder that purchases shares of our common stock in this offering. For purposes of this summary, a “non-United States holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is, for United States federal income tax purposes:

 

  Ÿ  

a nonresident alien individual;

 

  Ÿ  

a foreign corporation (or an entity treated as a foreign corporation for United States federal income tax purposes); or

 

  Ÿ  

a foreign estate or foreign trust.

In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, then you should consult your own tax advisor.

This summary is based upon the provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities may change, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary. We have not sought and do not plan to seek any ruling from the United States Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, with respect to statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with our statements and conclusions.

This summary does not address all aspects of United States federal income taxes that may be relevant to non-United States holders in light of their personal circumstances, and does not deal with federal taxes other than the United States federal income tax or with state, local or non-United States tax considerations. Special rules, not discussed here, may apply to certain non-United States holders, including:

 

  Ÿ  

United States expatriates;

 

  Ÿ  

controlled foreign corporations;

 

  Ÿ  

passive foreign investment companies;

 

  Ÿ  

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid United States federal income tax; and

 

  Ÿ  

investors in pass-through entities that are subject to special treatment under the Code.

Such non-United States holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the United States federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.

This summary applies only to a non-United States holder that holds our common stock as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code), and assumes that no item of income or gain in respect of the common stock at any time will be effectively connected with a United States trade or business conducted by the non-United States holder.

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, then you should consult your own tax advisor concerning the particular United States federal income tax consequences to you of the

 

153


Table of Contents

purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under United States tax laws other than the federal income tax law or under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

As discussed under the section entitled “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently anticipate paying dividends. In the event that we do make a distribution of cash or property with respect to our common stock, any such distribution will be treated as a dividend for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under United States federal income tax principles). Dividends paid to you generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

If the amount of a distribution paid on our common stock exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be allocated ratably among each share of common stock with respect to which the distribution is paid and treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in each such share, and thereafter as capital gain from a sale or other disposition of such share of common stock that is taxed to you as described below under the heading “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock”.

If you wish to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate to avoid or reduce withholding of United States federal income tax for dividends, then you must (a) provide the withholding agent with a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalties of perjury that you are not a United States person and are eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-United States holders that act as intermediaries (including partnerships).

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of United States federal income tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, then you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, unless:

 

  Ÿ  

if you are an individual, you are present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or other taxable disposition, and you have a “tax home” (as defined in the Code) in the United States; or

 

  Ÿ  

we are or have been during a specified testing period a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes, and certain other conditions are met.

We believe that we have not been and are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We must report annually to the IRS and to you the amount of dividends paid to you and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to such dividends. The IRS may make this information available to the tax authorities in the country in which you are resident.

 

154


Table of Contents

In addition, you may be subject to information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax (currently at a rate of 28%) with respect to dividends paid on, and the proceeds of disposition of, shares of our common stock, unless, generally, you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) that you are not a United States person or you otherwise establish an exemption. Additional rules relating to information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax with respect to payments of the proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock are as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

If the proceeds are paid to or through the United States office of a broker, the proceeds generally will be subject to backup withholding tax and information reporting, unless you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) that you are not a United States person or you otherwise establish an exemption.

 

  Ÿ  

If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-United States office of a broker that is not a United States person and is not a foreign person with certain specified United States connections (a “United States-related person”), information reporting and backup withholding tax generally will not apply.

 

  Ÿ  

If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-United States office of a broker that is a United States person or a United States-related person, the proceeds generally will be subject to information reporting (but not to backup withholding tax), unless you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) that you are not a United States person or you otherwise establish an exemption.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding tax rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against your United States federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished by you to the IRS.

New Legislation Affecting Taxation of Common Stock Held By or Through Foreign Entities

Recently enacted legislation generally will impose a withholding tax of 30% on dividend income from our common stock and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the United States government to collect and provide to the United States tax authorities substantial information regarding United States account holders of such institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with United States owners). Absent any applicable exception, this legislation also generally will impose a withholding tax of 30% on dividend income from our common stock and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a foreign entity that is not a foreign financial institution unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the substantial United States owners of the entity, which generally includes any United States person who directly or indirectly owns more than 10% of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a non-United States holder of our common stock might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes, and a non-United States holder might be required to file a United States federal income tax return to claim such refunds or credits. This legislation generally is effective for payments made after December 31, 2012. Investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

THE SUMMARY OF MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-UNITED STATES TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

 

155


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets Corporation

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  
    

Total

   6,750,000
    

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 1,012,500 shares from the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 1,012,500 additional shares from the selling stockholders.

Paid by Motricity

 

     No Exercise    Full Exercise

Per Share

   $        $ —  

Total

   $       $  —  

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

 

       No Exercise    Full Exercise

Per Share

   $  —      $    

Total

   $ —      $   

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

156


Table of Contents

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

This restriction shall not apply to (i) transfers of shares of our common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by such restrictions, (ii) transfers of shares of our common stock to any affiliate or a trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the transferor or the immediate family of the transferor, provided that the affiliate or such trustee of the trust, as the case may be, agrees to be bound in writing by such restrictions, and provided further, that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, and that the transferor provides at least two business days’ prior written notice to each of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. if the transferor or the transferee is required to file a report under Section 16 of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of our common stock during the restricted period described herein, (iii) our issuance of shares, or options to purchase shares, of common stock under our equity incentive plans as currently in effect, and (iv) our issuance of shares, options or warrants to purchase shares or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock in an amount not to exceed 5% of the sum of our fully-diluted common stock outstanding as of the date of the prospectus and the shares of common stock offered hereby, as consideration in connection with acquisitions by us, provided that the recipient of any such securities agrees to be bound in writing by such restrictions.

The 180-day restricted period described above will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “MOTR”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Shorts sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked”

 

157


Table of Contents

short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $7.9 million. The selling stockholders will bear the cost of all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of common stock by them.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Conflicts of Interest

Affiliates of Advanced Equities, Inc. (“AEI”) beneficially own more than 10% of our company. Because of this beneficial ownership and because we agreed to pay AEI an advisory fee of up to $2.4 million in connection with this offering, AEI may be deemed a statutory underwriter. Since AEI’s affiliates beneficially own more than 10% of our company, the underwriters are deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 2720 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., which are overseen by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Accordingly, this offering is being conducted in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 2720. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” (as such term is defined in Rule 2720) is not necessary in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest, and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 2720.

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

Selling Restrictions

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with, effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented

 

158


Table of Contents

in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  Ÿ  

to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  Ÿ  

to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

  Ÿ  

to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  Ÿ  

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated, an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and

 

  Ÿ  

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the

 

159


Table of Contents

offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the “Financial Instruments and Exchange Law”) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

160


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York. Certain current and former partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP collectively hold less than 1% of our common stock. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Palo Alto, California.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Motricity, Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

161


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, on Form S-1 with the SEC relating to this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and the exhibits and financial statements included with the registration statement. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents.

You may read and copy the registration statement, the related exhibits and other material we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can also request copies of those documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file with the SEC. The web site address is http://www.sec.gov. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing to us at 601 108th Avenue Northeast, Suite 800, Bellevue, WA 98004 or telephoning us at (425) 957-6200.

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, will file periodic reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. Such annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information can be inspected and copied at the locations set forth above. We will report our financial statements on a year ended December 31. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent certified public accountants and with quarterly reports containing unaudited consolidated financial statements for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.

 

162


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Motricity, Inc.

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December  31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 (unaudited)

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December  31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 (unaudited)

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

Financial Statement Schedule:

  

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   F-46

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Motricity, Inc.

The reverse stock split and amendment and restatement to the certificate of incorporation described in Note 17 to the financial statements have not been consummated as of June 1, 2010. When they have been consummated, we will be in a position to furnish the following report:

“In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Motricity, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule appearing on page F-46 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.”

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

March 5, 2010, except for Note 17, as to which the date is April 25, 2010

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share data)

 

     December 31,     March 31,
2010
    Pro Forma  
     2008     2009       March 31,
2010
 
Assets               

(Unaudited)

 

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,299      $ 35,945      $ 25,408     

Restricted short-term investments

     950        1,375        1,375     

Marketable securities

     5,446        —          —       

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $997, $272 and $300 (unaudited) at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively

     38,576        17,306        16,951     

Assets held for sale

     1,700        1,606        —       

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     6,485        3,542        3,274     
                          

Total current assets

     67,456        59,774        47,008     

Property and equipment, net

     37,147        26,717        25,832     

Goodwill

     74,658        74,658        74,658     

Intangible assets, net

     14,082        10,692        11,458     

Other assets

     2,104        2,335        2,562     
                          

Total assets

   $ 195,447      $ 174,176      $ 161,518     
                          

Liabilities, redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

        

Current liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 10,706      $ 9,585      $ 7,686     

Accrued compensation

     5,420        9,282        6,254     

Accrued expenses

     3,542        2,648        2,754     

Bank borrowings, current portion

     8,208        —          —       

Deferred revenue, current portion

     7,501        7,771        4,561     

Capital lease obligations, current portion

     169        —          —       

Other current liabilities

     1,212        2,185        2,294     
                          

Total current liabilities

     36,758        31,471        23,549     

Bank borrowings, net of current portion

     1,556        —          —       

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     1,824        4,013        351     

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

     1,678        —          —       

Redeemable preferred stock warrants

     3,517        5,012        5,273      $ —     

Deferred tax liability

     1,776        3,760        4,228     

Other noncurrent liabilities

     4,070        1,345        655     
                                

Total liabilities

     51,179        45,601        34,056     
                                

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

        

Redeemable preferred stock

     394,135        417,396        423,624        51,028   
                                

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

        

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 350,000,000 total preferred and redeemable preferred shares authorized; 7,338,769 preferred shares issued and outstanding

     17,393        17,393        17,393        —     

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 625,000,000 shares authorized; 6,915,021, 7,633,786 and 7,741,412 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively

     104        115        116        140   

Additional paid-in-capital

     —          —          —          411,523   

Accumulated deficit

     (267,381     (306,443     (313,698     (329,983

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     17        114        27        27   
                                

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (249,867     (288,821     (296,162   $ 81,707   
                                

Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 195,447      $ 174,176      $ 161,518     
                          

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
                      (Unaudited)  

Revenue

         

Managed services

  $ 31,772      $ 85,677      $ 81,403      $ 20,222      $ 20,881   

Professional services

    3,399        17,474        32,292        3,054        8,199   
                                       

Total revenues

    35,171        103,151        113,695        23,276        29,080   
                                       

Operating expenses

         

Direct third-party expenses

    3,709        5,451        9,485        1,171        1,305   

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

    9,468        33,000        31,786        8,683        8,034   

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

    16,229        52,261        31,389        7,677        8,182   

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

    7,119        10,228        11,900        2,989        3,655   

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

    10,334        26,052        20,841        5,175        5,264   

Depreciation and amortization

    10,322        21,559        13,208        3,777        3,041   

Restructuring

    1,283        3,236        2,058        235        407   

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

    26,867        29,130        5,806        —          —     

Abandoned transaction charge

    2,600        —          —          —          —     
                                       

Total operating expenses

    87,931        180,917        126,473        29,707        29,888   
                                       

Operating loss

    (52,760     (77,766     (12,778     (6,431     (808
                                       

Other income (expense), net

         

Other income (expense)

    79        1,892        (1,657     (82     (258

Interest and investment income, net

    2,157        1,315        250        80        —     

Interest expense

    (1,081     (493     (220     (94     —     
                                       

Other income (expense), net

    1,155        2,714        (1,627     (96     (258
                                       

Loss from continuing operations, before income tax

    (51,605     (75,052     (14,405     (6,527     (1,066

Provision for income taxes

    —          1,776        1,896        444        467   
                                       

Loss from continuing operations

    (51,605     (76,828     (16,301     (6,971     (1,533

Loss from discontinued operations

    (24,928     (1,072     —          —          —     

Loss from sale of discontinued operations

    (1,360     (127     —          —          —     
                                       

Net loss

    (77,893     (78,027     (16,301     (6,971     (1,533

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

    (7,399     (21,729     (23,261     (5,815     (6,228

Series D1 preferred dividends

    (696     (698     (695     (172     (172
                                       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (85,988   $ (100,454   $ (40,257   $ (12,958   $ (7,933
                                       

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted

         

Continuing operations

  $ (10.30   $ (16.99   $ (6.85   $ (2.20   $ (1.38

Discontinued operations

    (4.54     (0.20     —          —          —     
                                       

Total net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (14.84   $ (17.19   $ (6.85   $ (2.20   $ (1.38
                                       

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted

    5,795,940        5,843,489        5,878,368        5,886,763        5,753,047   

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted (unaudited)

         

Continuing operations

      $ (0.84     $ (0.48

Discontinued operations

        —            —     
                     

Total pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

      $ (0.84     $ (0.48
                     

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted (unaudited)

        37,106,340          37,468,098   
                     

Depreciation and amortization by function

         

Datacenter and network operations

  $ 7,310      $ 16,824      $ 8,890      $ 2,497      $ 1,992   

Product development and sustainment

    1,548        2,237        1,962        586        428   

Sales and marketing

    307        2,075        1,960        572        524   

General and administrative

    1,157        423        396        122        97   
                                       

Total depreciation and amortization

  $ 10,322      $ 21,559      $ 13,208      $ 3,777      $ 3,041   
                                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

    Preferred Stock   Common Stock   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount        

Balance as of December 31, 2006

  7,338,769   $ 17,393   6,290,204   $ 94   $ 283      $ (105,832   $ (80   $ (88,142

Other comprehensive loss:

               

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —          (77,893     —          (77,893

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —     —       —       —          —          69        69   
                     

Other comprehensive loss

                  (77,824
                     

Restricted stock activity

  —       —     269,599     4     6        —          —          10   

Exercise of common stock options

  —       —     74,553     2     104        —          —          106   

Stock-based compensation expense

  —       —     —       —       688        —          —          688   

Issuance of common stock warrant for debt facility

  —       —     —       —       408        —          —          408   

Proceeds from warrants issued in Series H financing, net of issuance costs

  —       —     —       —       1,710        —          —          1,710   

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

  —       —     —       —       (5,813     (1,586     —          (7,399

Proceeds from warrants issued in Series I financing, net of issuance costs

  —       —     —       —       15,428        —          —          15,428   

Surrender of common stock warrants from placement agent

  —       —     —       —       (209     —          —          (209

Issuance of common stock warrant to placement agent

  —       —     —       —       115        —          —          115   

Issuance of common stock warrant to stockholder

  —       —     —       —       2,599        —          —          2,599   
                                                   

Balance as of December 31, 2007

  7,338,769     17,393   6,634,356     100     15,319        (185,311     (11     (152,510

Other comprehensive loss:

               

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —          (78,027     —          (78,027

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —     —       —       —          —          28        28   
                     

Other comprehensive loss

                  (77,999
                     

Restricted stock activity

  —       —     177,833     2     2        —          —          4   

Exercise of common stock options

  —       —     102,832     2     21        —          —          23   

Stock-based compensation expense

  —       —     —       —       2,344        —          —          2,344   

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

  —       —     —       —       (17,686     (4,043     —          (21,729
                                                   

Balance as of December 31, 2008

  7,338,769     17,393   6,915,021     104     —          (267,381     17        (249,867

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit (continued)

(in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

    Preferred Stock   Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  
  Shares   Amount   Shares     Amount          

Balance as of December 31, 2008

  7,338,769   $ 17,393   6,915,021      $ 104      $ —        $ (267,381   $ 17      $ (249,867

Other comprehensive loss:

               

Net loss

  —       —     —          —          —          (16,301     —          (16,301

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —     —          —          —          —          97        97   
                     

Other comprehensive loss

                  (16,204
                     

Restricted stock activity

  —       —     855,770        13        (13     —          —          —     

Exercise of common stock options

  —       —     51,796        1        16        —          —          17   

Repurchase of outstanding common stock

  —       —     (166,667     (3     (1,247     —          —          (1,250

Settlement of shareholder note receivable

  —       —     (22,134     —          (435     —          —          (435

Stock-based compensation expense

  —       —     —          —          2,179        —          —          2,179   

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

  —       —     —          —          (500     (22,761     —          (23,261
                                                       

Balance as of December 31, 2009

  7,338,769     17,393   7,633,786        115        —          (306,443     114        (288,821

Other comprehensive loss:

               

Net loss (unaudited)

  —       —     —          —          —          (1,533       (1,533

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

  —       —     —          —          —          —          (87     (87
                     

Other comprehensive loss (unaudited)

                  (1,620
                     

Restricted stock activity (unaudited)

  —       —     100,459        1        (1     —          —          —     

Exercise of common stock options (unaudited)

  —       —     7,167        —          2        —          —          2   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

  —       —     —          —          505        —          —          505   

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock (unaudited)

  —       —     —          —          (506     (5,722     —          (6,228
                                                       

Balance as of March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

  7,338,769   $ 17,393   7,741,412      $ 116      $ 0      $ (313,698   $ 27      $ (296,162
                                                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
                      (Unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities

         

Net loss

  $ (77,893   $ (78,027   $ (16,301   $ (6,971   $ (1,533

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

         

Loss from sale of discontinued operations

    1,360        127        —          —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

    10,864        21,559        13,208        3,777        3,041   

Change in fair value of redeemable preferred stock warrants

    (310     (283     1,495        (46     260   

Loss on disposition of assets held for sale

    —          —          —          —          407   

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

    29,718        29,130        5,806        —          —     

Stock-based compensation expense

    688        2,344        2,179        532        505   

Deferred tax liability

    —          1,776        1,984        444        467   

Amortization of discount on investments, net

    (19     (11     21        8        —     

Abandoned transaction charge

    2,600        —          —          —          —     

Amortization of channel acquisition expense

    315        —          —          —          —     

Other non-cash adjustments

    (83     901        (107     56        12   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

         

Accounts receivable

    (11,883     2,035        20,738        7,941        355   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    2,677        1,232        3,568        (1,987     269   

Other long-term assets

    53        136        (1,905     110        1,107   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (399     (16,772     (44     (5,020     (6,046

Deferred revenue

    813        7,108        2,459        (638     (6,872
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (41,499     (28,745     33,101        (1,794     (8,028
                                       

Cash flows from investing activities

         

Purchase of property and equipment

    (4,594     (8,389     (4,890     (2,243     (1,186

Capitalization of software development costs

    —          —          —          —          (1,162

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

    (136,985     (1,118     —          —          —     

Proceeds of assets held for sale

    —          —          874        —          1,199   

Acquisition of assets held for sale

    —          (2,042     (1,301     —          —     

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations

    —          2,250        300        —          —     

Cash included as assets held for sale

    (109     —          —          —          —     

Sale of investments

    62,079        —          —          —          —     

Purchase of investments

    (53,898     —          —          —          —     

Maturity of held-to-maturity investments

    —          6,200        5,425        2,335        —     

Purchase of held-to-maturity investments

    —          (11,636     —          —          —     
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (133,507     (14,735     408        92        (1,149
                                       

Cash flows from financing activities

         

Borrowings from bank

    29,825        4,756        —          —          —     

Repayment of bank borrowings

    (15,602     (14,427     (9,875     (833     —     

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

    105        22        17        —          2   

Proceeds from restricted stock

    10        5        —          —          —     

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    221,687        —          —          —          —     

Prepaid offering costs

    —          —         
(423

    —          (1,334

Restricted short-term investments

    250        —          (425     —          —     

Repurchase of outstanding common stock

    —          —          (1,250     —          —     
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    236,275        (9,644     (11,956     (833     (1,332
                                       

Effect of foreign currency

    7        5        93        (34     (28
                                       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    61,276        (53,119     21,646        (2,569     (10,537

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    6,142        67,418        14,299        14,299        35,945   
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 67,418      $ 14,299      $ 35,945      $ 11,730      $ 25,408   
                                       

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

         

Cash paid for interest

  $ 1,211      $ 562      $ 110      $ 88      $ —     

Supplemental noncash information

         

Sale of eReader for note receivable

  $ 2,500        —          —          —          —     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

1. Organization

Motricity, Inc. (the “Company”) is a leading provider of mobile data solutions and services that enable wireless carriers to deliver high value mobile data services to their subscribers. We provide a comprehensive suite of hosted, managed service offerings, including mobile web portal, storefront, messaging, and billing support and settlement, which enable wireless carriers to deliver customized, carrier-branded mobile data services to their wireless subscribers.

Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation, was incorporated on March 17, 2004 under the name Power By Hand, Inc. (“PBH, Inc.”). PBH, Inc. was formed as a new entity to be the surviving corporation in the merger of Pinpoint Networks, Inc. (the acquiring corporation for accounting purposes) and Power By Hand Holdings, LLC (“PBH Holdings”), which occurred on April 30, 2004. On October 29, 2004, we changed our name from Power By Hand, Inc. to Motricity, Inc.

In 2006, we acquired all of the outstanding equity of GoldPocket Wireless, Inc. (“GPW”), a Delaware corporation, which was a provider of premium messaging services, primarily for media and entertainment companies.

On December 28, 2007, we acquired the assets of the mobile division of InfoSpace, Inc. (“InfoSpace Mobile”). Located in Bellevue, Washington, InfoSpace Mobile was a provider of mobile content solutions and services for the wireless industry.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

In connection with a business strategy reassessment initiated in 2007, we exited two lines of business in 2007 and 2008, the results of which are reflected as discontinued operations in our operating results. The discontinued lines of business were direct to consumer (“D2C”), which was sold in two transactions in 2007 and in 2008, and media and entertainment (“M&E”), which was discontinued in 2008. We have reclassified all of the revenues and associated operating expenses which would no longer be incurred upon disposition of the business to discontinued operations for all periods presented. Any gains and losses from the sale of the businesses are also reported in discontinued operations.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim balance sheet as of March 31, 2010, the consolidated statements of operations and the statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, and the consolidated statement of changes in stockholders’ deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2010 are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments consisting

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of our financial position as of March 31, 2010, the results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 and stockholders’ deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2010. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or for any other period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of March 31, 2010 assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G and I redeemable preferred stock and Series D1 preferred stock into an aggregate of 24,101,205 shares of common stock upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering assuming a $15 per share offering price. In addition, the unaudited pro forma balance sheet assumes the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital, because upon closing of the initial public offering the preferred stock underlying warrants, along with all such series of outstanding preferred stock, will be converted to common stock.

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet does not reflect any proceeds from the proposed initial public offering.

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, including the pro forma effects of the items in the foregoing paragraph, effective upon the closing of the Company’s proposed initial public offering as if they had occurred at the beginning of the period, or the original issuance date, if later.

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet and the pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders also reflect stock-based compensation expense due to the vesting of restricted stock triggered by the closing of the proposed public offering.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions in certain circumstances that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The more significant estimates include the recognition of revenues, valuation of deferred tax assets, tangible and intangible assets, goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges, litigation and settlement costs and other loss contingencies and the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenues from contracts which include individual or varying combinations of our managed services and often include professional service fees to customize and implement the specific software platform solutions required by the customer. We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (ii) delivery has occurred; (iii) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability of the fee is reasonably assured. The timing of revenue recognition in each case depends upon a variety of factors, including the specific terms of each arrangement and the nature of our deliverables and obligations.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

Our customer contracts may consist of professional service fees, a fixed monthly managed service fee to host the software platform solution, and a variable monthly subscription fee based on one of three measures: the number of wireless subscribers using our software solutions each month; the aggregate dollar volume or number of transactions processed; or specified rates for individual transactions processed. Certain arrangements also include minimum monthly fee provisions, monthly fees for providing additional managed services required by the customer and/or service level requirements related to the hosted solutions which often entail financial penalties for non-compliance. Professional service fees typically include both the initial fees to customize and implement the specific software solution and fees to enhance the functionality of the software solution, which may occur anytime during the contractual term of the arrangement.

Under contractual arrangements where the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software, we determine the pattern of revenue recognition of the combined deliverables as a single unit of accounting. The professional service fees associated with the arrangement are not considered to be a separate earnings process because the services do not have stand-alone value to the customer. Such customers do not have the ability to benefit, resell or realize value from such services without the associated hosting services. Consequently, the professional services revenue is deferred and recognized monthly on a ratable basis together with the hosting services over the longer of the contractual term of the arrangement or the estimated period the customer is expected to benefit from the software solution or enhancement representing the period over which the hosting services are expected to be utilized. In determining the expected benefit period, we assess factors such as historical data trends, data used to establish pricing in the arrangement, discussions with customers in negotiating the arrangement and the period over which the customer could be expected to recover and earn a reasonable return on the professional service fee. At December 31, 2009 and at March 31, 2010, our balance sheets reflected deferred revenue of $11,784 and $4,912, respectively, which consists primarily of such professional service fees. We consider the variable activity-based fees to be contingent fees and recognize revenue monthly as the contingency is resolved, the fees are earned and the amount of the subscription fee can be reliably measured. For purposes of classifying the arrangement consideration as managed services or professional services revenue on our statement of operations, we allocate the arrangement consideration based on the contractually stated amounts for each component. The pricing of our professional services is based on the expected level of effort necessary to complete a software solution. We believe this best approximates the fair value of the professional service fees if they were a separate unit of accounting.

Under certain arrangements, the customer has the right to take possession of the software, and it is feasible for the customer to either self-host the software on its own hardware or contract with another entity for the hosting service without significant penalty. Such multiple element arrangements are analyzed under software revenue guidance to assess the elements for separation and recognition. The fixed monthly hosting fee to host the software solution is not considered essential to the functionality of other elements, is described in the contract such that the total price of the arrangement would be expected to vary as the result of the inclusion or exclusion of the services and we have established vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value through substantive renewal rates included in the contract. Accordingly we account for the hosting fee element of the arrangement separately and recognize the hosting fee as managed services revenue on a monthly basis as earned. The variable monthly subscription fee is considered a contingent fee and is recognized as managed services revenue monthly when the contingency is resolved and the related fee is earned. We then use the

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

residual method to allocate the arrangement consideration to the professional services element for revenue recognition purposes. We recognize the professional service revenues using the cost-to-cost percentage of completion method of accounting. We recognize the revenue based on the ratio of costs incurred to the estimated total costs at completion. Should the customer elect to self-host the software, the hosting fee is eliminated and the variable subscription fee becomes the licensing fee. No customer has elected to self-host as of March 31, 2010. If a contract which previously did not have a right to self-host without significant penalty is amended to include such a right, we reassess the contract under the above software revenue guidance.

We provide premium messaging services to subscribers of wireless carriers on behalf of third-party vendors and earn a fixed percentage of the related revenue. We bill the carriers for transactions conducted by their subscribers and provide settlement services for the third-party vendors based on payments received from the carriers. We determined it is appropriate to record our net share of the billings to carriers as service revenue rather than the gross billing amount. The primary considerations for this determination are:

 

  Ÿ  

the third-party vendor sells its content or service directly to the wireless carriers’ subscribers and is considered the primary obligor;

 

  Ÿ  

the carriers have a contractual relationship with their subscribers and are directly responsible for billing and collecting premium messaging fees from their subscribers and resolving billing disputes;

 

  Ÿ  

the carriers establish gross pricing for the transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

the wireless carriers generally pay us a fixed percentage of premium messaging revenues actually collected from their subscribers; and

 

  Ÿ  

we have limited risks, including no inventory risk and limited credit risk, because the carriers generally bear the risk of collecting fees from their subscribers and we are obligated to remit to the third-party vendor only their share of the funds we actually receive from the carrier.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with remaining maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of money market instruments, certificates of deposits, and other short-term investments with original maturities of not more than three months stated at cost, which approximates market value.

Restricted Short-Term Investments

At December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010, restricted short-term investments included one certificate of deposit for $950, which is legally restricted as to withdrawal under an agreement with a financial institution related to an office lease. During 2009, an additional $425 of cash was added to the restricted short-term investments balance in order to comply with a lease amendment.

Marketable Securities

At December 31, 2008, marketable securities have been categorized as held-to-maturity and are measured at amortized cost. As of December 31, 2008, the Company’s held-to-maturity securities

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

included corporate bonds, commercial paper and certificates of deposit. We had the intent and ability to hold these investments to maturity. For purpose of determining gross realized gains and losses, the cost of securities sold is based upon specific identification. As of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, we did not have any marketable securities.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are presented at their face amount, less an allowance for doubtful accounts, on the consolidated balance sheets. Accounts receivable consist of amounts billed and currently due from customers and revenues earned but not yet billed. We evaluate the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts against amounts due is recorded to reduce the related accounts receivable to an amount we reasonably believe is collectable. In addition, we recognize reserves for bad debts based on estimates developed using standard quantitative measures, which incorporate historical write-offs and current economic conditions.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets include assets such as property and equipment and intangible assets other than those with indefinite lives. We assess the carrying value of our long-lived asset groups when indicators of impairment exist and recognize an impairment loss when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable from the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Indicators of impairment include significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in our use of the assets or in our business strategy, loss of or changes in customer relationships and significant negative industry or economic trends. When indications of impairment arise for a particular asset or group of assets, we assess the future recoverability of the carrying value of the asset (or asset group) based on an undiscounted cash flow analysis. If carrying value exceeds projected, net, undiscounted cash flows, an additional analysis is performed to determine the fair value of the asset (or asset group), typically a discounted cash flow analysis, and an impairment charge is recorded for the excess of carrying value over fair value. The following table outlines our impairments related to long-lived assets:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
     2007    2008    2009    2009    2010
                    (unaudited)

Property and equipment

   $ —      $ 21,132    $ 3,587    $ —      $ —  

Definite-lived intangible assets

     —        1,219      1,902      —        —  

Assets held for sale

     —        —        317      —        —  
                                  

Total asset impairment charges

   $ —      $ 22,351    $ 5,806    $ —      $ —  
                                  

See Note 4, “Property and Equipment, Net” and Note 5, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets.”

Property and equipment are recorded at historical cost less accumulated depreciation, unless impaired. Depreciation is charged to operations over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method or a variable method reflecting the pattern in which the economic benefits are

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

anticipated to be utilized. Upon retirement or sale, the historical cost of assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

All costs related to the development of internal-use software other than those incurred during the application development stage are expensed, including costs for minor upgrades and enhancements when there is no reasonable cost-effective way to separate these costs from maintenance activities. Costs incurred during the application development stage are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the software (generally three years).

Identifiable intangible assets include capitalized costs related to the development of certain software products. Capitalization of costs begins when technological feasibility has been established and ends when the product is available for general release to customers. Amortization is computed on an individual product basis for those products available for market and is recognized based on the product’s estimated economic life. At each balance sheet date, the unamortized costs for all intangible assets are reviewed by management and reduced to net realizable value when necessary. Other identifiable intangible assets are recorded at cost or, when acquired as part of a business acquisition, estimated fair value. The recorded amount is amortized to expense over the estimated useful life of the asset using the straight-line method or a variable method reflecting the pattern in which the economic benefits are anticipated to be realized.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an acquired enterprise or assets over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. We test goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year, and whenever events or changes in circumstances arise during the year that indicate the carrying amount of goodwill may not be recoverable. In evaluating whether an impairment of goodwill exists, we first compare the estimated fair value of a reporting unit against its carrying value. If the estimated fair value is lower than the carrying value, then a more detailed assessment is performed comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to the fair value of the assets and liabilities plus the goodwill carrying value of the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the fair value of its assets and liabilities plus goodwill, then an impairment charge is recognized to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by the difference.

During the year ended December 31, 2007, a goodwill impairment charge of $29,718 was recorded, $2,851 of which was classified as loss from discontinued operations. During the year ended December 31, 2008, a goodwill impairment charge of $6,779 related to the GPW reporting unit was recorded within goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charge on the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 5, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets.”

Business Acquisitions

Business acquisitions are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Under that method, assets and liabilities of the business acquired are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition, with any excess of the cost of the acquisition over the estimated fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired recorded as goodwill. We make significant judgments and assumptions in determining the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities, especially

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

with respect to acquired intangibles. Using different assumptions in determining fair value could materially impact the purchase price allocation and our financial position and results of operations. Results of operations for acquired businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

Freestanding Preferred Stock Warrants

Freestanding warrants that are related to the Company’s redeemable preferred stock are classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The liability as of December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 was $3,517, $5,012 and $5,273, respectively. The warrants are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized within other income (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. We will continue to adjust the warrant liability for any changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrant, the expiration of the warrant, or the automatic conversion of the warrant, assuming the underlying series of preferred stock converts upon an initial public offering, at which time the warrant liability will be reclassified as additional paid-in capital. The change in fair value amounted to a decrease of $283 for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $1,495 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and an increase of $260 for the three months ended March 31, 2010.

At each reporting period, the fair values of the warrants are determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We calculate expected volatility using historical volatility for a peer group of 10 companies, as we believe the expected volatility will approximate historical volatility of the peer group. The expected term is equal to the remaining life of the warrant, and the risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturities for the same period as the remaining life of each warrant.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss includes net loss as currently reported under U.S. GAAP and other comprehensive loss. Other comprehensive loss considers the effects of additional economic events, such as foreign currency translation adjustments, that are not required to be recorded in determining net loss, but rather are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ deficit.

Product Development Costs

Product development expenses consist primarily of salaries and fees paid to outside vendors. Costs incurred in connection with research activities are charged to operating expenses as incurred and are included within product development and sustainment in the consolidated statements of operations. Research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 were $10,685, $3,045 and $5,792, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, research and development expenses were $652 and $2,114, respectively.

We capitalize certain software development costs, including the costs to develop new software products or significant enhancements to existing software products, which are developed or obtained for internal use. We capitalize software development costs when application development begins, it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Such capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, which is generally three years. Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance and all post implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

Software development costs related to software products to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed, however, are capitalized when technological feasibility has been established. In 2010, we have focused on developing software products that can be leveraged across various customers. As such, we have capitalized costs, including direct labor and related overhead. Amortization of capitalized software development costs will begin as each product is available for general release to customers. Amortization will be computed on an individual product basis for those products available for market and will be recognized based on the product’s estimated economic life. Unamortized capitalized software development costs determined to be in excess of net realizable value of the product are expensed immediately. In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, we capitalized $1,162 of software development costs. We did not capitalize any costs in 2007, 2008 and 2009.

Advertising Expenses

The costs of advertising are either expensed as incurred or fully expensed the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising costs amounted to $157, $492 and $102 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and $18 and $6 for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize stock-based compensation expense using a fair value-based method for all share-based awards made to employees and nonemployee directors, including grants of stock options and other stock-based plans. The application of this standard requires significant judgment and the use of estimates, particularly with regard to Black-Scholes assumptions such as stock price volatility and expected option lives to value equity-based compensation. We recognize stock compensation expense using a straight line method over the requisite service period of the individual grants, which generally equals the vesting period.

Litigation and Other Contingencies

Amounts associated with litigation and other contingencies are recorded as charges to earnings when we, after taking into consideration the facts and circumstances associated with each matter, including settlement offers, have determined that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can reasonably be estimated.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using an asset and liability approach to record deferred taxes. Our deferred income tax assets represent temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amount and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities that will result in tax deductions in future years, including net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Valuation allowances are provided if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. We recorded full valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets for all periods presented.

As of January 1, 2007, we adopted the authoritative accounting guidance prescribing a threshold and measurement attribute for the financial recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

expected to be taken in a tax return. The guidance defines the level of assurance that a tax position must meet in order to be recognized in the financial statements and also provides for de-recognition of tax benefits, classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The guidance utilizes a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Step one, recognition, requires a company to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. If a tax position is not considered “more likely than not” to be sustained, no benefits of the position are recognized. Step two, measurement, is based on the largest amount of benefit which is more likely than not to be realized on effective settlement.

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Our net loss attributable to common stockholders was not allocated to redeemable preferred stock or preferred stock using the two-class method, as the redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the net loss attributable to common stockholders.

Our potentially dilutive shares, which include outstanding common stock options, unvested common shares subject to repurchase, preferred stock and redeemable preferred stock, common stock warrants and redeemable preferred stock warrants, have not been included in the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented, as the results would be anti-dilutive. Such potentially dilutive shares are excluded when the effect would be to reduce net loss per share. See Note 13, “Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders.”

Operating Segment

The authoritative guidance for disclosures about segments of an enterprise establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. It defines operating segments as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. We currently operate and manage our business as a single segment. Our CODM allocates resources and assesses performance of the business at the consolidated level. Our CODM reviews revenue by customer and by type of service to understand and evaluate revenue trends. We have one business activity, and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, we consider ourselves to be in a single operating and reporting segment structure.

We have operated as a single segment with one reporting unit since the third quarter of 2008. Prior to the third quarter of 2008, we operated with three reporting units: mobile network operator, GPW, and D2C. In June 2008, we completed our divesture of D2C. In the third quarter of 2008, we impaired the goodwill balance related to GPW and integrated our GPW reporting unit into our mobile network operator unit.

We generated approximately 98%, 92% and 95% of our total revenue in the U.S. during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2009

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

and 2010 approximately 94% and 96%, respectively, of our total revenue was generated in the U.S. For all periods presented, revenue from locations outside the U.S. was less than 10%. As of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, all of our long-lived assets were located in the U.S.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, we had $14,299 and $35,945 of cash and cash equivalents, respectively, and $950 and $1,375 of restricted short-term investments, respectively, that were evaluated using quoted market prices (Level 1) to determine their fair value. As of March 31, 2010, we had $25,408 of cash and cash equivalents and $1,375 of restricted short-term investments that were evaluated using quoted prices (Level 1) to determine their fair value. As of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, cash equivalents were comprised of money market funds totaling $3,966. As of December 31, 2008, the fair market value of held-to-maturity securities using quoted market prices (Level 1) was $5,446. In addition, the carrying amount of certain financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximates fair value due to their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently available to us for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of long-term debt obligations as of December 31, 2008 approximated fair value.

For freestanding warrants related to our redeemable preferred stock which are classified as liabilities, due to the lack of availability of observable market quotes for these securities, the fair value was estimated based on a Black-Scholes valuation model which utilized inputs based on management estimates. Significant inputs to the valuation are unobservable in the active markets and are classified as Level 3. The increase/(decrease) in the Level 3 securities of $(283) for the year ended December 31, 2008, $1,495 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $260 for the three months ended March 31, 2010 was due primarily to changes in the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock. There were no changes in the composition of the Level 3 securities during these periods. There were no transfers between levels in the fair value hierarchy for the three months ended March 31, 2010.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, to the extent balances exceed limits that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and accounts receivable.

At December 31, 2008, two customers comprised 42% and 11%, respectively, of accounts receivable. At December 31, 2009, two customers comprised 41% and 13%, respectively, of accounts receivable. At March 31, 2010, two customers comprised 40% and 19%, respectively, of accounts receivable.

The following table outlines our revenue concentration by customer:

 

     AT&T     Verizon
Wireless
    Alltel  

Year ended December 31, 2007

   41   0   19

Year ended December 31, 2008

   42   12   10

Year ended December 31, 2009(1)

   53   20   —     

Three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

   40   39   —     

 

(1) Verizon Wireless acquired Alltel in January 2009.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

Foreign Currencies

For international subsidiaries, local currencies have been determined to be the functional currencies. The financial statements of international subsidiaries are translated to their U.S. dollar equivalents at end-of-period exchange rates for assets and liabilities and at average currency exchange rates for revenues and expenses. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are included in other comprehensive loss and are reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ deficit. Realized and unrealized transaction gains and losses are included in other income in the period in which they occur, except on intercompany balances considered to be long-term, and have not been significant for any periods presented. Transaction gains and losses on intercompany balances considered to be long-term are recorded in other comprehensive loss.

Subsequent Events

We have evaluated subsequent events through March 5, 2010 which is the date the annual financial statements were issued. For the reissuance of the annual financial statements and for the issuance of the financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2010, the unaudited interim period presented herein, such evaluation was performed through June 1, 2010.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Emerging Issues Task Force issued authoritative guidance addressing revenue recognition arrangements with multiple deliverables. The guidance requires revenue to be allocated to multiple elements using relative fair value based on vendor specific objective evidence, third-party evidence, or estimated selling price. The residual method also becomes obsolete under this guidance. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. We are currently evaluating the impact of the implementation of this guidance on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In January 2010, the FASB issued updated guidance related to fair value measurements and disclosures, which requires a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and to describe the reasons for the transfers. In addition, in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3, a reporting entity should disclose separately information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements (that is, on a gross basis rather than one net number). The updated guidance also requires that an entity should provide fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities and disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements for Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements. The updated guidance is effective for interim or annual financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this statement in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, as the principal impact from this update relates to our fair value measurements disclosure.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

3. Business Combinations

On December 28, 2007, we acquired the assets of InfoSpace Mobile. InfoSpace Mobile was a competing provider of mobile content solutions and services for the wireless industry that had strong relationships with several large wireless carriers. This acquisition was a key element in the broad strategic realignment of our business, which included the acquisition of the mCore platform, leased datacenter facilities and a large employee base. The following table summarizes the final purchase price allocation of this transaction:

 

Cost of acquisition

  

Cash paid

   $ 135,000

Liabilities assumed

     14,983

Direct transaction costs

     2,172
      

Total cost of acquisition

   $ 152,155
      

Allocation of purchase price:

  

Assets

  

Cash

   $ 188

Accounts receivable

     16,402

Prepaid expenses

     2,403

Other current assets

     127
      

Total current assets

     19,120

Property and equipment

     45,177

Intangible assets

     13,200

Goodwill

     74,658
      

Total assets

   $ 152,155
      

Liabilities

  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     14,983
      

Total liabilities

   $ 14,983
      

Net assets acquired

   $ 137,172
      

Amortizable Acquired Assets

Purchased Technology: Included within property and equipment is $25,300 of aggregated proprietary technology and software acquired. This represents six platforms that enable us to provide various types of mobile services to the wireless industry. We valued the technology and software using a cost approach, which provides an estimate of fair value based on the cost of reproducing or replacing the assets. We are amortizing the technology assets using a variable method over their estimated useful lives of six years. During 2008, $8,430 of this capitalized software was determined to be impaired based on information received indicating it was likely that two significant customers would no longer be utilizing our search and storefront solutions. See Note 4, “Property and Equipment, Net.”

Customer Relationships: Intangible assets of $13,200 represent customer relationships which relate to the ability to sell existing and future managed and professional services to existing customers. The fair value of customer relationships has been estimated using the income method utilizing a discounted cash flow model. We are amortizing this intangible asset using a variable method over its estimated useful life of approximately eight years.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The acquisition was expected to enhance our presence in the marketplace by significantly increasing our market share, enhancing the geographical distribution of our operations, and enabling us to increase our productivity. These factors contributed to establishing the purchase price, which resulted in the recognition of a significant amount of goodwill. All of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Goodwill resulting from business combinations is not amortized but instead is tested for impairment at least annually (more frequently if certain indicators are present). In the event that management determines that the value of goodwill has become impaired, we will incur an accounting charge for the amount of impairment during the period in which the determination is made. See Note 5, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets.”

 

4. Property and Equipment, Net

Information related to the major categories of our property and equipment, net is as follows:

 

    Useful Life
(in years)
   As of December 31,     As of
March 31,
2010
 
     2008     2009    
                     (unaudited)  

Capitalized software

  3    $ 45,497      $ 47,601      $ 47,563   

Computer software and equipment

  3-5      31,825        28,633        29,493   

Leasehold improvements

  4-10      12,238        6,755        6,745   

Equipment, furniture and fixtures

  7      3,818        2,392        3,323   

Equipment, furniture and fixtures under capital lease

  Lease term      2,063        113        113   
                          

Total property and equipment

       95,441        85,494        87,237   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

       (35,101     (33,945     (36,573

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization under capital lease

       (2,061     (113     (113

Less: Accumulated impairments

       (21,132     (24,719     (24,719
                          

Property and equipment, net

     $ 37,147      $ 26,717      $ 25,832   
                          

Capitalized software, net of amortization, consists of:

 

     As of December 31,     As of
March 31,
2010
 
     2008     2009    
                 (unaudited)  

Beginning balance

   $ 37,122      $ 23,228      $ 17,284   

Capitalization

     4,796        2,143        —     

Amortization

     (5,771     (4,500     (1,283

Impairment of assets acquired via acquisition

     (8,430     (3,268     —     

Impairment of internally developed software

     (4,489     (319     —     
                        

Ending balance

   $ 23,228      $ 17,284      $ 16,001   
                        

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

In 2008, we determined that $21,132 of long-lived assets were impaired. We recorded an impairment charge of $8,430 for certain capitalized software assets acquired as part of the Infospace Mobile acquisition based on information indicating it was likely that two significant customers would no longer be utilizing our mobile search and storefront solutions and our reassessment of the projected future cash flows associated with these assets. In addition, we recorded an impairment charge of $4,489 related to the planned shutdown of the Fuel software platform. We are migrating existing customers from Fuel to an upgraded version of the mCore platform acquired as part of the Infospace Mobile acquisition. Based on the planned consolidation and shutdown of certain datacenter facilities and our former headquarters in Durham, North Carolina, we recorded a total impairment charge of $8,213 related to computer software, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements.

In 2009, as a result of the loss of a customer who comprised a significant portion of our messaging business, we determined the $3,268 of capitalized software acquired as part of the GPW acquisition was impaired. Our projected future cash flows, when compared to the carrying value of the capitalized software, indicated the asset was fully impaired. In addition, we recorded an impairment charge of $319 related to capitalized software that was no longer in use. During 2009, we also retired a significant amount of assets that were no longer in use due to our datacenter consolidations.

Capitalized interest for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $259, $113 and $27, respectively.

 

5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill are as follows:

 

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 79,283   

Additions:

  

Adjustments to the original purchase allocation of InfoSpace Mobile assets

     2,154   

Deductions:

  

Impairment (GPW)

     (6,779
        

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 74,658   
        

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 74,658   
        

Balance at March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

   $ 74,658   
        

The gross amount of goodwill at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 was $111,155 with accumulated impairments of $36,497.

In 2007, total goodwill impairment charges of $29,718 related to the mobile network operator, GPW and D2C reporting units were recorded. The annual impairment test performed on the mobile network operator reporting unit indicated that changes in consumer purchasing habits produced lower revenues and margins than originally forecasted. We calculated the impairment charge as the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, including the carrying value of its goodwill, to the reporting unit’s fair value, and recorded an impairment charge of $12,074. The reporting unit’s fair value was measured by a combination of an income and cost approach utilizing projected discounted cash flows. In addition, the annual impairment test performed on the

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

GPW reporting unit indicated that unanticipated competitive dynamics in the marketplace generated lower revenues than were originally projected, resulting in the goodwill impairment of $14,793. We calculated the goodwill impairment charge as the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, including the carrying value of its goodwill, and the reporting unit’s fair value, measured by a combination of an income and cost approach utilizing projected discounted cash flow. Finally, we evaluated the carrying value of the D2C reporting unit as compared to the fair market value of the assets and recorded an impairment charge of $2,851. This charge is classified within the net loss from discontinued operations on the consolidated statements of operations.

In 2008, our goodwill impairment test indicated that future revenues from GPW would not support the carrying value of the associated goodwill. The technology acquired from GPW supports premium messaging. As premium messaging has not experienced the expected rate of growth in usage, revenues will be lower than originally anticipated. Therefore, a $6,779 impairment charge related to GPW was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2008. The goodwill impairment charge was calculated as the difference between the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including the carrying value of its goodwill, to the reporting unit’s fair value, measured by an income approach utilizing projected discounted cash flows. Also during 2008, we completed the purchase allocation of the Infospace Mobile acquisition, which included a $2,154 adjustment to the fair value of acquired property and equipment and assumed liabilities.

Information regarding our definite-lived intangibles is as follows:

 

     As of December 31, 2008    As of December 31, 2009    As of March 31, 2010
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
                         (Unaudited)

Customer relationships

   $ 19,088    $ 5,006    $ 19,088    $ 8,396    $ 19,088    $ 8,792

Trademarks

     1,000      1,000      1,000      1,000      1,000      1,000

Capitalized software development costs

     —        —        —        —        1,162      —  

Other

     143      143      143      143      143      143
                                         

Total

   $ 20,231    $ 6,149    $ 20,231    $ 9,539    $ 21,393    $ 9,935
                                         

The customer relationships are being amortized over an estimated useful life of eight years. Software development costs capitalized during the first three months of 2010 were $1.2 million. The products for which costs are capitalized are not yet available for release to customers, and as such, no amounts have been amortized and charged to expense. Amortization of capitalized software development costs will be computed on an individual product basis for those products available for market and will be recognized based on the product’s estimated economic life.

Total amortization expense for definite-lived intangible assets was $1,105, $1,885 and $1,488 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Total amortization expense for definite-lived intangible assets was $431 and $396 for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. In 2008, the customer list related to the acquisition of M7 Networks, Inc. (“M7”) was impaired, resulting in an additional $1,219 of impairments included within goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges on the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31,

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

2008. M7 was a community management solutions provider that we acquired in 2005. We no longer have customers utilizing this technology. In 2009, we determined the customer list acquired from the GPW acquisition was impaired. Our projected cash flow analysis did not support the carrying value of the intangible asset. Therefore, we recorded a $1,902 charge to fully impair the customer list during 2009.

As of December 31, 2009, estimated annual amortization expenses for customer relationships for each of the five succeeding years are as follows:

 

2010

   $ 1,584

2011

     1,716

2012

     1,716

2013

     1,848

2014

     1,848

 

6. Debt Facilities

Our outstanding debt balances are composed of the following:

 

     As of
December 31, 2008
    As of
December 31, 2009
   As of
March 31, 2010
                (unaudited)

2004 Line of Credit

   $ 4,875      $ —      $ —  

2007 Equipment Loan

     5,000        —        —  
                     

Total

     9,875        —        —  

Less: Current portion

     (8,208     —        —  

Less: Unamortized debt discount

     (111     —        —  
                     

Long-term portion

   $ 1,556      $ —      $ —  
                     

In 2004, a $5,250 line of credit was established. Interest accrued on the outstanding principal balance at the prime rate, and payments of interest only were due monthly. The line of credit was secured by guarantees of various stockholders. All principal and outstanding interest amounts were paid in full at the April 8, 2009 maturity date.

In 2007, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a bank to obtain a $10,000 equipment loan (“2007 Equipment Loan”) and a $25,000 revolving line of credit (“2007 Revolving Line of Credit”), secured by our assets, excluding permitted liens. The interest rate for the 2007 Equipment Loan is the prime rate plus 1.25% with a repayment period of 36 months. The interest rate for the 2007 Revolving Line of Credit is the prime rate plus 0.75% with accrued interest due monthly and all obligations due at the maturity date of April 15, 2009. In conjunction with the 2007 Equipment Loan and 2007 Revolving Line of Credit, we issued a warrant to the lender to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $32.25 per share, expiring in June 2014. The $408 fair value of the warrant was recorded as a contra liability within the line titled “bank borrowings, net of current portion” on the consolidated balance sheets and as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The fair value of the warrant was amortized over the term of the financing arrangement as additional interest expense.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

In April 2009, we amended and extended our 2007 Revolving Line of Credit through April 2011 (“Line of Credit”). The 2007 Equipment Loan was terminated and the balance repaid as of the amendment date. The Line of Credit is primarily available to fund working capital requirements. The availability under the Line of Credit is subject to a borrowing base calculated based on qualifying accounts receivable. The interest rate on any borrowings is based on the lender’s prime rate plus a margin ranging between 50 to 150 basis points depending on our trailing EBITDA. The minimum interest rate is 5.50%. The Line of Credit restricts, among other things, our ability to incur indebtedness, create or permit liens on our assets, declare or pay dividends and certain other restricted payments, consolidate, merge or recapitalize, acquire or sell assets, make certain investments, loans or other advances, and enter into transactions with affiliates. The Line of Credit requires us to maintain a “tangible net worth” of $15,000. As of March 31, 2010, we had borrowing capability of approximately $8,102.

We had also entered into various loan agreements to purchase equipment. These advances bore interest at rates ranging from 11.157% to 11.288% and were collateralized by the specific property and equipment acquired. These loan agreements either matured or were repaid during 2008.

As of December 31, 2008, the weighted average interest rate on our outstanding debt was 4.26%.

As of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, no amounts were outstanding on any of the debt facilities.

 

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We lease office space and equipment under various non-cancellable operating lease agreements. Rent expense for non-cancellable operating leases with scheduled rent increases and landlord incentives is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, beginning with the effective lease commencement date. Certain of our leasing agreements have varying renewal options.

Significant terms of operating lease agreements are as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

In 2005, we entered into an operating lease for approximately 61,000 square feet of office space for our headquarters in Durham, North Carolina which commenced in fiscal 2006 and expires in fiscal 2016. The lease required an irrevocable standby letter of credit for security at an initial value of $950 with provisions to reduce the amount based on future financial milestones. The $950 had been placed in an investment account as security for the letter of credit. This account was classified as a restricted short-term investment at December 31, 2008. In conjunction with the relocation of our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington, we entered into an agreement to assign this lease to a third party effective May 1, 2009. As a result of this assignment, we are required to pay 23 months of rent on behalf of the assignee and make a $300 payment at the end of the 23-month period to subsidize future operating expenses. As of December 31, 2009, we have placed $1.4 million in escrow to be used to make the last 10 payments to be made under the assignment of the lease. The costs associated with assignment of the lease were accrued as a restructuring charge as of the assignment date.

 

  Ÿ  

In December 2007, in connection with the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, we entered into an assignment agreement for approximately 7,938 square feet in Bellevue, Washington. The lease expires on August 31, 2011.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

  Ÿ  

In December 2007, in connection with the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, we entered into an operating lease for approximately 65,436 square feet of office space in Bellevue, Washington. The lease expires on December 20, 2013.

 

  Ÿ  

In May 2008, we entered into an operating lease for office space and parking facilities in Woking, United Kingdom. The lease expired on February 28, 2010.

Estimated future minimum net rentals payable under these agreements at December 31, 2009 are as follows:

 

2010

   $ 4,900

2011

     2,924

2012

     1,984

2013

     2,461

2014

     243

Thereafter

     —  
      

Total

   $ 12,512
      

In the preceding table, future minimum annual net rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases denominated in foreign currencies have been calculated based upon December 31, 2009 foreign currency exchange rates. The table was prepared assuming the maximum commitments currently outstanding, but such commitments could decrease based on termination negotiations. Minimum net rentals payable under non-cancellable operating lease agreements are presented net of tenant allowances, if any.

Rental expense under operating lease agreements during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $1,480, $5,103 and $2,978, respectively. Rental expense under operating lease agreements during the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 was $1,087 and $661, respectively.

Other Contractual Arrangements

We have entered into several agreements with third-party network service providers, who provide additional operational support to our various datacenters. In addition, we have entered into a professional services agreement that expires on December 31, 2010. Under these arrangements, we are obligated to make payments totaling $6,155 in 2010 and $2,139 in 2011.

Capital Leases

In 2006, we entered into a sale-leaseback transaction. Based on the terms, we sold certain new assets for $2,148 to the landlord of our former corporate headquarters located in Durham, North Carolina. The assets were leased back from the purchaser over a period of 10 years and no gain or loss was recognized on the transaction. A corresponding note receivable from the lessor was created for the sales proceeds subject to the same repayment terms as the capital lease obligation. During 2009, the capital lease obligation and note receivable relating to our former corporate headquarters were assigned to a third-party, resulting in the elimination of the capital lease obligation and note receivable with no gain or loss recognized.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

Litigation

From time to time, we are subject to claims in legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. We do not believe that we are currently party to any pending legal action that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

8. Restructuring

In February and March 2007, we closed our San Diego and Los Angeles, California offices, and relocated employees to our headquarters in Durham, North Carolina. During 2007, restructuring charges of $990 and $293 were incurred for office relocation and lease termination obligations, respectively.

In conjunction with the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition in December 2007 and the subsequent integration activities, we elected to move our corporate headquarters from Durham, North Carolina to Bellevue, Washington and eliminate redundant functions and positions. During 2008, we incurred $3,236 of expenses to relocate the headquarters functions and certain employees to the Bellevue location. This amount includes severance expenses related to the elimination of redundant positions and is classified as restructuring charges in the 2008 consolidated financial statements. See Note 7, “Commitments and Contingencies,” for additional information regarding assignment of the lease for the Durham facility in April 2009.

During 2009, we incurred restructuring charges of $2,058 related to the relocation of our corporate headquarters and the closure of our office in the United Kingdom.

In March 2010, we incurred a $407 loss on the sale of the Chief Executive Officer’s home that we acquired in 2008 in connection with the relocation of our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington. This loss was recorded as a restructuring charge in the three months ended March 31, 2010. See Note 16, “Related Party Transactions” for additional information regarding the purchase of the home in 2008.

Restructuring charges are included in restructuring on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

The following table summarizes the liabilities related to restructuring costs which are included in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets:

 

     Involuntary
Termination
Benefits
    Office
Relocation
Costs
    Other Costs,
Primary Lease
Obligations
    Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2006

   $ 680      $ —        $ —        $ 680   

Restructuring charges

     —          990        293        1,283   

Utilization

     (662     (990     (293     (1,945
                                

Balance as of December 31, 2007

     18        —          —          18   

Restructuring charges

     2,584        311        341        3,236   

Utilization

     (2,372     (311     (341     (3,024
                                

Balance as of December 31, 2008

     230        —          —          230   

Restructuring charges

     744        43        1,271        2,058   

Utilization

     (805     (43     (871     (1,719
                                

Balance as of December 31, 2009

     169        —          400        569   

Restructuring charges (unaudited)

     —          407        —          407   

Utilization (unaudited)

     —          (407     (180     (587
                                

Balance as of March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

   $ 169      $ —        $ 220      $ 389   
                                

 

9. Capital Structure

At March 31, 2010 and at December 31, 2010, we had authorized 975,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 625,000,000 shares are designated as common stock and 350,000,000 are designated as preferred stock.

Terms of the preferred stock and redeemable preferred stock are presented in Note 10, “Preferred Stock and Redeemable Preferred Stock.” Information regarding stock options and warrants outstanding is included in Note 11, “Stock Options and Warrants.” The terms of our common stock are as follows:

Common Stock

Dividend

The holders of common stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by our board of directors, any dividends, subject to the rights of holders of other classes of stock outstanding having prior rights as to dividends.

Voting

The holder of each share of common stock shall have the right to one vote for each share, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the our bylaws, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

Liquidation

In the event of liquidation, holders of common stock shall receive all remaining proceeds from the liquidation of the Company following the satisfaction of the preferences of the holders of preferred

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

stock. These proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of Series E preferred stock and common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each (assuming full conversion of all such Series E preferred stock).

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock has been granted to certain employees and one non-employee. Vesting of all restricted shares granted on or after October 25, 2006 is subject to a double trigger vesting requirement under the terms of the restricted stock agreement. The double trigger consists of time-based vesting and occurrence of a liquidation event, defined as a qualified public offering or a qualified sale of the Company. If no liquidation event occurs within 10 years, the stock is forfeited. The restricted stock agreement also includes provisions to accelerate vesting of the shares based upon liquidation event vesting conditions, and does not require the employee to be employed at the date of the liquidation event to receive the shares that have vested based on the service period. We consider the restricted stock outstanding upon grant and include them in common stock outstanding. These shares have voting and dividend rights upon grant. These rights are forfeited should the stock not vest. Under these terms vesting of the shares is not probable until a liquidation event is probable. Therefore, no compensation expense has been recognized related to the grant of these shares of restricted stock. Had a qualified event occurred on March 31, 2010, the related compensation expense would have been $16,285 and additional compensation expense of approximately $13,197 would be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years.

 

Restricted Stock    Shares  

December 31, 2006

   712,055   

Granted

   594,963   

Lapse of restriction

   (40,849

Forfeited

   (325,364
      

December 31, 2007

   940,805   

Granted

   781,385   

Lapse of restriction

   (40,849

Forfeited

   (603,552
      

December 31, 2008

   1,077,789   

Granted

   950,000   

Lapse of restriction

   (24,510

Forfeited

   (94,230
      

December 31, 2009

   1,909,049   

Granted (unaudited)

   132,667   

Forfeited (unaudited)

   (32,208
      

March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

   2,009,508   
      

As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010, restricted stock included 49,019, 24,509 and 24,509 shares, respectively, of restricted stock that were not subject to the double trigger vesting requirement. The restriction on these shares lapses as the shares vest based on service conditions. At the time the restriction lapses, we reclassify the shares from restricted stock to common stock.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

10. Preferred Stock and Redeemable Preferred Stock

The following is a summary of our $0.001 par value Series D1 preferred stock and $0.001 par value Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, and I redeemable preferred stock:

 

    As of December 31, 2008   As of December 31, 2009   As of March 31, 2010
(Unaudited)

Security

  Carrying
Value
  Liquida-
tion
Value
  Issued &
Outstanding
Shares
  Carrying
Value
  Liquida-
tion
Value
  Issued &
Outstanding
Shares
  Carrying
Value
  Liquida-
tion
Value
  Issued &
Outstanding
Shares

Preferred stock

                 

Series D1

  $ 17,393   $ 19,777   7,338,769   $ 17,393   $ 20,472   7,338,769   $ 17,393   $ 20,645   7,338,769

Redeemable preferred stock

                 

Series A

  $ 6,323   $ 6,365   8,740,368   $ 6,547   $ 6,579   8,740,368     6,604     6,632   8,740,368

Series B

    13,531     13,617   23,323,936     14,006     14,076   23,323,936     14,129     14,189   23,323,936

Series C

    2,665     2,682   2,259,121     2,758     2,772   2,259,121     2,782     2,794   2,259,121

Series D

    442     445   375,000     458     460   375,000     462     464   375,000

Series E

    31,170     31,530   29,404,456     32,349     32,610   29,404,456     32,655     32,876   29,404,456

Series F

    93,621     97,273   36,684,050     98,242     100,751   36,684,050     99,454     101,609   36,684,050

Series G

    29,423     30,499   12,248,642     29,821     30,499   12,248,642     29,923     30,499   12,248,642

Series H

    49,761     81,713   21,084,337     50,770     52,500   21,084,337     51,028     52,500   21,084,337

Series I

    167,199     192,481   190,839,694     182,445     199,881   190,839,694     186,587     201,706   190,839,694
                                               

Total

  $ 394,135   $ 456,605   324,959,604   $ 417,396   $ 440,128   324,959,604   $ 423,624   $ 443,269   324,959,604
                                               

Preferred Stock

The Series D1 preferred stock is not redeemable and, therefore, cumulative unpaid dividends in arrears are not recorded on our consolidated balance sheets. However, such cumulative unpaid dividends are included in net loss attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented.

Redeemable Preferred Stock

In February 2007, we issued 21,084,337 shares of Series H preferred stock to new investors. We received proceeds of $49,511, net of issuance costs of $2,989. In connection with this financing round, we issued three warrants to the investors to purchase 108,500 shares of our common stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable with a five-year term. The fair value of the warrants at the grant date was determined to be $1,807 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

In December 2007, we issued 190,839,694 shares of Series I preferred stock and received proceeds of $172,291, net of cash issuance costs of $12,824.

We utilized the consulting services of an investor in connection with the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition. As consideration for such services, the investor received a cash payment of $3,000 (included within the total cash issuance costs of $12,824) and a warrant to purchase 2,578,915 shares of Series I preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share. The preferred stock warrant is immediately exercisable with a seven-year term. The fair value of the warrant at the grant date was determined to be $1,062 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and has been recorded within redeemable preferred stock warrants on the consolidated balance sheets.

We also utilized a placement agent in completing the Series I preferred stock financing round. As consideration for placement services, the placement agent received a cash payment of $9,230

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

(included within the total cash issuance costs of $12,824), a warrant to purchase 6,340,676 shares of Series I preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share, and a warrant to purchase 16,667 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $14.54 per share. The preferred stock warrant and common stock warrant are immediately exercisable with seven-year terms. The fair value of the preferred stock warrant at the grant date was determined to be $2,610 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and has been recorded within redeemable preferred stock warrants on the consolidated balance sheets using a residual value approach. The fair value of the common stock warrant at the grant date was determined to be $115 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and has been allocated to additional paid-in capital using a residual value approach. We subsequently modified the terms of the placement agent’s existing services agreement, and as consideration for this modification, the placement agent agreed to surrender warrants to purchase 122,138 shares of common stock issued in conjunction with the Series F and G preferred stock financing rounds. These warrants held exercise prices of $35.55 and $37.35 per share. The fair value of the surrendered common stock warrants received was determined to be $209 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and has been charged against additional paid-in capital using a residual value approach.

We issued additional warrants to purchase 2,689,951 shares of common stock in connection with the Series I financing round. Under the terms of the Series I preferred stock, investors received warrants to purchase 0.0133 shares of common stock for each share of preferred stock purchased in the transaction. Under this provision, we issued warrants to purchase 2,544,527 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $14.54 per share. These warrants are exercisable through December 28, 2014. In order to secure participation from four investors in the Series I financing round, we issued warrants to purchase 106,833 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $14.54 per share on September 30, 2007. In addition, we issued warrants to purchase 38,590 shares of common stock to one investor at an exercise price of $14.54 per share on December 28, 2007 in order to secure its approval of the Series I financing round. The warrants were immediately exercisable with a seven-year term. We valued these warrants to purchase 2,689,951 shares of common stock using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and allocated net proceeds of $15,248 to additional paid-in capital using a relative fair-value approach.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common or preferred stock. Shares of our redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock accrue dividends per annum at the rates set forth in the following table (listed in order of preference):

 

Series I    $0.039
Series H   
Series G   
Series F (E & F have equal preference)    $0.095
Series E (E & F have equal preference)    $0.037
Series D1    $0.095 per share upon a liquidating event
Series D (A, B, C & D have equal preference)    $0.040
Series C (A, B, C & D have equal preference)    $0.040
Series B (A, B, C & D have equal preference)    $0.020
Series A (A, B, C & D have equal preference)    $0.025

Series A, B, C, D, E, F, H and I holders receive cumulative dividends when and if declared by the board of directors. Series G preferred stockholders receive noncumulative dividends when and if

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

declared by the board of directors. After payment of such dividends, any additional dividends shall be distributed among the holders of common stock and Series E preferred stock in proportion to the number of shares of common stock that would be held by each holder if all shares of Series E preferred stock were converted to common stock at the then effective conversion rate. Holders of Series D1 preferred stock are entitled to receive annual dividends equal to $0.095 per share upon a liquidating event, or cumulative dividends when and if declared by the board of directors. Cumulative unpaid dividends due to Series D1 preferred stockholders upon a liquidation event at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 were $1,687, $2,384, $3,080 and $3,252, respectively.

Liquidation Preference

The liquidation value of our redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock is as set forth in the following table (listed in order of preference):

 

Series I

   $ 0.97

Series H

   $ 2.49

Series G

   $ 2.49

Series F

   $ 2.37

Series E

   $ 0.92

Series D1

   $ 2.37

Series D

   $ 1.00

Series C

   $ 1.00

Series B

   $ 0.49

Series A

   $ 0.61

Following the payment of the Series I liquidation preference, but before the payment of any Series I unpaid dividends, whether declared or undeclared, holders of Series H preferred stock shall be entitled to receive their liquidation preference plus (1) all declared but unpaid dividends and (2) all unpaid and undeclared cumulative dividends. Following the Series H payment, holders of Series I preferred stock shall be entitled to receive their declared but unpaid dividends.

Following the Series I and H payments, holders of Series G preferred stock shall be entitled to receive their liquidation value, excluding any declared but unpaid dividends. Following the payment of the Series G liquidation preference, Series F and E preferred stockholders shall be entitled to receive their liquidation value plus all declared but unpaid dividends in order of preference.

Following the Series F and E payments, holders of Series G preferred stock shall receive an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends. Following the payment of the Series G dividends, holders of Series I preferred stock shall be entitled to receive their undeclared and unpaid cumulative dividends.

Upon the completion of these distributions, holders of Series F and E preferred stock shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to all unpaid and undeclared cumulative dividends, whether or not earned. Then, Series D1 holders shall be entitled to receive their liquidation value, all declared but unpaid dividends and all unpaid and undeclared cumulative dividends, if any, whether or not earned.

Following the payment of the Series D1 liquidation preference, Series D, C, B and A holders shall have the right to their liquidation preference, all declared but unpaid dividends and all unpaid and undeclared cumulative dividends, if any, whether or not earned.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

All of the remaining proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of Series E preferred stock and common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each, assuming full conversion of all such Series E preferred stock and excluding the additional Series E IPO shares to be issued in the event of conversion of the Series E preferred stock into shares of common stock, as discussed in the conversion section.

Voting Rights

The holder of each share of Series D1, E, F, G, H, and I preferred stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which such shares of Series D1, E, F, G, H, and I preferred stock could then be converted, and shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock. Holders of Series A, B, C, and D preferred stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matter.

Conversion

Each share of Series I, H, G, F, E, and D1 preferred stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price. The conversion price reflects the 15-to-1 split of our common stock. The table below outlines the original issue price and the conversion price:

 

     Original
Issue Price
   Conversion
Price

Series I preferred stock

   $ 0.9694    $ 14.54

Series H preferred stock

     2.4900      35.55

Series G preferred stock

     2.4900      35.55

Series F preferred stock

     2.3700      35.55

Series E preferred stock

     0.9182      13.77

Series D1 preferred stock

     2.3700      35.55

Due to certain antidilution protection provisions in our certificate of incorporation, holders of Series D1, F, G, and H will receive additional shares of common stock upon conversion as a result of the issuance of the Series I preferred stock, and the total number of additional shares of common stock that will be issued if all shares of Series D1, F, G, and H are converted is 2,540,438.

Each share of Series I, H and G preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at their respective conversion rates upon the earlier of (A) a firm-commitment underwritten public offering at a price which shall not be less than $14.54 per share for Series I and $25.20 per share for Series H and G, the proceeds of which are a minimum of $40,000 in the aggregate or (B) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the respective series of preferred stock.

Each share of Series D1, E, and F preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at their respective conversion rates, upon the earlier of (A) a firm-commitment underwritten public offering, at a price which shall not be less than $35.55 per share and the proceeds of which are a minimum of $40,000 in the aggregate or (B) (1) with respect solely to the Series D1 and F preferred stock, the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of Series D1 and F preferred stockholders voting together as a single class and not as a separate series, and on an

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

as-converted basis and (2) with respect solely to the Series E preferred stock, the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of Series E preferred stockholders. In the event of conversion of the Series E preferred stock into shares of common stock, we shall issue to each stockholder that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock equal to the quotient of the aggregate Series E liquidation preference and all unpaid and undeclared cumulative dividends, divided by the price per share to the public as printed on the final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the initial public offering.

Each share of Series A, B, C and D preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock immediately upon a firm-commitment underwritten public offering. In the event of such a public offering, we shall issue to each stockholder that number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient of the respective Series A, B, C or D liquidation preferences of such shares calculated as of the closing of the public offering, divided by the price per share to the public as printed on the final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with such public offering.

Redemption

At any time on or after August 31, 2011, the holders of Series I, H and G preferred stock, voting independently as single classes, may elect by simple majority vote to have all outstanding shares of their respective preferred stock redeemed by payment of a sum per share equal to their respective liquidation preferences and all undeclared and unpaid dividends. On the redemption date, we shall pay the cash payment in immediately available funds or by the issuance of a promissory note which shall bear simple interest at the rate of 4% per annum and shall be payable in eight consecutive quarterly installments with the first such installment becoming due and payable on the first anniversary of the redemption date; provided, however, that in lieu of receiving the cash payment in the form of a promissory note, any holder of Series I, H or G preferred stock may instead elect to be redeemed quarterly and receive the cash payment in eight consecutive quarterly installments.

At any time on or after August 31, 2011, the holders of Series E and F preferred stock, voting together as a single class, may elect by simple majority vote to have all outstanding shares of Series E and F preferred stock redeemed by payment of (A) Series F preferred stock by paying in cash a sum per share equal to the Series F liquidation preference and all unpaid and undeclared cumulative dividends and (B) Series E preferred stock by paying in cash a sum per share equal to the Series E liquidation preference and all unpaid and undeclared cumulative dividends. We shall also issue at the redemption of each share of Series E preferred stock that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock that would be issuable if such share of Series E preferred stock were converted to common stock at the then effective Series E conversion rate as of the redemption date. On the redemption date, we shall pay the Series F and E redemption payments, in immediately available funds or by the issuance of a promissory note which shall bear simple interest at the rate of 4% per annum and shall be payable in eight consecutive quarterly installments with the first such installment becoming due and payable on the first anniversary of the redemption date; provided, however, that in lieu of receiving the redemption payment in the form of a promissory note, any holder of Series E or F preferred stock may instead elect to be redeemed quarterly and receive the redemption price in eight consecutive quarterly installments.

Following payment in full of the Series E, F, G, H and I redemption payments, we shall notify each stockholder of Series D preferred stock of the redemption of the Series E, F, G, H and I preferred

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

stock. Thereafter, the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of Series D preferred stock may elect to have all shares of the Series D preferred stock redeemed by us. We shall redeem from holders all shares of Series D preferred stock on the thirtieth day next following the date of the Series D redemption notice. On the redemption date, the Company shall pay the Series D redemption payment, in immediately available funds or by the issuance of a promissory note which shall bear simple interest at the rate of 4% per annum and shall be payable in eight consecutive quarterly installments with the first such installment becoming due and payable on the first anniversary of the redemption date.

Following payment in full of the Series D, E, F, G, H and I redemption payments, we shall notify each holder of Series A, B, and C preferred stock of the redemption of the Series D, E, F, G, H and I preferred stock. Thereafter, the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of shares of Series A, B, and C preferred stock may elect to have all shares of the Series A, B and C preferred stock redeemed by us. We shall redeem all shares of Series A, B and C preferred stock on the thirtieth day next following the date of the redemption notice. On the redemption date, the Company shall pay the Series A, B and C redemption payments, in immediately available funds or by the issuance of a promissory note which shall bear simple interest at the rate of 4% per annum and shall be payable in eight consecutive quarterly installments with the first such installment becoming due and payable on the first anniversary of the respective redemption date.

Carrying Value

The Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I preferred stock were initially recorded at the total net proceeds received at issuance. The difference between the total net proceeds received and the redemption prices of each series is being accreted using the effective interest method over the period from issuance until the redemption date, August 31, 2011. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, accretion totaled $7,399, $21,729 and $23,261, respectively. Accretion totaled $5,815 and $6,228 for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

11. Stock Options and Warrants

Stock Options

On March 19, 2004, we established the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”). As amended on October 9, 2007, we may grant options of up to 5,113,004 shares under the 2004 Plan. Options granted under the 2004 Plan may be incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options and are to have an exercise period not to exceed 10 years. The exercise price of incentive stock options cannot be less than 100% of the estimated fair market value per share of our common stock on the grant date. Options granted under the 2004 Plan vest over various periods ranging from one to four years. The 2004 Plan also permits us to issue restricted stock and bonus stock grants. Upon the exercise of stock options, we issue the resulting shares from shares reserved for issuance under the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan limits the number of shares that may be granted during any 12-month period to a single participant to 266,667.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

The following table summarizes all stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited):

 

     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
   Remaining
Average
Contractual
Term (Years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

Outstanding, December 31, 2007

   1,424,684      $ 12.00    3.81    $ 5,568

Granted

   480,511        12.00      

Exercised

   (102,832     1.20      

Forfeited

   (360,516     16.20      

Expired

   (222,302     19.35      
              

Outstanding, December 31, 2008

   1,219,545        10.35    6.54    $ 3,675

Granted

   196,817        14.10      

Exercised

   (52,922     0.30      

Forfeited

   (98,989     13.20      

Expired

   (38,990     18.60      
              

Outstanding, December 31, 2009

   1,225,461        10.80    6.43    $ 11,498

Granted

   28,453        19.82      

Exercised

   (7,167     19.65      

Forfeited

   (68,041     17.85      

Expired

   —             
              

Outstanding, March 31, 2010

   1,178,706      $ 10.67    6.58    $ 11,473
              

Exercisable at March 31, 2010

   706,973      $ 8.87    5.21    $ 8,470

Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2010

   1,113,852      $ 10.34    6.14    $ 11,572

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010 was $2,292, $618, $663 and $139 respectively.

In determining the compensation cost of the stock options granted, the fair value of each option grant has been estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions used in these calculations are summarized as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2010

Expected term of options granted

   5 years      5 years      5 years

Expected volatility range

   58   50% - 58   50%

Range of risk-free interest rates

   2.8% - 3.3   1.7% - 2.3   2.3%

Expected dividend yield

   0   0   0%

We calculate expected volatility for stock options using historical volatility for a peer group of 10 companies, as we believe the expected volatility will approximate historical volatility of the peer group. The risk-free interest rate for the expected terms of the stock options is based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturities in effect at the time of grant.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010 were $8.10, $6.30, $7.05 and $9.04 respectively.

Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $688, $2,344 and $2,179, respectively and $532 and $505 for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, and was included in datacenter and network operations, product development and sustainment, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses.

At December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, there was $2,975 and $2,488, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested options that are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3 and 2.2 years, respectively.

Warrants

On May 16, 2007, we issued to an affiliate of an existing investor a warrant to purchase 128,571 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $32.25 per share as consideration for a financing commitment in connection with a proposed transaction that was not completed. The warrant is exercisable immediately with a seven-year term. The fair value of the common stock warrant at the grant date was determined to be $2,600 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and has been recorded as abandoned acquisition expense within the consolidated statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, all warrants were outstanding and exercisable for the entire year. Warrants were primarily issued in conjunction with financing rounds to investors or other parties and none are held by employees. The following table summarizes the outstanding warrants to purchase common and redeemable preferred stock as of December 31, 2009:

 

Number of
Warrants
  

Warrant to Purchase

   Exercise
Price
Per Share
   Expiration Date
1,666   

Common stock

   $ 3.75    June 22, 2010
108,500   

Common stock

     35.55    February 23, 2012
8,130   

Common stock

     30.75    December 30, 2012
427   

Common stock

     30.75    February 22, 2013
128,571   

Common stock

     32.25    May 16, 2014
20,000   

Common stock

     32.25    June 29, 2014
123,500   

Common stock

     14.54    September 30, 2014
2,583,117   

Common stock

     14.54    December 28, 2014
182,198   

Series A redeemable preferred stock and common stock (prior to adjustment for a 15-for-1 reverse stock split of our common stock)

     0.30    April 7, 2011
70,000   

Series B redeemable preferred stock and common stock (prior to adjustment for a 15-for-1 reverse stock split of our common stock)

     0.49    April 8, 2012
40,000   

Series B redeemable preferred stock and common stock (prior to adjustment for a 15-for-1 reverse stock split of our common stock)

     0.49    July 25, 2012
8,919,591   

Series I redeemable preferred stock

     0.97    December 28, 2014

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

The Series A and Series B redeemable preferred stock and common stock warrants are each exercisable for one share of redeemable preferred stock and one share of common stock.

The redeemable preferred stock warrants are adjusted to reflect the current fair value as determined using the Black-Scholes model. The change in the fair value of the redeemable preferred stock warrants was a $310 decrease in 2007, a $283 decrease in 2008 and a $1,495 increase in 2009. The weighted-average assumptions used in these calculations are summarized as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
2008
    Year Ended December 31,
2009
 

Expected term

   6 years      5 years   

Expected volatility

   58.0   50.0

Risk-free interest rate

   1.8   2.6

Expected dividend yield

   3.9   3.9

The expected term is the remaining contractual life for each warrant and the risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturities in effect at the end of the reporting period.

Expected volatility is calculated using a historical volatility for a peer group of ten companies, as we believe the expected volatility will approximate historical volatility of the peer group.

 

12. Income Taxes

The following table presents the domestic and foreign components of the pre-tax loss from continuing operations and the income tax provision for the years ended December 31:

 

     2007     2008     2009  

Income from continuing operations before tax:

      

U.S.

   $ (51,183   $ (75,395   $ (13,087

Foreign

     (422     343        (1,318
                        

Total

   $ (51,605   $ (75,052   $ (14,405
                        

The income tax provision consisted of the following amounts:

      

Current:

      

U.S.

   $ —        $ —        $ (88

Foreign

     —          —          —     
                        
     —          —          (88
                        

Deferred:

      

U.S.

     —          1,776        1,984   

Foreign

     —          —          —     
                        
     —          1,776        1,984   
                        

Total

   $ —        $ 1,776      $ 1,896   
                        

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following as of December 31:

 

     2007     2008     2009  

Domestic net operating loss carry forwards

   $ 57,652      $ 75,043      $ 80,251   

Fixed assets

     (96     7,822        3,132   

Research and development credits

     3,068        4,125        5,037   

Foreign net operating loss carry forwards

     300        79        399   

Domestic net operating loss carry forwards

     —          —          108   

Compensation accruals

     1,019        1,701        3,568   

Deferred revenue

     —          —          1,988   

Amortization of intangible assets

     (4,781     (3,433     (1,458

Allowance for bad debts

     131        345        94   

Severance and restructuring

     8        57        63   

Other accruals

     255        175        (570
                        

Total deferred tax assets

     57,556        85,914        92,612   

Valuation allowance for deferred assets

     (57,556     (85,914     (92,612
                        

Deferred tax assets

   $ —        $ —        $ —     
                        

Amortization of goodwill

       (1,776     (3,760
                  

Net deferred tax liability

     $ (1,776   $ (3,760
                  

As of December 31, 2009, we provided a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets since realization of these benefits was not more likely than not. The $6,698 increase in the valuation allowance for the period December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009 was related to additional deferred tax assets generated, consisting primarily of net operating losses. The deferred tax asset includes net assets that were acquired in business combinations.

We had research and development tax credit carryforwards of $5,037 at December 31, 2009 that will begin to expire in 2014. During 2009, our research and development credit carryforward increased due to credits generated in 2009, but was partially offset by a $45 refundable research and development credit. For 2009 we have recorded an anticipated refund of $43. The 2008 and 2009 refundable research and development credits resulted in $88 of current tax benefit.

As of December 31, 2009, we had domestic net operating loss carryforwards of $222,019 for federal purposes and $89,002 for state purposes. These net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in varying amounts starting in 2019 for U.S. federal income tax purposes and in the current year for state income tax purposes. The ultimate availability of the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards to offset future income may be subject to limitation under the rules regarding changes in stock ownership as determined by the Internal Revenue Code.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

Taxes computed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% are reconciled to the income tax provision as follows:

 

         2007             2008             2009      

United States federal tax at statutory rate

   34.0   34.0   34.0

Change in valuation allowance

   (21.9   (38.0   (46.5

State taxes (net of federal benefit)

   2.3      3.0      2.5   

Tax credits earned

   1.5      1.5      6.9   

Foreign rate differential

   0.0      (0.5   (0.9

Effect of rate change

   (3.3   0.0      (1.0

Provision to return

   1.1      1.8      (2.4

Non-deductible expenses and other

   (13.7   (4.2   (5.8
                  

Effective rate

   0.0   (2.4 )%    (13.2 )% 
                  

As of January 1, 2007, we adopted the authoritative accounting guidance prescribing a threshold and measurement attribute for the financial recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The guidance defines the confidence level that a tax position must meet in order to be recognized in the financial statements and also provides for de-recognition of tax benefits, classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Upon adoption there was no cumulative effect adjustment to accumulated deficit. The adoption of this guidance and current year activity did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

13. Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders have been computed based on net loss and the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the applicable period. We calculate potentially dilutive incremental shares issuable using the treasury stock method and the if-converted method, as applicable. The treasury stock method assumes that the proceeds received from the exercise of stock options and warrants, as well as stock option and restricted stock expense yet to be recorded for unvested shares would be used to repurchase common shares in the market at the average stock price during the period. We have excluded options to purchase common stock, restricted stock, preferred stock and warrants to purchase common and redeemable preferred stock, as the potentially issuable shares covered by these securities are antidilutive. In addition, redeemable preferred stock has also been excluded because its conversion into common stock, and therefore its impact upon dilution, cannot be determined without an initial public offering price or liquidation factor. The following table presents the antidilutive securities not included in net loss attributable to common stockholders:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Three Months Ended
March 31,
     2007    2008    2009    2009    2010
                    (unaudited)

Options to purchase common stock

   1,424,683    1,219,544    1,225,460    1,307,351    1,178,706

Restricted stock

   818,257    1,028,769    1,884,539    1,371,206    1,984,998

Preferred stock

   10,876,759    10,876,759    10,876,759    10,876,759    10,876,759

Warrants to purchase common stock

   2,973,911    2,973,911    2,973,911    2,973,911    2,973,911

Warrants to purchase redeemable preferred stock and common stock

   292,198
   292,198    292,198    292,198    292,198

Warrants to purchase redeemable preferred stock

   8,919,591    8,919,591    8,919,591    8,919,591    8,919,591
                        

Total securities excluded from net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

   25,305,399    25,310,772    26,172,458    25,741,016    26,226,163
                        

The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculations for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010 assume the conversion of all outstanding redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock, other than Series H, into shares of common stock using the as-if-converted method, as of January 1, 2009 or the date of issuance, if later.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the period indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
                       (Unaudited)  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (85,988   $ (100,454   $ (40,257   $ (12,958   $ (7,933
                                        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     5,795,940        5,843,489        5,878,368        5,886,763        5,753,047   
                                        

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted

   $ (14.84   $ (17.19   $ (6.85   $ (2.20   $ (1.38
                                        
     (Unaudited)              

Pro forma adjustment to reverse mark-to-market adjustments of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

         1,495          261   

Pro forma adjustment to reverse accretion of redeemable preferred stock to redemption value and Series D1 preferred dividends

         22,947          6,142   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect stock-based compensation due to the vesting of restricted stock triggered by the closing of the public offering

         (15,430       (16,285
                      

Net loss used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

       $ (31,245     $ (17,815
                      

Shares used above

         5,878,368          5,753,047   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock to common stock shares, issuance of shares to be sold in this offering and restricted stock which will be fully vested as a result of this offering, used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

         31,227,972          31,715,051   
                      

Weighted-average common shares outstanding for pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

         37,106,340          37,468,098   
                      

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted

       $ (0.84     $ (0.48
                      

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

14. Defined Contribution Plan

We maintain a defined contribution plan (the “401(k) Savings Plan”) for eligible employees. The 401(k) Savings Plan assets are held in trust and invested as directed by the plan participants, and shares of our common stock are not an eligible investment election. We provide a match on a specified portion of eligible employees’ contributions as approved by our board of directors. Historically, we have made matching contributions equal to 50% of the portion of contributions that do not exceed 6% of eligible pay. Our matching contributions, included in general and administrative, totaled $419 and $630 in 2008 and 2009, respectively.

 

15. Discontinued Operations

In 2007, we enacted a plan to exit our D2C business through sale of assets as we began to focus our strategy on providing mobile content solutions and services for the wireless industry. In connection with the strategy change, eReader, one of the D2C divisions, was sold for $2,500 during 2007, resulting in a loss on sale of $1,360, representing the excess of the carrying value over the proceeds. We received $2,200 during 2008 and $300 was collected in 2009. In June 2008, the remaining portions of the D2C business were sold for $2,500 to a related party investor and board member, resulting in a loss of $127. The board member resigned on June 3, 2008.

The significant components of loss from discontinued operations for 2007, net of income taxes, are as follows:

 

     M&E     D2C     eReader    Year Ended
December  31,
2007
 

Revenue for discontinued operations

   $ 1,841      $ 11,171      $ 3,573    $ 16,585   
                               

Net operating income (expenses) from discontinued operations

   $ (21,981   $ (1,243   $ 1,147    $ (22,077

Impairment of goodwill

     —          (2,851     —        (2,851
                               

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ (21,981   $ (4,094   $ 1,147    $ (24,928
                               

During 2008, as part of a business strategy reassessment initiated in 2007, we decided to exit M&E through a wind-down of its operations which was completed in September 2008. Operations of M&E have been classified as discontinued operations and reflected in loss from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations.

The significant components of loss from discontinued operations for 2008, net of income taxes, are as follows:

 

     M&E     D2C     Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Revenue for discontinued operations

   $ 1,194      $ 2,334      $ 3,528   
                        

Net loss from discontinued operations

   $ (571   $ (501   $ (1,072
                        

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

16. Related Party Transactions

Under the terms of the 2004 merger transaction between Pinpoint Networks, Inc. and PBH Holdings, the existing investors of PBH Holdings agreed to continue their guarantees of the outstanding debt that was transferred to PBH, Inc. Details of this debt are included in Note 6, “Debt Facilities.” The amount outstanding under the 2004 Line of Credit, $4,875 at December 31, 2008, was guaranteed by such investors.

In 2007, we sold D2C for $2,500 to a related party investor and board member. The board member resigned on June 3, 2008. See Note 15, “Discontinued Operations.”

In consideration of an agreement by a related party investor to provide a financing commitment letter in connection with a proposed transaction that was not completed in 2007, we issued a warrant for 128,571 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $32.25 per share.

In September 2007, two related party investors deposited $36,500 and $20,000, respectively, in escrow accounts on our behalf to facilitate our ability to negotiate the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. In consideration of these deposits, we issued warrants to purchase 81,833 shares and 16,667 shares of common stock, respectively, at an exercise price of $14.54 per share. Additionally, in connection with the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, we received consulting services from another related party investor in exchange for cash in the amount of $3,000 and warrants to purchase 2,578,915 shares of Series I preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share.

A related party investor acted as a placement agent in each of our Series F, G, H and I financing rounds. As compensation for those services, we paid cash in the amount of $16,837, warrants to purchase 64,916 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $35.55 per share, warrants to purchase 29,093 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $37.35 per share, and a warrant to purchase 6,340,676 shares of preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share.

Under the terms of the employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, we issued loans of $250 and $32 in 2004 for the costs of relocating to our headquarters in Durham, North Carolina. The loans carry an annual interest rate equal to the prime rate, with the applicable interest rate for the year set on January 1 of each year. Interest is payable annually, and the loans are repayable to the Company upon a liquidation event, including the sale or disposition of substantially all of our assets, the sale of more than 50% of the then outstanding common stock in a single transaction, or an initial public offering of our common stock. The outstanding loan balances, including accrued interest, was $326 and $345 at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and were included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. On December 18, 2009, all amounts outstanding between us and the Chief Executive Officer, including the principal and accrued interest on the loans, were settled by the Chief Executive Officer through a transfer of 22,134 shares of common stock.

During 2008, in connection with the relocation of our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington, we paid a relocation services company to purchase, on our behalf, the Chief Executive Officer’s home in North Carolina for $1,983, plus administrative fees. As a result of market conditions, in the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a restructuring charge of $342 related to the home and an additional restructuring charge of $203 during 2009. The asset is recorded within assets held for sale on the consolidated balance sheets for $1,700 and $1,606 as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. In March 2010, the home was sold for net proceeds of $1,199, and a loss on the sale of $407 was recorded as restructuring expense.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

During 2009, we purchased the home of our new Chief Operating Officer in order to facilitate his relocation to Bellevue, Washington. We purchased the home for $1,195, and as a result of market conditions we recorded an impairment charge of $317. In November 2009, the home was sold for net proceeds of $874.

 

17. Subsequent Events

On April 23, 2010, our Board of Directors approved an amendment to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to effect a 15-to-1 split of our common stock. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is expected to be approved by our stockholders, and will be filed prior to effectiveness of the registration statement relating to the initial public offering of which this prospectus is a part. All information related to common stock, options and warrants to purchase common stock and earnings per share included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements has been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the reverse stock split.

On April 25, 2010, our Board of Directors approved an amendment to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which will be in effect upon consummation of the initial public offering of which this prospectus is a part. The amendment will reflect that our authorized capital stock will consist of 975,000,000 shares, comprising: (i) 625,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share and (ii) 350,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. All share information included in these consolidated financial statements has been adjusted to reflect this reincorporation.

 

18. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

On April 6, 2010, under the terms of our 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”), our Board of Directors granted options to purchase 333,333 shares of our common stock at $20.40 per share to our Chief Executive Officer, which vest in pro-rata equal installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the effective date of an initial public offering, and the Chief Executive Officer remains an employee in good standing on the applicable vesting dates. If no initial public offering occurs on or prior to July 31, 2010, the options will be forfeited.

On April 19, 2010, under the terms of our LTIP, our Board of Directors approved options to employees to purchase 446,000 shares of our common stock at an initial public offering per share price, provided that the initial public offering occurs prior to July 31, 2010. These options will be granted upon completion of the initial public offering and vest in pro-rata equal installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the effective date of the initial public offering.

Our Board of Directors approved the 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2010 LTIP”) on April 23, 2010. We may grant options of up to 2,765,622 shares under the 2010 LTIP. Awards granted under the 2010 LTIP may include incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and other stock-based or cash-based awards. Option terms may not exceed 10 years and the exercise price cannot be less than 100% of the estimated fair market value per share of our common stock on the grant date. As of March 31, 2010, no awards have been granted under the 2010 LTIP. Any shares awarded or issued pursuant to the exercise of stock options may be (i) authorized and unissued shares of our common stock or (ii) shares of common stock held in or acquired for our treasury. The maximum number of shares subject to any performance award to any participant during any fiscal year shall be 266,667 shares. The maximum cash payment made under a performance award granted to any participant with respect to any fiscal year shall be $5,440.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

In May 2010, we agreed with Koala Holding LP to extend the redemption date of the Series H preferred stock from August 31, 2011 to August 31, 2013 and to provide for cumulative dividends from the date of the consummation of this offering at the rate of 8% per annum, accruing daily whether or not earned or declared, which shall be paid in additional shares of Series H preferred stock, paid quarterly. In addition, Koala Holding LP has agreed that the Series H preferred stock will convert at our option into shares of common stock if (i) the public offering price of this offering is more than $20.35 per share; or (ii) the average closing price over a 90-day period is $23.21 per share or higher. In such event, each share of Series H preferred stock will convert into approximately 0.104 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment.

The Series H preferred stock has a liquidation preference of $2.49 per share. On or after August 31, 2013, upon request of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series H preferred stock, we must redeem the Series H preferred stock in immediately available funds or by the issuance of a promissory note which shall bear simple interest at the rate of 4% per annum and shall be payable in eight consecutive quarterly installments with the first such installment becoming due and payable on the first anniversary of the redemption payment date (determined once such written request is received); provided, however, that in lieu of receiving the redemption payment in the form of a promissory note, any holder of Series H preferred stock may instead elect to be redeemed quarterly and receive the redemption payment in eight consecutive quarterly installments.

In connection with our initial public offering AEI has provided and is providing advisory services to us. In exchange for such advisory services, we agreed to pay AEI an advisory fee of up to $2.4 million, $1 million payable prior to the consummation of the offering and up to $1.4 million payable upon consummation of this offering out of the proceeds of this offering. If the offering is not consummated, the initial $1 million shall be credited against future advisory services, if any.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2008     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Tax Valuation Allowance:

    

Beginning balance

   $ 57,556      $ 85,914   

Charged to net loss

     28,358        6,698   

Charges utilized/write-offs

     —          —     
                

Ending balance

   $ 85,914      $ 92,612   
                

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:

    

Beginning balance

   $ 794      $ 997   

Charged to costs and expenses

     309        —     

Charges utilized/write-offs

     (106     (725

Acquired in acquisition

     —          —     
                
   $ 997      $ 272   
                

 

F-46


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

6,750,000 Shares

Motricity, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

LOGO

 

 

J.P. Morgan

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

RBC Capital Markets

 

 

Baird

Needham & Company, LLC

Pacific Crest Securities

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, we expect to incur in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) filing fees.

 

     Amount To Be Paid

SEC registration fee

   $ 17,825

FINRA filing fee

     25,500

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     10,000

NASDAQ listing fee

     175,000

Printing and engraving expenses

     175,000

Legal fees and expenses

     1,400,000

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     1,300,000

Transfer agent and custodian fees

     18,500

Miscellaneous

     4,800,000
      

Total

   $ 7,921,825
      

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or DGCL, provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, for any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

A Delaware corporation may indemnify officers and directors against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) in connection with the defense or settlement of an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses which such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.

In accordance with Section 102 of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains a provision to limit the personal liability of our director’s violations of their fiduciary duty. This provision eliminates each director’s liability to us and our stockholders for monetary damages except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of

 

II-1


Table of Contents

law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions, or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with our officers and directors, substantially in the form of the indemnification agreement filed by us as an exhibit to this registration statement on Form S-1. These indemnification agreements provide contractual indemnification to our officers and directors in addition to the indemnification provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

We currently have directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies to insure our directors and officers against liability for actions or omissions occurring in their capacity as a director or officer, subject to certain exclusions and limitations.

Reference is made to the form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto for provisions providing that the underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

In the past three years, we have issued unregistered securities to a limited number of persons, as described below. None of these transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and we believe each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof or Rule 701 pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts related to compensation.

1. In February 2007, we sold an aggregate of 21,084,337 shares of Series H Preferred Stock at $2.49 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $52.5 million to three accredited investors. In connection with this financing round, we issued three warrants to the investors to purchase 108,500 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $35.55 per share.

2. In May 2007, we issued to an affiliate of an existing investor, as consideration for a financing commitment in connection with a proposed transaction that was not completed, a warrant to purchase 128,571 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $32.25 per share.

3. In June 2007, in connection with our credit facility, we issued warrants to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock to Silicon Valley Bank at an exercise price of $32.25 per share.

4. In September 2007, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 123,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $14.54 per share to four investors in conjunction with the Series I Preferred Stock financing round.

5. In December 2007, we sold an aggregate of 190,839,694 shares of Series I Preferred Stock at $0.9694 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $185 million to both existing and new investors. In connection with our acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile, we issued a warrant for consulting services of an investor to purchase 2,578,915 shares of Series I Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share. We utilized a placement agent in completing the Series I Preferred Stock financing round, and as part of the consideration for placement services, the placement agent received a warrant to purchase 6,340,676 shares of Series I preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share. In addition, the placement agent surrendered warrants to purchase 122,138 shares of common stock issued in conjunction with the Series F and G Preferred Stock financing rounds with exercise prices between $35.55 and $37.35 per share. We issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,706,618 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $14.54 per share to the Series I investors.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

We have also issued stock options and made restricted stock grants under our Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, a written compensatory benefit plan under which we have issued options and restricted stock grants to employees, consultants and directors. Since March 31, 2007, we have issued to certain officers, employees, consultants and directors 2,406,765 shares of restricted stock and options to purchase 1,398,020 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $12.00 to $32.25 per share, with an aggregate exercise price of $19.6 million. As of March 31, 2010, options to purchase 1,178,706 shares of common stock with an aggregate exercise price of $12.6 million remain outstanding. Since March 31, 2007, we have sold and issued to our officers, employees, consultants and directors 172,773 shares of our common stock pursuant to option exercises at prices ranging from $0.30 to $32.25 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $168,981. All of our option grants in the past three years were to purchase shares of our common stock and were made under our 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.

In addition, under our 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan, our Compensation Committee has approved a grant to certain employees of options to purchase 446,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share. If the public offering does not occur on or before July 31, 2010, these grants shall be null and void. In connection with the renegotiation of his employment agreement, our Compensation Committee has also approved a grant to our Chief Executive Officer to purchase 333,333 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $20.40 with an aggregate exercise price of $6.8 million. If the public offering does not occur on or before July 31, 2010, this grant will be forfeited.

 

Item 16. Exhibits.

(a) See the Exhibit Index on the pages immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of us in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

We hereby undertake that:

(i) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A

 

II-3


Table of Contents

and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(ii) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Bellevue, Washington, on June 2, 2010.

 

MOTRICITY, INC.
By:   /s/    R YAN K. W UERCH        
  Ryan K. Wuerch
  Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on June 2, 2010.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/    R YAN K. W UERCH        

Ryan K. Wuerch

  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/    A LLYN P. H EBNER        

Allyn P. Hebner

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

*

Jeffrey A. Bowden

  

Director

 

Hunter C. Gary

  

Director

 

Brett Icahn

  

Director

*

Lady Barbara Judge

  

Director

*

Suzanne H. King

  

Director

*

Brian Turner

  

Director

 

*By:   

/s/    A LLYN P. H EBNER        

  Attorney-in-fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

EXHIBIT NO.

  

DESCRIPTION

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation*
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws*
  4.1    Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2007, among Motricity, Inc., certain subsidiaries, and the other parties thereto§
  4.2    Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2007, among Motricity, Inc., certain subsidiaries, and the other parties thereto§
  4.3    Amendment No. 1 and Waiver to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2010, among Motricity, Inc., certain subsidiaries, and the other parties thereto§
  4.4    Form of Registrant’s Common Stock Certificate§
  4.5    Form of Common Stock Warrant§
  4.6    Form of Preferred Stock Warrant§
  4.7    Form of Warrant Issued to Eastward Capital Partners IV, L.P.§
  4.8    Warrant Issued to Silicon Valley Bank by Pinpoint.com, dated June 23, 2000§
  4.9    Warrant Issued to Silicon Valley Bank by Pinpoint Networks, Inc., dated April 2002§
  4.10    Warrant Issued to Silicon Valley Bank by Pinpoint Networks, Inc., dated April 2002§
  4.11    Warrant Issued to Silicon Valley Bank by Motricity, Inc., dated June 29, 2007§
  5.1    Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP
10.1    Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2007, between Silicon Valley Bank and Motricity, Inc., as amended§
10.2    Master Services Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2008, between GlobalLogic, Inc. and Motricity, Inc.†
10.3    Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249, dated as of July 22, 2005, between InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. and Cingular Wireless LLC, as amended†
10.4    Master Services Agreement Number TJR031606, dated as of September 14, 2006, between Motricity, Inc. and Cingular Wireless LLC, as amended†
10.5    WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2004, between Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc. d/b/a InfoSpace Mobile and Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless, as amended†
10.6    Office Lease, dated as of December 21, 2007, between WA—Three Bellevue Center, LLC and Motricity, Inc.†§
10.7    Employment Offer Letter, dated as of May 20, 2009, between Motricity, Inc. and Chris Dorr#§
10.8    Employment Offer Letter, dated as of May 22, 2009, between Motricity, Inc. and Jim Ryan#§
10.9    Employment Offer Letter, dated as of January 7, 2009, between Motricity, Inc. and Jim Smith#§
10.10    Employment Offer Letter, dated as of March 6, 2009, between Motricity, Inc. and Allyn P. Hebner#§
10.11    Employment Offer Letter, dated as of August 8, 2008, between Motricity, Inc. and Richard E. Leigh, Jr.#§


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT NO.

  

DESCRIPTION

10.12    Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, as amended, dated as of January 1, 2008, between Motricity, Inc. and Ryan K. Wuerch#§
10.13    Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2010, between Motricity, Inc. and Ryan K. Wuerch#§
10.14    Option Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2010, between Motricity, Inc. and Ryan K. Wuerch#
10.15    Form of First Amendment to Employment Offer Letter Agreement of Executive Officers#
10.16    Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan of Motricity, Inc., as amended through August 4, 2005#§
10.17    Motricity, Inc. 2009 Corporate Incentive Plan#†§
10.18    Motricity, Inc. 2010 Amended and Restated Corporate Incentive Plan#†
10.19    Motricity, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan#§
10.20    Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2004 Plan#§
10.21    Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under 2004 Plan#§
10.22    Form of Motricity, Inc. Indemnification Agreement#§
10.23    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2010 LTIP#
10.24    Omnibus Amendment Agreement, dated as of January 20, 2010, between Advanced Equities, Inc. and Motricity, Inc.§
10.25    Advisory Agreement, between Advanced Equities, Inc. and Motricity, Inc.*
10.26    Certificate of Amendment to the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan of Motricity, Inc.#
21.1    List of Subsidiaries§
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2    Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3    Consent of Yankee Group Research, Inc.§
24.1    Power of Attorney§
99.1    Compensation Committee Charter§

 

* To be filed by amendment.
# Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Confidential treatment has been requested for certain provisions of this Exhibit pursuant to Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933. These provisions have been omitted from the filing and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
§ Previously filed.

Exhibit 1.1

Motricity, Inc.

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

 

 

Underwriting Agreement

[                                 ], 2010

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.,

Goldman, Sachs & Co.,

    As representatives (the “ Representatives ”)

      of the several Underwriters

      named in Schedule I hereto

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.,

383 Madison Avenue,

New York, New York 10179

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Underwriters ”) [                            ] shares (the “ Firm Shares ”) of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Stock ”) of the Company and the stockholders of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) propose, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell to the Underwriters, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [                            ] additional shares (the “ Optional Shares ”) of Stock. The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein collectively called the “ Shares ”.

1. (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(i) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-164471) (the “ Initial Registration Statement ”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, and, excluding exhibits thereto, to you for each of the other Underwriters, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective


amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a “ Preliminary Prospectus ”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “ Registration Statement ”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement filed with the Commission immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(a)(iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the “ Pricing Prospectus ”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “ Prospectus ”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ”);

(ii) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein (“ Underwriter Information ”);

(iii) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “ Applicable Time ” is [            :            ] p.m., New York City time, on the date of this Agreement. The Pricing Prospectus, as of the Applicable Time, when taken together with the pricing information set forth on Schedule III(a) hereto, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Schedule III(b) hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Prospectus as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in the Pricing Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

 

2


(iv) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided , however , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(v) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (A) the issuance of Stock upon the exercise of outstanding stock options or warrants, (B) the grant of stock options or stock awards in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s stock-based compensation plans (the “ Company Stock Plans ”), (C) the issuance of Stock upon the conversion of the Company’s outstanding preferred stock and (D) the reverse stock split, in each case as described or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus) or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders' equity (deficit) or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”), otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus;

(vi) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property (other than Intellectual Property (as defined below), which is covered by Section 1(a)(xxv) hereof) owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries;

 

3


(vii) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of the State of Washington, the State of North Carolina and each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction; and each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation with power and authority (corporate or other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign entity for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction;

(viii) Upon effectiveness of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) prior to the First Time of Delivery (as defined below), the Company will have an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders) will have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, (except for directors' qualifying shares and as otherwise described in the Pricing Prospectus), are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims and there are no options, warrants or rights to acquire shares of capital stock of any subsidiary of the Company; with respect to stock options granted pursuant to the Company Stock Plans disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, (A) the per share exercise price of each stock option granted by the Company reflects the per share fair market value of the Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, (B) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans, and (C) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”);

(ix) The unissued Shares to be issued and sold by the Company to the Underwriters hereunder have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(x) The issue and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the execution and delivery of, and the compliance by the Company with, and the

 

4


performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of (i) any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (iii) any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets, except in each case covered by clauses (i) and (iii) hereof, a conflict, breach or violation that would not individually or in the aggregate result in a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except the registration under the Act of the Shares and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

(xi) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or any other organizational documents or in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound;

(xii) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock”, insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, or under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”, “Certain Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock” and “Underwriting”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate and complete in all material respects;

(xiii) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;

(xiv) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof, will not be an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”);

 

5


(xv) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined under Rule 405 under the Act;

(xvi) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and is independent in accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

(xvii) The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting;

(xviii) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;

(xix) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

(xx) The Company’s board of directors meets the independence requirements of, and has established an audit committee that meets the independence requirements of, the rules and regulations of the Commission and the Nasdaq Stock Market Inc. (including any transition rules, exceptions or exemptions applicable to the Company);

(xxi) The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all material federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof, and subject to permitted extensions, have paid all taxes shown as due thereon. No deficiencies for taxes of the Company or its subsidiaries have been assessed by a tax authority, and no deficiencies for taxes of the Company or its subsidiaries have been proposed by a tax authority;

(xxii) The financial statements (including the related notes and supporting schedules and any pro forma financial statements) included in the Registration

 

6


Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly the financial position as of the dates indicated and the cash flows and results of operations for the periods specified of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved; and the supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly the information required to be stated therein. The other financial and statistical information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus presents fairly the information included therein and has been prepared on a basis consistent with that of the financial statements that are included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and the books and records of the respective entities presented therein. No other financial statements (historical or pro forma) or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement;

(xxiii) Since the date as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company has not (A) issued or granted any securities, other than pursuant to the Company Stock Plans disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants, (B) incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, other than liabilities and obligations which were incurred in the ordinary course of business, (C) entered into any material transaction not in the ordinary course of business or (D) declared or paid any dividends on its capital stock;

(xxiv) The Company has not sold or issued any shares of Stock during the six-month period preceding the date of the Prospectus, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulations D or S of, the Act, except as described in Part II, Item 15 of the Registration Statement;

(xxv) Except as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries own, possess, license or have other legally enforceable rights to use, all patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, technology and know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, internet domain names and trade names (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”) necessary or employed by them in the conduct of their business as is now conducted or as proposed in the Pricing Prospectus to be conducted. Except as described in the Pricing Prospectus, (A) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any such Intellectual Property owned or possessed by, exclusively licensed to, or otherwise controlled by, the Company or its subsidiaries; (B) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ rights in or to any such Intellectual Property owned or possessed by, exclusively licensed to, or otherwise controlled by, the Company or its subsidiaries; (C) the Intellectual Property owned by the Company and its subsidiaries and to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property licensed to the Company and its

 

7


subsidiaries has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any such Intellectual Property; and (D) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have received any notice of claim of infringement or misappropriation of, or conflict with, asserted Intellectual Property rights of others, and know of no reasonable basis for any such claims. None of the Intellectual Property employed by the Company or its subsidiaries has been obtained or is being used by the Company or its subsidiaries in violation of any contractual or fiduciary obligation binding on the Company or its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of their respective officers, directors or employees. The Company and its subsidiaries have taken and will maintain reasonable measures to prevent the unauthorized dissemination or publication of their confidential information and, to the extent contractually or otherwise required to do so, the confidential information of third parties in their possession;

(xxvi) The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company or its subsidiaries or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect in all material respects; the Company is in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that is not materially greater than the current cost;

(xxvii) The Company and its subsidiaries possess, and are in compliance in all material respects with the terms of, all certificates, authorizations, franchises, licenses and permits (“ Licenses ”) necessary or material to the conduct of the business as is now conducted or proposed in the Pricing Prospectus to be conducted by them and have not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Licenses that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxviii) No material labor or employment dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened or imminent;

(xxix) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering;

(xxx) (A) No transaction has occurred, and no relationship, direct or indirect exists, between or among the Company and any of its officers or directors, stockholders, customers or suppliers or any affiliate or affiliates of the foregoing and

 

8


(B) there are no off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined in Registration S-K Item 303(a)(4)(ii)) involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, that is or are required to be described in Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and is not or are not so described as required; and there are no contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that have not been so described or so filed as exhibits;

(xxxi) Except as described in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right (other than rights which have been waived in writing or otherwise satisfied) to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Act; and the holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock are not entitled to preemptive or other rights to subscribe for the Stock;

(xxxii) The Company and its subsidiaries (A) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, provincial, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (B) have received all material permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (C) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except in each case covered by clauses (A) and (C) hereof, noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxiii) The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with all presently applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ ERISA ”); no “reportable event” (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to any “pension plan” (as defined in ERISA) for which the Company would have any material liability; the Company has not incurred and does not expect to incur material liability under (A) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “pension plan” or (B) Sections 412 or 4971 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “ Code ”) and each “pension plan” for which the Company would have any liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification;

(xxxiv) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or, to

 

9


the Company’s knowledge, acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, has violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “ FCPA ”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, by making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office in contravention of the FCPA;

(xxxv) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened;

(xxxvi) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC;

(xxxvii) The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

(xxxviii) The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus are based on or derived from estimates and sources which the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate in all material respects;

(xxxix) There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company and any of the Company’s officers or directors, in their capacities as such, to comply in all material respects with any applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith that are applicable to the Company as of the date hereof;

 

10


(xl) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has debt securities or preferred stock that are rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act;

(xli) Except as described in the Pricing Prospectus and such as were repaid in full prior to the filing of the Initial Registration Statement, the Company has not, directly or indirectly, including through any subsidiary, extended or maintained credit, or arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed any extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any of its directors or executive officers; and

(xlii) To the Company’s knowledge, there are no affiliations with a member, a person associated with a member, or a person affiliated with a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (the “ FINRA ”), among the Company’s officers, directors, any five percent or greater shareholder of the Company or any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities that were acquired during the 180-day period immediately preceding the filing date of the Initial Registration Statement, except as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or otherwise disclosed in writing to the Underwriters.

(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Company that:

(i) Except for the registration under the Act of the Shares and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws or FINRA in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, all consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement hereinafter referred to, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained; such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder; and this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement with respect to such Selling Stockholder have each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder;

(ii) The sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with all of the provisions of this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, (B) result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a

 

11


corporation, the Partnership Agreement of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a partnership or the Certificate of Formation or Limited Liability Company Agreement of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a limited liability company, or (C) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or the property of such Selling Stockholder, except in the case of clauses (A) and (C) hereof, for such conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, impair in any material respect the consummation of such Selling Stockholder’s obligations hereunder and thereunder;

(iii) Such Selling Stockholder has, and immediately prior to each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) such Selling Stockholder will have, good and valid title to the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; and, upon delivery of such Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, will pass to the several Underwriters;

(iv) Such Selling Stockholder has executed and delivered to the Representatives a lock-up agreement substantially in the form set forth in Annex I hereto (each, a “ Lock-Up Agreement ”);

(v) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

(vi) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus are made in reliance upon and in conformity with the written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein in the preparation of the answers to Items 7 and 11(m) of Form S-1, the Registration Statement, such Preliminary Prospectus and any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus did, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (A) in the case of the Registration Statement and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement, did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (B) in the case of a Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, any further amendments or supplements to the Prospectus, and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made;

 

12


(vii) Such Selling Stockholder will deliver to you prior to or at the First Time of Delivery (as hereinafter defined) a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 or W-8BEN (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof);

(viii) Certificates in negotiable form representing all of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder have been placed in custody under a Custody Agreement, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the “ Custody Agreement ”), duly executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC, as custodian (the “ Custodian ”), and such Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered a Power of Attorney, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the “ Power of Attorney ”), appointing the persons indicated in Schedule II hereto, and each of them, as such Selling Stockholder's attorneys-in-fact (the “ Attorneys-in-Fact ”) with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid by the Underwriters to the Selling Stockholders as provided in Section 2 hereof, to authorize the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement;

(ix) The Shares represented by the certificates held in custody for such Selling Stockholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder; the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for such custody, and the appointment by such Selling Stockholder of the Attorneys-in-Fact by the Power of Attorney, are to that extent irrevocable; the obligations of the Selling Stockholders hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of any individual Selling Stockholder or, in the case of an estate or trust, by the death or incapacity of any executor or trustee or the termination of such estate or trust, or in the case of a partnership, corporation or limited liability company, by the dissolution of such partnership, corporation or limited liability company, or by the occurrence of any other event; if any individual Selling Stockholder or any such executor or trustee should die or become incapacitated, or if any such estate or trust should be terminated, or if any such partnership, corporation or limited liability company should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares hereunder, certificates representing the Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Custody Agreements; and actions taken by the Attorneys-in-Fact pursuant to the Powers of Attorney shall be as valid as if such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian, the Attorneys-in-Fact, or any of them, shall have received notice of such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event; and

(x) Except as indicated on Annex II hereto, such Selling Stockholder is, if a natural person, a resident of the United States of America, and if a legal person, organized under the laws of the United States of America or a state or subdivision thereof.

 

13


(c) Each of the Selling Stockholders identified on Schedule II hereto as a Specified Selling Stockholder (each a “ Specified Selling Stockholder ”), severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Company that the sale of the Shares by such Specified Selling Stockholder pursuant hereto is not due to any adverse facts concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries actually known by such Specified Selling Stockholder to exist, which are not set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company at a purchase price per Share of $[            .            ], the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Company by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from the Company and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, each of the Selling Stockholders agree, severally and not jointly, to sell, to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from each of the Selling Stockholders, at the purchase price per Share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

Each Selling Stockholder, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, hereby grants severally and not jointly to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [                            ] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per Share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Shares, provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to the amount per share of any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares shall be made in proportion to the maximum number of Optional Shares to be sold by each Selling Stockholder as set forth in Schedule II hereto. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

 

14


3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the accounts specified by the Company and the Custodian to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. at least forty-eight hours in advance by causing DTC to credit securities entitlements with respect to the Shares to the securities account(s) at DTC designated by J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. on behalf of the Underwriters. The Company and the Selling Stockholders will cause the certificates representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the “ Designated Office ”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on [                             ], 2010 or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by the Representatives in the written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “ First Time of Delivery ”, such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “ Second Time of Delivery ”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “ Time of Delivery ”.

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(l) hereof, will be delivered at the offices of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 601 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10022 (the “ Closing Location ”), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Agreement, “ New York Business Day ” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

15


5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission's close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement (or such later time as may be agreed to by the Company and the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters) and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and

 

16


upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance, and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158); the Company may satisfy the requirements of this subsection by electronically filing such information through the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“ EDGAR ”);

(e) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose, except as provided hereunder, of any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities (other than (i) pursuant to the Company Stock Plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement and (ii) the offer and issuance of shares, options or warrants to purchase shares, or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for shares, of Stock in an amount not to exceed 5% of the Company’s fully-diluted shares of Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the offering of the Firm Shares contemplated hereby, as consideration in connection with acquisitions by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, provided that the recipient of any such securities agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of a Lock-Up Agreement), without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co.; provided , however , that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or announces material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. waive, in writing, such extension; the Company will provide each of the Representatives and each securityholder subject to the Lock-Up Period pursuant to the

 

17


Lock-Up Agreements described in Section 8(j) with prior notice of any such announcement that gives rise to an extension of the Lock-Up Period, provided that proper written notice may be delivered by the Company by filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K disclosing such an extension; the Company will also provide each securityholder subject to the Lock-Up Period pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreements described in Section 8(j) with written notice of the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as such period may have been extended pursuant to this subsection);

(f) So long as the Shares are outstanding, during a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, (i) to furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, (ii) as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail; provided that the Company may satisfy the requirements of this subsection by electronically filing such information through EDGAR;

(g) So long as the Shares are outstanding, during a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, (i) to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and (ii) to deliver to you (A) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (B) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission); provided that the Company shall not be required to provide documents that are available through EDGAR or the provision of which would require public disclosure by the Company under Regulation FD;

(h) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”;

(i) To use its reasonable best efforts to list the Shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market Inc.’s Global Market (“ NASDAQ ”);

(j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

(k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the

 

18


Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the Act;

(l) Upon the reasonable request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company’s trademarks, servicemarks and corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “ License ”); provided , however , that the License shall be used solely for the purpose described above, is granted without any fee and may not be assigned or transferred; and

(m) During the Lock-Up Period, the Company will enforce all existing agreements between the Company and any of its securityholders that prohibit the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation of any of the Company’s securities in connection with the Company’s initial public offering. In addition, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon any such securities of the Company that are bound by such existing “lockup,” “market stand-off,” “holdback” or similar provisions of such agreements for the duration of the periods contemplated in such agreements. The Company agrees not to release or otherwise grant any waiver of such provisions in such agreements without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the Underwriters.

6. (a) The Company and each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule III(b) hereto;

(b) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show; and

(c) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by

 

19


the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission; provided , however , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

7. (a) The Company covenants and agrees with each of the Selling Stockholders and with the several Underwriters that the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company's counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing the Blue Sky Memorandum and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all reasonable expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey up to a maximum of $5,000; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on NASDAQ; (v) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by the FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares; (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; (viii) the fees, disbursements and expenses of Whalen LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholders, up to a maximum of $20,000; and (ix) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 7;

(b) Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, covenants and agrees with the Underwriters and the Company that such Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) any fees and expenses of counsel for such Selling Stockholder in excess of the amount covered by Section 7(a)(viii), and (ii) all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder. In connection with clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, the Selling Stockholder agrees to reimburse J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. for carrying costs associated with any stock transfer tax J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. may pay if such tax payment is not rebated on the day of payment and for any portion of such tax payment not rebated; and

(c) It is understood, however, that the Company shall bear, and the Selling Stockholders shall not be required to pay or to reimburse the Company for, the cost of any other matters not directly relating to the sale and purchase of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, and that, except as provided in this Section 7, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

 

20


8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and of the Selling Stockholders herein are, at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that each of the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have performed all of its and their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433 under the Act; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

(b) Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such written opinion or opinions, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, with respect to such matters as you may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

(c) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect set forth in Annex III(a) hereto;

(d) Richard E. Leigh, Jr., general counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you his written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect set forth in Annex III(b) hereto;

(e) The respective counsel for each of the Selling Stockholders, as indicated in Schedule II hereto, shall have each furnished to you their written opinion with respect to the Selling Stockholder(s) for whom they are acting as counsel, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect set forth in Annex IV hereto;

(f) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

 

21


(g) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (A) the issuance of Stock upon the exercise of outstanding stock options or warrants, (B) the grant of stock options or stock awards in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company Stock Plans, (C) the issuance of Stock upon the conversion of the Company’s outstanding preferred stock and (D) the reverse stock split, in each case as described or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus) or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders' equity (deficit) or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

(h) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or on the NASDAQ; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the NASDAQ; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in your judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

(i) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed on NASDAQ;

(j) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of a Lock-Up Agreement from each officer, director and Selling Stockholder and holders of substantially all of the securityholders of the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

 

22


(k) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the second New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement; and

(l) The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates, of officers of the Company and, of the Selling Stockholders, respectively, satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (g) of this Section 8.

9. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary

 

23


Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein; and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , that such Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; and provided further , that the aggregate liability of a Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (b) and any liability arising out of any breach of the representation and warranty of such Selling Stockholder contained in Section 1(c) (if applicable) shall not exceed the net proceeds actually received by such Selling Stockholder from the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder.

(c) Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or such Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; and will reimburse the Company and such Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and such Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection 9(a), (b) or (c) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof (each such notice to the indemnifying party, a “ Notice ”); but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly

 

24


notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection 9 (a), (b) or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the Notice required under subsection (d) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, each of the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters

 

25


were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (ii) the liability of any Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (e), when taken together with any other amounts thereby paid pursuant to this Section 9, shall not exceed the net proceeds actually received by such Selling Stockholder from the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder in the offering. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint. Each Selling Stockholder’s obligation in this subsection (e) to contribute is several in proportion to the net proceeds actually received by such Selling Stockholder from the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder in the offering and not joint.

(f) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the respective Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act.

10. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company and the Selling Stockholders that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company and the Selling Stockholders notify you that they have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made

 

26


necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section 10 with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Selling Stockholders to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

11. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or any Selling Stockholder or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

 

27


12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholders shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason, any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company or any Selling Stockholder as provided herein, the Company and such defaulting Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, shall pro rata (based on the number of Shares to be sold by the Company and such Selling Stockholder hereunder) reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel, in each case, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter in respect of the Shares not so delivered except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

13. In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you jointly or by J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. on behalf of you as the Representatives; and in all dealings with any Selling Stockholder hereunder, you and the Company shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder made or given by any or all of the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the Representatives in care of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, Facsimile No. (212) 622-8358 and in care of Goldman, Sachs & Co., 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Registration Department; if to any Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to counsel for such Selling Stockholder at its address set forth in Schedule II hereto; and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: General Counsel and Secretary; provided , however , that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(d) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Selling Stockholders by you upon request; provided , however , that notices under Section 5(e) or under the agreements contemplated by Section 8(j) shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the Representatives at J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, Facsimile No. (212) 622-8358 and Goldman, Sachs & Co., 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Control Room; and if to the signatories to such agreements, in the manner set forth in Section 5(e). Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

28


In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company, any Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “ business day ” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

16. The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (b) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Selling Stockholder, (c) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any Selling Stockholder on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company or any Selling Stockholder except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (d) the Company and each Selling Stockholder has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company and each of the Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or any Selling Stockholder, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

17. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand and the Underwriters, or any of them, on the other hand, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

18. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

29


19. Each of the parties hereto submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the courts of the United States of America located in the State of New York over any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement may be brought in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States of America, in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York. Each of the parties hereto waives any objection that it may have to the venue of such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that such suit, action or proceeding in such court was brought in an inconvenient forum and agrees not to plead or claim the same. Each party identified in Annex II (collectively, the “ Foreign Selling Stockholders ”) hereby appoints the Company as its agent for service of process for purposes of this Section 19 only. The Company has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process. Service of process upon the Company shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon such Foreign Selling Stockholders.

20. With respect to any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all immunity (whether on the basis of sovereignty or otherwise) from jurisdiction, service of process, attachment (both before and after judgment) and execution to which it might otherwise be entitled, and with respect to any such suit or proceeding, each party waives any such immunity in any court of competent jurisdiction, and will not raise or claim or cause to be pleaded any such immunity at or in respect of any such suit or proceeding, including, without limitation, any immunity pursuant to the U.S. Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, as amended.

21. The obligation of the Company and each Selling Shareholder in respect of any sum due to any Underwriter under this Agreement shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than U.S. dollars or any other applicable currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”), not be discharged until the first business day, following receipt by such Underwriter of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, on which (and only to the extent that) such Underwriter may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase U.S. dollars or any other applicable currency with the Judgment Currency; if the U.S. dollars or other applicable currency so purchased are less than the sum originally due to such Underwriter hereunder, the Company and each Selling Shareholder agree, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Underwriter against such loss. If the U.S. dollars or other applicable currency so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to such Underwriter hereunder, such Underwriter agrees to pay to the Company or the Selling Shareholder, as the case may be, an amount equal to the excess of the U.S. dollars or other applicable currency so purchased over the sum originally due to such Underwriter hereunder.

22. The Company, each of the Selling Stockholders and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

30


23. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

24. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each of the Company and the Selling Stockholders are authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company and the Selling Stockholders relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

31


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us six (6) counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this Agreement and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders.

Any person executing and delivering this Agreement as Attorney-in-Fact for a Selling Stockholder represents by so doing that he has been duly appointed as Attorney-in-Fact by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to a validly existing and binding Power of Attorney which authorizes such Attorney-in-Fact to take such action.

 

Very truly yours,
Motricity, Inc.

By:  

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

Each of the Selling Stockholders named

in Schedule II hereto

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

As Attorney-in-Fact acting on behalf of

each of the Selling Stockholders named

in Schedule II hereto

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


Accepted as of the date hereof:

 

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
Needham & Company, LLC
Pacific Crest Securities LLC
By J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
By:    

(Goldman, Sachs & Co.)

On behalf of each of the Underwriters

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Firm  Shares
to be
Purchased
   Number of
Optional
Shares to  be
Purchased  if
Maximum
Option
Exercised

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

     

Goldman, Sachs & Co. .

     

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

     

RBC Capital Markets Corporation

     

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

     

Needham & Company LLC

     

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

     
         

Total

     
         

 

S-1


SCHEDULE II

 

     Number of Firm
Shares to be
Sold
   Number of
Optional
Shares to be
Sold if
Maximum
Option
Exercised

The Company.

      0

The Selling Stockholders (as a group) (a):

   0   

 

S-2


SCHEDULE III

(a) Pricing Information:

 

  1. [Price per Share to the Public: [            ].

 

  2. Total Firm Shares Offered: [            ] shares.

 

  3. Total Optional Shares Offered: [            ] shares.]

(b) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses:

 

  1. [Road show Presentation, as made available on netroadshow.com.

 

  2. Road show Presentation, as made available on retailroadshow.com.]

(c) Additional Documents Incorporated by Reference: [None.]

 

S-3


ANNEX I

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

Motricity, Inc.

Lock-Up Agreement

            , 2010

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

 

  Re: Motricity, Inc. - Lock-Up Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as representatives, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) on behalf of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I to such agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”), with Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and certain stockholders of the Company named in Schedule II to such agreement, providing for a public offering of the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company (the “Shares”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

In consideration of the agreement by the Underwriters to offer and sell the Shares, and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees that, during the period specified in the following paragraph (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock of the Company, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, owned directly by the undersigned (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which the undersigned has beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the SEC (collectively the “Undersigned’s Shares”). The foregoing restriction is expressly agreed to preclude the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of the Undersigned’s Shares even if such Shares would be disposed of by someone other than the undersigned. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include without limitation any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including without limitation any put or call option) with respect to any of the Undersigned’s Shares or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such Shares.

 

A-1


The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continue for 180 days after the public offering date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; provided , however , that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or announces material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. waive, in writing, such extension.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to provide written notice of any event that would result in an extension of the Lock-Up Period pursuant to the previous paragraph to the undersigned (in accordance with the notice provision of the Underwriting Agreement) and agrees that any such notice properly delivered will be deemed to have been given to, and received by, the undersigned. The undersigned hereby further agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement during the period from the date of this Lock-Up Agreement to and including the 34th day following the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period (as such may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the Undersigned’s Shares (i) as part of the public offering, provided that the undersigned has agreed to be bound in writing by the Underwriting Agreement; (ii) as a bona fide gift or gifts or pursuant to a will or under the laws of intestacy, (iii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (iv) to members, limited partners or stockholders of the undersigned, provided that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, or (v) with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. on behalf of the Underwriters; provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant to clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) hereof, each transferee shall agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein and provided, further, that the undersigned provides at least two business days’ prior written notice to each of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. if the undersigned or the recipient is required to file a report under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Stock during the restricted period described above. For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin. The undersigned now has, and, except as contemplated by clauses (i) through (v) above, for the duration of this Lock-Up Agreement will have, good and marketable title to the

 

A-2


Undersigned’s Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and claims whatsoever. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Undersigned’s Shares except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the offering. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if (a) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective by December 31, 2010, or (b) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold in the public offering, or (c) prior to the completion of the public offering of the Shares, the Company files with the SEC a request for withdrawal of the Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 477 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Lock-Up Agreement and this Lock-Up Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect.

This Lock-Up Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

A-3


Very truly yours,

 

Exact Name of Shareholder

 

Authorized Signature

 

Title

 

A-4

Exhibit 5.1

[FORM OF KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP OPINION]

KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

And Affiliated Partnerships

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022-4611

June [    ], 2010

Motricity, Inc.

601 108th Avenue Northeast

Suite 800

Bellevue, WA 98004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are acting as special counsel to Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the proposed registration by the Company of shares of its Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), including shares of its Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on January 22, 2010 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) (such Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented, is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”). The shares of Common Stock to be issued and sold by the Company pursuant to the Registration Statement are referred to herein as the “Firm Shares” and the shares of Common Stock to be sold by the selling stockholders identified in the Registration Statement are referred to herein as the “Secondary Shares.”

In that connection, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion, including (i) the Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Restated Charter”) of the Company in the form filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware prior to the sale of the shares of Common Stock registered pursuant to the Registration Statement (the “Shares”); (ii) the Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) of the Company in the form filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement; (iii) the form of underwriting agreement attached as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement (the “Underwriting Agreement”); (iv) resolutions of the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company (the “Resolutions”); and (v) the Registration Statement.

For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of all documents submitted to us as


copies. We have also assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of the signatures of persons signing all documents in connection with which this opinion is rendered, the authority of such persons signing on behalf of the parties thereto and the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents by the parties thereto. In rendering the opinion set forth below with respect to the Secondary Shares, we have assumed that the Company has received the entire amount of the consideration contemplated by the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the issuance of the shares of Common Stock to be split in the stock-split contemplated by the Restated Charter. We relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others as to factual matters.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing qualifications, assumptions and limitations and the further limitations set forth below, when (i) the Restated Charter is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (ii) the final Underwriting Agreement is duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto, (iii) the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Act; and (iv) Secondary Shares deliverable upon the exercise of Preferred Stock are delivered pursuant to the terms thereof:

1. The Secondary Shares will be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; and

2. When the Firm Shares are registered by the Company’s transfer agent and delivered against payment of the agreed consideration therefor, all in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement and the Resolutions, the Firm Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Our opinions expressed above are subject to the qualifications that we express no opinion as to the applicability of, compliance with, or effect of any laws except the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

This opinion is limited to the specific issues addressed herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly stated herein.

This opinion is furnished to you pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement and cannot be relied upon for any other purpose.

Sincerely,

 

2

Exhibit 10.2

LOGO

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

This cover page and the attached “Master Services Agreement,” and all Exhibits and attachments hereto, and other documents which are incorporated into this agreement by reference and as such terms may evolve and be modified over time (collectively the “ Agreement ”) describe the relationship between GlobalLogic Inc. (“ GlobalLogic ”) and the Client identified below (“ Client ”), regarding the provision of Services by GlobalLogic to Client. This Agreement will become effective when this cover page is executed by both GlobalLogic and Client (the “ Effective Date ”). GlobalLogic and Client may individually or collectively be called “ Party ” or “ Parties ”.

COMPANY INFORMATION: (“Client”)

Company Name: MOTRICITY INC.

Address: 601 108th Ave NE, Ste 900

Bellevue, WA 98004 USA

Phone: 425 957 6200

Fax: 4259576201

 

ADMINISTRATIVE CONTACT:

   POINT OF CONTACT FOR NOTICES: (§ 10.6)
Name: ***    Name: Richard Leigh
Title: Senior Director - Strategic Outsourcing and Management    Title: General Counsel
Phone: ***    Phone: ***
Fax: ***    Fax: ***
E-mail: ***                     E-mail: Richard.Leigh@motricity.com
GLOBALLOGIC INC. (‘GlobalLogic’)
8605 Westwood Center Drive Suite 401    Phone : ***
Vienna VA 22182    Fax : ***
ADMINISTRATIVE CONTACT:    POINT OF CONTACT FOR NOTICES: (§ 10.6)
Name: C. Wayne Grubbs    Name: ***
Title: Chief Financial Officer    Title: AVP-Legal
Phone: ***    Phone: ***
Fax: ***    Fax: ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


EFFECTIVE DATE:

December 30, 2008

As of the above Effective Date, the Parties agree that the Master Services Agreement between the Parties dated September 30, 2008, and associated Exhibits and attachments thereto (“ Existing Agreement ”) will be amended and superseded in their entirety by this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, all services provided under the Existing Agreement will be replaced by the Services under this Agreement.

The initial term of the Agreement (“ Initial Term ”) shall commence on the Effective Date and continue until 11:59 pm on December 29, 2011 (the “ Initial Term Expiration Date ”), or such earlier date upon which the Agreement may be terminated pursuant to Section 9 (Termination).

At least *** to the expiration of the Initial Term, GlobalLogic will propose terms to Client for renewing the Agreement. GlobalLogic will thereafter negotiate in good faith with respect to the terms and conditions upon which the Parties may renew the Agreement and thereafter execute such renewal (each such renewal a “ Renewal Term ”). If Client desires to renew the Agreement after the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, Client will provide written Notice to GlobalLogic of its desire to do so at least *** prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or Renewal Term, as applicable, and the Parties will negotiate an agreement for the Renewal Term. In the event the Parties are unable to reach agreement and execute such renewal at least *** prior to the expiration of the Initial Term (or subsequent Renewal Term, as applicable), Client may, at its sole option, extend the Term for *** on the terms and conditions then set forth in the Agreement. The Initial Term, any Renewal Terms, and any Termination Assistance period will be collectively referenced as the “ Term .”

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each of Client and GlobalLogic has caused the Agreement to be signed and delivered by its duly authorized representative as of the Effective Date. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

 

G LOBAL L OGIC I NC .     MOTRICITY INC.
Signature:         Signature:   /s/ Ryan Wuerch
Name:   C. Wayne Grubbs     Name:   Ryan Wuerch
Title:   Chief Financial Officer     Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


GlobalLogic Inc.

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 “Confidential Information” means:

(i) For Client, all information relating to Client’s (including it’s parent, subsidiary and affiliate’s) products, services, trade secrets, technical information, marketing plans, recruitment processes, customers, personnel information, financial data, proprietary information, business forecasts and strategies, transactions, computer programs, manuals, source code, object code, technical drawings and algorithms, supplier or potential supplier names, customer or potential customer names, business contacts, employee and contractor information, know-how, formulae, methods of doing business, proprietary processes, ideas, inventions, (whether patentable or not), schematics and other technical, business, and product development plans, forecasts, strategies and information), that is disclosed to GlobalLogic’s employees, contractors, consultants, agents, representatives and affiliates by Client in any manner. Additionally, for Client, Client’s Confidential Information also includes, but is not limited to, Client Materials, Client Work Product and Client’s and Client’s customers’, employees and other individuals’ Personal Information provided to or accessible by GlobalLogic pursuant to the Agreement. Client retains all rights, title and interest regarding such Confidential Information; and

(ii) For GlobalLogic, the GlobalLogic Velocity SM Platform and GlobalLogic Velocity SM Platform processes and methods as set forth in Exhibit B, GlobalLogic employee contact information and all GlobalLogic information provided to Client as a result of any audit under Exhibit N of this Agreement; except with respect to Client Confidential Information, Personal Information of Client’s customer and employees or Client data provided under such audit.

Under this Agreement, the Party receiving or having access to any Confidential Information is referred to as the “ Receiving Party ” and the Party disclosing the Confidential Information is referred to as the “ Disclosing Party .”

1.2 Change Order means a mutually agreed written amendment to a Statement of Work or the Agreement, which is executed and dated by the Parties and effective from such date of execution in accordance with Exhibit L.

1.3 Client Work Product ” means, collectively, all Deliverables (as defined below) and all preliminary, interim, or completed materials and work product relating to the design, development, testing, implementation, use, enhancement, and maintenance of such Deliverables, exclusive of any Reserved Technologies embodied therein or practiced thereby.

1.4 Deliverables ” mean any preliminary, interim or final software program, algorithms, code (source and object), (including derivative works, modifications, updates, upgrades, fixes, patches thereto), specifications, materials, manuals,

methods, information, analysis, inventions, methods, procedures, technology, ideas, know-how, inventions (whether patentable or not), item, material, report, and system to be provided or developed by GlobalLogic itself or jointly with others under the terms and conditions of this Agreement (in the case of Reserved Technology embedded in or provided with Client Work Product, such Reserved Technologies will be provided in accordance with Section 5.3.1 and 5.3.2). Deliverables shall also include source code pertaining to such items.

1.5 Intellectual Property Rights ” means all (i) copyrights and other rights associated with works of authorship, including without limitation all exclusive exploitation rights, moral rights and mask-works, (ii) trademarks, trade names, logos and service marks, (iii) trade secrets and know-how, (iv) patents, designs and algorithms, (v) all other intellectual property and proprietary rights of every kind and nature now or hereafter recognized in any country or jurisdiction in the world and however designated, whether arising by operation of law, contract, license or otherwise, (vi) with respect to any particular information, all rights in such information under applicable law, including, without limitation, all of the foregoing Intellectual Property Rights and rights under any other law that gives a person, independent of contract, a right to control or preclude another person’s use of or access to the information on the basis of the rights holder’s interest in the information; and (vii) all registrations, applications, renewals, extensions, continuations, divisions or reissues of any of the foregoing, now or hereafter recognized in any country or jurisdiction in the world.

1.6 Pre-Existing Materials ” means any and all materials, information, inventions, methods, procedures, technology and know-how owned or developed by GlobalLogic prior to the Effective Date that do not embody or incorporate in any manner and are not derived from Client Work Product, Client’s Confidential Information, and Client Materials under this Agreement and the Existing Agreement, which shall remain the exclusive property of GlobalLogic.

1.7 Reserved Technology ” means all (i) Pre-Existing Materials developed by GlobalLogic, that do not embody or incorporate in any manner and are not derived from Client Work Product, Client’s Confidential Information, and Client Materials, and (ii) developed by GlobalLogic outside the scope and independently of this Agreement without reference to, do not embody or incorporate in any manner and are not derived from Client Work Product, Client’s Confidential Information and Client Materials.


 

1.


1.8 Services ” means the services, functions and responsibilities to be provided by or on behalf of GlobalLogic as (i) described in the Agreement, including the services set forth in the SOWs, and (ii) that are incidental and not specifically described in the Agreement, but which are required for the proper performance and delivery of the services, functions, and responsibilities identified in (i) above.

1.9 Statements of Work means written work orders which contain terms including but not limited to requirements and specifications, delivery and performance schedules, fees and expenses, Deliverables, and Parties’ technical points of contact for Services on an ongoing basis. Upon mutual, written acceptance of a work order by Parties, such work order will be a “Statement of Work” or “SOW”.

1.10 Nonconformity ” shall mean any failure, error, Defect, or inadequacy of a Deliverable, Service, or any Client Work Product identified by either Client or GlobalLogic, including any failure to meet the Acceptance Criteria or warranty requirements for such Deliverable, Client Work Product or Service.

1.11 Service Levels ” or “ SLA ” means the performance requirements set forth in Exhibit E.

PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

2.1 Performance of Services. GlobalLogic will perform Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and each Statement of Work. In the performance of the Services, GlobalLogic will (i) provide Deliverables that conform to the Acceptance Criteria by the applicable due date for such Deliverable, and (ii) meet or exceed the Service Levels. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in a Statement of Work, GlobalLogic will provide, at its own expense, a place of work (for offshore team members) and all equipment, facilities, furniture, telecommunications, software, tools and other resources as necessary to provide the Services to Client from the Service Locations, including those to be provided free of charge pursuant to Exhibit H (“ GlobalLogic Resources ”). Each Party has the procurement, financial, refresh and other responsibilities with regards to the equipment, software, hardware, computers, facilities, supplies, and other resources set forth in Exhibits A and H.

GlobalLogic will perform the Transition Services and obligations set forth in Exhibit J.

2.2 Compliance. The Services shall be performed and supplied by GlobalLogic in compliance with the policies and procedures as set forth in Exhibit K (Policies and Procedures) (collectively, “ Policies and Procedures ”). Client retains the right and authority to eliminate, modify, or replace any Policies and Procedures, as a Mandatory Change.

 

2.3 Service Locations.

2.3.1 General. The Services shall be provided by GlobalLogic in the volumes or ratios, as applicable, specified for and exclusively from:

a) the service locations described on Exhibit I (Service Locations); and

b) any other service location approved by Client pursuant to the Change Control Procedures,

((a) and (b) above are collectively referred to as “ Service Locations .”)

2.3.2 Change. Upon Client’s request, if Client determines that a change in Service Locations is necessary to protect Client’s business interests, as a Mandatory Change, GlobalLogic will change any Service Location from which it provides Services to Client or reallocate the volume or nature of work processed between such Service Locations. Costs, taxes and expenses for relocation at Client’s request shall be at Client’s expense. Furthermore, Client shall provide the following Notice to GlobalLogic for *** In such event, GlobalLogic will develop, subject to Client’s approval, a written relocation proposal that sets forth a description of how it proposes to perform such migration, including the applicable project plan identifying resource requirements and milestone dates. Client and GlobalLogic will negotiate in good faith on any equitable commercial adjustments for such Service Location change or reallocation of Services.

2.3.3 Relocation Restrictions. GlobalLogic will not initiate a change to any Service Location from which it provides the Services from the Service Locations specified in Exhibit I (Service Locations), or reallocate the volume or nature of work processed between such Service Locations specified in Exhibit I (Service Locations), without Client’s prior agreement pursuant to the Change Control Procedures; provided, that, GlobalLogic shall provide Client with a written relocation proposal that sets forth a description of (i) such Services, as well as when, where and how it proposes to perform such migration and (ii) the proposed new location, the reasons for the proposed relocation, how the relocation will be beneficial to Client in terms of price reduction, performance and other relevant measures, as well as any other information reasonably requested by Client.

2.3.4 Migration. GlobalLogic shall provide and comply with a detailed migration plan in connection with any change of Service Locations. Such plan shall be subject to approval by Client.

2.3.5 Costs. GlobalLogic shall be financially responsible for all additional costs, Taxes or expenses related to or resulting from any GlobalLogic-initiated relocation to a new or different Service Location, including any costs or expenses incurred or experienced directly or indirectly by Client as a result of such relocation.

2.4 Changes to Services. Either Party may propose to change the terms of a Statement of Work or the Agreement in accordance with Exhibit L (Change Control Procedures).


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

2.


2.5 Acceptance . Each Deliverable or Services under a SOW or Change Order shall conform to its Acceptance Criteria and be subject to acceptance in accordance with this Section.

2.5.1 Acceptance Criteria ” include the requirement that the applicable Deliverable or Services (and all related or dependent Deliverables or Services): (i) has been completed and delivered to Client, as applicable; (ii) meets or exceeds all functional, technical, and other requirements and specifications identified by a Party for such Deliverable or Services; (iii) in the case of a software Deliverables, successfully completes all applicable quality assurance and related tests (including unit, string, regression, functional, integration, system/performance, stress/volume, as applicable); (iv) has been properly and fully documented, and (v) conforms to such other criteria as may be developed and agreed upon by the Parties.

2.5.2 Acceptance Testing. Each Deliverable or Service will be subject to internal acceptance testing by GlobalLogic and any additional acceptance testing desired by Client during the Client approved acceptance test period.

2.5.3 Correction/Re-performance . If a Deliverable or Service contains any Nonconformities (a “ Nonconforming Deliverable or Service ”), the Party identifying such Nonconformity shall describe to the other Party in writing the issues with such Deliverable or Service. GlobalLogic shall promptly and proactively correct the Nonconformity (and any other problems of which it has knowledge) and redeliver the Deliverable or Service or re-perform the activities related to the Deliverable or Service, as the case may be, unless Client expressly states in writing that it does not require GlobalLogic to correct a certain Nonconformity that it considers, in its sole discretion, to be immaterial. Such efforts shall be separately tracked and reported by GlobalLogic to Client. Each subsequent version of the Deliverable or reperformance of Service shall be subject to acceptance and acceptance testing as previously described. Subject to Section 2.5.4 below, this process will be repeated as necessary until all Nonconformities are corrected.

2.5.4 Repeated or Prolonged Failure. If GlobalLogic does not re-deliver and correct each Nonconforming Deliverable or Service within a period of time mutually agreed to between the Parties (except if Client determines, in its sole discretion, that such re-delivery and correction is to occur within the earlier of five (5) calendar days or two (2) repetitions of the acceptance testing cycle described above, then such re-delivery and correction will occur within such period), Client may, at its option, do any one or more of the following:

(a) Extend the period of time for GlobalLogic to correct the Deliverable or Service;

(b) Conditionally accept such Deliverable or Service or performance of such Deliverable or Service, as applicable, upon the condition that GlobalLogic correct the Nonconformities in accordance with a remediation plan approved in writing by Client;

(c) (i) Accept the Deliverable or Service in its nonconforming condition, and (ii) reduce GlobalLogic’s charges allocated to the Deliverable by an amount that equitably reflects the reduced value of the Deliverable or Service;

(d) Correct the Deliverable or Service itself or hire a third party to do so at GlobalLogic’s expense; or

(e) Reject the Deliverable or Service and terminate the SOW, or the applicable portions of the SOW, and GlobalLogic will refund all amounts paid for the Services associated with the Non-conforming Deliverable or Service. Payment for such Services or Deliverable prior to inspection will not constitute acceptance thereof, and is without prejudice to any claims that Client may have against GlobalLogic for breach of GlobalLogic’s obligations under the Agreement.

The foregoing shall not limit Client’s other rights and remedies under this Agreement, at law, or in equity.

2.5.5 Related Deliverables or Services. Acceptance of a Deliverable or Service shall not be binding to the extent that the results of acceptance testing of integrated, subsequent, or otherwise related Deliverables or Services indicate that modification or other rework is required or appropriate. If any modification or rework of a previously accepted Deliverable or Service is required because of a GlobalLogic failure, then GlobalLogic shall perform such modification or rework at no additional charge.

2.6 Rework. To the extent any Change, re-work, or correction relating to the Services or a Deliverable could have been avoided or mitigated if GlobalLogic:

(a) complied with its obligations under this Agreement, or

(b) used commercially reasonable efforts to identify any inconsistencies or deficiencies relating to the design or requirements for a Deliverable or Service provided by Client,

then all efforts and costs associated with such Change, re-work, or correction shall be borne by GlobalLogic.

2.7 Service Levels. The Parties agree that the standard for performance of Services shall be governed in accordance with Exhibit E (Service Level Agreement) and the terms of this Agreement.

3. COMPENSATION; FINANCIAL TERMS

3.1 Fees. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Client will pay GlobalLogic the fees specified in the Statement of Work and Exhibit G (“ Fees ”). GlobalLogic’s pricing and reimbursement policies are set forth in Exhibit A, and the terms of such Exhibits may only be modified through the mutual written agreement of both Parties. Client is entitled to review the Fees in accordance with Exhibit M (Benchmarking). Client shall have no obligation to pay GlobalLogic for any fees, charges or other amounts not expressly set forth in the Agreement or a Statement of Work (as amended from time to time to account for any additional Services mutually agreed to between the Parties),


 

3.


3.2 Expenses. Unless expressly provided otherwise in Exhibit D to this Agreement, GlobalLogic will be solely responsible for all expenses incurred by any of its employees or agents in connection with performing the Services or otherwise performing its obligations under this Agreement.

3.3 Invoicing.

(a) GlobalLogic will submit reasonably detailed invoices to Client on a monthly basis, generally on the fifteenth (15 th ) day of each calendar month, for Services performed during the immediately preceding month. The amounts set forth in invoices and payments made by Client to GlobalLogic will be in U.S. Dollars.

(b) Payment to GlobalLogic of Fees will be due *** following Client’s receipt of the invoice for such Fees. Receipt of invoices in the form of electronic mail (email) shall constitute Client’s receipt of invoice on the date of the email. In the event of a reasonably disputed invoice, Client shall have the right to withhold amounts pertaining to the disputed invoice. Parties thereafter shall make good faith efforts to promptly resolve the dispute in accordance with Section 10.9. Upon resolution of the disputed invoice, all payment/adjustments agreed upon by the Parties shall be made immediately thereafter by the appropriate Party.

3.4 Payment. Payment may be made either by bank wire transfer to GlobalLogic’s bank in the United States of America or by bank draft made payable to GlobalLogic. In the case of payment by wire transfer, the wire instructions are as follows:

***

3.5 Taxes. All Fees payable under this Agreement shall include all applicable sales, use, excise, value-added, services, consumption and other taxes and duties imposed by any jurisdiction and laws. GlobalLogic will identify any Services or Fees that are subject to such taxation. GlobalLogic will be responsible for payment of all such taxes and duties (including taxes based on GlobalLogic’s or its employees’ income or gross receipts or any personal property taxes on property it owns or leases, for franchise and privilege taxes on GlobalLogic’s business or tax witholdings) and any related penalties and interest, arising from the GlobalLogic’s failure to pay such taxes as required hereunder, including any tax related penalties or interest arising from GlobalLogic’s failure to identify whether a Service or Fee is taxable (“ Taxes ”).

 

3.6 [Intentionally left blank]

3.7 Audits

3.7.1 Audits. Client is entitled to the audit rights set forth in Exhibit N (Audits).

3.8 ***

(a) ***

(b) ***

3.9 Changes to Fees.

3.9.1 Annual Review of Relationship. GlobalLogic or Client with *** written communication to the other Party before each anniversary of the Effective Date may adjust overhead cost rates upward or downward as permitted hereunder. Any upward adjustment shall be capped at ***. GlobalLogic will work with Client to create a budget for salary increases or decreases for individuals. Market survey data will be used to create the salary and benefit adjustment budget. The Parties shall collaborate to manage any annual overall cost adjustment upward to no more than ***. This will include managing the average experience level, location mix, and skills mix of the resources providing Services to Client. All changes to Fees in this Section must be mutually agreed in writing and signed by both Parties.

3.9.2 Assignment of GlobalLogic Personnel. GlobalLogic shall make available and assign an adequate number of qualified and trained personnel to perform the Services.


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

4.


Without limiting Section 3.8(b) above, GlobalLogic shall provide Client access to its personnel no less favorable than what it provides any other customer. Client shall have the right to meet with and approve all individuals that GlobalLogic assigns or desires to assign to perform Services. If Client in good faith objects to any GlobalLogic personnel proposed by GlobalLogic or then currently assigned to perform Services under this Agreement, then GlobalLogic shall promptly discuss such objections with Client and resolve Client’s concerns on a mutually agreed basis. If the Parties are unable to do so, such individual shall not be assigned or promptly removed, as applicable, from the Client account.

3.9.3 Reduction of Billing. If Client elects to reduce GlobalLogic’s team size for any Statement of Work for its convenience, Client shall provide a “ramp-down” notice in writing to GlobalLogic in the manner described in the table below:

 

Percentage of GlobalLogic

personnel the GlobalLogic

team is being reduced by

  

Corresponding Ramp

Down Notice Period

(Calendar Days)

***    ***
***    ***
***    ***

Client may give notice simultaneously at each percentage threshold above to reduce the team gradually over time. In the event such notice is not provided and the team is reduced immediately for Client’s convenience, Client will be invoiced for *** for the individuals that cannot be redeployed to another client account for the duration of the notice period or until such individual is redeployed (whichever occurs first), provided, that, GlobalLogic uses commercially reasonable efforts to deploy the resources to another client account and GlobalLogic continues to pay such individual his or her salary. The foregoing will not apply in the event that the GlobalLogic or such individuals were terminated for cause.

For all proposed additions or removals of any nature of GlobalLogic resources from the Client account by GlobalLogic, GlobalLogic will provide Client with at least *** of written notice prior to the suggested removal date from the Client team.

3.9.4 Addition and Removal of GlobalLogic Resources

Any proposed addition or removal of GlobalLogic resources by GlobalLogic may be communicated via e-mail from GlobalLogic to Client’s Project Coordinator named in a SOW or to individuals with his/her express written delegation and communicated in an unequivocal written manner to Client. Any addition or removal of GlobalLogic resources by GlobalLogic require the prior written approval of Client. The terms and conditions of ramp ups and ramp downs shall be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

3.10 Insurance

GlobalLogic will comply with its insurance obligations set forth in Exhibit C.

3.11 Communication Plan

GlobalLogic will conduct the meetings at the frequencies and with the participants set forth in Exhibit F (Communication Plan).

4. CONFIDENTIALITY

4.1 Use and Disclosure . The Parties acknowledge that the Parties entered into a Non-disclosure Agreement dated April 21, 2008. Under this Agreement, each Receiving Party will (a) hold all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party in strict trust and confidence, (b) refrain from using or permitting others to use such Confidential Information in any manner or for any purpose not expressly permitted or required by this Agreement, (c) refrain from disclosing or permitting others to disclose any such Confidential Information to any third party without obtaining the Disclosing Party’s express prior written consent on a case-by-case basis, and (d) limit access to the Confidential Information to employees or agents of the Receiving Party who have a reasonable need to have such access in connection with the performance of the Services and are bound by confidentiality provisions no less stringent that those contained herein. The foregoing obligations will survive any termination of this Agreement. To the extent a Party has disclosed information that constitutes a trade secret under law, the Receiving Party agrees to protect such trade secret for so long as the information qualifies as a trade secret under applicable law.

4.2 Exceptions. The obligations set forth in Section 4.1 will not apply with respect to any particular information that: (a) the Receiving Party lawfully knew prior to the Disclosing Party’s first disclosure to the Receiving Party, (b) a third party rightfully disclosed to the Receiving Party free of any confidentiality duties or obligations, (c) is, or through no fault of the Receiving Party has become, generally available to the public, or (d) is independently developed by the Receiving Party without use of or reference to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information. Additionally, the Receiving Party will be permitted to disclose Confidential Information to the extent that such disclosure is expressly approved in writing by the Disclosing Party, or is required by law or court order, provided that the Receiving Party immediately notifies the Disclosing Party in writing of such required disclosure and cooperates with the Disclosing Party, at the Disclosing Party’s reasonable request and expense, in any lawful action to contest or limit the scope of such required disclosure, including filing motions and otherwise making appearances before a court.


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

5.


4.3 Return. Upon the Disclosing Party’s request and upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement, the Receiving Party will promptly (a) return to the Disclosing Party or, if so directed by the Disclosing Party, destroy all tangible embodiments of the Confidential Information (in every form and medium), (b) permanently erase all electronic files containing or summarizing any Confidential Information, and (c) certify to the Disclosing Party in writing that the Receiving Party has fully complied with the foregoing obligations.

4.4 Cooperation. Each Receiving Party will notify and cooperate with the Disclosing Party in enforcing the Disclosing Party’s rights if the Receiving Party becomes aware of a threatened or actual violation of the Disclosing Party’s confidentiality requirements by a third party. Upon reasonable request by Client, GlobalLogic will provide copies of the confidentiality agreements entered into with its employees, agents, or independent contractors which shall be no less restrictive than the confidentiality obligations between Parties under this Agreement.

4.5 Use of General Knowledge. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit either Party’s right to independently develop or acquire products without use of either Party’s Confidential Information or Retained Technology either for itself or for other Clients. Further, either Party shall be free to use for any purpose the general knowledge resulting from access to or work with such Confidential Information or Retained Technology, provided that each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information as provided herein. The term “general knowledge” means information in non-tangible form, which may be retained in the unaided memory of any person who has had access to the Confidential Information or Retained Technology, including ideas, concepts, know-how or techniques contained therein. This Section 4.5 shall not be deemed to grant GlobalLogic a license under the Client’s copyrights or patents.

4.6 Data Protection.

4.6.1 GlobalLogic acknowledges that Client is and/or will be subject to United States federal and state laws and other laws throughout the world including the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, Title V, and applicable regulations thereto (collectively, the “ Privacy Laws ”) governing privacy and confidentiality of personal information as defined in the Privacy Laws or information that relates to a specific, identifiable, individual person (collectively, “ Personal Information ”) of Client’s customers and employees and the individuals about whom Client has or collects personal and other information. Client and GlobalLogic agree to cooperate with each other with respect to the other’s obligations under the Privacy Laws. Each of GlobalLogic and Client will comply with all applicable Privacy Laws relating to the collection, use and disclosure of Client’s and Client’s customers’, employees and other individuals’ Personal Information provided to or accessible by GlobalLogic pursuant to the Agreement.

4.6.2 GlobalLogic shall perform the Services and GlobalLogic’s other obligations in a manner that complies with all applicable Client policies and Policies and Procedures as set forth in Exhibit K (Policies and Procedures), as such policies may change from time to time, and applicable data protection laws and the Privacy Laws including any applicable laws relating to the collection, use, processing, protection or disclosure of data relating to individuals or corporations, including personal data, during the provision of the Services delivered under the Agreement (which may include European Directive 95/46/EC on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and any legislation implementing such article, and any legislation implementing the same in the relevant state (collectively, the “ Directive ”) (collectively, “ Data Protection Laws ”). GlobalLogic will not take any action that puts Client in breach of its obligations under the Data Protection Laws and nothing in the Agreement will be deemed to prevent Client from taking the steps it reasonably deems necessary to comply with the Data Protection Laws.

5. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

5.1 Ownership. Client will solely and exclusively own all right, title and interest in and to all Client Work Product and all Intellectual Property Rights related thereto. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, all such Client Work Product shall be considered “works for hire,” provided that, to the extent that any of the foregoing may not be deemed a “work for hire,” or in the event that Client may not, by operation of law or otherwise, be deemed to own any such Client Work Product, GlobalLogic agrees to assign to Client, and to the extent permitted by applicable law does hereby irrevocably and unconditionally assign to Client and its successors, and assigns, all right, title and interest in and to such Client Work Product and all Intellectual Property Rights embodied therein or practiced thereby. Accordingly, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Client will be deemed to own, without any restrictions or limitations whatsoever, the sole and exclusive rights to prepare derivative works based on the Client Work Products and to reproduce, adapt, distribute, publicly perform and display, and otherwise exploit the Client Work Products and such derivative works, by any and all means and in any and all media now or hereafter known, throughout the world and in perpetuity. To the extent any of GlobalLogic’s rights in the Client Work Products, including without limitation any moral rights, are not capable of assignment under applicable law, GlobalLogic hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives all enforcement of such rights to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law.

GlobalLogic agrees to execute any documents or take any other actions as may reasonably be necessary, or as Client may reasonably request and at Client’s cost, to perfect Client’s ownership of such Client Work Product and related Intellectual Property Rights.


 

6.


GlobalLogic shall ensure that all GlobalLogic employees, agents, representatives, and contractors performing Services have executed agreements providing Client the rights described herein and the confidentiality terms of such agreements will be no less restrictive than the confidentiality terms of this Agreement.

GlobalLogic shall not incorporate, imbed or include any third party software, intellectual property or open source code into the Client Work Product, without obtaining Client’s prior written consent.

5.2 Ownership of Client Materials. Any and all technology, code, information or materials provided by Client to GlobalLogic in connection with GlobalLogic’s performance of the Services, including, without limitation, product materials, product and business information of Client, and software programs (collectively, “ Client Materials ”), together with all Intellectual Property Rights therein, are and shall be owned by, and shall be the sole and exclusive property of, Client. Client hereby grants to GlobalLogic a worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, limited license to use the Client Materials for the sole purpose of GlobalLogic’s performance of the Services under this Agreement.

5.3 Reserved Technologies.

5.3.1 License to Reserved Technologies. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, GlobalLogic hereby grants to Client a non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide, fully paid, royalty free license in and to all of GlobalLogic’s Intellectual Property Rights in or relating to the Reserved Technologies or Pre-Existing Materials used in or relating to the Services or Client Work Product. For the sake of clarity, the foregoing license shall include the rights to use, reproduce, publicly display, publicly perform, distribute copies of, prepare derivative works based upon and, if applicable, to make, have made, offer to sell or rent, sell, rent, import and/or practice any and all such Reserved Technologies to the extent embodied in or practiced by any Client Work Product provided under this Agreement, which rights shall be fully sub-licensable by Client in its discretion. Any rights granted to Client under this Section are also subject to §43a of the Lanham Act.

5.3.2 Reservation of Certain Intellectual Property Rights. Subject to the license granted by the preceding paragraph, Each Party reserves all rights that are not expressly granted in this Agreement. Client acknowledges that the foregoing licenses to Client are non-exclusive and that GlobalLogic may use the Reserved Technologies for any purpose in GlobalLogic’s discretion.

6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

6.1 General.

(a) GlobalLogic represents, warrants and covenants that it has full right, power, and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement without the consent of any third party, including the right to grant all licenses granted by GlobalLogic in this Agreement.

 

(b) Compliance with Laws And Regulations.

(i) General. GlobalLogic represents and warrants that it shall perform its responsibilities under this Agreement in compliance with all laws, regulations ordinances and codes applicable to this Agreement and the Services and identifying and procuring required permits, certificates, approvals and inspections. If a charge of non-compliance with any such laws, regulations, ordinances, or codes occurs, then GlobalLogic shall (A) promptly notify Client of such charge in writing and (B) immediately remediate such noncompliance at GlobalLogic’s own cost and effort.

(ii) Export Laws. GlobalLogic acknowledge that certain Software and technical data to be provided under this Agreement and certain transactions under this Agreement may be subject to import and export controls under the laws and regulations of the United States and other countries. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, GlobalLogic will comply with all such import and export related laws and regulations. GlobalLogic will include with copies of all software that GlobalLogic will use outside of the United States documentation stating the following: “These commodities, technology or software were exported from the United States in accordance with Export Administration Regulations. Diversion or re-export contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.” GlobalLogic further represents and warrants to Client that (A) neither GlobalLogic nor any GlobalLogic personnel or representative are included on any Entity List or Denied Persons List (as maintained by the Department of Commerce Bureau of Industry and Security); and (B) GlobalLogic will never involve any entity or person included on any such Entity List or Denied Persons List under this Agreement.

(c) GlobalLogic represents and warrants that all Client Work Product is free of any mal-ware (including viruses, trojan horses, worms, backdoors, and similar items), time bombs, and other disruptive mechanisms. GlobalLogic further represents and warrants that it will not insert into any Client Work Product, software, or system any code which would have the effect of disabling or otherwise shutting down all or any portion of Client’s businesses, environment, or any Deliverable. GlobalLogic further represents and warrants that it will use and maintain, and cause its contractors and subcontractors to use and maintain then current anti-virus software as is commercially reasonable.

(d) GlobalLogic represents and warrants that it will perform the Services under this Agreement in a timely, professional, and workmanlike manner in accordance with the standards of the industry. All Services will be rendered by professionals who possess the required qualifications to perform work outlined in the applicable Statement of Work.


 

7.


(e) GlobalLogic warrants that for *** after the termination or expiration date of this Agreement, each Deliverable produced or provided in the *** prior to such termination or expiration date, will not deviate from the specifications and documentation for such Deliverable and will remain free of any Nonconformities *** the foregoing *** warranty period will occur during the *** of the Termination Assistance period. If any Deliverable does not conform to the warranty in this Section 6.1(e), GlobalLogic will correct such failure at no charge.

(f) GlobalLogic represents and warrants that documentation delivered with each software Deliverable will be sufficient to allow: (i) a reasonably knowledgeable information technology professional to understand, maintain, support and modify such software Deliverable; and (ii) a typical end user to understand the functions and features of such software Deliverable and the procedures for exercising such functions and features.

(g) GlobalLogic represents and warrants that the resources, equipment, telecommunications and connectivity requirements, hardware and software identified under the Agreement (including in Exhibits A and H), as amended from time to time (to account for any additional requirements mutually agreed to between the Parties), are sufficient for Client to receive the Services and for such Services to perform in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement.

(h) GlobalLogic represents and warrants that Client Work Product, Reserved Technologies, and GlobalLogic’s Services and technologies will not infringe, or constitute an infringement or misappropriation, of any third party’s Intellectual Property Rights; except to the extent and only to the extent that such infringement or misappropriation is caused solely and directly by Client Material provided by Client. GlobalLogic represents and warrants that it has and will have the right, title and interest to grant all of the licenses and other rights granted and/or to be granted under this Agreement and each Statement of Work.

6.2 Disclaimer of Warranty. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN SECTION 6.1 ABOVE OR A STATEMENT OF WORK, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS AND GRANTS NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW, BY STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, AND EACH PARTY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, OR EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.

6.3 Essential Basis. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the disclaimers, exclusions and limitations of liability set forth in Sections 6 and 7 form an essential basis of this Agreement, and that, absent any of such disclaimers, exclusions or limitations of liability, the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation the economic terms, would be substantially different.

 

7. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

EXCEPT FOR EITHER PARTY’S (A) INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, (B) BREACH OF ITS CONFIDENTIALITY AND DATA PROTECTION OBLIGATIONS, AND (C) BREACH OF ANY REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF DATA, OR FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED, ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY AND WHETHER OR NOT SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, ARISING UNDER ANY CAUSE OF ACTION AND ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR UNDER ANY STATUTE OR LAW CONNECTED INDEPENDENTLY OF THIS AGREEMENT TO SUCH CAUSE OF ACTION. THIS LIMITATION UPON DAMAGES AND CLAIMS IS INTENDED TO APPLY WITHOUT REGARD TO WHETHER OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN BREACHED OR HAVE PROVEN INEFFECTIVE. EXCEPT FOR EITHER PARTY’S (A) INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, (B) BREACH OF ITS CONFIDENTIALITY AND DATA PROTECTION OBLIGATIONS, AND (C) BREACH OF ANY REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY’S TOTAL CUMULATIVE LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, WILL EXCEED ***

8. INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 By GlobalLogic. GlobalLogic will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Client, its affiliates, and their officers, directors, affiliates, employees, agents and successors and assigns, from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, and all other expenses (including attorneys’ and expert witnesses’ costs, and fees and litigation, settlement, judgment, interest and penalties) arising from or relating to any claim caused by (a) fraud, intentional misconduct, or negligence of GlobalLogic or any of its employees, agents, or subcontractors, (b) the alleged breach, misappropriation, or infringement of any Intellectual Property Right of a third party in connection with the Services, Deliverables, Client Work Product, or Reserved Technologies, (c) GlobalLogic’s breach of or any inaccuracy or untruthfulness with respect to any representation or warranty under this Agreement, (d) GlobalLogic’s breach of its confidentiality and data protection obligations under this Agreement, (e) claims by GlobalLogic subcontractors or representatives asserting rights under or in connection with this Agreement, (f) the death or bodily injury of any agent, employee, customer, business invitee, or business visitor or other person caused by the tortious conduct of GlobalLogic or any of its employees, agents, or subcontractors; (g) the damage, loss or destruction of any real


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

8.


or tangible personal property caused by the tortious conduct of GlobalLogic or any of its employees, agents, or subcontractors; (h) any claim, demand, charge, action, cause of action, or other proceeding resulting from an act or omission of GlobalLogic in its capacity as an employer of a person; and (i) (x) failure by GlobalLogic to comply with its obligations with respect to Taxes, (y) any Taxes assessed against Client that are the responsibility of GlobalLogic under this Agreement or according to applicable law, or (z) for interest or penalties that arise as a result of GlobalLogic having issued an incorrect invoice to Client with respect to Taxes or collection thereof.

8.2 By Client. Client will indemnify and hold harmless GlobalLogic and its affiliates, employees, and agents from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, and other expenses (including attorneys’ and expert witnesses’ costs and fees) arising from or relating to any third party claim caused by (a) intentional misconduct of Client or any of its employees, or agents (excluding GlobalLogic) in connection with the Services, or (b) the alleged infringement of any intellectual property right of a third party (other than patents) by GlobalLogic’s use as contemplated under this Agreement of any materials provided by Client to GlobalLogic in connection with the Services, except to the extent that such infringement is caused by: (i) a modification or enhancement, or misuse, by GlobalLogic or GlobalLogic’s personnel or agents (except for modifications made at the written direction of Client); (ii) failure by GlobalLogic or GlobalLogic’s personnel or agents to use new or corrected versions of such materials provided by Client; (iii) the combination, operation or use by GlobalLogic or GlobalLogic’s personnel or agents with products or information not furnished or authorized by Client; or (iv) the Services, Deliverables, Client Work Product, or Reserved Technologies provided by GlobalLogic or GlobalLogic’s personnel or agents.

8.3 Procedures. In the event of any third-party claim, demand, suit, or action (a “Claim” ) for which an indemnified Party (or any of its affiliates, employees, or agents) is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified Party may, at its option, require the indemnifying Party to defend such Claim at such indemnifying Party’s sole expense. The indemnifying Party may not agree to settle any such Claim without the indemnified Party’s express prior written consent. Without limiting the foregoing, the indemnified Party shall be permitted, at its own expense, to participate in the defense of any claim under this Agreement by counsel of its own choice.

9. TERMINATION

9.1 Termination at Will. Client may terminate this Agreement or any Statement of Work without cause for its convenience at any time after *** following the Effective Date

of this Agreement upon *** written Notice to GlobalLogic. If, as at the date of termination of the Agreement, the remaining Initial Term is more than ***, then Client will pay the Termination Recovery Amount set forth in Exhibit O.

9.2 Termination for Breach.

9.2.1 In the event, GlobalLogic:

(a) commits a material breach of the Agreement that is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of the breach from Client;

(b) breaches its confidentiality and data protection obligations under this Agreement;

(c) breaches, simultaneously or over time, covenants, agreements, obligations, representations or warranties in the Agreement, that taken together constitute a material breach of the Agreement after GlobalLogic has been made aware of such breaches, on an individual basis;

(d) commits the third occurrence of a material breach of which Client has provided timely notice within a rolling *** ***, regardless of whether GlobalLogic cured any individual material breach;

(e) fails to successfully complete any Critical Transition Milestone set forth in Attachment J-1 to Exhibit J or in the Transition Plan; or

(f) fails to meet (i) the same SLA ***

then Client, by giving notice to GlobalLogic, may terminate, in whole or in part, this Agreement for cause and/or any Statement(s) of Work as of a date specified in the notice of termination. If Client chooses to terminate this Agreement or any Statement(s) of Work in part, the undisputed Fees payable thereunder for Services performed prior to termination will be paid in accordance with Section 9.3.3.

9.2.2 In the event that Client fails to pay GlobalLogic undisputed Fees when due under the Agreement and the total of all such Fees exceeds, *** then, if Client fails to make such payment within *** of receipt of written Notice from GlobalLogic, GlobalLogic shall have the right to exercise any of the following remedies at its sole election: (i) terminate the Agreement for breach of payment by Client by providing 30 days’ written Notice to Client; or (ii) Terminate a Statement of Work by providing 30 days’ written Notice.


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

9.


9.2.3 Other Termination Events

9.2.3.1 *** may at its option terminate the Agreement, by giving GlobalLogic at least ninety (90) days prior notice and designating a date upon which such termination shall be effective. For the avoidance of doubt, Client may not terminate the Agreement if ***. All undisputed fees and costs payable for Services performed by GlobalLogic prior to the date of termination shall be paid by Client in the event of such termination in accordance with Section 9.3.3.

9.2.3.2 ***, then Client, by giving notice to GlobalLogic, may terminate, in whole or in part, this Agreement and/or any Statement(s) of Work as of a date specified in the notice of termination. *** If Client chooses to terminate this Agreement or any Statement(s) of Work in part, the undisputed Fees payable thereunder for Services performed prior to termination will be paid in accordance with Section 9.3.3.

9.2.4 Termination Assistance.

Commencing *** prior to the termination date or on such earlier date as Client may request, and continuing for *** after the termination date, GlobalLogic shall provide to Client, or at Client’s request to Client’s designee, all reasonable assistance requested by Client to allow the Services to continue without interruption or adverse effect and to facilitate the orderly transfer of the Services to Client or its designee (“ Termination Assistance ”). GlobalLogic’s obligation to provide Termination Assistance shall apply regardless of the reason that this Agreement or any Statement of Work terminates. Termination Assistance shall include:

(a) Supporting Client’s transition plan, making available necessary personnel and resources to facilitate the transition, and providing training, documentation and other materials necessary to enable Client or its designee to assume responsibility for the Services.

(b) If and to the extent that a third party is designated by Client to assume responsibility for some or all of the Services, GlobalLogic shall provide Termination Assistance to Client’s designee. GlobalLogic shall provide the designee such information regarding the Services as is reasonably required for the designee to assume responsibility for, and continue the performance of, the Services in an orderly manner. Client may not disclose GlobalLogic’s Confidential Information to such third party unless the confidentiality obligations of Client under Section 4.1(d) are complied with.

(c) GlobalLogic shall use reasonable efforts to obtain any necessary rights and thereafter make available to Client or its designee, pursuant to reasonable terms and conditions, any third party services then being utilized by GlobalLogic in the performance of the Services, including services being provided through third party service or maintenance contracts regarding telecommunications or software.

(d) In providing Termination Assistance, GlobalLogic shall provide GlobalLogic and its designee with reasonable access to and use of all such GlobalLogic Resources used by GlobalLogic to provide the Services (subject to restrictions in agreements with third parties).

(e) For a period of *** following the termination date and provided Client has paid any outstanding undisputed Fees, GlobalLogic shall provide, at Client’s request, any or all of the Services that are subject to termination or expiration at the Fees set forth under this Agreement. To the extent GlobalLogic is to perform Services under this Section, the provisions of this Agreement shall be applicable as such provisions would have been applicable to such Services prior

 

to the termination date. All Termination Assistance shall be chargeable to Client at the Fees for existing Services set forth under this Agreement until completed, including all applicable, preapproved expenses.

9.3 Effects of Termination.

9.3.1 Survival. Sections of this Agreement that are intended to survive will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement. Expiration or termination of this Agreement will not relieve the Parties of any obligation accruing prior to such expiration or termination.

9.3.2 Return of Client Property. Upon termination of this Agreement or earlier as requested by Client, GlobalLogic will deliver to Client any and all documents, samples, and other materials in GlobalLogic’s possession or control that contain, summarize, or disclose any Client Work Product (in whatever stage of development or completion), Client’s Confidential Information, Client Materials (in whatever stage of development or completion) or any other materials or intellectual property provided by or on behalf of Client.

9.3.3 Compensation. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Client will pay GlobalLogic all undisputed fees for all Services performed through the effective date of termination and will reimburse GlobalLogic for undisputed expenses validly incurred by GlobalLogic before the effective date of such termination; provided that such amounts will be equitably adjusted to account for any Service Level Credit or Critical Milestone Credit not already set off against a previous invoice that Client believes, in good faith, it is entitled to. If


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

10.


following the foregoing reconciliation, GlobalLogic has received more funds than it is entitled or if GlobalLogic owes Client any Service Level Credits, Critical Milestone Credits, refund or other amount, GlobalLogic will promptly pay Client such amounts through a check drawn from a U.S. based bank.

10. MISCELLANEOUS

10.1.1 Nonsolicitation. Each Party agrees not to employ, or solicit or seek to employ, any employee of the other Party for a period of *** after such employee’s termination of employment, without the prior written consent of the other Party. The foregoing shall not restrict either Party from advertising both internally and externally for a vacancy or position, provided that such advertisement is not intentionally, directly and solely targeted at the other Party’s certain employee(s). Upon breach of this Section 10.1.1 with respect to a particular employee, the Party not in breach may seek a temporary restraining order or injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction and if such temporary restraining order or injunctive relief is granted by such court, then all costs pertaining to seeking such relief shall be borne by the Party in breach.

10.1.2 Notwithstanding the terms and conditions of this Section 10.1, in the event that Client is acquired though a corporate transaction during the term of this Agreement, GlobalLogic shall allow Client’s successor-in-interest to transfer the entire team of GlobalLogic personnel from GlobalLogic to Client, without an additional fee. For the avoidance of doubt, GlobalLogic shall permit this transfer only if Client is current with all undisputed payments then due (under this Agreement and all SOW’s in effect) and has no outstanding undisputed balance.

10.1.3 For *** after any GlobalLogic resource has been rotated off or removed from the Client account or team, GlobalLogic shall not assign, provide, or allow such GlobalLogic resource to work on a Client competitor’s or customer’s account or team for the same Line of Business that such GlobalLogic resource had been working on while assigned to Client’s account or team. As at the Effective Date, the Client “Lines of Business” and Client’s competitors and customers are listed on Exhibit P. Client may, on a quarterly basis, reasonably update Exhibit P in its discretion.

10.2 Independent Contractor Relationship. GlobalLogic’s relation to Client under this Agreement is that of an independent contractor. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be

construed to create a partnership, joint venture, or employer-employee relationship between Client and any of GlobalLogic’s employees or agents. GlobalLogic is not an agent of Client and is not authorized, and shall not represent to any third party that it is authorized to make any commitment or otherwise act on behalf of Client as its agent.

10.3 Governing Law; Venue. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Washington without reference to any conflict of laws principles that would require the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods does not apply to this Agreement. Each Party irrevocably consents to the personal jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in King County, Washington for any suit, claim, or action arising from or related to this Agreement, and waives any right Client may have to object to the venue of such courts.

10.4 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is, for any reason, held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of this Agreement will be unimpaired and the invalid or unenforceable provision will be deemed modified so that it is valid and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

10.5 Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned, delegated, or otherwise transferred, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, by either Party without the other Party’s express prior written consent, except for Client, Client may assign this Agreement to any affiliate or in connection with a merger, acquisition, sale, or corporate reorganization without GlobalLogic’s prior written consent. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding on the Parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Any attempted assignment, delegation, or transfer in violation of the foregoing will be null and void.

10.6 Notices. Each Party must deliver all notices, consents, and approvals required or permitted under this Agreement in writing to the other Party at the address listed on the signature page by courier, by certified or registered mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested), or by a nationally-recognized overnight carrier. Notice will be effective upon receipt or refusal of delivery. Each Party may change its address for receipt of notice by giving notice of such change to the other Party. Mail that is not registered or certified, email messages, facsimiles or verbal communications shall not be considered “Notice” for the purpose of this Section.


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

11.


10.7 Force Majeure.

10.7.1 Neither Party shall be liable for any default or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement: (a) if and to the extent such default or delay is caused, directly or indirectly, by: fire, flood, earthquake, elements of nature or acts of God, riots, civil disorders, rebellions or revolutions in any country, or any other similar cause beyond the reasonable control of such Party, and (b) provided the non-performing Party is without fault in causing such default or delay, and such default or delay could not have been prevented by reasonable precautions and cannot reasonably be circumvented by the non-performing Party through the use of alternate sources, workaround plans or other means (including, with respect to GlobalLogic, by GlobalLogic meeting its obligations for performing disaster recovery services as described in this Agreement, including without limitation, the obligation to submit code and Client Work Product (no matter the stage of development) back into the Client system as set forth in this Agreement). In such event the non-performing Party shall be excused from further performance or observance of the obligation(s) so affected for as long as such circumstances prevail and such Party continues to use its best efforts to recommence performance or observance whenever and to whatever extent possible without delay. Any Party so delayed in its performance shall immediately notify the Party to whom performance is due by telephone (to be confirmed in writing within two (2) days of the inception of such delay) and describe at a reasonable level of detail the circumstances causing such delay. If any force majeure event substantially prevents, hinders, or delays performance of the Services necessary for the performance of GlobalLogic functions reasonably identified by GlobalLogic as critical for more than *** then Client may procure the affected Services from an alternate source.

10.7.2 If Client elects to procure replacement services from a third party, Client shall continue to pay the Fees to GlobalLogic for the affected Services and GlobalLogic shall be liable for full payment for all such replacement services from a third party until such time as GlobalLogic can reasonably demonstrate to Client the ability to resume provision of such Services in accordance with the applicable Service Levels and the Agreement; provided, however, that if GlobalLogic is unable to restore the Services within *** of the initial Service outage, Client may, at any time thereafter until such time as the Services have been restored and resumed by GlobalLogic, terminate the affected Services without penalty or payment to GlobalLogic.

 

10.8 Branding and Publicity.

10.8.1 Branding. GlobalLogic shall make commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate any Client branding and/or internal facility branding requests so as to support the notion, for marketing purposes that the GlobalLogic team is a virtual extension of Client off shore. Client will contribute all applicable marketing/branding materials at its own cost. In the event that Client reasonably requests GlobalLogic to paint its off shore facility internally, in a color of Client’s choice, GlobalLogic shall do so at its own expense. Client Work Products will include Client branding at Client’s request and cost.

10.8.2 Publicity. GlobalLogic shall not use Client’s or its affiliate’s name, logo, or mark or refer to Client or its affiliates directly or indirectly (whether expressly or anonymously) in any media release, public announcement, or public disclosure, including on any website or in any promotional or marketing materials or communications, publicity, directories, customer lists or business presentations through any medium to the public or others without the written consent of Client prior to each such use or release.

10.9 Dispute Resolution.

10.9.1 Informal Dispute Resolution. Prior to the initiation of formal dispute resolution procedures as to any dispute (except as provided in Section 10.9.2), the Parties shall first attempt to resolve each dispute informally, as follows:

(a) The Parties agree that the Client Relationship Manager and the GlobalLogic Relationship Manager shall attempt in good faith to resolve all disputes. In the event the Client Relationship Manager and the GlobalLogic Relationship Manager are unable to resolve a dispute in an amount of time that either Party deems reasonable under the circumstances, such Party may refer the dispute for resolution to the senior corporate executives specified in subsection (b) below upon written notice to the other Party;

(b) Within *** of a Notice under Subsection (a) above referring a dispute for resolution by senior corporate executives, the Client Relationship Manager and the GlobalLogic Relationship Manager will prepare and provide to the Executive Committee summaries of the relevant information and background of the dispute, along with any appropriate supporting documentation, for its review. The members of the Executive Committee will confer as often as they deem reasonably necessary in order to gather and furnish to the other all information with respect to the matter in issue which the Parties believe to be appropriate and germane in connection with its resolution. The members shall discuss the problem and negotiate in good faith in an effort to resolve the dispute without the necessity of any formal proceeding. The specific format for the discussions will be left to the discretion of the members, but may include the preparation of agreed upon statements of fact or written statements of position;


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

12.


(c) During the course of negotiations under this Section, all reasonable requests made by one Party to another for non-privileged information, reasonably related to the dispute, will be honored in order that each of the Parties may be fully advised of the other’s position; and

(d) Formal proceedings for the resolution of a dispute may not be commenced until the earlier of (1) the Executive Committee under Subsection (b) above concluding in good faith that amicable resolution through continued negotiation of the matter does not appear likely, or *** after the notice under Subsection (a) above referring the dispute to the Executive Committee.

10.9.2 Arbitration

(a) If the dispute has not been resolved through the procedure in Section 10.9.1, either Party may within *** of a notice to the other Party submit the dispute for resolution by non-binding arbitration. If a Party determines under this Section 10.9.2 that a dispute should not be resolved through non-binding arbitration, either Party may institute formal court proceedings to resolve the dispute in the courts set forth in Section 10.9.3.

(b) Subject to Section 10.9.3, if either Parties issues a notice to the other Party under Section 10.9.2(a), the matter shall be resolved by arbitration in King County, Washington, administered by AAA. If the Parties are unable to agree on a single arbitrator within sixty (60) days of the original written agreement to resolve the dispute by arbitration (or such additional time to which the Parties may agree), the Parties shall each appoint one arbitrator approved by AAA and the two arbitrators shall select a third neutral, independent and impartial arbitrator from the list of arbitrators approved by AAA. Each such arbitrator shall be an attorney or judge having experience and familiarity with information technology disputes.

(c) The Parties and the arbitrators shall use reasonable, diligent efforts to complete the arbitration within *** after the appointment of the arbitrator(s) under Section 10.9.2(b) above.

 

(d) If any Party should bring any action (arbitration, at law or in equity) to resolve any claim related to this Agreement or to interpret any term contained in this Agreement, the prevailing Party in such action (as determined by the arbitrator(s) or judge (or equivalent)) shall be entitled to receive from the non-prevailing Party all of its costs and expenses incurred in such action (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees).

(e) Governing Law. The arbitrator(s) shall, in rendering its decision, apply the substantive law of the State of Washington, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions, except that the interpretation of and enforcement of this Section 10.9.2 shall be governed by the U.S. Federal Arbitration Act.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, nothing in Section 10.9 shall prevent either Party from instituting formal proceedings, and each Party is authorized to institute formal proceedings at any time (including before, during or after any of the informal proceedings addressed in Section 10.9.1(a) or non-binding arbitration in Section 10.9.2 to: (1) avoid the expiration of any applicable limitations period, (2) obtain equitable relief, (3) preserve a superior position with respect to other creditors, (4) resolve a Party’s Intellectual Property Rights, or (5) obtain relief with respect to a Party’s breach or alleged breach of confidentiality or data protection obligations.

10.9.3 Escalation Litigation of a dispute may be commenced by either Party upon the earlier to occur of any of the following: (a) The senior executives conclude in good faith that amicable resolution through continued negotiation of the matter does not appear likely; (b) The applicable dispute is not resolved within *** of the date of the initial demand therefor (this period shall be deemed to run notwithstanding any claim that the process described in this Section was not followed or completed); (c) Commencement of litigation is appropriate to avoid the expiration of an applicable limitations period or to preserve a superior position with respect to other creditors, or a Party makes a good faith determination that a breach by the other Party is such that a temporary restraining order or other injunctive relief is necessary; or (d) Pursuant to Section 10.9.2 (a) and (f).


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

13.


10.9.4 Continued Performance Each Party agrees that it shall, unless otherwise directed by the other Party, continue performing its obligations under the Agreement while any dispute is being resolved; provided that this provision shall not operate or be construed as extending the Term or prohibiting or delaying a Party’s exercise of any right it may have to terminate the Term as to all or any part of the Services.

10.10 Construction. Section headings are included in this Agreement merely for convenience of reference; they are not to be considered part of this Agreement or used in the interpretation of this Agreement. When used in this Agreement, “including” means “including without limitation.” No rule of strict construction will be applied in the interpretation or construction of this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between these General Terms and Conditions and a Statement of Work, these General Terms and Conditions will control unless the Statement of Work expressly refers to the Parties’ intent to make an exception to the terms of this General Terms and Conditions for that Statement of Work. For the avoidance of doubt, all amounts set forth in this Agreement are expressed in United States Dollars.

10.11 Waiver. All waivers must be in writing and signed by the Party waiving its rights. Any waiver or failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement on one occasion will not be deemed a waiver of any other provision or of such provision on any other occasion. A delay or omission by either Party hereto to exercise any right or power under the Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver thereof. All remedies provided for in the Agreement shall be cumulative and in addition to and not in lieu of any other remedies available to either Party under this Agreement, at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

10.12 Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement is the final, complete, and exclusive agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and merges all prior or contemporaneous communications and understandings between the Parties. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement will be effective unless in writing and signed by both Parties.

10.13 Use of Subcontractors. GlobalLogic may perform certain of its tasks or duties under this Agreement using one or more consultants or subcontractors, provided GlobalLogic has obtained the prior, express, written consent of Client with respect to such consultants or subcontractors. GlobalLogic shall remain solely responsible at all times for the performance of the Services in accordance with the terms hereof by such consultants or subcontractors.

10.14 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. In conformity with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act in connection with the transaction contemplated under the Agreement, each Party shall have and enforce policies prohibiting its employees and agents from directly or indirectly making any offer, payment, or promise to pay; authorizing payment; offering a gift, promising to give, or authorizing the giving of anything of value for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of an official of any government (including a decision not to act) or inducing such a person to use his or her influence to affect any such governmental act or decision in order to assist such Party in obtaining, retaining or directing any business.

[END OF GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS]


 

14.


EXHIBIT A

Pricing Policies

This Exhibit describes GlobalLogic’s pricing policy as applicable to rates, hardware and software, expenses and any other incidental items:

Hardware and Software

GlobalLogic is required to provide Client with a dedicated team of consultants. GlobalLogic will provide Client at no additional cost with standard hardware and software, including Internet connectivity to its off-shore team, in accordance with GlobalLogic’s then-current standard operating procedures as reflected in Exhibit H. Prior written authorization from Client will be obtained by GlobalLogic before incurring any expense.

Expenses

Travel expenses are set forth in Exhibit D. Where a per diem is specified for expenses, per diem will be calculated based on number of days the employee travels to and from the Service Location where Services are performed.

Pricing Policies

The Agreement will set forth one or more of the following rates applicable to Services performed by GlobalLogic there under:

Monthly Rate: *** Upon Client’s request, GlobalLogic will provide Client with a replacement GlobalLogic employee that meets Client’s approval. Hours will be tracked and reported but will not affect the monthly rate unless an individual is assigned to the project for a partial month. For work during a partial month, the monthly rate will be prorated by multiplying the monthly rate by the number of days actually worked divided by twenty standard work days (monthly rate * days worked / 20).

Daily Rate: If a resource is assigned to a project full time, a standard “Person Day” is any time worked *** at any Service Location and will be invoiced as a full day. Any time worked on a weekend or holiday will be billed ***. The terms of this Section are subject to the condition that an employee shall work for no less than ***.

Hourly Rate (Part-Time Resources Only): For a part-time resource, the Hourly Rate will be set forth in Exhibit G and be applied to all hours worked.

Other Policies

Compensatory Time Off : GlobalLogic encourages its employees to work flexible hours to manage their work flow. For example, employees may work on a weekend in order to complete the project on schedule and take compensatory time off with Client project manager’s approval. Client will either be invoiced for the flex time worked on the weekend or compensatory time off at GlobalLogic’s standard rates during the week with no overtime charge for working weekends or beyond a business day, but not both.

Travel Time : GlobalLogic employees will be encouraged to travel on the weekends. If travel on weekends is possible, the Client will not be billed for travel time. If the GlobalLogic employee is requested to travel by Client during week, the Client will be billed for travel time.

Training Client shall bear the expense of training imparted to GlobalLogic team members, which shall be billed to Client after both Parties have mutually agreed to the training in writing.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


Transition Plan Investment:

“Transition Plan Investment” refers to training imparted to GlobalLogic team members newly assigned to the Client account within the *** of the Effective Date of this Agreement. This training will be provided by Client’s employees to GlobalLogic Employees.

The Transition Plan Investment Period shall be as follows:

***

The fee payable for the Transition Plan Investment is as designated as the “Ramp Investment %” set forth in Exhibit G.

Motricity Orientation Training :

After the *** from the Effective Date of the Agreement, GlobalLogic team members newly assigned to the Client account shall undergo “Motricity Orientation Training” administered by GlobalLogic that is customized for each role (Project Manager (PM), Architect, Tech Lead, Sr. Developer, Developer and Quality Assurance (QA). Motricity Orientation Training together with the Transition Plan jointly developed by Client and GlobalLogic as set forth in Exhibit J are intended to minimize team ramp up time. GlobalLogic will not charge Client for new team members while they are in the Motricity Orientation Training program.

GlobalLogic will bear costs for training new team members assigned to the Client account to replace team members removed for cause or as a result of attrition surpassing the attrition level specified in the SLA in Exhibit E.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any changes to this Exhibit, must be mutually agreed to in writing between the Parties.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


EXHIBIT B

GLOBALLOGIC VELOCITY SM :

The GlobalLogic Velocity SM Platform is GlobalLogic’s proprietary method supported by a platform, framework and objects to enable an expedient, global, collaborative product lifecycle management. It facilitates teams to collaboratively define, estimate, automate and measure the assets and the work needed to create software products while a team is developing a product for wide distribution in a rapidly changing environment. GlobalLogic Velocity SM is owned by GlobalLogic and is contained in the connectors used to integrate the various tools and systems. These proprietary connectors are exposed for use and modifications through open Application Interfaces and therefore the Client may make any such required modifications without accessing the source code.


EXHIBIT C

Insurance And Risk of Loss

 

1. Insurance Coverage .

 

A) As at the Effective Date and through to February 1, 2009 (“ Renewal Date ”), GlobalLogic shall maintain in force at least the insurance types and coverages set forth in the insurance certificates already provided to Client on or before the Effective Date.

 

B) Thereafter:

 

  (i) GlobalLogic shall no later than March 1, 2009 provide to Client, insurance certificates that evidence that GlobalLogic is, as of the Renewal Date and continuing for the Term of this Agreement, insured for the insurance coverages under this Exhibit C, and

 

  (ii) GlobalLogic shall for the remainder of the Term of this Agreement have and maintain in force at least the following insurance coverages:

 

  (a) Employer’s Liability Insurance and Worker’s Compensation Insurance, including coverage for occupational injury, illness and disease, and other similar social insurance in accordance with the laws of the country, state or territory exercising jurisdiction over the employee with minimum limits per employee and per event of *** and a minimum aggregate limit of *** or the minimum limits required by law, whichever limits are greater;

 

  (b) Employment Practices Liability Insurance with minimum limits per employee and per occurrence of *** and a minimum aggregate limit of *** This coverage shall be endorsed to name Client as additional insured;

 

  (c) Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, including Products, Completed Operations, Premises Operations Personal and Advertising Injury, Contractual and Broad Form Property Damage liability coverages, on an occurrence basis, with a minimum combined single limit per occurrence of *** and a minimum combined single aggregate limit of ***. This coverage shall be endorsed to name Client as additional insured;

 

  (d) Property Insurance, including Extra Expense and Business Income coverage, for all risks of physical loss of or damage to buildings, business personal property or other property that is in the possession, care, custody or control of GlobalLogic pursuant to this Agreement. Such insurance shall have a minimum limit adequate to cover risks on a replacement costs basis. This coverage shall be endorsed to name Client as loss payee;

 

  (e) Automotive Liability Insurance covering use of all owned, non-owned and hired automobiles for bodily injury, property damage, uninsured motorist and underinsured motorist liability with a minimum combined single limit per accident of *** or the minimum limit required by law, whichever limit is greater. This coverage shall be endorsed to name Client as additional insured;

 

  (f) Errors and Omissions Liability Insurance covering liability for loss or damage due to an act, error, omission or negligence, or due to machine malfunction, with a minimum limit per event of *** and a minimum combined single aggregate limit of ***

 

  (g) Umbrella Liability Insurance with a minimum limit of *** in excess of the insurance coverage described in Sections 1(a) through (f) and (h) of this Exhibit; and

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


  (h) Employee Dishonesty and Computer Fraud coverage, including third party coverage, for loss arising out of, or in connection with, any fraudulent or dishonest acts committed by GlobalLogic or its affiliates, acting alone or with others, including misappropriation of assets of Client or its employees in a minimum amount of *** per occurrence and in annual aggregate.

 

2. Insurance Terms .

 

  (a) The insurance coverages under Sections 1(a) through (h) of this Exhibit shall be primary, and all coverage shall be non-contributing with respect to any other insurance or self insurance which may be maintained by Client. All coverage required by Section 1 of this Exhibit shall include a waiver of subrogation and a waiver of any insured-versus-insured exclusion regarding Client. To the extent any coverage is written on a claims-made basis, it shall have a retroactive date prior to the Effective Date and shall allow for reporting of claims for at least *** after the Term.

 

  (b) GlobalLogic shall cause its insurers to issue certificates of insurance evidencing that the coverages and policy endorsements required under this Agreement are maintained in force and that not less than *** written notice shall be given to Client prior to any cancellation of the policies. GlobalLogic will provide Client with prompt written Notice regarding any modifications to or non-renewal of the types of insurance and thresholds of insurance coverage set forth under this Exhibit C. The insurers selected by GlobalLogic shall have an *** or, if such ratings are no longer available, with a comparable rating from a recognized insurance rating agency. GlobalLogic shall assure that itself and its subcontractors, if any, maintain insurance coverages as specified in this Exhibit naming Client as an additional insured or loss payee where relevant or GlobalLogic shall assure that its subcontractors, if any, are endorsed as additional insureds on GlobalLogic coverages specified by this Exhibit.

 

  (c) In the case of loss or damage or other event that requires notice or other action under the terms of any insurance coverage specified in this Exhibit, GlobalLogic shall be solely responsible to take such action. GlobalLogic shall provide Client with contemporaneous notice and with such other information as Client may request regarding the event.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


EXHIBIT D

Expenses

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, all expenses incurred by GlobalLogic must be pre-approved by Client in writing. On and from the Effective Date and subject to the terms of this Exhibit D, the travel expense arrangement under Section (i)(a) in this Exhibit D will apply for expenses incurred by GlobalLogic under the Agreement. At the end of each calendar quarter during the Term, GlobalLogic will provide Client with expense information and reports containing the expenses incurred by GlobalLogic during the prior quarter for cost verification and for Client to evaluate which of the travel expense arrangements under Sections (i)(a) and (b) is more beneficial to Client. Such expense information and reports provided by GlobalLogic will include a summary of expenses for each month for all expenses pertaining to all employees under four or five major categories as applicable (e.g. Travel and visa, per diem, accommodation, transportation). A copy of the complete list of employees who traveled in the prior quarter and the duration of such travel will also be made available. Client may, from time to time, elect either of the two travel expense arrangements under Sections (i)(a) and (b) in its sole discretion. If, at any point in time, Client elects the travel expense arrangement under Section (i)(b), GlobalLogic will provide to Client, the original receipts for the expenses incurred in the prior month in order to be reimbursed for such expenses.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, GlobalLogic shall not:

(A) For the initial *** of the Term, incur expenses in excess of *** the total amount of Fees for Services in such *** without the prior written approval from Client’s Chief Financial Officer; and

(B) Thereafter, for every subsequent *** of the Term, incur expenses in excess of *** of the total Fees for Services for each such *** without the prior written approval from Client’s Chief Financial Officer.

(i) (a) Travel Expenses for Onsite Travel by Offshore Team Members

Expenses shall be chargeable by GlobalLogic to Client if pre-approved in writing by Client as follows:

 

Travel Expense

   Cost/Trip  

Comments

Short-term business travel to the U.S. from an offshore Service Location for ***    ***   Per round trip. This covers airfare, visa processing fees, and meals while traveling.
Per Diem    ***   This covers accommodation, local transportation, gas, toll, parking, food, laundry, entertainment, personal phone and business phone charges outside office hours, internet connectivity from place of accommodation, visitor health insurance, etc.

(b) Alternative arrangements for Travel Expenses

In lieu of Section (i)(a) above and in its sole discretion, Client may elect to reimburse GlobalLogic in accordance with this Section (i)(b).

 

Travel Expense

   Cost  

Comments

Short-term business travel to the U.S. from an offshore Service Location for ***    ***   Per round trip. This covers air-fare, visa processing fees, and meals while traveling.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


Accommodation    ***   This covers accommodation and internet connectivity from place of accommodation. ***
Local Transportation    ***   This covers cost of local transportation such as rental car (including insurance), taxi, gas, toll, parking, etc.
Per Diem    ***   This covers per diem paid to GlobalLogic for incidental expenses such as food, laundry, entertainment, etc. and other costs incurred directly by GlobalLogic such as cell phone charges while traveling, visitor health insurance, etc.

 

* Any stay requested of a GlobalLogic team member for more than *** by Client shall be treated as a request for an onsite team member and shall be billed accordingly. Client acknowledges that it is feasible to obtain U.S. visas for off shore team members for short-term business travel purposes as contemplated by this Agreement for up to *** only. The per diem arrangement above shall not apply to such a situation.

 

   

GlobalLogic will purchase airplane tickets 14 days in advance of travel unless otherwise approved by Client.

 

   

All travel expenses shall be pre-approved by Client before they are incurred.

 

   

Expenses shall be billed and payable in accordance with the invoicing schedule described in Section 3.3 of this Agreement.

(ii) Expenses Related to “Good Will Travel”:

Good Will Travel (“ GWT ”) is travel for purposes other than routine billable Services and which is targeted at enhancing the camaraderie/communication/rapport between onshore and offshore employees as well as between Client and GlobalLogic.

All expenses pertaining to GWT by a Party to the premises of the other Party shall be borne by Party sending its employees to the premises of the other Party subject to the following:

• GWT will be shared equally between the Parties for GWT up to a combined total of 4 times per year in the following manner:

***

Permissible GWT may be by any team member in the following manner:

***

Travel by a Party’s executives/Senior Management participating in Steering Committee Meetings and various other meetings shall not be chargeable to the other Party.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


Motricity

Exhibit E

Service Level Agreement


Table of Contents

 

SECTION 1

   2

1.1 PURPOSE OF THIS EXHIBIT

   2

1.2 SLA REVIEW PERIOD

   2

1.3 DEFINITIONS

   2

SECTION 2

   3

2.1 MODIFICATIONS AND REVISIONS

   3

SECTION 3

   3

3.1 WORK FLOW

   3

SECTION 4

   5

4.1 SERVICE PERFORMANCE

   5

4.2 PRIORITY LEVELS

   5

4.3 INCIDENT MANAGEMENT

   7

4.4 CHANGE MANAGEMENT

   8

4.5 PLANNED MAINTENANCE

   8

4.6 TECHNICAL AND EXECUTIVE BRIDGES

   8

4.7 ESCALATION PROCEDURE

   8

SECTION 5

   10

5.1 PRODUCTION RESPONSE TIME

   10

5.2 PRODUCTION RESTORE TIME

   11

5.3 PRODUCTION RESOLUTION TIME

   11

5.4 RECRUITING EFFECTIVENESS

   12

5.5 STAFF ATTRITION

   13

5.6 TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS

   14

5.7 SCHEDULE

   15

5.8 DELIVERABLE QUALITY

   15

5.9 TEAM PRODUCTIVITY

   17

SECTION 6

   17

SECTION 7

  

SECTION 8

   20

8.1 OPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENT

   20

8.2 NETWORK CONNECTIVITY

   21

SECTION A

   21

SECTION B

   22

 

PAGE 1


Section 1

1.1 PURPOSE OF THIS EXHIBIT

This Exhibit E is entered into under the terms specified in the Agreement.

This Exhibit E identifies the Service Level Metrics for Service Levels, and describes how to analyze and report these Service Level Metrics. It is intended to describe the specific Service Levels (set forth in this Exhibit E) agreed to and accepted by GlobalLogic and Client jointly.

This Exhibit E defines the mutually agreed to level of Service provided by GlobalLogic, clarifies Service Level expectations, and establishes a basis for performance measurement.

1.2 SLA REVIEW PERIOD

This Exhibit E shall be reviewed by the Parties as follows:

 

(1) Quarterly during the first year, then once a year thereafter

 

(2) Ninety (90) days prior to the expiration date of the Agreement in anticipation of its renewal; and

 

(3) In the time periods set forth in Section 4.1(b)(SLA Improvement).

Any amendments to this Exhibit E will need to be mutually agreed between the Parties and in writing in accordance with Section 2.1 below.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

Set forth below are the definitions and their associated meanings used in this Exhibit. Other sections of this Exhibit may define other definitions. Any capitalized terms used in this Exhibit that do not have an associated definition will have the meanings indicated for such terms in the Agreement.

 

   

“Service Level Metric” means the measurement requirements used to determine whether an SLA has been met. There are Service Level Metrics for each SLA at each of the following performance levels:

 

   

Significantly Below Service Level;

 

   

Below Expected Service Level;

 

   

At Expected Service Level;

 

   

Above Expected Service Level;

 

   

Significantly Above Service Level; and

 

   

Priority Levels.

“Service Level Failure” means for any SLA for a given measurement period, (a) a failure of GlobalLogic to meet the Service Level Metric for “At Expected Service Level”, (b) meeting the Service Level Metric for “Significantly Below Service Level” or “Below Expected Service Level, or (c) a failure to meet the response time, restore time, escalation time or resolution time for a Priority Level.

 

PAGE 2


Section 2

2.1 MODIFICATIONS AND REVISIONS

GlobalLogic and Client agree to periodically negotiate to add, delete, or modify the existing Service Level Metrics and Service Levels to reflect changes in Client’s business requirements or objectives. The Parties will document all changes resulting from this negotiation in an amendment to this Exhibit. Amendments to this Exhibit will become effective only upon acceptance and execution by the authorized representatives from both GlobalLogic and Client.

Section 3

3.1 WORK FLOW

The following Section is a general representation of day to day Services and demonstrates the Deliverables expected at each stage of development. This diagram is presented as a general depiction of work flow across the enterprise and is not intended as a guide for all development. GlobalLogic will perform the Services in accordance with the variations to this model that Client determines for the specific Services that needs to be accomplished. For the avoidance of doubt, references to “Offshore Supplier” and “Supplier” in the diagram below are references to GlobalLogic.

 

PAGE 3


Motricity Development Lifecycle

 

Motricity

  

Deliverables

  

Offshore Supplier

   ***   

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 4


Section 4

4.1 SERVICE PERFORMANCE

 

a) Incident Management: GlobalLogic will diligently resolve any incidents to completion, as quickly as possible, in accordance with the provisions of this Exhibit.

 

b) SLA Improvement : Client and GlobalLogic expect and understand that certain SLAs will be improved over time. In this event, Client and GlobalLogic will mutually agree on the appropriate increase in the Service Level and corresponding Service Level Metric.

 

c) Honeymoon Period: For a period of *** following the Effective Date of the Agreement, GlobalLogic’s performance against the SLAs set forth in this Exhibit will be reported by GlobalLogic on a monthly basis but Service Level Credits, Earn Backs and Service Level Incentives will not be incurred. Thereafter for the Term, Section 7 will apply.

4.2 PRIORITY LEVELS

Table 4.2.1 will determine the priorities and corresponding resolution and response times for incidents.

Incidents that are not immediately resolved upon notification to GlobalLogic by Client or upon GlobalLogic becoming aware of the incident, will be prioritized and resolved in accordance with Table 4.2.1.

4.2.1 PRIORITY DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS

The following priority level requirements will apply to all Production Support.

This table applies to post launch or post release Deliverables

 

Table 4.2.1 – Priority Level Requirements

Priority Level

  

Update Method

  

Communication

Requirements

  

GlobalLogic Response

and Resolution Times

Priority 1

 

Priority 1 incidents are conditions that render the Service inoperative and the inability to use the Service has a critical effect on Client operations. This condition would typically impact the Client end users of the Service or cause a significant or adverse impact on the quality of the Services or other work provided to Client’s carrier. This type of condition requires immediate restoration and can carry significant associated penalties. Including but not limited to this incident level being attained include:

 

•  A complete outage of critical Service(s)

 

•  Loss of Service or functionality feature that affects a ***

 

•  A recurring anomaly impacting critical Service(s).

 

•  Inability to provision a Service

   E-mail and 7/24 by phone   

First update *** following the occurrence of the incident. Subsequent updates *** of the occurrence of the incident.

GlobalLogic will update Client with the following information:

 

Service affected; start time of incident; current status of repair; impact on Client or carrier;

Description of critical Service or aspect of Client Service that is unavailable to Client customers; and estimated time of repair.

 

Responding support personnel requirement is for the GlobalLogic offshore Development Lead who managed the end-to-end Services. If this person is unavailable, the GlobalLogic offshore Technical Program Manager will lead response and resolution.

  

*** acknowledgement of incident to Client.

 

Real-time collaboration with Client personnel. Status updates *** following the occurrence of incident.

 

Response Time:

 

*** acknowledgement of incident within *** of the incident in accordance with Section 4.6 below.

Real-time collaboration with the appropriate Client personnel.

 

Restore Time:

 

Fix or workaround for the incident *** of the occurrence of incident.

 

Resolve Time:

 

Permanent Fix. Provide emergency patch or minor release in less than ***from occurrence of incident.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 5


Table 4.2.1 – Priority Level Requirements

Priority Level

  

Update Method

  

Communication

Requirements

  

GlobalLogic Response

and Resolution Times

Priority 2

 

Priority 2 incidents are circumstances under which the Service is partially inoperative, but is still usable. The inoperative portion of the Service restricts operations but has a less critical effect than a Priority 1 condition. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•  Loss of Service and/or functionality that affects ***

 

•  Loss of the ability to utilize some aspect of a Deliverable’s features or functionality.

 

Latency that occurs outside of normal parameters

   E-mail and 7/24 by phone   

First update within *** following the occurrence of the incident. Subsequent updates will be made ever hour following the occurrence of the incident.

 

GlobalLogic will update Client with the following information:

Service affected; start time of incident; current status of repair; impact on Client or carriers for all incidents in progress;

Description of critical Service or aspect of Service that is unavailable to Client end users; and estimated time of repair.

 

The offshore GlobalLogic Development Lead who managed the end-to-end Services will respond and resolve the incident. If

  

Acknowledgement of incident upon the earlier of ***

 

Response Time:

 

Acknowledgement of incident within *** of incident occurring in accordance with Section 4.6 below.

 

Restore Time:

 

Fix or workaround incident within *** of incident occurring.

 

Resolve Time:

 

Permanent Fix: Provide emergency patch or minor release in less than *** of incident occurring.

 

PAGE 6


Table 4.2.1 – Priority Level Requirements

Priority Level

  

Update Method

  

Communication

Requirements

  

GlobalLogic Response

and Resolution Times

      this person is unavailable, the offshore GlobalLogic Technical Program Manager will lead response and resolution of the incident.    *** will be included in the “Resolve Time” Service Level Metric above, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Client.

Priority 3

 

Priority 3 incidents are generally non-Service affecting circumstances under which the Service is usable and either has no material affect on operations or has very limited affect on operations. The condition is not critical to overall operations, and does not severely restrict such operations. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•  A minor degradation of the Service that affects ***

 

•  Non-Service impacting intermittent system faults.

 

•  Web interface defects that have little or no impact on a Client end user’s ability to utilize Service features and functions.

   E-mail   

Initial acknowledgement within *** of incident notification. Subsequent updates every ***

 

GlobalLogic will update Client with the following information:

 

-Services affected

 

-Start time of incident.

 

-Estimated Time of Restoration (ETR).

 

-Current status of restoration.

 

Responding Support Personnel should be a senior member of the development team (e.g.: Senior Developer) who was actively involved in the end-to-end Services. If this person is unavailable, the offshore Technical Program Manager will lead response and resolution.

  

Acknowledgement of the incident upon the earlier of ***

 

First update within ***

 

Subsequent updates *** or as agreed between the Parties.

 

Restore Time:

 

Fix or workaround in ***

 

Resolve Time

 

Permanent Fix: Minor or major release within ***

 

PAGE 7


Table 4.2.1 – Priority Level Requirements

Priority Level

  

Update Method

  

Communication

Requirements

  

GlobalLogic Response

and Resolution Times

Priority 4

 

Priority 4 incidents may not be recognized by the Client end user but may affect performance, maintenance, reliability, scalability or the overall efficiency of the application.

   E-mail    Initial acknowledgement within *** of incident notification. Subsequent updates as requested by Client.   

Updates as requested by Client

 

Restore Time: Fix or work around within *** of the occurrence of the incident.

 

Resolve Time:

 

Permanent fix for Priority 4 incidents to be coordinated and released ***

 

PAGE 8


***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 9


***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 10


***

4.3 INCIDENT MANAGEMENT

Client has established an Incident Management Process within its Service Operations Center (SOC). The goal of the Incident Management Process is to restore normal Service operation as quickly as possible and to minimize any adverse impact on business operations.

Client will monitor the systems and be the first to respond to calls from Client’s customers. Client will also coordinate incident isolation with GlobalLogic. During the incident isolation and troubleshooting process, GlobalLogic will communicate incident resolution progress to Client based upon the times specified in Table 4.2.1– Priority Level Requirements. GlobalLogic must provide a response to the incident based on the response times associated with the applicable priority level as specified in Table 4.2.1– Priority Level Requirements. GlobalLogic will resolve the incident within the defined time frame specified in Table 4.2.1 using standard industry practices.

Any reported incident that is caused by a failure that is not within GlobalLogic’s responsibilities as set forth in the Agreement to resolve because the affected systems and environment are not accessible by GlobalLogic, or resolution of the incident is not directly related to GlobalLogic’s delivery of the Services will be returned to Client with an appropriate explanation. Should GlobalLogic determine that an incident being worked by GlobalLogic within Client’s responsibility to resolve, the incident will be closed and returned to Client for proper resolution. Should Client determine that an incident is within GlobalLogic’s responsibilities under the Agreement to resolve because the affected systems and environment are accessible to GlobalLogic, or resolution of the incident is directly related to GlobalLogic’s delivery of the Services, Client will return such incident to GlobalLogic for resolution.

Client, with input from GlobalLogic, will set the initial classification of the incident ticket according to the priority level criteria in Table 4.2.1– Priority Level Requirements and GlobalLogic will resolve the incident in accordance with the response, restore, and resolution times for the assigned priority level in Table 4.2.1, unless a different priority level is mutually agreed between Client and GlobalLogic. In the event that the Parties do not agree to the priority level of an incident, GlobalLogic shall continue to respond, restore and resolve the incident in accordance with the time frames set forth in Table 4.2.1 for the priority level set by the Client and, at the same time, GlobalLogic will escalate the dispute in accordance with Section 4.7, failing resolution of which, the dispute will be resolved through the dispute resolution provisions of the Agreement.

In the event that GlobalLogic does not respond to Client in accordance with the GlobalLogic “Response Time” listed in Table 4.2.1– Priority Level Requirements, Client can change the classification of an incident to a higher priority level. For the avoidance of doubt, at any time and in Client’s discretion, incidents can be escalated to the next contact or priority level, and GlobalLogic will restore and resolve the incident in accordance with the adjusted priority level.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 11


4.4 CHANGE MANAGEMENT

Client has committed to supporting its customer’s formal change and release management process intended to mitigate risk of adversely impacting Service delivery to end consumers. In partnership with Client, GlobalLogic will participate in the coordination and communication of necessary Client customer related maintenance and support activities, ensuring maintenance performed by GlobalLogic is completed at appropriates times, with the appropriate visibility and awareness.

4.5 PLANNED MAINTENANCE

GlobalLogic will leverage change management processes to ensure changes are scheduled at appropriate times, have the support of the appropriate GlobalLogic and Client resources, and are communicated to the appropriate Client stakeholders. GlobalLogic will ensure that any scheduled maintenance events will be executed in a well-coordinated and timely manner.

Maintenance events are defined as any change that could/will result in the loss of Service or be Service impacting. “Scheduled Maintenance” is defined as routine, scheduled maintenance. GlobalLogic will provide *** advance written notification prior to Scheduled Maintenance. GlobalLogic will not complete any Scheduled Maintenance without coordinating these events with Client.

GlobalLogic shall be responsible to test all changes to the GlobalLogic controlled infrastructure and environment. This testing will be performed to ensure the continuation of Services after the change and to reduce the risk of disruptions caused by the change.

All production changes, including solution deployments and maintenance, is conducted only *** unless otherwise mutually agreed to with Client.

4.6 TECHNICAL AND EXECUTIVE BRIDGES

During the resolution of a Service affecting incident, Client may establish a Technical Bridge and/or an Executive Bridge for any incident. GlobalLogic shall join the Technical Bridge upon *** notice from Client for Priority 1 incident as noted in Table 4.6 below. These bridges are used for team–to-team communication, troubleshooting, triage and escalation. Unless otherwise notified by Client, a Technical Bridge or Executive Bridge will be established as follows:

Table 4.6 - Timelines for Technical and Executive Bridges

 

Action

   Priority 1    Priority 2    Priority 3

Technical Bridge

   ***    ***    ***

***4.7 ESCALATION PROCEDURE

When incidents arise that require prompt attention, the following escalation procedures should be followed to obtain instruction and information for proper resolution.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 12


4.7.1 CLIENT ESCALATION TO GLOBALLOGIC

Escalation procedures are in place at the Client to manage the resolution of incidents when they occur. If a Priority 1 incident is not resolved by Client within *** of when Client was made aware of the incident, the incident may be escalated to GlobalLogic, who will drive escalation and resolution of the incident within Client’s operations and engineering groups, and ensure that Client is kept updated with the incident resolution process. The appropriate Business Development person will also be informed of the occurrence and status of any Priority 1 incident. Within *** of the Effective Date, GlobalLogic will advise Client of the GlobalLogic Contact Data designated in Table 4.7.1.

Table 4.7.1

 

Escalation Level

  

GlobalLogic Escalation Contact Data

  

Priority 1

  

Priority 2

Level 1

   GlobalLogic to provide    ***    ***

Level 2

  

GlobalLogic to provide

   ***    ***

Level 3

  

GlobalLogic to provide

   ***    ***

4.7.2 GLOBALLOGIC ESCALATION TO CLIENT

In some instances, GlobalLogic may become aware of a priority incident before Client does. In the event that GlobalLogic needs to notify Client of the incident, the escalation Table 4.7.2 below should be used.

For the purposes of clarification, Table 4.7.2 provides escalation timelines for Priority 1 and 2 incidents, based on time after the incident was reported. Priority 3 incidents seldom require escalation but in the event that Client believes that GlobalLogic is not addressing the incident in a timely manner, Client may elevate the priority of the incident after Client sends notification to GlobalLogic. GlobalLogic will promptly acknowledge such notification and treat such incident as a Priority 2 incident.

Table 4.7.2

 

Escalation Level

  

Client Escalation Contact Data

  

Priority 1

  

Priority 2

Level 1

   ***    ***    ***

Level 2

   ***    ***    ***

Level 3

   ***    ***    ***

4.7.3 ADDITIONAL ESCALATION INFORMATION

Client and GlobalLogic will ensure that any additional processes that are required to ensure the smooth escalation of incidents within each organization are clearly communicated to one another in writing, so that the escalation processes within each organization and between the two organizations are clearly understood by both Parties. Client and GlobalLogic will exchange the names and contact information of the personnel who need to be kept informed of progress during the escalation process, utilizing the templates for contact lists set forth in this Exhibit. Both parties are responsible for ensuring that if there are any changes in the contact information the other Party is updated. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this Exhibit, but will need to be maintained separately by the two Parties outside of this Exhibit.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 13


Section 5

For the avoidance of doubt, the references to Priority levels in this Section 5 have the meanings given to such Priority Levels set forth in Table 4.2.1.

5.1 PRODUCTION RESPONSE TIME

Description

This SLA sets forth the time lines by which Client requires a response from GlobalLogic to investigate a production incident.

Table 5.1 Production Response Time SLA Values

 

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

Response Time: Priority 1

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Response Time: Priority 2

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Response Time: Priority 3

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Response Time: Priority 4

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Reporting Period

GlobalLogic will measure and report on this SLA every month.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 14


Analysis Plan

Measurement period commences upon GlobalLogic receiving an email or call from Client to address a production incident and the time it takes a qualified engineer to call into a conference bridge. This person must have the necessary skills to actually trouble-shoot and resolve the incident.

5.2 PRODUCTION RESTORE TIME

Description

This SLA sets forth the time lines for which Client requires GlobalLogic to restore the production environment to a state prior to the incident and whereby it is in compliance with the Agreement by either work-around or actual or emergency fix.

Table 5.2 Production Restoration Time SLA Values

 

SLA

  

Significantly Below
Service Level

  

Below Expected
Service Level

  

At Expected

Service Level

  

Above Expected
Service Level

  

Significantly Above
Service Level

Restore Time: Priority 1

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Restore Time: Priority 2

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Restore Time: Priority 3

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Restore Time: Priority 4

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Reporting Period

GlobalLogic will measure and report on this SLA every month.

Analysis Plan

Measurement period commences upon GlobalLogic receiving an email or call from Client regarding an incident and the time it takes to restore the production environment to a state prior to the incident and in compliance to the Agreement by either work-around or actual or emergency fix.

5.3 PRODUCTION RESOLUTION TIME

Description

This SLA sets forth the time lines by which Client require GlobalLogic to resolve a production incident.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 15


Table 5.3 Production Resolution Time SLA Values

 

SLA

  

Significantly Below
Service Level

  

Below Expected
Service Level

  

At Expected

Service Level

  

Above Expected
Service Level

  

Significantly Above
Service Level

Resolve Time: Priority 1

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Resolve Time: Priority 2

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Resolve Time: Priority 3

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Resolve Time: Priority 4

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Reporting Period

GlobalLogic will measure and report on this SLA each month.

Analysis Plan

Measurement period commences upon GlobalLogic receiving an email or call to address a production incident and the time it takes to resolve the incident with a permanent fix.

5.4 RECRUITING EFFECTIVENESS

Description

This SLA sets forth the time lines by which GlobalLogic will fill GlobalLogic resource open positions on Client’s account. The number of weeks to hire a candidate shall determine the effectiveness of GlobalLogic’s recruiting efforts as per the following table.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 16


Table 5.4 Recruiting Effectiveness SLA Values

 

SLA

  

Significantly Below
Service Level

  

Below Expected
Service Level

  

At Expected

Service Level

  

Above Expected
Service Level

  

Significantly Above
Service Level

Recruiting Effectiveness (India at all levels and Ukraine – junior and mid level resources)

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Recruiting Effectiveness (Ukraine – senior resources)

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Reporting Period

GlobalLogic will measure and report on this SLA every month.

Analysis Plan

Measurement period starts when GlobalLogic receives an email or updated spreadsheet from Client about an open position with a job description and requirements for the open position to GlobalLogic and ends when GlobalLogic hires a candidate approved by Client to fill the position.

If the Parties mutually agree that to substantially execute the responsibilities of a position, a rare skill is needed that is not easily sourced in the marketplace, GlobalLogic and Client will mutually agree to the time period for the filling of such position and this SLA will not apply to such position.

5.5 STAFF ATTRITION

Description

GlobalLogic is responsible for maintaining the agreed upon number of resources in order to perform the Services. Voluntary Attrition of the resources on the team must be no more than the “At Expected Service Level” Service Level Metric in the table below.

“Voluntary Attrition” includes:

 

   

All cases where a GlobalLogic employee or contractor formally resigns from GlobalLogic or their employment or engagement is terminated for whatever or no reason;

 

   

Any instance of a GlobalLogic employee or contractor being removed from a Client team either through their own request, at the request of GlobalLogic or at the request of Client;

 

   

Resignations and sabbaticals initiated by GlobalLogic or the individual employee or contractor . GlobalLogic’s employee or contractor promotions and role changes within Client team will not constitute Voluntary Attrition;

 

   

All cases of attrition due to personal reasons (e.g. marriage/relationships, relocation, higher studies etc).

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 17


Table 5.5 Staff Attrition Levels for Ukraine & India, combined

 

SLA

  

Significantly Below
Service Level

  

Below Expected
Service Level

  

At Expected

Service Level

  

Above Expected
Service Level

  

Significantly Above
Service Level

Staff Attrition

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

All positions placed by GlobalLogic will be subject to a ***. For all positions placed by GlobalLogic, a *** period will exist in order to ensure a strong fit between the candidate and the role. During this time, GlobalLogic, the resource, and Client will evaluate the person and their performance in this role. Any Client request that GlobalLogic remove or replace this person during the first *** trial period, such removal shall not count towards determining whether GlobalLogic has met this Service Level.

GlobalLogic may not, at any time, remove a resource from the Client team without express written permission of Client. GlobalLogic will have a training program in place and retain a reasonable bench of resources to promptly replace any resources rotated or removed from Client’s account and ready to join as an effective and contributing member of the Client team within a reasonable period of time prior to the departure of a GlobalLogic resource on the Client account.

Reporting Period

GlobalLogic will measure and report on this SLA every quarter. Reporting to be conducted by GlobalLogic at the GlobalLogic/Client Quarterly Review.

Analysis Plan

Measurement period starts from the Effective Date of the Agreement.

To calculate Voluntary Attrition, the number of GlobalLogic resources removed from Client’s account due to Voluntary Attrition during a quarter, will be divided by the total number of GlobalLogic resources on Client’s account during the same quarter.

5.6 TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS

Description

It is important to reduce the ramp-up time of new or replacement GlobalLogic resources on Client projects or team. GlobalLogic will implement an effective training plan which should be followed by new or replacement team members. After finishing the training program, GlobalLogic resources will be ready to perform the Services under the Agreement. In the table below, units of measurement are in number of calendar weeks:

Table 5.6 Training Progress SLA Values

 

SLA

  

Significantly Below
Service Level

  

Below Expected
Service Level

  

At Expected

Service Level

  

Above Expected
Service Level

  

Significantly Above
Service Level

Training Progress

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Reporting Period

GlobalLogic will measure and report on this SLA every month, until each individual completes the required training.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 18


Analysis Plan

Measurement period starts from the first day of on-boarding onto Client’s account for new or replacement GlobalLogic resources. During the training period the new or replacement GlobalLogic resource will follow the training plan prepared by GlobalLogic. Each new GlobalLogic team member should then produce at least one (1) functional Deliverable that conforms to Client’s specifications within the first 2 months of being added to the Client team. A functional Deliverable can include, but is not limited to, such items as test plans, test cases, code, tools, and documentation. GlobalLogic Project Manager will assess the output of such new or replacement GlobalLogic resources and submit the Deliverable to Client for approval. Client will either approve or reject the Deliverable in accordance with Section 2.5 of the Agreement.

5.7 SCHEDULE

Schedule For Deliverable

This SLA shows how accurately GlobalLogic meets the delivery schedules of its Deliverables to Client.

Schedule Accuracy SLA measures the on-time delivery of all Deliverables for a given period. Units of measurement are the percentage of Deliverables completed and delivered on time during the month (accuracy to the delivery schedule).

Schedule Deviation SLA measures the number of days in total GlobalLogic deviated from the delivery schedule for any single Deliverable. Units of measure are the aggregate number of days past each interim milestone date, up to the scheduled final delivery date for the Deliverable.

Table 5.7 Schedule SLA Values

 

SLA

  

Significantly Below
Service Level

  

Below Expected
Service Level

  

At Expected

Service Level

  

Above Expected
Service Level

  

Significantly Above
Service Level

Schedule Accuracy (On-time delivery)

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Schedule Deviation

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Reporting Period

GlobalLogic will measure and report on this SLA every month.

Analysis Plan

Types and nature of milestones and Deliverables may vary depending on the project or Service. GlobalLogic and Client will mutually agree on the milestones and schedule for Deliverables for each project or Service. Measurement period starts when GlobalLogic receives and agrees to a schedule for Deliverables from Client.

5.8 DELIVERABLE QUALITY

GlobalLogic’s Quality Engineering group will review and test the Services and Deliverables to determine whether they conform to mutually agreed to specifications in terms of defects (defined by severity and priority as set forth below), hereinafter referred to individually as “Defect” and collectively as “Defects.” For the avoidance of doubt, a Defect is a form of non-conformity.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 19


Unless GlobalLogic is otherwise instructed by Client in writing, the Parties agree that Services or Deliverables will not be released or launched until the following criteria are met:

***

Table 5.8 – Priority / Defect Descriptions

 

Severity

  

Title

  

Definition /Description of Defects

1   

Deliverable/Service Prevention Defect

 

or

 

Priority 1 Defect

  

Defined as a Defect that:

 

•      Prevents an Service or Deliverable from executing under normal operating conditions;

 

•      Results in the inability to offer the Service;

 

•      Prevents a Service or Deliverable function from being used, no work around, or blocking progress on multiple fronts;

 

•      May present itself to many Client end users of the Service;

 

•      Greatly diminishes the usefulness, usability, or value of the Service or Deliverable; or

 

•      If detected by a single, influential user, or third party provider, would yield unfavorable review of software Deliverable or Service.

2   

Deliverable/Service Degrading Defect

 

or

 

Priority 2 Defect

  

Defined as a Defect that:

 

•       Prevents function of the Deliverable or Service from being used with no work-around;

 

•      May present itself to many Client end users of the Service; or

 

•       Significantly diminishes usefulness, usability, or value of the D eliverable or Service.

3   

Inconvenience Defect

 

or

 

Priority 3 Defect

  

Defined as a Defect that:

 

•      Creates an inconvenience to the Client end user, but does not degrade the ability to complete a data transaction or use of a particular Service or Deliverable.

4   

Low Severity Defect

 

or

 

Priority 4 Defect

  

Defined as a Defect that:

 

•      Is a non-Service affecting Defect such as a misaligned image on the screen, bad screen formatting with a specific application, perceived font incident, etc.

The priority of a Defect refers to how it ranks on the following variables:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 20


***

5.9 TEAM PRODUCTIVITY

GlobalLogic team productivity is measured in terms of the utilization of GlobalLogic resources to perform the Services. These may be Services delivered internal to Client or Services which are customer focused. Billable utilization is defined as the time a GlobalLogic resource spends on performing the Services. GlobalLogic will provide weekly reports detailing the resource utilization for all onsite and offshore Services.

Table 5.9 – GlobalLogic Team Productivity

 

SLA

  

Significantly Below
Service Level

  

Below Expected
Service Level

  

At Expected

Service Level

  

Above Expected
Service Level

  

Significantly Above
Service Level

GlobalLogic team Productivity

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Section 6

Table 6.1 below designates the SLAs for which Service Level Credits or SLA Incentives may be incurred or achieved.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 21


SLA

  

Significantly
Below

Service

Level

  

Below

Expected
Service

Level

  

At

Expected
Service

Level

  

Above

Expected
Service

Level

  

Significantly
Above

Service

Level

  

Allocation

of Pool
Percentage
(Total

250% Pool
Percentage)

Service Level

Weighting

Factor

   2    1    0    1    2   
Response Time: Depending Upon Priority 1-4    In accordance with Section 5.1    In accordance with Section 5.1    In accordance with Section 5.1    In accordance with Section 5.1    In accordance with Section 5.1    ***
RestoreTime: Depending Upon Priority 1-4    In accordance with Section 5.2    In accordance with Section 5.2    In accordance with Section 5.2    In accordance with Section 5.2    In accordance with Section 5.2    ***
Resolution Time: Depending Upon Priority 1-4    In accordance with Section 5.3    In accordance with Section 5.3    In accordance with Section 5.3    In accordance with Section 5.3    In accordance with Section 5.3    ***
Recruiting Effectiveness    In accordance with Section 5.4    In accordance with Section 5.4    In accordance with Section 5.4    In accordance with Section 5.4    In accordance with Section 5.4    ***
Staff Attrition – Ukraine, India combined    In accordance with Section 5.5    In accordance with Section 5.5    In accordance with Section 5.5    In accordance with Section 5.5    In accordance with Section 5.5    ***
Training Effectiveness    In accordance with Section 5.6    In accordance with Section 5.6    In accordance with Section 5.6    In accordance with Section 5.6    In accordance with Section 5.6    ***
Schedule Accuracy (On-time delivery)    In accordance with Section 5.7    In accordance with Section 5.7    In accordance with Section 5.7    In accordance with Section 5.7    In accordance with Section 5.7    ***
Schedule Deviation    In accordance with Section 5.7    In accordance with Section 5.7    In accordance with Section 5.7    In accordance with Section 5.7    In accordance with Section 5.7    ***

Deliverable Quality

(Prior to launch and per Section 5.8:)

   In accordance with Section 5.8    In accordance with Section 5.8    In accordance with Section 5.8    In accordance with Section 5.8    In accordance with Section 5.8    ***
Team Productivity    In accordance with Section 5.9    In accordance with Section 5.9    In accordance with Section 5.9    In accordance with Section 5.9    In accordance with Section 5.9    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 22


***

Section 7

Client and GlobalLogic have agreed upon enforcing established SLA performance targets as well as Service Level Credits and earn back of Service Level Credits. The goal is for GlobalLogic to reach mutually agreed upon SLA targets, while meeting a high standard required of Client’s customers consistently month over month. The SLA performance targets can be modified as the Client’s business changes or if GlobalLogic is consistently exceeding SLA targets. The following are the mechanisms to calculate Service Level Credits, Service Level Incentives, and Earn Backs.

Subject to Section 4.1(c) (Honeymoon Period), for each Service Level Failure of a SLA listed in Table 6.1 of Section 6 above, GlobalLogic shall incur Service Level Credits that will be computed in accordance with Subsection a) below.

a) Service Level Credits

 

  i) For each month, there is a maximum at risk amount of *** for that month (“ At Risk Amount ”).

Subject to Section 7(d) below, for each Service Level Failure of a SLA listed in Table 6.1 of Section 6 above within the Reporting Period, Global Logic shall incur Service Level credits that will be computed in accordance with the following formula (“ Service Level Credit ”):

***

 

  ii) SLAs are weighted based upon the importance of the SLA to Client as outline in Section 6. Service Levels are weighted depending upon how much GlobalLogic’s performance deviates from “Expected Service Levels”.

b) Earn Back Calculation

 

  i) Subject to Section 4.1(c) (Honeymoon Period) and in the event any Service Level Credits are assessed for an individual SLA, GlobalLogic will have an opportunity to earn back the Service Level Credits for such SLA, if the “At Expected Service Level” performance level for such SLA is consistently satisfied for the designated number of consecutive months set forth in Subsections 1 and 2 below (“ Earn Back Period ”). GlobalLogic will not be able to earn back the Service Level Credit for a particular Service Level that GlobalLogic incurred a Service Level Failure until the applicable Earn Back Period for such SLA has successfully passed as noted in Sections 7(b)(i)(1) and (2) below.

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 23


***

c) Service Level Incentive

 

  i) Subject to Section 4.1(c) (Honeymoon Period), and if, for any SLA in Table 6.1 above, GlobalLogic meets the “Above Expected Service Level” or “Significantly Above Service Level” performance level within the Reporting Period (e.g. monthly) for such SLA, it will earn an incentive amount that will be computed in accordance with the following formula (“ Service Level Incentive ”):

***

 

  ii) GlobalLogic will not earn a Service Level Incentive with respect to any particular Service Level during any applicable Earn Back Period following a Service Level Default for such Service Level as set forth in Sections 7(b)(i)(1) and (2) above.

 

  iii) Subject to Section 7(d) below, GlobalLogic may credit any Service Level Incentive amount earned by GlobalLogic against any Service Level Credit incurred by GlobalLogic during the Term of the Agreement.

d) Service Level Credit Reconciliation

 

  i) Subject to Section 4.1(c) (Honeymoon Period) and at the end of each calendar quarter, the Service Level Credits, Earn Back or Service Level Incentives, if any, for each SLA will be calculated by GlobalLogic in accordance with Sections 7(a) to (c) above.

 

  ii) A) Subject to Section 9.3.3 of the Agreement and upon the anniversary of the Effective Date, Service Level Credits earned by Client for the immediately preceding calendar quarter will be totaled and any applicable Earn Back or Service Level Incentive amounts earned during such calendar quarter will be credited against such total Service Level Credit amount. The foregoing adjustment shall be complete within thirty (30) days after the end of such calendar quarter.

B) Following the adjustment in Section 7(d)(ii)(A) above, the resulting balance of any Service Level Credit amounts will be set off against the next month’s invoice (i.e. the invoice issued immediately following such adjustment).

C) Subject to Section 9.3.3 of the Agreement and if following the adjustment in Subsection 7(d)(ii)(A) above, any remaining Service Level Incentives or Earn Back amounts are not applied against any accrued Service Level Credits, such Service Level Incentives or Earn Back amounts will be rolled over to the following calendar quarter.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 24


  iii) For the avoidance of doubt, at no time shall Client be obligated to pay an Earn Back or Service Level Incentive amount to GlobalLogic. Earn Backs and Service Level Incentives can only be applied against an accrued Service Level Credit.

 

  iv) The Parties acknowledge and agree than an Earn Back, Service Level Incentive, and Service Level Credits are good faith estimates of the harm caused to Client as a result of a Service Level Failure and the Service Level Credits, Service Level Incentive, and Earn Back shall not constitute liquidated damages or penalty for the corresponding failure to perform, and Client shall be free to pursue any and all remedies available under the Agreement or at law or equity with respect thereto.

Section 8

8.1 OPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENT

GlobalLogic’s security protections depends on the operational security controls associated with GlobalLogic’s pertinent processes and procedures. Pertinent means having a business impact on Client under this Agreement and having a strong bearing on (a) the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of Client and its customers’ data as well as (b) the availability and integrity of Client’s Service. GlobalLogic will meet the following security requirements:

 

  i) Include in GlobalLogic’s Security Program, documented Configuration and Change Management, Vulnerability Management, Security Monitoring, Incident Response, Data Handling, Access Management, Virus Management, Key Management, Patch Management processes and Physical security. The aforementioned security assessment should include each of these areas. GlobalLogic shall provide reasonable details of the measures it is taking in each of these areas, including, but not limited to, a detailed security policy; an overview of the supporting operational processes; attesting to the use of current documented methods and compliance to internal policy.

 

  ii) GlobalLogic will provide a liaison who will work with Client on matters of security compliance and risk management.

 

  iii) Establish and maintain a documented escalation process for security incident response, including procedures for engaging Client in the event of a security incident related to the system or the applications resident on it.

 

  iv) GlobalLogic may be asked to comply with some or all of the standards defined in the Client ISO A.5 Information Security Policy document and to participate in internal security processes such as security awareness training, application development, and vulnerability management. The standards and processes specific to the engagement will be provided by Client.

 

  v) Back-up of Code, documentation, and Client Work Product: ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 25


8.2 NETWORK CONNECTIVITY

During the Term of the Agreement, GlobalLogic and Client may decide that it is mutually beneficial to establish network connectivity between their two companies. Such connections must only be used for their expressed business purpose.

If the connection is to be used by individual employees or agents of GlobalLogic, GlobalLogic will notify Client whenever any such employees or authorized agents of GlobalLogic terminate employment. Additionally, if access to Client assets is no longer a business requirement for access, GlobalLogic will notify Client in a timely manner of the same.

GlobalLogic shall notify Client in writing upon a change in the user base for the work performed over the network connection or whenever a change in the connection and/or functionality requirements of the network connection is necessary.

Client reserves the right to monitor all activity over such connections to ensure appropriate use. GlobalLogic may be required to install a Client vulnerability scanner on any network(s) dedicated to supporting this engagement which will connect to Client.

GlobalLogic will be required to provide network separation between those resources supporting this engagement and those supporting other clients. Additionally, workstations and laptops must be configured to meet specific security standards defined by Client.

Section A

The following Escalation tables are to be used as templates for the attachments to this document. Both Client and GlobalLogic will exchange this contact information. Each Part will keep this data accurate and up to date for all purposes.

Table A1 – Escalation Core Group Contact Data – For Portal Services Teams

 

Escalation Level

  

Response Time

  

Contact Name and Title

  

Contact

Number After

Hours

Priority 1

   Within *** notification of incident. Updates required via email every *** until incident is resolved    See attached document    See attached document

Priority 2

   *** notification if no satisfaction and or resolution.    See attached document    See attached document

Priority 3

   Within *** of notification    See attached document    See attached document

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 26


Table A2– Escalation Core Group Contact Data – For Search Teams

 

Escalation Level

  

Response Time

  

Contact Name and Title

  

Contact

Number After

Hours

Priority 1

   *** notification of incident. Updates required via email every *** until incident is resolved    See attached document    See attached document

Priority 2

   *** after notification if no satisfaction and or resolution.    See attached document    See attached document

Priority 3

   Within *** of notification    See attached document    See attached document

Table A3– Escalation Core Group Contact Data – For Storefront

 

Escalation Level

  

Response Time

  

Contact Name and Title

  

Contact

Number After

Hours

Priority 1

   Within *** of notification of incident. Updates required via email every *** until incident is resolved    See attached document    See attached document

Priority 2

   *** after notification if no satisfaction and or resolution.    See attached document    See attached document

Priority 3

   Within *** of notification    See attached document    See attached document

Section B

Reporting Schedule

Reports regarding individual projects and Services, as well as the overall engagement are expected from GlobalLogic at regular intervals.

Each week, unless otherwise agreed upon, GlobalLogic will provide Client with a “Weekly Project Status Report” indicating the overall progress and success of the GlobalLogic offshore teams are engaged in. The audience for this report will be all active Client stakeholders of all current projects and Services.

This report should contain the following information:

 

   

Summary information on all projects including:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 27


Each month, GlobalLogic will provide Client with a “Monthly Service Level Report” indicating the Service performance against the SLAs for the Services provided during previous month. This report will contain performance reporting for the SLAs listed in Section 5. The audience for this report will include the senior staff at Client such as department heads.

GlobalLogic shall supply the Monthly Service Level Report no later than the tenth (10 th ) business day of each month for the SLA performance reporting of the immediately preceding month.

The Monthly Service Level Report shall provide reasonable detail regarding GlobalLogic’s performance against the Service Level Metrics for each SLA.

Each quarter, GlobalLogic will provide Client with a “Quarterly Business Review Report” indicating the overall success of the engagement, the accomplishments from the prior quarter and the areas of improvement and focus needed for the next reporting period. The audience for this report will be the Client executives and should include an in-person presentation as well.

 

PAGE 28


LOGO

 


EXHIBIT G

RATE SHEET

 

                                   Motricity Cost Plus Price Model                                                              

Team Ramp-up Plan

   Q1     Q2     Q3     Q4     Q5     Q6     Q7     Q8     Total                                                        

QTR ending head count

   * **    * **    * **    * **    * **    * **    * **    * **    ***                                 

Billed person months

   * **    * **    * **    * **    * **    * **    * **    * **    ***                                 

Ramp Investment FTE

   * **    * **    * **    * **    * **    * **    * **    * **    * **                               
                                                                 US Costs                     

***

  

  * **   

Item 3 in Exhibit D of the Agreement

  

        ***    * **            

***

  

  * **   

Exhibit A of the MSA

  

        ***    * **            

***

  

  * **                    ***    * **            

***

  

  * **    ***                    ***    * **            

***

  

  * **    ***                    ***    * **            

***

  

                                             
                   Noida (India)     Kharkiv (Ukraine)     Kyiv (Ukraine)     Mykolaiv (Ukraine)                                                  
     Monthly Overhead Per
Billed Resource
  
  
  1,420
 
  
  
    1,691
 
  
  
    1,849
 
  
  
    1,510
 
  
  
                             

Designation/Seniority

   Typical Years  of
Experience
    Typical Team Composition     Direct Cost     Motricity Cost
Plus Price
    Direct Cost     Motricity
Cost Plus
Price
    Direct Cost     Motricity Cost
Plus Price
    Direct Cost     Motricity
Cost Plus
Price
                                                 
Developer, Automated Testing, Performance Testing, Business Analyst/Product Management, Usability Expertise, Database Administrator/Programmer, Level 3 support. etc)                            

Engineer I

   ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***                            

Engineer II

   ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***                            

Lead Engineer I

   ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***                            

Lead Engineer II

   ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***                            

Engineering Manager

   ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***                            

Solutions Architect

   ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***                            
Tester, Technical Writer, UI Design, Level 1 & 2 Support                            

Analyst I

   ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***                            

Analyst II

   ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***                            

Lead Analyst I

   ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***                            

Lead Analyst II

   ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***                            

***

   ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***                            

***

   ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***                            

***

   ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***                            

***

   ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***                            

***

   ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***      ***                            

 

       Durham (USA)   Bellevue (USA)   Noida     Kyiv     Mykolaiv     Total  
   769
      769
  —            

Designation/Seniority

   Salary + Bonus   Direct Cost   Motricity Cost Plus Price   Salary + Bonus   Direct Cost   Motricity Cost Plus Price   Recommended Mix  
   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***        

Engineer I

   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   * **    * **    * **    * ** 

Engineer II

   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   * **    * **    * **    * ** 

Lead Engineer I

   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   * **    * **    * **    * ** 

Lead Engineer II

   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   * **    * **    * **    * ** 

Engineering Manager

   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   * **    * **    * **    * ** 

Solutions Architect

   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   * **    * **    * **    * ** 
   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***        

Analyst I

   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   * **    * **    * **    * ** 

Analyst II

   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   * **    * **    * **    * ** 

Lead Analyst I

   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   * **    * **    * **    * ** 

Lead Analyst II

   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   * **    * **    * **    * ** 

***

   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   * **    * **    * **    * ** 

***

   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   * **    * **    * **    * ** 

***

   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   * **    * **    * **    * ** 

***

   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***  

Monthly Rate/Person

  

  * ** 

***

   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***   ***  

Equivalent Hourly Rate

  

  * ** 

Notes and Other Terms

Bill Rate for a Resource will be calculated using = ***

Direct Compensation includes salary, bonus & commissions ***

***

The above monthly rates only apply for ***

The rates shown above for direct cost are ***

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


EXHIBIT H

GlobalLogic Standard Hardware and Software Configuration

Each Team Member in GlobalLogic is provided one desktop with the following specifications as standard equipment. Senior managers are entitled to a laptop as standard equipment. One extra server with server class configuration, (one for every five Team Members) will be provided by GlobalLogic to assist in development and testing without any extra charge. Additional hardware or software or IT support Services for the functioning of the hardware or software requested in the table at the end of this Exhibit must be mutually agreed to between the Parties in writing.

Standard Developer Desktop

***

Standard Laptop for Developer and Manager

***

Standard Server Configuration

***

Other software normally installed on user machines include:

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


ADDITIONAL CHARGES TABLE:

 

Category

  

Description

  

Charges

Communication

   ***    ***

***

   ***    ***

***

   ***    ***

Capital Equipment

   ***    ***

***

   ***    ***

***

   ***    ***

***

   ***    ***

For the communication and capital equipment set forth in the “Additional Charges Table” above that is not listed as “included in the base offshore rate” or “at no additional cost”, GlobalLogic will notify Client in writing that such equipment is needed and the cost of procuring such equipment through GlobalLogic. Client will investigate as to whether such equipment can be procured at a lower price from a third party supplier. If Client, elects to obtain such equipment from a third party supplier, then GlobalLogic shall not charge Client for the provision of such equipment. Any amendments to this Exhibit H will be mutually agreed to between the Parties in writing.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


EXHIBIT I

Service Locations

B-34/1, Sector 59,

Noida 201301 (U.P)

India

Harihar Nagar, Besa,

Nagpur, 441108

India

(Noida satellite)

25 Nikolskaya St.

Mykolaiv, 54030

Ukraine

(Kyiv satellite)

Bozhenko 86D,

Kyiv, 03150

Ukraine

8605 Westwood Center Drive, Suite 401

Vienna, VA 22182

Phone: (+1) 703.847.5900

Fax: (+1) 703.847.5901

(GlobalLogic headquarters and also location of GlobalLogic on-shore mobile testing lab should it be needed)


EXHIBIT J

Transition Methodology

 

Name

  

End Date

   Offshore
Resource? 
   Offshore
Start Date
   Transition
(Days)
   Onshore-
offshore Rate
   Duration On-
shore
   Total Per
Diem

***

                    
                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ****

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    
                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    
                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

                    

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


EXHIBIT K

Policies and Procedures

Attached herein are the Policies and Procedures.


GLOBALLOGIC INFORMATION AND

SECURITY MANAGEMENT – CURRENT

STATUS

Submitted to

LOGO

By

LOGO

Version : 1.0

DOCUMENT CONTROL

 

Reference No    Response to request for information for offshore product development outsourcing.
Security Classification    Confidential
Author    ***
Reviewed By   
Approved By   
Distribution List   
Intended Users   
Last Reviewed Date   
Document Creation Date    August 27, 2008
Document Last Updated    August 27, 2008

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

This document and the information contained herein are confidential to and the property of GlobalLogic. Unauthorized access, copying and replication are prohibited. This document must not be copied in whole or part by any means, for any purpose. If a contract is awarded to GlobalLogic as a result of or in connection with the submission of this data, the client or prospective client shall have the right to duplicate, use, or disclose this data to the extent provided in the contract. This restriction does not limit the client’s or prospective client’s right to use the information contained in the data if it is obtained from another source without restriction. The data subject to this restriction is contained in all marked sheets.


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1    Executive Summary    1
2    About globallogic    1
3    Response to queries    3
      3.1    Security assurance and compliance    3
      3.2    Platform hardening and patching    8
      3.3    Segregation of Motricity Data and Assets    9
      3.4    Remote Access    9
      3.5    Malware controls    10
      3.6    Vulnerability scanning    11
      3.7    Intrusion detection and security monitoring    11
      3.8    Incident response    11
      3.9    data management    12
      3.10    Key management    12
      3.11    Administrative controls    12
      3.12    Protection of motricity assets    15
      3.13    Physical security    15
4    Appendix    17
      4.1    GlobalLogic information security management system PPT    17
      4.2    application security checklist    17
      4.3    Windows software update policy    18
      4.4    VPN Access policy    18
      4.5    VLAN POLICY    18
      4.6    Exit Policy and clearance form    18
      4.7    Clearance form    18
      4.8    Remote Administration policy    19
      4.9    Antivirus-antispyware policy    19
      4.10    IDS/IPS management policy    19
      4.11    Incident management policy    19
      4.12    Data backup policy    19
      4.13    Cryptography key management policy    20
      4.14    nda AGREEMENT TEMPLATE    20
      4.15    Security manual for india    20
      4.16    Physical access policy for ukraine    20
      4.17    Reference checklist    20
      4.18    Security bootcamp PPT    21
      4.19    Information exchange policy    21


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This document presents GlobalLogic’s preparedness on information and security related topics. Motricity is in the process of collecting data from all its existing and future potential partners in this consistent manner (as outlined in the spreadsheet) to help them better evaluate and communicate with all. This data may be used to evaluate the potential partners to establish an outsourced Offshore Development Center (ODC), which will be responsible for development, testing, and on-going maintenance of all or part of the Motricity’s various product lines and systems.

Motricity is in the process of evaluating the potential partners who can value add both in terms of cost savings and quality of service in its IT initiatives.

In general the objectives in creating an outsourced ODC are:

 

  1. To create stable teams that can and will contribute to the development of the Partner’s service through technical innovation;

 

  2. To leverage the supplier’s knowledge, systems, and processes that enable them to create quality products in a repeatable, systematized fashion;

 

  3. To retain teams of highly qualified and experienced engineers at effective cost;

 

  4. To gain access to a large pool of highly qualified and trained talent.

 

2 ABOUT GLOBALLOGIC

The leader in global product development, GlobalLogic, Inc. partners with start-up, emerging, and established technology companies to help them bring great software products to market in less time and at less cost. GlobalLogic has developed a unique model of partnering with technology companies to create a dedicated global delivery center. By leveraging GlobalLogic’s global facilities and world-class engineers, companies can increase quality while dramatically reducing timelines and operating costs.

Through the GlobalLogic Velocity™ method and platform, the company is also a pioneer in distributed Agile methods and open source platform. These tools and methodologies shorten product development cycles while ensuring that the right features are implemented on time, every time. GlobalLogic has completed more than 800 major product releases, including 300 in the last 12 months with a better than 95 percent on-time delivery record.

Mission

GlobalLogic’s mission is to partner with the world’s emerging software leaders to help them bring great products to market in less time and at less cost.

GlobalLogic provides complete design, engineering and maintenance services that are vertically integrated with component capabilities to optimize its customer’s operations and time to market.

Global Presence

GlobalLogic is headquartered in the Washington DC area with growing development centers in India, Ukraine, China, and the US and nearly 3000 professionals worldwide.

The company has set out to address the growing commercial software business needs to reduce the time and expense required to develop and maintain increasingly complex software solutions. GlobalLogic is

 

1


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

defining the future of commercial grade dual-shore applications development and services through a combination of its proven methodology, high caliber engineers, unparalleled quality and a commitment to complete customer satisfaction.

Dedicated Global Delivery Centers

GlobalLogic has developed a unique model of Partnering with companies to create a dedicated global delivery center. By leveraging its global facilities and world-class engineers, a partnership with GlobalLogic increases quality while dramatically reducing timelines and operating costs.

GlobalLogic is a pioneer in distributed Agile methods that shorten product cycles while ensuring that the right capabilities are implemented.

Active Partnerships

Today, GlobalLogic has active Partnerships with over *** software product companies in a wide range of markets, including ***.

Recent Recognitions

 

v InfoWorld Award Winner for Agile Innovation

 

v Global Services 100 – recognized for Leadership, Innovation, and Outstanding Performance

 

v Inc.500 – ranked 91st in 2006, 5th in Software Sector

 

v Deloitte & Touche Fast 50 – Ranked #1 as the fastest growing firm in Maryland, Virginia, and DC for the 5 year period thru 2006

 

Industry    Commercial Grade, Dual Shore Development Services
AUDITOR    Price Waterhouse Coopers
LAW FIRM    Cooley Godard Kronish, LLP
OUTSIDE INVESTORS    New Atlantic Ventures (part of the DFJ network), Sequoia Capital, New Enterprise Associates (NEA)
GLOBAL PRESENCE   

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO

 

3 R ESPONSE TO QUERIES

 

3.1 SECURITY ASSURANCE AND COMPLIANCE

 

 

  1. Will you provide a liaison to work with Motricity on matters of security compliance and risk management?

Yes, we will provide a liaison on the matters of security compliance and risk management.

 

  2. Has your company arranged to have a third-party audit performed on its operational security controls (i.e., its day-to-day security practices)? Have you arranged to have a third-party audit of the technical security controls supporting the application development environment (e.g., firewall, platform hardening, remote administration, physical security)? Was this a SAS70 audit, and, if so, what were the assertions? What were the audit results? Please attach your latest SAS70 results to your reply.

***, we have engaged a third party security consultant to carry out audits. The consultant is a certified and experienced security specialist selected from the best in the Industry. *** an audit scope and plan which we can share with you later if required.

*** This auditing will be done by the consultant who is helping us to implement this framework. *** We will choose and engage with the certification body in the fifth month of our project plan (there is no point engaging with them at this stage).

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

3


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

After completing our implementation in ***, we will have to generate log sheets which will be audited by the certification body. Keeping this requirement and availability of auditors from the selected certification body, we foresee the final certification achieved in ***.

***, we are working on getting the directions and approvals. A team in US is in the process of engaging an external party.

***

Please refer to the section 4.1 in the Appendix for a detailed PPT on our Information security assessment policy and procedures.

 

  3. Are you certified as ISO 27001 compliant?

We have very strong and effective security controls within our organization. *** We can share our project plan if desired.

Please refer to the section 4.1 in the Appendix for a detailed PPT on our Information security assessment policy and procedures.

 

  4. Are audits of technical and operational security controls conducted periodically? If so, at what frequency?

We do conduct regular assessments of control effectiveness within our organization. The effectiveness assessment is conducted by senior security experts within our organization. The frequency is not fixed but at least *** is definitely done. These assessors are currently not a part of a formal panel of auditors. We in the process of creating a formal auditing system with the help of an external consultant.

Please refer to the section 4.1 in the Appendix for a detailed PPT on our Information security assessment policy and procedures.

 

  5. What assurance is performed on the application code to eliminate or mitigate the threat of implementation flaws such as buffer overflows, cross-site scripting, and input manipulation attacks?

Overall we apply TDD (Test driven design) approach besides code inspection, manual (code review) and extensive usage of code analyzers to ensure high quality of deliverables leading to substantial reduction of security flaws caused by programmer’s errors. In majority of cases we follow either customer proprietary coding standards or the standard best practices which are prevalent for a particular platform or technology.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

4


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

The core approach that is used to track code safety is extensive utilization of code analysis tools. Along with Agile software development practices, code analysis is the fastest mean to catch potential vulnerability issues within the developed code. Based on software target market (embedded software for various devices and equipments, mission-critical software, hard-to-test software, quality-sensitive software), different management techniques and tools are used.

Enterprise static code analysis software provides development and management teams with variety of reports and checklists to focus on specific security issues in product development.

Some of the ways in which we counter specific issues listed above are as under:

 

   

Buffer Overflows: Buffer overflow vulnerabilities can lead to denial of service attacks or code injection. A denial of service attack causes a process crash; code injection alters the program execution address to run an attacker’s injected code. ***

 

   

Cross Site Scripting (XSS): An XSS attack can cause arbitrary code to run in a user’s browser while the browser is connected to a trusted Web site. The attack targets your application’s users and not the application itself, but it uses your application as the vehicle for the attack. The following countermeasures are used: ***.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

5


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

   

***

   

SQL Injection: A SQL injection attack exploits vulnerabilities in input validation to run arbitrary commands in the database. It can occur when your application uses input to construct dynamic SQL statements to access the database. It can also occur if your code uses stored procedures that are passed strings that contain unfiltered user input. The following countermeasures are used:

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

Canonicalization: Different forms of input that resolve to the same standard name (the canonical name), is referred to as canonicalization. Code is particularly susceptible to canonicalization issues if it makes security decisions based on the name of a resource that is passed to the program as input. Files, paths, and URLs are resource types that are vulnerable to canonicalization because in each case there are many different ways to represent the same name. The following counter measures are used:

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

Input manipulation : Since every secured service operation is intercepted by security layer

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

6


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

   

***

 

   

Parameter Validation: ***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

Since we are into offshore product development, we strongly believe in automation up to its maximum potential. Some of the tools on which we have expertise are:

 

   

HP DevInspect:

It is a tool to find and fix security defects in application right from the application development time throughout the life cycle of application. It can be installed on developer’s system and can be used as Eclipse Plugin. It uses techniques like source code inspection and black box testing to indentify security defects in web services & applications.

 

   

HP WebInsepct:

It finds security vulnerabilities in Web 2.0 technologies like AJAX & JavaScript.Both the above tools are used to early identify security flaws and fix them.

Qualys appliance:

This is an Audit and Vulnerability Management Product that is used to manage vulnerabilities and achieve compliance. This is on demand service which helps companies to quickly and cost-effectively meet compliance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley* by providing SOX-specific reports to measure, reduce and document ongoing efforts to safeguard electronic systems and data. It makes sure that data and financial reports are secure and processes are fully maintained so that there is no risk of scandals and security lapses.

*SOX (Sarbanes-Oxley Act):

This is basically a United States federal law that helps protect investors from scandals in security (capital) market. Law defines a set of standards to be followed by public company boards, management, and public accounting firms. Being SOX Compliant means the person/body follows those standards. There are governing bodies in US to check & execute these standards.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

7


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

  6. How many of your application programmers are certified as having demonstrated mastery of the security knowledge and skills needed to deal with the common programming errors that lead to most security problems *** Please identify the specific certifications.

We are a company which is dealing with over *** active partners and we do understand that IP protection and application security is of paramount importance to our partners. Application Security is something which is fine-grained into our delivery model and we have the necessary tools, hardware and training infrastructure to ensure that any new and existing applications do not have security flaws. We are well equipped to handle all the aspects of Java application security. The application securities checks are informally built in into our development process and we are working towards making it a part of our audit process.

Some of our capabilities are as under:

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

Just to elaborate, we have a substantial percentage of our team Java certified and handling the security aspects in the Java applications on a regular basis. We can ramp up a team of resources certified on security aspects at a very short notice as we have all the desired skills and infrastructure internally available.

A detailed snapshot of a security checklist which depicts the areas which are taken care of across our projects is attached in Appendix 4.2.

 

3.2 PLATFORM HARDENING AND PATCHING

 

 

  7. Describe how you keep the patch levels of the operating system up-to-date and consistently applied. What is your process for assessing and applying emergency patches for serious security vulnerabilities? What tools do you use for patch management on servers and network devices?

We use *** as a tool to keep our workstations and servers updated with latest critical and security patches. The workstations are configured to automatically download and install updates from ***. The servers are configured to download all the patches and inform administrator about availability of the new patches. The Administrator then runs testing of the new patches on test servers. In case any issues are found, the patches are rolled back. ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

8


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

Please refer to section 4.3 of Appendix for the windows software update policy.

 

3.3 SEGREGATION OF MOTRICITY DATA AND ASSETS

 

 

  8. Explain how and the degree to which the Motricity application development environment and Motricity data will be segregated from those of other customers. Consider in your answer network access, web servers, application servers, databases, backup and storage, and management infrastructure.

GlobalLogic has a structured system for segregation of the Project environments of our Customers. The development servers, testing servers, Code Repository servers and development workstations are deployed on ***

Please refer to Section 4.5 of Appendix for our VLAN Policy.

 

3.4 REMOTE ACCESS

 

 

  9. Do you have written procedures for authorizing, controlling, and auditing remote administrative access to your computing environment?

Remote access to Corporate Network is provided through the ***. For administrators in specific, such an access is provided via ***. The administrators having remote access are ***.

Please refer to Section 4.4 of Appendix for our VPN access policy.

 

  10. If support services require remote access, how can Motricity be assured of timely notification when one of your employees leaves the company or transfers to a new job function?

From the HR side, We have a well-defined exit process which starts with the resignation by the employee. Immediate manager and People Partner looks at the reasons for employee’s resignation and aim at retention of the employee. In case the retention attempts do not work, information about the employee’s relieving date is ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

9


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

Please refer to Section 4.6 and 4.7 of Appendix for our Exit Policy and Clearance Form respectively.

From the IT side, Remote Administration is revoked immediately on resignation of a support employee ***. If a decision to *** has been taken, the privileges will ***. These transactions are *** managed by ***. We can establish a process whereby ***.

Please refer to Section 4.8 of Appendix for our Remote administration policy.

 

  11. What anti-virus controls do you implement within your support environment and among your support staff? What controls prevent a virus infection or worm from spreading to Motricity?

We use *** security for *** with centralized auto updates. ***.

Please refer to Section 4.9 of Appendix for our Antivirus-Antispyware policy.

 

3.5 MALWARE CONTROLS

 

 

  12. What technical controls and operational procedures do you have in place for preventing, detecting, and responding to viruses and worms on the platforms storing Motricity data or supporting Motricity services?

We have *** deployed on all computers. The Antivirus server is configured to ***.

Please refer to Section 4.10 of Appendix for our IDS/IPS management policy.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

10


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

3.6 VULNERABILITY SCANNING

 

 

  13. Is vulnerability scanning of your development environments that will interface with Motricity a regular and ongoing process? Briefly describe the process, and provide the names of vulnerability testing tools used.

***. We are using *** as our IDS and IPS. Details about *** as a system is available on the link provided.

Please refer to Section 4.10 of Appendix for our IDS/IPS management policy.

 

3.7 INTRUSION DETECTION AND SECURITY MONITORING

 

 

  14. Describe how intrusion detection (prevention) will be employed to detect (respond to) attacks against hosted Motricity assets?

We are using *** as our IDS and IPS.

Please refer to Section 4.10 of Appendix for our IDS/IPS management policy.

 

  15. Is security monitoring a continuous process? Describe how it is handled operationally? How are alerts triaged and classified? How is monitoring tuned?

We follow PDCA cycle and continuously work on security improvement using various tools to monitor and get alerts to name few ***.

 

3.8 INCIDENT RESPONSE

 

 

  16. Describe your escalation process for security incident response. Describe your procedures for engaging Motricity in the event of a security incident. Do you have a documented incidence response procedure in place for worm/virus, DoS, and other security attack violations? How is this procedure/process invoked, and who responsible for managing the process? How often is this procedure reviewed?

IT team isolates the affected asset and starts working immediately on protecting the further spread of any attack as soon as its detection. ***

Please refer to Section 4.11 of Appendix for our incident management policy.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

11


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

3.9 DATA MANAGEMENT

 

 

  17. Do you have a data management policy/procedure in place that covers backups, recovery, restoration, off-site storage, and retention periods? Does the policy include media handling and logging procedures? How does the data management process ensure confidentiality by separating customer A’s data from that of customer B?

We take a full backup ***. We send our tapes offsite ***.

Please refer to Section 4.12 of Appendix for our data backup policy.

 

3.10 KEY MANAGEMENT

 

 

  18. Do you have policies and procedures for the management of cryptographic keys – e.g., their generation, handling, and the response to improper disclosure?

Yes, we have a proper procedure for management of cryptographic keys as well as their generating, handling and response to their improper disclosure.

Please refer to Section 4.13 of Appendix for our Cryptography key management policy.

 

3.11 ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS

 

 

  19. Will you use subcontractors to support this engagement in any way? If so, what controls do you have in place for ensuring background checks for these subcontractors?

We will manage this entire engagement using ***. We have a distributed setup with development centers ***

We believe that *** really brings many advantages like ***

 

  20. What kinds of background checks do you perform for your employees, especially those with privileged access to Motricity systems and data?

GlobalLogic has a very extensive process of selection which starts from a detailed screening of any prospective employee, comprehensive technical & behavioral interviews concluding with extensive background checks.

We perform at least ***. These *** are performed by ***.

The *** is done with at least one *** and the same is done ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

12


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

Please refer to Section ***

In our endeavor to further strengthen this process*** If need be, we are today geared up to ***

To further strengthen the issue of misuse of data, we have an agreement of confidentiality and non disclosure drafted as a legal requirement which each employee is required to abide by to affirm his employment with GlobalLogic. We are extremely particular about this and take all the necessary steps to maintain client confidentiality.

All employees sign NDA. All employees having privileged access to systems and data ***

Please refer to Section 4.14 of Appendix for our NDA agreement template.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

13


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

  21. What training do employees receive before they are entrusted with the management of applications or systems hosted for Motricity? What types of security training do employees receive? What is the frequency of that training?

To ensure smooth transition of every new joinee into the GlobalLogic environment and equip him/her with requisite knowledge to perform his job effectively, we have a rigorous induction program known as the ‘Boot Camp’. As a part of the Boot camp, there are sessions conducted by various department representatives highlighting the major policies & processes in their area of working.

The boot camp includes a detailed session with the IT team whereby IT infrastructure and security policies are shared with the new comers. Strong emphasis is made on security *** This session also includes ***

At the level of every project, the managers / leads also do a project specific training and project induction to ensure that the individual is brought up-to-date with the specific aspects of the client requirements and expectations vis-à-vis the security issues.

Information about major security aspects is shared on the day of joining. Formal boot camps sessions are organized on a fortnightly basis and / or depending upon the number of joinees, this frequency may be higher or lower.

Each employee passes company “Boot camp” training and project specific trainings. Information Security Training is delivered as a separate module. We use internal experts as well as invite external experts to deliver security trainings. These trainings include:

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

Please refer to Section 4.18 of Appendix for security boot camp PPT.

 

  22. Describe the experience, certifications (if any) and number of full-time security staff your company employs, including the number 100% dedicated to security.

We have *** people who have participated in security training programs conducted by external specialists and are working towards getting certified. *** These trained employees

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

14


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

also take regular guidance from external consultants and security portals such as www.windowssecurity.com , http://sectools.org and http://www.owasp.org . We use *** as an internal platform to collaborate knowledge and ideas on technical/process/people aspects including Information Security.

 

3.12 PROTECTION OF MOTRICITY ASSETS

 

 

  23. Does the vendor maintain Internet or extranet websites or FTP sites to share Motricity data or analysis with authorized Motricity employees? If so, how are these sites secured? Do they use secure, encrypted protocols for transferring proprietary data? Are they regularly patched against vulnerabilities, especially those that could lead to the remote exploit of the server? Are they configuration hardened? Does the configuration have a documented design?

We utilize proven and secured methods to exchange information with customers. All of methods ensure encrypted information flow. These methods are:

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

Please refer to Section 4.19 of Appendix for our information exchange policy.

 

3.13 PHYSICAL SECURITY

 

 

  24. What physical security measures are employed at the sites where application development work will occur (corporate work areas, data centers)? ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

15


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

Following are physical security measures at multiple locations where application development work will occur:

Noida:

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

Pune

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

Nagpur

 

   

***

 

   

***

Ukraine

All the employees have ***

 

  25. What access control system is being used?

 

   

Noida: ***

 

   

Pune: ***

 

   

Nagpur: ***

 

   

Ukraine: ***

 

  26. Is there manned security at the entrance to the building?

 

   

Noida: ***

 

   

Pune: ***

 

   

Nagpur: ***

 

   

Ukraine: ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

16


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

  27. Do you respond to intrusion alarms? Can we forward you the alarms from our system?

Noida: ***

Ukraine: ***

 

  28. Does your company have written procedures for authorizing, controlling, and auditing physical access to its facilities and equipment room?

 

   

Please refer to Section 4.15 of Appendix for our security policy document for India centric locations.

 

   

Please refer to Section 4.16 of Appendix for our physical access policy document for Ukraine centric locations.

 

4 A PPENDIX

 

4.1 GLOBALLOGIC INFORMATION SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PPT

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

4.2 APPLICATION SECURITY CHECKLIST

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

17


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

4.3 WINDOWS SOFTWARE UPDATE POLICY

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

4.4 VPN ACCESS POLICY

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

4.5 VLAN POLICY

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

4.6 EXIT POLICY AND CLEARANCE FORM

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

4.7 CLEARANCE FORM

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

18


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

4.8 REMOTE ADMINISTRATION POLICY

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

4.9 ANTIVIRUS-ANTISPYWARE POLICY

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

4.10 IDS/IPS MANAGEMENT POLICY

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

4.11 INCIDENT MANAGEMENT POLICY

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

4.12 DATA BACKUP POLICY

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

19


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

4.13 CRYPTOGRAPHY KEY MANAGEMENT POLICY

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

4.14 NDA AGREEMENT TEMPLATE

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

4.15 SECURITY MANUAL FOR INDIA

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

4.16 PHYSICAL ACCESS POLICY FOR UKRAINE

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

4.17 REFERENCE CHECKLIST

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

20


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

4.18 SECURITY BOOTCAMP PPT

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

4.19 INFORMATION EXCHANGE POLICY

 

*** [Embedded document redacted]

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

21


LOGO

Motricity

Building Security Policies

Version 2.0

Security Level: External

Proprietary & Confidential Data:

Information in this document is for use by Motricity, its employees, contractors, supplier, and customers under license only.

LOGO


LOGO    LOGO

 

 

 

Contents

 

Access Cards

   1

Visitors

   1


The following is an overview of the building and office security policies for Motricity. All employees, contractors, suppliers, and visitors are expected to follow these policies.

ACCESS CARDS

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

VISITORS

If you expect or arrange for a visitor to see you, please instruct them to go to the 9th floor reception lobby and sign-in with the receptionist. You will receive an email notification when they arrive.

If an access card was not brought to work, the following process should be followed:

 

  1. ***

 

  2. ***

 

  3. ***

 

  4. ***

 

  5. ***

***If your access card was lost or is not functioning, please call ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


LOGO

Motricity

Building Security Policies

Version 2.0

Security Level: External

Proprietary & Confidential Data:

Information in this document is for use by Motricity, its employees, contractors, supplier, and customers under license only.

LOGO

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


Motricity   GlobalLogic

E XHIBIT  L

C HANGE C ONTROL P ROCEDURES

1. OVERVIEW

1.1 General This Exhibit describes the process and procedures to be followed by Client and GlobalLogic when either Party wishes to make a Change (the “Change Control Procedures”). The Parties may, by joint agreement, amend or waive any part of the Change Control Procedures in writing including, but not limited to, where the Parties agree that shorter or longer time frames are more appropriate.

1.2 Definitions.

(a) “ Change ” means any change with respect to the terms of the Agreement, including without limitation, changes to the Services, Fees, Service Levels or the Parties’ other obligations under the Agreement.

(b) “ Change Control Procedures ” has the meaning given in Section 0 above.

(c) “ Change Proposal ” has the meaning given in Section  (c) below.

(d) “ Change Order ” has the meaning given in Section 1.2 of the Agreement.

(e) “ Change Request ” has the meaning given in Section  (a) below.

(f) “ Mandatory Change ” has the meaning set forth in Section  0 below.

(g) “ New Service ” means any new service or other service outside the scope of the Services requested by Client: (1) that is in addition to and materially different from the Services; (2) that require materially different levels of effort or resources from GlobalLogic; (3) for which there is no current charging methodology; and (4) that is part of GlobalLogic’s general commercial offering.

1.3 Objectives. The objectives of the Change Control Procedures are as follows:

(a) To review each request for a Change (a “ Change Request ”) to determine whether such Change is appropriate;

(b) To determine whether a Change is within the scope of the Services or constitutes a New Service or is considered to be a change to the in-scope Services without constituting a change in the scope;

(c) To prepare a more detailed proposal to implement a Change Request (such proposal, a “ Change Proposal ”);

(d) To prioritize all Change Requests and Change Proposals;

 

-2-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

(e) To minimize the risk of exceeding both time and cost estimates, if any, associated with the requested Change by identifying, documenting, quantifying, controlling, managing and communicating: (i) Change Requests, (ii) the preparation of Change Proposals, and (iii) their disposition;

(f) To identify the different roles, responsibilities and actions that will be assumed and taken by the Parties to define and implement the Changes; and

(g) To document a Change whether or not such Change results in any extra Charge.

Each Party will be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by its employees, agents and subcontractors with respect to its participation in, and responsibilities and obligations under, Change Control Procedures, unless expressly agreed otherwise in writing by both Parties.

2. CHANGE REQUESTS . Either Globallogic or client may initiate a Change Request by delivering to the other Party’s responsible executive or his/her nominated representative, a document that describes the Change and sets forth the reasons for it. Each Change Proposal that may be prepared for a Change Request will be tracked by reference to the Change Request to which it relates. Each Party’s respective responsible executive or his/her nominated representatives will be responsible for reviewing and considering any Change Request, and will approve it for further investigation, if deemed necessary. If the parties agree that the change request requires further investigation, the responsible executives will authorize such investigation, which will be performed as required by Globallogic and/or Client.

2.1 Preliminary Change Report.

(a) Preliminary Change Report Preparation . For each Change Request that the Parties have approved for further investigation, regardless of which Party has proposed the Change, GlobalLogic will prepare and submit to Client within seven (7) calendar days (or as otherwise agreed), with Client’s reasonable cooperation and provision of any information reasonably requested by GlobalLogic, a preliminary written report. Such preliminary report will contain the costs, implementation timeframe, preliminary technical rationale, resources (including without limitation human resources, hardware, software and other equipment) and associated charges, if any, required for implementing the Change and an initial analysis of the potential risks (if any) to Client or GlobalLogic if the Change is not implemented. GlobalLogic will bear the costs of preparing the preliminary report as set forth in this Section 2.1(a) and will provide such report as part of the Services.

(b) Report Review . Client and GlobalLogic will review the preliminary report and Client will, within seven (7) calendar days after delivery of such preliminary report in writing, either (1) instruct GlobalLogic to prepare a comprehensive Change Proposal as set forth in Section 2.1(b)(i) below, (2) notify GlobalLogic that it does not wish to proceed with the Change, or (3) proceed with the Change on the material terms set forth in the preliminary report and other mutually-agreed terms as necessary to reasonably complete the Change Order.

(i) Comprehensive Change Proposals . Where Client has instructed GlobalLogic to prepare a comprehensive Change Proposal, thirty (30) calendar days (or as otherwise agreed) after receiving such instruction, GlobalLogic will prepare a Change Proposal including the following elements of the Agreement; scope of the Services, Service Levels, charges for the Change, resources (including without limitation human resources, hardware, software and other equipment) required for implementing the Change, timeline,

 

-3-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

milestones, and delivery dates for implementing the Change, acceptance testing and acceptance criteria (which must be included in the final Change Order), any impacts on Client’s, GlobalLogic’s or any third party’s software, hardware, systems, business operations, personnel requirements or other services, any related technical or human resource systems/procedures, any legal and regulatory compliance issues; any other matter reasonably requested by Client at the time of preparation of the impact analysis or reasonably considered by GlobalLogic to be relevant, and any Changes to the contractual terms and conditions of the Agreement. GlobalLogic will bear the costs of preparing the comprehensive Change Proposal as set forth in this Section 2.1(b)(i), and will provide such comprehensive Change Proposal as part of the Services.

(ii) Change Proposal Review. Once submitted by GlobalLogic, Client will review the Change Proposal and as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event not more than thirty (30) calendar days (or as otherwise agreed) after receipt of the Change Proposal, either:

(iii) Client may notify GlobalLogic that it does not wish to proceed with the Change, in which case no further action will be taken in respect of the Change Proposal; or

(iv) either Party may request that it and the other Party meet to discuss the Change Proposal (such meeting to be referred to as the “ Change Proposal Meeting ”).

In the event that the Parties agree to proceed in accordance with one of the options detailed in Section 2.1(b)(i) above, then the Parties will gather any necessary information and/or GlobalLogic will prepare a revised version of the relevant Change Proposal, upon which the Parties will decide whether to proceed in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(i) above. The Parties will continue to go through the process detailed above until such time as a final resolution is made by the Parties. The Parties will act in good faith at all times during such process. The Parties anticipate that not all Changes will result in increases in the Fees. Nevertheless, the Parties intend that all material Changes will be documented under this Exhibit L. Additional Fees for Changes will apply in general when GlobalLogic reasonably demonstrates that the implementation or adoption of the Change requires GlobalLogic to supply additional resources or perform work that is not otherwise covered by the existing Fees and such additional Fees (if any) are mutually agreed with Client.

2.2 Effectiveness of a Change.

(a) Signed Change Orders . Upon the signature of a Change Proposal by both responsible executives, the contents of such Change Proposal will be deemed to be agreed and incorporated into the Agreement on the date of the last signature or as the Parties may otherwise agree (each such accepted Change Proposal will become a Change Order). All services added or modified by a Change Order will be “Services” under the Agreement, and the performance of Change Orders will in all respects be governed by the Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, no part of the discussions or interchanges between the Parties will obligate the Parties to approve any Change or will constitute an amendment or waiver of the Agreement unless and until reflected in a Change Proposal and adopted in accordance with this Exhibit L. Disputes regarding a Change will be subject to the dispute resolution process set forth in the Agreement.

2.3 Emergency Change Process . In the event that either Party requires a Change in order to respond to an emergency and such Change would, in the reasonable opinion of the requesting Party, if it was not implemented until Change Control Procedures had been followed, have a detrimental effect generally on Client, including without limitation Client’s financial interests, customer welfare or public safety, or specifically impacting

 

-4-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

GlobalLogic’s ability to meet its obligations pursuant to the Agreement, the requesting Party will make all reasonable efforts to contact the other Party’s responsible executive, and if the requesting Party is unable to contact the other Party’s responsible executive after reasonable efforts, the requesting Party will, where appropriate and practical, make all reasonable efforts to contact the other Party’s designated member. If the requesting Party is unable to contact either the other Party’s responsible executive, the requesting Party may make temporary Changes to the Services without the prior consent of the other Party. The requesting Party will notify the other Party as soon as practicable but no later than forty-eight (48) hours after the event of such Change and will, as soon as reasonably practicable (but no later than two (2) business days thereafter) document and report in writing on such Changes to the other Party. Any agreed Change as a result will be agreed in accordance with Change Control Procedures. Disputes regarding any extra Fees for Changes under this Section are subject to the Agreement.

2.4 Mandatory Changes . Notwithstanding the Change consideration and implementation process outlined in this Exhibit L, if a Change requested by Client is a Mandatory Change (as defined hereafter), GlobalLogic shall immediately begin implementing the Change upon request by Client. GlobalLogic shall also prepare and deliver to Client a Change Proposal related to the Mandatory Change on an expedited basis, where appropriate, and the Parties shall work together in good faith to determine the impact on the Agreement (including without limitation, any impact on the Fees) as a result of implementing the Mandatory Change. If the Parties are unable to agree on the impact on the Agreement within thirty (30) days after Client has received the Change Proposal from GlobalLogic, either Party may consider such failure to agree to be a dispute, and may escalate such dispute for resolution in accordance with the Agreement. A “ Mandatory Change ” shall be any Change requested by Client, that, in the reasonable judgment of Client, (a) that is reasonably required to comply with any Law or collective bargaining agreement; (b) for GlobalLogic to perform services critical to Client’s business where such services are not within the scope of the Services, but are not materially different in nature or kind from the Services; (c) any change to Client policies, standards or procedures disclosed or referenced in the Agreement or Exhibit to the Agreement; (d) is critical to Client’s business objectives; (e) is required to protect Client’s customers’ welfare or public safety; or (f) without reference to (a)-(e) above, are otherwise described as a Mandatory Change in the Agreement.

 

-5-


LOGO   LOGO
Motricity   GlobalLogic

EXHIBIT M

BENCHMARKING AND ANNUAL REVIEW PROCEDURES

 

1. Annual Price Reviews

(a) No more than ***, GlobalLogic may adjust the overhead cost rates in accordance with Section 3.9.1 of the General Terms and Conditions. For the avoidance of doubt, such adjusted charges shall not be applied retroactively to past invoices issued or Services performed prior to the adjustment date set forth in Section 3.9.1.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-2-


(b) In the event that the Parties do not agree with respect to a proposed adjustment of the overhead costs set forth in Section 3.9.1 of the General Terms and Conditions, Client may seek to resolve the dispute in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures of the Agreement. In the event that such dispute is resolved in Client’s favor, GlobalLogic shall adjust the charges with retroactive application to the relevant adjustment date set forth in Section 3.9.1 of the General Terms and Conditions.

 

2. *** Technology Reviews

Within *** of the Effective Date, GlobalLogic shall, in accordance with procedures agreed upon by the Parties, identify for Client any technologies that have emerged ***, that, if implemented by Client *** would ***. If requested by Client, within sixty (60) days, GlobalLogic shall provide Client with proposals for the implementation of such technology or technologies in a manner consistent with, as applicable, the Change Control Procedures or new Services requirements set forth in the Agreement. If approved by Client, GlobalLogic shall implement such technology or technologies on behalf of Client ***. The cost of new technologies implemented on the basis of the annual technology review shall be ***.

 

3. Annual Best Practices Reviews

Within *** of the Effective Date, GlobalLogic shall, in accordance with procedures agreed upon by the Parties, identify for Client any best practices that have emerged ***, that, if implemented by Client *** would ***. If requested by Client, within sixty (60) days, GlobalLogic shall provide Client with proposals for the implementation of such best practices in a manner consistent with, as applicable, the Change Control Procedures or new Services requirements of the Agreement. If approved by Client, GlobalLogic shall make commercially reasonable efforts to implement such best practices on behalf of Client ***. The cost of additional best practices implemented on the basis of the Annual Best Practices Review shall be ***.

 

-3-


4. Benchmarking Process

(a) The benchmarking process shall be an objective measurement and comparison process agreed by the Parties that will measure the price of the benchmarked Services as compared to the price of services of a similar nature, volume, location, expertise and scope provided by other top tier off-shoring vendors (collectively, the “Benchmarking Process” ). The Benchmarking Process shall include reasonable normalization factors agreed by the Parties, including elements to account for amounts associated with the management and integration of Services across numerous Service areas, if applicable. The Parties, in conjunction with the Benchmarker, shall determine the Benchmarking Process within ***. If the Parties fail to agree to the Benchmarking Process within ***, the Benchmarker shall resolve such dispute in its professional judgment.

(b) The Benchmarking Process shall be conducted by an independent third-party benchmarker (“ Benchmarker ”) ***, provided that Client shall not initiate the Benchmarking Process until the ***. Client may initiate the Benchmarking Process under this Section 4 *** but no more than ***.

(c) The Benchmarker’s data used for the Benchmarking Process shall be no more than *** (as measured against the date that Client provided notice initiating a Benchmarking Process) unless the Parties agree that older data may be used.

(d) The Benchmarking Process shall be a comparison between the prices within the *** of market prices and costs (***) for services of a similar nature, volume, location, expertise and scope to the Services offered by top tier off-shoring service providers generally (the “ Target Market ”) and the charges agreed in the Agreement in order to ascertain whether such charges are in the *** of the Target Market at the date of Client’s notice of commencement of the Benchmarking Process. The Benchmarker shall use its judgment, together with a range of prices and tolerances to decide whether such objective has been met.

(e)*** shall pay the fees charged by the Benchmarker to conduct the Benchmark Process. ***. If the Benchmarkers are no longer providing the services required to conduct the Benchmarking Process at the time Client elects to conduct the Benchmarking Process, or if Client and GlobalLogic agree that an alternative Benchmarker should be used, the Parties shall promptly designate a replacement Benchmarker. If the Parties do not agree *** on a replacement Benchmarker, ***

(f) GlobalLogic shall at its expense cooperate with and assist the Benchmarker and any other third parties involved in the Benchmarking Process, including meeting with Client and the Benchmarker before and throughout the Benchmarking Process and providing data relating to the provision of the Services (excluding internal cost data or data of other GlobalLogic customers), as requested by Client or the Benchmarker.

(g) The Benchmarker shall sign a confidentiality agreement in favor of both GlobalLogic and Client in which the Benchmarker agrees: (i) that the information and data obtained or produced by the Benchmarker in connection with the Benchmarking Process (including the results of the Benchmarking Process and any related reports) constitutes the Confidential Information of Client and GlobalLogic, (ii) that it will not use or disclose such

 

-4-


confidential information and ***, and (iii) the Benchmarker will conduct the Benchmarking Process in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with GlobalLogic’s ongoing service operations or impair GlobalLogic’s ability to achieve the Service Levels under the Agreement.

 

5. Benchmarking Review and Adjustments

(a) Client and GlobalLogic shall review the results of the Benchmarking Process during the *** (the “Benchmark Review Period” ) following receipt by Client and GlobalLogic of such results. The Parties shall confirm during the Benchmark Review Period that the Benchmarking Process was followed. If either Party has reason to believe that the Benchmarker’s report contains material errors (each, a “Claim” ), such Party shall notify the Benchmarker during the Benchmark Review Period of such errors and shall provide any documentation and information necessary to support the Claim and shall copy the other Party on all such correspondence. The Benchmarker will review any Claims and meet with both Parties for a time period reasonably determined by the Benchmarker to resolve the Claims and make corresponding adjustments to the Benchmarker’s findings, if any, prior to issuing the final benchmarking report ( “Benchmarking Report” ).

(b) GlobalLogic and Client shall mutually decide upon ***.

(c) If at any point during the Term the Parties agree that the annual review mechanisms described in this Agreement have operated effectively to assure Client that the charges are, on a consistent basis, within the *** of market prices for comparable services within the Target Market, Client may, in its sole discretion, agree to retire, on a prospective basis, the benchmarking rights contained in Sections 4 and 5 of this Exhibit M. In such event, in order to give effect to such retirement, Client shall deliver a notice to GlobalLogic stating that, effective as of the date specified in the notice, such benchmarking rights will no longer remain in effect (a “ Benchmarking Retirement Election ”).

 

-5-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

E XHIBIT N

Audits

 

1. AUDIT SCOPE, LIMITATIONS, AND PROCEDURES

1.1 Authorized Auditors, Audit Access Rights, and Audit Purposes.

(a) GlobalLogic shall provide access for audits in accordance with this Exhibit N for the Audit Purposes (as defined below) during the Term and through the end of the Termination Assistance period, and for up to an additional three (3) months after the end of the Termination Assistance period for:

(i) Client Staff;

(ii) Client’s internal and external auditors (as listed in Attachment N-1 and Client may amend such Attachment from time to time in its sole discretion provided that any proposed new external auditors may not have a material conflict of interest with GlobalLogic due to its retention by GlobalLogic as an external auditor in the prior six (6) months);

(iii) Client’s authorized agents and representatives with a reasonable nexus to the Audit Purpose; and

(iv) any regulatory or governmental authority which has provided Client with a written request for an audit.

The persons in (i) - (iv) above shall be collectively referred to as the “ Authorized Auditors .” Client will appoint an Authorized Auditor as GlobalLogic’s point of contact for audits (“ Client’s Audit Point Of Contact ”).

(b) Solely in relation to the Audit Purposes as defined below, GlobalLogic shall provide each of the Authorized Auditors with (collectively, the “ Audit Access Rights ”):

(i) a right and license of reasonable access to GlobalLogic Locations and other sites from which GlobalLogic performs its obligations under the Agreement and the facilities of any subcontractor as it relates to the Services performed for Client only. For the avoidance of doubt, Client shall not have audit rights in any manner to other GlobalLogic customer accounts as they constitute confidential information pertaining to such customer;

(ii) access to the Client data and Client’s Confidential Information held on any system, including all requested extracts from such systems regarding (x) Client’s Confidential Information and (y) such Client data pertaining to Services provided under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any Statement of Work;

(iii) read-only electronic access to the problem records/tickets relating to the Services;

(iv) reasonable access to GlobalLogic employees, contractors, and personnel and subcontractors engaged in the provision of the Services, including for the purpose of providing reasonable assistance in understanding or interpreting information pertaining to any Audit Purpose in a manner that is not disruptive to ongoing Services; and

 

-1-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

(c) The Authorized Auditors may use the Audit Access Rights for the following audit purposes (each, an “ Audit Purpose ” and collectively, the “ Audit Purposes ”):

(i) examine, evaluate, and verify GlobalLogic’s compliance with obligations with respect to the performance of the Services for Client under this Agreement;

(ii) examine, evaluate, and verify the integrity of Client data;

(iii) examine, evaluate, and verify the systems that process, store, support and transmit the Client data;

(iv) examine, evaluate, and verify GlobalLogic internal controls, processes and procedures (e.g., financial controls, organizational controls, input/output controls, system modification controls, processing controls, system design controls, and access controls) and the security, disaster recovery and back-up practices and procedures associated with the Services; examine, evaluate, and verify GlobalLogic’s performance of the Services;

(v) examine, evaluate, and verify GlobalLogic’s reported operational performance against the applicable Service Levels;

(vi) examine, evaluate, and verify the accuracy of GlobalLogic’s invoices to Client; and

(vii) enable Client to meet the regulatory, financial reporting, and other requirements imposed upon Client by applicable Laws.

1.2 Audit Limitations

Notwithstanding anything in this Exhibit N:

(a) audits shall occur not more than once each calendar year for each individual Audit Purpose relating to a particular segment of Client’s business (e.g., a audit relating to Client’s business unit) unless:

(i) agreed by the Parties;

(ii) required by Client regulatory bodies or applicable Laws; or

(iii) upon discovery of any adverse results from a prior audit or other reasonable grounds for suspecting fraud or other illegal activity by GlobalLogic or its subcontractors; and

(b) audits shall not be permitted to the extent they materially interfere with GlobalLogic’s ability to perform the Services in accordance with the Service Levels, unless Client relieves GlobalLogic from meeting the applicable Service Levels for the relevant audit activity period to the extent such obligations are hindered by the audit activity.

1.3 Parties’ Point of Contact

Each Party shall nominate a contact person for each audit who shall be the central communication point and organizer for the performance of GlobalLogic’s responsibilities under this Exhibit N. That point of contact shall be:

For GlobalLogic: Johan Broekhuysen          VP, Financial Control

For Client: Allyn Hebner, CFO

 

-2-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

1.4 Client Obligations

The Client’s Audit Point of Contact and the individual Authorized Auditors shall at all times:

(a) provide reasonable notice to GlobalLogic which shall be no less than thirty (30) days (unless such notice period is inconsistent with an applicable Law or an agreement between Client and the Authorized Auditor) identifying the applicable Authorized Auditor(s), applicable Audit Purpose(s), the audit location(s), and the audit date(s); provided, however, no such notice shall be required where such notice would reasonably undermine the purpose of the audit (e.g., fraud investigation);

(b) comply with reasonable security and other site regulations for the premises at which the audit activities are conducted; and

(c) cause non-regulatory and non-governmental Authorized Auditors to be subject to confidentiality conditions substantially similar to those identified in the Agreement.

 

2. RECORDS AND ASSISTANCE

2.1 Record Maintenance and Availability

GlobalLogic shall, and shall require that its subcontractors shall:

(a) maintain accurate and complete records of and supporting documentation for all Fees, all Client data and all transactions, authorizations, reports, data or information created, collected, processed or stored by GlobalLogic in the performance of it’s obligations under this Agreement (the “ Service Records ”). GlobalLogic shall ensure that such Service Records shall be kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards, rules and principles and all Laws for each relevant jurisdiction; and

(b) GlobalLogic shall retain the Service Records in accordance with applicable Laws and in compliance with Client’s written record retention policy and as provided to GlobalLogic and as modified by Client from time-to-time as a Mandatory Change.

2.2 GlobalLogic Assistance

GlobalLogic shall give all reasonable assistance to Client and its Authorized Auditors in understanding or interpreting GlobalLogic’s records and performing audits hereunder.

 

3. SERVICE PROVIDER INTERNAL AUDITS

3.1 If, during the Term, at GlobalLogic’s sole cost, GlobalLogic obtains a SAS 70 Type II examination of any of the Service Locations that cover the common processes and controls for any such facility or location (“ SAS 70 Audit ”), GlobalLogic will provide a copy of the SAS 70 Audit report resulting from the SAS 70 Audit to Client at no cost within thirty (30) days of GlobalLogic receiving such report. For the avoidance of doubt, GlobalLogic shall not be required to perform a SAS 70 Audit under this Agreement; except, in the event a SAS 70

 

-3-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

Audit is performed by GlobalLogic on its own accord, GlobalLogic shall provide a copy of the SAS 70 Audit report to Client within the aforesaid timeframe.

3.2 Client will be entitled to provide to third parties a copy of the SAS 70 Audit report (if any) as necessary to evidence Client’s internal control structure, provided that any such third party enters into a confidentiality agreement with terms no less stringent than the Agreement or other confidentiality agreement as may be approved by GlobalLogic (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

3.3 If any:

(a) SAS 70 Audit report identifies exceptions in the Service delivery environment or any GlobalLogic internal control that prevents GlobalLogic’s auditors from issuing an unqualified SAS 70 Audit report concerning the Services; or

(b) Internal audit performed by Client identifies material exceptions in the Service delivery environment or any GlobalLogic internal control;

(each an “Exception”), then GlobalLogic will:

(i) promptly develop a plan and schedule for GlobalLogic to take all necessary corrective action to resolve the Exception;

(ii) present such corrective plan to Client and adopt all reasonable comments from Client; and

(iii) promptly implement such approved corrective plan and ensure that the Exception has been resolved.

3.4 Client will be obligated to pay the costs, if any, for remedial actions necessary to correct Exceptions:

(a) that previously existed in Client’s legacy systems and processes and where Client requires the continued use of such legacy systems and processes by GlobalLogic to perform Services during the Term; and

(b) that are associated with any Client control points that Client mandated GlobalLogic compliance in the delivery of the Services.

3.5 GlobalLogic will be obligated to pay the costs, if any, for remedial actions necessary to correct Exceptions, other than those for which Client is obligated to pay in Section 3.4 above.

3.6 Internal Audits

If GlobalLogic (or any person on its behalf) conducts an audit of any aspect of its (or any subcontractor’s) operations applicable to the performance of the Services and as a result of the audit or through the audit process, a breach of GlobalLogic’s obligation(s) under the Agreement is identified, GlobalLogic shall promptly:

(a) Provide Client with written notice identifying the breach; and

 

-4-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

(b) Take action to remedy such breach at its own cost and expense.

 

4. COST OF EXAMINATION

4.1 GlobalLogic shall bear its own costs related to its compliance with this Exhibit N, except where otherwise specified in this Exhibit.

4.2 Client shall bear its own costs and those of its Authorized Auditors for any audit or examination undertaken by them pursuant to this Exhibit N, except as provided in Sections 4.3 or 4.5 below.

4.3 If any audit or examination reveals that GlobalLogic’s invoices for the Services for the audited period are not correct for such period, GlobalLogic shall promptly credit Client for the amount of any such overcharges within two (2) invoice cycles. In the event of an overcharge by GlobalLogic under this Agreement is in excess of *** in any month subject to audit, GlobalLogic will reimburse Client’s reasonable audit expenses incurred by Client to identify such overcharge. In the event any audit reveals that GlobalLogic undercharged Client under this Agreement in any month subject to the audit, GlobalLogic may invoice and Client shall reimburse GlobalLogic for the amount of the undercharge; provided Client has not already made payment for the value of the undercharge and GlobalLogic reimburses Client for any reasonable audit expenses incurred by Client to identify such undercharge.

4.4 Any disputes raised by either Party with respect to this Exhibit N will be escalated and resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution process set forth in Section 10.9 of the General Terms and Conditions of this Agreement.

4.5 To the extent any audit or examination exceed historical levels of effort or complexity and such additional levels of effort or complexity is attributable solely to GlobalLogic’s failure to comply with this Agreement (e.g., account reconciliation or inter-company transactions relating to the Services are not performed in accordance with the Agreement and could result in a material weakness finding without such additional audit efforts), the additional costs and expenses arising from such GlobalLogic failure shall be borne by GlobalLogic. If GlobalLogic disputes the extent to which the foregoing applies, then such matter shall be escalated in accordance with the dispute resolution process set forth in the Agreement.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-5-


LOGO   LOGO
Motricity   GlobalLogic

EXHIBIT N-1

E XTERNAL A UDITORS

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-6-


EXHIBIT O

Recovery of Unamortized Investments

GlobalLogic will recover the value of the ramp investment by amortizing it across *** following the Effective Date (“ Investment Period ”) as set forth in Exhibit G.

Termination For Convenience

1. If the Agreement is terminated during the Investment Period by Client for convenience under Section 9.1 of the Agreement, then GlobalLogic will be reimbursed for (“ Termination Recovery Amount ”) *** between:

***

Reduction of GlobalLogic Headcount Below *** During The Investment Period

***

***

3. GlobalLogic may equitably adjust the “Ramp Investment %” and “Required mark-up” percentage set forth in Exhibit G to allow GlobalLogic to recover the Termination Recovery Amount and Headcount Recovery Amount set forth in Sections 1 and 2 above.

4. If requested by Client, GlobalLogic will provide Client with supporting documentation that demonstrates how GlobalLogic calculated the Termination Recovery Amount and Headcount Recovery Amount so that Client may verify the calculation.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


Exhibit P

Client Competitors, Customers and Lines of Business

1. Client’s lines of business are:

“Lines of Business” for the purposes of Section 10.1.3 of the Agreement and this Exhibit P are defined as the design, development, deployment, and management of data services applications. Such applications are varied, including but not limited to, applications with the functionality and capabilities of Portals, Storefronts, Managed Web, Search and Gateway or such similar applications and the associated sub-applications, such as content.

2. Client’s competitors are:

 

 

PORTAL

 

 

 

MANAGED WEB

 

 

 

GATEWAY

 

     
***   ***   ***
     
***   ***   ***
     
***   ***   ***
     
***   ***   ***
     
***   ***   ***
     
***   ***   ***
     
***   ***   ***
     

***

 

STOREFRONT

 

   
     
***   ***    
     
***   ***    
     
***   ***    
     
***   ***    
     

SEARCH

 

  ***    
     
***   ***    
     
***   ***    
     
***   ***    
     
***   ***    
     
***   ***    
     
***        

3. Client’s customers are:

 

     

CANADA

 

   ***    ***
     
***    ***   

SWITZERLAND

 

     

EGYPT

 

   ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     

FRANCE

 

   ***    ***
     
***    ***   

UNITED KINGDOM

 

     

GERMANY

 

   ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     

IRELAND

 

   ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     

NETHERLANDS

 

   ***    ***
     
***    ***   

UNITED STATES

 

     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***    ***
     
***    ***     
     
***    ***     
     
***    ***     
     
***    ***     
     
***    ***     
     
***    ***     
     
***    ***     

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


FIRST AMENDMENT

T O T HE

M ASTER S ERVICES A GREEMENT

This First Amendment (“Amendment”) is entered into as of July 1, 2009 (“Amendment Effective Date”) by and between Motricity, Inc. (“Client”) and GlobalLogic, Inc. (“GlobalLogic”).

A. Client and GlobalLogic entered into that certain Master Services Agreement dated December 30, 2008 (“Agreement”); and

B. The parties now desire to amend the Agreement to modify pricing of the Services and other terms as set forth in this Amendment.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.

2. Section 3.9.1 (Annual Review of Relationship) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

3.9.1 Pricing Review.

Every ***, at the written request of either Party given at least *** prior to the end of such *** period, the parties shall discuss and may agree to adjust labor rates in Exhibit G (the “Labor Rates”) upward or downward. The first date on which such adjustment of labor rates may take place is the first anniversary of the Effective Date (the “First Anniversary”), and will repeat every *** from such First Anniversary.

In addition, each year, at the written request of either party given at least 60 days before each anniversary of the Effective Date, the parties may adjust billing rates upward or downward.

Unless acute or extraordinary market changes require otherwise, any upward adjustment in Labor Cost plus Overhead Cost (the “Adjustable Costs”) will be ***

GlobalLogic will work with Client to create a budget for salary increases or decreases for individuals. Market survey data will be used to create the salary and benefit adjustment budget. The Parties shall collaborate to manage any annual adjustment upward to the Adjustable Costs ***. This will include managing the average experience level, location mix, and skills mix of the resources providing Services to Client.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


All changes to Fees in this Section must be mutually agreed in writing and signed by both Parties.

3. Section 3.9.3 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

3.9.3 Forecast/Reduction of Resources. Client will provide GlobalLogic a rolling 90-day forecast of resource needs (“Forecast”). This Forecast is for resource management only and will not bind Motricity to any particular level of resource use.

“Flex Resources” are those team members who are designated by Motricity as being Flex Resources and who have spent less than *** on Motricity projects. After *** of continuous service on Motricity projects, a Flex Resource shall automatically become a Regular Resource. Motricity may elect to reduce Flex Resources for any Statement of Work for its convenience upon *** notice. Flex Resources shall not provide production support.

“Regular Resources” are those team members 1) who are resources on Motricity Projects on the Effective Date of that certain First Amendment between the parties dated July 1, 2009 (the “First Amendment”), 2) who are new resources not designated a Flex Resources, and 3) who have spent *** or more on Motricity projects. Motricity may elect to reduce Regular Resources for any Statement of Work for its convenience upon *** notice for a reduction of up to *** of all full time equivalent Regular Resources and upon *** notice for a reduction of over *** of the team of Regular Resources. The notice periods in this paragraph do not apply to the roll-off of resources that is consistent with expectations from Motricity’s commitments with its customers on its projects that GlobalLogic is supporting or that is consistent with the Motricity Forecast.

In the event the notice required in this Section 3.9.3 is not provided and the team is reduced immediately for Client’s convenience, Client will be invoiced for *** for the individuals that cannot be redeployed to another client account for the duration of the notice period or until such individual is redeployed (whichever occurs first), so long as GlobalLogic uses commercially reasonable efforts to deploy the resources to another client account and GlobalLogic continues to pay such individual his or her salary. The foregoing will not apply in the event that such individuals were terminated for cause.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


For all proposed additions or removals of any nature of a given GlobalLogic resources from the Client account by GlobalLogic, GlobalLogic will provide Client with at least *** of written notice prior to the suggested removal date, for the removal of such resource from the Client team.

4. Exhibit A, Pricing Policies section, a new subsection is added as follows:

Exception for Current Resources . Notwithstanding Exhibit G (Rate Sheet) the fees for the following resources (the team as of the effective date of the First Amendment, the “Current Resources”) is ***:.

***

If any member of the Current Resources must be replace by a replacement resource for any reason (including attrition), the rates charged for such replacement resource shall be as described below:

 

   

Resource with less than eight (8) years’ experience: ***

 

   

Resource with more than eight (8) years’ experience: ***

 

   

Resource possessing specialty skills: ***

5. Exhibit A, Motricity Orientation Training section, the last sentence in the first paragraph (beginning with “GlobalLogic will not charge…”) is deleted and replaced with:

GlobalLogic will not charge Client for new team members while they are in the Motricity Orientation Training program, except that GlobalLogic may charge for up to *** of training for Flex Resources so long as Motricity agrees such resources require the training.

6. Exhibit A, a new section is added to the end of the exhibit as follows:

Pre-Sales Support :

Upon Client’s written request, GlobalLogic will provide additional resources to support Client’s sales activities, including pre-sale engineering, development, and presentation support (the “Pre-Sale Resources”) for potential new customers of Client and potential new work for existing customers. All such work performed prior to a commitment between Client and its customer for on-going services will be billed ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


7. Exhibit E, Section 5.4 (Recruiting Effectiveness) a new sentence is added to the end of the section as follows:

This SLA shall not apply to those Flex Resources who are not expected to become Regular Resources.

8. Exhibit E, Section 5.5 (Staff Attrition) a new sentence is added to the end of the section as follows:

This SLA shall not apply to Flex Resources.

9. Exhibit E, Section 5.8 (Deliverable Quality) the following is added to the end of the section:

SLA for Deliverable Quality

This SLA shows the quality of GlobalLogic deliverables (the “Deliverable Quality SLA”). Deliverable Quality SLA is measured as total number of Severity 1 (P1) and Severity 2 (P2) Defects open at the end of UAT. Units of measurement are the number of P1 and P2 Defects.

Table 5.8 Deliverable Quality SLA Values

 

Deliverable Quality SLA

  

Significantly Below
Service Level

   Below Expected
Service Level
   At Expected Service
Level
   Above Expected
Service Level
   Significantly Above
Service Level

Number/Priority of Defects

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

10. Exhibit G (Rate Sheet) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new Exhibit G Rate Sheet attached as Exhibit 1 to this Amendment.

11. General . Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect. If there are any inconsistencies between the provisions of this Amendment and the provisions of the Agreement, then the provisions of this Amendment will control.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


12. Entire Agreement . The Agreement, including SOWs, Exhibits or Attachments to the Agreement, and this Amendment constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all previous agreements, oral or written, between the parties concerning the subject matter of the Agreement and this Amendment. No modification or amendment of the terms of the Agreement or this Amendment is effective except by a writing executed by both parties.

Both Parties represent that they have read this Amendment in its entirety, understand it and agree to be bound by all the terms and conditions stated in it.

 

Motricity, Inc.     GlobalLogic Inc.
By:   /s/ Bopsy Sharvelyn     By:   /s/ James R.Smith
Name:   Bopsy Sharvelyn     Name:   James R.Smith
Title:   SVP & GM     Title:   President & COO
Date:   September 11, 2009     Date:   September 16, 2009


STATEMENT OF WORK

GlobalLogic Team Profile –Product Engineering Labs

SOW #MOTR0802

 

 

 

  

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


This Statement of Work #MOTR0802 (for the purposes of this document, the “SOW”) is incorporated into the Agreement dated December 30, 2008 and is entered by and between GlobalLogic and Client. This SOW describes the profile of the team, to be provided by GlobalLogic to Client for Services to be conducted and at the rates specified in the Agreement. All capitalized terms used and not expressly defined in this SOW are defined in the General Terms and Conditions of the Agreement.

 

1. Project Coordinators:

Client: ***

GlobalLogic: ***

 

2. Resource/Team Size Commitment and Expectations

 

     By 1H09   By End 09

Committed resources 1

   ***   ***

Expected resources 1

   ***   ***

***

 

3. Following Table Provides Expected Initial Team Composition

 

Designation/Seniority

 

  Typical Years of Experience   Team Composition   Motricity Cost Plus  Price

Developer, Automated Testing, Performance Testing, Business Analyst/Product Management, Usability

Expertise, Database Administrator/Programmer, Level 3 support

 

       

Engineer I

 

  ***   ***   ***
       

Engineer II

 

  ***   ***   ***
       

Lead Engineer I

 

  ***   ***   ***
       

Lead Engineer II

 

  ***   ***   ***
       

Engineering Manager

 

  ***   ***   ***
       

Solutions Architect

 

  ***   ***   ***

Tester, Technical Writer, UI Design, Level 1 & 2 Support

 

Analyst I

 

  ***   ***   ***

Analyst II

 

  ***   ***   ***

Lead Analyst I

 

  ***   ***   ***

Lead Analyst II

 

  ***   ***   ***


4. Services:

See General Terms and Conditions for detail of payment terms.

***

 

5 . Schedule of Services:

Start Date: January 1, 2009

End Date: Until terminated in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

GlobalLogic Inc.     Motricity Inc.
By:  

 

    By:  

 

Name:  

 

    Name:  

 

Title:  

 

    Title:  

 

Date:  

 

    Date:  

 

Exhibit 10.3

Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement

#00014249

between

InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.

and

Cingular Wireless LLC

Agreement No: 00014249

Effective Date: July 22, 2005


Table of Contents

 

Section

   Page
1.   Definitions    1
2.   Certain Rights Granted    4
3.   Certain Obligations of the Parties    6
4.   Hosting    9
5.   Payments    9
6.   Warranties, Indemnification and Limitation of Direct Liability    10
7.   Term and Termination    15
8.   Intellectual Property    16
9.   General Provisions    17
Exhibits   
A.   Services    24
B.   Trademarks    41
C.   Commercial Terms    43
D.   Change Request Process & Acceptance Test Process    46
E.   Executive Orders and Federal Regulations    50
F.   Attribution    53
G.   Service Level Agreement    56
H.   Business Requirements Template    86
I.   Change Request Template    101
J.   Work Order and Purchase Order Template    103
K.   License Agreement    105
L.   Cingular Customized Work Product    148
M.   Security Requirements for System or Network Access by Contractors    149

 

2


Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249

This Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement, effective as of, July 22, 2005 (the “Effective Date” ), is made by and between InfoSpace Mobile, Inc., a California corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc., with principal offices at 10940 Wilshire Blvd., 9 th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90024 ( “InfoSpace” ), Cingular Wireless LLC, a Delaware limited liability company on behalf of itself and its Affiliates ( “Cingular” ), with principal offices at 5565 Glenridge Connector, Atlanta, Georgia 30342, and, solely with respect to Section 9.12, InfoSpace, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with principal offices at 601 108 th Ave., Suite 1200, Bellevue, WA 98004.

RECITALS

This Agreement is entered into with reference to the following facts:

 

  A. Cingular and InfoSpace, Inc., the parent company of InfoSpace Mobile, Inc., entered into that certain Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249, effective as of July 1, 2003 (as amended, the “Prior Agreement”).

 

  B. The parties desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement, as more fully described below. This Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement (together with all exhibits hereto and as amended in writing from time to time, this “Agreement”) shall replace in its entirety the Prior Agreement as of the Effective Date.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions.

As used herein, the following terms have the following defined meanings:

“Active User” means a User for whom InfoSpace reports three or more Sessions during a calendar month of the Term.

“Administrator” means a Cingular employee designated by Cingular to access the Management Console (as defined in Section B (1) of Exhibit A).

“Affiliate” means an entity that has its principal place of business in the United States or Puerto Rico and that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another entity. Control shall be defined as (i) thirty percent (30%) or more ownership or beneficial interest of income and capital of such entity; (ii) ownership of at least thirty percent (30%) of the voting power or voting equity; or (iii) the exclusive or shared ability to otherwise direct the management policies of such entity by contract or otherwise.

Agreement means this Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249, including all exhibits hereto.

“Cingular Customized Work Product” means the deliverables described in Exhibit L that InfoSpace will develop and deliver to Cingular in accordance with Section 8.3.

 

1


“Cingular Marks” means those Trademarks of Cingular set forth on Exhibit B hereto and such other Trademarks (if any) as Cingular may from time to time notify InfoSpace in writing to be “Cingular Marks” within the meaning of this Agreement.

“Cingular Materials” means the Cingular Customized Work Product, Cingular Marks, Cingular Sourced Content, and any other materials provided by Cingular to InfoSpace. Cingular may, from time to time, add, modify, or delete any or all Cingular Materials upon written notice to InfoSpace. InfoSpace shall use commercially reasonable efforts to add, modify or delete such Cingular Materials within the timeframe requested by Cingular or as otherwise agreed by the parties.

“Cingular Network” means the equipment and systems that are owned, operated and/or managed by Cingular for the provision of the Services to Users.

“Cingular Sourced Content” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

“Co-branded Pages” means, collectively, the Mobile Pages and PC Pages hosted on the InfoSpace Web Sites that comprise a portion of the Services.

“Content” means the InfoSpace Sourced Content and the Cingular Sourced Content.

“Feature Acceptance Date” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit D.

“InfoSpace Marks” means those Trademarks of InfoSpace set forth at http://www.infospaceinc.com/about/ legal_trademarks.php , which may be modified and updated by InfoSpace from time to time.

“InfoSpace Software” means the software owned by InfoSpace that is used by InfoSpace to host the Services.

“InfoSpace Sourced Content” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

“InfoSpace Supported Handsets” means the Wireless Devices set forth in Section C of Exhibit A through which InfoSpace shall make the Services available.

“InfoSpace Web Sites” means, collectively: (a) the Web Site the primary home page of which is located at http://www.infospace.com; and (b) other Web Sites maintained by InfoSpace and its affiliates.

“Intellectual Property Rights” means any patent, copyright, rights in Trademarks, trade secret rights, and other intellectual property or proprietary rights arising under the laws of any jurisdiction.

“License Agreement” means the license agreement attached hereto as Exhibit K that the parties may enter pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 7.2 of this Agreement. The License Agreement contains the terms and conditions pursuant to which InfoSpace will license the InfoSpace Software to Cingular. This License Agreement applies only to the InfoSpace Software that is listed on Exhibit B to the License Agreement and not the Cingular Customized Work Product.

“Mobile Pages” means web pages that are prepared using Wireless Markup Language (WML) and Extensible Hypertext Markup Language (XHTML) for mobile devices (as described in Exhibit A), and intended for presentation to Users using InfoSpace Supported Handsets.

 

2


“PC Pages” means web pages that are prepared using Hypertext Markup Language (as described in Exhibit A), and intended for presentation to Users using a Personal Computer as their terminal/display device.

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, Limited Liability Company or other entity.

“Portal User” means each unique profile for a Person who at any time has used the Services (which profile may be derived from information or a combination of information that may include, but is not limited to, screen name, device identifier and/or MSISDN).

“Services” means the Technology, products, applications and services (and all modifications, upgrades and revisions thereto) that will be made available to Cingular by InfoSpace pursuant to this Agreement, as more particularly described on Exhibit A.

“Service Level Agreement” (SLA) means the Service Level Agreement by and between InfoSpace and Cingular, entered into on the date hereof and made a part hereof for all purposes, and attached hereto as Exhibit G.

“Session” means any use of the Services by a User during any thirty minute period.

“SMS Message” means a message sent or received by InfoSpace via a push (MT SMS) or pull (MO SMS) service using short text codes, including a message containing an embedded link to a WAP page.

“Technology” means any technical, functional and architectural specifications authored by InfoSpace, or any know-how, graphics, techniques, methods, formulae, drawings, designs, source code, concepts, ideas, documentation, or any improvement or upgrade thereto, whether or not patentable or copyrightable and whether or not reduced to practice, owned or licensed by or on behalf of InfoSpace or any of its Affiliates to create, provide, use, modify, adapt, publish, display, update, enhance, improve or maintain the Services or any portion thereof or to provide access to any of the Content or Services; except, however, “Technology” does not include the Cingular Materials.

“Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

“Trademarks” means any trademarks, service marks, trade dress, trade names, corporate names, proprietary logos or indicia and other source or business identifiers.

“User Data” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(a).

“Web Site” means any point of presence maintained on the Internet or on any other public data network accessed via any portable or non-portable computing device. With respect to any Web Site maintained on the World Wide Web, such Web Site includes all HTML, XHTML or WML pages (or similar unit of information presented in any relevant data protocol) that either are identified by the same second-level domain (such as infospace.com) or by the same equivalent level identifier in any relevant address scheme.

“Wireless Device” means cellular phones, personal digital assistants, pagers and RIM devices.

“User” means any Person that is authorized by Cingular to access the Services.

Any capitalized term used in this Agreement but not defined in this Section 1 shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in this Agreement.

 

3


2. Certain Rights Granted.

2.1 InfoSpace Grant . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and during the Term (as defined in Section 7.1), InfoSpace will make available to Cingular the Services described in Exhibit A and hereby grants to Cingular the right to enable Users and up to 500 employees of Cingular, collectively, to access the available Services through PCs (for PC Pages) and on InfoSpace Supported Handsets via the Cingular Network (for Mobile Pages), as described in Exhibit A.

2.2 Cingular Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Cingular hereby grants to InfoSpace the right to include the Cingular Materials on the Services.

2.3 Limitations.

 

  (a) Cingular shall have no right by virtue of this Agreement to reproduce or sub-license, re-sell or otherwise distribute all or any portion of the Content or Services under this Agreement to any Person, other than providing access to the Content and Services to Users.

 

  (b) Each party acknowledges that the rights granted by the other party hereunder are subject to the rights of certain third parties. Neither party shall be required to deliver Content in violation of any law of any jurisdiction. If delivery of Content under this Agreement is deemed to be in violation of any law, the providing party shall provide three (3) business days notice to the other party, and InfoSpace, to the extent reasonably possible, shall remove or modify such Content If, in the sole discretion of Cingular, such removal or modification would materially alter the Content or the Services, the parties agree to negotiate amended terms with respect to such Content or Services in good faith.

 

  (c) Cingular shall reasonably allow InfoSpace and its Affiliates to implement, or Cingular shall otherwise reasonably cooperate with InfoSpace and its Affiliates, upon their written request, for the purpose of the implementation of, any bug fixes and/or updates for any Services or Content access supplied hereunder.

 

  (d) Unless expressly authorized by the other party in writing, or unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, neither Cingular nor InfoSpace shall itself, nor shall either authorize or assist any third party to, (a) remove, obscure, or alter any legal notices, including notices of Intellectual Property Rights present on or in the Content or Services provided hereunder or any other materials provided by the other party, or (b) “frame” the Content or insert any advertisements (including interstitial advertisements), pop-up windows, new consoles or other items, or use any other techniques, that would alter the appearance or presentation of the Services, or any of the InfoSpace Web Sites, from that seen by users hand-entering the applicable URL into their browser.

 

  (e) Other than in connection with their performance under this Agreement, InfoSpace and its Affiliates shall have no right under this Agreement to reproduce or sub-license, re-sell or otherwise distribute all or any portion of the Cingular Materials to any Person.

 

  (f) Cingular will not reverse engineer, disassemble, decompile or otherwise attempt to discover the source code or trade secrets for any of the Technology or the Services, except that this restriction shall not apply to any Cingular Materials.

 

4


  (g) To the extent that it is within InfoSpace’s reasonable control, InfoSpace will promptly remove, upon Cingular’s written request, the display of pornographic or “adult” graphics, text and other material, on the Services. In the event of disagreement over whether the materials constitute pornographic or adult graphics, text or other material, Cingular’s opinion shall prevail.

 

  (h) InfoSpace shall not allow access, nor grant any right to enable access, to the available Content or Cingular Materials on the Services, other than the access granted in Section 2, or as otherwise agreed, in writing, by the parties.

 

  (i) InfoSpace will not implement any new, or modify any existing, Content on the Services without prior written approval by Cingular.

 

  (j) In the event that InfoSpace or any of its Affiliates receives an offer from a third party content provider to pay InfoSpace for the distribution, use or placement of content to or with Cingular or any Users as part of the Services, then InfoSpace shall promptly notify Cingular of such offer and provide the details thereof to Cingular. If InfoSpace accepts such offer without the prior written approval of Cingular, then InfoSpace shall pay to Cingular all monies or other consideration received from such agreement within 10 business days of InfoSpace’s receipt of same.

2.4 Cingular Marks License. Subject to Section 2.6 and the conditions set forth in this Section 2.4, Cingular hereby grants to InfoSpace and its affiliates the right to use, reproduce, publish, perform and display the Cingular Marks: (a) on the InfoSpace Web Sites in connection with the posting of hyperlinks to the Services; (b) with the prior written approval of Cingular in connection with the development, use, reproduction, modification, adaptation, publication, display and performance of the Services; and (c) with the prior written approval of Cingular and subject to the provisions of this Agreement relating to publicity, in promotional and marketing materials, content directories and indices, electronic and printed advertising, publicity, newsletters and mailings about InfoSpace and its affiliates and their relationship with Cingular and the Services.

2.5 InfoSpace Marks License. Subject to Section 2.6, InfoSpace hereby grants to Cingular the right to use, reproduce, publish, perform and display the InfoSpace Marks: (a) on the Services in connection with the posting of hyperlinks to the Content; and (b) with the prior written approval of InfoSpace and subject to the provisions of this Agreement relating to publicity, in and in connection with the development, use, reproduction in promotional and marketing materials, content directories and indices, and electronic and printed advertising, publicity, newsletters and mailings about Cingular and its relationship with InfoSpace and its affiliates and the Services.

2.6 Use of Trademarks. Prior to the first use of any of the other party’s Trademarks in the manner permitted herein, the party using such Trademarks shall submit a sample of such proposed use to the other party for its prior written approval. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each party shall strictly comply with all standards with respect to the other party’s Trademarks which may be furnished by such party from time to time, and all uses of the other party’s Trademarks in proximity to the trade name, trademark, service name or service mark of any other person shall be consistent with the standards furnished by the other party from time to time. Further, neither party shall create a combination mark consisting of one or more Trademarks of each party. All uses of the other party’s Trademarks shall inure to the benefit of the party owning such Trademark. InfoSpace hereby acknowledges and agrees that, as between the parties hereto, Cingular is the owner of the Cingular Marks. Cingular hereby acknowledges and agrees that, as between the parties, InfoSpace is the owner of the InfoSpace Marks. Either party may update or change the list of Trademarks usable by the other party hereunder at any time by written notice to the other party. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, each party’s rights to use any of the other party’s Trademarks will terminate.

 

5


2.7 Non-exclusivity. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is non-exclusive, and that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to prohibit either party from participating in similar business arrangements with any Person as those described herein. InfoSpace understands that Cingular does not guarantee any number of Users who will have access to the Services; further, InfoSpace understands that Users may terminate any and all access to the Services, and, upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to InfoSpace, Cingular may redirect Users to another Web Site, at any time during the Initial Term or any renewal term of this Agreement, provided that nothing in this Section 2.7 shall relieve Cingular of its obligations under this Agreement, including its payment obligations pursuant to Exhibit C.

 

3. Certain Obligations of the Parties.

3.1 Services. Cingular and InfoSpace will cooperate to design, and InfoSpace will implement in accordance with Exhibit A, the user-perceptible elements of the graphical user interface for the Services, with the goals of: (a) conforming the graphical user interface with branding, graphics, navigation, content or other characteristics or features of the display output of the “look and feel” of the Services to that associated with the applicable existing Cingular Web Sites; (b) integrating content and commerce services from third parties according to terms of this Agreement; (c) maximizing the commercial effectiveness thereof; and (d) optimizing the presentation of the relevant Content for access from mobile phones and devices.

3.2 Cingular Obligations. Cingular shall integrate the acknowledgement “Powered by InfoSpace” and the InfoSpace logo on all of the PC Pages in a mutually agreeable manner. “Powered by InfoSpace” or equivalent attribution shall appear at the bottom of a single prominent page of the Mobile Pages in a manner mutually agreeable to both parties. Cingular shall also provide to InfoSpace and its Affiliates at its expense such cooperation and assistance as they reasonably request in connection with the development, use, reproduction, modification, adaptation, publication, display and performance of the Services. Examples of the proportionate size and location of attribution on the PC Pages and Mobile Pages are set forth on Exhibit F.

Notwithstanding the above, should Cingular choose to host this service with anyone other than InfoSpace, this section will no longer apply.

3.3 Removal of Content. To the extent that it is within InfoSpace’s control, InfoSpace shall remove Content specified by Cingular for removal from the Services upon Cingular’s written request. InfoSpace shall remove such Content within a reasonable timeframe not to exceed thirty (30) days of receipt of Cingular’s request or as otherwise agreed by the parties.

3.4 Service Level Agreement. Attached as Exhibit G is a Service Level Agreement setting forth the respective responsibilities of the parties regarding support of the Services. For so long as Cingular redirects all Users to another Web Site pursuant to Section 2.7, the Service Level Agreement will no longer apply.

3.5 Technical Cooperation. Each party will provide reasonable technical cooperation to the other party in order to implement the Services. In addition, Cingular shall allow InfoSpace to implement and/or cooperate with InfoSpace upon its request in its implementation of any bug fixes or updates to the Services.

 

6


3.6 Project Management. Each party will appoint a single primary point of contact for project management and coordination. This individual will be responsible for coordinating internal teams and activities associated with the deployment of the Services; prioritizing issues and change requests; providing internal communication of project schedule and status; and coordinating meetings and other joint activities between the parties.

3.7 Cingular Network. During the Term, Cingular will maintain the Cingular Network and will provide Users with access to the Services via the Cingular Network.

3.8 Publicity. The parties may work together to issue publicity and general marketing communications concerning their relationship and other mutually agreed-upon matters, provided, however, that neither party shall have any obligation to do so. In addition, neither party shall issue any such publicity and general marketing communications concerning their relationship without the prior written consent of the other party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

3.9 Future Services; Work Orders. Unless otherwise agreed, the parties will use the process described in Exhibit D for all customizations, modifications, enhancements and additions to the Services. Unless otherwise agreed, the parties shall use the form attached hereto as Exhibit J (a “Work Order”) to document all customizations and modifications to the Services. The Work Order shall set forth the work to be performed, the associated fees for such work, and any other applicable terms and conditions. InfoSpace will perform the tasks set forth on each Work Order and will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such tasks according to the estimated timeline (if any) set forth on each such Work Order. Cingular will cooperate with InfoSpace and provide such assistance as InfoSpace may reasonably request to fulfill its obligations under each such Work Order. InfoSpace’s obligation to complete the tasks specified in each such Work Order by the corresponding dates (if any) shall be subject to InfoSpace’s receipt from Cingular of all necessary Cingular Materials and/or technical specifications by the date set forth in each such Work Order for delivery of such materials, or if no date is set forth, by a date to be mutually agreed by the parties.

Notwithstanding the above, no Work Order is authorized until InfoSpace is in receipt of a Cingular issued Purchase Order, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit J (a “Purchase Order”). All Purchase Orders issued by Cingular hereunder shall include the corresponding Work Order as an attachment. If the terms of the Purchase Order are materially different than the terms of the Work Order, InfoSpace may reject the Purchase Order.

All Work Orders and Purchase Orders shall be made under and incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The terms and conditions referenced on the form of the Purchase Order shall not apply to any Purchase Order issued in connection with this Agreement.

3.10 Other Requirements. InfoSpace and Cingular shall fulfill their respective obligations set forth in the Exhibits.

3.11 Use and Protection of User Data.

 

  (a) User Data. To the extent that InfoSpace receives or has access to any personally-identifiable User data (including, but not limited to, customer proprietary network information, profiles, User usage data and other data resulting from User use of the services) (collectively, “User Data” ), Cingular retains all rights to, and is the sole owner of, all User Data. InfoSpace will treat all User Data as Cingular Confidential Information pursuant to Section 9.4 of this Agreement. InfoSpace will not use or disseminate or authorize the use or dissemination of any User Data for any purpose other than in connection with the performance of InfoSpace’s obligations under this Agreement, without Cingular’s advance written permission, which may be withheld in Cingular’s sole discretion.

 

7


  (b) Protection and Security of User Data. InfoSpace will not use or disclose, or permit others to use or disclose, any User Data except as necessary for InfoSpace to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, or otherwise in accordance with Cingular’s written instructions. InfoSpace will take all reasonable precautions to protect User Data against unauthorized disclosure or alteration, theft, or other misuse including without limitation, maintaining and enforcing safety and security procedures and policies with respect to access, handling and maintenance of User Data reasonably designed to (i) insure the integrity and security of User Data; (ii) protect against any reasonably foreseeable threats or hazards to the integrity or security of User Data; and (iii) protect against unauthorized access to or use of User Data that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to Cingular or Users. Further, the parties will cooperate with each other on an ongoing basis to evaluate security standards and will evaluate in good faith recommendations made by the other to protect the security and integrity of User Data.

 

  (c) Retention of User Data. As soon as InfoSpace no longer needs to retain any item of User Data in order to perform its duties under this Agreement or otherwise upon Cingular’s written request, InfoSpace will, at Cingular’s option, promptly return or destroy all tangible material embodying User Data in its possession or under its control.

 

  (d) Aggregate Information. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Cingular grants the right to InfoSpace to track and use Aggregate Information (as defined below) about the Services, including usage patterns, transaction-related information, demographic data, and other aggregate User Data for the following purposes: statistical analysis, internal product analysis and development, de-bugging, system maintenance purposes, the performance of its services and obligations under this Agreement, and for such other purposes as may be mutually agreed in writing by the parties from time to time. InfoSpace may also report such Aggregate Information to certain third parties solely for purposes of (i) promoting InfoSpace and/or InfoSpace products and services in connection with marketing, investor relations and/or advertising-related activities, and (ii) complying with InfoSpace’s contractual obligations to its third party content providers. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Aggregate Information” means User Data that does not specifically identify a User, Cingular, or any of Cingular’s Affiliates, provided , that InfoSpace may identify Cingular in connection with its reporting to its third party content providers.

 

  (e) Computer Asset Protection Requirements. With respect to the Technology and InfoSpace Software, InfoSpace agrees to comply with Cingular’s Corporate Security Standards Technical Reference (“CSSTR”) entitled “Security Requirements for Contractual Agreements” as set forth in Exhibit M . This reference fully incorporates Exhibit M herein. InfoSpace agrees to cooperate fully with Cingular to ensure that the Technology, InfoSpace Software, and/or computer systems that InfoSpace uses to provide the Services under this Agreement comply with the Requirements set forth in Exhibit M. The word “Contractor” used in Exhibit M shall mean InfoSpace. InfoSpace agrees that all of its personnel having access to Cingular’s systems will act in accordance with Exhibit M.

 

8


4. Hosting.

 

  (a) InfoSpace will host the Services in a server environment dedicated to Cingular at one or more facilities maintained by or on behalf of InfoSpace or one of its Affiliates. InfoSpace shall obtain, operate and maintain all hardware and software reasonably necessary to host the Services in connection with this Agreement. Upon receipt of a written request and authorization from Cingular, InfoSpace will purchase hardware on Cingular’s behalf. Such hardware will be owned by Cingular. Upon termination of this Agreement, InfoSpace will deliver such hardware, or hardware with the same specifications, to Cingular. Cingular shall pay any fees or other costs associated with such delivery and the transfer to Cingular of any service agreements related to such hardware.

 

  (b) After April 22, 2006, upon six months’ prior written notice to InfoSpace, InfoSpace shall allow Cingular to host the InfoSpace Software and make the Services (excluding certain Legacy Services as described in Section B.1.b. of Exhibit A) available to Users at Cingular’s expense at one or more facilities maintained by or on behalf of Cingular or the facilities of a third party, unless within ten business days of receipt of such notice InfoSpace has notified Cingular of its election to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.3. Cingular acknowledges that its ability to host the InfoSpace Software and make the Services available to Users may be subject to Cingular’s ability to obtain sufficient rights in certain third party technology (e.g., any third party software used in connection with the hosting, operation and/or maintenance of the Services), content and applications. In the event that Cingular elects to host the InfoSpace Software and InfoSpace has not elected to terminate this Agreement as described above, InfoSpace and Cingular shall enter into the License Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit K. The term of the License Agreement entered into pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall be one (1) year. Cingular will not use the InfoSpace Software for any purpose other than to make the Services available to Users. The transition of hosting will be performed by the parties in accordance with a schedule and commercial terms to be mutually agreed by the parties in a Work Order.

 

5. Payments.

5.1 Fees and Payments. Cingular shall pay to InfoSpace the fees set forth on Exhibit C in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and as set forth on Exhibit C. All payments to InfoSpace by Cingular shall be preceded by an invoice from InfoSpace. Subject to section 5.2, Cingular shall pay InfoSpace in accordance with the amounts stated on any invoice delivered under this Agreement within forty-five (45) days of the date of the invoice. All payments from Cingular should clearly show the corresponding invoice number.

5.2 Remuneration; Collection. Cingular shall pay to InfoSpace the amounts as set forth on Exhibit C. Each party may accept any check or payment without prejudice to its rights to recover the balance due or to pursue any other right or remedy. No endorsement or statement on any check or payment or letter accompanying any check or payment or elsewhere will be construed as an accord or satisfaction. Unless explicitly stated on Exhibit C, all amounts payable under this Agreement are denominated in United States dollars and each party will pay all amounts payable under this Agreement in lawful

 

9


money of the United States. In the event of a disputed amount on any invoice, the billed party shall notify the billing party of its dispute in writing within forty-five (45) days of receipt of invoice, setting forth the reasons therefor. The billing party will respond within thirty (30) days of receipt of the billed party’s notice of dispute, at which time either (a) the billing party will agree with the claim and will waive payment, or (b) the parties will agree to meet to resolve the dispute within a reasonable period of time. During this process, InfoSpace does NOT have the right to remove the Services (links, content, etc.). The non-prevailing party will be responsible for all reasonable expenses (including attorney fees) incurred by the prevailing party in any action brought for the collection of past due amounts payable under this Agreement.

5.3 Records and Audit. During the Term, each party shall maintain accurate records of fees received and calculations of the fees payable to the other party pursuant to this Agreement. Either party, at its expense, and upon thirty (30) business days’ advance written notice to the other party, shall have the right to examine or audit such records in order to verify the amounts owed to either party under this Agreement. Any such audit shall be conducted, to the extent possible, during normal business hours and in a manner that does not interfere with the ordinary business operations of the audited party.

 

6. Warranties, Indemnification and Limitation of Direct Liability.

6.1 Warranties

 

  (a) Each party represents and warrants to the other party that:

 

  1) it has the full corporate right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform the acts required of it hereunder; its execution of this Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder, do not and will not violate, breach, or result in a default of any contract, lease, or other agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound, any of which violations, breaches, or defaults could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such party to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

  2) its execution of this Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder, do not and will not violate or conflict with the articles of incorporation or by-laws (or other governing instruments) of such party;

 

  3) when executed and delivered, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms; and

 

  4) it will comply with all then-current applicable laws, rules, and regulations in connection with the exercise of their rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any related to individual privacy).

 

  (b) In addition to the foregoing, InfoSpace represents and warrants that, to its knowledge, there are no actions, suits, or proceedings, pending or threatened, which will have a material adverse effect on InfoSpace’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  (c) InfoSpace warrants to Cingular that the Services will be free from material defects in design, material and workmanship.

 

  (d) InfoSpace also warrants to Cingular that the Services provided hereunder will be performed in a professional manner, in material compliance with the specifications in Exhibit A, and with the care, skill, and diligence, and in accordance with the applicable standards, currently recognized in InfoSpace’s profession or industry.

 

10


  (e) InfoSpace also warrants to Cingular that the Services performed by any of its representatives, including any subcontractor, will be performed in a professional manner, in material compliance with the specifications in Exhibit A, and with the care, skill and diligence, and in accordance with the applicable standards, currently recognized in InfoSpace’s profession or industry. InfoSpace shall be responsible for the work done by its subcontractors, and such work shall be done in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, including any applicable Work Order, Purchase Order or Exhibit.

 

  (f) InfoSpace also warrants that the Technology it shall utilize has year 2000 capability. Year 2000 capability means that the Technology utilized by InfoSpace will:

 

  (i) Read, compute, store, process, display and print data involving dates, including single century and multi-century formulas, and will not cause computational, display, storage or other errors resulting from the liability to accurately or correctly handle dates, including, but not limited to, year 2000 and February 29, 2000; and

 

  (ii) Include the indication of century in all date-related user interface functionality, data fields, and generated code.

6.2 Indemnification.

 

  (a) Cingular will defend, indemnify and hold harmless InfoSpace, and its respective directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims, costs, losses, damages, judgments and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or in connection with any third-party claim alleging (i) any breach of Cingular’s representations or warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement or (ii) that any Cingular Materials (excluding the Cingular Customized Work Product) contain any material that is obscene, libelous or defamatory, or violates the rights of any third party, or violates any law or regulation, or infringes any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party. InfoSpace agrees that Cingular shall have sole and exclusive control over the defense and settlement of any such third party claim. However, Cingular shall not acquiesce to any judgment or enter into any settlement that adversely affects InfoSpace’s rights or interests without the prior written consent of InfoSpace. InfoSpace shall promptly notify Cingular of any such claim of which it becomes aware and shall: (a) at Cingular’s expense, provide reasonable cooperation to Cingular in connection with the defense or settlement of any such claim; and (b) at InfoSpace’s expense, be entitled to participate in the defense of any such claim.

 

  (b)

InfoSpace will defend, indemnify and hold harmless Cingular, and its respective directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims, costs, losses, damages, judgments and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or in connection with any third-party claim alleging (i) any breach of InfoSpace’s representations or warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement or (ii) that Technology, Cingular Customized Work Product (excluding any materials provided by Cingular to InfoSpace), InfoSpace Sourced Content, InfoSpace Marks, InfoSpace Software, any software licensed by InfoSpace that is used by InfoSpace to host the Services, or any other materials provided by InfoSpace to Cingular pursuant to this Agreement contain any material that is obscene, libelous or defamatory, or violates the rights of any third party, or violates any law or regulation, or infringes any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party. Cingular agrees that InfoSpace shall have

 

11


  sole and exclusive control over the defense and settlement of any such third party claim. However, InfoSpace shall not acquiesce to any judgment or enter into any settlement that adversely affects Cingular’s rights or interests without the prior written consent of Cingular. Cingular shall promptly notify InfoSpace of any such claim of which it becomes aware and shall: (a) at InfoSpace’s expense, provide reasonable cooperation to InfoSpace in connection with the defense or settlement of any such claim; and (b) at Cingular’s expense, be entitled to participate in the defense of any such claim. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, InfoSpace shall not have any indemnity obligation or liability to Cingular arising from, or related to, Content accessed by any User through a meta-search Service.

 

  (c) In the event that either party, after notification of any claim for which such party is responsible, does not assume the defense of such action, such party will reimburse the other party for all reasonable costs incurred by such other party in the defense of the claim, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, upon notice from Cingular, to the extent that it is within the reasonable control of InfoSpace, InfoSpace shall suspend access to that portion of the Services, at the time and as identified and as directed by Cingular in such notice, for so long as a claim of obscenity, libel, defamation, or Intellectual Property Right infringement is pending or threatened, until otherwise directed by Cingular in writing.

6.3 Infringement

 

  (a) Without limiting InfoSpace’s other obligations under Section 6.2, if an injunction or order is obtained against Cingular’s use of any Service (excluding any Content or Cingular Materials) or if in InfoSpace’s opinion any such Service is or is likely to become the subject of a claim of infringement, InfoSpace will, at its expense:

 

  1) Procure for Cingular the right to continue using such Service; or

 

  2) After consultation with Cingular, replace or modify such Service to make it a substantially similar, functionally equivalent, non-infringing Service; or

 

  3) Remove such Service and reduce any recurring fees attributable to such Service.

 

  (b) In no event will Cingular be liable to InfoSpace for any fees for a Service after the date that InfoSpace no longer provides to Cingular such Service as a result of actual or claimed infringement.

 

12


6.4 Insurance

As of the Effective Date, InfoSpace maintains and will maintain the insurance coverage set forth below:

 

Commercial General Liability:   
Combined Single Limit    $1,000,000 per occurrence
General Aggregate    $2,000,000 per policy period
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate    $2,000,000 per policy period
Internet Professional Liability :   
Data Processor’s Errors and Omissions Coverage or similar coverage    $1,000,000 per occurrence/aggregate
Information Technology Products Insurance    $1,000,000 per occurrence
Personal Injury/Advertising    $1,000,000 per occurrence
Umbrella Policy:   
$20,000,000 per occurrence   
$20,000,000 for products/completed operations aggregate
$20,000,000 general aggregate   
Worker’s Compensation:   
$1,000,000 bodily injury by accident   
$1,000,000 bodily injury by disease   

InfoSpace has provided and shall provide upon request a Certificate of Insurance to Cingular showing coverage and limits not less than the minimum amounts shown herein. Such insurance coverage shall have an A-VII or better rating, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Ratings Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies.

All certificates and policies shall include a provision whereby Cingular must be given thirty (30) days advance written notice of the insurer’s intention not to renew such policy(ies) or to cancel, replace or alter the same by reducing the required coverage.

 

13


6.5 Limitation of Liability; Disclaimer.

 

  (a) Liability

EXCEPT FOR (A) CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS; OR (B) THE INDEMNITY AND INFRINGEMENT INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, OR FOR LOSS OF REVENUE OR PROFIT IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OR FAILURE TO PERFORM THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH LIABILITY ARISES FROM BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT, OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY. EXCEPT FOR THE INFRINGEMENT INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY’S LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT EXCEED ***.

No Additional Warranties. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES, AND EACH PARTY HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS, ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR COURSE OF PERFORMANCE), AND EACH PARTY HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY CLAIM IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), IN EACH CASE, REGARDING THEIR WEB SITES, ANY PRODUCTS OR SERVICES DESCRIBED THEREON, OR ANY OTHER ITEMS, SOFTWARE OR SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, CINGULAR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFOSPACE MAKES NO WARRANTY THAT THE CONTENT, SERVICES, SOFTWARE OR ANY OTHER MATERIALS ON ITS WEB SITES OR THE SERVERS AND SOFTWARE THAT MAKES ITS WEB SITES AVAILABLE ARE FREE FROM ERRORS, DEFECTS, DESIGN FLAWS OR OMISSIONS.

6.6 Taxes

 

  (a) InfoSpace may invoice Cingular the amount of any federal excise taxes or state or local sales taxes imposed upon the sale of material or provision of services as separate items, if applicable, listing the taxing jurisdiction imposing the tax. Installation or labor charges must be separately stated. Cingular agrees to pay all applicable taxes to InfoSpace that are stated on and that relate to the materials or services included on that invoice. InfoSpace agrees to remit taxes to the appropriate taxing authorities.

 

  (b) InfoSpace agrees to pay, and to hold Cingular harmless from and against, any penalty, interest, additional tax, or other charge that may be levied or assessed as a result of the delay or failure of InfoSpace, for any reason, to pay any tax or file any return or information required by law, rule or regulation or by this Agreement to be paid or filed by InfoSpace. InfoSpace agrees to pay and to hold Cingular harmless from and against any penalty or sanction assessed as a result of InfoSpace doing business with any country subject to U.S. trade restrictions.

 

  (c) Upon Cingular’s request, the parties shall consult with respect to the basis and rates upon which InfoSpace shall pay any taxes for which Cingular is obligated to reimburse InfoSpace under this Agreement. If Cingular determines that in its opinion any such taxes are not payable or should be

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

14


  (d) paid on a basis less than the full price or at rates less than the full tax rate, InfoSpace shall make payment in accordance with such determinations and Cingular shall be responsible for such determinations. If collection is sought by the taxing authority for a greater amount of taxes than that so determined by Cingular, InfoSpace shall promptly notify Cingular. InfoSpace shall cooperate with Cingular in contesting such determination, but Cingular shall be responsible and shall reimburse InfoSpace for any tax, interest, or penalty in excess of its determination. If Cingular desires to contest such collection, Cingular shall promptly notify InfoSpace. If Cingular determines that in its opinion it has reimbursed InfoSpace for sales or use taxes in excess of the amount that Cingular is obligated to reimburse InfoSpace, Cingular and InfoSpace shall consult to determine the appropriate method of recovery of such excess reimbursements. InfoSpace shall credit any excess reimbursements against tax reimbursements or other payments due from Cingular if and to the extent InfoSpace can make corresponding adjustments to its payments to the relevant tax authority. At Cingular’s request, InfoSpace shall timely file any claims for refund and any other documents required to recover any other excess reimbursements, and shall promptly remit to Cingular all such refunds (and interest) received.

 

  (e) If any taxing authority advises InfoSpace that it intends to audit InfoSpace with respect to any taxes for which Cingular is obligated to reimburse InfoSpace under this Agreement, InfoSpace shall (1) promptly so notify Cingular, (2) afford Cingular an opportunity to participate on an equal basis with InfoSpace in such audit with respect to such taxes and (3) keep Cingular fully informed as to the progress of such audit. Each party shall bear its own expenses with respect to any such audit, and the responsibility for any additional tax, penalty or interest resulting from such audit shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 6.6. InfoSpace’s failure to comply with the notification requirements of this Section 6.6 shall relieve Cingular of its responsibility to reimburse InfoSpace for taxes only if InfoSpace’s failure materially prejudiced Cingular’s ability to contest imposition or assessment of those taxes.

 

  (f) Cingular shall be solely responsible for all taxes imposed in connection with the sale of the Services to Users.

 

7. Term and Termination.

7.1 Term.

 

  (a) The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement, or except as provided in Section 7.1(b) or (c), shall end on the second anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Initial Term”). After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall continue until terminated by either party upon six months notice.

 

  (b) In the event that Cingular elects to host the InfoSpace Software pursuant to Section 4(b), the Term of this Agreement shall end on the “Live Date” as defined in the License Agreement.

 

  (c) In the event that Cingular terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.2 and elects to host the InfoSpace Software as described in Section 4(b), the Term of this Agreement shall end on the “Live Date” as defined in the License Agreement, provided that the Live Date occurs on or before the expiration of the 180 day period following the date of termination. If the Live Date does not occur on or before the expiration of such 180 day period, this Agreement will terminate on the last day of such 180 day period and thereafter InfoSpace will have no obligation to provide the Services unless the parties agree otherwise in writing.

 

15


7.2 Termination for Breach. Either party may terminate this Agreement upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the other party of any material breach hereof by such other party, provided that such other party has not cured such material breach within such thirty (30) day period. In the event that Cingular terminates this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.2, Cingular may elect, and InfoSpace shall allow Cingular, to host the InfoSpace Software as described in Section 4(b), provided that (i) Cingular provides InfoSpace with written notice of such election in Cingular’s termination notice; (ii) InfoSpace continues to provide the Services to Cingular under the terms and conditions of this Agreement for a period of time to be agreed by the Parties in writing not to exceed 180 days during which time the Parties will cooperate to transition the hosting of the InfoSpace Software to Cingular; (iii) Cingular and InfoSpace enter into the License Agreement prior to Cingular hosting the InfoSpace Software; and (iv) Cingular shall not host the InfoSpace Software at the facilities of a third party without the prior written consent of InfoSpace, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The term of the License Agreement entered into pursuant to this Section 7.2 will be for a term of up to six months, as determined by Cingular in its sole discretion, and to be set forth in the License Agreement.

7.3 Termination for Convenience. After April 22, 2006, either party may terminate this Agreement without cause upon not less than six months’ prior written notice to the other party.

7.4 Effect of Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason or expiration of the Term, all rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be extinguished, except that: (a) all accrued payment obligations hereunder shall survive such termination or expiration; and (b) the rights and obligations of the parties which by their nature would continue beyond termination or expiration, including Sections 3.11(d), 5, 6.2, 6.3, 6.5, 6.6, 7, 8, and 9.2 through 9.15, shall survive such termination or expiration. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, InfoSpace will promptly return all User Data upon receipt of notification from Cingular.

 

8. Intellectual Property.

8.1 Cingular. As between the parties and subject to Section 8.2 and Section 3.11(d) and all other relevant provisions of this Agreement, Cingular retains all right, title and interest in and to the Cingular Materials, along with all Intellectual Property Rights associated therewith and all User Data. As between the parties, Cingular retains all right, title and interest in the Cingular Sourced Content, any items or Web Site specifications supplied by Cingular, its Affiliates or contractors (including, without limitation, the following: screen colors, fonts and general screen layout specifications of the “look and feel” supplied by Cingular (excluding the InfoSpace Sourced Content and Technology), and domain names obtained by Cingular).

8.2 InfoSpace. As between the parties, InfoSpace reserves and retains all right, title and interest, including but not limited to all Intellectual Property Rights, in and to the Services and the Technology (excluding any Cingular Materials) utilized under or in connection with this Agreement, and no license or title to, nor ownership of, any of the Services or Technology (excluding any Cingular Materials) is granted or otherwise transferred to Cingular or any other Person except as specifically provided under this Agreement. As between the parties, InfoSpace retains all right, title and interest in and to the InfoSpace Sourced Content and the InfoSpace Web Sites (including, without limitation, any and all of the content, data, URLs, technology, software, code, user interfaces, “look and feel”, Trademarks associated therewith, but excluding Cingular Materials) and the InfoSpace Marks, along with all Intellectual Property Rights associated therewith.

 

16


8.3 Cingular Customized Work Product. InfoSpace shall develop and deliver to Cingular the Cingular Customized Work Product in accordance with the specifications and schedule set forth on Exhibit L. All right, title and interest, including all Intellectual Property Rights, in and to the Cingular Customized Work Product shall be owned by Cingular. InfoSpace agrees to assign and, upon its creation, automatically assigns to Cingular the ownership of the Cingular Customized Work Product, including all Intellectual Property Rights associated therewith, without the necessity of any further consideration. Cingular hereby grants to InfoSpace a personal, non-exclusive, non-transferable, license to use the Customized Work Product to provide the Services in accordance with this Agreement.

8.4 Copyright Notices . Attribution will take place on the PC Pages and Mobile Pages as specified in Section 3.2. InfoSpace and Cingular acknowledge that the Co-branded Pages may also contain copyright and patent notices, including those of InfoSpace and its affiliates, Content providers, and of Cingular. If any such notices are required, InfoSpace shall advise Cingular of the content, screen location, and size of the notice, prior to Cingular’s approval of any Co-branded Pages.

8.5 Other Trademarks. InfoSpace shall not register or attempt to register any of the Cingular Marks or any Trademarks that Cingular reasonably deems to be confusingly similar to any of the Cingular Marks. Cingular shall not register or attempt to register any of the InfoSpace Marks or any Trademarks that InfoSpace reasonably deems to be confusingly similar to any of the InfoSpace Marks.

8.6 Further Assurances. Each party shall take, at the other party’s expense, such action (including, without limitation, execution of affidavits or other documents) as the other party may reasonably request to effect, perfect or confirm such other party’s ownership interests and other rights as set forth above in this Section 8.

8.7 No Joint Development; Enhancements. The parties contemplate that there will be no joint development of Intellectual Property under this Agreement. The parties shall not engage in joint development except as they may separately agree, in writing, in advance. Further, in no event shall enhancements, adaptations, improvements, modifications and/or derivative works (“ Enhancements ”) created from one party’s pre-existing Intellectual Property be considered to be jointly owned by the parties, regardless of which party creates the Enhancement, it being understood that, subject to any licenses granted herein, such Enhancements shall be the sole and exclusive property of the owner of the Intellectual Property upon which such Enhancements are based.

8.8 Restrictions. Neither party shall have any rights to any materials, content or technology provided by the other party hereunder, except as specifically provided in this Agreement, and neither shall alter, modify, copy, edit, format, translate, create derivative works of or otherwise use any materials, content or technology provided by the other party except as explicitly provided for herein, or as approved in advance, in writing, by the other party.

 

9. General Provisions.

9.1 Access

 

  (a)

When appropriate, InfoSpace shall have reasonable access to Cingular’s premises during normal business hours and at such other times as may be agreed upon by the parties in order to enable InfoSpace to perform its obligations under this Agreement. InfoSpace shall coordinate such access with Cingular’s designated representative prior to visiting such premises. InfoSpace insures Cingular that only persons employed by InfoSpace or subcontracted by InfoSpace will be allowed to enter Cingular’s premises. If Cingular requests InfoSpace or its subcontractor to discontinue furnishing any person provided by InfoSpace or its subcontractor from performing work on Cingular’s premises, InfoSpace shall immediately comply with such request. Such

 

17


  person shall leave Cingular’s premises promptly and InfoSpace shall not furnish such person again to perform work on Cingular’s premises without Cingular’s written consent. The parties agree that, where required by governmental regulations, it will submit satisfactory clearance from the U.S. Department of Defense and/or other federal, state, or local authorities.

 

  (b) Cingular may require InfoSpace or its representatives, including employees and subcontractors, to exhibit identification credentials, which Cingular may issue in order to gain access to Cingular’s premises for the performance of services. If, for any reason, any InfoSpace representative is no longer performing such services, InfoSpace shall promptly inform Cingular. Notification shall be followed by the prompt delivery to Cingular of the identification credentials, if issued by Cingular, or a written statement of the reasons why said identification credentials cannot be returned.

 

  (c) InfoSpace shall use commercially reasonable efforts to insure that its representatives, including employees and subcontractors, while on or off Cingular’s premises, will (i) protect Cingular’s materials, buildings, and structures, (ii) not interfere with Cingular’s business operations, and (iii) perform services with care and due regard for the safety, convenience, and protection of Cingular, its employees, and property and in full conformance with the policies specified in the Cingular Code of Conduct, which prohibits the possession of a weapon or an implement which can be used as a weapon (a copy of the Cingular Code of Conduct is available upon request).

 

  (d) InfoSpace shall be responsible for insuring that all persons furnished by InfoSpace work harmoniously with all others when on Cingular’s premises.

9.2 Dispute Resolution.

 

  (a) The parties will attempt in good faith to promptly resolve any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement through negotiations between key representatives of the parties, before resorting to other remedies available to them.

 

  (b) If a controversy or claim should arise which is not settled as specified in sub Section (a) above, representatives of each party who are authorized to resolve the controversy or claim will meet at a location designated by Cingular, at least once, and will attempt to, and are empowered to, resolve the matter. Either representative may request this meeting within fourteen (14) days of such request (the “First Meeting” ).

 

  (c) Unless the parties otherwise agree, if the matter has not been resolved within twenty-one (21) days of the First Meeting, the representatives shall refer the matter to Senior Executives, who shall have full authority to settle the dispute (herein called the “Senior Executives” ). The Senior Executives will make commercially reasonable efforts to meet for negotiations within fourteen (14) days of the end of the twenty-one (21) day period referred to above, at a site designated by Cingular. Three (3) business days prior to this scheduled meeting, the parties shall exchange memoranda stating the issue(s) in dispute and their positions, summarizing the negotiations which have taken place, and attaching relevant documents.

 

  (d) If more than one meeting is held between the Senior Executives, the meeting shall be held in rotation at the offices of InfoSpace and Cingular.

 

  (e) If the matter has not been resolved within thirty (30) days of the First Meeting of the Senior Executives (which period may be extended by mutual agreement), the parties will attempt in good faith to resolve the controversy or claim via non-binding mediation in accordance with the American Arbitration Association’s rules for Mediation of Business Disputes.

 

18


9.3 Compliance with Laws

Both parties shall comply with all applicable federal, state, county, and local rules, including without limitation, all statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations and codes ( “Laws” ). Conversely, nothing set forth in this Agreement, including Exhibit E, is intended to contractually obligate either party to comply with any Laws that otherwise are not applicable to it. The parties’ obligation to comply with all applicable Laws includes the procurement of permits, certificates, approvals, inspections, and licenses, when needed, in the performance of this Agreement. InfoSpace further agrees to comply with the Executive and Federal regulations, to the extent such regulations are applicable, as set forth in Exhibit E. The parties further agree that each is solely and exclusively responsible for any liability for its own noncompliance with any applicable Laws and each party shall defend, indemnify, and hold the other party harmless from and against such liability.

9.4 Confidentiality.

Each party, which receives proprietary and/or confidential information of the other party (the “Receiving Party” ), shall retain in confidence the terms of this Agreement, the Technology, and all other non-public information and know-how of the other party disclosed or acquired by the Receiving Party pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement which is either designated as proprietary and/or confidential or by the nature of the circumstances surrounding disclosure, ought in good faith to be treated as proprietary and/or confidential ( “Confidential Information” ); provided that each party may disclose Confidential Information to its immediate legal and financial consultants and to any Affiliates (and its employees) with a need to know arising as a result of this Agreement, in the ordinary course of its business. Each party agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to protect Confidential Information of the other party, and in any event, to take precautions at least as great as those taken to protect its own confidential information of a similar nature. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to any information that: (a) was known by the Receiving Party prior to disclosure thereof by the other party; (b) was in or entered the public domain through no fault of the Receiving Party; (c) is disclosed to the Receiving Party by a third party, until such time as notified by the other party that such third party was not legally entitled to make such disclosure without violation of an obligation of confidentiality; (d) is required to be disclosed by applicable laws or regulations (but in such event, only to the extent required to be disclosed); or (e) is independently developed by the Receiving Party without reference to any Confidential Information of the other party. Upon request of the other party, each party shall return to the other all materials, in any medium, which contain, embody, reflect or reference all or any part of any Confidential Information of the other party. Each party acknowledges that breach of this provision by it would result in irreparable harm to the other party, for which money damages would be an insufficient remedy, and therefore that the other party shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this Section 9.4. Without limitation and subject to Section 3.11(d), Confidential Information includes User Data (Section 3.11).

9.5 Independent Contractors

 

  9.5.1 InfoSpace hereby represents and warrants to Cingular that:

 

  (a) InfoSpace is engaged in an independent business and will perform all obligations under this Agreement as an independent contractor and not as the agent or employee of Cingular;

 

19


  (b) InfoSpace’s personnel performing Services shall be considered solely the employees of InfoSpace and not employees or agents of Cingular;

 

  (c) InfoSpace has and retains the right to exercise full control of and supervision over the performance of the Services and full control over the employment, direction, assignment, compensation, and discharge of all personnel performing the Services;

 

  (d) InfoSpace is solely responsible for all matters relating to compensation and benefits of all InfoSpace’s personnel who perform Services. This responsibility includes, but is not limited to, (1) timely payment of compensation and benefits, including, but not limited to, overtime, medical, dental, and any other benefit, and (2) all matters relating to compliance with all employer obligations to withhold employee taxes, pay employee and employer taxes, and file payroll tax returns and information returns under local, state, and federal income tax laws, unemployment compensation insurance and state disability insurance tax laws, and social security and Medicare tax laws, and all other payroll tax laws or similar laws (all collectively hereinafter referred to as “Payroll Tax Obligations” ) with respect to all InfoSpace personnel providing services; and

 

  (e) InfoSpace will indemnify, defend, and hold Cingular harmless from all liabilities, costs, expenses, and claims related to InfoSpace ‘s failure to comply with any of the above provisions.

 

  9.5.2 Cingular and InfoSpace are independent contractors under this Agreement, and nothing herein shall be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, franchise or agency relationship between Cingular and InfoSpace. Neither party has any authority to enter into agreements of any kind on behalf of the other party and Cingular will not attempt to or create any license, warranty or other obligation, express or implied, on behalf of InfoSpace or any of its affiliates.

9.6 Assignment; Merger. Neither party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Subject to the foregoing, this Section 9.6 will be binding upon, enforceable by, and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

9.7 Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its choice of law rules.

9.8 Nonwaiver. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any prior, concurrent or subsequent breach of the same or any other provisions hereof, and no waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving party.

9.9 Force Majeure. Neither party shall be deemed to be in default of or to have breached any provision of this Agreement as a result of any delay, failure in performance or interruption of service, resulting directly or indirectly from acts of God, acts of civil or military authorities, civil disturbances, epidemics, riots, wars, fires, earthquakes, transportation contingencies, strikes, or other catastrophes or occurrences, each of which are beyond such party’s reasonable control, provided such default or breach is not directly or indirectly the result, in whole or in part, of its fault or negligence.

 

20


9.10 Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be given in writing and delivered in person, mailed via confirmed facsimile or e-mail, or delivered by recognized courier service, properly addressed and stamped with the required postage, to the applicable party at its address specified below and shall be deemed effective upon receipt. Either party may from time to time change the individual to receive notices or its address by giving the other party notice of the change in accordance with this section.

Addresses for notices:

 

To Cingular:   

To InfoSpace:

Cingular Wireless LLC

   InfoSpace, Inc.

5565 Glenridge Connector

  

601 108th Ave., NE, Suite 1200

Atlanta, GA 30342

  

Bellevue, WA 98004

Attn: VP SCM

  

Attn: EVP, Mobile

  

Fax: (425) 201-6110

Cc: Chief Counsel SCM

  

However, invoices should be mailed to:

Cingular Wireless LLC

5565 Glenridge Connector

Atlanta, GA 30342

Attention: Data Products/***

In addition, an additional copy of any notice of change of address, or of termination or any alleged breach of this Agreement, shall be thus sent to the applicable party at the following address:

 

To Cingular:   

To InfoSpace:

Cingular Wireless LLC    InfoSpace, Inc.
5565 Glenridge Connector   

601 108 th Ave. NE, Suite 1200

Atlanta, GA 30342   

Bellevue, WA 98004

Attention: Chief Counsel SCM   

Attention: General Counsel

  

Fax: (425) 201-6110

9.11 Savings . In the event any provision of this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

9.12 Integration. This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the transactions and matters contemplated hereby, supersedes all previous agreements or negotiations between InfoSpace, Inc., InfoSpace and Cingular concerning the subject matter hereof, including but not limited to (i) Prior Agreement and (ii) the Amended and Restated Letter of Intent, effective as of July 22, 2005, and cannot be amended except in writing signed by InfoSpace and Cingular. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between any exhibit made a part of this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement, such exhibit shall govern. Further, in the event of a conflict or inconsistency between a Work Order and the corresponding Purchase Order, the Purchase Order will govern.

9.13 Counterparts; Electronic Signature . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together constitute one and the same instrument. To expedite the process of entering into this Agreement, the parties acknowledge that Transmitted

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

21


Copies of the Agreement will be equivalent to original documents until such time as original documents are completely executed and delivered. “Transmitted Copies” will mean copies that are reproduced or transmitted via photocopy, facsimile or other process of complete and accurate reproduction and transmission.

9.14 Conflict of Interest. InfoSpace represents and warrants that no officer, director, employee, or agent of Cingular has been or will be employed, retained or paid a fee, or otherwise has received or will receive any personal compensation or consideration, by or from InfoSpace or any of InfoSpace’s officers, directors, employees, or agents in connection with the obtaining, arranging, or negotiation of this Agreement or other documents entered into or executed in connection with this Agreement.

9.15 Construction and Interpretation

 

  (a) The language of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed simply, as a whole and in accordance with its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party. The parties agree that this Agreement has been prepared jointly and has been the subject of arm’s length and careful negotiation. Each party has been given the opportunity to independently review this Agreement with legal counsel and other consultants, and each party has the requisite experience and sophistication to understand, interpret, and agree to the particular language of the provisions. Accordingly, in the event of an ambiguity in or dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement, the drafting of the language of this Agreement shall not be attributed to either party.

 

  (b) Article, section, or paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The use of the word “include” shall mean “includes, but is not limited to.” The singular use of words shall include the plural use and vice versa.

 

  (c) Cumulative Remedies: Except as specifically identified as a party’s sole remedy, any rights of cancellation, termination, liquidated damages, or other remedies prescribed in this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies to which the injured party may be entitled. Neither party shall retain the benefit of inconsistent remedies.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

Cingular Wireless LLC

on behalf of itself and its Affiliates

    InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.
By:   ***     By:   ***
Name:   ***     Name:   ***
Title:   VP - Network Supply Chain     Title:   President

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

22


InfoSpace, Inc.

solely with respect to Section 9.12

By:   ***
Name:   ***
Title:   CAO

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

23


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

A. Services. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, InfoSpace will, in cooperation with Cingular, design, develop, implement, host and maintain the services described in Section B below (collectively, the “Services”) on a mutually agreed schedule. Cingular will design and supply the graphical content to be used in connection with the Services, and InfoSpace will be responsible for implementing the graphical user interface and related design elements for the Services.

B. Description of Services.

 

  1. Platform and Services; Legacy Services.

 

  a. Platform and Services. InfoSpace will use the InfoSpace platform components set forth in the table below to make the corresponding Services available to Cingular on a mutually agreed schedule.

 

Platform Component

  

Service Description

Content Management

  
Content Management System (CMS)    Aggregates, formats, and distributes content (feeds, images, etc.) to downstream application servers.
Content Publishing System (CPS)   

Configures, publishes and restores WAP deck structure. CPS is comprised of the following:

 

•   Deck Authoring Tool (DAT): allows an Administrator to create a deck structure. This includes the ability to assign links, device-specific decks, service specific decks, folders and sub-folders; assign meta-data to deck objects; assign interstitials to a deck and/or folder; set permissions for Users to create customized decks; and assign parental control settings for deck objects.

 

•   Publication Authoring Tool (PAT): allows an Administrator to aggregate Web page assets (templates, order, style, page level parental control settings) for publishing to the Publication Runtime System (PRS) and to create WAP Pages for use as either WAP Push Landing Pages, Promotions, Help, Terms and Conditions, Category Pages, or WAP Page Interstitials.

 

•   Content Asset Tool (CAT): allows an Administrator to manage content assets (image, links, text, content-level parental control settings, etc.) that are uploaded into the system.

 

•   Content Provider Management Tool (CPMT): enables the on-boarding / creation of links from third party content provider and associated parameters (including link-level parental control settings) for that provider.

 

24


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Platform Component

  

Service Description

  

•   Feed Management Tool (FMT): Enables the on-boarding of standard RSS feeds into the CPS environment

 

•   Distribution Service Manager (DSM): Enables the releasing and rollback of labeled content to the runtime environment.

 

•   Workflow Version Management System (WVMS): exposes a workflow and versioning interface to Infospace applications

 

CPS all supports the following functionality:

 

•   Preview prior to publishing

 

•   Search of CPS entries

 

•   Audit Reporting

Runtime Systems   

Facilitates the construction and deployment of the User Interface on the Mobile Pages and PC Pages, and includes the following:

 

•   Deck Runtime Service (DRS): runtime database providing the reference deck for baseline user experience and supporting User customizations.

 

•   Publication Runtime Service (PRS): serves templates and asset references for construction of Web Pages.

 

•   Application Runtime Service (ARS): suite of web services that are backed by feeds from the CMS system.

 

•   Mobile Portal Framework: connects the Runtime Systems to the Rendering Engine.

Rendering Engine    Presents the User Interface for both the Mobile Pages and PC Pages by leveraging various Runtime Services for page construction. The Rendering Engine supports “single-authoring” and optimizes the User Interface rendered based upon Wireless Device capabilities.
Device Management   

Analyzes Wireless Device parameters; allows for the customization of Wireless Device parameters; and makes available Wireless Device parameters by publishing to target Runtime Systems. Device Management is comprised of the following:

 

•   Device Manager: tool that allows for the addition, deletion, copying, updating, and publishing of mobile device information.

 

•   Device Monitoring Service: service that resides on a Runtime System waiting for update notifications in order to process updates from Device Manager.

 

25


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Platform Component

  

Service Description

Personalization

  
Alert Engine    Stores User-initiated alert configurations (SMS, MMS, and WAP Push) that trigger information to be delivered to the User’s Wireless Device.
Context Engine    Tracks and collates disparate information about Users to help categorize/segment Users for real-time recommendation behavior (e.g. categorization of browse transactions).
Infospace Message Gateway    Connects to Cingular messaging components (SMSC, MMSC, and PPG) to support delivery and receipt of transactions that result in the final delivery of a SMS, MMS or WAP Push message delivered to a User’s mobile device.
Parental Control   

Allows Cingular to identify “Cingular-safe” versus “Cingular-unsafe” content. Cingular determines what is considered “Cingular-safe” versus “Cingular-unsafe” in its sole discretion.

 

The Parental Control component is comprised of:

 

•   User-Facing: allows post-paid Users to enable Parental Control and to establish a Parental Control Pass Code (4-digit). Default setting for all Users will be “Cingular-Unsafe”

 

•   Administrator-Facing:

 

•   Allows designated Customer Service representatives to configure Parental Control settings on behalf of a pre-paid or post-paid User.

 

•   Allows designated Marketing / Product Realization personnel to assign a Parental Control setting to deck objects.

 

•   Allows designated Marketing / Product Realization personnel to leverage CPS Search and Reporting functionality to extract a “Whitelist” for “Cingular-Safe” content that will be used by Cingular’s WAP Gateways.

 

Parental Control settings restrict access to Content on Wireless Devices in the following areas:

 

•   Navigational Content

 

26


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Platform Component

  

Service Description

  

•   Search Results

 

•   Push Parental Control parameters to other 3 rd Party Content Partners

PIM / Email    Allows Users to store and manage personal information such as calendar / to-do entries, address book entries and email (Cingular owned email domain). The platform provides service level spam filtering, email quotas, email filtering and alerting and calendar / to-do alerts.
Recommendation Engine    Leverages a User’s context (profile, segmentation, etc.), to provide real-time recommendations in terms of Search Results, recommended changes to the Home Deck, and potentially Content for purchase.
User Manager    Intelligent repository for all User, Administrator and application (Infospace and third party) credentials and profile information. Securely manages authentication, authorization, session, and information management.
Search   
MetaSearch Engine   

Aggregates search entities and can return a “unified” result set which is an amalgamation and weighting of the disparate results returned from several search engine providers.

 

Cingular intends to aggregate:

 

•   Google Image Search

 

•   CellMania

 

•   Motricity

 

•   Portal Crawler

Intellifind Engine    Powers Cingular’s “Direct Answer” functionality.
Portal Crawler Engine    Indexes Content, including Content hosted by third party content providers such as CNN, ESPN, etc. As links to third party content are added to the deck structure on the Mobile Pages, the Portal Crawler Engine can be configured to crawl that new site.

 

27


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Platform Component

  

Service Description

Back Office Tools

  
Management Console   

Unified administrative console framework that hosts the back office tools associated with the Infospace platform. It is hosted in a secure environment, requires Administrator credentials (username / password) for access, and only allows access to those Tools for which the Administrator has been granted access.

 

Back Office Tools include:

 

•   Administrator Management

 

•   Care Tool

 

•   User Management

 

•   CPS

 

•   Top Search Results Tool

 

•   Device Manager

 

•   Campaign Management

Utilities   
Batch Dispatcher    Receives secure notification of changes to User credential and/or profile data from Cingular and processes those changes throughout the Infospace platform.
Data Developer Program (DDP) Support   

Two systems for participating Cingular DDP content providers to interact with the Infospace platform:

 

1.      Content Provider Push Parameters Service (CPPPS) – User data push

 

This service will securely push User property values to content providers as configured by an Administrator using the Content Provider Management Provisioning Tool (CPMPT).

 

2.      Get Subscriber Data Content Provider Pull Service (GSDCPPS) – User data pull

 

Content providers that are registered in the Infospace User Manager will be able to request User-specific profile data.

 

3.      Bookmark API

 

Utility which allows Users to add third party active links from Content Provider sites.

 

28


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Platform Component

  

Service Description

Business Intelligence / Marketing Tools

Campaign Manager (neé Scenario Manager)   

Enables Cingular to segment User population based on a variety of parameters to target a specific User segment for various promotions, including, but not limited to, WAP Push promotions, and is comprised of the following:

 

•   Scenario Creation Tool

 

•   Segmentation Identification Tool

 

•   Promotion Association Tool

Business Intelligence Event Management System    Normalizes business events for ingestion by the Mobile Data Mart.
Mobile Data Mart    Supports Business Intelligence and Campaign Management segmentation needs. The Mobile Data Mart will initially be hosted in an environment that is not dedicated to Cingular, but securely partitions Cingular data. It provides access to standard usage reports containing agreed upon parameters which can be dimensioned by a Cingular Administrator for detailed analysis.
Reporting Metadata Management Tool   

Allows Administrator to categorize URLs, and includes the following functionality:

 

•   Administrator interface to view domain, sub-domain and full URL and associated category

 

•   Administrator can manually categorize a URL

 

•   Administrator can define metadata and categorization rules for URLs

 

•   Administrator can apply rules to set of URLs for automatic classification

Delivery Technology   
MO SMS    User-initiated content-pull service using short text codes. This can be accomplished by providing pre-determined codes or “Default” codes or by allowing Users to establish their own custom codes. The interface for this experience is provided via the PC Pages.
(Mobile Originated SMS)    When the User originates an SMS message by sending a short text code. InfoSpace delivers Content to Cingular’s SMSC using mobile-terminated short-message delivery.

MT SMS

 

(Mobile Terminated SMS and InfoAlerts)

  

Time and event-triggered content push service.

 

Users set up a personal profile using the PC Pages and select Content to be sent to their Wireless Devices at specified times or upon the occurrence of certain events. InfoSpace delivers Content to Cingular’s SMSC using mobile-terminated short-message delivery.

 

29


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Platform Component

  

Service Description

WAP Push   

User initiated time triggered WAP Push service

 

Users set up a personal profile using the Mobile Pages and select Content to be sent to their Wireless Devices at specified times. InfoSpace delivers Content to Cingular’s Push Proxy Gateway (PPG) and Cingular delivers the Content from the PPG to Users.

WML / XHTML    User-initiated WAP sessions from Wireless Devices.
HTML PC    User-initiated browsing sessions from PC or HTML-browser equipped devices supporting IE 4.0 and above and Netscape 4.7 and above.

The table set forth above may be updated from time to time during the Term upon mutual agreement of the parties pursuant to the process set forth in Exhibit D.

 

  b. Legacy Services. For a period to be mutually agreed by the parties, InfoSpace will continue to make the following services available:

 

Component

  

Description

HTML PC / PC Pages   

Provides Users the ability to configure MO-SMS, MT-SMS and MT-MMS Alerts; and access their Cingular Personal Information Manager and Email (PIM / Email).

 

As of the Effective Date, PC Pages are hosted within the Bellevue Data Environment, which is not dedicated to Cingular. In this current configuration, this component is not available for hosting outside of Infospace data facilities.

 

User data location:

 

•   Alerts: provisioned MO-SMS, MT-SMS and MO-MMS alerts are hosted within the Bellevue data environment.

 

•   User Management: identity, credentialing, and profile data is hosted in the Cingular dedicated data environment located in Infospace’s Boston data center.

 

30


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Component

  

Description

  

•   Infospace hosted PIM / Email Data: all PIM / Email User data is hosted in the Cingular dedicated data environment located in Infospace’s Boston data center.

 

Within a mutually agreed to schedule, PC Pages shall be migrated to the Cingular dedicated data environment located at Infospace’s Boston data center.

WML 1.1 Mobile Pages   

The User experience for devices only compatible with the WML 1.1 browser standard will be served by the existing WAP Platform located at Infospace’s Bellevue data center.

 

These Mobile Pages are hosted within the Bellevue data environment, which is not dedicated to Cingular. In this current configuration, this component is not available for hosting outside of Infospace data facilities.

 

User data location:

 

•   User Management: identity, credentialing, and profile data is hosted in the Cingular dedicated data environment located in Infospace’s Boston data center.

 

•   Infospace hosted PIM / Email Data: all PIM / Email User data is hosted in the Cingular dedicated data environment located in Infospace’s Boston data center.

 

Within a mutually agreed to schedule, the WML 1.1 Mobile Pages shall be integrated with the Services provided via WML / XHTML.

HTML PDA / Treo Site   

The HTML PDA or “Treo Site” provides PDA users with a site that allows for SMS Alert configuration and browsing of content. Infospace hosted PIM / Email is not available to PDA Users.

 

The HTML PDA site is hosted within the Bellevue data environment, which is not dedicated to Cingular. In this current configuration, this component is not available for hosting outside of Infospace data facilities.

 

User data location:

 

•   Alerts: provisioned MO-SMS, MT-SMS and MO-MMS alerts are hosted within the ASP Data Environment located in Infospace’s Bellevue data center.

 

31


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Component

  

Description

  

•   User Management: identity, credentialing, and profile data is hosted in the Cingular dedicated data environment located in Infospace’s Boston data center.

 

Within a mutually agreed to schedule, the HTML PDA Pages shall be integrated with the Services provided via WML / XHTML.

Alerts    Infospace Alert Applications for MT-SMS, MO-SMS, and Alerts use Infospace Sourced Content.
Deck Manager    Deck Manager is the component that facilitates the creation of WAP Decks for the WML 1.1 User Experience.

The table set forth above may be updated form time to time during the Term upon mutual agreement of the parties pursuant to the process set forth in Exhibit D.

Content

Cingular Sourced Content. Cingular will obtain all necessary rights for InfoSpace to distribute the third party content set forth in Tables (1) and (2) below (collectively, the “ Cingular Sourced Content ”) in the specified formats, as contemplated by and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. InfoSpace will distribute the Cingular Sourced Content as specified in the table below.

Table 1: Cingular Sourced Content

 

***                           

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

32


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Table 2: Cingular Sourced Content - Search

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

33


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

The tables set forth above may be updated from time to time during the Term upon mutual agreement of the parties pursuant to the process set forth in Exhibit D

Integration with Cingular Content and Services: InfoSpace will integrate links on the Services to designated locations on Web Sites hosted by Cingular for the purpose of providing User administrative services (e.g. customer care, billing, etc.) in a manner and on a schedule to be mutually agreed upon by the parties at no additional cost to Cingular.

b. Infospace Sourced Content. InfoSpace will (i) obtain all necessary rights for InfoSpace to distribute the third party content set forth in Tables (1), (2), (3) and (4) below (collectively, the “InfoSpace Sourced Content”); and (ii) make the content set forth in Tables (1), (2) and (4) available to Cingular and the Users via the delivery technologies specified therein in accordance with this Agreement. In addition, InfoSpace will make the content set forth in Table (3) available to Cingular and the Users via the delivery technologies specified therein for a period to be mutually agreed in writing by the parties.

Table 1: Infospace Sourced Content (New)

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

34


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Table 2: Infospace Sourced Content – Destination Applications (New)

***

Table 3: Infospace Sourced Content (Legacy)

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

35


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Table 4: InfoSpace Sourced Content - Search

***

The tables set forth above may be updated from time to time during the Term upon mutual agreement of the parties pursuant to the process set forth in Exhibit D

Modification of Infospace Sourced Content. Notwithstanding Section 2.3(i) of this Agreement, InfoSpace may modify InfoSpace Sourced Content that is sourced from third parties (a “Content Modification”). Prior to any Content Modification, InfoSpace will provide Cingular with as much advance notice as reasonably possible. In the event that Cingular reasonably determines that a Content Modification will materially adversely affect the Services, both parties agree to promptly discuss Cingular’s concern and to use good faith efforts to agree to a mutually agreeable solution. In the event that a proposed Content Modification is due to an increase in cost for existing InfoSpace Sourced Content, Cingular may require InfoSpace to continue to provide such existing InfoSpace Sourced Content to Cingular, provided that Cingular pays to InfoSpace an additional fee equal to such increase in cost.

 

  3. PIM / Email Service

InfoSpace will provide Cingular the following PIM services, on the PC Pages and the Mobile Pages:

 

   

Web-based email: InfoSpace will provide up to 10MB of disk storage for folders and email archives per mailbox; additional storage is subject to mutually agreeable terms and conditions, including additional fees.

 

   

Web-based aggregation of POP3 or IMAP email from up to three other email accounts

 

   

Calendar

 

   

Address Book

 

   

To Do List

 

   

SMS alerts on Calendar events, To Do items, and Email

 

   

Enhanced alerting and filtering Module

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

36


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

  4. Personalized / Customized Content. InfoSpace will make the following personalization / customization features available to Users. The table set forth below may be updated from time to time during the Term upon mutual agreement of the parties pursuant to the process set forth in Exhibit D.

 

Personalized / Customization Feature

   For
HTML
PC
Access
   For
WML /
XHTML
Access

Active Links / Bookmarks:

User specifies category and gets “active content” and links presented on the home deck

      Ö  

Personalize information when possible, specifically:

 

•   provide locally-relevant information based up User’s zip code

 

•   provide personally-relevant information based upon User’s birth date

      Ö  

User customization of the various portal application, such as:

 

•   Favorite Sports

 

•   Favorite Theatres

      Ö  

User customization of category pages, specifically “Top Sites”

      Ö  

User customization of the home page

      Ö  

User initiated Alert configuration, including alert preferences, such as:

 

•   Time of day

 

•   Event based

      Ö  

C. InfoSpace Supported Handsets.

1. Current Devices. InfoSpace will make the Services available in WML and XHTML format, as appropriate, that conforms to standards for devices and browsers that (i) are commercially available to Cingular customers (ii) have been certified by InfoSpace for the Services, and (iii) that Cingular provides a minimum of four (4) of each such device to InfoSpace for testing purposes at no charge to InfoSpace. In order to support Infospace maintaining a suitable testing environment for such devices, Cingular will allow InfoSpace reasonable access to Cingular’s wireless network for such testing. As of the Effective Date, InfoSpace will make the Services available on the following Wireless Devices via the specified browsers (the “InfoSpace Supported Handsets” ):

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

37


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

2. New Devices.

Cingular may request that the display of the Services made available in WML and XHTML format conform to standards for devices and/or browsers in addition to those set forth above. When this occurs, Cingular shall deliver to InfoSpace a prototype device that is functional in all material respects, at no charge to InfoSpace. Upon receipt of a prototype device that is functional in all material respects, and a Change Request from Cingular (as described in Exhibit D), InfoSpace will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a written response to Cingular outlining expected turn around time for device profiling and readiness for production support within ten (10) business days of such request. Cingular will provide to InfoSpace a minimum of four prototype devices that are functional in all material respects for use by InfoSpace in connection with performing such services. Infospace will then profile the devices in a manner and on a schedule to be mutually agreed upon by the parties at no additional cost to Cingular.

Such devices shall have WAP browsers that adhere to industry specifications for either WML or XHTML (aka WAP 2.0). In the event that a device does not have a browser that conforms to industry specifications, Infospace and Cingular will work together to determine how best to support the device within thirty (30) business days of Infospace learning that the device does not conform to specifications. In some instances, Infospace will require Cingular to pay for additional work required to support the device service to Cingular’s satisfaction. In such event, Infospace will provide a written quote to Cingular in response to such request within five (5) business days of coming to agreement on Infospace’s course of action to support the device. Upon Cingular’s acceptance of such quote, the parties may enter into a mutually

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

38


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

agreeable Work Order for such services (as set forth in Exhibit D). In order to support Infospace maintaining a suitable testing environment for such devices, Cingular will allow InfoSpace reasonable access to Cingular’s wireless network for such testing. The parties acknowledge that there are a number of devices not currently supported by InfoSpace, including but not limited to those set forth in the table below.

 

3. Cingular Network; Gateways.

Cingular shall be solely responsible for the performance of the Cingular Network and any gateways used in connection with the Services. Upon request by Cingular, InfoSpace shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Cingular to resolve performance problems with gateways related to the Services. Cingular agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to require gateway vendors’ employees and experts with respect to such gateways to be available to InfoSpace for consultation on an as needed basis at no charge to InfoSpace.

 

4. Additional Support.

Integration between handheld devices, the Cingular Network/ gateways, PCs and content providers shall be supported with reasonable commercial efforts by both InfoSpace and Cingular, except in cases where the integration effort does not require InfoSpace involvement. Costs for this additional effort will be quoted to Cingular and agreed upon in writing prior to InfoSpace’s commencement of work, as set forth in Exhibit D.

D. Reporting. InfoSpace will provide to Cingular the reports described below. Infospace will store data for such reports for a period of 36 months from the time each report is made available to Cingular. The Mobile Data Mart interface and output may be updated in accordance with the processes outlined in Exhibit D.

 

  a. Usage Reports

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

39


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

  b. Legacy Usage Reports

 

   

Service Usage Report

This report will show usage by Category, SubCategory, Language, ServiceLevel, DeviceType, Day, Month. The report will contain data for the past 12 months.

Delivery Mechanism: ***

DeviceType: Web, Phone/Pager, SMS Messages

 

   

Carrier Summary Report

This report will show user statistics including active users and growth.

Delivery Mechanism: ***

 

   

Registrations

This report will show user activity including adds and deletes.

Delivery Mechanism: ***

 

3. Legacy Alerts Reports

 

   

This report will contain User alert information from the alerts database

 

   

Format: tab-delimited text fields.

 

4. General Services Reports

InfoSpace will make available the following reports on the current Cingular extranet reporting site. Infospace will continue to look for ways to improve and enhance these reports but will not make changes without Cingular’s consent. Cingular, at any time, may request that InfoSpace make changes to these reports on a mutually agreed time frame. The clickaway reporting (click tracking of off-deck sites) will end upon launch of the Services.

 

   

Clicks

 

   

Daily Clicks and Page Views

 

   

Monthly Unique Users

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

40


EXHIBIT B - TRADEMARKS

 

(i) InfoSpace Marks:

Those trademarks of InfoSpace set forth at http://www.infospaceinc.com/about/legal_trademarks.php , which may be modified and updated by InfoSpace from time to time.

 

(ii) Cingular Marks

 

Registered Trademarks

  

Pending Trademark Applications

CINGULAR    AIRLOADER    ALL OVER    AWE
CINGULAR HOME    ARRIVE SAFELY and Design    ALLOVER    AWS
CINGULAR NATION    CAMPUS ADVANTAGE    ALLOVER NETWORK    EMINUTES
CINGULAR PROMISE    COMAGINE    ANSWER TONES    FREE-2-BE REWARDED
CINGULAR REGION    CUSTOMERS FIRST    CINGULAR FITS YOU BEST    GREENLIGHT
CINGULAR ROLLOVER    FLASHPOINT    CINGULAR SMARTCHIP    INFOMODE
CINGULAR WIRELESS    FREE2GO WIRELESS    CINGULAR SOUNDS    IT CHANGES EVERYTHING
EXPRESSORIES    GO PHONE    CINGULAR TAKE CHARGE    LINK+SYNC
EXPRESSWEAR    GOPORT    MARCANDO EL ESTADAR    MDRIVE
FAST FORWARD    HOW MANY BARS DO YOU HAVE?    MORE BARS IN MORE PLACES    MGEN
KEEP IN CONTACT    HOW WILL YOU USE IT?    PEEK AND PAY    MINUTES WITHOUT LIMITS
KIC    IMAGINE    QUICKREACH    MYFIVE
MI VENTANA MOVIL    LOCAL WITHOUT LIMITS    RAISE THE BAR    MZONE
MINUTESHARE    MESSAGEFLASH    RAISING THE BAR    ON THE WIRELESS SERVICE AMERICA TRUSTS

 

41


EXHIBIT B - TRADEMARKS

 

MOBILE2HOME    MLIFE    SIGNAL BARS Design    PRESSTALK
MY WIRELESS WINDOW    MMODE    TRENDFORCE    ROAD TRIP MINUTES
ROLLOVER    SURF LOUNGE    TRUE SOUND    SURE RATE
ROLLOVER MINUTES    TXT-411    TRUEST SOUND    TALKMODE
VOICE CONNECT    VOICETOUCH    ALL OVER    THE WIRELESS CARRIER AMERICA TRUSTS
WHAT DO YOU HAVE TO SAY?    WIN ADVANTAGE       UNETE MAS
WIRELESS BUILT AROUND YOU    WORLDCONNECT       WIRELESS DIGITS
X-MAN Design (Jack Logo)          WIRELESS INFORMATION NETWORK
         WORKWARE
         YOUR MOBILE LIFE MADE BETTER
        

YOUR WORLD.

CLOSE AT HAND.

 

42


EXHIBIT C – COMMERCIAL TERMS

 

A. Portal User Fee; SMS Fee; Active User Fee.

Following each calendar month of the Term, InfoSpace will provide Cingular with a written report based on InfoSpace data indicating the number of Portal Users, SMS Messages and Active Users for such month. Based on such report, InfoSpace will invoice Cingular for an amount equal to the sum of the Portal User Fee, the SMS Fee and the Active User Fee for such month.

Subject to Section 5.2 of the Agreement, Cingular will pay InfoSpace the invoiced amount within forty-five (45) days of the date of invoice.

 

1) Portal User Fee

Cingular will pay Infospace a fee based on the total number of Portal Users for each calendar month of the Term. Infospace will calculate the Portal User Fee as follows:

 

Number of Portal Users

   Total Monthly Fee

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

43


EXHIBIT C – COMMERCIAL TERMS

 

2) SMS Fee

Cingular will pay Infospace a fee based on the total number of SMS Messages for each calendar month of the Term. Infospace will calculate the SMS Fee as follows:

 

Total number of SMS Messages

   Total Monthly Fee

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

44


EXHIBIT C – COMMERCIAL TERMS

 

3) Active User Fee

Cingular will pay Infospace a fee based on the total number of Active Users for each calendar month of the Term. Infospace will calculate the Active User Fee as follows:

The greater of *** (the “Monthly Minimum”) or the aggregate value of the following calculations:

 

Number of Active Users

  

Calculation of the Monthly Fee

***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***

In the event that the Active User Fee exceeds *** for three consecutive months of the Term, InfoSpace will waive the Monthly Minimum for the subsequent months of the Term; provided that, in the event the Active User Fee is less than *** for three consecutive months of the Term, the Monthly Minimum will be reinstated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Monthly Minimum will apply to any month of the Term during which Cingular redirects more than *** to another Web Site as described in Section 2.7 of this Agreement.

B. Fees for Legacy Services. At the end of each calendar month during the first six months of the Term, Cingular shall pay to InfoSpace a fee *** (the “Legacy Services Fee” ). InfoSpace will invoice Cingular for the Legacy Services Fee following each applicable month of the Term and, subject to Section 5.2 of the Agreement, Cingular will pay InfoSpace the invoiced amount within forty-five (45) days of the date of invoice. In the event that Cingular wishes InfoSpace to provide Legacy Services to Cingular after the first six months of the Term, the parties will renegotiate the Legacy Services Fee in good faith to cover the extended period for which InfoSpace will provide Legacy Services.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

45


EXHIBIT D – CHANGE REQUEST AND ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCESS

 

A. Major Development Process: The following describes the process to be used by the parties for major enhancements to the Services and/or the introduction of new functionality to the Services.

 

  1. Cingular submits a business requirements document, in the form attached as Exhibit H (“BRD”).

 

  2. InfoSpace reviews the BRD and returns a high-level time/cost estimate within a mutually agreed timeframe.

 

  3. Upon approval of the high level estimate, InfoSpace creates a Work Order, in the form attached as Exhibit J (“Work Order”) along with a Statement of Work that further defines the deliverable.

 

  4. Upon approval of the Work Order, Cingular provides Infospace with a Cingular Purchase Order in the form attached as Exhibit J (“Purchase Order”)

 

  5. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review and refine the requirements. This review is to clarify any ambiguity in the original document and expose the need for any additional information prior to the creation of the detailed specifications.

 

  6. InfoSpace creates detailed use cases and functional specifications (and returns another estimate if necessary) within mutually agreed timeframe. Use cases and functional specifications should clearly map back to the business requirements using the requirements in the original BRD provided by Cingular.

 

  7. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review and refine use cases and functional specifications (including test cases and test plans).

 

  8. If necessary, InfoSpace revises Work Order, and Cingular signs Work Order giving final approval for development based on the revised specifications.

 

  9. InfoSpace countersigns Work Order and development begins.

 

  10. InfoSpace and Cingular jointly conduct weekly project meetings to provide project status updates and address any outstanding issues/concerns.

 

46


EXHIBIT D – CHANGE REQUEST AND ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCESS

 

B. Change Request Process: The following describes the process to be used by the parties for minor modifications to the Services.

 

  1. Cingular submits change request, in the form attached as Exhibit I (“Change Request”).

 

  2. InfoSpace reviews Change Request and returns a high level time/cost estimate and Work Order within mutually agreed timeframe.

 

  3. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review the requirements.

 

  4. InfoSpace creates detailed use cases and functional specifications (and returns another estimate if necessary) within mutually agreed timeframe.*

 

  5. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review and refine use cases and functional specifications (including test cases and test plans).*

 

  6. If necessary, InfoSpace revises Work Order, and Cingular signs Work Order giving final approval for development based on the final specifications.*

 

  7. Upon approval of the Work Order, Cingular provides Infospace with a Cingular Purchase Order in the form attached as Exhibit J (“Purchase Order”)

 

  8. InfoSpace countersigns Work Order and development begins.

 

  9. Changes are placed in demo for Cingular’s testing/review.

 

  10. Changes are pushed to production, only upon written approval from Cingular.

 

* These steps may not be required for all change requests (for example: minor copy changes or replacing ads of the same size).

 

47


EXHIBIT D – CHANGE REQUEST AND ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCESS

 

C. Acceptance Test Process

Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, this Exhibit D describes the process used to test and accept features for inclusion on the Services (the “Acceptance Test Process” ). The parties will cooperate in good faith to develop and implement communication mechanisms such that Cingular provides feedback to InfoSpace in a timely and efficient manner in order to facilitate Infospace’s ability to address such feedback. Cingular shall have the right to review and test any Deliverable to determine whether it conforms to specifications or acceptance criteria in the applicable Work Order or SOW (if any) or as otherwise agreed upon in writing by the Parties. Cingular may provide written notice of rejection (with detailed reasons for said rejection) or acceptance within the mutually agreed upon Acceptance Testing schedule from the date the Deliverable(s) are submitted by Infospace.

 

   

Following the date of delivery of a Deliverable(s) in commercial ready form ( “Commercial Ready Delivery Date” ), unless otherwise mutually agreed, Infospace and Cingular, prior to the beginning of test execution, will mutually agree to the following:

 

   

Schedule of test execution

 

   

Scope of test execution

 

   

Bug / Feature triage process

In the event that agreed schedule must change, Infospace and Cingular will review the impact from a schedule, scope and cost perspective and will negotiate a new agreement associated with the particular Deliverable.

 

   

Following the Deliverable Acceptance Date , Infospace will commercially release the Deliverable at a mutually agreed time.

 

   

The “Deliverable Acceptance Date” for such Deliverable(s) will be the earlier of (a) Cingular’s commercial release of such Deliverable(s) to its general customer base or (b) the date of Cingular’s written notification to Infospace that Infospace has completed, to Cingular’s reasonable satisfaction, changes and bug fixes identified by Cingular and Cingular has accepted the Deliverable as being ready for commercial launch, with such acceptance not being unreasonable withheld. If applicable, Cingular shall remit payment in full to Infospace for the new Deliverable following the Deliverable Acceptance Date and subsequent receipt of an invoice, in accordance with Section 5.1. If a Deliverable is accepted and payment remitted, Infospace agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts during the Term to remedy any known bugs/defects contained in such Deliverable, at no additional charge to Cingular, based on a mutually agreed upon schedule. In the event Cingular rejects a Deliverable, Infospace shall resubmit such Deliverable for acceptance within thirty (30) days of the initial rejection by Cingular. If the re-submitted Deliverable(s) do not conform to the applicable specifications or acceptance criteria, Infospace will have thirty (30) days to fix the Deliverable(s) and resubmit. If the Deliverable(s) resubmitted for a second time does not conform to the applicable specifications or acceptance criteria, Cingular shall have the right to the following:

 

   

(i) if agreed to by Infospace, extend the period for Infospace to submit conforming Deliverable(s), or

 

48


EXHIBIT D – CHANGE REQUEST AND ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCESS

 

   

(ii) terminate the applicable Work Order, in whole or in part with respect to certain feature, and require that Infospace promptly refund all payments previously made to Infospace by Cingular for such nonconforming Deliverable(s).

In the event that Cingular rejects a Deliverable and terminates a Work Order (or portion thereof), Cingular shall have the right to retain any materials that constitute Cingular Customized Work Product (see Exhibit L) related to the nonconforming Deliverable(s), provided that Cingular pays a reasonable amount for such materials. Cingular shall promptly return to InfoSpace all materials related to such nonconforming Deliverable(s) that do not constitute Cingular Customized Work Product.

If Cingular has not accepted (which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld) the Deliverable(s) within fifteen (15) business days following the completion of all bug fixes by InfoSpace, Cingular will deliver a comprehensive list of bug fixes that Cingular requires InfoSpace to carry out prior to Cingular’s acceptance of the Deliverable(s) for commercial launch, and representatives of the parties will meet and negotiate in good faith to define a mutually-agreed timeline and set of acceptance criteria to be used by Cingular in making such acceptance.

 

49


EXHIBIT E – EXECUTIVE ORDERS AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS

 

Executive Orders and Federal Regulations

Work under this Agreement may be subject to the provisions of certain Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations governing performance of this contract including, but not limited to: Executive Order 11246, Executive Order 11625, Executive Order 11701, and Executive Order 12138, Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended and the Vietnam Era Veteran’s Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974. To the extent that such Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations apply to the work under this Agreement, and only to that extent, SUPPLIER (also referred to as “SUPPLIER”) agrees to comply with the provisions of all such Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations, as now in force or as may be amended in the future, including, but not limited to the following:

1. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY DUTIES AND PROVISIONS OF GOVERNMENT SUPPLIERS

In accordance with 41 C.F.R.§60-1.4(a), the parties incorporate herein by this reference the regulations and contract clauses required by that section, including but not limited to, SUPPLIER’s agreement that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The SUPPLIER will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.

2. AGREEMENT OF NON SEGREGATED FACILITIES

In accordance with 41 C.F.R.§60-1.8, SUPPLIER agrees that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any facilities segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location, under its control, where such segregated facilities are maintained. The term “facilities” as used herein means waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, rest rooms, wash rooms, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees; provided, that separate or single-user restroom and necessary dressing or sleeping areas shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.

3. AGREEMENT OF AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

SUPPLIER agrees that it has developed and is maintaining an Affirmative Action Plan as required by 41 C.F.R.§60-1.4(b).

4. AGREEMENT OF FILING

SUPPLIER agrees that it will file, per current instructions, complete and accurate reports on Standard Form 100 (EE0-1), or such other forms as may be required under 41 C.F.R.§60-1.7(a).

 

50


EXHIBIT E – EXECUTIVE ORDERS AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS

 

5. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR HANDICAPPED PERSONS AND DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA.

In accordance with 41 C.F.R.§60-250.20, and 41 C.F.R.§60-741.20, the parties incorporate herein by this reference the regulations and contract clauses required by those provisions to be made a part of government contracts and subcontracts.

6. Executive Order 13201 Compliance

In accordance with 29 C.F.R. Part 470.2(b) the parties incorporate by reference the regulations and contract clauses required by those provisions to be made a part of covered subcontracts and purchase orders and SUPPLIER agrees to comply with the provisions of 29 CFR Part 470.

7. UTILIZATION OF SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS

As prescribed in 48 C.F.R., Ch. 1, 19.708(a):

(a) It is the policy of the United states that small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and controlled by women shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in performing contracts let by any Federal agency, including contracts and sub-contracts for systems, assemblies, components, and related services for major systems. It is further the policy of the United States that its prime SUPPLIERs establish procedures to ensure the timely payment amounts due pursuant to the terms of the subcontracts with small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and controlled by women.

(b) The SUPPLIER hereby agrees to carry out this policy in the awarding of subcontracts to the fullest extent consistent with efficient contract performance. The SUPPLIER further agrees to cooperate in any studies or surveys as may be conducted by the United States Small Business Administration or the awarding agency of the United States as may be necessary to determine the extent of the SUPPLIER’s compliance with this clause.

(c) As used in this contract, the term small business concern shall mean a small business as defined pursuant to section 3 of the Small Business Act and relevant regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. The term small business concern owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals shall mean a small business concern which is at least 51 percent unconditionally owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is unconditionally owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; and (2) whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such individuals. This term also means small business concern that is at least 51 percent unconditionally owned by an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, or a publicly owned business having at least 51 percent of its stock unconditionally owned by one of these entities which has its management and daily business controlled by members of an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, and which meets the requirements of 13 CRF part 124. The SUPPLIER shall presume that socially and economically disadvantaged individual include Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian-Pacific Americans, Subcontinent Asian Americans, and other minorities, or any other individual found to be disadvantaged by the Administration pursuant to section 8(a) of the Small business Act. The SUPPLIER shall presume that socially and economically disadvantaged entities also include Indian Tribes and Native Hawaiian Organizations.

 

51


EXHIBIT E – EXECUTIVE ORDERS AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS

 

(d) The term “small business concern owned and controlled by women” shall mean a small business concern (i) which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more women, or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more women, and (ii) whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more women; and

(e) SUPPLIERs acting in good faith may rely on written representations by their sub-SUPPLIERs regarding their status as a small business concern, a small business concern owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantage individuals or a small business concern owned and controlled by women.

8. SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS SUB-CONTRACTING PLAN. The sub-SUPPLIER will adopt a plan similar to the plan required by 48 CFR Ch. 1 at 52.219-9.

 

52


EXHIBIT F – ATTRIBUTION

 

The following sample screen shot depicts the proportionate size and location of attribution (“Powered by InfoSpace”) on the PC Pages (HTML).

LOGO

 

53


EXHIBIT F – ATTRIBUTION

 

LOGO

 

54


EXHIBIT F – ATTRIBUTION

 

The following sample screen shot depicts the attribution (“Powered by InfoSpace”) on the Mobile Pages in WML format.

LOGO

 

55


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

1.    General Information    59
   1.1.    Purpose    59
   1.2.    Scope       60
   1.3.    Out of Scope    60
2.    Responsibilities and Services    60
   2.1.    Infospace Responsibilities    61
   2.2.    Infospace Carrier Care    61
      2.2.1.    Infospace Support Services    62
      2.2.2.    PC Pages Support    62
   2.3.    Cingular Responsibilities    62
3.    Service Performance Objectives    63
      3.1    Service Availability    63
      3.2    Service Latency    63
      3.3    Legacy Components Supporting M3    64
      3.4    Alarming & Monitoring    64
      3.5    Third-Party Content Providers    64
4.    Incident Management    65
   4.1.    Incident Resolution Responsibilities    65
      4.1.1.    Cingular Contact Information    65
      4.1.2.    Cingular Responsibilities    66
      4.1.3.    Incident Handling and Updates    67

 

56


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

          4.1.4.    Technical Bridge and Executive Bridge   

69

      4.1.5.    Escalation Procedures    70
   4.2.    WAP Handsets for Incident and Problem Management    71
5.    Incident Reporting Process    72
   5.1.    Communicating Incidents    72
      5.1.1.    Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting    72
6.    Infospace Reports    73
   6.1.    Post Mortem Reports    73
   6.2.    Service Level Reporting    73
   6.3.    Open Issues List Reporting    74
7.    Change Control Management (CCM)    75
   7.1.    Planned Maintenance by Infospace    75
      7.1.1.    Service Interruptions and Advanced Notification Requirements    75
      7.1.2.    Communications Related to Planned Maintenance    75
      7.1.3.    Canceling Planned Service Interruptions    75
      7.1.4.    Restrictions Associated with Cingular’s Cancellation    76
      7.1.5.    Planned Service Interruptions by Cingular    76
      7.1.6.    Unplanned Service Interruptions by Cingular    76
      7.1.7.    Splash Page During Maintenance    76
   7.2.    Capacity Planning Forecasts    77
8.    Financial Consequences of Non-Performance    77
   8.1.    Financial Consequences for Failure to Meet Service Objectives    77
   8.2.    Service Availability    78
   8.3.    Service Latency    78
   8.4.    Financial Consequences for Non-Performance Related to Incident Resolution    79
   8.5.    Financial Consequences for Past Due Monthly Service Level Report    79

 

57


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Appendix A – Contact & Escalation List    81
Appendix B – Maintenance Request Worksheet    82
Appendix C – Incident Notification    83
Appendix D – SLA Monitoring Requirements    84
Appendix E – SLA Penalty Calculation Model    85

 

58


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

1.    General Information   
1.1.    Purpose   
The purpose of this document is to identify the levels of service that will be maintained by Infospace and Cingular and to provide this information to Operations personnel responsible for the support of the Services.   

 

59


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

1.2. Scope

This Service Level Agreement (SLA) describes the basic level of service that will be provided by Infospace in its support of the delivery of the Services to Cingular. This agreement describes the requirements for the following:

 

  a) support and maintenance of all Infospace and third-party hardware and software for the Services

 

  b) 7x24x365 support and response requirements for support calls;

 

  c) fixes, patches, and minor enhancements;

 

  d) new software releases that contain fixes to defects in production feature functionality; and

 

  e) on-site resources to support acceptance testing, trouble shooting, and system upgrades.

This SLA also defines requirements for response (including email, telephone, remote, and on-site) and resolution timeframes related to Severity 1, Severity 2, and Severity 3 incidents, as well as non-performance financial penalties which will be owed to Cingular for failures to meet certain obligations defined herein.

This document also defines expectations relating to:

 

   

Infospace and Cingular Responsibilities with respect to the Services

 

   

Service Performance Objectives

 

   

Incident Management

 

   

Incident Reporting Process

 

   

Operational Reports

 

   

Change Control Management

This document should be used as a reference for Cingular’s Network Operations and its contracted affiliates and Infospace in support of the Services. It provides the framework for surveillance, isolation, analysis, and resolution of problems related to the Services.

As a means to ensure the highest level of accuracy and efficiency for both Cingular and Infospace, this SLA supersedes all existing Service Level Agreements relating to the Services.

For a complete list of the Services that are subject to this SLA, see the SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below.

 

1.3. Out of Scope

The following items are deemed to be outside the scope of this SLA; however, both parties will make a good faith effort to establish the following independently from this SLA.

***

 

2. Responsibilities and Services

This Section 2 describes Infospace’s support responsibilities with respect to the Services, and the corresponding responsibilities of Cingular.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

60


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

2.1. Infospace Responsibilities

Infospace will provide day-to-day service operations, maintenance and administration in support of the Services that are within Infospace’s Span of Control, as described below.

Span of Control is defined as those areas of functionality that are under the direct control of Infospace. This includes functionality that is provided by external vendors or suppliers with whom Infospace has a contractual relationship, including feeds from providers of Infospace Sourced Content.

It is the intention of Infospace to expeditiously remedy incidents that have been identified either internally by Infospace or Cingular. Corrective action by Infospace assumes that the incident is within its Span of Control and Cingular has provided all relevant information, if available, to Infospace. See the section entitled Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting for required reporting information.

Infospace will pursue the resolution of an incident with outside vendors provided Infospace has a contractual arrangement with the vendor. During the resolution period, Infospace will issue updates to Cingular pursuant to the severity of the incident, as described later in this document.

Any third party content provider contracted directly by Cingular is not a party to this agreement. Any loss of content from such providers is outside of Infospace’s Span of Control.

 

2.2. Infospace Carrier Care

The Infospace Carrier Care Support Services team is an interface between Cingular’s Level 2 Support Group (Cingular’s non-customer facing group) and Infospace for support of services provided by Infospace. This arrangement provides Cingular with access to a single point of contact for reporting incidents, receiving updates and escalation. Table 1 provides the Infospace Carrier Care hours of operation and contact information. A complete list of all contacts is also shown in Appendix A . These contacts are to be contacted per the escalation procedures outlined in Section 3 .

 

Hours of

Operation

   24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year (7/24/365)
Contact Phone Number    ***
Email Address    ***

Table 1, Infospace Carrier Care Contact Information

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commisson.

 

61


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

2.2.1. Infospace Support Services

The following list identifies services that are offered by Infospace Support Services to Cingular:

 

   

Telephone and email support for incident resolution

 

   

Advisory Bulletins

 

   

Notification of planned maintenance activities

 

   

Post Mortem Reports for Severity 1 (SEV1) and recurring incidents classified as Severity 2 (Sev2) including a Root Cause Analysis (RCA) upon request. ***

 

2.2.2. PC Pages Support

As applicable, the PC Pages related Services will operate on browsers that are HTML 4.0 Compliant , specifically, Internet Explorer (IE) 5.0 and above. Infospace will make commercially reasonable efforts to support other browsers that demonstrate significant market presence.

 

2.3. Cingular Responsibilities

Cingular will provide support for Incident Management as detailed in Section 4 .

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

62


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

3. Service Performance Objectives

 

3.1 Service Availability

Service Availability (SA) is defined as the amount of time the service is up excluding planned Maintenance and Cingular caused outages, computed as:

***

The above calculations allow a weighting for partial outages and degraded service, such that only the fraction of Users denied service contributes to negative Service Availability.

 

3.1.1  Service Availability Target

Infospace shall provide an overall system service availability of *** for all Services listed in the SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below, measured at no less than the frequency shown in Appendix D and reported at monthly intervals as described in Section 6.2 below. This measurement excludes downtimes caused by Cingular and service interruptions due to planned maintenance approved in advance by Cingular.

 

3.2 Service Latency

User requests for Services shall be fulfilled in accordance with Table 2 below for each calendar month. This includes delivery of all bytes of the response (content plus protocol overhead) that Infospace controls (i.e. service requests and subsequent requests for which the browser’s URL target is hosted by Infospace).

InfoSpace will achieve the latency targets set forth in Table 2 below on the schedule set forth in Table 2. The parties agree to review such latency targets from time to time during the Term and to assess whether to adjust the latency. Unless otherwise mutually agreed, these are the targets for penalties as set forth in Section 8.3.

 

***

           

Table 2, Latency Target Ramp

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

63


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

These requirements are specific to the portion of end to end Latency incurred within the Infospace’s Span of Control and will be measured from the secure network nearest the Infospace border router. The design of latency monitoring infrastructure will ensure appropriate components of the request and response are adequately measured. The implementation of latency monitoring infrastructure will include the deployment of a separate and specific server(s) for the purpose of monitoring and fault management. The latency introduced by the GPRS network, the WAP Gateway and other elements of the Cingular Network are excluded from the latency measurements described above.

 

3.3 Legacy Components Supporting M3

The following Legacy Services will not be held to the Service Availability as noted above but will meet the legacy Service Availability of *** on a monthly basis as set forth below:

***

Service Availability (SA) is defined as the amount of time the service is up excluding planned Maintenance and Cingular caused outages, computed as:

***

The above calculations allow a weighting for partial outages and degraded service, such that only the fraction of Users denied service contributes to negative Service Availability.***

3.4 ***

 

3.5 Third-Party Content Providers

Infospace will be responsible for the performance, service availability and service latency of all providers of Infospace Sourced Content with whom Infospace has a contract. Where such content provider contracts exist, Infospace will perform appropriate alarming, monitoring and fault management to ensure that performance of these providers fully supports the service objectives defined in this SLA. Infospace will also identify those content providers to Cingular and provide notification of changes to such contractual relationships no less than 30 days in advance of such changes becoming effective.

Expectations for processing of third party content feeds as set forth in Appendix D are as follows: For streaming content (sports scores and stock quotes) and breaking news, all received content must be processed and published a maximum of *** For all other content feeds that are updated at least once a day, content must be processed and published within a maximum of *** For all other content feeds (those updated less frequently than once per day), the content must be processed and published as soon as possible, and will at all times display content for the current day.

Infospace will also provide monthly reporting of service interruptions, availability measures and other data for contracted providers of Infospace Sourced Content in accordance with Section 6 .

In addition, Infospace will be responsible for all degradations and service impacting issues affecting the Services that are caused by providers of Infospace Sourced Content from an Infospace SLA performance perspective.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

64


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

4. Incident Management

 

4.1. Incident Resolution Responsibilities

Incident resolution requires teamwork between Infospace and Cingular. A key element in this teamwork approach is Cingular’s understanding of the User service(s) offered by Infospace.

All Cingular identified incidents concerning failures of the Services that cannot be solved by Cingular representatives will be reported to Infospace Carrier Care Support Services, pursuant to the Reporting Process procedures outlined below. Cingular will assign a Severity Level per Table 4 . If Infospace disagrees with the Severity assignment, both parties will negotiate in good faith after the resolution of the incident but all restoration will proceed based upon Cingular’s initial Severity assignment.

Any reported incident that is caused by a failure that is outside Infospace’s Span of Control and not directly related to its delivery of a subscriber service will be returned to Cingular with an appropriate explanation. Should Infospace determine that an incident being worked by Infospace Carrier Care Support Services is within Cingular’s control, the incident will be closed and returned to Cingular for proper resolution.

 

4.1.1.  Cingular Contact Information

In order for Infospace Carrier Care to effectively resolve Incidents, it is necessary for Infospace to have an accurate list of Cingular’s designated key personnel. This information will be exchanged between the two parties and updated as changes warrant. Appendix A shows the type of contact information required, showing the current contacts at the Effective Date. This data will be maintained and updated by the two parties outside of this SLA document.

 

Cingular

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

NSD National

Operations

Center

   24 x 7 x 365    Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance    ***

MMS External

Partner Ops

   8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support    ***

Change

Management

   8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Maintenance Notification – all maintenance    ***

Table 3, Cingular Contact Information

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

65


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

4.1.2.  Cingular Responsibilities

The following section identifies the responsibilities of Cingular as it relates to this Service Level Agreement.

 

4.1.2.1.  General Responsibilities

 

   

Acts as the primary and direct contact with the User.

 

   

Answers simple questions and resolves minor issues such as resetting passwords or creating new User accounts.

 

4.1.2.2.  Incident Responsibilities

 

   

Creates a trouble ticket that clearly states the problem after gathering all pertinent information about the incident including name, User number, password and any other additional information that is important to resolution of the incident.

 

   

Records any subsequent conversation with the User relative to the incident in the same trouble ticket.

 

   

“Owns” the resolution of an incident by coordinating its resolution within Cingular operational and technical environment and with Infospace or its designees.

 

   

Resolves the incident with the User or determines that the capability is outside the scope of current functionality.

 

   

Explains the resolution of the incident to a technical peer or is capable of targeting the root technical problem for resolution.

 

   

Describes the incident in technical terms to an engineer or developer who is responsible for resolution of the incident.

 

   

Explains the resolution of particular escalated trouble tickets to Cingular’s internal staff members when such an explanation may have the potential for reducing the volume and categories of escalated trouble tickets.

 

4.1.2.3.  Service Responsibilities

 

   

Uses and understands all Infospace service features that are available to the User.

 

4.1.2.4.  Technical Responsibilities

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable about problems that may arise during service usage.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with respect to functionality of supported handset models.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with email notification systems, the Internet and the World Wide Web.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with its network operations and is capable of discerning whether an incident is internal to its internal operations before identifying the incident as a trouble ticket for Infospace.

 

66


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

4.1.3.  Incident Handling and Updates

The Infospace Carrier Care Support Services group of Infospace will coordinate incident isolation, testing and repair work within Infospace and all contracted third party systems that are within Infospace’s Span of Control. During the incident isolation and troubleshooting process, Infospace Carrier Care Support Services will communicate incident resolution progress with Cingular based upon the times specified in Table 4 . Additionally, Infospace Carrier Care Support Services will proactively inform Cingular when an issue or condition arises that may cause potential system anomalies and be a potential source for the creation trouble tickets.

 

67


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Infospace Incident Level

  

Description

  

Update
Method

  

Update

Objectives

Severity 1

(Sev1)

Cingular SIR1

  

 

Severity 1 problems are conditions that render the service inoperative and the inability to use the service has a critical effect on operations. The condition is generally characterized by complete system failure and requires immediate restoration. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•   A complete outage of critical service(s)

 

•   Loss of service or functionality feature that affects *** or more of subscribers

 

•   A recurring anomaly impacting critical service(s).

 

•   Inability to provision a service.

   Email and phone   

First response within ***

 

First Update within ***

 

Subsequent updates *** or upon change in status.

 

Infospace will update Cingular with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Severity 2

(Sev2)

Cingular SIR2

  

 

Severity 2 problems are conditions under which the service is partially inoperative, but is still usable. The inoperative portion of the service restricts operations but has a less critical effect than a Severity 1 condition. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•   Loss of service and/or functionality that affects *** to *** of the subscribers.

 

•   Loss of the ability to utilize some aspect of product features or functionality.

   Email or phone   

First response within ***

 

First update within ***

 

Subsequent updates every *** or upon change in status.

 

Infospace will update Cingular with the information outlined in Appendix C.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

68


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Severity 3

(Sev3)

Cingular SIR3

  

 

Severity 3 problems are generally non-service affecting conditions under which the service is usable and either has no material affect on operations or has very limited affect on operations. The condition is not critical to overall operations, and does not severely restrict such operations. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•   A minor degradation of the service that affects *** or less of the subscribers.

 

•   Non-service impacting intermittent system faults.

 

•   Loss of resources / capacity / traffic measurement function.

 

•   Loss of reporting functionality.

 

•   Invalid measurement data.

 

•   Web interface defects that have little or no impact on a User’s ability to utilize service features and functions.

   Email   

First response within ***

First update within ***

Subsequent updates *** as agreed between the two parties.

Infospace will update Cingular with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Table 4, Incident Handling Notification Timetable

 

4.1.4.  Technical Bridge and Executive Bridge

During the resolution of a service affecting incident, Cingular may establish a Technical Bridge and/or an Executive Bridge for any Incident. Infospace shall join the Technical Bridge upon *** notice from Cingular for Severity 1 issues as noted in Table 5 below. These bridges are used for NOC-to-NOC communication, troubleshooting, triage and escalation. Unless otherwise notified by Cingular, a Technical Bridge or Executive Bridge will be established as follows:

 

Action

  

Sev 1

  

Sev 2

  

Sev 3

Technical Bridge   

*** when reasonably possible)

  

*** (or sooner upon request from Cingular)

  

*** (or sooner upon request from Cingular)

Executive Bridge

   ***    ***    N/A

Table 5, Timelines for Technical and Executive Bridges

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commisson.

 

69


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

4.1.5.     Escalation Procedures

 

4.1.5.1.  Infospace Internal Escalation

Escalation procedures are in place at Infospace to manage the resolution of incidents when they occur. If a Severity 1 (Sev1) incident is not resolved within *** of when Infospace was made aware of the problem, the incident will be escalated within Infospace to the dedicated Manager of Production Operations, who will drive escalation and resolution of the incident within Infospace’s Operations and Engineering groups, and ensure that Cingular is kept updated with the incident resolution process. The appropriate Business Development person will also be informed of the occurrence and status of any Sev1 incident.

If the Sev1 incident has not been resolved by the Infospace & Cingular NOC teams within 1 hour, the Director of Commercial Operations will become directly involved with driving the incident to resolution and communicating with the appropriate Cingular personnel. The status of the incident will also be communicated to senior management within Infospace.

 

4.1.5.2.  Cingular Escalation to Infospace

In the event that Infospace does not respond to Cingular within the times shown in Table 4 , Cingular can request that the incident be escalated to the next level, based on the contact information shared between the two companies (see Appendix A for a list of names that are current as of time of the Effective Date). All escalation requests must be initiated through the 7x24 contact information provided in Table 1 , and not to the individual directly. Only in the event that the 7x24 representative does not escalate within *** of Cingular’s request, should the appropriate Infospace individual be contacted directly. Cingular must verify that escalation has not taken place prior to calling any Infospace employee directly.

For the purposes of clarification, Table 6 provides escalation timelines for Severity 1 and 2 incidents, based on time after the incident was reported. Severity 3 incidents seldom require escalation but in the event that Cingular believes that Infospace is not addressing the incident in a timely manner, the parties can mutually agree to elevate the priority of the incident, and treat it as a Severity 2 incident.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

70


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Escalation Level

  

Escalation Contact

  

Severity 1

  

Severity 2

Level 1    Carrier Specialist    ***    ***
Level 2    Manager – Production Operations    ***    ***
Level 3    Director – Commercial Operations    ***    ***

Table 6, Escalation Timetable

 

4.1.5.3.  Additional Escalation Information

Infospace and Cingular will ensure that any additional processes that are required to ensure the smooth escalation of incidents within each organization are clearly communicated to one another in writing, so that the escalation processes within each organization and between the two organizations are clearly understood by both parties.

Infospace and Cingular will exchange the names and contact information of the personnel who need to be kept informed of progress during the escalation process in Appendix A . Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this document.

 

4.2. WAP Handsets for Incident and Problem Management

In order for Infospace to provide the most effective level of support, Cingular agrees to provide Infospace with two (2) testing units for each device type specifically for supporting Incident and Problem Management. Each such device shall be appropriately provisioned and have a valid account and password as to properly access the Cingular network. Each such unit shall be the GA (general availability) version of the handset and should be supplied to Infospace no less than 30 days prior to launch.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

71


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

5. Incident Reporting Process

 

5.1. Communicating Incidents

Cingular will communicate incidents to Infospace in the following manner:

 

   

Phone call to Infospace NOC or sends a trouble ticket to Infospace via email using the email address of ***

 

   

Infospace sets the initial classification of their internal trouble ticket according to the Cingular notification (see “Mandatory Information” below), unless otherwise agreed between Infospace and Cingular.

 

   

Infospace will generate a single response for each trouble ticket that is received from Cingular, to confirm receipt of the incident report.

 

5.1.1.  Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting

For each Cingular originated incident, Cingular will make every effort to provide as much information to Infospace that will facilitate timely problem determination and resolution. Upon notification of the incidents, the required information will be verified. When Infospace has received sufficient information, Infospace will begin resolving the incident and provide feedback to Cingular as described above in Section 5.1 Communicating Incidents.

Cingular will use best efforts to provide Infospace the following information via email for all reported incidents as required:

 

   

Reference number assigned by Cingular.

 

   

Infospace Service being used.

 

   

System Identity number (usually phone number).

 

   

Time and date of the transaction in question.

 

   

Description of the incident.

 

   

Severity of the incident or problem.

 

   

List of specific steps to reproduce the problem if possible

 

   

List of those actions taken by Cingular to verify the problem and that Cingular has attempted to resolve the incident.

 

   

Other comments to provide additional information as needed.

 

   

All communications that include references to time should be expressed using a 24-hour clock format and should always utilize and reference PST as the standard time zone.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

72


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

6. Infospace Reports

 

6.1. Post Mortem Reports

The purpose of the Post-Mortem Report is to outline the known information regarding the incident and possible root causes and to summarize the incident resolution timeline. If known, it will also identify corrective actions to prevent its reoccurrence. Infospace will create a Post-Mortem Report and provide such report to Cingular per Section 2.2.1 .

 

6.2. Service Level Reporting

Each month, Infospace will provide Cingular with a “Monthly Service Level Report” indicating the service performance for the Services for the previous month (see SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below for detailed list of Services associated with this SLA). This report will contain performance reporting for the service performance objectives listed in Appendix D and a summary of the weekly incident response reports described in Section 6.3 for such month.

Infospace shall supply the Monthly Service Level Report no later than the tenth business day of the month following the immediately preceding month. It is agreed that Infospace will work towards publishing the Monthly Service Level Report on the sixth business day starting 6 months from the initial launch of Services.

The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to service availability for the Services listed in Appendix D :

 

   

Total minutes in the current month

 

   

Total available minutes for the reported month for each Service

 

   

Calculated Service Availability, presented as a percentage for each Service

 

   

Target Service Level Availability for each Service

 

   

Variance from Target Service Level for each Service

 

   

Overall Service Level Availability for the Services

The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to latency for the Services listed in Appendix D :

***

The Monthly Service Level Report shall also include, among other things, the following information for the Services listed in Appendix D :

 

   

Appropriate performance metrics related to processing of 3 rd party content feeds

 

   

Overall Service Level Availability for Infospace contracted Third Party Content Providers

 

   

Detailed log of all service impacting incidents for the month

 

   

Service levels achieved for Users of the PC Pages and Users of the Phone Pages as listed in Section 3.3 above.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

73


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

6.3. Open Issues List Reporting

Infospace shall provide a weekly Open Issues Report, to be reviewed jointly with Cingular during the weekly Operations Call. Both parties agree to periodically review the appropriateness of the frequency of the Open Issues Report and Operations Call. This report shall include the following information:

 

   

Outage report including;

 

   

Ticket Number

 

   

Start time

 

   

End time

 

   

Resolution

 

   

Severity level

 

   

Impact

 

   

Number of Reported Issues and brief summary of the issues

 

   

Date that each Reported Issue was opened

 

   

Current Reported Issue status, and if resolved, the date of the resolution.

 

   

Total number and description of unresolved issues.

 

74


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

7. Change Control Management (CCM)

 

7.1. Planned Maintenance by Infospace

Infospace will ensure that any planned maintenance events under its Span of Control will be executed in a well-coordinated manner. Proper execution includes notification to Cingular by Infospace Carrier Care Support Services.

 

7.1.1.  Service Interruptions and Advanced Notification Requirements

Infospace will provide Cingular with *** advance notice (via email) of all planned maintenance activities resulting or potentially resulting in service interruptions that will have a direct impact on the Services unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties. Infospace may assume that Cingular accepts the scheduled maintenance unless Infospace is advised via email within *** the time of the planned event.

Unless otherwise arranged, Infospace will perform planned service interruptions from *** or as otherwise communicated between the two parties.

***

Please Note: *** Any Infospace unplanned system downtime resulting from a Cingular maintenance activity or otherwise required on account of Cingular’s action(s) or inaction(s), will not be counted against the Infospace SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the Cingular maintenance activities or otherwise required on account of Cingular’s action(s) or inaction(s).

 

7.1.2.  Communications Related to Planned Maintenance

Infospace notification of planned maintenance will be communicated to Cingular through use of the Maintenance Request Worksheet shown in Appendix B . Infospace will provide official notification to Cingular of the start and end of a planned maintenance activity via email to the contacts identified in Section 4.1.1 . During all planned maintenance activities, Cingular will establish a technical bridge for real time communication of status and progress, and Infospace will participate in that technical bridge unless otherwise agreed by both parties.

 

7.1.3. Canceling Planned Service Interruptions

In the event of a Cingular emergency, Cingular may cancel the planned service interruption. Cancellation by Cingular may occur only if Cingular notifies Infospace within *** of the scheduled start time of the maintenance window. Any notification of cancellation must come directly from either an Operations Manager or Cingular Team Leader via voice notification by calling *** for local or International calls), with a follow-up email that should be sent to:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

75


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

7.1.4.  Restrictions Associated with Cingular’s Cancellation

In the event that Cingular cancels a maintenance activity planned by Infospace, as defined in Section 7.1.1 above, and the parties are unable to mutually agree on an alternative schedule, Infospace will not be held to the SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the postponed maintenance activities.

If an alternative schedule is agreed upon, but a failure occurs between the originally approved maintenance window and the rescheduled maintenance window, Infospace will not be held to the SLA services measures for that related outage and/or degradation.

 

7.1.5.  Planned Service Interruptions by Cingular

Cingular will provide Infospace with advance notice (via email to *** ) of all planned maintenance activities requiring support from Infospace. Cingular will make every effort to provide *** advance notice and will provide at a minimum *** advance notice of such activities. Such planned activities will exclude changes to Infospace software and/or configurations as these would require additional notice.

 

7.1.6.  Unplanned Service Interruptions by Cingular

Cingular will notify Infospace of any unplanned service interruptions via email to Infospace Carrier Care ( ***) as quickly as is reasonably possible for Cingular.

Infospace will make all reasonable efforts to support Cingular in resolving the issue. Infospace may charge its standard professional services fees for such efforts.

 

7.1.7.  Splash Page During Maintenance

The parties will cooperate to display a “splash page” during any planned or emergency maintenance that would otherwise result in a TCP timeout from a WAP Gateway and other mutually agreed required maintenance activities requiring customer requests to be blocked whenever reasonably technically feasible. Such a page will be presented to users of both the wired and wireless web access points, to inform them of temporary unavailability of the Services. Service of the splash page does not constitute availability, but is categorized as either planned or unscheduled service interruption (in accordance with Section 7.1 ). Cingular will provide the static WML/xHTML content to be displayed in the “splash page”.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

76


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

7.2. Capacity Planning Forecasts

To ensure the highest level of service, Infospace requires Cingular at least twice per year to provide a forecast estimating the growth of their customer base (3, 6, 9 and 12 months into the future) and likely service usage. This will allow Infospace to plan the required resources to support the services for Cingular’s customers. If Cingular becomes aware of any material changes that would impact any forecast previously provided to Infospace (e.g., if Cingular has a special promotion plan in which a high number of new customers are anticipated), Infospace must be given 30 days advance notice of any change in the forecast to prepare for such additional capacity. If Cingular fails to provide Infospace with such notice, Infospace will not be held responsible for any failures to the performance objectives that could have been avoided had Infospace received such notice. A forecast provided pursuant to this section is only a forecast and is not a commitment on behalf of Cingular for the forecasted amount.

 

8. Financial Consequences of Non-Performance

 

8.1. Financial Consequences for Failure to Meet Service Objectives

The following sections define financial penalties for non-performance related to service objectives within the Infospace Span of Control.

These non-performance penalties will apply commencing on the date of commercial launch of the Services. The total financial penalties will be subject to the following Infospace revenue caps.

 

Period

(start date adjusted based on

actual launch date)

  

Month

  

Cap

  

Max Net SLA Penalty After Cap

(based on min. M3 rev.)

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

Table 7, Penalty Cap Phase-In Schedule

For the purposes of the SLA, Infospace “Total Revenue” shall be calculated as follows: the sum of *** for the applicable month. For further detail regarding the non-performance penalties described below, reference SLA Penalty Calculation Model ( Appendix E ) below.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

77


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

For any month for which there is an Availability and a Latency penalty due for the same period of time, Infospace shall be required to pay only the Availability penalty and the Latency penalty shall be waived when mutually agreed that there was a common or related cause.

Infospace will deduct penalties for non-performance from the subsequent month’s invoice to Cingular for the Services.

 

8.2. Service Availability

 

(a) Service availability targets apply to Services provided to Cingular as described in the SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below and will be reported as required in Section 6 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, non-performance penalties will apply solely to the WAP portions of the following Services:

 

Service Area

  

Penalty Amount

(% of Total Revenue)

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

Table 8, Service Availability Penalty Calculation

 

(b) Subject to Section 8.1, Infospace agrees to pay to Cingular service availability failure fees computed on a monthly basis, as a calculation of (i) plus (ii):

 

***

Infospace will utilize the most recent and relevant historical user data available for the purpose of determining the percentage of users impacted during periods of unavailability.

 

8.3. Service Latency

Service latency targets apply to Services provided to Cingular as described in Appendix D and will be reported as required in Section 6 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, non-performance penalties will apply solely to the following portions of the Services as further described in Appendix D :

 

***   ***   ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

78


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

***

Table 9, Latency Penalty Calculation

***

Table 10, Latency Target Ramp

Subject to Section 8.1 , Infospace agrees to pay to Cingular excessive latency fees based on performance according to Table 10 above for each month of the SLA reporting period. In the event the monthly latency measurement for a particular Service Area listed in Table 9 above exceeds ***

 

8.4 ***

 

8.5 ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

79


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

9 Right to Terminate

 

(a) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Monthly Service Availability Requirement.

In the event that the monthly service availability target described in Section 3.1 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.2 above in any three calendar months within any four month period during the Term, then, at the end of any such third failed month, Cingular shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Infospace or to provide Infospace notice of Cingular’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that Cingular delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Infospace to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service availability target set forth in Section 3.1. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

 

(b) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Latency Requirement.

In the event that the latency requirement described in Section 3.2 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.3 above in any three calendar months within any four month period, then, at the end of any such third failed month, Cingular shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Infospace or to provide Infospace notice of Cingular’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that Cingular delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Infospace to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service latency target set forth in Section 3.2. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

 

80


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Appendix A – Contact & Escalation List

Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this document.

Infospace Customer Care Contact Information ***

 

Single Point of Contact Name    Infospace Carrier Care
Title    n/a
Phone    ***
Email    ***
  
Second Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Manager – Production Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***
  
Third Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Director – Commercial Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

Cingular Contact Information

 

Cingular

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

NSD National

Operations Center

   24 x 7 x 365    Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance    ***

MMS External

Partner Ops

  

8:00 am – 5:00 pm

PT Monday – Friday

   Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support    ***

Change

Management

  

8:00 am – 5:00 pm

PT Monday – Friday

   Maintenance Notification – all maintenance    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

81


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Appendix B – Maintenance Request Worksheet

This Maintenance Request Worksheet is be sent to: ***

 

1) Title of Maintenance

 

2) Brief Description of Maintenance

 

  - Scope and full description

 

  - Cingular service

 

3) Maintenance Start Date & Time

 

4) Maintenance End Date & Time

 

5) Cingular Service Impact

 

  - Impact to Cingular internal & external customers

 

  - Explanation of Information Service unavailability

 

6) Information Service Impact Assessment (within the scheduled window)

 

  - Duration in minutes

 

  - Estimated start/end time of Cingular service impact

 

7) Risk Assessment

 

8) Partner Maintenance Request Number

 

9) Point of Contact

 

  - Name, telephone numbers

 

10) Maintenance Install Team

 

11) Update Schedule

 

  - Cancellation of Maintenance – as soon as possible

 

  - Start of Maintenance Window

 

  - Notify when Down Time begins

 

  - Notify when Information Service is restored (Down Time ends)

 

  - Notify of Problem

 

  - Maintenance runs outside window

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

82


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Appendix C – Incident Notification

Incident Notification or Trouble Ticket (send to: ***

 

1) Title of Incident

 

2) Brief Description of Incident
  - Should include scope (Cingular service impacted)

 

3) Start Date and Time

 

4) Information Service Resolution Date and Time

 

5) Duration of Outage

 

  - Provided at time of restoration

 

6) Cingular Information Service Impact

 

  - Impact to Cingular End Customer

 

7) Partner Ticket Number

 

8) Partner Severity Level

 

  - Based on quantified Information Service impact

 

9) Technical Action Take to Correct Incident

 

  - Steps taken to restore Information Service

 

10) Initial Root Cause

 

  - Suspect root cause (brief)
  - Formal RCA for SIR 1 or chronic issues of lower severity

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

83


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Appendix D

Cingular M3 SLA Monitor Requirements Summary

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

84


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Appendix E—M3 SLA Penalty Calculation Model

***

 

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

85


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

LOGO     

 

Project Name Here

 

Business Requirements

 

Date

 

Version 1.0

 

Developed by:

 

Cingular Wireless

 

5565 Glenridge Connector

 

Atlanta, GA 30342

 

86


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

Table of Contents

 

1. Document Details

   88

Document History

   88

Project Team

   88

2. Overview & Objectives

   89

Scope

   89

Terminology

   89

Workflow

   89

Assumptions

   89

Constraints

   89

3. Architecture & Infrastructure Requirements

   90

Operational Requirements

   90

Scalability Requirements

   90

Security

   90

4. General Requirements

   91

5. HTML Requirements

   92

6. WML Requirements

   93

7. Admin Tool Requirements

   94

8. Reporting Requirements

   95

9. Testing Expectations

   96

10. Training Considerations

   97

11. Appendix A: Explanation of Requirement IDs

   98

12. Appendix B: Work Flow

   99

13. Cingular Wireless Approval

   100

 

87


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

1. Document Details

 

Document Author

  

Location

  

Marketing Champion

  
  

Document History

 

Date

   Author    Revision
     
     

Project Team

 

Name

   Responsibilities    Contact
Information
     
     

 

88


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

2. Overview & Objectives

Include a high level project description here. For example: The project team desires to create a new product that will do x, y and z.

 

   

Scope

This section should include what systems/sites are affected

 

   

Terminology

Define any acronyms and/or uncommon terms here.

 

Term

  

Definition

BRID

   Identification number assigned to requirements in this document for tracking purposes. See Appendix A for a full explanation.

 

   

Workflow

Describe the current business process workflow and identify any changes in this section. Illustrations should be included in Appendix B: Workflow.

 

   

Assumptions

Assumptions or dependencies of the requirement are listed here.

 

   

Constraints

Limitations are listed here.

 

89


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

3. Architecture & Infrastructure Requirements

 

   

Operational Requirements

Operational requirements should be listed here. For example, the site should maintain an uptime of 99.6%, not including scheduled down time…

 

   

Scalability Requirements

Specify the number of concurrent users to be supported, transaction volume, etc…

 

   

Security

Does the site need to be on a secure server? If there’s an admin tool, who should have access and how should usernames/passwords be administered?

 

90


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

4. General Requirements

 

BRID

  

Requirement

  
  
  
  

 

91


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

5. HTML Requirements

 

BRID

  

Requirement

  
  
  

 

92


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

6. WML Requirements

 

BRID

  

Requirement

  
  
  

 

93


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

7. Admin Tool Requirements

 

BRID

  

Requirement

  
  

 

94


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

8. Reporting Requirements

Give a brief overview of reporting requirements then list specifics in the table. If there are multiple reports, you may repeat this section for each report.

 

BRID

  

Requirement

  
  
  

 

95


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

9. Testing Expectations

Highlight particular use case scenarios that may be helpful to users and Quality Assurance personnel who are validating the site’s functionality in the test environment.

 

96


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

10. Training Considerations

List groups who will require training and specify what’s needed for each group to conduct training effectively.

 

97


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

11. Appendix A: Explanation of Requirement IDs

IDs are assigned to each requirement to facilitate traceability of the requirement throughout the software development lifecycle. The following subsections explain the components of Business Requirement IDs (BRIDs).

A Cingular Wireless-assigned BRID identifies each client-provided Business Requirement. The BRID consists of three components:

The letters BR , to identify the requirement as a Business Requirement

A two- or three-character abbreviation identifying the feature affected by the requirement

A three-digit, unique value assigned to the specific BR.

Thus, a BRID of BR-ECA-010 denotes that

It is a client-provided Business Requirement.

The requirement is associated with the eCare feature.

The requirement has a unique identifier of 010.

 

98


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

12. Appendix B: Work Flow

This section should include existing and/or proposed business process flows. This appendix should always appear in the document. If there are no business process flows to be included, please indicate with “Not Applicable”.

 

99


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

13. Cingular Wireless Approval

This section requires sign-off from the Marketing Champion who initiated this project. This sign-off sheet serves the following purposes:

 

   

Provides a formal review and approval checkpoint for ensuring these documented requirements accomplish their intended purpose.

 

   

Provides a verification that these business requirements accurately define the objective, scope, and details of the new development or enhancement request.

If the documentation accurately reflects the business requirement, please sign below.

 

               
Marketing Champion     Date  

 

100


EXHIBIT I – CHANGE REQUEST TEMPLATE

 

Cingular Change Request Submission Form

 

Date Submitted:      Date Requested By:   
Subject of Change:        
Affected Interfaces:   ¨    HTML Portal     ¨   WML Portal     ¨   SMS Application     ¨   Admin Tool
Type of Change:   ¨   Problem                                                   ¨   Enhancement
Priority:   ¨   Low              ¨   Medium                      ¨   High
Document Author:      Marketing Champion:   

I. Objectives

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

II. Assumptions

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

III. Constraints

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

 

101


EXHIBIT I – CHANGE REQUEST TEMPLATE

 

IV. Requirements

 

  a. General Requirements
  1. ……
  2. ….
  3.

 

  b. HTML Portal Requirements
  1. ….
  2. ….
  3.

 

  c. WML Portal Requirements
  1. ….
  2. ….
  3. ….

 

  d. SMS Application Requirements
  1. ….
  2. ….
  3. ….

 

  e. Admin Tool Requirements
  1. ….
  2. ….
  3. ….

 

V. Process Flow

Insert screenshots, flow charts, etc… here.

 

102


EXHIBIT J – FORM OF WORK ORDER AND PURCHASE ORDER

 

Work Order No.             

to Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249

InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. (“InfoSpace”) will perform the following additional services for Cingular Wireless LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates (“Company”) under the terms and conditions of that certain Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249, dated July 22, 2005 between InfoSpace and Company (as amended, the “Agreement”). In consideration of the additional services described below, Company will pay to InfoSpace the amount(s) set forth below on or before the date(s) set forth below.

 

Task Description

 

Estimated Completion Date

InfoSpace will                             
(the “Deliverable”).

  InfoSpace will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Deliverable ___________.

 

Amount

  

Due Date

$                     Upon completion of the Deliverable, InfoSpace will send an invoice to Company for the fees payable pursuant to this Work Order. Company shall remit payment for such invoice within thirty (30) days of the date of such invoice.

This Work Order is made under and incorporates the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The terms and conditions set forth in this Work Order are in addition to and not in substitution of any terms or conditions set forth in the Agreement. Except as specifically modified by this Work Order, the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.     Cingular Wireless LLC
           
Authorized Signature     Authorized Signature
           
Printed Name and Title     Printed Name and Title
           
Date     Date

 

103


EXHIBIT J – FORM OF WORK ORDER AND PURCHASE ORDER

 

Cingular Purchase Order

LOGO

 

104


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

License Agreement

 

 

InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.

and

Cingular Wireless, LLC

Agreement No:

Effective Date:

 

105


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Table of Contents

 

    Section    
1.   Definitions
2.   License; Protection of InfoSpace Software
3.   Delivery of InfoSpace Software; Implementation Plan
4.   Hardware
5.   Certain Obligations of the Parties
6.   Payments
7.   Warranties; Indemnification; Insurance; Limitation of Liability; Taxes
8.   Term and Termination
9.   Intellectual Property
10.   General Provisions
  Exhibits
  A.   InfoSpace Software
  B.   Change Request and Acceptance Process
  C.   Support for InfoSpace Software
  D.   System Environment Specifications
  E.   Preliminary Implementation Plan
  F.   Form of Work Order
  G.   Commercial Terms
  H.   Executive Orders and Federal Regulations
  I.   Cingular Purchase Order

 

106


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

License Agreement

This License Agreement (“Agreement”), effective as of              , 200_ (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between InfoSpace Mobile, Inc., a California corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc., with principal offices at 10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90024 (“InfoSpace”), and Cingular Wireless, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, with principal offices at 5565 Glenridge Connector, Atlanta, GA 30342 (“Cingular”).

RECITALS

This Agreement is entered into with reference to the following facts:

A. InfoSpace and Cingular entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249, effective as of July 22, 2005 (the “Services Agreement”).

B. The parties are entering this Agreement pursuant to Section          of the Services Agreement.

C. InfoSpace owns the software listed in the attached Exhibit A (collectively, the “InfoSpace Software” ).

D. Cingular wishes to license the InfoSpace Software and to obtain support and other services from InfoSpace as set forth in this Agreement.

E. InfoSpace wishes to license the InfoSpace Software and provide support and other services to Cingular as set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions.

As used herein, the following terms have the following defined meanings:

“Active User” means a User for whom InfoSpace reports three or more Sessions during a calendar month of the Term .

“Affiliate” means an entity that has its principal place of business in the United States or Puerto Rico and that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another entity. Control shall be defined as (i) thirty percent (30%) or more ownership or beneficial interest of income and capital of such entity; (ii) ownership of at least thirty percent (30%) of the voting power or voting equity; or (iii) the exclusive or shared ability to otherwise direct the management policies of such entity by contract or otherwise.

“Agreement” means this License Agreement, including all exhibits hereto.

 

107


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

“Authorized Operator” means any individual with a need to access the InfoSpace Software in order to perform the activities contemplated by this Agreement who is (i) an employee of Cingular, or (ii) an independent contractor or consultant of Cingular reasonably acceptable to InfoSpace, provided that such independent contractor or consultant has agreed in writing to act in accordance with the obligations of non-disclosure and non-use imposed by this Agreement.

Documentation ” means the documentation, training materials, specifications, notes and technical documents, and materials sufficient to permit Cingular to use the InfoSpace Software.

“Error(s)” means defect(s) in the InfoSpace Software that prevent it from performing in accordance with the Documentation.

“InfoSpace Software” means the software owned by InfoSpace that is listed on Exhibit A, including any updates, new releases or Error corrections thereto.

“Intellectual Property Rights” means any patent, copyright, rights in Trademark, trade secret rights, and other intellectual property or proprietary rights arising under the laws of any jurisdiction.

“Live Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

Object Code ” means the computer software code which results from the translation or processing of Source Code by a computer into machine executable or intermediate code, which code is not readily understandable to a human being but is appropriate for execution or interpretation by a computer.

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

“Session” means any use of the Services by a User during any thirty minute period.

“Services” mean the wireless services that will be hosted and made available to Users by Cingular using the InfoSpace Software and third party software, content and applications.

Source Code ” means computer code in high level, human readable language, including comments, and all tools and documentation reasonably necessary to build and/or modify such code.

“System Environment Specifications” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

“Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

“Territory” means the United States and Puerto Rico.

“Trademarks” means trademarks, service marks, trade names, proprietary logos or indicia and other source or business identifiers.

“User” means any individual that is authorized by Cingular to access the Services.

“User Data” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8.

 

108


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Any capitalized term used in this Agreement but not defined in this Section 1 shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in this Agreement.

 

2. License; Protection of InfoSpace Software.

2.1 InfoSpace Software. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, InfoSpace hereby grants to Cingular for the Term, a non-exclusive, non-transferable, fully-paid, royalty-bearing, limited license (a) to the InfoSpace Software, in Object Code form, to use solely in connection with providing the Services to Users for personal use within the Territory, and (b) to use the accompanying Documentation in connection with Cingular’s permitted use of the InfoSpace Software. Further, Cingular will have the right to sublicense the foregoing rights to a third party hosting service provider reasonably acceptable to InfoSpace. InfoSpace will notify Cingular of such acceptance or rejection in writing within 15 days of receiving written notification of such third party provider from Cingular.

2.2 Protection of InfoSpace Software. Cingular will protect the InfoSpace Software using the same degree of care Cingular takes to protect its own Confidential Information; provided, however, that, at a minimum, Cingular will:

(a) Not use or permit the use of the InfoSpace Software in any manner other than to provide access to the Services to Users as provided herein;

(b) Retain in strict confidence, and not disclose or otherwise make available, the InfoSpace Software to anyone except Authorized Operators for use pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;

(c) Reproduce (and refrain from removing or destroying) copyright and proprietary rights notices that are placed upon or within the InfoSpace Software;

(d) Not copy or reproduce the InfoSpace Software or the Documentation;

(e) Erase or otherwise destroy, prior to disposing of media, all portions of the InfoSpace Software contained on such media;

(f) Not modify, reverse engineer, disassemble, decompile or otherwise attempt to discover the Source Code of the InfoSpace Software, or use or refer to the InfoSpace Software for the purpose of creating software that provides functionality similar to that provided by the InfoSpace Software, or for any other purpose not expressly provided herein;

(g) Not sublicense the InfoSpace Software or Documentation , or assign any of the rights granted to Cingular under this Agreement except as expressly permitted under this Agreement; and

(h) Notify InfoSpace promptly in writing upon learning of any unauthorized disclosure or use of the InfoSpace Software, and cooperate fully and promptly with InfoSpace to cure any unauthorized disclosure or use of the InfoSpace Software.

 

109


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

2.3 Operating Environment. Cingular will obtain, configure and maintain the minimum requirements for the computing, network and communications environments in which the InfoSpace Software is intended to operate as specified by InfoSpace in the System Environment Specifications (“SES”), attached hereto as Exhibit D. Among other things, the SES will set forth the hardware and third party software necessary to support the InfoSpace Software. InfoSpace may update the SES from time to time and shall promptly notify Cingular in writing of any such update.

Upon Cingular’s request at any time during the Term and at Cingular’s expense, InfoSpace will use commercially reasonable efforts to determine whether Cingular is in compliance with the SES, provided that InfoSpace shall provide an initial compliance certification to Cingular upon Cingular’s request at no charge and, provided further, that in the event that InfoSpace updates the SES during the Term, InfoSpace will provide Cingular with an additional compliance certification at no charge upon notification from Cingular that Cingular has implemented such update.

2.4 Cingular Acknowledgement. Cingular acknowledges that Cingular will be solely responsible for obtaining all necessary rights to all third party software, hardware, content, applications and other technology required to develop and commercially deploy the Services, provided that InfoSpace will (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer to Cingular its licenses to the third party software listed in Section B(iii) of Exhibit A and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to sublicense to Cingular the Web Crawler software as described in Section B(iv) of Exhibit A. In the event that InfoSpace is unable to (x) transfer to Cingular the licenses listed in Section B(iii) of Exhibit A and/or (y) sublicense to Cingular the Web Crawler software, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to a mutually agreeable solution.

2.5 Nonexclusivity. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is non-exclusive, and that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to prohibit either party from participating in similar business arrangements as those described herein with any Person.

 

3. Delivery of InfoSpace Software; Implementation Plan.

3.1 Delivery of InfoSpace Software. InfoSpace will deliver and install the InfoSpace Software and deliver the Documentation to Cingular on amutually agreed upon schedule no later than six months from the Effective Date.

3.2 Implementation Plan. A preliminary Implementation Plan is attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “Preliminary Implementation Plan”). The parties will mutually develop and agree upon a more detailed Implementation Plan within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date that will supersede the Preliminary Implementation Plan (the “Implementation Plan”). Each party will perform its designated tasks and activities described in the Implementation Plan. No act, promise or assurance of either party will modify the terms of the Implementation Plan unless in writing and signed by both parties. The Preliminary Implementation Plan and the Implementation Plan will be Confidential Information of both parties.

3.3 Testing; Commercial Release of Services. The Implementation Plan will include a testing procedure that will set forth a schedule for Cingular to test the InfoSpace Software to confirm that it performs in material compliance with the Documentation. In addition, the Implementation Plan will set forth a mutually agreed timeline for the commercial deployment of the Services that will include the date upon which the Services will be made commercially available by Cingular to Users (the “Live Date”).

 

110


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

4. Hardware.

4.1 Hardware Specifications. Cingular will obtain, configure and install the hardware set forth in the SES in accordance with the specifications set forth in the SES. InfoSpace will deliver the hardware referred to in Section 4(a) of the Services Agreement to Cingular. Cingular shall pay any fees or other costs associated with such delivery and the transfer to Cingular of any service agreements related to such hardware.

4.2 Installation of Hardware. Upon Cingular’s request, InfoSpace will install at Cingular’s designated location(s) those items of hardware designated in the Implementation Plan as to be installed by InfoSpace, if any. InfoSpace will invoice Cingular for the installation charges, computed at InfoSpace’s then-current standard rates, and Cingular will pay the invoice amount(s) within forty-five (45) days of the date of invoice. Cingular will be responsible for the installation of all other hardware.

4.3 Remote Access to Hardware. Cingular will provide remote network access to the hardware, including providing to InfoSpace the necessary security information to access the hardware through a Virtual Private Network (VPN), or equivalent means of access for the purposes of monitoring and providing support services related to the InfoSpace Software.

 

5. Certain Obligations of the Parties.

5.1 Support. Exhibit C sets forth the parties’ respective obligations with respect to the support of the InfoSpace Software. Cingular will allow InfoSpace personnel to implement and/or will cooperate with InfoSpace upon its request in the implementation of any bug fixes, updates or Error corrections to the InfoSpace Software, or any other support services prescribed to InfoSpace on Exhibit C. Except as specifically stated on Exhibit C or approved in advance and in writing by InfoSpace, no Cingular or third party personnel will have access to the InfoSpace Software. To the extent any Cingular personnel has access to the InfoSpace Software pursuant to Exhibit C, such individuals will not participate in the development of any software that provides functionality similar to that provided by the InfoSpace Software for the Term of this Agreement and for two years thereafter. Cingular will pay InfoSpace the Support Fees set forth on Exhibit G for the support services rendered by InfoSpace hereunder.

5.2 Technical Cooperation. Each party will provide reasonable technical cooperation to the other party in order to install and operate the InfoSpace Software. In addition to performing the tasks assigned to Cingular in the Implementation Plan and this Agreement, Cingular agrees to provide InfoSpace with timely access to Cingular’s facilities and systems in accordance with Section 10.1 and to assist InfoSpace to the extent reasonably necessary for InfoSpace personnel to perform InfoSpace’s obligations under the Implementation Plan and this Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) assigning and making available for the duration of the implementation a sufficient number of Cingular personnel to perform Cingular’s obligations under the Implementation Plan and this Agreement; (ii) the timely completion of all set-up activities for which Cingular is responsible; (iii) providing and updating all relevant information reasonably necessary for InfoSpace to perform its obligations; and (iv) establishing and maintaining the system environment described in the SES.

5.3 Project Management . Each party will appoint a single primary point of contact for project management and coordination. This individual will be responsible for coordinating internal teams and activities associated with the deployment of the InfoSpace Software; prioritizing issues and change requests; providing internal communication of project schedule and status; and coordinating meetings and other joint activities between the parties.

 

111


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

5.4 Training. InfoSpace will, as requested by Cingular, provide training with respect to the operation and use of the InfoSpace Software on a schedule and terms, and at a location to be mutually agreed upon by the parties.

5.5 Publicity. The parties may work together to issue publicity and/or general marketing communications concerning their relationship and other mutually agreed-upon matters, provided, however, that neither party will have any obligation to do so. Neither party will issue any such publicity or general marketing communications concerning their relationship without the prior written consent of the other party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

5.6 Work Orders. Unless otherwise agreed, the parties will use the process described in Exhibit B for all modifications to the InfoSpace Software. Unless otherwise agreed, the parties shall use the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “Work Order”) to document any work related to modifications to the InfoSpace Software . The Work Order shall set forth the work to be performed, the associated fees for such work, and any other applicable terms and conditions. InfoSpace will perform the tasks set forth on each Work Order and will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such tasks according to the estimated timeline (if any) set forth on each such Work Order. Cingular will cooperate with InfoSpace and provide such assistance as InfoSpace may reasonably request to fulfill its obligations under each such Work Order. InfoSpace’s obligation to complete the tasks specified in each such Work Order by the corresponding dates (if any) will be subject to InfoSpace’s receipt from Cingular of all necessary technical specifications by the date set forth in each such Work Order for delivery of such materials, or if no date is set forth, by a date to be mutually agreed by the parties.

Notwithstanding the above, no Work Order is authorized until InfoSpace is in receipt of a Cingular issued Purchase Order, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit J (a “Purchase Order”). All Purchase Orders issued by Cingular hereunder shall include the corresponding Work Order as an attachment. If the terms of the Purchase Order are materially different than the terms of the Work Order, InfoSpace may reject the Purchase Order.

All Work Orders and Purchase Orders will be made under and incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The terms and conditions referenced on the form of the Purchase Order shall not apply to any Purchase Order issued in connection with this Agreement.

5.7 Other Requirements. InfoSpace and Cingular shall fulfill their respective obligations set forth in the Exhibits.

5.8 Use of User Data. To the extent that InfoSpace receives or has access to any personally-identifiable User data (including, but not limited to, customer proprietary network information, profiles, User usage data and other data resulting from User use of the Services) (collectively, “User Data” ), Cingular retains all rights to, and is the sole owner of, all User Data. InfoSpace will treat all User Data as Cingular Confidential Information pursuant to Section 10.4 of this Agreement. InfoSpace will not use or disseminate or authorize the use or dissemination of any User Data for any purpose other than in connection with the performance of InfoSpace’s obligations under this Agreement, without Cingular’s advance written permission, which may be withheld in Cingular’s sole discretion.

 

112


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

6. Payments.

6.1 Fees and Payments. Cingular shall pay to InfoSpace the License Fees and Support Fees set forth on Exhibit G in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and as set forth on Exhibit G. All payments to InfoSpace by Cingular shall be preceded by an invoice from InfoSpace. Subject to Section 6.2, Cingular shall pay InfoSpace in accordance with the amounts stated on any invoice delivered under this Agreement within forty-five (45) days of the date of the invoice. All payments from Cingular will state the corresponding invoice number.

6.2 Remuneration; Collection. Cingular shall pay to InfoSpace the amounts as set forth on Exhibit G. Each party may accept any check or payment without prejudice to its rights to recover the balance due or to pursue any other right or remedy. No endorsement or statement on any check or payment or letter accompanying any check or payment or elsewhere will be construed as an accord or satisfaction. Unless explicitly stated on Exhibit G, all amounts payable under this Agreement are denominated in United States dollars and each party will pay all amounts payable under this Agreement in lawful money of the United States. In the event of a disputed amount on any invoice, the billed party shall notify the billing party of its dispute in writing within forty-five (45) days of receipt of invoice, setting forth the reasons therefor. The billing party will respond within thirty (30) days of receipt of the billed party’s notice of dispute, at which time either (a) the billing party will agree with the claim and will waive payment, or (b) the parties will agree to meet to resolve the dispute within a reasonable period of time. During this process, InfoSpace does NOT have the right to suspend the license of or the support for the InfoSpace Software. The non-prevailing party will be responsible for all reasonable expenses (including attorney fees) incurred by the prevailing party in any action brought for the collection of past due amounts payable under this Agreement.

6.3 Records and Audit. During the Term, each party shall maintain accurate records of fees received and calculations of the fees payable to the other party pursuant to this Agreement. Either party, at its expense, and upon thirty (30) business days’ advance written notice to the other party, shall have the right to examine or audit such records in order to verify the amounts owed to either party under this Agreement. Any such audit will be conducted, to the extent possible, during normal business hours and in a manner that does not interfere with the ordinary business operations of the audited party.

 

7. Warranties, Indemnification, Insurance; Limitation of Liability; Taxes.

7.1 Warranties.

 

  (a) Each party represents and warrants to the other party that:

1) It has the full corporate right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform the acts required of it hereunder; its execution of this Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder, do not and will not violate, breach, or result in a default of any contract, lease, or other agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound, any of which violations, breaches, or defaults could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such party to perform its obligations hereunder;

2) Its execution of this Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder, do not and will not conflict with the articles of incorporation or by-laws (or other governing instruments) of such party;

3) When executed and delivered, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms; and

 

113


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

4) it will comply with all then-current applicable laws, rules, and regulations in connection with the exercise of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any related to individual privacy).

 

  (b) InfoSpace represents and warrants to Cingular that:

1) The InfoSpace Software does not infringe, or otherwise violate or misappropriate any copyright, patent, trade secret, or other propriety right(s) held by any third party;

2) Provided that the InfoSpace Software is operated by or on behalf of Cingular in accordance with the SES, the InfoSpace Software will perform substantially as described in the applicable Documentation;

3) The InfoSpace Software does not include or contain any timer, clock, counter, or other routine or design which causes the InfoSpace Software to be erased, or to become inoperable or otherwise incapable of being used in the full manner for which it was designed and licensed;

4) To its knowledge, there are no actions, suits, or proceedings, pending or threatened, which will have a material adverse effect on InfoSpace’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement;

5) Any services provided hereunder by InfoSpace will be performed in a professional manner, and with the care, skill and diligence, and in accordance with the applicable standards, currently recognized in InfoSpace’s profession or industry; and

6) The InfoSpace Software has year 2000 capability. Year 2000 capability means that the InfoSpace Software will:

(i) Read, compute, store, process, display and print data involving dates, including single century and multi-century formulas, and will not cause computational, display, storage or other errors resulting from the liability to accurately or correctly handle dates, including, but not limited to, year 2000 and February 29, 2000; and

(ii) Include the indication of century in all date-related user interface functionality, data fields, and generated code.

7.2 Indemnification.

 

  (a)

Cingular will defend, indemnify and hold harmless InfoSpace, and its respective directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims, costs, losses, damages, judgments and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or in connection with any third-party claim alleging (i) any breach of Cingular’s representations or warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement or (ii) that the Services (excluding the InfoSpace Software) contain any material that is obscene, libelous or defamatory, or violates the rights of any third party, or violates any law or regulation, or infringes any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party. InfoSpace agrees that Cingular shall have sole and exclusive control over the defense and settlement of any such third party claim. However, Cingular

 

114


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

  shall not acquiesce to any judgment or enter into any settlement that adversely affects InfoSpace’s rights or interests without the prior written consent of InfoSpace. InfoSpace shall promptly notify Cingular of any such claim of which it becomes aware and shall: (a) at Cingular’s expense, provide reasonable cooperation to Cingular in connection with the defense or settlement of any such claim; and (b) at InfoSpace’s expense, be entitled to participate in the defense of any such claim.

 

  (b) InfoSpace will defend, indemnify and hold harmless Cingular, and its respective directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims, costs, losses, damages, judgments and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or in connection with any third-party claim alleging (i) any breach of InfoSpace’s representations or warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement or (ii) that the InfoSpace Software violates the rights of any third party, or violates any law or regulation, or infringes any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party. Cingular agrees that InfoSpace shall have sole and exclusive control over the defense and settlement of any such third party claim. However, InfoSpace shall not acquiesce to any judgment or enter into any settlement that adversely affects Cingular’s rights or interests without the prior written consent of Cingular. Cingular shall promptly notify InfoSpace of any such claim of which it becomes aware and shall: (a) at InfoSpace’s expense, provide reasonable cooperation to InfoSpace in connection with the defense or settlement of any such claim; and (b) at Cingular’s expense, be entitled to participate in the defense of any such claim.

 

  (c) In the event that either party, after notification of any claim for which such party is responsible, does not assume the defense of such action, such party will reimburse the other party for all reasonable costs incurred by such other party in the defense of the claim, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

7.3 Infringement. Without limiting InfoSpace’s other obligations under Section 7.2(b), if an injunction or order is obtained against Cingular’s use of the InfoSpace Software (or any portion thereof) as contemplated by this Agreement or if, in InfoSpace’s opinion, the InfoSpace Software (or any portion thereof) is or is likely to become the subject of a claim of infringement, InfoSpace will, at its expense:

(i) procure for Cingular the right to continued use of the InfoSpace Software (or portion thereof) under this Agreement; or

(ii) after consultation with Cingular, replace or modify the InfoSpace Software (or portion thereof) under this Agreement such that it is non-infringing and still meets the requirements of this Agreement to Cingular’s satisfaction; or

(iii) remove such infringing InfoSpace Software and reduce any License Fees attributable to such software.

Cingular will not be liable to InfoSpace for License Fees for the InfoSpace Software after the date that InfoSpace no longer provides the InfoSpace Software to Cingular as a result of actual or claimed infringement.

 

115


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

7.4 Insurance . As of the Effective Date, InfoSpace maintains and will maintain the insurance coverage set forth below:

Commercial General Liability:

 

Combined Single Limit

   $ 1,000,000 per occurrence

General Aggregate

   $ 2,000,000 per policy period

Products/Completed Operations Aggregate

   $ 2,000,000 per policy period

Internet Professional Liability :

 

Data Processor’s Errors and Omissions Coverage or similar coverage

   $ 1,000,000 per occurrence/aggregate

Information Technology Products Insurance

   $ 1,000,000 per occurrence

Personal Injury/Advertising

   $ 1,000,000 per occurrence

Umbrella Policy:

$20,000,000 per occurrence

$20,000,000 for products/completed operations aggregate

$20,000,000 general aggregate

Worker’s Compensation:

$1,000,000 bodily injury by accident

$1,000,000 bodily injury by disease

InfoSpace has provided and shall provide upon request a Certificate of Insurance to Cingular showing coverage and limits not less than the minimum amounts shown herein. Such insurance coverage shall have an A-VII or better rating, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Ratings Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies.

 

116


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

All certificates and policies shall include a provision whereby Cingular must be given thirty (30) days advance written notice of the insurer’s intention not to renew such policy(ies) or to cancel, replace or alter the same by reducing the required coverage.

7.5 Limitation of Liability; Disclaimer of Warranties.

(a) Limitation of Liability . EXCEPT FOR (A) CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS; OR (B) THE INDEMNITY AND INFRINGEMENT INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, OR FOR LOSS OF REVENUE OR PROFIT IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OR FAILURE TO PERFORM THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH LIABILITY ARISES FROM BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT, OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY. EXCEPT FOR THE INFRINGEMENT INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY’S LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT EXCEED ***

(b) Disclaimer of Warranties. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES, AND EACH PARTY HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS, ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR COURSE OF PERFORMANCE), AND EACH PARTY HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY CLAIM IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), IN EACH CASE, REGARDING ANY SERVICES OR SOFTWARE PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, CINGULAR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFOSPACE MAKES NO WARRANTY THAT THE INFOSPACE SOFTWARE IS FREE FROM ERRORS, DEFECTS, DESIGN FLAWS OR OMISSIONS.

7.6 Warranty Conditions. With respect to the InfoSpace Software, all warranties and remedies herein are conditioned upon satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a) Cingular may not modify the InfoSpace Software;

(b) The InfoSpace Software must be operated in accordance with the SES and consistent with the Documentation;

(c) Cingular must provide InfoSpace with access to the InfoSpace Software and all related third party software and hardware, as necessary to correct or repair any condition that causes a breach of the warranty;

(d) Cingular must accept, or coordinate the installment of, any updates, bug fixes, and corrections to Errors or other solutions provided by InfoSpace to rectify any breach of warranty;

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

117


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

(e) Customer has not installed unauthorized software onto the hardware operating the InfoSpace Software; and

(f) The InfoSpace Software has not been altered or damaged by accident, neglect misuse or other abuse by Cingular.

7.7 Taxes.

(a) InfoSpace may invoice Cingular the amount of any federal excise taxes or state or local sales taxes imposed upon the sale of material or provision of services as separate items, if applicable, listing the taxing jurisdiction imposing the tax. Installation or labor charges must be separately stated. Cingular agrees to pay all applicable taxes to InfoSpace that are stated on and that relate to the materials or services included on that invoice. InfoSpace agrees to remit taxes to the appropriate taxing authorities.

(b) InfoSpace agrees to pay, and to hold Cingular harmless from and against, any penalty, interest, additional tax, or other charge that may be levied or assessed as a result of the delay or failure of InfoSpace, for any reason, to pay any tax or file any return or information required by law, rule or regulation or by this Agreement to be paid or filed by InfoSpace. InfoSpace agrees to pay and to hold Cingular harmless from and against any penalty or sanction assessed as a result of InfoSpace doing business with any country subject to U.S. trade restrictions.

(c) Upon Cingular’s request, the parties shall consult with respect to the basis and rates upon which InfoSpace shall pay any taxes for which Cingular is obligated to reimburse InfoSpace under this Agreement. If Cingular determines that in its opinion any such taxes are not payable or should be paid on a basis less than the full price or at rates less than the full tax rate, InfoSpace shall make payment in accordance with such determinations and Cingular shall be responsible for such determinations. If collection is sought by the taxing authority for a greater amount of taxes than that so determined by Cingular, InfoSpace shall promptly notify Cingular. InfoSpace shall cooperate with Cingular in contesting such determination, but Cingular shall be responsible and shall reimburse InfoSpace for any tax, interest, or penalty in excess of its determination. If Cingular desires to contest such collection, Cingular shall promptly notify InfoSpace. If Cingular determines that in its opinion it has reimbursed InfoSpace for sales or use taxes in excess of the amount that Cingular is obligated to reimburse InfoSpace, Cingular and InfoSpace shall consult to determine the appropriate method of recovery of such excess reimbursements. InfoSpace shall credit any excess reimbursements against tax reimbursements or other payments due from Cingular if and to the extent InfoSpace can make corresponding adjustments to its payments to the relevant tax authority. At Cingular’s request, InfoSpace shall timely file any claims for refund and any other documents required to recover any other excess reimbursements, and shall promptly remit to Cingular all such refunds (and interest) received.

(d) If any taxing authority advises InfoSpace that it intends to audit InfoSpace with respect to any taxes for which Cingular is obligated to reimburse InfoSpace under this Agreement, InfoSpace shall (1) promptly so notify Cingular, (2) afford Cingular an opportunity to participate on an equal basis with InfoSpace in such audit with respect to such taxes and (3)

 

118


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

keep Cingular fully informed as to the progress of such audit. Each party shall bear its own expenses with respect to any such audit, and the responsibility for any additional tax, penalty or interest resulting from such audit shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 6.6. InfoSpace’s failure to comply with the notification requirements of this Section 6.6 shall relieve Cingular of its responsibility to reimburse InfoSpace for taxes only if InfoSpace’s failure materially prejudiced Cingular’s ability to contest imposition or assessment of those taxes.

(e) Cingular shall be solely responsible for all taxes imposed in connection with the sale of the Services to Users.

 

8. Term and Termination.

8.1 Term. The term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, will end

(a) in the event that this License Agreement was entered pursuant to Section 4(b) of the Services Agreement, on the first anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Term”); or

(b) in the event that this License Agreement was entered pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Services Agreement, on a date determined by Cingular in its sole discretion (the “Term”), provided that the Term will not exceed six months.

8.2 Termination for Breach. Either party may terminate this Agreement upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the other party of any material breach hereof by such other party, provided that such other party has not cured such material breach within such thirty (30) day period.

8.3 Return of Materials to InfoSpace . Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, Cingular will, at InfoSpace’s option, immediately destroy or return to InfoSpace (a) all copies of the InfoSpace Software; (b) all copies of the System Environment Specifications and any portion thereof in its possession or under its control; and (c) all InfoSpace Confidential Information in its possession or under its control.

8.4 Effect of Termination. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, all rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement will be extinguished, except that: (a) all accrued payment obligations hereunder will survive such termination or expiration; and (b) the rights and obligations of the parties under Sections 6, 7.2, 7.3, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 8, 9, 10.2, 10.4, 10.7, 10.8, and 10.10 through 10.15 will survive any termination or expiration of the Term.

 

9. Intellectual Property.

9.1 InfoSpace Software. As between the parties, InfoSpace reserves and retains all right, title and interest in and to the InfoSpace Software, including all Intellectual Property Rights associated therewith. Except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, no license, or title to, or ownership of any of the InfoSpace Software is granted or otherwise transferred to Cingular or any other Person under this Agreement.

9.2 Further Assurances. Each party will take, at the other party’s expense, such action (including, without limitation, execution of affidavits or other documents) as the other party may reasonably request to effect, perfect or confirm such other party’s ownership interests and other rights as set forth in this Section 9.

 

119


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

9.3 No Joint Development; Enhancements. The parties contemplate that there will be no joint development of Intellectual Property under this Agreement. The parties shall not engage in joint development except as they may separately agree, in writing, in advance. Further, in no event will enhancements, adaptations, improvements, modifications and/or derivative works (“Enhancements”) created from one party’s pre-existing Intellectual Property be considered to be jointly owned by the parties, regardless of which party creates the Enhancement, it being understood that, subject to any licenses granted herein, such Enhancements will be the sole and exclusive property of the owner of the Intellectual Property upon which such Enhancements are based.

9.4 Restrictions. Neither party will have any rights to any materials, content or technology provided by the other party hereunder, except as specifically provided in this Agreement, and neither will alter, modify, copy, edit, format, translate, create derivative works of or otherwise use any materials, content or technology provided by the other party except as explicitly provided for herein, or as approved in advance, in writing, by the other party.

 

10. General Provisions.

10.1 Access.

 

  (a) When appropriate, InfoSpace shall have reasonable access to Cingular’s premises or the premises of any third party that hosts the InfoSpace Software during normal business hours and at such other times as may be agreed upon by the parties in order to enable InfoSpace to perform its obligations under this Agreement. InfoSpace shall coordinate such access with Cingular’s designated representative prior to visiting such premises. InfoSpace insures Cingular that only persons employed by InfoSpace or subcontracted by InfoSpace will be allowed to enter Cingular’s premises. If Cingular requests InfoSpace or its subcontractor to discontinue furnishing any person provided by InfoSpace or its subcontractor from performing work on Cingular’s premises, InfoSpace shall immediately comply with such request. Such person shall leave Cingular’s premises promptly and InfoSpace shall not furnish such person again to perform work on Cingular’s premises without Cingular’s written consent. The parties agree that, where required by governmental regulations, it will submit satisfactory clearance from the U.S. Department of Defense and/or other federal, state, or local authorities.

 

  (b) Cingular may require InfoSpace or its representatives, including employees and subcontractors, to exhibit identification credentials, which Cingular may issue in order to gain access to Cingular’s premises for the performance of services. If, for any reason, any InfoSpace representative is no longer performing such services, InfoSpace shall promptly inform Cingular. Notification shall be followed by the prompt delivery to Cingular of the identification credentials, if issued by Cingular, or a written statement of the reasons why said identification credentials cannot be returned.

 

  (c)

InfoSpace shall use commercially reasonable efforts to insure that its representatives, including employees and subcontractors, while on or off Cingular’s premises, will (i) protect Cingular’s materials, buildings, and structures, (ii) not interfere with Cingular’s business operations, and (iii) perform services with care and due regard for the safety, convenience,

 

120


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

  and protection of Cingular, its employees, and property and in full conformance with the policies specified in the Cingular Code of Conduct, which prohibits the possession of a weapon or an implement which can be used as a weapon (a copy of the Cingular Code of Conduct is available upon request).

 

  (d) InfoSpace shall be responsible for insuring that all persons furnished by InfoSpace work harmoniously with all others when on Cingular’s premises.

10.2 Dispute Resolution.

 

  (a) The parties will attempt in good faith to promptly resolve any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement through negotiations between key representatives of the parties, before resorting to other remedies available to them.

 

  (b) If a controversy or claim should arise which is not settled as specified in sub Section (a) above, representatives of each party who are authorized to resolve the controversy or claim will meet at a location designated by Cingular, at least once, and will attempt to, and are empowered to, resolve the matter. Either representative may request this meeting within fourteen (14) days of such request (the “First Meeting” ).

 

  (c) Unless the parties otherwise agree, if the matter has not been resolved within twenty-one (21) days of the First Meeting, the representatives shall refer the matter to Senior Executives, who shall have full authority to settle the dispute (herein called the “Senior Executives” ). The Senior Executives will make commercially reasonable efforts to meet for negotiations within fourteen (14) days of the end of the twenty-one (21) day period referred to above, at a site designated by Cingular. Three (3) business days prior to this scheduled meeting, the parties shall exchange memoranda stating the issue(s) in dispute and their positions, summarizing the negotiations which have taken place, and attaching relevant documents.

 

  (d) If more than one meeting is held between the Senior Executives, the meeting shall be held in rotation at the offices of InfoSpace and Cingular.

 

  (e) If the matter has not been resolved within thirty (30) days of the First Meeting of the Senior Executives (which period may be extended by mutual agreement), the parties will attempt in good faith to resolve the controversy or claim via non-binding mediation in accordance with the American Arbitration Association’s rules for Mediation of Business Disputes.

 

121


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

10.3 Compliance with Laws. Both parties shall comply with all applicable federal, state, county, and local rules, including without limitation, all statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations and codes (“Laws”). Conversely, nothing set forth in this Agreement, including Exhibit H, is intended to contractually obligate either party to comply with any Laws that otherwise are not applicable to it. The parties’ obligation to comply with all applicable Laws includes the procurement of permits, certificates, approvals, inspections, and licenses, when needed, in the performance of this Agreement. InfoSpace further agrees to comply with the Executive and Federal regulations, to the extent such regulations are applicable, as set forth in Exhibit H. The parties further agree that each is solely and exclusively responsible for any liability for its own noncompliance with any applicable Laws and each party shall defend, indemnify, and hold the other party harmless from and against such liability.

10.4 Confidentiality.

Each party, which receives proprietary and/or confidential information of the other party (the “Receiving Party” ), shall retain in confidence the terms of this Agreement, and all other non-public information and know-how of the other party disclosed or acquired by the Receiving Party pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement which is either designated as proprietary and/or confidential or by the nature of the circumstances surrounding disclosure, ought in good faith to be treated as proprietary and/or confidential ( “Confidential Information” ); provided that each party may disclose Confidential Information to its immediate legal and financial consultants and to any Affiliates (and its employees) with a need to know arising as a result of this Agreement, in the ordinary course of its business. Each party agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to protect Confidential Information of the other party, and in any event, to take precautions at least as great as those taken to protect its own confidential information of a similar nature. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to any information that: (a) was known by the Receiving Party prior to disclosure thereof by the other party; (b) was in or entered the public domain through no fault of the Receiving Party; (c) is disclosed to the Receiving Party by a third party, until such time as notified by the other party that such third party was not legally entitled to make such disclosure without violation of an obligation of confidentiality; (d) is required to be disclosed by applicable laws or regulations (but in such event, only to the extent required to be disclosed); or (e) is independently developed by the Receiving Party without reference to any Confidential Information of the other party. Upon request of the other party, each party shall return to the other all materials, in any medium, which contain, embody, reflect or reference all or any part of any Confidential Information of the other party. Each party acknowledges that breach of this provision by it would result in irreparable harm to the other party, for which money damages would be an insufficient remedy, and therefore that the other party shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this Section 10.4. Without limitation and subject to Section 5.8(d), Confidential Information includes User Data (Section 5.8).

10.5 Independent Contractors

10.5.1 InfoSpace hereby represents and warrants to Cingular that:

 

  (f) InfoSpace is engaged in an independent business and will perform all obligations under this Agreement as an independent contractor and not as the agent or employee of Cingular;

 

  (g) InfoSpace’s personnel performing services under this Agreement shall be considered solely the employees of InfoSpace and not employees or agents of Cingular;

 

122


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

  (h) InfoSpace has and retains the right to exercise full control of and supervision over the performance of such services and full control over the employment, direction, assignment, compensation, and discharge of all personnel performing such services;

 

  (i) InfoSpace is solely responsible for all matters relating to compensation and benefits of all InfoSpace’s personnel who perform such services. This responsibility includes, but is not limited to, (1) timely payment of compensation and benefits, including, but not limited to, overtime, medical, dental, and any other benefit, and (2) all matters relating to compliance with all employer obligations to withhold employee taxes, pay employee and employer taxes, and file payroll tax returns and information returns under local, state, and federal income tax laws, unemployment compensation insurance and state disability insurance tax laws, and social security and Medicare tax laws, and all other payroll tax laws or similar laws (all collectively hereinafter referred to as “Payroll Tax Obligations” ) with respect to all InfoSpace personnel providing services; and

 

  (j) InfoSpace will indemnify, defend, and hold Cingular harmless from all liabilities, costs, expenses, and claims related to InfoSpace’s failure to comply with any of the above provisions.

10.5.2 Cingular and InfoSpace are independent contractors under this Agreement, and nothing herein shall be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, franchise or agency relationship between Cingular and InfoSpace. Neither party has any authority to enter into agreements of any kind on behalf of the other party and Cingular will not attempt to or create any license, warranty or other obligation, express or implied, on behalf of InfoSpace or any of its affiliates.

10.6 Assignment; Merger. Neither party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon, enforceable by, and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

10.7 Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its choice of law rules.

10.8 Nonwaiver. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any prior, concurrent or subsequent breach of the same or any other provisions hereof, and no waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving party.

10.9 Force Majeure. Neither party shall be deemed to be in default of or to have breached any provision of this Agreement as a result of any delay, failure in performance or interruption of service, resulting directly or indirectly from acts of God, acts of civil or military authorities, civil disturbances, epidemics, riots, wars, fires, earthquakes, transportation contingencies, strikes, or other catastrophes or occurrences, each of which are beyond such party’s reasonable control, provided such default or breach is not directly or indirectly the result, in whole or in part, of its fault or negligence.

 

123


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

10.10 Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be given in writing and delivered in person, mailed via confirmed facsimile or e-mail, or delivered by recognized courier service, properly addressed and stamped with the required postage, to the applicable party at its address specified below and shall be deemed effective upon receipt. Either party may from time to time change the individual to receive notices or its address by giving the other party notice of the change in accordance with this section.

Addresses for notices:

 

To Cingular:    To InfoSpace:
Cingular Wireless LLC    InfoSpace, Inc.
5565 Glenridge Connector    601 108 th Ave., NE, Suite 1200
Atlanta, GA 30342    Bellevue, WA 98004
Attn: VP SCM    Attn: EVP, Technology and Operations
Cc: Chief Counsel SCM                Fax: (425) 201-6110

However, invoices should be mailed to:

 

Cingular Wireless LLC

5565 Glenridge Connector

Atlanta, GA 30342

Attention: Data Products***

  
In addition, an additional copy of any notice of change of address, or of termination or any alleged breach of this Agreement, shall be thus sent to the applicable party at the following address:

 

To Cingular:    To InfoSpace:
Cingular Wireless LLC    InfoSpace, Inc.
5565 Glenridge Connector    601 108 th Ave. NE, Suite 1200
Atlanta, GA 30342    Bellevue, WA 98004
Attention: Chief Counsel SCM    Attention: General Counsel
               Fax: (425) 201-6110

10.11 Savings . In the event any provision of this Agreement shall for any reason is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

10.12 Integration. This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the transactions and matters contemplated hereby, supersedes all previous agreements or negotiations between InfoSpace, Inc., InfoSpace and Cingular concerning the subject matter hereof, and cannot be amended except in writing signed by InfoSpace and Cingular. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between any exhibit made a part of this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement, such exhibit shall govern. Further, in the event of a conflict or inconsistency between a Work Order and the corresponding Purchase Order, the Purchase Order will govern.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

124


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

10.13 Counterparts; Electronic Signature . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together constitute one and the same instrument. To expedite the process of entering into this Agreement, the parties acknowledge that Transmitted Copies of the Agreement will be equivalent to original documents until such time as original documents are completely executed and delivered. “Transmitted Copies” will mean copies that are reproduced or transmitted via photocopy, facsimile or other process of complete and accurate reproduction and transmission.

10.14 Conflict of Interest. InfoSpace represents and warrants that no officer, director, employee, or agent of Cingular has been or will be employed, retained or paid a fee, or otherwise has received or will receive any personal compensation or consideration, by or from InfoSpace or any of InfoSpace’s officers, directors, employees, or agents in connection with the obtaining, arranging, or negotiation of this Agreement or other documents entered into or executed in connection with this Agreement.

10.15 Construction and Interpretation.

(a) The language of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed simply, as a whole and in accordance with its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party. The parties agree that this Agreement has been prepared jointly and has been the subject of arm’s length and careful negotiation. Each party has been given the opportunity to independently review this Agreement with legal counsel and other consultants, and each party has the requisite experience and sophistication to understand, interpret, and agree to the particular language of the provisions. Accordingly, in the event of an ambiguity in or dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement, the drafting of the language of this Agreement shall not be attributed to either party.

(b) Article, section, or paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The use of the word “include” shall mean “includes, but is not limited to.” The singular use of words shall include the plural use and vice versa.

(c) Cumulative Remedies: Except as specifically identified as a party’s sole remedy, any rights of cancellation, termination, liquidated damages, or other remedies prescribed in this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies to which the injured party may be entitled. Neither party shall retain the benefit of inconsistent remedies.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

125


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Cingular Wireless, LLC on behalf of itself and its Affiliates     InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.
           
By (signature)     By (signature)
           
Name     Name
           
Title     Title

 

126


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT A - LIC

INFOSPACE SOFTWARE

 

A. The Infospace Software includes the following:

 

   

Content Management System (CMS)

 

   

Content Publishing System (CPS)

 

   

Runtime Systems

 

   

Rendering Engine

 

   

Device Management

 

   

Alert Engine

 

   

Infospace Message Gateway

 

   

Parental Control

 

   

User Manager

 

   

MetaSearch Engine

 

   

Intellifind Engine

 

   

Management Console

 

   

Batch Dispatcher

 

   

Data Developer Program (DDP)

 

   

Business Intelligence Event Management System

 

   

Reporting Metadata Management Tool

 

   

Mobile Data Mart Ingestion and Storage System

 

127


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

B. Third Party Software. Subject to subsections (ii), (iii) and (iv) below, Infospace will not provide third party software to Cingular.

 

  (i) InfoSpace uses the following third party software in support of the InfoSpace Software as of the Effective Date of this Agreement:

***

Upon receipt of notice from Cingular that Cingular wishes to host the Infospace Software, Infospace will update the table set forth above.

 

  (ii) InfoSpace uses the following third party software under an open source software license and, consequently, will not transfer licenses to such software to Cingular:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

128


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

  (iii) Upon Cingular’s request, InfoSpace will use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer its licenses to the following third party software to Cingular on a mutually agreed schedule:

***

In the event that InfoSpace is unable to transfer the licenses listed in this Section B(iii) to Cingular, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to a mutually agreeable solution.

 

  (iv) InfoSpace will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the rights to sublicense the *** in the event that InfoSpace is unable to sublicense, the ***, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to a mutually agreeable solution.

 

C. Destination applications are not provided in this agreement, including, but not limited to, the following:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

129


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT B - LIC

A. Major Development Process: The following describes the process to be used by the parties for major enhancements to the Services and/or the introduction of new functionality to the Services.

 

  1. Cingular submits a business requirements document, in the form attached as Exhibit H (“BRD”).

 

  2. InfoSpace reviews the BRD and returns a high-level time/cost estimate within a mutually agreed timeframe.

 

  3. Upon approval of the high level estimate, InfoSpace creates a Work Order, in the form attached as Exhibit J (“Work Order”) along with a Statement of Work that further defines the deliverable.

 

  4. Upon approval of the Work Order, Cingular provides Infospace with a Cingular Purchase Order in the form attached as Exhibit J (“Purchase Order”)

 

  5. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review and refine the requirements. This review is to clarify any ambiguity in the original document and expose the need for any additional information prior to the creation of the detailed specifications.

 

  6. InfoSpace creates detailed use cases and functional specifications (and returns another estimate if necessary) within mutually agreed timeframe. Use cases and functional specifications should clearly map back to the business requirements using the requirements in the original BRD provided by Cingular.

 

  7. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review and refine use cases and functional specifications (including test cases and test plans).

 

  8. If necessary, InfoSpace revises Work Order, and Cingular signs Work Order giving final approval for development based on the revised specifications.

 

  9. InfoSpace countersigns Work Order and development begins.

 

  10. InfoSpace and Cingular jointly conduct weekly project meetings to provide project status updates and address any outstanding issues/concerns.

 

130


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

B. Change Request Process: The following describes the process to be used by the parties for minor modifications to the Services.

 

  1. Cingular submits change request, in the form attached as Exhibit I (“Change Request”).

 

  2. InfoSpace reviews Change Request and returns a high level time/cost estimate and Work Order within mutually agreed timeframe.

 

  3. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review the requirements.

 

  4. InfoSpace creates detailed use cases and functional specifications (and returns another estimate if necessary) within mutually agreed timeframe.*

 

  5. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review and refine use cases and functional specifications (including test cases and test plans).*

 

  6. If necessary, InfoSpace revises Work Order, and Cingular signs Work Order giving final approval for development based on the final specifications.*

 

  7. Upon approval of the Work Order, Cingular provides Infospace with a Cingular Purchase Order in the form attached as Exhibit J (“Purchase Order”)

 

  8. InfoSpace countersigns Work Order and development begins.

 

  9. Changes are placed in demo for Cingular’s testing/review.

 

  10. Changes are pushed to production, only upon written approval from Cingular.

 

* These steps may not be required for all change requests (for example: minor copy changes or replacing ads of the same size).

 

131


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

  C. Acceptance Test Process

Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, this Exhibit D describes the process used to test and accept features for inclusion on the Services (the “Acceptance Test Process” ). The parties will cooperate in good faith to develop and implement communication mechanisms such that Cingular provides feedback to InfoSpace in a timely and efficient manner in order to facilitate Infospace’s ability to address such feedback. Cingular shall have the right to review and test any Deliverable to determine whether it conforms to specifications or acceptance criteria in the applicable Work Order or SOW (if any) or as otherwise agreed upon in writing by the Parties. Cingular may provide written notice of rejection (with detailed reasons for said rejection) or acceptance within the mutually agreed upon Acceptance Testing schedule from the date the Deliverable(s) are submitted by Infospace.

 

   

Following the date of delivery of a Deliverable(s) in commercial ready form ( “Commercial Ready Delivery Date” ), unless otherwise mutually agreed, Infospace and Cingular, prior to the beginning of test execution, will mutually agree to the following:

 

   

Schedule of test execution

 

   

Scope of test execution

 

   

Bug / Feature triage process

In the event that agreed schedule must change, Infospace and Cingular will review the impact from a schedule, scope and cost perspective and will negotiate a new agreement associated with the particular Deliverable.

 

   

Following the Deliverable Acceptance Date , Infospace will commercially release the Deliverable at a mutually agreed time.

 

   

The “Deliverable Acceptance Date” for such Deliverable(s) will be the earlier of (a) Cingular’s commercial release of such Deliverable(s) to its general customer base or (b) the date of Cingular’s written notification to Infospace that Infospace has completed, to Cingular’s reasonable satisfaction, changes and bug fixes identified by Cingular and Cingular has accepted the Deliverable as being ready for commercial launch, with such acceptance not being unreasonable withheld. If applicable, Cingular shall remit payment in full to Infospace for the new Deliverable following the Deliverable Acceptance Date and subsequent receipt of an invoice, in accordance with Section 5.1. If a Deliverable is accepted and payment remitted, Infospace agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts during the Term to remedy any known bugs/defects contained in such Deliverable, at no additional charge to Cingular, based on a mutually agreed upon schedule. In the event Cingular rejects a Deliverable, Infospace shall resubmit such Deliverable for acceptance within thirty (30) days of the initial rejection by Cingular. If the re-submitted Deliverable(s) do not conform to the applicable specifications or acceptance criteria, Infospace will have thirty (30) days to fix the Deliverable(s) and resubmit. If the Deliverable(s) resubmitted for a second time does not conform to the applicable specifications or acceptance criteria, Cingular shall have the right to the following:

 

   

If agreed to by Infospace, extend the period for Infospace to submit conforming Deliverable(s), or

 

132


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

   

Terminate the applicable Work Order, in whole or in part with respect to certain feature, and require that Infospace promptly refund all payments previously made to Infospace by Cingular for such nonconforming Deliverable(s).

In the event that Cingular rejects a Deliverable and terminates a Work Order (or portion thereof), Cingular shall have the right to retain any materials that constitute Cingular Customized Work Product (see Exhibit L) related to the nonconforming Deliverable(s), provided that Cingular pays a reasonable amount for such materials. Cingular shall promptly return to InfoSpace all materials related to such nonconforming Deliverable(s) that do not constitute Cingular Customized Work Product.

If Cingular has not accepted (which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld) the Deliverable(s) within fifteen (15) business days following the completion of all bug fixes by InfoSpace, Cingular will deliver a comprehensive list of bug fixes that Cingular requires InfoSpace to carry out prior to Cingular’s acceptance of the Deliverable(s) for commercial launch, and representatives of the parties will meet and negotiate in good faith to define a mutually-agreed timeline and set of acceptance criteria to be used by Cingular in making such acceptance.

 

133


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT C- LIC

SUPPORT FOR INFOSPACE SOFTWARE

 

1. Modifications of InfoSpace Software:

 

  a. Modifications of Infospace Software (including configuration files) may be made only by Infospace employees or Infospace designated agents.

 

  b. Modifications that require “Super Administrator” privileges may be made only by Infospace employees or Infospace designated agents.

 

  c. Modifications that may be implemented using tools installed by InfoSpace within Infospace’s Management Console and that do not require “Super Administrator” privileges may be made by Cingular employees.

 

2. Installation and Configuration of New Releases of Infospace Software:

 

  a. All major releases of Infospace Software may be installed and configured only by Infospace employees or Infospace designated agents.

 

  b. All minor releases of Infospace Software may be installed and configured only by Infospace employees or Infospace designated agents.

 

  c. All emergency releases, including “software patches” of Infospace Software may only be installed and configured by Infospace employees or Infospace designated agents.

 

3. Release and Configuration of Third Party Software:

 

  a. In the event that Cingular wants to integrate third party software with Infospace Software, and provided that such integration is permissible under the SES, Cingular will install and configure such software to Infospace’s specifications.

 

  b. In the event that InfoSpace needs to integrate third party software with Infospace Software, InfoSpace will install and configure such software to Infospace’s specifications.

 

4. Updates of Infospace Software: Infospace may, but is not obligated to, provide updates for any of the Infospace Software.

Nothwithstanding the above, nothing in this section will relieve InfoSpace of its obligation to provide bug fixes, corrections or updates as required to meet its obligations under this Agreement.

 

134


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

5. In the event that Cingular desires InfoSpace to modify the InfoSpace Software, the parties will follow the process described in Exhibit B and will use the form attached as Exhibit F to document such modifications.

 

6. Support of Infospace Software:

 

  a. Cingular responsibilities with respect to supporting Infospace Software include:

 

  i. Maintain hosting environment in compliance with SES

 

  ii. Provide updated point of contact and hours of operation for Infospace’s Carrier Care team for incident resolution.

 

  iii. Act as primary and direct contact with Users

 

  iv. Provide Tier-1 support and Triage for the hosted service, including the following:

 

   

Incident identification

 

   

Incident isolation

 

   

Incident severity ranking in accordance with the severity definitions as set forth in Table 2.

 

   

Incident notification to Infospace, including the following information:

 

  a. Cingular incident tracking number

 

  b. Incident severity

 

  c. Incident timeline:

 

  i. Time first noticed

 

  ii. Current state of incident

 

135


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

  iii. Frequency of recurrence

 

  d. Incident description

 

  e. Steps to reproduce the incident

 

  f. Troubleshooting steps performed prior to notifying Infospace of the incident.

 

  b. All Cingular issues related to Infospace Software will be routed through Infospace’s Carrier Care Support Center. The Infospace Carrier Care Support Services team is an interface between Cingular’s Level 2 Support Group (Cingular’s non-customer facing group) and Infospace for support of services provided by Infospace. This arrangement provides Cingular with access to a single point of contact for reporting incidents, receiving updates and escalation. Table 1 provides the Infospace Carrier Care hours of operation and contact information.

 

Hours of Operation    24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year (7/24/365)
Contact Phone Number    ***
Email Address    ***

Table 1, Infospace Carrier Care Contact Information

 

  c. Issue Severity and Responsiveness:

The Infospace Carrier Care Support Services group of Infospace will coordinate incident isolation, testing, and repair work within Infospace. During incident isolation, troubleshooting and repair process, Infospace Carrier Care Support Services will communicate incident resolution progress with Cingular based upon the times specified in Table 2 .

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

136


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Infospace

Incident

Level

    

Description

     Update
Method
    

Update

Objectives

Severity 1

 

(Sev1)

    

Severity 1 problems are faults contained within the Infospace Software that render the Infospace Software inoperative.

 

Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

Loss of functionality / feature to a significant number of Users

 

A recurring anomaly impacting continuous operations of the Software

     Email

or

Phone

    

After Cingular notifies Infospace of a Severity 1 issue:

 

***Subsequent updates ***, or upon change in status.

 

Infospace will update Cingular with the following information:

 

Incident number

 

Current status of repair

 

Estimated Time to Repair (ETR)

Severity 2

 

(Sev2)

    

Severity 2 problems are faults contained within the Infospace Software that render the Infospace Software partially inoperative.

 

Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

Loss of service and/or functionality to a portion of Users

 

Loss of the ability to utilize some aspect of the Software

     Email     

After Cingular notifies Infospace of a Severity 2 issue:

 

***

 

•   Subsequent updates *** or upon change in status.

 

Infospace will update Cingular with the following information:

 

Incident number

 

Current status of repair

 

Estimated Time to Repair (ETR)

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

137


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Infospace

Incident

Level

    

Description

     Update
Method
    

Update

Objectives

Severity 3

 

(Sev3)

    

Severity 3 problems are faults contained within the Infospace Software that are generally non-service affecting conditions and either has no material affect on operations or has very limited affect on operations.

 

Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

Non-service impacting intermittent system faults.

 

Minor template / container bugs

     Email     

After Cingular notifies Infospace of a Severity 3 issue:

 

***

 

Infospace will update Cingular with the following information:

 

Incident number

 

Current status of repair

 

Estimated Time to Repair (ETR)

Table 2, Incident Handling Notification Timetable

In the event that unauthorized personnel have modified Infospace Software, Infospace will be under no obligation to provide Cingular continued support of the Software.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

138


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT D - LIC

SYSTEM ENVIRONMENT SPECIFICATIONS

Server & Network Specifications

 

***

                   

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

139


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT E - LIC

PRELIMINARY IMPLEMENTATION PLAN

 

***  

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

140


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT F - LIC

FORM OF WORK ORDER

Work Order No.             

to License Agreement

InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. (“InfoSpace”) will perform the following additional services for Cingular Wireless LLC (“Cingular”) under the terms and conditions of that certain License Agreement dated                                  between InfoSpace and Cingular. In consideration of the additional services described below, Cingular will pay to InfoSpace the amount(s) set forth below on or before the date(s) set forth below.

 

Task Description

   Target Date
  

 

Amount

  

Due Date

  

 

Cingular Wireless LLC (“Cingular”)     InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. (“InfoSpace”)
           
By (signature)     By (signature)
           
Name     Name
           
Title     Title

 

141


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT G - LIC

COMMERCIAL TERMS

A. License Fees

Cingular will pay Infospace a license fee based on the total number of Active Users for each calendar month of the Term. Infospace will calculate the Active User Fee as follows:

***

Number of Active Users

   Calculation of the Monthly Fee
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***

In the event that the Active User Fee exceeds *** of the Term, InfoSpace will waive the Monthly Minimum for the subsequent months of the Term; provided that, in the event the Active User Fee is less than *** of the Term, the Monthly Minimum will be reinstated.

B. Support Fees. To the extent that InfoSpace provides support services to Cingular as described in Exhibit C of this Agreement, InfoSpace shall charge Cingular for such services at a rate of ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

142


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT H - LIC

EXECUTIVE ORDERS AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS

The parties to this Agreement may be subject to the provisions of certain Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations governing performance of this contract including, but not limited to: Executive Order 11246, Executive Order 11625, Executive Order 11701, and Executive Order 12138, Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended and the Vietnam Era Veteran’s Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974. To the extent that such Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations apply to InfoSpace in the performance of work under this Agreement, and only to that extent, InfoSpace (also referred to as “Contractor”) agrees to comply with the provisions of all such applicable Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations, as now in force or as may be amended in the future, including, but not limited to the following:

 

1. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY DUTIES AND PROVISIONS OF GOVERNMENT CONTRACTORS

If applicable, the parties agree to comply with all regulations and contract clauses required by 41 C.F.R.§60-1.4(a), including but not limited to, the prohibition of discrimination against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Further, if required under 41 C.F.R. § 60-1.4(a), Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.

 

2. AGREEMENT OF NON SEGREGATED FACILITIES

If applicable, the parties agree to comply with 41 C.F.R.§60-1.8, including the maintenance and provision for their employees of facilities not segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin at any of its establishments, and the prohibition against permitting their employees to perform their services at any location, under the control of the employing party, where such segregated facilities are maintained. The term “facilities” as used herein means waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, rest rooms, wash rooms, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees; provided, that separate or single-user restroom and necessary dressing or sleeping areas shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.

 

3. AGREEMENT OF AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

Contractor agrees that, if required by 41 C.F.R.§60-1.4(b), it will maintain an Affirmative Action Plan.

 

4. AGREEMENT OF FILING

Contractor agrees that, if required by 41 C.F.R.§60-1.7(a), it will file, per current instructions, complete and accurate reports on Standard Form 100 (EE0-1), or such other forms as may be required under 41 C.F.R.§60-1.7(a).

 

143


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

5. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR HANDICAPPED PERSONS AND DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA.

In accordance with 1 C.F.R.§60-250.20, and 41 C.F.R.§60-741.20, the parties incorporate herein by this reference the applicable regulations and contract clauses required by those provisions to be made a part of government contracts and subcontracts to the extent such provisions are applicable to this Agreement.

 

6. UTILIZATION OF SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS

 

  a. It is the policy of the United States that small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and controlled by women shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in performing contracts let by any Federal agency, including contracts and sub-contracts for systems, assemblies, components, and related services for major systems. It is further the policy of the United States that its prime contractors establish procedures to ensure the timely payment amounts due pursuant to the terms of the subcontracts with small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and controlled by women.

 

  b. To the extent required under 48 C.F.R., Ch. 1, 19.708(a), the Contractor hereby agrees to carry out this policy in the awarding of subcontracts to the fullest extent consistent with efficient contract performance and to cooperate in any studies or surveys as may be conducted by the United States Small Business Administration or the awarding agency of the United States as may be necessary to determine the extent of the Contractor’s compliance with this clause.

 

  c. As used in this contract, the term small business concern shall mean a small business as defined pursuant to section 3 of the Small Business Act and relevant regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. The term small business concern owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals shall mean a small business concern which is at least 51 percent unconditionally owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is unconditionally owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; and (2) whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such individuals. This term also means small business concern that is at least 51 percent unconditionally owned by an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, or a publicly owned business having at least 51 percent of its stock unconditionally owned by one of these entities which has its management and daily business controlled by members of an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, and which meets the requirements of 13 CRF part 124. The Contractor shall presume that socially and economically disadvantaged individual include Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian-Pacific Americans, Subcontinent Asian Americans, and other minorities, or any other individual found to be disadvantaged by the Administration pursuant to section 8(a) of the Small business Act. The Contractor shall presume that socially and economically disadvantaged entities also include Indian Tribes and Native Hawaiian Organizations.

 

144


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

  d. The term “small business concern owned and controlled by women” shall mean a small business concern (i) which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more women, or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more women, and (ii) whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more women; and

 

  e. Contractors acting in good faith may rely on written representations by their sub-contractors regarding their status as a small business concern, a small business concern owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantage individuals or a small business concern owned and controlled by women.

 

7. SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS SUB-CONTRACTING PLAN.

If required under 48 CFR Ch. 1 at 52.219-9, the sub-contractor will adopt a plan similar to the plan required by 48 CFR Ch. 1 at 52.219-9.

 

145


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT I - LIC

CINGULAR PURCHASE ORDER

 

146


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

LOGO

 

147


EXHIBIT L – CINGULAR CUSTOMIZED WORK PRODUCT

 

InfoSpace shall develop and deliver to Cingular the items designated with an “X” in the column below entitled “Cingular Customized Work Product” on a schedule to be mutually agreed by the parties and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Such items are, collectively, the “Cingular Customized Work Product”.

For purposes of clarification, the items designated with an “X” in the column below entitled “InfoSpace Technology” constitute Technology, as defined in this Agreement. InfoSpace retains all right, title and interest, including but not limited to all Intellectual Property Rights, in and to the Technology set forth below and any other Technology utilized under or in connection with this Agreement, and no license or title to, nor ownership of, any of the Technology is granted or otherwise transferred to Cingular or any other Person except as specifically provided under this Agreement.

 

***               

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

148


EXHIBIT M – Security Requirements For System Or Network Access By Contractors

 

Security Requirements for System or Network Access by Contractors

Contractors must comply with these security requirements (“Requirements”) to have access to Cingular’s computers, computer peripherals, computer communications networks, computer systems/applications/software, network elements and their support systems, and the information stored, transmitted, or processed using these resources (“Information Resources.”) “Contractor” means a person or business entity with a written agreement (“Agreement”) to perform services for Cingular. “User” means any individual performing services under the Agreement, whether as an employee, subcontractor, or agent of Contractor. “Cingular Sponsor” means the Cingular management employee responsible for the oversight of the services provided by Contractor.

These Requirements apply to Contractors and Users performing services on Cingular premises or remotely accessing Cingular infrastructure, systems or applications using Cingular-provisioned client-VPN and to those providing services to Cingular that are hosted external to Cingular premises.

A. Compliance with Law and General Policy. Contractors must comply with the “ Cingular Corporate Information Security Policy ” as set forth on Exhibit 1. Contractors must protect Cingular Information Resources and Cingular proprietary or confidential data or information in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement (including any separate confidentiality agreements), and must comply with all applicable international, federal, state, and local laws and regulations related to use of Information Resources and protection of Cingular’s data or information. Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all Users it employs or contracts with comply with these Requirements. Additionally, regarding its Users, Contractor shall:

Ensure that all Users are covered by a legally binding obligation that protects Cingular’s proprietary and confidential information and are briefed on these Requirements.

***

B. Audits. Upon *** notice from Cingular, ***, Contractor shall provide Cingular’s designated representatives, if under a commercially reasonable nondisclosure agreement with both Cingular and Contractor, with access to and any assistance that it may require with respect to the Contractor’s facilities, systems, hardware and software and monitor any use of Information Resources by User for the purpose of performing commercially reasonable tests and audits to determine compliance with these Requirements, including data privacy and security audits, and audits or inspections of the services and related operational processes and procedures, and access to any SAS-70 audits performed during the term of the Agreement; ***. If Contractor is advised that it is not in compliance with any aspect of these Requirements, Contractor shall promptly take actions to comply with the audit findings. ***

 

149


C. Privacy of Customer Information. Contractor acknowledges that information regarding Cingular’s customers and personnel, such as their account information, (including by way of example, name, address, telephone number, credit card information or social security number) (“Customer Information”) are subject to certain privacy laws and regulations, as well as the requirements of Cingular. Such Customer Information is to be considered private, sensitive and confidential. Accordingly, with respect to Customer Information, Contractor agrees it shall not:

 

  1. Use Customer Information for any purpose except as expressly authorized by Cingular in writing,

 

  2. Disclose Customer Information to any party except as expressly authorized by Cingular in writing;

 

  3. Incorporate Customer Information into any database other than in a database maintained exclusively for the storage of Cingular’s Customer Information other than as required for reporting related to Legacy Services;

 

  4. Sell, license or lease Customer Information to any other party;

 

  5. Allow access to Customer Information except to those employees of Contractor with a need to know and for use only for the purposes set forth in the Agreement.

D. Notification of Security Breach. Contractor will promptly notify Cingular Sponsor of any breach of these Requirements, including any breach that allows or could allow a third party to have access to any Customer Information, including but not limited to the following:

***

E. Return or Destruction of Data. At the termination or expiration of the Agreement or when there is no longer a business need or data retention requirement, or at the request of Cingular, Contractor will either return, or purge and destroy at Cingular’s direction, all Cingular data, including Customer Information from Contractor’s and User’s own information resources, according to Cingular standards, and will notify Cingular when this has been accomplished.

F. Changes . These Requirements are subject to change and revision by Cingular from time to time. Cingular shall notify Contractor of any changes in writing. Contractor is responsible for complying with the revised Requirements. ***

G. Waiver and Effect. By accepting these Requirements, Contractor agrees to comply fully with all the Requirements. ***

H. Remedies . In the event that Cingular reasonably determines that (a) Contractor does not comply with the Requirements or (b) Cingular is unable to obtain sufficient information from Contractor to determine whether Contractor complies with the Requirements and Cingular reasonably deems (x) such noncompliance or (y) Contractor’s unwillingness to provide requested information to Cingular for a compliance determination, respectively, constitutes a material breach of InfoSpace’s performance obligations under the Agreement, Cingular may terminate the Agreement ***

I. Conflicts/Non-Integration . These Requirements are intended to supplement and not replace any written agreements that the Contractor may enter into with Cingular. In the event of a conflict between these Requirements and a signed written agreement between the parties, the signed written agreement shall control. In the event there is a conflict between these Requirements and any oral agreement between the parties, these Requirements shall control.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

150


Exhibit 1

Cingular Corporate Information Security Policy

Compliance by Business Partners, Vendors, Contractors

It is the policy of Cingular Wireless to take active steps to ascertain any identified or suspected risks to the electronic information and services of the company through the use of, providing external access to, outsourcing to or employment of Contractors. Acceptance of this exhibit provided an explicit assertion of compliance with each of the individual provisions as enumerated within this exhibit.

Security Compliance Requirements

Wireless Network Access

***

Virus Detection and Management

***

User Identity (Requirements)

***

Strong Authentication (Requirements)

***

Remote Network Access

***

*** Passwords ***

Encryption

***

System Access Policy: Authentication, Authorization, Revocation

***

Security Change Management

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

151


FIRST AMENDMENT

TO THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

WIRELESS SERVICES AGREEMENT #0001429

This First Amendment (this “First Amendment”) to the Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #0001429 of July, 22, 2005 between InfoSpace, Inc. (“InfoSpace”) and AT&T Mobility LLC, f/k/a Cingular Wireless LLC (“AT&T Mobility”) (the “Agreement”), is made and entered into this 1 st day of March, 2007 (“First Amendment Effective Date”). Such parties are referred to herein individually as a “Party,” and collectively as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS , InfoSpace has provided certain Services and reporting to AT&T Mobility pursuant to the Agreement;

WHEREAS , Cingular Wireless LLC changed its name to AT&T Mobility LLC on January 8, 2007; and

WHEREAS , InfoSpace and AT&T Mobility desire to perpetuate and continue their relationship, by doing business under the terms of the Agreement, as amended as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Except as otherwise provided herein, all of the terms, covenants and conditions used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions hereof, and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the specific terms and conditions set forth in this First Amendment shall govern.

 

2. All references to Cingular Wireless LLC or “Cingular” are deleted and replaced with “AT&T Mobility LLC” or “AT&T Mobility”, respectively.

 

3. Section 7.1(a) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  (a) The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement, or except as provided in Section 7.1(b) or (c), shall end on the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Initial Term”). After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall continue until terminated by either Party upon six months notice.

 

4. Exhibit A - “Services” is hereby amended to incorporate the terms described in Exhibit A-1 Services, attached hereto and incorporated herein in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

5. Exhibit C - “Commercial Terms” is hereby amended to incorporate the terms described in Exhibit C-1 Commercial Terms, attached hereto and incorporated herein in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

6. The terms and conditions of the Agreement in all other respects remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, InfoSpace and AT&T Mobility have each caused this First Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized representative, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the First Amendment Effective Date above.

 

Infospace, Inc.     AT&T Mobility LLC
By:   /s/ Steven Elfman     By:   ***
Print Name:   Steven Elfman     Print Name:   ***
Title:   Executive Vice President     Title:   V.P., Supply Chain Management
  Mobile Division      

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


EXHIBIT A-1 – SERVICES

Exhibit A – Services is amended to add two new sections (E and F), as follows:

 

“E. Research and Development. AT&T Mobility will have the opportunity to meet with InfoSpace from time to time regarding InfoSpace’s Mobile Services Platforms and/or Applications (collectively referred to as “Mobile Service”) via the following process:

 

  1. InfoSpace will schedule and host recurring monthly Mobile Service meetings. Agendas for Mobile Service meetings will be mutually agreed upon by the Parties, as follows:

 

  a. InfoSpace will provide AT&T Mobility with an initial agenda no less than three weeks prior to the upcoming month’s Mobile Service Meeting.

 

  b. AT&T Mobility may provide comments and items to be reasonably included in the monthly agenda, no less than two weeks prior to the upcoming month’s Mobile Service Meeting. If AT&T Mobility does not provide comments/items within said timeframe, the agenda for that upcoming month’s Mobile Service Meeting shall be set and, as per the agenda received by InfoSpace.

 

  c. Representatives from each Party’s respective product, marketing, technology and/or engineering groups (at the Director level or higher), will attend the monthly Mobile Service meetings.

 

  2. Mobile Service meetings will be of sufficient length and of sufficient detail to review/discuss current and future Mobile Service

 

  3. For specific roadmap features and/or capabilities (the “Mobile Features”), InfoSpace will disclose in which development phase the Mobile Features resides from one of the following development phase categories (each a “Development Phase”):

Development Phase

 

  a. Investigation Phase

 

  b. Concept Phase

 

  c. Requirements Definition Phase

 

  d. Development Phase

 

  e. Testing Phase

 

  f. Solution Phase

 

  4. As a result of the Mobile Service meetings, AT&T Mobility will be allowed to identify a subset of the Mobile Features for which InfoSpace may pursue, in its sole discretion, for the benefit of its customers, to include AT&T Mobility, (each, an “ Mobile Feature”) for the Mobile Features that have not yet entered the Development Phase. Upon identification and agreement of the Mobile Feature, InfoSpace may engage AT&T Mobility for its input in the “Concept Phase” and “Requirements Definition Phase” which InfoSpace may choose to incorporate at its sole discretion.

InfoSpace will work to create joint Operations Requirements Document(s) (each, an “ORD”) for the respective Mobile Feature. InfoSpace will develop the timeline for the Mobile Feature ORD. Once the respective Mobile Feature ORD is finalized, the Mobile Feature will progress to the Development Phase.

 

3


  5. Within thirty (30) days after the First Amendment Effective Date, the Parties will meet to discuss/review the Mobile Service to be pursued by InfoSpace for the current calendar year; thereafter the Parties will meet within thirty (30) days of the start of the new calendar year and discuss/review the Mobile Service to be pursued by InfoSpace for such new calendar year.

 

F. Research and Development Remedies.

 

1. For every calendar month that InfoSpace does not conduct a Mobile Service meeting, A&T Mobility, *** provided that if the meeting is cancelled or rescheduled due to AT&T Mobility’s inability to attend the Mobile Service meeting, then this provision shall be waived.

 

G. SECURITIES FAIR DISCLOSURE AND NON-DISLOSURE OBLIGATIONS

AT&T Mobility acknowledges that U.S. securities laws prohibit any person who receives material non-public information about the discloser or any of its subsidiaries from purchasing or selling securities of the discloser or from communicating such information to any other person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such person is likely to purchase or sell such securities in reliance on such information, and agrees not to purchase, sell or otherwise engage in transactions in InfoSpace’s stock based on material nonpublic information (if such information is disclosed) until such time as the information becomes disseminated to the public either through a press release issued by InfoSpace or through a filing made by InfoSpace pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In addition to the foregoing and any non-disclosure obligations in place between the Parties, AT&T Mobility agrees that, without the prior written consent of InfoSpace, it will not disclose the Mobile Service to anyone except employees with a need-to-know such information, except as required by law or security exchange rules. The Mobile Service and associated information provided by InfoSpace as part of the process (including but not limited to Attachment 1 and the ORD) shall be considered Confidential Information and may be used only for the purposes of fulfilling Parties obligations under this Agreement.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

4


EXHIBIT C-1 – COMMERCIAL TERMS

Exhibit C – Commercial Terms is amended as set forth herein.

Section 3 - Active User Fee is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following.

“3) Active User Fee

 

(a) AT&T Mobility will pay InfoSpace a fee based on the total number of Active Users for each calendar month of the Term. InfoSpace will calculate the Active User Fee as follows: *** (the “Monthly Minimum”) or the aggregate value of the following calculations:

 

Tier

  

Number of Active Users

  

Calculation of the Monthly Fee

1                    ***    ***
2    ***    ***
3    ***    ***
4    ***    ***
5    ***    ***

***

 

(b) In the event that the Active User Fee exceeds *** of the Term, InfoSpace will waive the Monthly Minimum for the subsequent months of the Term; provided that, in the event the Active User Fee is less than *** of the Term, the Monthly Minimum will be reinstated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Monthly Minimum will apply to any month of the Term during which Cingular redirects more *** to another Web Site as described in Section 2.7 of this Agreement.

 

(c) Notwithstanding Section 3(a) above, the Parties agree as follows:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

5


SECOND AMENDMENT

TO THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

WIRELESS SERVICES AGREEMENT #00014249

This Second Amendment (this “Second Amendment”) to the Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #0001429 of July, 22, 2005 between Motricity, Inc., f/k/a InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. (“Motricity” or “Supplier”) and AT&T Mobility LLC (“AT&T Mobility” or “AT&T”) (the “Agreement”), is made and entered into this 1 st day of October, 2008 (“Second Amendment Effective Date”). Such parties are referred to herein individually as a “Party,” and collectively as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS, InfoSpace has provided certain Services to AT&T Mobility pursuant to the Agreement;

WHEREAS, Cingular Wireless LLC changed its name to AT&T Mobility LLC on January 8, 2007;

WHEREAS , InfoSpace Inc. changed its name to Motricity, Inc. on December 28, 2007 and assumed all of the rights and obligations of InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.; and

WHEREAS , Motricity and AT&T Mobility desire to perpetuate and continue their relationship, by doing business under the terms of the Agreement, as amended as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Except as otherwise provided herein, all of the terms, covenants and conditions used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions hereof, and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the specific terms and conditions set forth in this First Amendment shall govern.

 

2. All references to InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. or “InfoSpace” are deleted and replaced with “Motricity, Inc.” or “Motricity”, respectively.

 

3. Section 1 “Definitions” of the Agreement shall be amended to add the following definitions.

“Email Message” means an email sent by Motricity to a User to (i) confirm changes made via the My MEdia Net or (ii) notify such User of a change in his/her AT&T account status.

“Location Based Services” are services that access or use the User’s current location information as provided by the AT&T network or directly from the mobile device.

“MEdia Net” means the wireless internet made available to Users via an AT&T mobile device and refers to previous, current and future releases and excludes any legacy Services.

“My MEdiaNet” means an AT&T website that allows Users to configure and customize their MEdia Net home page on their mobile device via a computer.

“Products” means any and all equipment, software, documentation, designs, or materials, used, created or provided by or on behalf of Motricity.

“Scenario Manager” means a tool that allows AT&T the ability to associate content to one or more specific user segments and to assign Users to those segments.

 

1


“Service Defect” means a failure to provide Services and/or Products in conformance with the requirements set forth in the respective Work Order.

“Work” is as defined within Exhibit I, attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

“Work Request Form” is as set forth within Exhibit I-1, attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

“Work Request Process” is as set forth within Exhibit I.

 

4. This Agreement is amended to add the following to the end of Section 6.1 “Warranties”:

“(g) Payment Card Industry. The terms of this Section g apply only to the extent that Motricity collects, processes, handles, and/or maintains credit card or other personal financial data and/or related transaction status or identity information through, for, or on behalf of AT&T or its customers. The PCI Security Standards Council, LLC, is a non-AT&T entity that owns, develops, maintains and distributes the PCI Data Security Standard, which may be updated from time-to-time (“DSS”). Throughout the term of this Agreement and at no cost to AT&T, Motricity shall comply with the then-current requirements of DSS.”

 

5. Section 6.2 “Indemnification” and Section 6.3 “Infringment” of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Indemnity provisions set forth within the new Section 10 “Indemnity” as set forth below.

 

6. Section 6.4 “Insurance” of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

6.4 Insurance.

 

  6.4 With respect to Motricity’s performance under this Agreement, and in addition to Motricity’s obligation to indemnify, Motricity shall at its sole cost and expense:

 

  6.4.1 maintain the insurance coverages and limits required by this Section and any additional insurance and/or bonds required by law:

 

  6.4.1.1 at all times during the term of this Agreement and until completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later; and

 

  6.4.1.2 with respect to any coverage maintained in a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years following the term of this Agreement or completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later. If a “claims-made” policy is maintained, the retroactive date must precede the commencement of Work under this Agreement;

 

  6.4.2 require each subcontractor who may perform Work under this Agreement or enter upon the Work site to maintain coverages, requirements, and limits at least as broad as those listed in this Section from the time when the subcontractor begins Work, throughout the term of the subcontractor’s Work and, with respect to any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years thereafter;

 

  6.4.3 procure the required insurance from an insurance company eligible to do business in the state or states where Work will be performed and having and maintaining a Financial Strength Rating of “A-” or better and a Financial Size Category of “VII” or better, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies, except that, in the case of Workers’ Compensation insurance, Motricity may procure insurance from the state fund of the state where Work is to be performed; and

 

2


  6.4.4 deliver to AT&T, certificates of insurance stating the types of insurance and policy limits. Motricity shall provide or will endeavor to have the issuing insurance company provide at least 30 days advance written notice of cancellation, non-renewal, or reduction in coverage, terms, or limits to AT&T. Motricity shall deliver such certificates:

 

  6.4.4.1 prior to execution of this Agreement and prior to commencement of any Work;

 

  6.4.4.2 prior to expiration of any insurance policy required in this Section; and

 

  6.4.4.3 for any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years following the term of this Agreement or completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later.

 

  6.5 The Parties agree:

 

  6.5.1 the failure of AT&T to demand such certificate of insurance or failure of AT&T to identify a deficiency will not be construed as a waiver of Motricity’s obligation to maintain the insurance required under this Agreement;

 

  6.5.2 that the insurance required under this Agreement does not represent that coverage and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect Motricity, nor be deemed as a limitation on Motricity’s liability to AT&T in this Agreement;

 

  6.5.3 Motricity may meet the required insurance coverages and limits with any combination of primary and Umbrella/Excess liability insurance; and

 

  6.5.4 Motricity is responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention.

 

  6.6 The insurance coverage required by this Section includes:

 

  6.6.1 Workers’ Compensation insurance with benefits afforded under the laws of any state in which the Work is to be performed and Employers Liability insurance with limits of at least:

$500,000 for Bodily Injury – each accident

$500,000 for Bodily Injury by disease – policy limits

$500,000 for Bodily Injury by disease – each employee

To the fullest extent allowable by Law, the policy must include a waiver of subrogation in favor of AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers and employees.

In states where Workers’ Compensation insurance is a monopolistic state-run system, Motricity shall add Stop Gap Employers Liability with limits not less than $500,000 each accident or disease.

 

  6.6.2 Commercial General Liability insurance written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) Form CG 00 01 12 04 or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage, covering liability arising from premises, operations, personal injury, products/completed operations, and liability assumed under an insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract) with limits of at least:

$2,000,000 General Aggregate limit

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for all bodily injury or property damage incurred in any one (1) occurrence

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for Personal Injury and Advertising Injury

$2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate limit

 

3


$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for Products/Completed Operations

$1,000,000 Damage to Premises Rented to You (Fire Legal Liability)

The Commercial General Liability insurance policy must:

 

  6.6.2.1 include AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers, and employees as Additional Insureds. Motricity shall provide a copy of the Additional Insured endorsement to AT&T. The Additional Insured endorsement may either be specific to AT&T or may be “blanket” or “automatic” addressing any person or entity as required by contract. A copy of the Additional Insured endorsement must be provided within 60 days of execution of this Agreement and within 60 days of each Commercial General Liability policy renewal;

 

  6.6.2.2 include a waiver of subrogation in favor of AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers and employees; and

 

  6.6.2.3 be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance that is maintained by AT&T.

 

  6.6.3 Business Automobile Liability insurance with limits of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each accident for bodily injury and property damage, extending to all owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles.

 

  6.6.4 Umbrella/Excess Liability insurance with limits of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each occurrence with terms and conditions at least as broad as the underlying Commercial General Liability, Business Auto Liability, and Employers Liability policies. Umbrella/Excess Liability limits will be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance that is maintained by AT&T Mobility.

 

  6.6.5 Professional Liability (Errors & Omissions) insurance with limits of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each claim or wrongful act.

 

7. Section 7.1(a) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  (a) The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement, or except as provided in Section 7.1(b) or (c), shall end on January 22, 2010 (the “Initial Term”). After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall continue until terminated by either Party upon six months notice.

 

8. Section 7.3 “Termination for Convenience” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

7.3 Termination for Convenience.

 

  7.3.1 Agreement. Effective January 22, 2010, AT&T Mobility may terminate this Agreement without cause upon six (6) months advance written notice.

 

  7.3.2 Legacy Services. Effective as of January 1, 2007 AT&T Mobility may terminate the Legacy Services, in whole or in part, upon providing Motricity with sixty (60) days advance written notice and following the effective date of such termination, AT&T Mobility shall not be obligated to pay the applicable Legacy Services Fees as set forth in Section B of Exhibit C – Commercial Terms.

 

4


9. Section 7.4 “Effect of Termination” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

7.4 Obligations upon Termination or Transition of Service.

 

  7.4.1 *** by AT&T Mobility, Motricity shall reasonably cooperate with AT&T in the orderly and expeditious wind down and/or transition of its Services (in whole or in part) to a different service provider (“Transfer”). For purposes of clarity, such advance, written notice will not extend the six-month notice period for termination for convenience.

 

  7.4.2  The Transfer will be performed by the parties in accordance with a mutually agreed upon Statement of Work and will include such items as transition responsibilities (such as migration of subscribers, subscriber data, premium digital content, transaction data, and/or Merchant integrations), key resources, Transfer timelines, related fees (such as operating expenses to sustain Services from the Cut-Over Date, defined below, until the Transfer is complete “Sustainment Fees”), etc.

With respect to Sustainment Fees the Parties acknowledge and agree to the following:

A) Sustainment Fees may include :

 

  1) ***

B) Sustainment Fees will not include :

 

  1) ***

 

  2) ***

 

  3) ***

 

  4) ***

 

  7.4.3.  Motricity will provide all services, information and documentation as may be reasonably needed by AT&T in connection with the Transfer.

 

  7.4.4.  Unless otherwise specified by AT&T, the minimum period of time to affect such a Transfer will be nine months and may be extended upon mutual agreement of the parties (“Wind Down Period”). Both parties are required to make a good faith effort to fulfill the requirements of the Transfer as quickly as possible within the Wind Down Period.

 

  7.4.5.  Services provided by Motricity during the Wind Down Period shall be provided to AT&T at the rates provided for in the Agreement and all terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

10. This Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 7.5 “Effect of Termination” as follows:

7.5 Effect of Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason or expiration of the Term, all rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be extinguished, except that: (a) all accrued payment obligations hereunder shall survive such termination or expiration; and (b) the rights and obligations of the parties which by their nature would continue beyond termination or expiration, including Sections 3.11(d), 5, 6.2, 6.3, 6.5, 6.6, 7, 8, and 9.2 through 9.15, shall survive such termination or expiration. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Motricity will promptly return all User Data upon receipt of notification from AT&T.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

5


11. This Agreement is hereby amended to delete Section 9.3 “Compliance with Laws” in its entirety and replace with the following:

“9.3 Compliance with Laws.

Motricity shall comply with al l applicable federal, state, county, and local rules, and all foreign laws for any similar jurisdiction applicable to the performance of Motricity’s obligations, including without limitation, all statutes, laws, ordinance, regulations and codes (“Laws”) with respect to its performance under this Agreement, including but not limited to (a) the procurement of permits, certificates, approvals, inspections, and licenses (b) filing all required reports relating to such performance (including, without limitation, tax returns), (c) paying all filing fees and federal, state and local taxes applicable to Motricity’ business as the same shall become due, and (d) paying all amounts required under local, state and federal workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, unemployment insurance acts and other employee benefit acts when due. AT&T will not be responsible for any of the foregoing payments, obligations, taxes or benefits.

In furtherance of AT&T’s commitment to workplace diversity as an equal opportunity employer, Motricity will, while performing any Services and at all other times while on AT&T property or conducting any AT&T related business, comply with all applicable local, state and federal laws, including specifically all laws prohibiting harassment or discrimination of any kind in the workplace.

 

12. This Agreement is hereby amended to delete Section 9.4 in its entirety and replace with the following:

“Section 9.4 – Intentionally Omitted” .

For purposes of clarity, Section 18 of this Second Amendment incorporates the new confidentiality provisions that will apply to this Agreement.

 

13. This Agreement is hereby amended to delete Section 9.10 “Notices” in its entirety and replace with the following:

“9.10 Notices.

All notices or demands given hereunder or required by law will be given in writing, will refer to this Agreement and will be effective i) upon the date of personal delivery if delivered by hand; ii) upon the date of confirmed receipt if delivered by facsimile ii) or upon the date of receipt by recognized overnight courier; or iv) three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested). Any party may change such address by giving the other party written notice of such change, referencing the change as a modification to this paragraph of this Agreement.

 

6


AT&T MOBILITY:    AT&T Mobility LLC.
   Attn: ***
  

16221 NE 72d Way Redmond, WA 98052

Phone: ***

   Fax: ***
WITH A COPY TO:    AT&T Mobility LLC.
   Attn: Legal Department – SCM Counsel
   1025 Lenox Park Boulevard – Ste D594
   Atlanta, GA 30319
  

Phone: (404) 986-1672

Fax: (404) 986-9003

CONTRACTOR:    Motricity Inc.
   Motricity Inc.
  

601 108 th Ave. NE– Suite 800

Phone: 425.957.6200

Fax: 425-957-6201

WITH A COPY TO:    Motricity, Inc.
   Attn: General Counsel
   601 108 th Ave. NE– Suite 800
   Bellevue, WA 98004
  

Phone: 425.957.6200

Fax: 425.957.6201

 

14. This Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 9.16 “Background Checks” as follows:

“9.16 Background Checks

 

  9.16.1 Motricity, with respect to the following requirements in this Section (collectively, “Background Checks”) and subject to any laws, rules or regulations which may limit and/or prohibit any Motricity action otherwise required by this section, (i) shall make all reasonable efforts, including checking the background, verifying the personal information and conducting a Drug Screen to verify to AT&T Mobility that no Motricity employee, or subcontractor and no employee or agent of Motricity or its subcontractor (“Supplier Person”) which Motricity has assigned to support the provisioning of the Services (“Supplier Person Services Assignment”) and who Motricity proposes to physically visit AT&T Mobility or its customers’ premises, (“Access”) at any time during such Supplier Person Services

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

7


    Assignment, (a) has presented a positive Drug Screen, (b) has been arraigned or convicted of (i) any felony, or (ii) any misdemeanor involving violence, theft or computer crimes, fraud or financial crimes, or crimes involving unlawful possession or use of a dangerous weapon, and (ii) Motricity shall not knowingly permit any such Supplier Person presenting a positive Drug Screen, so arraigned or convicted, or so identified to perform any Service that permits such Access during the term of the Agreement .

 

  9.16.2 Motricity shall not knowingly permit any Supplier Person who has (i) falsified any of his or her Identification Credentials, or (ii) failed to disclose any material information in the hiring process relevant to the performance of any Service. Motricity shall not knowingly permit any Supplier Person who has falsified such Identification Credentials or failed to disclose such information to perform any Service that permits Access.

 

  9.16.3 The following definitions apply to this Section:

 

   

Identification Credentials” includes, with respect to each Supplier Person, his or her Social Security number, driver’s license, educational credentials, employment history, home address, and citizenship indicia.

 

   

Drug Screen” means the testing for the use of illicit drugs (including opiates, cocaine, cannabinoids, amphetamines, and phencyclidine (PCP)) of any Supplier Person who (i) has unsupervised (or badged) physical Access to AT&T Mobility or its customer’s premises, or (ii) has regular or recurring supervised physical Access to AT&T Mobility or its customer’s premises for more than thirty (30) days in the aggregate annually.

 

  9.16.4 The failure of Motricity to comply with the requirements of this Section, and/or if any Supplier Person who fails such Background Check or who has falsified Identification Credentials does perform any Service that permits such Access, shall each be considered a material breach of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, exceptions for individual Supplier Person(s) may be granted by AT&T Mobility on a case-by-case basis.

 

  9.16.5 If a Supplier Person is providing any Service (e.g., software development) that permits or requires Access to AT&T Mobility’s software source or origin code or encrypted software, Motricity shall conduct an initial, and thereafter an annual, search, in each case to verify that such Supplier Person is not identified on the Denied Person List or Specially Designated Nationals List by the U.S. Dept. of Commerce-Bureau of Industry & Security.

 

15. The Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 9.17 “Third Party Administrator” as follows:

“9.17 Third Party Administrator

 

  9.17.1 Motricity acknowledges that a third party administrator will perform certain administrative functions for AT&T Mobility in relation to this Agreement. Such administrative functions may include: (i) collecting and verifying certificates of insurance; (ii) providing financial analysis; (iii) verifying certifications under the Section entitled “Utilization of Minority, Women, and Disabled Veteran Owned Business Enterprises”; and (iv) collecting and verifying Motricity profile information.

 

8


  9.17.2 Motricity shall cooperate with such third party administrator in its performance of such administrative functions and shall provide such data as from time to time the third party administrator may request. Further, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Motricity agrees that AT&T Mobility may provide confidential Information regarding Motricity to such third party administrator (subject to such third-party administrator’s obligations of non-use and non-disclosure with respect to such confidential Information). ***

 

16. The Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 9.18 “Utilization of Minority, Women and Disabled Veteran Owned Business Enterprises” as follows:

“9.18 Utilization of Minority, Women, and Disabled Veteran Owned Business Enterprises.

 

  9.18.1 It is the policy of AT&T Mobility that minority, women, and disabled veteran owned business enterprises (“MWDVBEs”) shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts.

 

  9.18.2 Motricity shall make good faith efforts to carry out this policy in the award of subcontracts, distribution agreements, resale agreements, and other opportunities for MWDVBE participation. In furtherance of those efforts, and not as a limitation, Motricity shall submit annual participation plans, at the time of contract execution and each subsequent year by January 7, establishing Motricity’s goals for the year for participation by minority owned business enterprises (“MBE”), women owned business enterprises (“WBE”) and disabled veteran business enterprises (“DVBE”), with “participation” expressed as a percentage of aggregate estimated annual purchases by AT&T Mobility and its Affiliates for the coming year under this Agreement. Motricity shall include specific and detailed plans for achieving its goals in each participation plan as set forth in this Agreement. Motricity’s participation goals for the first year (that is, the calendar year that ends on December 31 next following the effective date of this Agreement) are: *** Motricity’s initial supplier participation plan for the first year is attached to and incorporated into this Agreement as Appendix G .

 

  9.18.3 By the fourteenth day following the close of each calendar quarter , Motricity shall report actual results of its efforts to meet its goals during the preceding calendar quarter to AT&T Mobility’s Prime Supplier Program Manager, using the form attached to this Agreement as Appendix H . Motricity shall submit separate reports for AT&T Mobility and each Affiliate making purchases under this Agreement. When reporting its results, Motricity shall count only expenditures with MWDVBEs that are certified as MBE, WBE, or DVBE firms by certifying agencies that are recognized by AT&T Mobility, as listed on Appendix G . In particular, when reporting results for expenditures by Affiliates identified as “California Affiliates” in Appendix G, Motricity shall count only expenditures (i) with MBE and WBE firms certified by the California Public Utilities Commission Supplier Clearinghouse (“CPUCC”) and (ii) with DVBE firms certified by the Office of Small Business and DVBE Certification (“OSDBC”) of the California Department of General Services.

 

  9.18.4 Motricity shall inform prospective MBE, WBE, and DVBE subcontractors of their opportunities to apply for certification from the agencies listed in Appendix G. In particular, Motricity shall inform MBE and WBE firms certified by agencies other than the CPUCC and the DVBE firms certified by agencies other than the OSDBC of the procedures for applying for an additional certification from the OSDBC and the CPUCC.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

9


  9.18.5 The extent to which suppliers (a) set challenging goals in their annual participation plans and (b) succeed in exceeding the goals that they have set are factors that AT&T Mobility may consider favorably when deciding to extend or renew expiring agreements, to apportion orders among competing suppliers under existing agreements, and to award new business in competitive bidding.

 

  9.18.6 Motricity’s obligations under this Section are not a limitation of any obligations that Motricity may have under other provisions of this Agreement, including the Section entitled “Executive Orders and Federal Regulations”.

 

17. The Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 10 “Indemnity” as follows:

10. Indemnity.

 

  10.1 Intellectual Property Rights Indemnity

 

  10.1.1 Generally.

 

  10.1.1.1 Motricity will defend, indemnify and hold harmless AT&T and its affiliates, subsidiaries, contractors, distributors, and customers (hereinafter referred to individually as “Indemnified Party” and collectively as “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, demands, claims, actions, and lawsuits (including without limitation consultant, attorney and other legal fees) that may be asserted against, incurred or suffered by, imposed on, or awarded against any Indemnified Party arising out of or in connection with, in whole or in part, any allegation, threat, demand or claim (or settlement thereof) that the Products or Services, related documentation, or related services, in whole or in part, whether alone or in combination with other products and services of the Indemnified Party, infringe, dilute, tarnish, or misappropriate any copyright, industrial design, mask work, moral right, patent, right of publicity, trademark, trade secret, utility model, or other proprietary or intellectual property right or license of any person or entity (an “Infringement Claim”). AT&T will indemnify (subject to the limitations in Section 6.5 (“Limitation of Liability; Disclaimer”) Motricity against copyright or trademark infringement actions filed against Motricity by a third party unaffiliated with Motricity, to the extent based on Motricity’s permitted use of materials produced and provided by AT&T; provided that Motricity give AT&T prompt written notice of such action and provide AT&T with all reasonably requested assistance.

 

  10.1.1.2 In the event that a third party brings an Infringement Claim against Motricity, its affiliates, or any Indemnified Party, Motricity shall: (i) pay all consultant, attorney and other legal fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of an Indemnified Party in that party’s efforts to assess if the use, sale, offer to sell, or importation of any Products or Services infringes any pending or issued patent or utility model (“Infringement Assessment”) or related to the avoidance of such infringement; and (ii) fully assist the Indemnified Party in the Infringement Assessment by promptly providing to the Indemnified Party, upon that party’s request, all relevant information or material in Motricity’s possession or control that has been used by Motricity itself in making such assessment, including but not limited to, any in-house or outside counsel opinions, subject to appropriate measures and agreements between the parties to preserve any privilege that may apply to such information. If following an Infringement Assessment, AT&T believes in its sole discretion that there is a possibility that AT&T’ use, sale, offers to sell, or importation of any Products or Services or related documentation infringes a third-party’s issued patent or utility model, AT&T may, upon notice to Motricity, terminate this Agreement. Such termination or failure to so terminate shall not be an exclusive remedy and shall not in any manner limit AT&T’s other remedies or Motricity’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

 

10


  10.1.1.3 MOTRICITY AGREES THAT, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY (AND WHETHER OR NOT SUCH A PROVISION CONTAINS LANGUAGE THAT REPRESENTS ITSELF AS TRUMPING OTHER PROVISIONS CONTRARY TO IT), WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED: (I) MOTRICITY SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL ACTUAL, ENHANCED, EXEMPLARY, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL, TREBLE AND CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ASSERTED AGAINST, INCURRED OR SUFFERED BY, IMPOSED ON, OR AWARDED AGAINST ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH MOTRICITY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 10.1; AND (II) NONE OF THE LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY CONTAINED ANYWHERE IN

THIS AGREEMENT WILL APPLY TO MOTRICITY’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION 10.1.

 

  10.1.2 Procedure. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement or elsewhere (including without limitation other indemnification provisions in this Agreement), AT&T and Motricity agree that with respect to Intellectual Property Indemnification under this Section 10.1, AT&T shall have the option to either (i) control the defense of any claims or actions regarding Motricity’s obligations under this Section 10.1, or (ii) allow Motricity to control such defense, and, if AT&T chooses to allow Motricity to control the defense, then:

 

  10.1.2.1 AT&T may, at its option, participate and appear with Motricity in the defense, settlement and compromise of any claims or actions regarding Motricity’s obligations under this Section 10.1;

 

  10.1.2.2 In the event of any claims or actions regarding Motricity’s obligations under this Section 10.1, if, in the absence of an injunction or other judicial action, Motricity desires to settle or compromise such claims or actions and such settlement or compromise would in any manner involve any action or forbearance by any Indemnified Party, prior to agreeing to any such settlement or compromise Motricity shall obtain the written consent of AT&T, which may be withheld in AT&T’s reasonable discretion. In the event AT&T reasonably withholds such consent, Motricity shall not be relieved of its indemnification obligations under this Section 10.1; and

 

  10.1.2.3 If any claims or actions regarding Motricity’s obligations under this Section 10.1 are to be settled or satisfied solely by the payment of money by Motricity, Motricity may control such settlement or satisfaction.

 

  10.1.3 Upon Injunction.

 

  10.1.3.1

Without in any manner limiting the foregoing indemnification obligations, in the event of an injunction or other judicial action preventing or restricting an Indemnified Party’s use or enjoyment of the Products or Services, in whole or in part, Motricity shall at Motricity’s sole expense and at Motricity’s sole option and direction, either: (i) procure for the Indemnified Party the right to continue using the infringing Products or Services; (ii) replace such Products or Services with a non-infringing product or service without loss of any functionality and that is, and in full compliance with all of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, and all specifications and requirements applicable to the Product or Service, which substitute product Motricity

 

11


  shall fully deploy, and Motricity shall fully compensate the Indemnified Party for all costs, expenses and fines associated with such replacement; or (iii) modify such Deliverable(s)(without loss of any functionality and such that the Product or Service is fully compliant with all of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and all specifications and requirements applicable to the Product or Service), to make them non-infringing and after which modification, the Products or Services will be in full compliance with all of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, which modified product Motricity shall fully deploy, and Motricity shall fully compensate the Indemnified Party for all costs, expenses, and fines associated with such modification and deployment.

 

  10.1.3.2 Intentionally omitted.

 

  10.1.3.3 If in AT&T’s reasonable discretion, AT&T believes compliance with any injunction or other judicial action which prevents or restricts an Indemnified Party’s use or enjoyment of the Products or Services, in whole or in part, would require an Indemnified

Party to take any action or forebear from any action such that: (i) any services provided or performed by AT&T might be interrupted or diminished to any material degree; or (ii) any customers’ use of services provided by AT&T might be interrupted or diminished to any degree, then at AT&T’s direction, Motricity shall use its best efforts to stay or appeal such an injunction or judicial action.

 

  10.1.3.4 Without excusing Motricity from any of Motricity’s other obligations set forth in this Section 10, if in Motricity’s reasonable discretion neither option (i), (ii), nor (iii) in Section 10.1.3.1 can be attained, or, in fact, none of the options are in fact obtained, AT&T in its sole discretion may choose to return to Motricity the Products or Services in AT&T’s possession, and Motricity will refund to AT&T all amounts paid for the development of the Products or Services and services provided under this Agreement, reduced on a straight-line amortization basis over five (5) years.

 

  10.1.3.5 The remedies in this Section 10.1.3 are nonexclusive and shall not in any manner limit AT&T’s other remedies or Motricity’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

 

  10.2 General Indemnity

 

  10.2.1 Motricity agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold AT&T harmless from any and all liabilities, causes of action, lawsuits, penalties, claims or demands (including the costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees on account thereof) that may be made by:

 

  10.2.1.1 Anyone for injuries of any kind, including but not limited to personal injury, death, property damage and theft, arising out of or resulting from Motricity’s negligent or willful acts or omissions or those of persons furnished by Motricity, its agents or its subcontractors or resulting from use of Motricity’s Products and/or Services furnished hereunder or resulting from Motricity’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder; or

 

  10.2.1.2 Any of either Motricity’s, its agents’ or its subcontractors’ employees or former employees for which the Motricity’s, its agents’ or its subcontractors’ liability to such employee or former employee would otherwise be subject to payments under the state Workers’ Compensation laws or an Employer’s Liability policy, premises liability principles or any other law or form of legal duty or obligation; and

 

12


  10.2.1.3 Either Motricity’s, its agents’ or its subcontractors’ employees or former employees, including applicants at AT&T’s job site, for any and all claims arising out of the employment relationship with respect to performing under this Agreement. This includes, but is not limited to, employment discrimination charges and actions arising under Title VII of The Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; The Equal Pay Act; The Age Discrimination Act, as amended; The Rehabilitation Act; The Americans with Disabilities Act; The Fair Labor Standards Act; The National Labor Relations Act; and any other applicable law.

 

  10.2.1.4 Anyone in connection with a breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9.3 “Compliance with Laws” and Exhibit E “Executive Orders and Federal Regulations”.

 

  10.2.2 Intentionally omitted .

 

  10.3 The foregoing indemnity shall be in addition to any other indemnity obligations of Motricity set forth in this Agreement.

 

  10.4 Notice by AT&T . In connection with any claim for indemnity under this Section 10, AT&T agrees to notify Motricity promptly of any written claims or demands against an Indemnified Party for which Motricity is responsible under this Section 10. AT&T’s failure to notify Motricity on a timely basis will excuse Motricity from its obligations only to the specific extent Motricity has been prejudiced thereby.

 

  10.5 Notice by Motricity. Motricity agrees to notify AT&T promptly of any written claims or demands against an Indemnified Party for which Motricity is responsible under this Section 10.

 

18. The Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 11 “Confidential Information” as follows:

11. Confidential Information.

 

  11.1 AT&T Information

 

  11.1.1 Any Information furnished to Motricity in connection with this Agreement, including Information provided under a separate Nondisclosure Agreement in connection with discussions regarding the Service, prior to executing this Agreement, shall remain AT&T’s property. Unless such Information was previously known to Motricity free of any obligation to keep it confidential, or has been or is subsequently made public by AT&T or a third party, without violating a confidentiality obligation, Information shall be kept confidential by Motricity, shall be used only in performing under this Agreement, and may not be used for other purposes except as may be agreed upon between Motricity and AT&T in writing. Motricity is granted no rights or license to such Information, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein. All copies of such Information, whether in written, graphic or other tangible form, shall be returned to AT&T upon the earlier of (i) AT&T’s request or (ii) upon Termination, Cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement.

 

  11.1.2 Motricity understands and agrees that any and all field trial results prepared by AT&T are and shall remain the property of AT&T and are hereby considered AT&T’s proprietary Information. Therefore, it shall be AT&T’s option, in its sole discretion, to furnish Motricity copies of such documents or to discuss such documents with Motricity. Motricity’s use of field trial reports furnished by AT&T shall be governed by the Publicity section in addition to the provisions contained in this section, Information.

 

13


  11.1.3 Motricity will not be required to protect AT&T’s Information from disclosure to the extent: (a) the Information has been publicly disclosed by AT&T; (b) AT&T in writing authorizes Motricity to disclose without restriction; (c) Motricity already lawfully knows the Information at the time it is disclosed by AT&T without an obligation to keep it confidential; (d) Motricity lawfully obtains the Information from any source other than AT&T, provided that such source lawfully disclosed such information; or (e) Motricity independently develops such Information without use of or reference to AT&T’s Information.

 

  11.2 AT&T Data

 

  11.2.1 Motricity acknowledges that AT&T has all ownership rights to the data provided by AT&T to Motricity under the terms of this Agreement (“AT&T Data”) and Motricity agrees to treat all AT&T Data relating to AT&T’s business as confidential and to be used only for the purpose of providing Services to AT&T under this Agreement. At AT&T’s request, Motricity shall remove from the AT&T account any personnel of Motricity that AT&T believes is not treating AT&T Data in a manner consistent with terms of this Section 11.2.1. The terms of this Section 11.2.1 provision shall not apply to such AT&T Data as are publicly available, independently developed by Motricity or rightfully obtained from third parties.

 

  11.2.2 Customer Information . To the extent that Motricity receives or has access to any personally-identifiable AT&T customer or AT&T personnel data (including, but not limited to, name, address, telephone number, credit card information, social security number, Customer Proprietary Network Information, profiles, customer usage data and/or other data resulting from Customer’s use of the services) (collectively, “Customer Information”), AT&T retains all rights to, and is the sole owner of, all Customer Information. Motricity will treat all Customer Information pursuant to Exhibit M to this Agreement. Motricity will not use or disseminate or authorize the use or dissemination of any Customer Information for any purpose other than in connection with the performance of Motricity’s obligations under this Agreement, without AT&T’s advance written permission, which may be withheld in AT&T’s sole discretion.

 

  11.2.3 Protection and Security of Customer Information. Motricity will not use or disclose, or permit others to use or disclose, any Customer Information except as necessary for Motricity to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, or otherwise in accordance with AT&T’s written instructions. Motricity will take all reasonable precautions to protect Customer Information against unauthorized disclosure or alteration, theft, or other misuse including without limitation, maintaining and enforcing safety and security procedures and policies with respect to access, handling and maintenance of Customer Information reasonably designed to (i) insure the integrity and security of Customer Information; (ii) protect against any reasonably foreseeable threats or hazards to the integrity or security of Customer Information; and (iii) protect against unauthorized access to or use of Customer Information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to AT&T or its customers. Further, the Parties will cooperate with each other on an ongoing basis to evaluate security standards and will evaluate in good faith recommendations made by the other to protect the security and integrity of Customer Information.

 

  11.2.4 Privacy . In addition to any other protections afforded under this Agreement, Customer Information will be subject to AT&T’s privacy policy, as may be changed by AT&T in its discretion from time to time (found at http://www.wireless.att.com/privacy/ ) and the current version of which is attached hereto as Exhibit N.

 

14


  11.3 Motricity Information

 

  11.3.1 Any Information furnished to AT&T in connection with this Agreement, including Information provided under a separate Nondisclosure Agreement in connection with discussions regarding the Service, prior to executing this Agreement, shall remain Motricity’s property. Unless such Information was previously known to AT&T free of any obligation to keep it confidential, or has been or is subsequently made public by Motricity or a third party, without violating a confidentiality obligation, Information shall be kept confidential by AT&T, shall be used only in performing under this Agreement, and may not be used for other purposes except as may be agreed upon between Motricity and AT&T in writing. AT&T is granted no rights or license to such Information. All copies of such Information, in written, graphic or other tangible form, shall be returned to Motricity upon the earlier of (i) Motricity’s request or (ii) upon Termination, Cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement.

 

  11.3.2 AT&T will not be required to protect Motricity Information from disclosure to the extent: (a) the Information has been publicly disclosed by Motricity; (b) Motricity in writing authorizes AT&T to disclose without restriction; (c) AT&T already lawfully knows the Information at the time it is disclosed by Motricity without an obligation to keep it confidential; (d) AT&T lawfully obtains the Information from any source other than Motricity, provided that such source lawfully disclosed such information; or (e) AT&T independently develops such Information without use of or reference to Motricity’s Information.

 

  11.4 Discloser of Confidential Information

 

  11.4.1 In the event a party receives a court order, or is otherwise required by law to disclose any confidential Information, such party will (a) notify the other immediately upon receipt of such court order or other document requiring disclosure, such that the party whose confidential Information may be disclosed has time to object and/or move for a protective order, and (b) file any information disclosed in response to such order under seal and/or request that the court seal such confidential Information. Such notice must include, without limitation, identification of the Information to be so disclosed and a copy of the order. The disclosing party will disclose only such Information as is legally required and will use its best reasonable efforts to obtain confidential treatment for any Information that is so disclosed. Except as may ultimately be required by such court order or law, each party’s obligations with regard to such confidential Information, as set forth above, will remain in full force and effect.

 

19. Professional Services; Custom Development and Service Requests. As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, all professional services, custom development and service requests for new Services will be handled under the Service Agreement Numbered 20081030.028.C executed between AT&T and Motricity within an effective date of October 1, 2008 (“Services Agreement’). Based on the foregoing, the following provisions of this Agreement do not apply to any Services performed on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date.

 

  i) Section 1 “Cingular Customized Work Product”

 

  ii) Section 3.9 Future Services; Work Orders

 

  iii) ii) Section 8.3 Cingular Customized Work Product

 

15


  iv) Section 8.7 No Joint development; Enhancements

 

  v) Exhibit D – Section A “Major Development Process

 

  vi) Exhibit L – Cingular Customized Work Product

 

20. New Services; Work Orders. New or future Services will be incorporated into this Agreement via Amendment. Work Orders may be issued under this Agreement solely for (i) the purchase and/or installation of hardware and software that Motricity purchases on behalf of AT&T in providing Services to AT&T (ii) ad-hoc maintenance and (iii) the creation of reports. No Work Order is authorized until Motricity is in receipt of an AT&T issued Purchase Order. All Purchase Orders issued by AT&T hereunder shall include the corresponding Work Order as an attachment, using the Work Order Form in Exhibit J. If the terms of the Purchase Order are materially different than the terms of the Work Order, Motricity may reject the Purchase Order.

All Work Orders and Purchase Orders shall be made under and incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The terms and conditions referenced on the form of the Purchase Order shall not apply to any Purchase Order issued in connection with the Agreement.

 

21. Work Requests. Work Requests will be issued by either Party where updates/modifications to Services are requested and will require the execution of Work Orders.

 

22. Location Based Services. With respect to the Location Based Services, Motricity understand and agrees that it may not share location information with any third-party party vendor unless (a) AT&T approves of such disclosure and (b) Motricity complies with any location based rules communicated in advance and in writing by AT&T.

 

23. Exhibit A - “Services” is hereby amended to incorporate the terms described in Exhibit A-2 Services, attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

24. Exhibit C - “Commercial Terms” is hereby amended to incorporate the terms described in Exhibit C-2 Commercial Terms, attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

25. Exhibit D - “Change Request and Acceptance Test Process” is hereby amended to delete in its entirety Section B “Change Request Process” and Section C “Acceptance Test Process”.

 

26. Exhibit G - “Service Level Agreement” is hereby nullified as of June 1, 2008 and the terms and conditions of Exhibit G-1 “Service Level Agreement – WAP based Services”, attached hereto and incorporated by reference, will apply as of June 1, 2008. , attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

27. Exhibit G - 2 “Service Level Agreement for WEB Services” attached hereto is incorporated into the Agreement as of October 15, 2007. The parties agree and acknowledge that SLA penalties for the first WEB-based Service did not take effect until February 1, 2008.

 

28. Exhibit H “Business Requirements Template” is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

29. Exhibit I “Change Request Template” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit I “Work Request and Acceptance Process” and Exhibit I-1 “Work Request Form”, both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

30. Exhibit J “Form of Work Order and Purchase Order” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit J “Work Order Form”.

 

16


31. Exhibit M - “Security Requirements for System or Network Access by Motricitys” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit M-1–Security Requirements, a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

32. The Agreement is hereby amended to add Exhibit N – “AT&T Privacy Policy” attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

33. The terms and conditions of the Agreement in all other respects remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Motricity and AT&T Mobility have each caused this Second Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized representative, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the Second Amendment Effective Date above.

 

Motricity, Inc.     AT&T Mobility LLC
By:   /s/ Ryan Wuerch     By:   ***
Print Name:   Ryan Wuerch     Print Name:   ***
Title:   CEO     Title:   V.P., Supply Chain Management
  12/19/08       12/19/08

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

17


EXHIBIT A-2 – SERVICES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit A – Services - is amended to insert the table of contents to reflect updates to Section headers and numbering sequence:

 

A. Services

 

B. Description of Services.

 

  1. Platform and Services; Legacy Services

 

  (a) Platform and Services

 

  (b) Legacy Services

 

  2. Content

 

  (a) AT&T Mobility Sourced Content

 

  (i) Integration with AT&T Mobility Sourced Content

 

  (b) Motricity Sourced Content

 

  (i) Modification of Motricity Sourced Content

 

  3. PIM/Email Service

 

  4. Personalized/Customized Content

 

C. Motricity Supported Handsets

 

  1. Current Devices

 

  2. New Devices

 

  3. AT&T Mobility Network; Gateways

 

  4. Additional Support

 

D. Reporting

 

  (a) Usage Reports

 

  (b) Legacy Usage Reports

 

  (c) Legacy Alert Reports

 

  (d) General Services Report

 

E. Research and Development

The Parties agree and acknowledge that the previously identified

 

F. Research and Development Remedies

 

G. Securities and Fair Disclosure

Exhibit A – Services, Section E Research and Development (as set forth in the First Amendment) is amended to replace “monthly” Mobile Service meetings with “quarterly” Mobile Service meetings.

 

18


EXHIBIT C-2 – COMMERCIAL TERMS

Exhibit C – Commercial Terms is amended as set forth herein.

 

1. Section 2 – SMS Fee is hereby renamed to Messaging Fee .

The following text is deleted from Section 2:

“Cingular will pay Infospace a fee based on the total number of SMS Messages for each calendar month of the Term.”

and replaced in its entirety with:

“AT&T Mobility will pay Motricity a fee based on the total number of SMS Messages and Email Messages for each calendar month of the Term.”

 

2. Section B –Fees for Legacy Services is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following.

 

“B Fees for Legacy Services. At the end of each calendar month during the Term, AT&T Mobility shall pay to Motricity a fee *** (the “ Legacy Services Fee ”). Motricity will invoice AT&T Mobility for the Legacy Services Fee following each applicable month of the Term and AT&T Mobility shall pay Motricity, subject to Section 5.2 of the Agreement.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

19


3. Section C – is hereby added to Exhibit C as follows:

 

“C. Operations and Management Fees . The following fees represent additional and (incremental) costs to Motricity in hosting and operating new and/or enhanced Services (to include third-party integrations) provided on behalf of AT&T that are not covered by the Portal User Fee and may include such items as hardware sustainment, software licensing, IT support, incremental power, and facility impacts (space, power, people).

Motricity shall invoice and AT&T Mobility will pay the operations and management fees as set forth below (collectively “Operations and Management Fees”), pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Agreement.

 

  1) ***

 

  3) ***

 

  4) ***

 

  5) ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

20


EXHIBIT G-1 – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT – WAP BASED SERVICES

 

1. General Information

 

1.1. Purpose

The purpose of this document is to identify the levels of service that will be maintained by Motricity and to provide this information to operations personnel of both parties responsible for the monitoring and/or support of the Services.

 

1.2. Scope

This Service Level Agreement (SLA) describes the basic level of service that will be provided by Motricity in its support of the delivery of the Services to AT&T for WAP based applications (“WAP Services”). For purposes of clarity reference to Services in this SLA means the WAP Services. This agreement describes the requirements for the following:

 

  a) support and maintenance of all Motricity and third-party hardware and software for the Services

 

  b) 7x24x365 support and response requirements for support calls;

 

  c) fixes, patches, and minor enhancements;

 

  d) new software releases that contain fixes to defects in production feature functionality; and

 

  e) on-site resources to support acceptance testing, trouble shooting, and system upgrades.

This SLA also defines requirements for response (including email, telephone, remote, and on-site) and resolution timeframes related to Severity 1, Severity 2, and Severity 3 incidents, as well as non-performance financial penalties which will be owed to AT&T for failures to meet certain obligations defined herein.

This document also defines expectations relating to:

 

   

Motricity and AT&T Responsibilities with respect to the Services

 

   

Service Performance Objectives

 

   

Incident Management

 

   

Incident Reporting Process

 

   

Operational Reports

 

   

Change Control Management

This document should be used as a reference for AT&T’s Network Operations and its contracted affiliates and Motricity in support of the Services. It provides the framework for surveillance, isolation, analysis, and resolution of problems related to the Services.

As a means to ensure the highest level of accuracy and efficiency for both AT&T and Motricity, this SLA supersedes all existing Service Level Agreements relating to the Services.

For a complete list of the Services that are subject to this SLA, see the SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below.

 

1.3. Out of Scope

The following items are deemed to be outside the scope of this SLA; however, both parties will make a good faith effort to establish the following independently from this SLA.

***

 

21


1.4. Definitions

For purposes of this SLA the following definitions shall apply:

“Service Area” refers to the specific Service components for which financial consequences for non-performance apply under this SLA.

“MEdia Net Home Page” is a Service Area that refers to the default landing page for MEdia Net.

“MEdia Net Category Applications” is a Service Area that refers to the MEdia Net Service applications provided to AT&T by Motricity and/or hosted by Motricity for AT&T since November 17, 2005

“MEdia Net Active Links” or “Active Links” is a Service Area that means links which can be added to a User’s MEdia Net Home Page, can be either dynamic or static. Dynamic Active Links are those which contain both category links and dynamic content which is updated periodically throughout the day. Static Activel Links are bookmarks which do not contain feed-driven dynamic content (also referred to as “Bubbles.”)

 

2. Responsibilities and Services

This Section 2 describes Motricity’s support responsibilities with respect to the Services, and the corresponding responsibilities of AT&T.

 

2.1. Motricity Responsibilities

Motricity will provide day-to-day service operations, maintenance and administration in support of the Services that are within Motricity’s Span of Control, as described below.

Span of Control is defined as those areas of functionality that are under the direct control of Motricity. This includes functionality that is provided by external vendors or suppliers with whom Motricity has a contractual relationship, including feeds from providers of Motricity Sourced Content.

It is the intention of Motricity to expeditiously remedy incidents that have been identified either internally by Motricity or AT&T. Corrective action by Motricity assumes that the incident is within its Span of Control and AT&T has provided all relevant information, if available, to Motricity. See the section entitled Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting for required reporting information.

Motricity will pursue the resolution of an incident with outside vendors provided Motricity has a contractual arrangement with the vendor. During the resolution period, Motricity will issue updates to AT&T pursuant to the severity of the incident, as described later in this document.

Any third party content provider contracted directly by AT&T is not a party to this agreement. Any loss of content from such providers is outside of Motricity’s Span of Control.

 

2.2. Motricity Carrier Care

The Motricity Carrier Care Support Services team is an interface between AT&T’s Level 2 Support Group (AT&T’s non-customer facing group) and Motricity for support of services provided by Motricity. This arrangement provides AT&T with access to a single point of contact for reporting incidents, receiving updates and escalation. Table 1 provides the Motricity Carrier Care hours of operation and contact information. A complete list of all contacts is also shown in Appendix A. These contacts are to be contacted per the escalation procedures outlined in Section 3.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

22


Hours of Operation    24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year (7/24/365)
Contact Phone Number    ***
Email Address    ***

Table 1, Motricity Carrier Care Contact Information

 

2.2.1. Motricity Support Services

The following list identifies services that are offered by Motricity Support Services to AT&T:

 

   

Telephone and email support for incident resolution

 

   

Advisory Bulletins

 

   

Notification of planned maintenance activities

 

   

Post Mortem Reports for Severity 1 (SEV1) and recurring incidents classified as Severity 2 (Sev2) including a Root Cause Analysis (RCA) upon request. ***

 

2.3. AT&T Responsibilities

AT&T will provide support for Incident Management as detailed in Section 4.

 

3. Service Performance Objectives

 

3.1 Service Availability

Service Availability (SA) is defined as the amount of time the service is up excluding planned Maintenance and AT&T caused outages, computed as:

***

The above calculations allow a weighting for partial outages and degraded service, such that only the fraction of Users denied service contributes to negative Service Availability.

 

3.1.1 Service Availability Target

Motricity shall provide an overall system service availability *** for all Services listed in the SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below, measured at no less than the frequency shown in Appendix D and reported at monthly intervals as described in Section 6.2 below. This measurement excludes downtimes caused by AT&T and service interruptions due to planned maintenance approved in advance by AT&T.

 

3.2 Service Latency

User requests for Services shall be fulfilled in accordance with Table 2 below for each calendar month. This includes delivery of all bytes of the response (content plus protocol overhead) that Motricity controls (i.e. service requests and subsequent requests for which the browser’s URL target is hosted by Motricity). Motricity will achieve the latency targets set forth in Table 2 below on the schedule set forth in Table 2. The parties agree to review such latency targets from time to time during the Term and to assess whether to adjust the latency. Unless otherwise mutually agreed, these are the targets for penalties as set forth in Section 8.3.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

23


Period

 

Percentile 1

 

Latency Target 1

 

Percentile 2

 

Latency Target 2

***

  ***   ***   ***   ***

***

  ***   ***   ***   ***

***

  ***   ***   ***   ***

Table 2, Latency Target Ramp

These requirements are specific to the portion of end to end Latency incurred within the Motricity’s Span of Control and will be measured from the secure network nearest the Motricity border router. The design of latency monitoring infrastructure will ensure appropriate components of the request and response are adequately measured. The implementation of latency monitoring infrastructure will include the deployment of a separate and specific server(s) for the purpose of monitoring and fault management. The latency introduced by the GPRS network, the WAP Gateway and other elements of the AT&T Network are excluded from the latency measurements described above.

 

3.3 Legacy Components Supporting Media Net

The following Legacy Services will not be held to the Service Availability as noted above but will meet the legacy Service Availability *** a monthly basis as set forth below:

***

Service Availability (SA) is defined as the amount of time the service is up excluding planned Maintenance and AT&T caused outages, computed as:

***

The above calculations allow a weighting for partial outages and degraded service, such that only the fraction of Users denied service contributes to negative Service Availability.

***

 

3.4 ***

 

3.5 Third-Party Content Providers

Motricity will be responsible for the performance, service availability and service latency of all providers of Motricity Sourced Content with whom Motricity has a contract. Where such content provider contracts exist, Motricity will perform appropriate alarming, monitoring and fault management to ensure that performance of these providers fully supports the service objectives defined in this SLA. Motricity will also identify those content providers to AT&T and provide notification of changes to such contractual relationships no less than 30 days in advance of such changes becoming effective.

Expectations for processing of third party content feeds as set forth in Appendix D are as follows: For streaming content (sports scores and stock quotes) and breaking news, all received content must be processed and published a maximum *** For all other content feeds that are updated at least once a day, content must be processed and published within a maximum of *** For all other content feeds (those updated less frequently than once per day), the content must be processed and published as soon as possible, and will at all times display content for the current day.

Motricity will also provide monthly reporting of service interruptions, availability measures and other data for contracted providers of Motricity Sourced Content in accordance with Section 6.

In addition, Motricity will be responsible for all degradations and service impacting issues affecting the Services that are caused by providers of Motricity Sourced Content from a Motricity SLA performance perspective.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

24


4. Incident Management

 

4.1. Incident Resolution Responsibilities

Incident resolution requires teamwork between Motricity and AT&T. A key element in this teamwork approach is AT&T’s understanding of the User service(s) offered by Motricity.

All AT&T identified incidents concerning failures of the Services that cannot be solved by AT&T representatives will be reported to Motricity Carrier Care Support Services, pursuant to the Reporting Process procedures outlined below. AT&T will assign a Severity Level per Table 4. If Motricity disagrees with the Severity assignment, both parties will negotiate in good faith after the resolution of the incident but all restoration will proceed based upon AT&T’s initial Severity assignment.

Any reported incident that is caused by a failure that is outside Motricity’s Span of Control and not directly related to its delivery of a subscriber service will be returned to AT&T with an appropriate explanation. Should Motricity determine that an incident being worked by Motricity Carrier Care Support Services is within AT&T’s control, the incident will be closed and returned to AT&T for proper resolution.

 

4.1.1. AT&T Contact Information

In order for Motricity Carrier Care to effectively resolve Incidents, it is necessary for Motricity to have an accurate list of AT&T’s designated key personnel. This information will be exchanged between the two parties and updated as changes warrant. Appendix A shows the type of contact information required, showing the current contacts at the Effective Date. This data will be maintained and updated by the two parties outside of this SLA document.

 

AT&T

 

Hours of Operation

 

Role

 

Phone/Email

NSD National Operations Center   24 x 7 x 365   Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance   ***
MMS External Partner Ops  

8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT

Monday – Friday

  Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support   ***
Change Management  

8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT

Monday – Friday

  Maintenance Notification – all maintenance   ***

Table 3, AT&T Contact Information

 

4.1.2. AT&T Responsibilities

The following section identifies the responsibilities of AT&T as it relates to this Service Level Agreement.

 

4.1.2.1. General Responsibilities

 

   

Acts as the primary and direct contact with the User.

 

   

Answers simple questions and resolves minor issues such as resetting passwords or creating new User accounts.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

25


4.1.2.2. Incident Responsibilities

 

   

Creates a trouble ticket that clearly states the problem after gathering all pertinent information about the incident including name, User number, password and any other additional information that is important to resolution of the incident.

 

   

Records any subsequent conversation with the User relative to the incident in the same trouble ticket.

 

   

“Owns” the resolution of an incident by coordinating its resolution within AT&T operational and technical environment and with Motricity or its designees.

 

   

Resolves the incident with the User or determines that the capability is outside the scope of current functionality.

 

   

Explains the resolution of the incident to a technical peer or is capable of targeting the root technical problem for resolution.

 

   

Describes the incident in technical terms to an engineer or developer who is responsible for resolution of the incident.

 

   

Explains the resolution of particular escalated trouble tickets to AT&T’s internal staff members when such an explanation may have the potential for reducing the volume and categories of escalated trouble tickets.

 

4.1.2.3. Service Responsibilities

 

   

Uses and understands all Motricity service features that are available to the User.

 

4.1.2.4. Technical Responsibilities

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable about problems that may arise during service usage.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with respect to functionality of supported handset models.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with email notification systems, the Internet and the World Wide Web.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with its network operations and is capable of discerning whether an incident is internal to its internal operations before identifying the incident as a trouble ticket for Motricity.

 

4.1.3. Incident Handling and Updates

The Motricity Carrier Care Support Services group of Motricity will coordinate incident isolation, testing and repair work within Motricity and all contracted third party systems that are within Motricity’s Span of Control. During the incident isolation and troubleshooting process, Motricity Carrier Care Support Services will communicate incident resolution progress with AT&T based upon the times specified in Table 4. Additionally, Motricity Carrier Care Support Services will proactively inform AT&T when an issue or condition arises that may cause potential system anomalies and be a potential source for the creation trouble tickets.

 

26


Motricity Incident
Level

  

Description

  

Update Method

  

Update

Objectives

Severity 1

(Sev1)

AT&T SIR1

  

Severity 1 problems are conditions that render the service inoperative and the inability to use the service has a critical effect on operations. The condition is generally characterized by complete system failure and requires immediate restoration. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•     A complete outage of critical service(s)

 

•     Loss of service or functionality feature that affects *** or more of subscribers

 

•     A recurring anomaly impacting critical service(s).

 

•     Inability to provision a service.

   Email and phone   

First response within ***

 

First Update ***

 

Subsequent updates *** upon change in status.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Severity 2

(Sev2)

AT&T SIR2

  

Severity 2 problems are conditions under which the service is partially inoperative, but is still usable. The inoperative portion of the service restricts operations but has a less critical effect than a Severity 1 condition. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•     Loss of service and/or functionality that affects *** of the subscribers.

 

•     Loss of the ability to utilize some aspect of product features or functionality.

   Email or phone   

First response ***

 

First update ***

 

Subsequent updates *** or upon change in status.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

27


Severity 3

(Sev3)

AT&T SIR3

  

Severity 3 problems are generally non-service affecting conditions under which the service is usable and either has no material affect on operations or has very limited affect on operations. The condition is not critical to overall operations, and does not severely restrict such operations. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•     A minor degradation of the service that affects *** or less of the subscribers.

 

•     Non-service impacting intermittent system faults.

 

•     Loss of resources / capacity / traffic measurement function.

 

•     Loss of reporting functionality.

 

•     Invalid measurement data.

   Email   

First response ***

 

First update within ***

 

Subsequent updates *** as agreed between the two parties.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Table 4, Incident Handling Notification Timetable

 

4.1.4. Technical Bridge and Executive Bridge

During the resolution of a service affecting incident, AT&T may establish a Technical Bridge and/or an Executive Bridge for any Incident. Motricity shall join the Technical Bridge upon *** notice from AT&T for Severity 1 issues as noted in Table 5 below. These bridges are used for NOC-to- NOC communication, troubleshooting, triage and escalation. Unless otherwise notified by AT&T, a Technical Bridge or Executive Bridge will be established as follows:

 

Action

 

Sev 1

 

Sev 2

 

Sev 3

Technical Bridge   *** when reasonably possible)   *** sooner upon request from AT&T)   *** sooner upon request from AT&T)
Executive Bridge   ***   ***   N/A

Table 5, Timelines for Technical and Executive Bridges

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

28


4.1.5. Escalation Procedures

 

4.1.5.1. Motricity Internal Escalation

Escalation procedures are in place at Motricity to manage the resolution of incidents when they occur. If a Severity 1 (Sev1) incident is not resolved within *** of when Motricity was made aware of the problem, the incident will be escalated within Motricity to the dedicated Manager of Service Operations, who will drive escalation and resolution of the incident within Motricity’s Operations and Engineering groups, and ensure that AT&T is kept updated with the incident resolution process. The appropriate Business Development person will also be informed of the occurrence and status of any Sev1 incident. If the Sev1 incident has not been resolved by the Motricity & AT&T NOC teams within *** the Director of Commercial Operations will become directly involved with driving the incident to resolution and communicating with the appropriate AT&T personnel. The status of the incident will also be communicated to senior management within Motricity.

 

4.1.5.2. AT&T Escalation to Motricity

In the event that Motricity does not respond to AT&T within the times shown in Table 4, AT&T can request that the incident be escalated to the next level, based on the contact information shared between the two companies (see Appendix A for a list of names that are current as of time of the Effective Date). All escalation requests must be initiated through the 7x24 contact information provided in Table 1, and not to the individual directly. Only in the event that the 7x24 representative does not escalate within *** should the appropriate Motricity individual be contacted directly. AT&T must verify that escalation has not taken place prior to calling any Motricity employee directly.

For the purposes of clarification, Table 6 provides escalation timelines for Severity 1 and 2 incidents, based on time after the incident was reported. Severity 3 incidents seldom require escalation but in the event that AT&T believes that Motricity is not addressing the incident in a timely manner, the parties can mutually agree to elevate the priority of the incident, and treat it as a Severity 2 incident.

 

Escalation Level

 

Escalation Contact

 

Severity 1

 

Severity 2

Level 1   Carrier Specialist   ***   ***
Level 2   Manager – Service Operations   ***   ***
Level 3   Director – Commercial Operations   ***   ***

Table 6, Escalation Timetable

 

4.1.5.3. Additional Escalation Information

Motricity and AT&T will ensure that any additional processes that are required to ensure the smooth escalation of incidents within each organization are clearly communicated to one another in writing, so that the escalation processes within each organization and between the two organizations are clearly understood by both parties.

Motricity and AT&T will exchange the names and contact information of the personnel who need to be kept informed of progress during the escalation process in Appendix A. Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this document.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

29


4.2. WAP Handsets for Incident and Problem Management

In order for Motricity to provide the most effective level of support, AT&T agrees to provide Motricity with two (2) testing units for each device type specifically for supporting Incident and Problem Management. Each such device shall be appropriately provisioned and have a valid account and password as to properly access the AT&T network. Each such unit shall be the GA (general availability) version of the handset and should be supplied to Motricity no less than 30 days prior to launch.

 

5. Incident Reporting Process

 

5.1. Communicating Incidents

AT&T will communicate incidents to Motricity in the following manner:

 

   

Phone call to Motricity SOC or sends a trouble ticket to Motricity via email using the email address of carrier.care@Motricity.com.

 

   

Motricity sets the initial classification of their internal trouble ticket according to the AT&T notification (see “Mandatory Information” below), unless otherwise agreed between Motricity and AT&T.

 

   

Motricity will generate a single response for each trouble ticket that is received from AT&T, to confirm receipt of the incident report.

 

5.1.1. Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting

For each AT&T originated incident, AT&T will make every effort to provide as much information to Motricity that will facilitate timely problem determination and resolution. Upon notification of the incidents, the required information will be verified. When Motricity has received sufficient information, Motricity will begin resolving the incident and provide feedback to AT&T as described above in Section 5.1 Communicating Incidents.

AT&T will use best efforts to provide Motricity the following information via email for all reported incidents as required:

 

   

Reference number assigned by AT&T.

 

   

Motricity Service being used.

 

   

System Identity number (usually phone number).

 

   

Time and date of the transaction in question.

 

   

Description of the incident.

 

   

Severity of the incident or problem.

 

   

List of specific steps to reproduce the problem if possible

 

   

List of those actions taken by AT&T to verify the problem and that AT&T has attempted to resolve the incident.

 

   

Other comments to provide additional information as needed.

 

   

All communications that include references to time should be expressed using a 24-hour clock format and should always utilize and reference PST as the standard time zone.

 

30


6. Motricity Reports

 

6.1. Post Mortem Reports

The purpose of the Post-Mortem Report is to outline the known information regarding the incident and possible root causes and to summarize the incident resolution timeline. If known, it will also identify corrective actions to prevent its reoccurrence. Motricity will create a Post-Mortem Report and provide such report to AT&T per Section 2.2.1.

 

6.2. Service Level Reporting

Each month, Motricity will provide AT&T with a “Monthly Service Level Report” indicating the service performance for the Services for the previous month (see SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below for detailed list of Services associated with this SLA). This report will contain performance reporting for the service performance objectives listed in Appendix D and a summary of the weekly incident response reports described in Section 6.3 for such month.

Motricity shall supply the Monthly Service Level Report no later than the tenth business day of the month following the immediately preceding month. It is agreed that Motricity will work towards publishing the Monthly Service Level Report on the sixth business day starting 6 months from the initial launch of Services.

The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to service availability for the Services listed in Appendix D:

 

   

Total minutes in the current month

 

   

Total available minutes for the reported month for each Service

 

   

Calculated Service Availability, presented as a percentage for each Service

 

   

Target Service Level Availability for each Service

 

   

Variance from Target Service Level for each Service

 

   

Overall Service Level Availability for the Services

The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to latency for the Services listed in Appendix D:

***

The Monthly Service Level Report shall also include, among other things, the following information for the Services listed in Appendix D:

 

   

Appropriate performance metrics related to processing of 3 rd party content feeds

 

   

Overall Service Level Availability for Motricity contracted Third Party Content Providers

 

   

Detailed log of all service impacting incidents for the month

 

6.3. Open Issues List Reporting

Motricity shall provide a weekly Open Issues Report, to be reviewed jointly with AT&T during the weekly Operations Call. Both parties agree to periodically review the appropriateness of the frequency of the Open Issues Report and Operations Call. This report shall include the following information:

 

   

Outage report including;

 

   

Ticket Number

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

31


   

Start time

 

   

End time

 

   

Resolution

 

   

Severity level

 

   

Impact

 

   

Number of Reported Issues and brief summary of the issues

 

   

Date that each Reported Issue was opened

 

   

Current Reported Issue status, and if resolved, the date of the resolution.

 

   

Total number and description of unresolved issues.

 

7. Change Control Management (CCM)

 

7.1. Planned Maintenance by Motricity

Motricity will ensure that any planned maintenance events under its Span of Control will be executed in a well-coordinated manner. Proper execution includes notification to AT&T by Motricity Carrier Care Support Services.

 

7.1.1. Service Interruptions and Advanced Notification Requirements

Motricity will provide AT&T with *** advance notice (via email) of all planned maintenance activities resulting or potentially resulting in service interruptions that will have a direct impact on the Services unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties. Motricity may assume that AT&T accepts the scheduled maintenance unless Motricity is advised via email within *** prior to the time of the planned event.

Unless otherwise arranged, Motricity will perform planned service interruptions from *** (the “AT&T Maintenance Window”) or as otherwise communicated between the two parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon AT&T’s sole discretion, the AT&T Maintenance Window may be extended to allow for maintenance, testing and/or validation of the Services that falls outside of the AT&T Maintenance Window

***

Please Note: *** Any Motricity unplanned system downtime resulting from a AT&T maintenance activity or otherwise required on account of AT&T’s action(s) or inaction(s), will not be counted against the Motricity SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the AT&T maintenance activities or otherwise required on account of AT&T’s action(s) or inaction(s).

 

7.1.2. Communications Related to Planned Maintenance

Motricity notification of planned maintenance will be communicated to AT&T through use of the Maintenance Request Worksheet shown in Appendix B. Motricity will provide official notification to AT&T of the start and end of a planned maintenance activity via email to the contacts identified in Section 4.1.1. During all planned maintenance activities, AT&T will establish a technical bridge for real time communication of status and progress, and Motricity will participate in that technical bridge unless otherwise agreed by both parties.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

32


7.1.3. Canceling Planned Service Interruptions

In the event of an AT&T emergency, AT&T may cancel the planned service interruption. Cancellation by AT&T may occur only if AT&T notifies Motricity within one (1) business day of the scheduled start time of the maintenance window. Any notification of cancellation must come directly from either an Operations Manager or AT&T Team Leader via voice notification by calling *** for local or International calls), with a follow-up email that should be sent to:

***

 

7.1.4. Restrictions Associated with AT&T’s Cancellation

In the event that AT&T cancels a maintenance activity planned by Motricity, as defined in Section 7.1.1 above, and the parties are unable to mutually agree on an alternative schedule, Motricity will not be held to the SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the postponed maintenance activities.

If an alternative schedule is agreed upon, but a failure occurs between the originally approved maintenance window and the rescheduled maintenance window, Motricity will not be held to the SLA services measures for that related outage and/or degradation.

 

7.1.5. Planned Service Interruptions by AT&T

AT&T will provide Motricity with advance notice (via email to ***) of all planned maintenance activities requiring support from Motricity. AT&T will make every effort to provide *** advance notice and will provide at a minimum *** advance notice of such activities. Such planned activities will exclude changes to Motricity software and/or configurations as these would require additional notice.

 

7.1.6. Unplanned Service Interruptions by AT&T

AT&T will notify Motricity of any unplanned service interruptions via email to Motricity Carrier Care (***) as quickly as is reasonably possible for AT&T.

Motricity will make all reasonable efforts to support AT&T in resolving the issue. Motricity may charge its standard professional services fees for such efforts.

 

7.1.7. Splash Page During Maintenance

The parties will cooperate to display a “splash page” during any planned or emergency maintenance that would otherwise result in a TCP timeout from a WAP Gateway and other mutually agreed required maintenance activities requiring customer requests to be blocked whenever reasonably technically feasible. Such a page will be presented to users of both the wired and wireless web access points, to inform them of temporary unavailability of the Services. Service of the splash page does not constitute availability, but is categorized as either planned or unscheduled service interruption (in accordance with Section 7.1). AT&T will provide the static WML/xHTML content to be displayed in the “splash page”.

 

7.2. Capacity Planning Forecasts

To ensure the highest level of service, Motricity requires AT&T at least twice per year to provide a forecast estimating the growth of their customer base (3, 6, 9 and 12 months into the future) and likely service usage. This will allow Motricity to plan the required resources to support the services for AT&T’s customers. If

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commisson.

 

33


AT&T becomes aware of any material changes that would impact any forecast previously provided to Motricity (e.g., if AT&T has a special promotion plan in which a high number of new customers are anticipated), Motricity must be given 30 days advance notice of any change in the forecast to prepare for such additional capacity. If AT&T fails to provide Motricity with such notice, Motricity will not be held responsible for any failures to the performance objectives that could have been avoided had Motricity received such notice. A forecast provided pursuant to this section is only a forecast and is not a commitment on behalf of AT&T for the forecasted amount.

 

8. Financial Consequences of Non-Performance

 

8.1. Financial Consequences for Failure to Meet Service Objectives

The following sections define financial penalties for non-performance related to service objectives within the Motricity Span of Control.

These non-performance penalties set forth in this Section 8 will apply commencing on the date of commercial launch of the Services, unless the parties agree in writing to delay the application of non-performance of penalties for a particular Service or Services. The total financial penalties owed to AT&T under the Agreement will be subject to the SLA penalty cap set forth in Table 7 below. For purposes of clarity the SLA penalty cap under this Exhibit G-2 is not in addition to any other SLA exhibit.

 

Effective date

       

SLA Penalty Cap

    
***       ***   

Table 7, Penalty Cap Phase-In Schedule

For the purposes of the SLA, Motricity “Total Revenue” shall be calculated as follows: the sum of the *** For further detail regarding the non-performance penalties described below, reference SLA Penalty Calculation Model (Appendix E) below.

For any month for which there is an Availability and a Latency penalty due for the same period of time, Motricity shall be required to pay only the Availability penalty and the Latency penalty shall be waived when mutually agreed that there was a common or related cause.

Motricity will deduct penalties for non-performance from the subsequent month’s invoice to AT&T for the Services.

 

8.2. Service Availability

 

(a) Service availability targets apply to Services provided to AT&T as described in the SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below and will be reported as required in Section 6 above. :

 

Service Area

       

***

      
***       ***   
***       ***   
***       ***   

Table 8, Service Availability Penalty Calculation

 

(b) Subject to Section 8.1, Motricity agrees to pay to AT&T service availability failure fees computed on a monthly basis, as a calculation of (i) plus (ii):

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

34


i. ***

 

ii. ***

Motricity will utilize the most recent and relevant historical user data available for the purpose of determining the percentage of users impacted during periods of unavailability.

 

8.3. Service Latency

Service latency targets apply to Services provided to AT&T as described in Appendix D and will be reported as required in Section 6 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, non-performance penalties will apply solely to the following portions of the Services as further described in Appendix D:

 

   

***

   

Table 9, Latency Penalty Calculation

Subject to Section 8.1, Motricity agrees to pay to AT&T excessive latency fees based on performance according to Table 9 above for each month of the SLA reporting period. In the event the monthly latency measurement for a particular Service Area listed in Table 2 above exceeds ***

 

8.4 ***

 

8.5 ***

 

9. Right to Terminate

 

(a) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Monthly Service Availability Requirement .

In the event that the monthly service availability target described in Section 3.1 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.2 above in any three calendar months within any four month period during the Term, then, at the end of any such third failed month, AT&T shall have the

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

35


right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Motricity or to provide Motricity notice of AT&T’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that AT&T delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Motricity to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service availability target set forth in Section 3.1. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

 

(b) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Latency Requirement .

In the event that the latency requirement described in Section 3.2 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.3 above in any three calendar months within any four month period, then, at the end of any such third failed month, AT&T shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Motricity or to provide Motricity notice of AT&T’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that AT&T delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Motricity to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service latency target set forth in Section 3.2. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

 

36


Appendix A – Contact & Escalation List

Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this document.

Motricity Customer Care Contact Information

 

Primary Contact (Single Point of Contact) 24 X 7

Contact Name

   Service Operations Center (SOC) / Carrier Care

Title

   N/A

Phone

   ***

Email

   ***

Level 1 Escalation

  

Contact Name

   ***

Title

   Manager, Service Operations

Phone

   ***

Email

   ***

Level 2 Escalation

  

Contact Name

   ***

Title

   Director, Commercial Operations

Phone

   ***

Email

   ***

Level 3 Escalation

  

Contact Name

   ***

Title

   Sr. Director - Systems & Network Operations

Phone

   ***

Email

   ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commisson.

 

37


AT&T Contact Information

 

AT&T

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

NSD National Operations Center    24 x 7 x 365    Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance    ***
MMS External Partner Ops    8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support    ***
Change Management    8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Maintenance Notification – all maintenance    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commisson.

 

38


Appendix B – Maintenance Request Worksheet

This Maintenance Request Worksheet is be sent to: *** and ***

 

1) Title of Maintenance

 

2) Brief Description of Maintenance

 

   

Scope and full description

 

   

AT&T service

 

3) Maintenance Start Date & Time

 

4) Maintenance End Date & Time

 

5) AT&T Service Impact

 

   

Impact to AT&T internal & external customers

 

   

Explanation of Information Service unavailability

 

6) Information Service Impact Assessment (within the scheduled window)

 

   

Duration in minutes

 

   

Estimated start/end time of AT&T service impact

 

7) Risk Assessment

 

8) Partner Maintenance Request Number

 

9) Point of Contact

 

   

Name, telephone numbers

 

10) Maintenance Install Team

 

11) Update Schedule

 

   

Cancellation of Maintenance – as soon as possible

 

   

Start of Maintenance Window

 

   

Notify when Down Time begins

 

   

Notify when Information Service is restored (Down Time ends)

 

   

Notify of Problem

 

   

Maintenance runs outside window

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

39


Appendix C – Incident Notification

Incident Notification or Trouble Ticket (send to: *** )

 

1) Title of Incident

 

2) Brief Description of Incident

 

   

Should include scope (AT&T service impacted)

 

3) Start Date and Time

 

4) Information Service Resolution Date and Time

 

5) Duration of Outage

 

   

Provided at time of restoration

 

6) AT&T Information Service Impact

 

   

Impact to AT&T End Customer

 

7) Partner Ticket Number

 

8) Partner Severity Level

 

   

Based on quantified Information Service impact

 

9) Technical Action Take to Correct Incident

 

   

Steps taken to restore Information Service

 

10) Initial Root Cause

 

   

Suspect root cause (brief)

 

   

Formal RCA for SIR 1 or chronic issues of lower severity

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

40


Appendix D – SLA Monitoring Requirements

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

41


Appendix E – Media Net SLA Penalty Calculation Model

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

49


EXHIBIT G-2 – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT – WEB BASED SERVICES

 

1. General Information

 

1.1. Purpose

The purpose of this document is to identify the levels of service that will be maintained by Motricity and to provide this information to operations personnel of both parties responsible for the monitoring and/or support of the Services.

 

1.2. Scope

This Service Level Agreement (SLA) describes the basic level of service that will be provided by Motricity in its support of the delivery of the Services to AT&T for WEB based applications (‘“WEB Services”). For purposes of clarity reference to Service in this SLA means the WEB Services.

This agreement describes the requirements for the following:

 

  f) support and maintenance of all Motricity and third-party hardware and software for the Services

 

  g) 7x24x365 support and response requirements for support calls;

 

  h) fixes, patches, and minor enhancements;

 

  i) new software releases that contain fixes to defects in production feature functionality; and

 

  j) on-site resources to support acceptance testing, trouble shooting, and system upgrades.

This SLA also defines requirements for response (including email, telephone, remote, and on-site) and resolution timeframes related to Severity 1, Severity 2, and Severity 3 incidents, as well as non-performance financial penalties which will be owed to AT&T for failures to meet certain obligations defined herein.

This document also defines expectations relating to:

 

   

Motricity and AT&T Responsibilities with respect to the Services

 

   

Service Performance Objectives

 

   

Incident Management

 

   

Incident Reporting Process

 

   

Operational Reports

 

   

Change Control Management

This document should be used as a reference for AT&T’s Network Operations and its contracted affiliates and Motricity in support of the Services. It provides the framework for surveillance, isolation, analysis, and resolution of problems related to the Services.

As a means to ensure the highest level of accuracy and efficiency for both AT&T and Motricity, this SLA supersedes all existing Service Level Agreements relating to the Services.

For a complete list of the Services that are subject to this SLA, see the SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below.

 

1.3. Out of Scope

The following items are deemed to be outside the scope of this SLA; however, both parties will make a good faith effort to establish the following independently from this SLA.

 

50


***

 

1.4. Definitions

For purposes of this SLA, following definitions apply:

Service Area refers to the specific Service components for which financial consequences for non-performance apply under this SLA.

My MEdia Net Login Page is a Service Area that refers to the specific login web page for My MEdia Net.

My MEdia Net Home Page is a Service Area that refers to the specific web page that a User views after the My MEdia Net Login Page.

My MEdia Net Category Applications is a Service Area that refers to the MEdia Net Service applications provided to AT&T by Motricity and/or hosted by Motricity for AT&T since November 17, 2005.

“MEdia Net Active Links” or “Active Links” is a Service Area that means links which can be added to a User’s MEdia Net Home Page, can be either dynamic or static. Dynamic Active Links are those which contain both category links and dynamic content which is updated periodically throughout the day. Static Active Links are bookmarks which do not contain feed-driven dynamic content (also referred to as “Bubbles.”)

“WEB Application(s)” means the MEdia Net software applications that are accessed via a personal computer.

“WEB Application User Ratio” as used in Section 8 is calculated on a monthly basis by dividing the number of unique WEB Application Users by the number of unique MEdia Net Users that customize the like-for-like MEdia Net Service via the MEdia Net WAP Services.

 

2. Responsibilities and Services

This Section 2 describes Motricity’s support responsibilities with respect to the Services, and the corresponding responsibilities of AT&T.

 

2.1. Motricity Responsibilities

Motricity will provide day-to-day service operations, maintenance and administration in support of the Services that are within Motricity’s Span of Control, as described below.

Span of Control is defined as those areas of functionality that are under the direct control of Motricity. This includes functionality that is provided by external vendors or suppliers with whom Motricity has a contractual relationship, including feeds from providers of Motricity Sourced Content.

It is the intention of Motricity to expeditiously remedy incidents that have been identified either internally by Motricity or AT&T. Corrective action by Motricity assumes that the incident is within its Span of Control and AT&T has provided all relevant information, if available, to Motricity. See the section entitled Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting for required reporting information.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

51


Motricity will pursue the resolution of an incident with outside vendors provided Motricity has a contractual arrangement with the vendor. During the resolution period, Motricity will issue updates to AT&T pursuant to the severity of the incident, as described later in this document.

Any third party content provider contracted directly by AT&T is not a party to this agreement. Any loss of content from such providers is outside of Motricity’s Span of Control.

 

2.2. Motricity Carrier Care

The Motricity Carrier Care Support Services team is an interface between AT&T’s Level 2 Support Group (AT&T’s non-customer facing group) and Motricity for support of services provided by Motricity. This arrangement provides AT&T with access to a single point of contact for reporting incidents, receiving updates and escalation. Table 1 provides the Motricity Carrier Care hours of operation and contact information. A complete list of all contacts is also shown in Appendix A . These contacts are to be contacted per the escalation procedures outlined in Section 3 .

 

Hours of Operation

   24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year (7/24/365)

Contact Phone Number

   ***

Email Address

   ***

Table 1, Motricity Carrier Care Contact Information

 

2.2.1. Motricity Support Services

The following list identifies services that are offered by Motricity Support Services to AT&T:

 

   

Telephone and email support for incident resolution

 

   

Advisory Bulletins

 

   

Notification of planned maintenance activities

 

   

Post Mortem Reports for Severity 1 (SEV1) and recurring incidents classified as Severity 2 (Sev2) including a Root Cause Analysis (RCA) upon request. ***

 

2.2.2. PC Pages Support

As applicable, the PC Pages related Services will operate on browsers that are HTML 4.0 Compliant , specifically, Internet Explorer (IE) 5.0 and above. Motricity will make commercially reasonable efforts to support other browsers that demonstrate significant market presence.

 

2.3. AT&T Responsibilities

AT&T will provide support for Incident Management as detailed in Section 4 .

 

3. Service Performance Objectives

 

3.1 Service Availability

Service Availability (SA) is defined as the amount of time the Service is up excluding planned Maintenance and AT&T caused outages, computed as:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

52


The above calculations allow a weighting for partial outages and degraded service, such that only the fraction of Users denied service contributes to negative Service Availability.

For purposes of clarity where the Service is “available” but in a cached state it is considered inoperable and the SLA non-performance penalties will be applicable as set forth herein.

 

3.1.1 Service Availability Target

Motricity shall provide an overall system service availability of *** for all Services listed in the SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below, measured at no less than the frequency shown in Appendix D and reported at monthly intervals as described in Section 6.2 below. This measurement excludes downtimes caused by AT&T and service interruptions due to planned maintenance approved in advance by AT&T.

 

3.2 Service Latency

User requests for Services shall be fulfilled in accordance with Table 2 below for each calendar month. This includes delivery of all bytes of the response (content plus protocol overhead) that Motricity controls (i.e. service requests and subsequent requests for which the browser’s URL target is hosted by Motricity).

Motricity will achieve the latency targets set forth in Table 2 below on the schedule set forth in Table 2. The parties agree to review such latency targets from time to time during the Term and to assess whether to adjust the latency. Unless otherwise mutually agreed, these are the targets for penalties as set forth in Section 8.3.

Table 2, Latency Target Ramp

 

***

                   

These requirements are specific to the portion of end to end Latency incurred within the Motricity’s Span of Control and will be measured from the secure network nearest the Motricity border router. The design of latency monitoring infrastructure will ensure appropriate components of the request and response are adequately measured. The implementation of latency monitoring infrastructure will include the deployment of a separate and specific server(s) for the purpose of monitoring and fault management. The latency introduced by the GPRS network, the WAP Gateway and other elements of the AT&T Network are excluded from the latency measurements described above.

 

3.3 Legacy Components Supporting MEdia Net

The following Legacy Services will not be held to the Service Availability as noted above but will meet the legacy Service Availability of *** basis as set forth below:

***

Service Availability (SA) is defined as the amount of time the service is up excluding planned Maintenance and AT&T caused outages, computed as:

***

The above calculations allow a weighting for partial outages and degraded service, such that only the fraction of Users denied service contributes to negative Service Availability.

 

3.4 ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

53


3.5 Third-Party Content Providers

Motricity will be responsible for the performance, service availability and service latency of all providers of Motricity Sourced Content with whom Motricity has a contract. Where such content provider contracts exist, Motricity will perform appropriate alarming, monitoring and fault management to ensure that performance of these providers fully supports the service objectives defined in this SLA. Motricity will also identify those content providers to AT&T and provide notification of changes to such contractual relationships no less than 30 days in advance of such changes becoming effective.

Expectations for processing of third party content feeds as set forth in Appendix D are as follows: For streaming content (sports scores and stock quotes) and breaking news, all received content must be processed and published a maximum of *** For all other content feeds that are updated at least once a day, content must be processed and published within *** For all other content feeds (those updated less frequently than once per day), the content must be processed and published as soon as possible, and will at all times display content for the current day.

Motricity will also provide monthly reporting of service interruptions, availability measures and other data for contracted providers of Motricity Sourced Content in accordance with Section 6 .

In addition, Motricity will be responsible for all degradations and service impacting issues affecting the Services that are caused by providers of Motricity Sourced Content from a Motricity SLA performance perspective.

 

4. Incident Management

 

4.1. Incident Resolution Responsibilities

Incident resolution requires teamwork between Motricity and AT&T. A key element in this teamwork approach is AT&T’s understanding of the User service(s) offered by Motricity.

All AT&T identified incidents concerning failures of the Services that cannot be solved by AT&T representatives will be reported to Motricity Carrier Care Support Services, pursuant to the Reporting Process procedures outlined below. AT&T will assign a Severity Level per Table 4 . If Motricity disagrees with the Severity assignment, both parties will negotiate in good faith after the resolution of the incident but all restoration will proceed based upon AT&T’s initial Severity assignment.

Any reported incident that is caused by a failure that is outside Motricity’s Span of Control and not directly related to its delivery of a subscriber service will be returned to AT&T with an appropriate explanation. Should Motricity determine that an incident being worked by Motricity Carrier Care Support Services is within AT&T’s control, the incident will be closed and returned to AT&T for proper resolution.

 

4.1.1. AT&T Contact Information

In order for Motricity Carrier Care to effectively resolve Incidents, it is necessary for Motricity to have an accurate list of AT&T’s designated key personnel. This information will be exchanged between the two parties and updated as changes warrant. Appendix A shows the type of contact information required, showing the current contacts at the Effective Date. This data will be maintained and updated by the two parties outside of this SLA document.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

54


AT&T

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

NSD National Operations Center    24 x 7 x 365    Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance    ***
MMS External Partner Ops    8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support    ***
Change Management    8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Maintenance Notification – all maintenance    ***

Table 3, AT&T Contact Information

 

4.1.2. AT&T Responsibilities

The following section identifies the responsibilities of AT&T as it relates to this Service Level Agreement.

 

4.1.2.1. General Responsibilities

 

   

Acts as the primary and direct contact with the User.

 

   

Answers simple questions and resolves minor issues such as resetting passwords or creating new User accounts.

 

4.1.2.2. Incident Responsibilities

 

   

Creates a trouble ticket that clearly states the problem after gathering all pertinent information about the incident including name, User number, password and any other additional information that is important to resolution of the incident.

 

   

Records any subsequent conversation with the User relative to the incident in the same trouble ticket.

 

   

“Owns” the resolution of an incident by coordinating its resolution within AT&T operational and technical environment and with Motricity or its designees.

 

   

Resolves the incident with the User or determines that the capability is outside the scope of current functionality.

 

   

Explains the resolution of the incident to a technical peer or is capable of targeting the root technical problem for resolution.

 

   

Describes the incident in technical terms to an engineer or developer who is responsible for resolution of the incident.

 

   

Explains the resolution of particular escalated trouble tickets to AT&T’s internal staff members when such an explanation may have the potential for reducing the volume and categories of escalated trouble tickets.

 

4.1.2.3. Service Responsibilities

 

   

Uses and understands all Motricity service features that are available to the User.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

55


4.1.2.4. Technical Responsibilities

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable about problems that may arise during service usage.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with respect to functionality of supported handset models.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with email notification systems, the Internet and the World Wide Web.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with its network operations and is capable of discerning whether an incident is internal to its internal operations before identifying the incident as a trouble ticket for Motricity.

 

4.1.3. Incident Handling and Updates

The Motricity Carrier Care Support Services group of Motricity will coordinate incident isolation, testing and repair work within Motricity and all contracted third party systems that are within Motricity’s Span of Control. During the incident isolation and troubleshooting process, Motricity Carrier Care Support Services will communicate incident resolution progress with AT&T based upon the times specified in Table 4 . Additionally, Motricity Carrier Care Support Services will proactively inform AT&T when an issue or condition arises that may cause potential system anomalies and be a potential source for the creation trouble tickets.

 

56


Motricity
Incident Level

  

Description

   Update
Method
  

Update

Objectives

Severity 1

(Sev1)

AT&T SIR1

  

Severity 1 problems are conditions that render the service inoperative and the inability to use the service has a critical effect on operations. The condition is generally characterized by complete system failure and requires immediate restoration. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•     A complete outage of critical service(s)

 

•     Loss of service or functionality feature that *** or more of subscribers

 

•     A recurring anomaly impacting critical service(s).

 

•     Inability to provision a service.

 

CPS and Care Tools which are not customer facing are not included in this definition.

   Email
and
phone
  

First response within ***

 

First Update within ***

 

Subsequent updates *** or upon change in status.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

57


Severity 2

(Sev2)

AT&T SIR2

  

Severity 2 problems are conditions under which the service is partially inoperative, but is still usable. The inoperative portion of the service restricts operations but has a less critical effect than a Severity 1 condition. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•     Loss of service and/or functionality that affects *** of the subscribers.

 

•     Loss of the ability to utilize some aspect of product features or functionality.

 

•     A complete outage of a CPS or Care Tools

   Email
or
phone
  

First response within ***

 

First update within ***

 

Subsequent updates *** or upon change in status.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Severity 3

(Sev3)

AT&T SIR3

  

Severity 3 problems are generally non-service affecting conditions under which the service is usable and either has no material affect on operations or has very limited affect on operations. The condition is not critical to overall operations, and does not severely restrict such operations. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•     A minor degradation of the service that affects *** or less of the subscribers.

 

•     Non-service impacting intermittent system faults.

 

•     Loss of resources / capacity / traffic measurement function.

 

•     Loss of reporting functionality.

 

•     Invalid measurement data.

 

•     Web interface defects that have little or no impact on a User’s ability to utilize service features and functions.

   Email   

First response within ***

 

First update within ***

 

Subsequent updates *** as agreed between the two parties.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Table 4, Incident Handling Notification Timetable

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

58


4.1.4. Technical Bridge and Executive Bridge

During the resolution of a service affecting incident, AT&T may establish a Technical Bridge and/or an Executive Bridge for any Incident. Motricity shall join the Technical Bridge upon fifteen (15) minutes notice from AT&T for Severity 1 issues as noted in Table 5 below. These bridges are used for NOC-to-NOC communication, troubleshooting, triage and escalation. Unless otherwise notified by AT&T, a Technical Bridge or Executive Bridge will be established as follows:

 

Action

  

Sev 1

  

Sev 2

  

Sev 3

Technical Bridge    *** when reasonably possible)    *** (or sooner upon request from AT&T)    *** (or sooner upon request from AT&T)
Executive Bridge    ***    ***    N/A

Table 5, Timelines for Technical and Executive Bridges

 

4.1.5. Escalation Procedures

 

4.1.5.1.  Motricity Internal Escalation

Escalation procedures are in place at Motricity to manage the resolution of incidents when they occur. If a Severity 1 (Sev1) incident is not resolved within *** of when Motricity was made aware of the problem, the incident will be escalated within Motricity to the dedicated Manager of Service Operations, who will drive escalation and resolution of the incident within Motricity’s Operations and Engineering groups, and ensure that AT&T is kept updated with the incident resolution process. The appropriate Business Development person will also be informed of the occurrence and status of any Sev1 incident.

If the Sev1 incident has not been resolved by the Motricity & AT&T NOC teams *** the Director of Commercial Operations will become directly involved with driving the incident to resolution and communicating with the appropriate AT&T personnel. The status of the incident will also be communicated to senior management within Motricity.

 

4.1.5.2.  AT&T Escalation to Motricity

In the event that Motricity does not respond to AT&T within the times shown in Table 4 , AT&T can request that the incident be escalated to the next level, based on the contact information shared between the two companies (see Appendix A for a list of names that are current as of time of the Effective Date). All escalation requests must be initiated through the 7x24 contact information provided in Table 1 , and not to the individual directly. Only in the event that the 7x24 representative does not escalate within *** should the appropriate Motricity individual be contacted directly. AT&T must verify that escalation has not taken place prior to calling any Motricity employee directly. For the purposes of clarification, Table 6 provides escalation timelines for Severity 1 and 2 incidents, based on time after the incident was reported. Severity 3 incidents seldom require escalation but in the event that AT&T believes that Motricity is not addressing the incident in a timely manner, the parties can mutually agree to elevate the priority of the incident, and treat it as a Severity 2 incident.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

59


Escalation Level

  

Escalation Contact

   Severity 1    Severity 2
Level 1    Carrier Specialist    ***    ***
Level 2    Manager – Service Operations    ***    ***
Level 3    Director – Commercial Operations    ***    ***

Table 6, Escalation Timetable

 

4.1.5.3.  Additional Escalation Information

Motricity and AT&T will ensure that any additional processes that are required to ensure the smooth escalation of incidents within each organization are clearly communicated to one another in writing, so that the escalation processes within each organization and between the two organizations are clearly understood by both parties.

Motricity and AT&T will exchange the names and contact information of the personnel who need to be kept informed of progress during the escalation process in Appendix A . Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this document.

 

5. Incident Reporting Process

 

5.1. Communicating Incidents

AT&T will communicate incidents to Motricity in the following manner:

 

   

Phone call to Motricity SOC or sends a trouble ticket to Motricity via email using the email address of ***.

 

   

Motricity sets the initial classification of their internal trouble ticket according to the AT&T notification (see “Mandatory Information” below), unless otherwise agreed between Motricity and AT&T.

 

   

Motricity will generate a single response for each trouble ticket that is received from AT&T, to confirm receipt of the incident report.

 

5.1.1. Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting

For each AT&T originated incident, AT&T will make every effort to provide as much information to Motricity that will facilitate timely problem determination and resolution. Upon notification of the incidents, the required information will be verified. When Motricity has received sufficient information, Motricity will begin resolving the incident and provide feedback to AT&T as described above in Section 5.1 Communicating Incidents.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

60


AT&T will use best efforts to provide Motricity the following information via email for all reported incidents as required:

 

   

Reference number assigned by AT&T.

 

   

Motricity Service being used.

 

   

System Identity number (usually phone number).

 

   

Time and date of the transaction in question.

 

   

Description of the incident.

 

   

Severity of the incident or problem.

 

   

List of specific steps to reproduce the problem if possible

 

   

List of those actions taken by AT&T to verify the problem and that AT&T has attempted to resolve the incident.

 

   

Other comments to provide additional information as needed.

 

   

All communications that include references to time should be expressed using a 24-hour clock format and should always utilize and reference PST as the standard time zone.

 

6. Motricity Reports

 

6.1. Post Mortem Reports

The purpose of the Post-Mortem Report is to outline the known information regarding the incident and possible root causes and to summarize the incident resolution timeline. If known, it will also identify corrective actions to prevent its reoccurrence. Motricity will create a Post-Mortem Report and provide such report to AT&T per Section 2.2.1 .

 

6.2. Service Level Reporting

Each month, Motricity will provide AT&T with a “Monthly Service Level Report” indicating the service performance for the Services for the previous month (see SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below for detailed list of Services associated with this SLA). This report will contain performance reporting for the service performance objectives listed in Appendix D and a summary of the weekly incident response reports described in Section 6.3 for such month.

Motricity shall supply the Monthly Service Level Report no later than the tenth business day of the month following the immediately preceding month. It is agreed that Motricity will work towards publishing the Monthly Service Level Report on the sixth business day starting 6 months from the initial launch of Services.

The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to service availability for the Services listed in Appendix D :

 

   

Total minutes in the current month

 

   

Total available minutes for the reported month for each Service

 

   

Calculated Service Availability, presented as a percentage for each Service

 

   

Target Service Level Availability for each Service

 

   

Variance from Target Service Level for each Service

 

   

Overall Service Level Availability for the Services

 

61


The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to latency for the Services listed in Appendix D :

***

The Monthly Service Level Report shall also include, among other things, the following information for the Services listed in Appendix D :

 

   

Detailed log of all service impacting incidents for the month

 

   

Service levels achieved for Users of the PC Pages and Users of the Phone Pages as listed in Section 3.3 above.

 

6.3. Open Issues List Reporting

Motricity shall provide a weekly Open Issues Report, to be reviewed jointly with AT&T during the weekly Operations Call. Both parties agree to periodically review the appropriateness of the frequency of the Open Issues Report and Operations Call. This report shall include the following information:

 

   

Outage report including;

 

   

Ticket Number

 

   

Start time

 

   

End time

 

   

Resolution

 

   

Severity level

 

   

Impact

 

   

Number of Reported Issues and brief summary of the issues

 

   

Date that each Reported Issue was opened

 

   

Current Reported Issue status, and if resolved, the date of the resolution.

 

   

Total number and description of unresolved issues.

 

7. Change Control Management (CCM)

 

7.1. Planned Maintenance by Motricity

Motricity will ensure that any planned maintenance events under its Span of Control will be executed in a well-coordinated manner. Proper execution includes notification to AT&T by Motricity Carrier Care Support Services.

 

7.1.1. Service Interruptions and Advanced Notification Requirements

Motricity will provide AT&T with *** advance notice (via email) of all planned maintenance activities resulting or potentially resulting in service interruptions that will have a direct impact on the Services unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties. Motricity may assume that AT&T accepts the scheduled maintenance unless Motricity is advised via email within *** prior to the time of the planned event.

Unless otherwise arranged, Motricity will perform planned service interruptions *** (the “AT&T Maintenance Window”) or as otherwise communicated between the two parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon AT&T’s sole discretion, the AT&T Maintenance Window may be extended to allow for maintenance, testing and/or validation of the Services that falls outside of the AT&T Maintenance Window.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

62


***

Please Note: *** Any Motricity unplanned system downtime resulting from a AT&T maintenance activity or otherwise required on account of AT&T’s action(s) or inaction(s), will not be counted against the Motricity SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the AT&T maintenance activities or otherwise required on account of AT&T’s action(s) or inaction(s).

 

7.1.2. Communications Related to Planned Maintenance

Motricity notification of planned maintenance will be communicated to AT&T through use of the Maintenance Request Worksheet shown in Appendix B . Motricity will provide official notification to AT&T of the start and end of a planned maintenance activity via email to the contacts identified in Section 4.1.1 . During all planned maintenance activities, AT&T will establish a technical bridge for real time communication of status and progress, and Motricity will participate in that technical bridge unless otherwise agreed by both parties.

 

7.1.3. Canceling Planned Service Interruptions

In the event of an AT&T emergency, AT&T may cancel the planned service interruption. Cancellation by AT&T may occur only if AT&T notifies Motricity within one (1) business day of the scheduled start time of the maintenance window. Any notification of cancellation must come directly from either an Operations Manager or AT&T Team Leader via voice notification by calling *** for local or International calls), with a follow-up email that should be sent to:

***

 

7.1.4. Restrictions Associated with AT&T’s Cancellation

In the event that AT&T cancels a maintenance activity planned by Motricity, as defined in Section 7.1.1 above, and the parties are unable to mutually agree on an alternative schedule, Motricity will not be held to the SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the postponed maintenance activities.

If an alternative schedule is agreed upon, but a failure occurs between the originally approved maintenance window and the rescheduled maintenance window, Motricity will not be held to the SLA services measures for that related outage and/or degradation.

 

7.1.5. Planned Service Interruptions by AT&T

AT&T will provide Motricity with advance notice (via email to *** ) of all planned maintenance activities requiring support from Motricity. AT&T will make every effort to provide *** advance notice and will provide at a minimum *** advance notice of such activities. Such planned activities will exclude changes to Motricity software and/or configurations as these would require additional notice.

 

7.1.6. Unplanned Service Interruptions by AT&T

AT&T will notify Motricity of any unplanned service interruptions via email to Motricity Carrier Care ( *** ) as quickly as is reasonably possible for AT&T.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

63


Motricity will make all reasonable efforts to support AT&T in resolving the issue. Motricity may charge its standard professional services fees for such efforts.

 

7.1.7. Splash Page During Maintenance

The parties will cooperate to display a “splash page” during any planned or emergency maintenance that would otherwise result in a TCP timeout from a WAP Gateway and other mutually agreed required maintenance activities requiring customer requests to be blocked whenever reasonably technically feasible. Such a page will be presented to users of both the wired and wireless web access points, to inform them of temporary unavailability of the Services. Service of the splash page does not constitute availability, but is categorized as either planned or unscheduled service interruption (in accordance with Section 7.1 ). AT&T will provide the static WML/xHTML content to be displayed in the “splash page”.

 

7.2. Capacity Planning Forecasts

To ensure the highest level of service, Motricity requires AT&T at least twice per year to provide a forecast estimating the growth of their customer base (3, 6, 9 and 12 months into the future) and likely service usage. This will allow Motricity to plan the required resources to support the services for AT&T’s customers. If AT&T becomes aware of any material changes that would impact any forecast previously provided to Motricity (e.g., if AT&T has a special promotion plan in which a high number of new customers are anticipated), Motricity must be given 30 days advance notice of any change in the forecast to prepare for such additional capacity. If AT&T fails to provide Motricity with such notice, Motricity will not be held responsible for any failures to the performance objectives that could have been avoided had Motricity received such notice. A forecast provided pursuant to this section is only a forecast and is not a commitment on behalf of AT&T for the forecasted amount.

 

8. Financial Consequences of Non-Performance

 

8.1. Financial Consequences for Failure to Meet Service Objectives

The following sections define financial penalties for non-performance related to service objectives within the Motricity Span of Control.

These non-performance penalties set forth in this Section 8 will apply commencing on the date of commercial launch of the Services, unless the parties agree in writing to delay the application of non-performance of penalties for a particular Service or Services. The total financial penalties owed to AT&T under the Agreement will be subject to the SLA penalty cap set forth in Table 7 of Exhibit G-1. For purposes of clarity the SLA penalty cap under this Exhibit G-2 is not in addition to any other SLA exhibit.

For any WEB Services that do not meet the monthly Service objectives set forth within this SLA, Motricity will calculate the aggregate WEB Application User Ratio for the affected WEB Applications to determine the SLA penalty cap to be applied for the month in which the Service objectives were not met.

 

64


WEB Application User Ratio

  

SLA Penalty Cap

  

Illustrative Example

using *** Total

Revenue

***

   ***    ***

***

   ***    ***

***

   ***    ***

***

   ***    ***

***

   ***    ***

Table 7, SLA Penalty Cap

For the purposes of the SLA, “Total Revenue” shall be calculated as follows: the sum of the *** For further detail regarding the non-performance penalties described below, reference SLA Penalty Calculation Model ( Appendix E ) below.

For any month for which there is an Availability and a Latency penalty due for the same period of time, Motricity shall be required to pay only the Availability penalty and the Latency penalty shall be waived when mutually agreed that there was a common or related cause.

Motricity will deduct penalties for non-performance from the subsequent month’s invoice to AT&T for the Services.

 

8.2. Service Availability

 

(b) Service availability targets apply to Services provided to AT&T as described in the SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below and will be reported as required in Section 6 above. [      ]:

 

Service Area

     

***

    
***     ***   
***     ***   
***     ***   
***     ***   

Table 8, Service Availability Penalty Calculation

 

(c) Subject to Section 8.1, Motricity agrees to pay to AT&T service availability failure fees computed on a monthly basis, as a calculation of (i) plus (ii):

***

Motricity will utilize the most recent and relevant historical user data available for the purpose of determining the percentage of users impacted during periods of unavailability.

 

8.3. Service Latency

Service latency targets apply to Services provided to AT&T as described in Appendix D and will be reported as required in Section 6 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, non-performance penalties will apply solely to the following portions of the Services as further described in Appendix D :

 

    

***

    

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

65


Table 9, Latency Penalty Calculation

Subject to Section 8.1 , Motricity agrees to pay to AT&T excessive latency fees based on performance according to Table 9 above for each month of the SLA reporting period. In the event the monthly latency measurement for a particular Service Area listed in Table 2 above ***

 

8.4 ***

 

8.5 ***

 

9. Right to Terminate

 

(a) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Monthly Service Availability Requirement .

In the event that the monthly service availability target described in Section 3.1 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.2 above in any three calendar months within any four month period during the Term, then, at the end of any such third failed month, AT&T shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Motricity or to provide Motricity notice of AT&T’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that AT&T delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Motricity to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service availability target set forth in Section 3.1. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

 

(b) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Latency Requirement.

In the event that the latency requirement described in Section 3.2 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.3 above in any three calendar months within any four month period, then, at the end of any such third failed month, AT&T shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Motricity or to provide Motricity notice of AT&T’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that AT&T delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Motricity to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service latency target set forth in Section 3.2. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

66


Appendix A – Contact & Escalation List

Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this document.

Motricity Customer Care Contact Information

 

Primary Contact (Single Point of Contact) 24 X 7

Contact Name    Service Operations Center (SOC) / Carrier Care
Title    N/A
Phone    ***
Email    ***

Level 1 Escalation

Contact Name    ***
Title    Manager, Service Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

Level 2 Escalation

Contact Name    ***
Title    Director, Commercial Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

67


Level 3 Escalation

Contact Name    ***
Title    Sr. Director - Systems & Network Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

AT&T Contact Information

 

AT&T

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

NSD National
Operations
Center
   24 x 7 x 365    Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance    ***
MMS External
Partner Ops
   8:00 am – 5:00 pm
PT Monday – Friday
   Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support    ***
Change
Management
   8:00 am – 5:00 pm
PT Monday – Friday
   Maintenance Notification
– all maintenance
   ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

68


Appendix B – Maintenance Request Worksheet

This Maintenance Request Worksheet is be sent to : *** and ***

 

12) Title of Maintenance

 

13) Brief Description of Maintenance

 

   

Scope and full description

 

   

AT&T service

 

14) Maintenance Start Date & Time

 

15) Maintenance End Date & Time

 

16) AT&T Service Impact

 

   

Impact to AT&T internal & external customers

 

   

Explanation of Information Service unavailability

 

17) Information Service Impact Assessment (within the scheduled window)

 

   

Duration in minutes

 

   

Estimated start/end time of AT&T service impact

 

18) Risk Assessment

 

19) Partner Maintenance Request Number

 

20) Point of Contact

 

   

Name, telephone numbers

 

21) Maintenance Install Team

 

22) Update Schedule

 

   

Cancellation of Maintenance – as soon as possible

 

   

Start of Maintenance Window

 

   

Notify when Down Time begins

 

   

Notify when Information Service is restored (Down Time ends)

 

   

Notify of Problem

 

   

Maintenance runs outside window

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

69


Appendix C – Incident Notification

Incident Notification or Trouble Ticket (send to: *** )

 

11) Title of Incident

 

12) Brief Description of Incident

 

   

Should include scope (AT&T service impacted)

 

13) Start Date and Time

 

14) Information Service Resolution Date and Time

 

15) Duration of Outage

 

   

Provided at time of restoration

 

16) AT&T Information Service Impact

 

   

Impact to AT&T End Customer

 

17) Partner Ticket Number

 

18) Partner Severity Level

 

   

Based on quantified Information Service impact

 

19) Technical Action Take to Correct Incident

 

   

Steps taken to restore Information Service

 

20) Initial Root Cause

 

   

Suspect root cause (brief)

 

   

Formal RCA for SIR 1 or chronic issues of lower severity

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

70


Appendix D – SLA Monitoring Requirements

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

71


Appendix E – My Media Net SLA Penalty Calculation

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

75


EXHIBIT I - WORK REQUEST PROCESS

Work Request Control Process

 

 

by and between

AT&T and Motricity

 

 

October 2008

Prepared by AT&T

 

1. Introduction

AT&T and Motricity are implementing a work request control process that is fast and efficient to update /modify existing Services solely for those items listed below (“Work”):

 

   

The purchase and/or installation of hardware (and related software) that Motricity purchase on behalf of AT&T in providing its Services to AT&T;

 

   

Ad-hoc maintenance; and

 

   

The creation of reports.

 

76


The goal of the process is to provide the opportunity for teams to submit Work Requests to and to ensure such Work proposals are given the appropriate amount of analysis and review to ensure there are no impacts to current Services, costs and timeframes are mutually agreed upon. Lastly, the process will allow AT&T and Motricity to both approve any and all Work Requests.

 

2. Scope of the Work Request Process

 

  a. The work request process will be used to manage Work Requests and to approve changes that may impact either the scope, schedule, or cost of existing projects or Services for authorized Work.

 

  b. Custom Development

Any custom development, professional services or requests for new Services that involve determination of work efforts are to be handled under the Services Agreement.

 

Project/Work Proposal

 

Work Control Effective Date

 
 
 
 
 
 

 

3. Work Request Process

 

  a. AT&T Submits a Work Request

An AT&T team member identifies the need to update, change or modify an existing Service for Work contemplated under the Agreement. The team member fills out a Work Request form and submits it to the AT&T Project Manager (“PM”), or his/her designee. Based on the AT&T PMs’ assessment of the importance of the request, and his/her authorization level to approve the Work Request, the AT&T PM will seek additional approval from AT&T’s upper management (Director level or higher) as appropriate and consistent with the AT&T schedule of authorization.

Once approved by the AT&T PM, the Work Request is sent to the Motricity PM. Within no more than three business days, Motricity will assess the feasibility of the Work Request in terms of technical risk, cost, and schedule impacts. Once the assessment is complete, Motricity will respond back to AT&T with an approval, disapproval or request for clarification. Any disapproval of Work Requests will need to be explained within the Work Request Form to be returned to AT&T’s PM.

Upon receipt of an approved Work Request Form from Motricity, AT&T’s PM will obtain any further internal approvals from AT&T’s upper management the Work Request will be signed and become effective immediately upon the execution of a Work Order by AT&T and Motricity.

 

  b. Motricity Submits a Work Request

A Motricity team member identifies the need to update, change or modify an existing Service for Work contemplated under the Agreement. The team member fills out a Work Request form and submits it to the Motricity Project Manager (“PM”), or his/her designee. Based on the Motricity PMs’ assessment of the importance of the request, and his/her authorization level to approve the Work Request, the Motricity PM will seek additional approval from Motricity upper management (Director level or higher) as appropriate and consistent with the Motricity schedule of authorization.

 

77


Once approved by the Motricity PM, the Work Request is sent to the AT&T PM. Within no more than three business days, AT&T will assess the feasibility of the Work Request in terms of technical risk, cost, and schedule impacts. Once the assessment is complete, AT&T will respond back to Motricity with an approval, disapproval or request for clarification. Any disapproval of Work Requests will need to be explained within the Work Request Form to be returned to Motricity’s PM.

Upon receipt of an approved Work Request Form from AT&T, Motricity’s PM will obtain any further internal approvals from Motricity’s upper management, the Work Request and will be signed and become effective immediately upon the execution of a Work Order by AT&T and Motricity.

 

4. Acceptance Process

AT&T shall have the right to review Services and/or Products to determine whether the Services and/or Products conform to the requirements set forth in the respective Work Order and to either: (i) reject the Services/Products if it fails to conform to the requirements set forth in the respective Work Order or (ii) to provide its Acceptance (in whole or in part) if there are no Service Defects. If AT&T rejects the Services and/or Products, Motricity shall, at AT&T’s request, promptly correct all such Service Defects and, thereafter, AT&T shall again have the opportunity to review the Service and/or Products. If Motricity is not able to correct all Service Defects in the Services and/or Products within thirty (30) days following receipt of AT&T rejection, AT&T shall have the right to terminate the affected Work Order, in whole or in part, which termination shall be deemed due to Motricity’s default. In the event of any such termination, Motricity shall return all payments previously made to Motricity under this Agreement for the affected Work Order and AT&T shall not be subject to any cancellation charges.

 

78


EXHIBIT I - WORK REQUEST FORM

Work Request Form

 

AT&T Requestor:   Work Control #:
Work Request Name:   Date Received:
Work Request Priority: High/Med/Low  

<<Insert Work Request Name and/or Number>>

 

1 Work Request Information

A. Description of Work Request to include any requirements

<<Note: any customized development being done on behalf of AT&T must be done under the Services Agreement.>>

Requirements to be attached to this Work Request:

General requirements

HTML Portal requirements

WML Portal requirements

SMS requirements

Admin Tool(s) requirements

 

  B. Reason for the Work Request and Impact if not implemented

 

 

  C. Motricity and AT&T Agreements governing this Work Request

 

Wireless Service Agreement No. 00014249

 

79


2 Impact Analysis

 

  A. Impact Assessment (Include what use cases, system components or operations areas are impacted)

 

 

  B. Cost Impact

 

 

  C. Payment Schedule

 

 

  D. Schedule Impact (What tasks and milestones are impacted?)

 

 

  E. Resource Impact (Will more resources need to be added to the project? If yes, provide details below.)

 

 

  F. Impact Classification (High / Medium / Low):

 

3. Work Request Review

 

  A. Date Reviewed

Reviewers

 

Name

   Project Role
  
  
  

Final Recommendation

 

80


4. Work Request Decision

Approved for the work identified above in support of the Agreement              (Y/N):

Signatures:

 

Name

   Title    Signature    Date
        
        
        
        

 

5. Work Request Disposition

This Section to be completed by the Motricity Project Manager

 

4. Work Request Decision

Approved for the work identified above in support of the Agreement              (Y/N):

Signatures:

 

Name

   Title    Signature    Date
        
        
        
        

5. Work Request Disposition

This section is to be filled in only by the Motricity Project Manager

 

81


EXHIBIT J

WORK ORDER

Work Order No.             

to Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249

Motricity, Inc. (“Motricity”) will perform the Work identified below for AT&T Mobility LLC (“AT&T”), under the terms and conditions of that certain Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249, dated July 22, 2005 between Motricity and AT&T (as amended, the “Agreement”). In consideration of Work below, Company will pay to Motricity the amount(s) set forth below, upon Acceptance, pursuant to Section 5 of the Agreement.

 

Work Request Name/Numbers

  

Estimated Completion Date

Work Request No.                     

 

and/or

 

See attached Work Request Form(s).

   Motricity will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Work by ___________.

 

Amount

  

Due Date

$             

   Forty-five (45) days from receipt of valid invoice..

This Work Order is made under and incorporates the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The terms and conditions set forth in this Work Order are in addition to and not in substitution of any terms or conditions set forth in the Agreement. Except as specifically modified by this Work Order, the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

Motricity, Inc.     AT&T Mobility LLC
           
Authorized Signature     Authorized Signature
           
Printed Name and Title     Printed Name and Title
           
Date     Date

 

82


EXHIBIT M

SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

The following AT&T Mobility Supplier Information Security Requirements (“Security Requirements”) apply to Supplier, its subcontractors, and each of their employees and/or temporary workers, contractors, vendors and/or agents who perform Services for, on behalf of, and/or through AT&T (for the purpose of this Appendix, each or all “Supplier”) that include any of the following:

1. Supplier’s performance of Services that involve the collection, storage, handling, or disposal of AT&T confidential Information;

2. Supplier-offered or -supported AT&T branded services using non-AT&T network and computing resources;

3. Connectivity to AT&T non-public networks and computing resources;

4. Custom software development or software implementation; or

5. Website hosting and development for AT&T and/or AT&T’s customers.

Supplier shall be fully compliant with these Security Requirements prior to the performance of any such Services.

Supplier represents and warrants that during the term of this Agreement and thereafter (as applicable with respect to Supplier’s obligations under the Survival of Obligations clause) Supplier is, and shall continue to be, in compliance with its obligations as set forth herein. In addition to all other remedies specified in the Agreement, Supplier agrees that AT&T shall be entitled to seek an injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief and be reimbursed the costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees) by Supplier to enforce the obligations in these Security Requirements, including those that survive Termination, Cancellation or expiration of this Agreement. The provisions of this Appendix shall not be deemed to, and shall not, limit any more stringent security or other obligations of the Agreement.

Definitions:

Unless otherwise set forth or expanded herein, defined terms shall have the same meaning as set forth in the main body of the Agreement.

“Information Resources” means any systems, applications, and network elements, and the information stored, transmitted, or processed with these resources in conjunction with supporting AT&T and/or used by Supplier in fulfillment of its obligations under this Agreement.

“Sensitive Personal Information” or “SPI” means any information that could be used to uniquely identify, locate, or contact a single person (or potentially be exploited to steal the identity of an individual, commit fraud or perpetuate other crimes). Examples of SPI include, but are not limited to, social security numbers, national-, state- or province-issued identification number, drivers license numbers, dates of birth, bank account numbers, credit card numbers, and other credit related information, PINs, passwords, passcodes, password hint answers, Protected Health Information as defined by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), biometric data, digitized signatures, and background check details.

 

229


In accordance with the foregoing, Supplier shall:

 

 
System Security

1. ***

2. ***

3. ***

4. ***

5. ***

6. ***

7. ***

8. ***

9. ***

10. ***

11. ***

12. ***

 
Physical Security

13. ***

14. ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

230


51. ***

 
Software Development and Implementation

52. ***

 
Security Policies and Procedures

53. ***

54. ***

55. ***

56. ***

Connectivity Requirements

In the event Supplier has, or will be provided, connectivity ( e.g ., access to AT&T’s or its customers’ networks) in conjunction with this Agreement, then in addition to the foregoing, the following Security Requirements shall apply to Supplier:

 

  1. In the event a data connection agreement, such as a “Master Data Connection Agreement,” “Data Connection Agreement,” and/or “Connection Supplement” (“DCA”) exists between the Parties, and incorporates this Agreement by reference, or is otherwise integrated with, or used to govern the Parties’ connectivity obligations under, this Agreement, such DCA is hereby superseded by the terms of the Security Requirements, effective as of the date these Security Requirements become effective under the Agreement, and the terms of such DCA are amended to require that the Security Requirements and not the DCA are controlling in the Agreement (as well as any agreements subordinate to this Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the DCA remains in full force and effect for all other agreements between the Parties to which it applies.

 

  2. Supplier shall:

 

  a. ***
  b. ***
  c. ***
  d. ***
  e. ***
  f. ***

 

  3. In addition to other rights set forth herein, AT&T shall have the right to:

 

  a. Gather information relating to access, including Supplier’s access, to AT&T networks, processing systems and applications. This information may be collected, retained and analyzed by AT&T to identify potential security risks without further notice. This information may include trace files, statistics, network addresses, and the actual data or screens accessed or transferred.
  b. Immediately suspend or terminate any interconnection if AT&T, in its sole discretion, believes there has been a breach of security or unauthorized access to or misuse of AT&T data facilities or Information.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

231


AT&T PRIVACY POLICY

(Effective date: October 21, 2006)

AT&T has a long-standing policy of protecting customer privacy.

We believe that you should know what information we collect from you, as well as how that information is used, disclosed, and protected. We have created this policy statement (the “Policy”) to explain our privacy practices and policies.

We will not sell or disclose your personal information to unaffiliated third parties without your consent except as otherwise provided in this Policy. We may use information about who you are, where and when you browse on the Web, where your wireless device is located, and how you use our network to provide you better service and enrich your user experience when you sign up or use any of our products or services.

AT&T may make available shorter or machine-readable versions of this Privacy Policy. These additional policies are intended only as summaries of this complete Privacy Policy. This Policy applies to customers who purchase and use our services and products in the United States. Collection, use, disclosure, and protection of personal information may be subject to different regulation outside the United States.

AT&T will revise and update this Policy as it deems appropriate, including, for example, if our practices change or if changes in the law so require. You should refer back to this page for the latest information.

QUICK PRIVACY LINKS

The following brief summaries outline our Policy and then link to further detail. We also provide you the means to communicate with us if you have any questions about this Policy. This Policy also addresses what we do with information about your device usage, the services you buy from us, and who you call.

Does AT&T Collect Personal Information About Me?

Yes, AT&T collects personal information about you so that we can deliver products or services you request.

 

232


This happens automatically when you interact with us, such as when you log into a service. Sometimes, AT&T buys commercially available marketing and sales information from third parties so we can better serve you.

Does AT&T Collect Information About Children Under the Age of 13?

If we make available offers and products online where a child informs us that he or she is under the age of 13, we will ask a parent to confirm his/her consent in advance of further collection, use or disclosure of personal information from that child.

How Does AT&T Use Personal Information?

We use personal information for billing and collection purposes, to provide services or complete transactions you have requested, and to anticipate and resolve problems with your services. We may also use this information to create and inform you of products or services from AT&T or others that may better meet your needs.

When Does AT&T Disclose Personal Information?

We do not sell personal information to unaffiliated third parties. We will disclose personal information to third parties to complete a transaction you have requested, as part of the terms and conditions for a particular service, to collect on an account, or when we otherwise have your consent to do so. We also may disclose personal information to third parties to protect the rights and property of the company or its subscribers.

What Happens to Information About My Telephone Usage and Who I Call?

Under federal law, you have a right, and we have a duty, to protect the confidentiality of information about your device usage, the services you buy from us, who you call, and the location of your device on our network when you make a voice call.

 

233


Does AT&T Use Cookies?

Yes. AT&T uses cookies for a variety of reasons, including improving your shopping or browsing experience. In addition, cookies help us personalize the site experience for you.

Does AT&T Use Web Beacons?

Yes. AT&T uses Web beacons, also known as Web bugs, on our sites so that we can identify you and deliver you the services you request. However, AT&T does not permit third parties to use Web beacons linked to personal information on our site.

Does AT&T Place Advertising on Other Web Sites?

AT&T currently uses third-party advertising companies to place our ads on the Internet, and cookie and Web beacon technologies are used to measure the effectiveness of those ads. You should know that the use of such cookies is subject to the third parties’ privacy policies, and not the policy of AT&T.

What About Presence, Location, and Tracking Information?

Our network knows the general location of your phone whenever it is turned on. When we offer you optional services that require use or disclosure of this information, the terms and conditions for the specific service offering explain how the location information will be used. We also may provide your network location to emergency service providers if you place a 911 call.

 

234


Can I Choose Not to Receive Marketing Messages on My Wireless Device from Third Parties?

AT&T has implemented technology to reduce unsolicited bulk short text messages but is unable to filter all marketing messages that you receive on your wireless device from third parties.

How Secure Is Information About Me?

We maintain a variety of physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to guard your personal information.

What Can I Do to Protect My Personal Information?

An important part of ensuring the security of your personal information is your own efforts to protect against unauthorized access to your wireless device and SIM card. Before discarding your device or trading it in, be sure you remove all your personal information from the device.

How can I Review Personal Information in my Account for Accuracy?

You can review the accuracy of the personal information in your account online (go to My Account on this Web site) or by contacting Customer Service at 1-800-331-0500.

Will This Policy Be Updated?

AT&T expects to update this Policy periodically. You should refer back to this page often for the latest information and the effective date of any changes to the Policy.

To Whom Should I Direct Privacy Questions or Concerns?

You have several ways to contact us about questions of this Policy and about your services.

 

235


AT&T PRIVACY POLICY

We have created the AT&T Privacy Policy (the “Policy”) to explain our privacy practices. When you use any AT&T product or service, you should understand when and how personal information is collected, used, disclosed and protected.

We will not sell or disclose information to unaffiliated third parties without your consent except as otherwise provided in this Policy. We may use information about who you are, where and when you browse on the Web, where your wireless device is located, and how you use our network to provide you better service and enrich your user experience when you sign up or use any of our products or services.

AT&T will revise and update this Policy if our practices change or if changes in the law so require.

Information Collected About You

We collect a variety of personal information about users of our products or services. Personal information is information that can be directly associated with a specific person or entity, such as a name, address, telephone number, email address, or information about activities directly linked to that person.

Our definition of personal information does not include “aggregate” information. Aggregate information is data we collect about a group or category of services or customers from which individual customer identities have been removed. For example, we could prepare a report that indicates that a certain number of our customers always use their wireless phones at a certain time of day at a specific location. Aggregate data helps us understand trends and customer needs so that we can better consider new services or tailor existing services to customer desires. The aggregate data also might be purchased by or shared with a third party, for example, one interested in locating a business in a particular part of town.

Here are the types of personal and other information we collect. You should refer to the rest of this Policy to see how we use, disclose, and protect that information:

 

   

Information You Give Us

 

236


We collect information you give us when you purchase a AT&T product or use services. For example, you may provide us a billing address and credit information, including your social security number or business identifier, when signing up for service or perhaps purchasing a product through our online store. You might not have thought about it this way, but the numbers dialed from your wireless phone to make a call are an example of information you give us and that we collect and use so we can bill you appropriately and investigate fraudulent usage.

 

   

Automatically Collected Information

We automatically receive certain types of information whenever you interact with us. For example, when you visit an AT&T Web site, our systems automatically collect your IP address and the type of browser you use. When you browse the wireless web, our systems log the Web sites you visit. Similarly, all wireless communications systems know when your phone is turned on and approximately where the device is physically located—that’s how calls or messages are delivered to you in real time.

 

   

Information from Other Sources

We may obtain information about you from outside sources and add it to or combine it with your account information. For example, we may receive credit information for purposes of initiating service. We also may use commercially available demographic and marketing information from third parties to help us better serve you or inform you about products or services that we think will be of interest to you. We sometimes receive updated delivery and address information from our shippers or other sources so that we can correct our records and deliver your next purchase or communication more easily. And, we often receive information from the dealer from whom you purchase your wireless phone or device prior to initiating service with us.

We also may purchase email lists from third parties for advertising purposes. We only purchase lists of individuals who have allowed third-party use of their email address for marketing purposes. If you have previously requested to participate in an email advertising program, the information we receive may include your name, information on previous transactions, or any other personal information you have provided.

AT&T recognizes that parents often purchase our products and services for family use, including for use by minors. Any information collected from such usage will appear to be the personal information of the actual subscriber to the service, and will be treated as such under this Policy. If we make available offers and products online where a child informs us that he or she is under the age of 13, we will ask a parent to confirm his/her consent in advance of further collection, use or disclosure of personal information from that child.

 

237


In a Business Agreement, our customer is a business or other entity purchasing service for employees or other authorized users. If you receive certain benefits through a business or government customer’s agreement with us, this Policy will generally govern your personal information. However, if you receive service where a business or government entity pays AT&T for your account or is otherwise liable to AT&T for the charges (for example, as a guarantor if you fail to pay), we may share your account information with that entity. If you receive certain benefits tied to a Business Agreement, but you are liable for your own charges, then we may share enough account information with that entity to verify your continuing eligibility for those benefits. Please contact AT&T if you have any questions about who is the liable party on your bill.

Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act

If we make available offers and products online where a child informs us that he or she is under the age of 13, we will ask a parent to confirm his/her consent in advance of further collection, use or disclosure of personal information from that child. You should be aware, however, that wireless devices and services purchased for family use may be used by minors without the knowledge of AT&T. If that happens, any information collected from the usage will appear to be the personal information of the actual adult subscriber and treated as such under this Policy.

Use of Personal Information

 

   

Internal Use.

In general, we use personal information to serve our customers, to enhance and extend our customer relationship, and to enable our customers to take maximum advantage of products and services we think they would enjoy. For example, by understanding how you use our Web site, we are able to customize and personalize your experience. More specifically, we use personal information for billing purposes, to provide services or complete transactions you have requested, to anticipate and resolve problems with your services, and to create and inform you of products or services from AT&T or others that better meet your needs.

AT&T uses email, short text messages, telemarketing, and direct mail to inform you about products or services we think will interest you. You can modify your preferences on receiving these types of communications:

 

   

If you are currently a AT&T customer and wish to change your preferences on receiving these types of communications, you can do one of the following to tell us your preferences:

 

   

Complete an online form

 

238


   

Visit the “My Profile” page, if you manage your account online.

 

   

Call Customer Service at 1-800-331-0500.

 

   

If you are not a current customer of AT&T and wish to opt out of receiving marketing communications, you can complete an online form to tell us your preferences.

While you may choose not to receive marketing information from us, you will continue to receive invoices, customer service-related notifications, and other similar information from us electronically or otherwise.

 

   

Third-Party Use.

You should review the following section to understand when AT&T discloses personal information to third parties.

Disclosure of Personal Information

Information about our customers is one of our most important business assets, and therefore we strive to protect it and keep it confidential. We do not sell personal information to third parties without your consent. When and what types of information AT&T discloses depends on the service and in some cases the choices you have made.

AT&T will not disclose personal information other than in accordance with this Policy. In general, that means that you must consent to the disclosure in advance. Depending on the service, we may obtain your consent in a number of ways, including:

 

   

In writing;

 

   

Verbally;

 

   

Online by clicking a button;

 

   

Through the use of a dialing string or button on a wireless device or handset; or

 

   

At the time of initiation of a particular service offering, when your consent is part of the required terms and conditions to use that service.

 

239


For example, your consent to disclose personal information can be implied simply by the nature of your request, such as when you ask us to deliver an email or short message to another person. Your return address is disclosed as part of the service and your consent to do so is implied by your use of the service. To determine how personal information may be disclosed as part of a particular service, you should review the terms and conditions of use for that service.

We share personal information with third parties as necessary to complete a transaction, perform a service on our behalf (such as enhancing our ability to serve you better), or perform a service that you have requested. When the third party acts solely on our behalf, AT&T does not allow them to use your information for other purposes. For example, our vendors process and print your billing statement on our behalf. They can only use the personal information we give them to produce the billing statement. When we write off an account for non-payment, AT&T sometimes discloses personal information about the account to third parties such as credit bureaus. Credit bureaus may use the personal information to update their records. AT&T does not currently disclose wireless numbers in AT&T listings or published directories. If we do so in the future, you will be able to choose whether your number is listed.

Aside from our services, however, you may also want to take advantage of services and products offered by other companies utilizing our wireless service. In those cases, you will be providing information to those companies, and information about you received by those third parties will be governed by their privacy policies, not this Policy. For example, if you are roaming on the network of another carrier, information about your usage and the numbers you dial will be available to the carrier providing the service. Also, as another example, if you purchase something using our mobile Internet service, you will be disclosing personal information directly to the company facilitating the transaction, a merchant bank and the merchant. Finally, if you bought your wireless device from a third party retailer or dealer, both they and AT&T will have personal information as a result of the transaction and your ongoing service with AT&T. Whenever third parties have a role in any such transaction, you should review their privacy policies as well.

From time to time you may be able to participate in contests, giveaways, or other similar promotions we sponsor. Except as explained otherwise in the rules for a particular contest, giveaway, or promotion, any personal information you provide will be used in accordance with this Policy.

In addition, from time to time you may be able to participate in our surveys to help us improve our offerings and services. Except as explained otherwise in the survey, any personal information so collected will be used for our internal purposes.

 

240


Under federal law, you have a right, and we have a duty, to protect the confidentiality of information about your telephone usage, the services you buy from us, who you call, and the location of your device on our network when you make a voice call. This information is sometimes referred to as “Customer Proprietary Network Information,” or “CPNI.” We share CPNI and other personal information about you with affiliates of AT&T and BellSouth Corporation (the parent companies of AT&T) that provide telecommunications services to which you also subscribe. Before sharing CPNI in any other way, we will first notify you of your rights under the law, describe how we intend to use the CPNI, and give you an opportunity to opt out of such usage (or, when required by law, to opt in).

Business Transfers:

Information about our users, including personal information, may be disclosed as part of any merger, acquisition, sale of company assets, or transition of service to another provider, as well as in the unlikely event of an insolvency, bankruptcy, or receivership in which personal information would be transferred as one of the business assets of the company.

Protection of AT&T and Others:

We release personal information when we believe release is appropriate to comply with the law or in good faith reliance on legal process (e.g., court orders, subpoenas, E911 information, etc.); enforce or apply our customer agreements; initiate, render, bill, and collect for services; protect our rights or property, or protect users of those services and other carriers from fraudulent, abusive, or unlawful use of, or subscription to, such services; facilitate or verify the appropriate calculation of taxes, fees, or other obligations due to a local, state, or federal government; or if we reasonably believe that an emergency involving immediate danger of death or serious physical injury to any person requires disclosure of communications, or justifies disclosure of records, to a governmental entity without delay.

AT&T Use of Cookies

Cookies are small files placed on your computer’s hard drive by a Web site when you visit. These files identify your computer and record your preferences and other data about your visit so that when you return to the site, the site knows who you are and can personalize your visit. For example, cookies enable a Web site shopping cart to function so that you only have to check out once. Consequently, cookies are often tied to the use of personally identifiable information while using our site, and some functionality may be lost if you choose not to accept the use of cookies.

 

241


In general, we use cookies to collect information so that we can determine how to improve our site by seeing which areas, features and products are most popular; to personalize the site and make recommendations based on products you have liked in the past as well as to improve the site experience; and to complete transactions you have requested. Advertisers that serve ads on our site may also use their own cookies. Such outside cookies are governed by the privacy policies of the entities placing the ads, and are not subject to this Policy.

We also use a session-based cookie that maintains a user’s session for continuity of navigation while viewing the site. After closing the browser the session cookie simply terminates.

With wireless Internet service, cookies are also used by our suppliers and third-party vendors to facilitate the various services and information offered. Depending on the phone or device being used, cookies may be stored locally on the phone or device, or on servers operated by AT&T. This Internet cookie-like functionality is in place for the same reasons and designed for the same purposes as cookies placed on your computer when interacting with Internet Web sites. Our suppliers and vendors will only use this information to provision the service, but each site you visit while using the wireless Internet service is controlled by a separate company and their individual privacy policies will govern information they receive automatically from the cookie or information you voluntarily provide.

AT&T Use of Web Beacons

A Web beacon, also known as a Web bug, is a small, graphic image on a Web page, Web-based document or in an email message that is designed to allow the site owner or a third party to monitor the address and other information of the computer viewing the item. Web beacons are often invisible to the user because they are typically very small (only 1-by-1 pixel) and the same color as the background of the Web page, document, or email message. Web beacons are represented as HTML IMG tags in the Web page; users can click on “view profiles” of the Web page to see whether the page is using a Web beacon. Web beacons collect the IP address of the computer that the Web beacon is sent to, the URL of the page the Web beacon comes from, and the time it was viewed. Web beacons can also be linked to personal information.

AT&T does not place Web beacons that link to personal information on other sites, nor does it permit third parties, other than those working on our behalf, to place them on our site. AT&T does use Web beacons itself and may link a particular beacon to personal information. For example, we may use a beacon to ensure a user can flip between technical assistance, customer service and our online store and still be recognized as our customer.

 

242


AT&T Placement of Advertising on Other Web Sites

AT&T may use third-party ad serving companies to place advertisements about our products and services on other Web sites. These companies may use cookies and other technology such as Web beacons or tagging to measure the effectiveness of our ads. To measure advertising effectiveness and offer selective ad content, the ad serving companies may use anonymous information about your visits to our and other Web sites. But the ad serving companies use an anonymous number to identify you, NOT your name, address, phone number, email address, or anything that personally identifies you. The use of such cookies is subject to the ad serving company’s privacy policy, not the Policy of AT&T. If you would like more information about these companies we use, their privacy practices, or to learn your choices about not having this non-personal information used to serve ads to you, see our AT&T Ad Serving Companies.

AT&T Advertising Companies

This list contains a link to the privacy policies for the ad-serving companies used to place ads on 3rd party sites. AT&T will revise or update this as we change existing or add new ad-serving companies.

 

   

Avenue A and Atlas

Presence, Location, and Tracking

To make wireless communications possible, the network knows the general location of your phone or wireless device whenever it is turned on. Your wireless device sends out a periodic signal to the nearest radio tower/cell site so that the network will know where to route an incoming communication and how to properly bill for the service. This is necessary to make wireless communications possible.

 

243


If you dial 911 for emergency services, we may provide your network location to a public safety answering point, emergency medical service provider or emergency dispatch provider, public safety, fire service, or law enforcement official, or hospital emergency or trauma care facility. The law also permits us to disclose the location of a device on our network without a user’s consent (1) to a user’s legal guardian or members of a user’s immediate family in an emergency situation that involves the risk of death or serious physical harm, (2) to database management services or information providers solely to assist in delivering emergency services, or (3) to a governmental entity if we reasonably believe that an emergency involving immediate danger of death or serious physical injury to any person requires or justifies disclosure of a device’s location on the network without delay. Legally required upgrades will allow us to provide a location more precise than cell site location.

In addition, we offer optional services on our GSM/GPRS network that make use of your network location. Please review the terms and conditions for each service for additional information about how the location information will be used. The location used for these services is separate from the network location information when you make a voice call.

Your wireless Internet service may also be personalized using your ZIP code or other location identifiers. We use this information to serve you relevant content, and we treat the information like any other personal information under this Policy. This service does not use the network location technology described in this section.

Receipt of Marketing Messages on My Wireless Device from Third Parties

You should be aware that not all advertisements appearing on or delivered to your mobile phone or device are authorized by AT&T. We have developed and implemented systems in our network to reduce unsolicited bulk short text messages, but we cannot at this time block all such messages. We continue to look for other options to reduce these unsolicited bulk messages. If you have an email account with AT&T, this service is subject to unsolicited messages as any other email service.

It is unlawful for any third party to make an unsolicited telemarketing call using an autodialer or to send a prerecorded message to a wireless phone or device. You should report any such unsolicited calls to the Federal Communications Commission.

 

244


Network and Information Security

We maintain a variety of physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to guard your personal information. For example, we use accepted tools and techniques to protect against unauthorized access to our systems. Also, we grant access to personal information about you to employees and contractors who need to know that information to provide products or services to you. In addition, we work to protect the security of your personal information when you are ordering new service via the AT&T Web site by using well-known Internet encryption technologies like Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). We also use encryption technologies to protect your account information when you are viewing your bill on our Web site. You should be aware that AT&T has no control over the security of other sites on the Internet you might visit, interact with, or from which you buy products or services.

What Can I Do to Protect My Personal Information?

An important part of ensuring the security of personal information is your own effort to protect against unauthorized access to your wireless device and the personal information contained in it and on your SIM card. Most phones and wireless PDA-type devices store calling information both in the phone and on the SIM card. Therefore, before discarding your phone or PDA, trading it in or giving it away, be sure you remove and retain your SIM card and follow the manufacturer’s instructions for deleting all personal information on the device itself. (This can be found in your owner’s manual or on the manufacturers’ Web site.)

In addition, use passwords to prevent unauthorized access to your wireless device, your wireless service account, and your voicemail. If you write down your passwords or user names, keep the information in a secure location. Do not give your password to someone else unless you intend them to have the same full access and ability to make changes to your account as you have. Change your passwords periodically.

Accuracy of Personal Information in Your Account

You can review the accuracy of the personal information in your account records online (go to My Account on this Web site) or by contacting Customer Service at 1-800-331-0500.

 

245


California customers: AT&T does not disclose customers’ personal information to third parties for the third parties’ direct marketing purposes, as governed by California Civil Code 1798.83.

Updating this Policy

AT&T will revise or update this Policy as it deems appropriate, including for example, if our practices change, as we change existing or add new services, as we develop better ways to inform you of products we think will be of interest, or if the law so requires. You should refer back to this page often for the latest information and the effective date of any changes.

If, however, users’ personally identifiable information will be used in a manner materially different from that stated at the time of collection, we will notify users via posting on this page for 30 days before the material change is made. Users will have a choice as to whether or not their information will be used in this materially different manner.

Contact Us

AT&T is committed to the policies set forth in this Policy.

If you have any questions, comments or concerns about this Policy, please contact privacy@att.com .

If you have questions about your AT&T service, you can call a customer service representative at 1-800-331-0500.

 

246


APPENDIX G – PRIME SUPPLIER – MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION PLAN

For purposes of this Appendix G, Supplier refers to Motricity.

 

PRIME SUPPLIER MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION PLAN

YEAR

REPORTING:

        

 

PRIME SUPPLIER NAME:   

Motricity, Inc.

ADDRESS:               
              
COMPANY E-MAIL:               
TELEPHONE NUMBER:               

 

DESCRIBE GOODS OR SERVICES BEING PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT:
DESCRIBE YOUR M/WBE-DVBE OR SUPPLIER DIVERSITY PROGRAM AND THE PERSONNEL DEDICATED TO THAT PROGRAM
THE FOLLOWING, TOGETHER WITH ANY ATTACHMENTS IS SUBMITTED AS AN MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION PLAN.
1. GOALS
A. WHAT ARE YOUR MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION GOALS?

 

MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (MBEs)       ***    
WOMAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (WBEs)       ***    
DISABLED VETERAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (DVBEs)       ***    

B. WHAT IS THE ESTIMATED ANNUAL VALUE OF THIS CONTRACT WITH:

  
Midwest Region:   

(Wisconsin, Illinois, Indiana, Ohio,

Michigan)

       

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

247


AT&T (NV)     
AT&T (CA)     
East Region: (Connecticut)     
Southwest Region:     
(Texas, Oklahoma, Kansas, Missouri, Arkansas)     
AT&T Yellow Pages     
AT&T Advanced Solutions     
AT&T National Data Operations     
AT&T Long Distance     
AT&T Telecom     
AT&T Internet Services     
AT&T MSI     
AT&T Services     
AT&T Operations     
AT&T Mobillity LLC   

***

Other     

 

Note: Indicate dollar award(s) as it applies to this contract.
C. WHAT ARE THE DOLLAR AMOUNTS OF YOUR PROJECTED MBE/WBE/DVBE PURCHASES:

 

MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (MBEs)    ***
WOMAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (WBEs)    ***
DISABLED VETERAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (DVBEs)    ***

 

2.

   2.    LIST THE PRINCIPAL GOODS AND SERVICES TO BE SUBCONTRACTED TO MBE/WBE/DVBEs OR DELIVERED THROUGH MBE/WBE/DVBE VALUE ADDED RESELLERS

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

248


DETAILED PLAN FOR USE OF M/WBEs-DVBEs AS SUBCONTRACTORS,

DISTRIBUTORS, VALUE ADDED RESELLERS

For every product and service you intend to use, provide the following information. (attach additional sheets if necessary)

 

Company Name

   Classification
(MBE/WBE/DVBE)
   Products/Services
to be provided
   $ Value    Date to Begin
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           

 

3. SELLER AGREES THAT IT WILL MAINTAIN ALL NECESSARY DOCUMENTS AND RECORDS TO SUPPORT ITS EFFORTS TO ACHIEVE ITS MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION GOAL(S). SELLER ALSO ACKNOWLEDGES THE FACT THAT IT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR IDENTIFYING, SOLICITING AND QUALIFYING MBE/WBE/DVBE SUBCONTRACTORS, DISTRIBUTORS AND VALUE ADDED RESELLERS.

 

249


4.

      THE FOLLOWING INDIVIDUAL, ACTING IN THE CAPACITY OF MBE/WBE/DVBE COORDINATOR FOR SELLER, WILL:
      ADMINISTER THE MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION PLAN, SUBMIT SUMMARY REPORTS, AND COOPERATE IN ANY STUDIES OR SURVEYS AS MAY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF COMPLIANCE BY THE SELLER WITH THE PARTICIPATION PLAN.

 

NAME:     
TITLE:     
TELEPHONE NUMBER:     
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:     
DATE:     

Submit your annual plan to sbcsd@att.com

 

250


Appendix H - MBE/WBE/DVBE Results Report

For purposes of this Appendix H, Supplier refers to Motricity.

M/WBE-DVBE QUARTERLY RESULTS REPORT

FOR THE FOLLOWING AT&T AFFILIATE:

LOGO

Note: Subcontracting Results should reflect ONLY M/WBE-DVBE dollars directly traceable to sales DURING THE REPORTING QUARTER.

Results must be reported individually for each AT&T subsidiary.

 

THIS SUMMARY REPORT SHOULD BE E-MAILED TO:

   sbcsd@att.com   

1. Reporting Company:

     

Company Name:

          

Address:

        2. Contract/ Work Order Number:   

3. Report Quarter:

 

This report reflects the utilization of Minority Business Enterprises/Women Business Enterprise/Disabled Veteran Enterprise participation for period

City, State, Zip:

          

Contact Name:

          

Title:

          

E-Mail:

          

Date:

          

Telephone:

        ________________   
      (If Available)     
Signature:          Through
          
         (Please indicate dates)
PARTICIPATION GOAL    PARTICIPATION ACHIEVEMENT
4.    Annual Goal    5.    Actual for Quarter
Percent of Total Sales    MBE    WBE    DVBE       MBE    WBE    DVBE
           

Dollars paid by Prime

Supplier to Subcontractors

              
           

Total Dollars Paid to

Prime Supplier by AT&T

              
            % OF Total AT&T $ Paid by Prime Supplier to Subcontractors               

 

251


AT&T SUBCONTRACTING RESULTS

 

6. M/WBE-DVBE Subcontractors(S)    Ethnic/Gender       Total Dollars
      LOGO      
Name:              
Address:              
City, State, Zip:            Certifying Agency:   
Telephone:         select from the drop down menu to see a list of AT&T recognized agencies      q
Goods or Services:              
         If other please specify:

To add additional Subcontractors, copy the entire light gray area and paste directly below this line.

 

252


EXHIBIT N – AT&T PRIVACY POLICY

Effective date: October 21, 2006)

AT&T has a long-standing policy of protecting customer privacy.

We believe that you should know what information we collect from you, as well as how that information is used, disclosed, and protected. We have created this policy statement (the “Policy”) to explain our privacy practices and policies.

We will not sell or disclose your personal information to unaffiliated third parties without your consent except as otherwise provided in this Policy. We may use information about who you are, where and when you browse on the Web, where your wireless device is located, and how you use our network to provide you better service and enrich your user experience when you sign up or use any of our products or services.

AT&T may make available shorter or machine-readable versions of this Privacy Policy. These additional policies are intended only as summaries of this complete Privacy Policy. This Policy applies to customers who purchase and use our services and products in the United States. Collection, use, disclosure, and protection of personal information may be subject to different regulation outside the United States.

AT&T will revise and update this Policy as it deems appropriate, including, for example, if our practices change or if changes in the law so require. You should refer back to this page for the latest information.

QUICK PRIVACY LINKS

The following brief summaries outline our Policy and then link to further detail. We also provide you the means to communicate with us if you have any questions about this Policy. This Policy also addresses what we do with information about your device usage, the services you buy from us, and who you call.

Does AT&T Collect Personal Information About Me?

Yes, AT&T collects personal information about you so that we can deliver products or services you request.

 

253


This happens automatically when you interact with us, such as when you log into a service. Sometimes, AT&T buys commercially available marketing and sales information from third parties so we can better serve you. Tell me more

Does AT&T Collect Information About Children Under the Age of 13?

If we make available offers and products online where a child informs us that he or she is under the age of 13, we will ask a parent to confirm his/her consent in advance of further collection, use or disclosure of personal information from that child.

How Does AT&T Use Personal Information?

We use personal information for billing and collection purposes, to provide services or complete transactions you have requested, and to anticipate and resolve problems with your services. We may also use this information to create and inform you of products or services from AT&T or others that may better meet your needs.

When Does AT&T Disclose Personal Information?

We do not sell personal information to unaffiliated third parties. We will disclose personal information to third parties to complete a transaction you have requested, as part of the terms and conditions for a particular service, to collect on an account, or when we otherwise have your consent to do so. We also may disclose personal information to third parties to protect the rights and property of the company or its subscribers.

What Happens to Information About My Telephone Usage and Who I Call?

Under federal law, you have a right, and we have a duty, to protect the confidentiality of information about your device usage, the services you buy from us, who you call, and the location of your device on our network when you make a voice call.

 

254


Does AT&T Use Cookies?

Yes. AT&T uses cookies for a variety of reasons, including improving your shopping or browsing experience. In addition, cookies help us personalize the site experience for you.

Does AT&T Use Web Beacons?

Yes. AT&T uses Web beacons, also known as Web bugs, on our sites so that we can identify you and deliver you the services you request. However, AT&T does not permit third parties to use Web beacons linked to personal information on our site.

Does AT&T Place Advertising on Other Web Sites?

AT&T currently uses third-party advertising companies to place our ads on the Internet, and cookie and Web beacon technologies are used to measure the effectiveness of those ads. You should know that the use of such cookies is subject to the third parties’ privacy policies, and not the policy of AT&T.

What About Presence, Location, and Tracking Information?

Our network knows the general location of your phone whenever it is turned on. When we offer you optional services that require use or disclosure of this information, the terms and conditions for the specific service offering explain how the location information will be used. We also may provide your network location to emergency service providers if you place a 911 call.

Can I Choose Not to Receive Marketing Messages on My Wireless Device from Third Parties?

AT&T has implemented technology to reduce unsolicited bulk short text messages but is unable to filter all marketing messages that you receive on your wireless device from third parties.

 

255


How Secure Is Information About Me?

We maintain a variety of physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to guard your personal information.

What Can I Do to Protect My Personal Information?

An important part of ensuring the security of your personal information is your own efforts to protect against unauthorized access to your wireless device and SIM card. Before discarding your device or trading it in, be sure you remove all your personal information from the device.

How can I Review Personal Information in my Account for Accuracy?

You can review the accuracy of the personal information in your account online (go to My Account on this Web site) or by contacting Customer Service at 1-800-331-0500.

Will This Policy Be Updated?

AT&T expects to update this Policy periodically. You should refer back to this page often for the latest information and the effective date of any changes to the Policy.

To Whom Should I Direct Privacy Questions or Concerns?

You have several ways to contact us about questions of this Policy and about your services.

AT&T PRIVACY POLICY

We have created the AT&T Privacy Policy (the “Policy”) to explain our privacy practices. When you use any AT&T product or service, you should understand when and how personal information is collected, used, disclosed and protected.

 

256


We will not sell or disclose information to unaffiliated third parties without your consent except as otherwise provided in this Policy. We may use information about who you are, where and when you browse on the Web, where your wireless device is located, and how you use our network to provide you better service and enrich your user experience when you sign up or use any of our products or services.

AT&T will revise and update this Policy if our practices change or if changes in the law so require.

Information Collected About You

We collect a variety of personal information about users of our products or services. Personal information is information that can be directly associated with a specific person or entity, such as a name, address, telephone number, email address, or information about activities directly linked to that person.

Our definition of personal information does not include “aggregate” information. Aggregate information is data we collect about a group or category of services or customers from which individual customer identities have been removed. For example, we could prepare a report that indicates that a certain number of our customers always use their wireless phones at a certain time of day at a specific location. Aggregate data helps us understand trends and customer needs so that we can better consider new services or tailor existing services to customer desires. The aggregate data also might be purchased by or shared with a third party, for example, one interested in locating a business in a particular part of town.

Here are the types of personal and other information we collect. You should refer to the rest of this Policy to see how we use, disclose, and protect that information:

 

   

Information You Give Us

We collect information you give us when you purchase an AT&T product or use services. For example, you may provide us a billing address and credit information, including your social security number or

business identifier, when signing up for service or perhaps purchasing a product through our online store. You might not have thought about it this way, but the numbers dialed from your wireless phone to make a call are an example of information you give us and that we collect and use so we can bill you appropriately and investigate fraudulent usage.

 

257


   

Automatically Collected Information

We automatically receive certain types of information whenever you interact with us. For example, when you visit an AT&T Web site, our systems automatically collect your IP address and the type of browser you use. When you browse the wireless web, our systems log the Web sites you visit. Similarly, all wireless communications systems know when your phone is turned on and approximately where the device is physically located—that’s how calls or messages are delivered to you in real time.

 

   

Information from Other Sources

We may obtain information about you from outside sources and add it to or combine it with your account information. For example, we may receive credit information for purposes of initiating service. We also may use commercially available demographic and marketing information from third parties to help us better serve you or inform you about products or services that we think will be of interest to you. We sometimes receive updated delivery and address information from our shippers or other sources so that we can correct our records and deliver your next purchase or communication more easily. And, we often receive information from the dealer from whom you purchase your wireless phone or device prior to initiating service with us.

We also may purchase email lists from third parties for advertising purposes. We only purchase lists of individuals who have allowed third-party use of their email address for marketing purposes. If you have previously requested to participate in an email advertising program, the information we receive may include your name, information on previous transactions, or any other personal information you have provided.

AT&T recognizes that parents often purchase our products and services for family use, including for use by minors. Any information collected from such usage will appear to be the personal information of the actual subscriber to the service, and will be treated as such under this Policy. If we make available offers and products online where a child informs us that he or she is under the age of 13, we will ask a parent to confirm his/her consent in advance of further collection, use or disclosure of personal information from that child.

In a Business Agreement, our customer is a business or other entity purchasing service for employees or other authorized users. If you receive certain benefits through a business or government customer’s agreement with us,

this Policy will generally govern your personal information. However, if you receive service where a business or government entity pays AT&T for your account or is otherwise liable to AT&T for the charges (for example, as a guarantor if you fail to pay), we may share your account information with that entity. If you receive certain benefits tied to a Business Agreement, but you are liable for your own charges, then we may share enough account information with that entity to verify your continuing eligibility for those benefits. Please contact AT&T if you have any questions about who is the liable party on your bill.

 

258


Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act

If we make available offers and products online where a child informs us that he or she is under the age of 13, we will ask a parent to confirm his/her consent in advance of further collection, use or disclosure of personal information from that child. You should be aware, however, that wireless devices and services purchased for family use may be used by minors without the knowledge of AT&T. If that happens, any information collected from the usage will appear to be the personal information of the actual adult subscriber and treated as such under this Policy.

Use of Personal Information

 

   

Internal Use.

In general, we use personal information to serve our customers, to enhance and extend our customer relationship, and to enable our customers to take maximum advantage of products and services we think they would enjoy. For example, by understanding how you use our Web site, we are able to customize and personalize your experience. More specifically, we use personal information for billing purposes, to provide services or complete transactions you have requested, to anticipate and resolve problems with your services, and to create and inform you of products or services from AT&T or others that better meet your needs.

AT&T uses email, short text messages, telemarketing, and direct mail to inform you about products or services we think will interest you. You can modify your preferences on receiving these types of communications:

 

   

If you are currently a AT&T customer and wish to change your preferences on receiving these types of communications, you can do one of the following to tell us your preferences:

 

   

Complete an online form

 

   

Visit the “My Profile” page, if you manage your account online.

 

   

Call Customer Service at 1-800-331-0500.

 

259


   

If you are not a current customer of AT&T and wish to opt out of receiving marketing communications, you can complete an online form to tell us your preferences.

While you may choose not to receive marketing information from us, you will continue to receive invoices, customer service-related notifications, and other similar information from us electronically or otherwise.

 

   

Third-Party Use.

You should review the following section to understand when AT&T discloses personal information to third parties.

Disclosure of Personal Information

Information about our customers is one of our most important business assets, and therefore we strive to protect it and keep it confidential. We do not sell personal information to third parties without your consent. When and what types of information AT&T discloses depends on the service and in some cases the choices you have made.

AT&T will not disclose personal information other than in accordance with this Policy. In general, that means that you must consent to the disclosure in advance. Depending on the service, we may obtain your consent in a number of ways, including:

 

   

In writing;

 

   

Verbally;

 

   

Online by clicking a button;

 

   

Through the use of a dialing string or button on a wireless device or handset; or

 

   

At the time of initiation of a particular service offering, when your consent is part of the required terms and conditions to use that service.

For example, your consent to disclose personal information can be implied simply by the nature of your request, such as when you ask us to deliver an email or short message to another person. Your return address is disclosed as part of the service and your consent to do so is implied by your use of the service. To determine how personal information may be disclosed as part of a particular service, you should review the terms and conditions of use for that service.

 

260


We share personal information with third parties as necessary to complete a transaction, perform a service on our behalf (such as enhancing our ability to serve you better), or perform a service that you have requested. When the third party acts solely on our behalf, AT&T does not allow them to use your information for other purposes. For example, our vendors process and print your billing statement on our behalf. They can only use the personal information we give them to produce the billing statement. When we write off an account for non-payment, AT&T sometimes discloses personal information about the account to third parties such as credit bureaus. Credit bureaus may use the personal information to update their records. AT&T does not currently disclose wireless numbers in AT&T listings or published directories. If we do so in the future, you will be able to choose whether your number is listed.

Aside from our services, however, you may also want to take advantage of services and products offered by other companies utilizing our wireless service. In those cases, you will be providing information to those companies, and information about you received by those third parties will be governed by their privacy policies, not this Policy. For example, if you are roaming on the network of another carrier, information about your usage and the numbers you dial will be available to the carrier providing the service. Also, as another example, if you purchase something using our mobile Internet service, you will be disclosing personal information directly to the company facilitating the transaction, a merchant bank and the merchant. Finally, if you bought your wireless device from a third party retailer or dealer, both they and AT&T will have personal information as a result of the transaction and your ongoing service with AT&T. Whenever third parties have a role in any such transaction, you should review their privacy policies as well.

From time to time you may be able to participate in contests, giveaways, or other similar promotions we sponsor. Except as explained otherwise in the rules for a particular contest, giveaway, or promotion, any personal information you provide will be used in accordance with this Policy.

In addition, from time to time you may be able to participate in our surveys to help us improve our offerings and services. Except as explained otherwise in the survey, any personal information so collected will be used for our internal purposes.

Under federal law, you have a right, and we have a duty, to protect the confidentiality of information about your telephone usage, the services you buy from us, who you call, and the location of your device on our network when you make a voice call. This information is sometimes referred to as “Customer Proprietary Network Information,”

 

261


or “CPNI.” We share CPNI and other personal information about you with affiliates of AT&T and BellSouth Corporation (the parent companies of AT&T) that provide telecommunications services to which you also subscribe. Before sharing CPNI in any other way, we will first notify you of your rights under the law, describe how we intend to use the CPNI, and give you an opportunity to opt out of such usage (or, when required by law, to opt in).

Business Transfers:

Information about our users, including personal information, may be disclosed as part of any merger, acquisition, sale of company assets, or transition of service to another provider, as well as in the unlikely event of an insolvency, bankruptcy, or receivership in which personal information would be transferred as one of the business assets of the company.

Protection of AT&T and Others:

We release personal information when we believe release is appropriate to comply with the law or in good faith reliance on legal process (e.g., court orders, subpoenas, E911 information, etc.); enforce or apply our customer agreements; initiate, render, bill, and collect for services; protect our rights or property, or protect users of those services and other carriers from fraudulent, abusive, or unlawful use of, or subscription to, such services; facilitate or verify the appropriate calculation of taxes, fees, or other obligations due to a local, state, or federal government; or if we reasonably believe that an emergency involving immediate danger of death or serious physical injury to any person requires disclosure of communications, or justifies disclosure of records, to a governmental entity without delay.

AT&T Use of Cookies

Cookies are small files placed on your computer’s hard drive by a Web site when you visit. These files identify your computer and record your preferences and other data about your visit so that when you return to the site, the site knows who you are and can personalize your visit. For example, cookies enable a Web site shopping cart to function so that you only have to check out once. Consequently, cookies are often tied to the use of personally identifiable information while using our site, and some functionality may be lost if you choose not to accept the use of cookies.

 

262


In general, we use cookies to collect information so that we can determine how to improve our site by seeing which areas, features and products are most popular; to personalize the site and make recommendations based on products you have liked in the past as well as to improve the site experience; and to complete transactions you have requested. Advertisers that serve ads on our site may also use their own cookies. Such outside cookies are governed by the privacy policies of the entities placing the ads, and are not subject to this Policy.

We also use a session-based cookie that maintains a user’s session for continuity of navigation while viewing the site. After closing the browser the session cookie simply terminates.

With wireless Internet service, cookies are also used by our suppliers and third-party vendors to facilitate the various services and information offered. Depending on the phone or device being used, cookies may be stored locally on the phone or device, or on servers operated by AT&T. This Internet cookie-like functionality is in place for the same reasons and designed for the same purposes as cookies placed on your computer when interacting with Internet Web sites. Our suppliers and vendors will only use this information to provision the service, but each site you visit while using the wireless Internet service is controlled by a separate company and their individual privacy policies will govern information they receive automatically from the cookie or information you voluntarily provide.

AT&T Use of Web Beacons

A Web beacon, also known as a Web bug, is a small, graphic image on a Web page, Web-based document or in an email message that is designed to allow the site owner or a third party to monitor the address and other information of the computer viewing the item. Web beacons are often invisible to the user because they are typically very small (only 1-by-1 pixel) and the same color as the background of the Web page, document, or email message. Web beacons are represented as HTML IMG tags in the Web page; users can click on “view profiles” of the Web page to see whether the page is using a Web beacon. Web beacons collect the IP address of the computer that the Web beacon is sent to, the URL of the page the Web beacon comes from, and the time it was viewed. Web beacons can also be linked to personal information.

AT&T does not place Web beacons that link to personal information on other sites, nor does it permit third parties, other than those working on our behalf, to place them on our site. AT&T does use Web beacons itself and may link a particular beacon to personal information. For example, we may use a beacon to ensure a user can flip between technical assistance, customer service and our online store and still be recognized as our customer.

 

263


AT&T Placement of Advertising on Other Web Sites

AT&T may use third-party ad serving companies to place advertisements about our products and services on other Web sites. These companies may use cookies and other technology such as Web beacons or tagging to measure the effectiveness of our ads. To measure advertising effectiveness and offer selective ad content, the ad serving companies may use anonymous information about your visits to our and other Web sites. But the ad serving companies use an anonymous number to identify you, NOT your name, address, phone number, email address, or anything that personally identifies you. The use of such cookies is subject to the ad serving company’s privacy policy, not the Policy of AT&T. If you would like more information about these companies we use, their privacy practices, or to learn your choices about not having this non-personal information used to serve ads to you, see our AT&T Ad Serving Companies.

AT&T Advertising Companies

This list contains a link to the privacy policies for the ad-serving companies used to place ads on 3rd party sites. AT&T will revise or update this as we change existing or add new ad-serving companies.

 

   

Avenue A and Atlas

Presence, Location, and Tracking

To make wireless communications possible, the network knows the general location of your phone or wireless device whenever it is turned on. Your wireless device sends out a periodic signal to the nearest radio tower/cell site so that the network will know where to route an incoming communication and how to properly bill for the service. This is necessary to make wireless communications possible.

If you dial 911 for emergency services, we may provide your network location to a public safety answering point, emergency medical service provider or emergency dispatch provider, public safety, fire service, or law enforcement official, or hospital emergency or trauma care facility. The law also permits us to disclose the location of a device on our network without a user’s consent (1) to a user’s legal guardian or members of a user’s

 

264


immediate family in an emergency situation that involves the risk of death or serious physical harm, (2) to database management services or information providers solely to assist in delivering emergency services, or (3) to a governmental entity if we reasonably believe that an emergency involving immediate danger of death or serious physical injury to any person requires or justifies disclosure of a device’s location on the network without delay. Legally required upgrades will allow us to provide a location more precise than cell site location.

In addition, we offer optional services on our GSM/GPRS network that make use of your network location. Please review the terms and conditions for each service for additional information about how the location information will be used. The location used for these services is separate from the network location information when you make a voice call.

Your wireless Internet service may also be personalized using your ZIP code or other location identifiers. We use this information to serve you relevant content, and we treat the information like any other personal information under this Policy. This service does not use the network location technology described in this section.

Receipt of Marketing Messages on My Wireless Device from Third Parties

You should be aware that not all advertisements appearing on or delivered to your mobile phone or device are authorized by AT&T. We have developed and implemented systems in our network to reduce unsolicited bulk short text messages, but we cannot at this time block all such messages. We continue to look for other options to reduce these unsolicited bulk messages. If you have an email account with AT&T, this service is subject to unsolicited messages as any other email service.

It is unlawful for any third party to make an unsolicited telemarketing call using an autodialer or to send a prerecorded message to a wireless phone or device. You should report any such unsolicited calls to the Federal Communications Commission.

 

265


Network and Information Security

We maintain a variety of physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to guard your personal information. For example, we use accepted tools and techniques to protect against unauthorized access to our systems. Also, we grant access to personal information about you to employees and contractors who need to know that information to provide products or services to you. In addition, we work to protect the security of your personal information when you are ordering new service via the AT&T Web site by using well-known Internet encryption technologies like Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). We also use encryption technologies to protect your account information when you are viewing your bill on our Web site. You should be aware that AT&T has no control over the security of other sites on the Internet you might visit, interact with, or from which you buy products or services.

What Can I Do to Protect My Personal Information?

An important part of ensuring the security of personal information is your own effort to protect against unauthorized access to your wireless device and the personal information contained in it and on your SIM card. Most phones and wireless PDA-type devices store calling information both in the phone and on the SIM card. Therefore, before discarding your phone or PDA, trading it in or giving it away, be sure you remove and retain your SIM card and follow the manufacturer’s instructions for deleting all personal information on the device itself. (This can be found in your owner’s manual or on the manufacturers’ Web site.)

In addition, use passwords to prevent unauthorized access to your wireless device, your wireless service account, and your voicemail. If you write down your passwords or user names, keep the information in a secure location. Do not give your password to someone else unless you intend them to have the same full access and ability to make changes to your account as you have. Change your passwords periodically.

Accuracy of Personal Information in Your Account

You can review the accuracy of the personal information in your account records online (go to My Account on this Web site) or by contacting Customer Service at 1-800-331-0500.

California customers: AT&T does not disclose customers’ personal information to third parties for the third parties’ direct marketing purposes, as governed by California Civil Code 1798.83.

 

266


Updating this Policy

AT&T will revise or update this Policy as it deems appropriate, including for example, if our practices change, as we change existing or add new services, as we develop better ways to inform you of products we think will be of interest, or if the law so requires. You should refer back to this page often for the latest information and the effective date of any changes.

If, however, users’ personally identifiable information will be used in a manner materially different from that stated at the time of collection, we will notify users via posting on this page for 30 days before the material change is made. Users will have a choice as to whether or not their information will be used in this materially different manner.

Contact Us

AT&T is committed to the policies set forth in this Policy.

If you have any questions, comments or concerns about this Policy, please contact privacy@att.com .

If you have questions about your AT&T service, you can call a customer service representative at 1-800-331-0500.

 

267


THIRD AMENDMENT

TO THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

WIRELESS SERVICES AGREEMENT #00014249

This Third Amendment (this “Third Amendment”) to the Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #0001429 of July, 22, 2005 between Motricity, Inc., f/k/a InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. (“Motricity” or “Supplier”) and AT&T Mobility LLC (“AT&T Mobility” or “AT&T”) (the “Agreement”), is made and entered into this 11th day of June, 2009 (“Third Amendment Effective Date”). Such parties are referred to herein individually as a “Party,” and collectively as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS, InfoSpace has provided certain Services to AT&T Mobility pursuant to the Agreement;

WHEREAS, Cingular Wireless LLC changed its name to AT&T Mobility LLC on January 8, 2007;

WHEREAS , InfoSpace Inc. changed its name to Motricity, Inc. on December 28, 2007 and assumed all of the rights and obligations of InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.;

WHEREAS , Motricity, Inc. and AT&T entered into that certain First Amendment to the Agreement on March 1, 2007 (the “First Amendment”);

WHEREAS , Motricity, Inc. and AT&T entered into that certain Second Amendment to the Agreement on October 1, 2008 (the “Second Amendment”); and

WHEREAS , Motricity and AT&T desire to perpetuate and continue their relationship, by doing business under the terms of the Agreement, as amended as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Except as otherwise provided herein, all of the terms, covenants and conditions used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions hereof, and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the specific terms and conditions set forth in this Third Amendment shall govern.

 

2. Section 1 “Definitions” of the Agreement shall be amended to add/delete/modify the following definitions (as noted below). Additional definitions may be found within the Agreement and related Amendments.

“ATT.Net Active User” means a Subscriber for whom Motricity reports one or more ATT.Net Sessions during a calendar month.

“ATT.Net Portal User” means each unique profile for a Subscriber that has used the Service, which profile may be derived from information (or a combination of information) that may include screen name, user identifier, device identifier and/or MSISDN.

“ATT.Net Session” means a registered connection to the Service, as measured by Motricity.

“ATT.Net Service” means the next generation wireless internet that will allow AT&T subscribers to easily find, consume and save global web content, to find people, places and things in the local area and to browse and save popular editorial content. Further, the ATT.Net Service will also allow Subscribers to have a consistent internet experience via a fully optimized HTML browser that enables interactivity, lower latency for a richer internet experience.

 

268


“AT&T Property” means physical and non-physical property of AT&T (or provided on behalf of AT&T), including materials, equipment, software, hardware, networks, IT systems and network connectivity.

“Commercial Launch” is defined as the date where the ATT.Net Service is to be made available to Subscribers, on July 20, 2009.

Motricity’s Span of Control” means Motricity’s facilities physical infrastructure (including external power sources), supporting network elements, web-to-the-Motricity network demarcation point, support services, hardware and software associated with the Service that is under Motricity’s control (e.g. functionality that is provided by external vendors or suppliers with whom Motricity has a contractual relationship, including feeds from providers of Motricity Sourced Content). This includes the System and its components for the transmission and control, security of network and data, physical security, software and user data including backup data; all hardware and software used in connection with backing up data; and all Motricity employees and subcontractors participating in the provisioning of the Service. Motricity’s Span of Control does not include the services and systems that are under the control of AT&T or its third party suppliers and service providers, including AT&T’s MMS Center and all other elements of the AT&T network nor does it include functionality or feeds from providers of content not under a contractual relationship with Motricity .

“Device(s)” means the AT&T designated mobile device(s) that are certified or will be certified for use on the AT&T network in support of the AT&T commercial service offering (e.g.,ATT.Net Service, MEdia Net Service, etc.).

“Device Client” means the Software that conforms to a specific Device or set of Devices.

“Device Client Services” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A-3 – Services, attached hereto and incorporated herein.

“Device Client Support Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section B (5.4.1) of Exhibit A-3 – Service.

“DCS” means Device Client Service.

“DCS Failure(s)” has the meaning set forth in Section B (5.5.1) of Exhibit A-3 – Service.

Documentation” means any user manuals, operator instructions, training material, developers’ guides and other written materials used in conjunction with the Service and/or Software and provided by Motricity, whether in printed or electronic form.

Motricity Software” is deleted and replaced with the Software” as defined in this Third Amendment.

Motricity Supported Handsets” is deleted and replaced with “Devices” as defined in this Third Amendment.

“Level of Effort” has the meaning set forth in Section B (10) of Exhibit A-3 – Services.

“OEM” means original equipment manufacturer and refers to the Device manufacturer.

“Partner Integration Services” has the meaning set forth in Section B (6) of Exhibit A-3 – Services.

“QA” means Quality Assurance.

 

269


“Service Agreement” is as defined in Section 19 of the Second Amendment to the Agreement.

“Software” means the software designed, developed, manufactured or provided by, or on behalf of, Motricity as part of the Service.

“Specifications” means (i) Motricity’s applicable technical and functional documents and descriptions, including any warranty statements, and (ii) AT&T’s written requirements, technical documents and descriptions, specified in or attached to this Agreement, an executed Statement of Work, Work Order or Purchase Order, which shall control over any inconsistency with Motricity’s specifications and description.

“Statement(s) of Work” means written description of the professional services, custom development and service requests for new Services, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Services Agreement.

“Subscriber” means a unique AT&T end user of the ATT.Net Service, MEdia Net Service or Legacy Services as authenticated by Motricity and depending upon the context.

System” means that AT&T Property and any or all platforms, databases, software, Product and API(s) provided by, or on behalf of, Motricity that support the Service

“Web/WAP Services” has the meaning set forth in Section B (7) of Exhibit A-3 – Services.

 

3. The Agreement is amended to add a new paragraph to Section 2.1 as follows:

Motricity Grant for ATT.Net Service . Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, the license grant applicable to the ATT.Net Service is as set forth within Section 5.6 of Exhibit A-3.

 

4. Limitations. Section 2.3 (a) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  (a) AT&T shall have no right by virtue of this Agreement to reproduce or sub-license, re-sell or otherwise distribute all or any portion of the Motricity Content, or Services under this Agreement to any Person, other than providing access to the Motricity Content and Services to Users.

 

5. AT&T Obligations. Section 3.2, the following language is deleted it its entirety:

“Notwithstanding the above, should AT&T choose to host this service with anyone other than Motricity, this section will no longer apply.”

And replaced with the following:

“Notwithstanding the above, as it relates to the ATT.Net Service and/or when AT&T hosts the service on its own or with anyone other than Motricity, this section will no longer apply.”

 

6. Insurance. Section 6.4 of the Second Amendment is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  6.4.1 With respect to Motricity’s performance under this Agreement, and in addition to Motricity’s obligation to indemnify, Motricity shall at its sole cost and expense:

 

  6.4.1.1 maintain the insurance coverages and limits required by this Section and any additional insurance and/or bonds required by law:

 

  6.4.1.1.1  at all times during the term of this Agreement and until completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later; and

 

270


  6.4.1.1.2  with respect to any coverage maintained in a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years following the term of this Agreement or completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later. If a “claims-made” policy is maintained, the retroactive date must precede the commencement of Work under this Agreement;

 

  6.4.1.2 require each subcontractor who may perform Work under this Agreement or enter upon the Work site to maintain coverages, requirements, and limits at least as broad as those listed in this Section from the time when the subcontractor begins Work, throughout the term of the subcontractor’s Work and, with respect to any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years thereafter;

 

  6.4.1.3 procure the required insurance from an insurance company eligible to do business in the state or states where Work will be performed and having and maintaining a Financial Strength Rating of “A-” or better and a Financial Size Category of “VII” or better, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies, except that, in the case of Workers’ Compensation insurance, Motricity may procure insurance from the state fund of the state where Work is to be performed; and

 

  6.4.1.4 deliver to AT&T, certificates of insurance stating the types of insurance and policy limits. Motricity shall provide or will endeavor to have the issuing insurance company provide at least 30 days advance written notice of cancellation, non-renewal, or reduction in coverage, terms, or limits to AT&T. Motricity shall deliver such certificates:

 

  6.4.1.4.1  prior to execution of this Agreement and prior to commencement of any Work;

 

  6.4.1.4.2  prior to expiration of any insurance policy required in this Section; and

 

  6.4.1.4.3  for any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years following the term of this Agreement or completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later.

 

  6.4.2 The Parties agree:

 

  6.4.2.1 the failure of AT&T to demand such certificate of insurance or failure of AT&T to identify a deficiency will not be construed as a waiver of Motricity’s obligation to maintain the insurance required under this Agreement;

 

  6.4.2.2 that the insurance required under this Agreement does not represent that coverage and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect Motricity, nor be deemed as a limitation on Motricity’s liability to AT&T in this Agreement;

 

  6.4.2.3 Motricity may meet the required insurance coverages and limits with any combination of primary and Umbrella/Excess liability insurance; and

 

  6.4.2.4 Motricity is responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention.

 

  6.4.3 The insurance coverage required by this Section includes:

 

  6.4.3.1 Workers’ Compensation insurance with benefits afforded under the laws of any state in which the Work is to be performed and Employers Liability insurance with limits of at least:

$500,000 for Bodily Injury – each accident

 

271


$500,000 for Bodily Injury by disease – policy limits

$500,000 for Bodily Injury by disease – each employee

To the fullest extent allowable by Law, the policy must include a waiver of subrogation in favor of AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers and employees. In states where Workers’ Compensation insurance is a monopolistic state-run system, Motricity shall add Stop Gap Employers Liability with limits not less than $500,000 each accident or disease.

 

  6.4.3.2 Commercial General Liability insurance written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) Form CG 00 01 12 04 or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage, covering liability arising from premises, operations, personal injury, products/completed operations, and liability assumed under an insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract) with limits of at least:

$2,000,000 General Aggregate limit

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for all bodily injury or property damage incurred in any one (1) occurrence

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for Personal Injury and Advertising Injury

$2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate limit

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for Products/Completed Operations

$1,000,000 Damage to Premises Rented to You (Fire Legal Liability)

The Commercial General Liability insurance policy must:

 

  6.4.3.2.1  include AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers, and employees as Additional Insureds. Motricity shall provide a copy of the Additional Insured endorsement to AT&T. The Additional Insured endorsement may either be specific to AT&T or may be “blanket” or “automatic” addressing any person or entity as required by contract. A copy of the Additional Insured endorsement must be provided within 60 days of execution of this Agreement and within 60 days of each Commercial General Liability policy renewal;

 

  6.4.3.2.2  include a waiver of subrogation in favor of AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers and employees; and

 

  6.4.3.2.3  be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance that is maintained by AT&T.

 

  6.4.3.3 Business Automobile Liability insurance with limits of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each accident for bodily injury and property damage, extending to all owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles.

 

  6.4.3.4 Umbrella/Excess Liability insurance with limits of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each occurrence with terms and conditions at least as broad as the underlying Commercial General Liability, Business Auto Liability, and Employers Liability policies. Umbrella/Excess Liability limits will be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance that is maintained by AT&T Mobility.

 

272


  6.4.3.5 Professional Liability (Errors & Omissions) insurance with limits of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each claim or wrongful act.

 

7. Term. Section 7.1(a) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  (a) The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement, or except as provided in Section 7.1(b) or (c), shall end on April 22, 2011 (the “Initial Term”). After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall continue until terminated by either Party upon six months notice.

 

8. Termination for Convenience. Section 7.3.1 of the “Agreement” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  7.3.1 Agreement. Effective April 22, 2011, AT&T may terminate this Agreement without cause upon six (6) months advance written notice. Termination for convenience does not apply to Motricity.

 

9. Section 7.4 “Obligations upon Termination or Transition of Service” is hereby amended to add a new section 7.4.6 as follows:

 

  7.4.6. Deliver AT&T Property to AT&T with AT&T paying any fees or other costs associated with such delivery and the transfer of any service agreements to AT&T related to the AT&T Property.

 

10. Exhibit A - “Services” is hereby amended to incorporate the terms described in Exhibit A-3 Services.

 

11. Exhibit C - “Commercial Terms” is hereby amended to incorporate the terms described in Exhibit C-3 Commercial Terms, attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

12. Exhibit G-2 “Service Level Agreement for WEB Services” found within Amendment No. 2 to the Agreement and is hereby amended to incorporate the terms described in Exhibit G-2 Supplement, attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

13. This Agreement is hereby amended to add Exhibit G-3 “Service Level Agreement for ATT.Net Services” attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

14. Exhibit J “Form of Work Order and Purchase Order” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit J “Work Order Form” to accommodate the Device Client Services.

 

15. The terms and conditions of the Agreement in all other respects remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

273


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Motricity and AT&T have each caused this Third Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized representative, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the Third Amendment Effective Date above.

 

MOTRICITY, INC.     AT&T SERVICES, INC.
    On behalf of its Affiliate AT&T Mobility LLC
By:   /s/ Ryan Wuerch     By:   ***
Print Name:  

Ryan Wuerch

    Print Name:  

***

Title:  

Chairman & CEO

    Title:  

President, Supply Chain and Flleet Operations

 

6/26/09

     

7-7-09

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

274


EXHIBIT A-3 – SERVICES

TABLE OF CONTENTS - SUPPLEMENT

Exhibit A – Services is amended to insert the table of contents to reflect updates to Section headers and numbering sequence as of the Third Amendment Effective Date:

 

A.     Services

  

B.     Description of Services.

  

1.      Platform and Services; Legacy Services

  

(a)    Platform and Services

  

(b)    Legacy Services

  

2.      Content

  

(a)    AT&T Sourced Content

  

(i)     Integration with AT&T Sourced Content

  

(b)    Motricity Sourced Content

  

(i)     Modification of Motricity Sourced Content

  

3.      PIM/Email Service

  

3.      Personalized/Customized Content

  

4.      Device Client Services in support of ATT.NET Service

  

5.      Partner Integration Services

  

6.      Web and/or WAP Services

  

7.      Service Requests and Levels of Effort

  

C.     Motricity Supported Devices

  

1.      Current Devices

  

2.      New Devices

  

a.      MEdia Net and Legacy Services

  

b.      ATT.Net Service

  

3.      AT&T Network; Gateways

  

4.      Additional Support

  

D.     Reporting

  

(a)    Usage Reports

  

(b)    Legacy Usage Reports

  

(c)    Legacy Alert Reports

  

(d)    General Services Report

  

E.     Research and Development

  

F.     Research and Development Remedies

  

G.     Securities and Fair Disclosure

  

 

275


EXHIBIT A-3 – SERVICES

Exhibit A – Services is amended to add the following terms in support of the ATT.Net Service, which is in addition to the Services Motricity is already providing to AT&T under the Agreement.

For the avoidance of doubt, the terms of this Exhibit A-3 controls in the event of any conflict with other provisions of the Agreement, solely as it pertains to the ATT.Net Service.

 

A. Motricity Services that support ATT.Net Service.

Motricity will provide AT&T with the Device Client Services, Partner Integration Services, Web/WAP Service, and a System in support of the ATT.Net Service (each of which may be referred to individually as a “Service” or collectively as “Services”) and in conformance with the Specifications and Documentation and the Performance Requirements set forth within the Service Level Agreement.

 

B. Description of Services. The following provisions are hereby incorporated into Exhibit A.

 

  5. Device Client Service

Motricity will provide AT&T with device client development, integration and OEM support as set forth within this Section and pursuant to the Specifications in support of the ATT.Net Service (“Device Client Service(s)”).

 

  5.1 General .

Unless otherwise specified by AT&T, Motricity will support a minimum of twenty-eight (28) launched Devices up to maximum of sixty (60) Devices, within a given calendar year, as follows:

 

  5.1.1 Motricity will support both downloadable clients (“Downloadable Client(s)”) and embedded and integrated clients (“Preloaded Client(s)”).

 

  5.1.2 For Devices that support Downloadable Clients, Preloaded Clients or are mutually agreed upon (e.g., Research In Motion (RIM) Blackberry), Motricity will launch Devices at no cost to AT&T.

 

  5.1.3 For purposes of clarity, Devices requiring re-certification (as part of an OEM maintenance release and where there is no impact to the Device Client) will not be subject any additional fees.

 

  5.1.4 The Parties acknowledge and agree that Motricity’s ability to meet its Device Client Service responsibilities is contingent upon the cooperation of the respective OEMs . Motricity will act in good faith to provide its Device Client Services in order to fulfill its obligations to provide the Managed Service. Provided Motricity is in full compliance with its Device Client Service responsibilities, Motricity will not be held accountable for Device Client Service responsibilities outside of Motricity’s Span of Control.

 

  5.1.5 For any mass migration of existing MEdia Net or Legacy Services to ATT.Net Service, the Parties agree to establish a baseline project schedule to handle any such migration, document the appropriate acceptance criteria and remedies (if any) that would apply to the mass migration.

 

276


  5.1.6 Test Environments . Motricity currently provides demo environments for testing. If it is determined that additional environment(s) are required for this, then AT&T will reimburse Motricity for all fees associated with building it and will agree to pay Incremental Hardware and Software fees attributed to hosting this additional test environment as business as usual.

 

  5.2 OEM Support

 

  5.2.1 Motricity shall be responsible for facilitating/maintaining the OEM relationship to allow for the successful downloading, pre-loading and/or embedding of the Device Client.

 

  5.2.2 Motricity shall be responsible for the technical integration of the Device Client.

 

  5.2.3 Motricity shall provide AT&T’s OEM partners with the following:

 

  (i) the Device Client

 

  (ii) Detailed documentation and integration tools

 

  (iii) Integrated test environment hosted by Motricity.

 

  (iv) Integration support staff

 

  (v) Device Client license to embed and distribute the Device Client for the ATT.Net Service

 

  5.2.4 Device Client shall support the following:

 

  (i) application platforms that include, but are not limited to, Java (J2ME), Symbian, Android, Qualcomm Brew and Windows Mobile (“ Application Platforms”); and

 

  (ii) AT&T OEM partners which includes but is not limited to, LG, Samsung, Nokia, SonyEricsson, Motorola, HTC, and RIM and the related Application Platforms.

 

  5.2.5 Motricity shall support native (embedded) OEM client integration upon request by AT&T to fulfill its obligations in providing the Managed Service to AT&T. AT&T and Motricity will establish Level of Effort under a separate Service Request Form, pursuant to Section 10 of this Exhibit A-3 when OEMs do not comport with AT&T Requirements for standard application programming interfaces and the Parties will determine what, if any additional fees are applicable.

 

  5.3 OEM Support Fees

 

  5.3.1 OEMs selected by AT&T shall not pay to Motricity any fees and/or costs for:

 

  (i) the Device Client;

 

277


  (ii) the Device Client license to embed and distribute the Device Client; or

 

  (iii) integration services

 

  5.3.2. Subject to Section 5.2.5 above, AT&T shall not pay Motricity to support native (embedded) OEM client integrations.

 

  5.4 Device Client Support

 

  5.4.1 The Parties will abide by the mutually agreed-upon Device Client Service and Device Onboarding Plan and the provisions of this Section 5 Device Client Service (hereinafter referred to as “Device Support Obligations”) to be completed no later than thirty (30) days post Commercial Launch.

 

  5.4.2 The Device Support Obligations includes the following:

 

   

Process for AT&T to provide Motricity notification of devices to be pre-loaded and/or embedded and integrated;

 

   

Process for Motricity to commence integration services with the Device OEM;

 

   

Process for Parties project planning;

 

   

Process for Motricity client porting and integration;

 

   

Process for AT&T acceptance and defect resolution; and

 

   

Status Reporting of Devices (e.g. build complete, commercially available, in progress and failures).

 

  5.5 Remedies

 

  5.5.1 Motricity shall track and report to AT&T on a monthly basis all instances where Motricity is unable to meet the Device Client Support Obligations in support of the current month’s technical acceptance Device schedule (for reasons within Motricity’s Span of Control) for each Device (“DCS Failures”).

 

  5.5.2 Remedies. If Motricity is unable to meet its Device Client Services listed in Section 5 above in any three calendar months within any four month period, then, at the end of any such third failed month, AT&T shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Company or to provide Company notice of AT&T’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that AT&T delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the Parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Company to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the Device Client Services set forth in Section 5. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the Device Client Services will commence. The foregoing remedy shall not be an exclusive remedy and AT&T shall continue to have all rights and remedies available to it at law and in equity.

 

278


  5.6 Motricity License Grants – ATT.Net Service .

 

  5.6.1 Motricity grants to AT&T a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-sublicenseable, worldwide license to use the Service provided hereunder (to include any Software on systems under AT&T’s control or AT&T supplied Device), and solely in connection with AT&T’s operation of the AT&T.Net Service and for the term of such Service and solely in accordance with the applicable instructions or documentation and any end-user license restrictions, if applicable and if provided to AT&T in writing in advance.

 

  5.6.2 AT&T agrees not to modify, disassemble, decompile, reverse engineer, create derivative works of, or make any other attempt to discover or obtain the source code for the Software. In the event any modifications are made to the Software by anyone other than Motricity or its authorized subcontractors, any and all warranties with respect to the Software and associated with such modifications shall immediately terminate.

 

  5.6.3 Unless expressly authorized by the other Party in writing, or unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, neither AT&T norMotricity shall itself, nor shall either authorize or assist any third party to, (a) remove, obscure, or alter any legal notices, including notices of Intellectual Property Rights present on or in the Content or Services provided hereunder or any other materials provided by the other Party.

 

  5.6.4 Motricity grants to AT&T’s OEM partners the Device Client licenses set forth in the Section 5.2 “OEM Support” of this Exhibit A-3.

 

  6. Partner Integration Services

Motricity will provide AT&T with partner integration services (e.g. integration with Yahoo! Search) as set forth within this Section (“Partner Integration Services”).

 

  6.1 Motricity will support partner integration services, subject to the Level of Effort to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

 

  6.2 AT&T and Motricity will establish Level of Effort under a separate Service Request Form, pursuant to Section 10 of this Exhibit A-3.

 

  7. Web and/or WAP Services

Motricity will provide AT&T with Web and/or WAP services (e.g. updates to new templates, application control, browser updates, etc.) as set forth within this Section (“Web/WAP Services”).

 

  7.1 Motricity will support Web/WAP Services, subject to the Level of Effort to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

 

279


  7.2 AT&T and Motricity will establish Level of Effort under a separate Service Request Form, pursuant to Section 10 of this Exhibit A-3.

 

  8. Computer / Set-Top Client Services –Intentionally Omitted

 

  9. Continual Development and Custom Product – Intentionally Omitted

 

  10. Service Requests and Level of Effort

Where AT&T requests Motricity to provide new or enhanced Service(s) that requires a determination of work effort to include scope, schedule, resources and pricing (if any) (“Level of Effort”), AT&T will submit such Service Requests as described in the Service Request Process within the Service Agreement .

 

C. Services.

Section 1. Current Devices is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  1. Current Devices. Motricity will make the Services available on Devices. AT&T will provide Motricity a minimum of three Devices and up to four Devices (subject to AT&T approval for each Device type for testing purposes at no charge to Motricity. In order to support Motricity maintaining a suitable testing environment for such Devices, AT&T will allow Motricity reasonable access to AT&T’s wireless network for such testing.

Section 2. New Devices is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  A. MEdia Net and Legacy Services. For Devices that support MEdia Net or Legacy Services, AT&T may request that the display of the Services made available in WML and XHTML format conform to standards for devices and/or browsers in addition to those set forth above. When this occurs, AT&T shall deliver to Motricity a prototype device that is functional in all material respects, at no charge to Motricity. Upon receipt of a prototype device that is functional in all material respects, and a Change Request from AT&T (as described in Exhibit D), Motricity will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a written response to Cingular outlining expected turn around time for device profiling and readiness for production support within ten (10) business days of such request. AT&T will provide to Motricity a minimum of four prototype devices that are functional in all material respects for use by Motricity in connection with performing such services. Motricity will then profile the devices in a manner and on a schedule to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties at no additional cost to AT&T.

Such devices shall have WAP browsers that adhere to industry specifications for either WML or XHTML (aka WAP 2.0). In the event that a device does not have a browser that conforms to industry specifications, Motricity and AT&T will work together to determine how best to support the device within thirty (30) business days of Motricity learning that the device does not conform to specifications. In some instances, Motricity will require AT&T to pay for additional work required to support the device service to AT&T’s satisfaction. In such event, Motricity will provide a written quote to AT&T in response to such request within five (5) business days of coming to agreement on Motricity’s course of action to support the device. Upon AT&T’s acceptance of such quote, the Parties may enter into a mutually agreeable Work Order for such services. In order to support Motricity maintaining a suitable testing environment for such devices, AT&T will allow Motricity reasonable access to Cingular’s wireless network for such testing.

 

280


  2. ATT.Net Service. For Devices that support the ATT.Net Service, the Parties will adhere to the Device Client Service process set forth within this Exhibit A-3. AT&T will provide Motricity no less then three and up to four Devices (subject to AT&T approval) for each Device type for testing purposes at no charge to Motricity. In order to support Motricity maintaining a suitable testing environment for such Devices, AT&T will allow Motricity reasonable access to AT&T’s wireless network for such testing.

 

281


B. EXHIBIT C-3 – COMMERCIAL TERMS FOR ATT.NET SERVICE

 

1. Non Recurring Expense Fee or NRE Fee ***

The non-recurring expense / one-time fee covers the purchase of hardware, installation, integration, project management and testing of Service (“NRE Fees”) and will be paid pursuant to separate Statement of Works, Change Requests or Work Orders.

Motricity shall procure, operate and maintain the hardware in support of the Service; with AT&T maintaining ownership of hardware.

***

 

2. ATT.Net Service Fee:

The Service fees cover AT&T’s use of the Service that supports the ATT.Net Service (“ATT.Net Service Fees”). Motricity shall apply the ATT.Net Service Fees based on the total number of ATT.Net Active Users processed by Motricity with a given calendar month. ***

 

Tier

   Description   ATT.Net Service Fee

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

A. The Parties further agree to the following for the initial year of the ATT.Net Service:

***

 

3. Hosting Fees :

The Hosting fees cover the people, space and power needed to host and operate the System (“Hosting Fees”). Motricity shall apply the Hosting Fees based on the total cumulative number of ATT.Net Portal Users being maintained by Motricity with a given calendar month. ***

 

Tier

   Description   Hosting Fee

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

282


A. For purposes of clarity, in any calendar month where a MEdia Net portal user becomes an AT&T.Net Service Portal User, Motricity will apply the Hosting Fee set forth above.

 

B. Further, Motricity will ensure that AT&T is not being double billed on Hosting Fees under the MEdia Net and ATT.Net fee structure. In the event a Subscriber is registered as both a Media Net portal user and an ATT.Net Portal User within a given calendar month, AT&T will be charged the Hosting Fees set forth in the above table.

 

C. The Parties further agree to collaborate on a method and process for which Subscriber profiles would be purged from the respective databases for MEdia Net and ATT.Net Service.

 

D. *** upon six months’ prior written notice to Motricity, AT&T may elect to host the System and make the AT&T.Net Service (excluding certain Legacy Services as described in Section B.1.b. of Exhibit A) available to Subscribers at AT&T’s expense at one or more facilities maintained by or on behalf of AT&T. AT&T acknowledges that its ability to host the Motricity Software and make the AT&T Net Service available to Users may be subject to AT&T’s ability to obtain sufficient rights in certain third party technology (e.g., any third party software used in connection with the hosting, operation and/or maintenance of the Services), content and applications. In the event that AT&T elects to host the Software, Motricity and AT&T shall enter into a mutually agreed upon license agreement prior to and as a condition of any transition of hosting to AT&T.

 

4. Incremental Hardware/Maintenance Fee(s):

Upon the Parties’ determination that additional hardware is required beyond what is included within the NRE Fee above, Motricity shall provide firm quote and if AT&T accepts such firm quote, then AT&T shall pay Motricity pursuant to a separate Work Order (“Incremental Hardware/Maintenance Fees”). For purposes of clarity the Incremental Hardware/Maintenance Fees includes installation and integration of the incremental System components with the overall Service. All incremental hardware shall be supported by a detailed inventory.

 

5. Partner Integration Service Fee

The application of Web/WAP Service fees (if any) are as defined in Section 6 of this Exhibit A-3.

 

6. Web/WAP Service Fees:

The application of Web/WAP Service fees (if any) are as defined in Section 7 of this Exhibit A-3.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

283


EXHIBIT G-2 – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT – WEB BASED SERVICES SUPPLEMENT

Appendix D of Exhibit G-2 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Revised Appendix D – SLA Monitoring Requirements set forth below.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

284


Appendix D – SLA Monitoring Requirements

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

285


A new Exhibit G-3 is hereby added to the Agreement and shall read as follows:

EXHIBIT G-3 – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT – ATT.NET SERVICES

 

1. General Information

 

1.1. Purpose

The purpose of this SLA is to identify the levels of service that will be maintained by Motricity and to provide this information to operations personnel of both parties responsible for the monitoring and/or support of the Services.

 

1.2. Scope

This Service Level Agreement (“SLA”) describes the basic level of service that will be provided by Motricity in its support of the delivery of the Services to AT&T that enables and/or supports the ATT.Net Services. For purposes of clarity reference to Services in this SLA means the ATT.Net Services. This SLA describes the requirements for the following:

 

  a) support and maintenance of all Motricity and third-party hardware and software for the Services

 

  b) 7x24x365 support and response requirements for support calls;

 

  c) fixes, patches, and minor enhancements;

 

  d) new software releases that contain fixes to defects in production feature functionality; and

 

  e) resources to support acceptance testing, trouble shooting, and system upgrades.

This SLA also defines requirements for response (including email, telephone, remote, and on-site) and resolution timeframes related to Severity 1, Severity 2, and Severity 3 incidents, as well as non-performance financial penalties which will be owed to AT&T for failures to meet certain obligations defined herein.

This SLA also defines expectations relating to:

 

   

Motricity and AT&T Responsibilities with respect to the Services

 

   

Service Performance Objectives

 

   

Incident Management

 

   

Incident Reporting Process

 

   

Operational Reports

 

   

Change Control Management

This SLA should be used as a reference for AT&T’s Network Operations and its contracted affiliates and Motricity in support of the Services. It provides the framework for surveillance, isolation, analysis, and resolution of problems related to the Services.

AT&T acknowledges that Motricity’s provision of its Managed Service (including the availability of the System) may be impacted by the acts and/or omissions outside of Motricity’s “Span of Control” (defined below). To the extent Incidents arise during the Term for reasons outside of Motricity’s Span of Control, Motricity shall not be liable for the Non Performance Compensation set forth within this SLA.

For a complete list of the Services that are subject to this SLA, see the SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below.

 

286


1.3. Out of Scope

The following items are deemed to be outside the scope of this SLA; however, both parties will make a good faith effort to establish the following independently from this SLA. ***

 

1.4. Definitions

The terms used in this SLA shall have their normal or common meaning, except that the following Capitalized terms shall have the following meaning for the purpose of this SLA. Additional definitions may be found within the Agreement and related Amendments.

 

Term

  

Definition

ATT.Net Application Pages    ATT.Net Application Pages are portal pages within the ATT.Net Portal that render content wholly determined by the business logic of the particular application and are not manageable by CPS Tools.
ATT.Net Gateway    The ATT.Net Gateway is the set of transcoder servers hosted at Motricity that broker requests to and from the internet as well as the ATT.Net Portal and adapt web page content for the Device Client. The ATT.Net Gateway has certain similar capabilities as the AT&T WAP Gateway such as service binding support and redirect capability.
ATT.Net Sub- Category Pages    Each node on the Sub-Category Carousel can be associated with a specific Sub-Category page with feeds and content specific to that Sub-Category, e.g. Browsing to the Entertainment Sub-Category Carousel and then clicking on Movies will take the user to the Movies Sub-Category page.
ATT.Net Portal    The ATT.Net Portal is the set of mobile web / application pages that have the att.net-specific content and applications that have either been defined and/or published by AT&T.
ATT.Net Service    means the next generation wireless internet that will allow AT&T subscribers to easily find, consume and save global web content, to find people, places and things in the local area and to browse and save popular editorial content. Further, the ATT.NET solution will also allow subscribers to have a consistent internet experience via a fully optimized HTML browser that enables interactivity, lower latency for a richer internet experience.
ATT.Net Shortcut Tiles    Shortcuts Tiles are added to a user’s web pane as quick links to content, either hosted on the portal or by a third party site. Shortcuts can be added by the user through personalization, or by the AT&T content team as a default. Shortcuts can contain dynamic content as in the case of the My Teams tile or My Weather tile, but not necessarily. The tiles or quick links are represented as boxes with an icon image and up to two lines of text.
ATT.Net Sub-Category Carousel    Each Category on the Popular pane is associated with a Sub-Category Carousel specific to that category. This is a single multi-part page (similar to the Triptych page), which contains multiple panes: one for each Sub-Category.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

287


Term

  

Definition

ATT.Net Triptych Page    The ‘homepage’ of the ATT.Net Portal. The homepage is divided into 3 ‘panes’ (hence triptych) which are Web, Popular and Local. The current viewable pane can be changed by moving the navigation to the left or right, but all three are delivered to the device as a single multi-part web page.
Availability    *** Availability percentages shall be expressed to two decimal points with the second decimal place rounded up or down to the nearest one-hundredth of a percentage point.
Business Hours    Monday through Friday, 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM PST
Busy Hour    Means the highest peak of transaction activity.
Capacity    Means the transactions per second and concurrent usage as well as raw disk space of the System (measured in bytes) that is available to support the Service (in whole or in part).
Motricity’s Span of Control    means Motricity’s facilities physical infrastructure (including external power sources), supporting network elements, web-to-the-Motricity network demarcation point, support services, hardware and software associated with the Service that is under Motricity’s control (e.g. functionality that is provided by external vendors or suppliers with whom Motricity has a contractual relationship, including feeds from providers of Motricity Sourced Content). This includes the System and its components for the transmission and control, security of network and data, physical security, software and user data including backup data; all hardware and software used in connection with backing up data; and all Motricity employees and subcontractors participating in the provisioning of the Service. Motricity’s Span of Control does not include the services and systems that are under the control of AT&T or its third party suppliers and service providers, including AT&T’s MMS Center and all other elements of the AT&T network nor does it include functionality or feeds from providers of content not under a contractual relationship with Motricity.
Commercial Launch    is defined as the date where the ATT.Net Service is to be made available to Subscribers for commercial use and is currently estimated to be on or around July 20, 2009.
Device    means the AT&T designated mobile device(s) that are certified or will be certified for use on the AT&T network in support of the AT&T commercial service offering (e.g.,ATT.Net Service, MEdia Net Service, etc.)
Device Client    Means the Software that conforms to a specific Device or set of Devices.
Down Time    ***
Emergency Maintenance    Maintenance required outside the agreed-upon Scheduled Maintenance or necessary within Scheduled Maintenance but not scheduled in advance pursuant to Section 6.
Hours of Operation    24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

288


Term

  

Definition

Incident    Any problem with the Service for which AT&T Mobility requests support in conformance with this SLA. Any impact, regardless of how minor, to AT&T Mobility subscriber s will be considered as an outage/incident and Incident Management Process will be initiated.
Incident Management Process    This facilitates incident management through the notification and escalation processes. This process alerts designated AT&T Mobility departments to Service-affecting incidents and provides a method by which succeeding levels of technical expertise and related management are engaged in restoration activities.
Latency    The time that elapses between an event and the response to that event.
Operational    The Service or any component thereof is (i) functional and available to its intended subscriber in full accordance with its documentation and all applicable specifications, and (ii) not experiencing any subscriber -impacting errors, Defects or service-limiting issues outside of those that are noted in release notes for the production version which may be resolved in subsequent releases as mutually-agreed upon by AT&T and Motricity.
Resolution    The permanent correction of the error, Defect or condition giving rise to the Incident/outage or a mutually agreed upon work-around.
Root Cause Analysis    The process of identifying the core events that resulted in failure to meet performance requirements.
Scheduled Down Time    ***
Scheduled Maintenance    ***
Service Impact Report (“SIR”)    The severity level assigned to an Incident based on the Incident classifications defined in section 4.1.3 below. SIR reflects the degree of Subscriber impact resulting from an incident, with an SIR 1 having the greatest impact and a SIR 3 having the least.
Subscriber    means a unique AT&T end user of the ATT.Net Service, MEdia Net Service or Legacy Services as authenticated by Motricity and depending upon the context.
System    Means the AT&T Property and any or all platforms, databases, software, Product and API(s), provided by, or on behalf of, Motricity that supports the ATT.Net Service.
Technical Bridge    A teleconference that brings together appropriate technical people and their immediate supervisors and managers to focus on isolating and resolving an Incident.
Technical Control Bridge    A teleconference used by higher-level managers or executives who need to understand what has occurred, the progress made toward Incident Resolution and whether or not additional resources are needed to resolve the Incident.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

289


Term

  

Definition

Third Party Site(s)    Means a website(s) that is(are) external to AT&T or Motricity and interacts with the Service such as Facebook, MySpace, etc.
Total Time    The total number of minutes in a given calendar month.
Total Monthly Fees    ***
TPS    Transactions Per Second
Trouble Ticket    A numbered record that documents a significant event or Incident. The tracking document for an Incident or Scheduled Maintenance.

 

2. Responsibilities and Services

This Section 2 describes Motricity’s support responsibilities with respect to the Services and the corresponding responsibilities of AT&T.

 

2.1. Motricity Responsibilities

Motricity will provide day-to-day service operations, maintenance and administration in support of the Services that are within Motricity’s Span of Control, as described below.

It is the intention of Motricity to expeditiously remedy incidents that have been identified either internally by Motricity or AT&T. Corrective action by Motricity assumes that the incident is within its Span of Control and AT&T has provided all relevant information, if available, to Motricity. See the section entitled Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting for required reporting information.

Motricity will pursue the resolution of an incident with outside vendors provided Motricity has a contractual arrangement with the vendor. During the resolution period, Motricity will issue updates to AT&T pursuant to the severity of the incident, as described later in this SLA.

Any third party content provider contracted directly by AT&T is not a party to this agreement. Any loss of content from such providers is outside of Motricity’s Span of Control.

 

2.2. Motricity Carrier Care

The Motricity Carrier Care Support Services team is an interface between AT&T’s Level 2 Support Group (AT&T’s non-customer facing group) and Motricity for support of services provided by Motricity. This arrangement provides AT&T with access to a single point of contact for reporting incidents, receiving updates and escalation. Table 1 provides the Motricity Carrier Care hours of operation and contact information. A complete list of all contacts is also shown in Appendix A. These contacts are to be contacted per the escalation procedures outlined in Section 4.1.5.

 

Hours of Operation    24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year (7/24/365)
Contact Phone Number    ***
Email Address    ***

Table 1, Motricity Carrier Care Contact Information

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

290


2.2.1. Motricity Support Services

The following list identifies services that are offered by Motricity Support Services to AT&T:

 

   

Telephone and email support for incident resolution

 

   

Advisory Bulletins

 

   

Notification of planned maintenance activities

 

   

Post Mortem Reports for Severity 1 (SEV1) and recurring incidents classified as Severity 2 (Sev2) including a Root Cause Analysis (RCA) upon request. Initial Reports are delivered within 24 hours of resolution with a complete Post Mortem report within three (3) business days.

 

2.3. AT&T Responsibilities

AT&T will provide support for Incident Management as detailed in Section 4.

 

3. Service Performance Objectives

 

3.1 Service Availability

Service Availability (SA) is defined as the amount of time the service is up excluding planned Maintenance and AT&T caused outages, computed as:

***

The above calculations allow a weighting for partial outages and degraded service, such that only the fraction of Users denied service contributes to negative Service Availability.

 

3.1.1 Service Availability Target

Effective as of Commercial Launch, Availability will start at *** Motricity shall provide an overall System service availability of *** for all Services listed in the SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below, measured at no less than the frequency shown in Appendix D and reported at monthly intervals as described in Section 6.2 below. This measurement excludes downtimes caused by AT&T and service interruptions due to planned maintenance approved in advance by AT&T.

 

3.2 Service Latency

User requests for Services shall be fulfilled in accordance with Table 2 below for each calendar month. This includes delivery of all bytes of the response (content plus protocol overhead) that Motricity controls (i.e. service requests and subsequent requests for which the browser’s URL target is hosted by Motricity).

Motricity will achieve the latency targets set forth in Table 2 below/. The parties agree to review actual performance results compared to latency targets on or before September 30, 2009 to determine whether or not new targets are required.

Prior to the end of the first period, parties will agree to either amend the existing latency targets, or agree to keep them as is.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

291


In addition to the monthly SLA reports, Motricity will provide an analysis of capacity and performance, system dimensioning (including maximum, sustainable, peak transactions per second, per hour, peak sessions per hour,) and actual traffic information (including average and peak latency, average http transaction payload, etc.) for the Services (by Service type) as input into any and all performance reviews.

Thereafter, latency shall be reviewed from time-to-time during the Term and to assess whether the latency targets need to be adjusted due to increased volumes, or new functionality that elongates the transaction time. Unless otherwise mutually agreed, these are the targets for penalties as set forth in Section 8.3.

 

          ***               

Table 2, Latency Target Ramp

These requirements are specific to the portion of end to end Latency incurred within Motricity’s Span of Control and will be measured from the network equipment at Motricity that first receives and processes a Service request from the AT&T network and transmits a response back. The design of latency monitoring infrastructure will ensure appropriate components of the request and response are adequately measured. The implementation of latency monitoring infrastructure will include the deployment of a separate and specific server(s) for the purpose of monitoring and fault management. The latency introduced by the GPRS network, the WAP Gateway and other elements of the AT&T Network are excluded from the latency measurements described above.

3.3 Intentionally Omitted

3.4 ***

3.5 Third-Party Content Providers

Motricity will be responsible for the performance, service availability and service latency of all providers of Motricity Sourced Content with whom Motricity has a contract. Where such content provider contracts exist, Motricity will perform appropriate alarming, monitoring and fault management to ensure that performance of these providers fully supports the service objectives defined in this SLA. Motricity will also identify those content providers to AT&T and provide notification of changes to such contractual relationships no less than 30 days in advance of such changes becoming effective.

Expectations for processing of third party content feeds as set forth in Appendix D are as follows: For streaming content (sports scores and stock quotes), all received content must be processed and published a maximum of *** For all other content feeds that are updated at least once a day, content must be processed and published within a maximum *** For all other content feeds (those updated less frequently than once per day), the content must be processed and published as soon as possible, and will at all times display content for the current day.

Motricity will also provide monthly reporting of service interruptions, availability measures and other data for contracted providers of Motricity Sourced Content in accordance with Section 6.

In addition, Motricity will be responsible for all degradations and service impacting issues affecting the Services that are caused by providers of Motricity Sourced Content from a Motricity SLA performance perspective.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

292


4. Incident Management

 

4.1. Incident Resolution Responsibilities

Incident resolution requires teamwork between Motricity and AT&T. A key element in this teamwork approach is AT&T’s understanding of the User service(s) offered by Motricity.

All AT&T identified incidents concerning failures of the Services that cannot be solved by AT&T representatives will be reported to Motricity Carrier Care Support Services, pursuant to the Reporting Process procedures outlined below. AT&T will assign a Severity Level per Table 4. If Motricity disagrees with the Severity assignment, both parties will negotiate in good faith after the resolution of the incident but all restoration will proceed based upon AT&T’s initial Severity assignment.

Any reported incident that is caused by a failure that is outside Motricity’s Span of Control and not directly related to its delivery of a subscriber service will be returned to AT&T with an appropriate explanation. Should Motricity determine that an incident being worked by Motricity Carrier Care Support Services is within AT&T’s control, the incident will be closed and returned to AT&T for proper resolution.

 

4.1.1. AT&T Contact Information

In order for Motricity Carrier Care to effectively resolve Incidents, it is necessary for Motricity to have an accurate list of AT&T’s designated key personnel. This information will be exchanged between the two parties and updated as changes warrant. Appendix A shows the type of contact information required, showing the current contacts at the Third Amendment Effective Date. This data will be maintained and updated by the two parties outside of this SLA.

 

AT&T

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

Mobility National Operations Center (MNOC)    24 x 7 x 365    Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance    ***
MMS External Partner Ops    8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support    ***
Change Management    8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Maintenance Notification – all maintenance    ***

Table 3, AT&T Contact Information

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

293


4.1.2. AT&T Responsibilities

The following section identifies the responsibilities of AT&T as it relates to this SLA.

 

4.1.2.1. General Responsibilities

 

   

Acts as the primary and direct contact with the User.

 

   

Answers simple questions and resolves minor issues such as resetting passwords or creating new User accounts.

 

4.1.2.2. Incident Responsibilities

 

   

Creates a trouble ticket that clearly states the problem after gathering all pertinent information about the incident including name, User number, password and any other additional information that is important to resolution of the incident.

 

   

Records any subsequent conversation with the User relative to the incident in the same trouble ticket.

 

   

“Owns” the resolution of an incident by coordinating its resolution within AT&T operational and technical environment and with Motricity or its designees.

 

   

Resolves the incident with the User or determines that the capability is outside the scope of current functionality.

 

   

Explains the resolution of the incident to a technical peer or is capable of targeting the root technical problem for resolution.

 

   

Describes the incident in technical terms to an engineer or developer who is responsible for resolution of the incident.

 

   

Explains the resolution of particular escalated trouble tickets to AT&T’s internal staff members when such an explanation may have the potential for reducing the volume and categories of escalated trouble tickets.

 

4.1.2.3. Service Responsibilities

 

   

Uses and understands all Motricity service features that are available to the User.

 

4.1.2.4. Technical Responsibilities

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable about problems that may arise during service usage.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with respect to functionality of supported handset models.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with email notification systems, the Internet and the World Wide Web.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with its network operations and is capable of discerning whether an incident is internal to its internal operations before identifying the incident as a trouble ticket for Motricity.

 

4.1.3. Incident Handling and Updates

The Motricity Carrier Care Support Services group of Motricity will coordinate incident isolation, testing and repair work within Motricity and all contracted third party systems that are within Motricity’s Span of Control. During the incident isolation and troubleshooting process, Motricity Carrier Care Support Services will communicate incident resolution progress with AT&T based upon the times specified in Table 4. Additionally,

 

294


Motricity Carrier Care Support Services will proactively inform AT&T when an issue or condition arises that may cause potential system anomalies and be a potential source for the creation trouble tickets.

 

Motricity Incident
Level

  

Description

  

Update
Method

  

Update

Objectives

Severity 1

(Sev1)

AT&T SIR1

  

Severity 1 problems are conditions that render the service inoperative and the inability to use the service has a critical effect on operations. The condition is generally characterized by complete system failure and requires immediate restoration. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•   A complete outage of critical service(s)

 

•   Loss of service or functionality feature that affects *** or more of subscribers

 

•   A recurring anomaly impacting critical service(s).

 

•   Inability to provision a service.

 

•   Device Client functionality is inoperative; inability to use has a critical impact on Subscriber.

   Email and phone   

First response within ***

 

First Update within ***

 

Subsequent updates ***, or upon change in status.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

295


Severity 2

(Sev2)

AT&T SIR2

  

Severity 2 problems are conditions under which the service is partially inoperative, but is still usable. The inoperative portion of the service restricts operations but has a less critical effect than a Severity 1 condition. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•   Loss of service and/or functionality that affects *** of the subscribers.

 

•   Loss of the ability to utilize some aspect of product features or functionality.

 

•   Device Client is partially inoperative and is considered as severely restrictive by Subscriber.

   Email or phone   

First response within ***

 

First update within ***

 

Subsequent updates every *** or upon change in status.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Severity 3

(Sev3)

AT&T SIR3

  

Severity 3 problems are generally non-service affecting conditions under which the service is usable and either has no material affect on operations or has very limited affect on operations. The condition is not critical to overall operations, and does not severely restrict such operations. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•   A minor degradation of the service that affects *** of the subscribers.

 

•   Non-service impacting intermittent system faults.

 

•   Loss of resources / capacity / traffic measurement function.

 

•   Loss of reporting functionality.

 

•   Invalid measurement data.

   Email   

First response within ***

 

First update within ***

 

Subsequent updates *** as agreed between the two parties.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Table 4, Incident Handling Notification Timetable

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

296


4.1.4. Technical Bridge and Executive Bridge

During the resolution of a service affecting incident, AT&T may establish a Technical Bridge and/or an Executive Bridge for any Incident. Motricity shall join the Technical Bridge upon *** from AT&T for Severity 1 issues as noted in Table 5 below. These bridges are used for NOC-to-NOC communication, troubleshooting, triage and escalation. Unless otherwise notified by AT&T, a Technical Bridge or Executive Bridge will be established as follows:

 

Action

  

Sev 1

  

Sev 2

  

Sev 3

Technical Bridge

   *** when reasonably possible)    ***(or sooner upon request from AT&T)    ***(or sooner upon request from AT&T)

Executive Bridge

   ***    ***    N/A

Table 5, Timelines for Technical and Executive Bridges

 

4.1.5. Escalation Procedures

 

4.1.5.1. Motricity Internal Escalation

Escalation procedures are in place at Motricity to manage the resolution of incidents when they occur. If a Severity 1 (Sev1) incident is not resolved within *** Motricity was made aware of the problem, the incident will be escalated within Motricity to the dedicated Manager of Service Operations, who will drive escalation and resolution of the incident within Motricity’s Operations and Engineering groups, and ensure that AT&T is kept updated with the incident resolution process. The appropriate Business Development person will also be informed of the occurrence and status of any Sev1 incident.

If the Sev1 incident has not been resolved by the Motricity & AT&T NOC teams within ***, the Director of Commercial Operations will become directly involved with driving the incident to resolution and communicating with the appropriate AT&T personnel. The status of the incident will also be communicated to senior management within Motricity.

 

4.1.5.2. AT&T Escalation to Motricity

In the event that Motricity does not respond to AT&T within the times shown in Table 4, AT&T can request that the incident be escalated to the next level, based on the contact information shared between the two companies (see Appendix A for a list of names that are current as of time of the Effective Date). All escalation requests must be initiated through the 7x24 contact information provided in Table 1, and not to the individual directly. Only in the event that the 7x24 representative does not escalate within *** of AT&T’s request, should the appropriate Motricity individual be contacted directly. AT&T must verify that escalation has not taken place prior to calling any Motricity employee directly.

For the purposes of clarification, Table 6 provides escalation timelines for Severity 1 and 2 incidents, based on time after the incident was reported. Severity 3 incidents seldom require escalation but in the event that AT&T believes that Motricity is not addressing the incident in a timely manner, the parties can mutually agree to elevate the priority of the incident, and treat it as a Severity 2 incident.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

297


Escalation Level

  

Escalation Contact

   Severity 1   Severity 2

Level 1

   Carrier Specialist    ***   ***

Level 2

   Manager – Service Operations    ***   ***

Level 3

   Director – Commercial Operations    ***   ***

Table 6, Escalation Timetable

 

4.1.5.3. Additional Escalation Information

Motricity and AT&T will ensure that any additional processes that are required to ensure the smooth escalation of incidents within each organization are clearly communicated to one another in writing, so that the escalation processes within each organization and between the two organizations are clearly understood by both parties.

Motricity and AT&T will exchange the names and contact information of the personnel who need to be kept informed of progress during the escalation process in Appendix A. Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this SLA.

 

4.2. Mobile Web Handsets for Incident and Problem Management

In order for Motricity to provide the most effective level of support, AT&T agrees to provide Motricity with two (2) testing units for each device type (touch, and non-touch) specifically for supporting Incident and Problem Management. Each such device shall be appropriately provisioned and have a valid account and password as to properly access the AT&T network. Each such unit shall be the GA (general availability) version of the handset and should be supplied to Motricity no less than 30 days prior to launch.

 

5. Incident Reporting Process

 

5.1. Communicating Incidents

AT&T will communicate incidents to Motricity in the following manner:

 

   

Phone call to Motricity SOC or sends a trouble ticket to Motricity via email using the email address of ***

 

   

Motricity sets the initial classification of their internal trouble ticket according to the AT&T notification (see “Mandatory Information” below), unless otherwise agreed between Motricity and AT&T.

 

   

Motricity will generate a single response for each trouble ticket that is received from AT&T, to confirm receipt of the incident report.

 

5.1.1. Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting

For each AT&T originated incident, AT&T will make every effort to provide as much information to Motricity that will facilitate timely problem determination and resolution. Upon notification of the incidents, the required information will be verified. When Motricity has received sufficient information, Motricity will begin resolving the incident and provide feedback to AT&T as described above in Section 5.1 Communicating Incidents.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

298


AT&T will use best efforts to provide Motricity the following information via email for all reported incidents as required:

 

   

Reference number assigned by AT&T.

 

   

Motricity Service being used.

 

   

System Identity number (usually phone number).

 

   

Time and date of the transaction in question.

 

   

Description of the incident.

 

   

Severity of the incident or problem.

 

   

List of specific steps to reproduce the problem if possible

 

   

List of those actions taken by AT&T to verify the problem and that AT&T has attempted to resolve the incident.

 

   

Other comments to provide additional information as needed.

 

   

All communications that include references to time should be expressed using a 24-hour clock format and should always utilize and reference PST as the standard time zone.

 

6. Motricity Reports

 

6.1. Post Mortem Reports

The purpose of the Post-Mortem Report is to outline the known information regarding the incident and possible root causes and to summarize the incident resolution timeline. If known, it will also identify corrective actions to prevent its reoccurrence. Motricity will create a Post-Mortem Report and provide such report to AT&T per Section 2.2.1.

 

6.2. Service Level Reporting

Each month, Motricity will provide AT&T with a “Monthly Service Level Report” indicating the service performance for the Services for the previous month (see SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below for detailed list of Services associated with this SLA). This report will contain performance reporting for the service performance objectives listed in Appendix D and a summary of the weekly incident response reports described in Section 6.3 for such month.

Motricity shall supply the Monthly Service Level Report no later than the tenth business day of the month following the immediately preceding month. It is agreed that Motricity will work towards publishing the Monthly Service Level Report on the sixth business day starting 6 months from the initial launch of Services.

The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to service availability for the Services listed in Appendix D:

 

   

Total minutes in the current month

 

   

Total available minutes for the reported month for each Service

 

   

Calculated Service Availability, presented as a percentage for each Service

 

   

Target Service Level Availability for each Service

 

299


   

Variance from Target Service Level for each Service

 

   

Overall Service Level Availability for the Services

The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to latency for the Services listed in Appendix D:

***

The Monthly Service Level Report shall also include, among other things, the following information for the Services listed in Appendix D:

 

   

Appropriate performance metrics related to processing of 3 rd party content feeds

 

   

Overall Service Level Availability for Motricity contracted Third Party Content Providers

 

   

Detailed log of all service impacting incidents for the month

 

6.3. Open Issues List Reporting

Motricity shall provide a weekly Open Issues Report, to be reviewed jointly with AT&T during the weekly Operations Call. Both parties agree to periodically review the appropriateness of the frequency of the Open Issues Report and Operations Call. This report shall include the following information:

 

   

Outage report including;

 

   

Ticket Number

 

   

Start time

 

   

End time

 

   

Resolution

 

   

Severity level

 

   

Impact

 

   

Number of Reported Issues and brief summary of the issues

 

   

Date that each Reported Issue was opened

 

   

Current Reported Issue status, and if resolved, the date of the resolution.

 

   

Total number and description of unresolved issues.

 

7. Change Control Management (CCM)

 

7.1. Planned Maintenance by Motricity

Motricity will ensure that any planned maintenance events under its Span of Control will be executed in a well-coordinated manner. Proper execution includes notification to AT&T by Motricity Carrier Care Support Services.

 

7.1.1. Service Interruptions and Advanced Notification Requirements

Motricity will provide AT&T with *** advance notice (via email) of all planned maintenance activities resulting or potentially resulting in service interruptions that will have a direct impact on the Services unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties. Motricity may assume that AT&T accepts the scheduled maintenance unless Motricity is advised via email within *** prior to the time of the planned event.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

300


Unless otherwise arranged, Motricity will perform planned service interruptions from *** (the “AT&T Maintenance Window”) or as otherwise communicated between the two parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon AT&T’s sole discretion, the AT&T Maintenance Window may be extended to allow for maintenance, testing and/or validation of the Services that falls outside of the AT&T Maintenance Window

***

Please Note: *** Any Motricity unplanned system downtime resulting from a AT&T maintenance activity or otherwise required on account of AT&T’s action(s) or inaction(s), will not be counted against the Motricity SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the AT&T maintenance activities or otherwise required on account of AT&T’s action(s) or inaction(s).

 

7.1.2. Communications Related to Planned Maintenance

Motricity notification of planned maintenance will be communicated to AT&T through use of the Maintenance Request Worksheet shown in Appendix B. Motricity will provide official notification to AT&T of the start and end of a planned maintenance activity via email to the contacts identified in Section 4.1.1. During all planned maintenance activities, AT&T will establish a technical bridge for real time communication of status and progress, and Motricity will participate in that technical bridge unless otherwise agreed by both parties.

 

7.1.3. Canceling Planned Service Interruptions

In the event of an AT&T emergency, AT&T may cancel the planned service interruption. Cancellation by AT&T may occur only if AT&T notifies Motricity within one (1) business day of the scheduled start time of the maintenance window. Any notification of cancellation must come directly from either an Operations Manager or AT&T Team Leader via voice notification by calling 866-459-4636 (425-638-8700 for local or International calls), with a follow-up email that should be sent to:

***

 

7.1.4. Restrictions Associated with AT&T’s Cancellation

In the event that AT&T cancels a maintenance activity planned by Motricity, as defined in Section 7.1.1 above, and the parties are unable to mutually agree on an alternative schedule, Motricity will not be held to the SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the postponed maintenance activities.

If an alternative schedule is agreed upon, but a failure occurs between the originally approved maintenance window and the rescheduled maintenance window, Motricity will not be held to the SLA services measures for that related outage and/or degradation.

 

7.1.5. Planned Service Interruptions by AT&T

AT&T will provide Motricity with advance notice (via email to *** of all planned maintenance activities requiring support from Motricity. AT&T will make every effort to provide five (5) business days advance notice and will provide at a minimum two (2) business days advance notice of such activities. Such planned activities will exclude changes to Motricity software and/or configurations as these would require additional notice.

 

7.1.6. Unplanned Service Interruptions by AT&T

AT&T will notify Motricity of any unplanned service interruptions via email to Motricity Carrier Care (*** as quickly as is reasonably possible for AT&T.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

301


Motricity will make all reasonable efforts to support AT&T in resolving the issue. Motricity may charge its standard professional services fees for such efforts.

 

7.1.7. Splash Page During Maintenance

The parties will cooperate to display a “splash page” during any planned or emergency maintenance that would otherwise result in a TCP timeout from a WAP Gateway and other mutually agreed required maintenance activities requiring customer requests to be blocked whenever reasonably technically feasible. Such a page will be presented to users of both the wired and wireless web access points, to inform them of temporary unavailability of the Services. Service of the splash page does not constitute availability, but is categorized as either planned or unscheduled service interruption (in accordance with Section 7.1). AT&T will provide the static WML/xHTML content to be displayed in the “splash page”.

 

7.2. Capacity Planning Forecasts

To ensure the highest level of service, Motricity requires AT&T at least twice per year to provide a forecast estimating the growth of their customer base (3, 6, 9 and 12 months into the future) and likely service usage. This will allow Motricity to plan the required resources to support the services for AT&T’s customers. If AT&T becomes aware of any material changes that would impact any forecast previously provided to Motricity (e.g., if AT&T has a special promotion plan in which a high number of new customers are anticipated), Motricity must be given 30 days advance notice of any change in the forecast to prepare for such additional capacity. If AT&T fails to provide Motricity with such notice, Motricity will not be held responsible for any failures to the performance objectives that could have been avoided had Motricity received such notice. A forecast provided pursuant to this section is only a forecast and is not a commitment on behalf of AT&T for the forecasted amount.

 

8. Financial Consequences of Non-Performance

 

8.1. Financial Consequences for Failure to Meet Service Objectives

The following sections define financial penalties for non-performance related to service objectives within the Motricity Span of Control.

These non-performance penalties set forth in this Section 8 will apply commencing on the date of commercial launch of the Services, unless the parties agree in writing to delay the application of non-performance of penalties for a particular Service or Services. The total financial penalties owed to AT&T under the Agreement will be subject to the SLA penalty cap set forth in Table 7 below. For purposes of clarity the SLA penalty cap under this Exhibit G-2 is in addition to any other SLA exhibit.

 

         ***     

Table 7, Penalty Cap Phase-In Schedule

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

302


For the purposes of the SLA, Motricity “Total Revenue” shall be calculated as follows: *** For further detail regarding the non-performance penalties described below, reference SLA Penalty Calculation Model (Appendix E) below. SLA Penalty Cap means the percentage of Total Revenue for the month.

For any month for which there is an Availability and a Latency penalty due for the same period of time, Motricity shall be required to pay only the Availability penalty and the Latency penalty shall be waived when mutually agreed that there was a common or related cause.

Motricity will deduct penalties for non-performance from the subsequent month’s invoice to AT&T for the Services.

 

8.2. Service Availability

 

(a) Service availability targets apply to Services provided to AT&T as described in the SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below and will be reported as required in Section 6 above.

 

     ***

Table 8, Service Availability Penalty Calculation

 

(b) Subject to Section 8.1, Motricity agrees to pay to AT&T service availability failure fees computed on a monthly basis, as a calculation of (i) plus (ii):

***

Motricity will utilize the most recent and relevant historical user data available for the purpose of determining the percentage of users impacted during periods of unavailability.

 

8.3. Service Latency

Service latency targets apply to Services provided to AT&T as described in Appendix D and will be reported as required in Section 6 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, non-performance penalties will apply solely to the following portions of the Services as further described in Appendix D:

 

     ***     

Table 9, Latency Penalty Calculation

Subject to Section 8.1, Motricity agrees to pay to AT&T excessive latency fees based on performance according to Table 9 above for each month of the SLA reporting period. In the event the monthly latency measurement for a particular Service Area listed in Table 2 above ***

 

8.4 ***

 

8.5 ***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

303


 

9. Right to Terminate

 

(a) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Monthly Service Availability Requirement .

In the event that the monthly service availability target described in Section 3.1 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.2 above in any three calendar months within any four month period during the Term, then, at the end of any such third failed month, AT&T shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Motricity or to provide Motricity notice of AT&T’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that AT&T delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Motricity to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service availability target set forth in Section 3.1. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

 

(b) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Latency Requirement .

In the event that the latency requirement described in Section 3.2 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.3 above in any three calendar months within any four month period, then, at the end of any such third failed month, AT&T shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Motricity or to provide Motricity notice of AT&T’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that AT&T delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Motricity to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service latency target set forth in Section 3.2. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

Appendix A – Contact & Escalation List

Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this SLA.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

304


Motricity Customer Care Contact Information

 

Primary Contact (Single Point of Contact) 24 X 7

Contact Name    Service Operations Center (SOC) / Carrier Care
Title    N/A
Phone    ***
Email    ***

Level 1 Escalation

Contact Name    ***
Title    Manager, Service Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

Level 2 Escalation

Contact Name    ***
Title    Director, Commercial Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

Level 3 Escalation

Contact Name    ***
Title    Sr. Director - Systems & Network Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

305


AT&T Contact Information

 

AT&T

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

Mobility National Operations Center    24 x 7 x 365    Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance    ***
MMS External Partner Ops   

8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT

Monday – Friday

   Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support    ***
Change Management   

8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT

Monday – Friday

   Maintenance Notification – all maintenance    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

306


Appendix B – Maintenance Request Worksheet

This Maintenance Request Worksheet is be sent to: *** and ***

 

1) Title of Maintenance

 

2) Brief Description of Maintenance

 

   

Scope and full description

 

   

AT&T service

 

3) Maintenance Start Date & Time

 

4) Maintenance End Date & Time

 

5) AT&T Service Impact

 

   

Impact to AT&T internal & external customers

 

   

Explanation of Information Service unavailability

 

6) Information Service Impact Assessment (within the scheduled window)

 

   

Duration in minutes

 

   

Estimated start/end time of AT&T service impact

 

7) Risk Assessment

 

8) Partner Maintenance Request Number

 

9) Point of Contact

 

   

Name, telephone numbers

 

10) Maintenance Install Team

 

11) Update Schedule

 

   

Cancellation of Maintenance – as soon as possible

 

   

Start of Maintenance Window

 

   

Notify when Down Time begins

 

   

Notify when Information Service is restored (Down Time ends)

 

   

Notify of Problem

 

   

Maintenance runs outside window

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commisson.

 

307


Appendix C – Incident Notification

Incident Notification or Trouble Ticket (send to: ***

 

1) Title of Incident

 

2) Brief Description of Incident

 

   

Should include scope (AT&T service impacted)

 

3) Start Date and Time

 

4) Information Service Resolution Date and Time

 

5) Duration of Outage

 

   

Provided at time of restoration

 

6) AT&T Information Service Impact

 

   

Impact to AT&T End Customer

 

7) Partner Ticket Number

 

8) Partner Severity Level

 

   

Based on quantified Information Service impact

 

9) Technical Action Take to Correct Incident

 

   

Steps taken to restore Information Service

 

10) Initial Root Cause

 

   

Suspect root cause (brief)

 

   

Formal RCA for SIR 1 or chronic issues of lower severity

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

308


Appendix D – SLA Monitoring Requirements

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

309


Appendix E – ATT.Net SLA Calculation Model

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

310


EXHIBIT J

WORK ORDER

Work Order No.             

to Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249

Motricity, Inc. (“Motricity”) will perform the Work identified below for AT&T Mobility LLC (“AT&T”), under the terms and conditions of that certain Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249, dated July 22, 2005 between Motricity and AT&T (as amended, the “Agreement”). In consideration of Work below, AT&T will pay to Motricity the amount(s) set forth below, upon Acceptance, pursuant to Section 5 of the Agreement.

 

Work Request Name/Numbers

  

Estimated Completion Date

Work Request No.             

and/or See attached Work Request Form(s) or Device On-boarding Plan.

   Motricity will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Work by ___________. Any changes to this date will be mutually agreed upon in writing.

Amount

  

Due Date

$             

   Forty-five (45) days from receipt of valid invoice.

This Work Order is made under and incorporates the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The terms and conditions set forth in this Work Order are in addition to and not in substitution of any terms or conditions set forth in the Agreement. Except as specifically modified by this Work Order, the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

Motricity, Inc.    AT&T Mobility LLC

 

Authorized Signature

  

 

Authorized Signature

 

Printed Name and Title

  

 

Printed Name and Title

 

Date

  

 

Date

 

311

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

 

Master Services Agreement

Number TJR031606

Between

MOTRICITY, Inc

And

Cingular Wireless LLC

for

Media Mall — Storefront

 

 

 


ARTICLE I

   1
                  1.1     

Preamble and Effective Date

   1
1.2     

Scope of Agreement

   1

ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS

   1

ARTICLE III - GENERAL CLAUSES

   4
3.1     

Affiliate

   4
3.2     

Amendments and Waivers

   4
3.3     

Assignment

   4
3.4     

Cancellation and Termination

   5
3.5     

Compliance with Laws

   6
3.6     

Conflict of Interest

   6
3.7     

Construction and Interpretation

   6
3.8     

Cumulative Remedies

   7
3.9     

Delivery, Performance, and Acceptance

   7
3.10   

Dispute Resolution

   8
3.11   

Entire Agreement

   9
3.12   

Force Majeure

   9
3.13   

Governing Law

   9
3.14   

Indemnity

   9
3.15   

Information

   10
3.16   

Infringement

   11
3.17   

Insurance

   12
3.18   

Intellectual Property

   12
3.19   

Ownership of Work Product

   12
3.20   

Invoicing and Payment

   13
3.21   

Licenses and Patents

   14
3.22   

Limitation of Liability

   14
3.23   

Liquidated Damages

   14
3.24   

***

   14
3.25   

Minority/Woman/Disabled Veteran-owned Business Enterprises (“MBE/WBE/DVBE”) and Appendices)

   15
3.26   

Non-Exclusive Market

   15
3.27   

Non-solicitation

   15
3.28   

Notices

   15
3.30   

Price

   16
3.31   

Professional Services

   16
3.32   

Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation

   16
3.33   

Publicity

   17
3.34   

Records and Audits

   17
3.35   

Severability

   18
3.36   

Survival of Obligations

   18
3.37   

Taxes

   18
3.38   

Warranty and Rebates

   19

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

i


ARTICLE IV - SPECIAL CLAUSES

   20

                  4.1  

  

Access

   20

4.2  

  

Change Notices - Simple

   21

4.3  

  

Emergency Support Service

   21

4.4  

  

Government Contract Provisions

   21

4.5  

  

Independent Contractor

   21

4.6  

  

Insignia

   21

4.7  

  

Non-Intervention

   22

4.8  

  

Overdependence of Motricity

   22

4.9  

  

Releases Void

   22

4.10

  

Statement(s) of Work and Forms of Order(s)

   22

4.11

  

Strategic Technology Partnership

   22

4.13

  

Work Done By Others

   22

ARTICLE V - CLAUSES APPLICABLE TO SOFTWARE SERVICES

   23

5.1  

  

Computer Asset Protection Requirements

   23

5.2  

  

Documentation

   23

5.3  

  

Fixes, Upgrades and Enhancements

   23

5.4  

  

Provisions for Software trials and Beta Testing

   23

5.5  

  

Provision for Source Code

   24

5.6  

  

Provisions for Content Catalog

   24

5.7  

  

Software Support and Maintenance

   24

Appendices:

     

Appendix 1.1  

  

-      MOTRICITY’s Applicable Price(s)

  

Appendix 1.2  

  

-      Service Level Agreement

  

Appendix 1.3  

  

-      Statement of Work

  

Appendix 1.4  

  

-      Cingular Wireless Travel Policy

  

Appendix 2.3  

  

-      Acceptance Letter

  

Appendix 2.16

  

-      Form of MOTRICITY’s Notice of Completion

  

Appendix 3.5  

  

-      Executive Orders and Federal Regulations

  

Appendix 3.6  

  

-      CINGULAR Security Requirements

  

Appendix 4.12

  

-      Prime Supplier MBE/WBE/DVBE/ annual Participation Reporting Plan

  

Appendix 7.0  

  

-      Insurance Requirements

  
   Exhibits   

Exhibit A -

  

Template Special Projects Service Request Form

  

Exhibit B -

  

Revenue Share Rider

  

Exhibit C -

  

Motricity Rate Card

  

 

ii


ARTICLE I

1.1 Preamble and Effective Date

This Master Purchase Agreement (hereinafter “Agreement”) is made by and between CINGULAR Wireless LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal office located at 5565 Glenridge Connector, Atlanta, Georgia 30342 (hereinafter “CINGULAR”) and MOTRICITY, Inc. with its principal office located at 2800 Meridian Parkway, Durham, NC 27713 (hereinafter “MOTRICITY”). The effective date of this Agreement is the date when signed by the last Party (“Effective Date”)

1.2 Scope of Agreement

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, MOTRICITY shall provide to CINGULAR the Material and Services described in Appendix 1.3, pursuant and in conformance to Orders submitted by CINGULAR. The applicable price for the Materials and Services is specified in Appendix 1.1. MOTRICITY agrees that the Material and Services shall strictly conform to the Specifications, including those specified in Appendix 1.2.

ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS

2.1 “Acceptance” or “Accept” means CINGULAR’s acceptance of the Materials or Services Ordered by CINGULAR and provided by MOTRICITY as specified in Section 3.9, Delivery, Performance, and Acceptance. CINGULAR’s Acceptance shall occur no earlier than MOTRICITY’s Delivery of Materials and/or Services in strict compliance with the Specifications.

2.2 “Acceptance Date” means the date on which CINGULAR Accepts Materials or Services.

2.3 “Acceptance Letter” means a document signed by CINGULAR substantially in the form of Appendix 2.3 indicating its Acceptance of the Materials and/or Services.

2.4 “Acceptance Tests” or “User Acceptance Test” or “UAT” means the performance and reliability demonstrations and tests that must be successfully completed by the Materials and Services during the Trial Period. These tests include: (1) CINGULAR’s routine business transactions, (2) tests, demonstrations, or transactions represented or performed by MOTRICITY, and (3) any other tests, demonstrations, or transactions included or referenced in the applicable Order or Specifications to determine whether the Materials or Services meet the Specifications.

2.5 “Affiliate” means (1) a company, whether incorporated or not, which owns, directly or indirectly, a forty percent (40%) interest in either Party (a “parent company”), and (2) a company, whether incorporated or not, in which a five percent (5%) or greater interest is owned, either directly or indirectly, by: (i) either Party or (ii) a parent company.

2.6 “Agreement” shall have the meaning specified in the section called “Entire Agreement.”

2.7 “Answer Tones Storefront” means a Storefront designed for the provision and management of sounds or other content intended to replace the standard ringing sound that a caller normally hears while waiting for a Subscriber to answer the phone.

2.8 “Cancellation” or “Cancel” means the occurrence by which either party puts an end to this Agreement or Orders placed under this Agreement for breach by the other and its effect is the same as that of “Termination” and, except as otherwise provided for herein, the canceling party also retains any remedy for breach of the whole Agreement or any unperformed balance.

2.9 “Content” means any audio (e.g., ring tones, full tracks of music or voice recordings), visual (e.g., wallpapers, still or animated images, or full-motion video), textual data or other material owned, licensed or otherwise provided by CINGULAR and made available through and/or transmitted in connection with the Goods.

2.10 “Delivery” means MOTRICITY’s obligation to provide Materials and/or Services that strictly conform to the Specifications as specified in Section 3.9 Delivery, Performance and Acceptance. MOTRICITY completes Delivery: (i) upon CINGULAR’s possession of the Material if MOTRICITY is not required to provide additional Services, such as Installation, (ii) upon completing such additional Services,

 

1


if MOTRICITY is required to provide such Services in connection with providing Material, or (iii) for Services, upon completing the provision of Services. Notwithstanding the above, Delivery shall not be deemed completed until MOTRICITY causes the Materials and Services to strictly conform to the Specifications.

2.11 “Delivery Date” means the date on which the parties agree MOTRICITY is scheduled in this Agreement or an Order to complete its Delivery.

2.12 “Enhancements” means any Upgrades, other improvements or modifications to the Works, Software, or other Products (including the Fuel Core Roadmap) that provides either (i) improved operations or Subscriber experience; or (ii) substantially new functionality.

2.13 “Fixes” means any adjustments or modifications to any source code or configuration, or any other software manipulations that are intended to remedy an identified bug or other problem.

2.14 “Fuel Core Roadmap” means the functionality, scope, resources, prioritization and timing considerations that MOTRICITY plans for production release cycles for its Fuel platform.

2.15 “Goods” shall mean Materials, Products, and/or Software, and/or Services, and/or Documentation, and/or technical education, and/or spare parts (but not including end-user devices), as the context requires.

2.16 “Hardware” means all tangible materials, products and equipment provided by MOTRICITY.

2.17 “Harmful Code” means any code, device or other means or system that (a) is designed to permit unauthorized access to CINGULAR’s computers or other systems, or (b) contains any viruses, worms, back doors, and drop-dead devices.

2.18 “Information” means all ideas, discoveries, concepts, know-how, trade secrets, techniques, designs, specifications, drawings, sketches, models, manuals, samples, tools, computer programs, technical information, and other confidential business, customer or personnel information or data, whether provided orally, in writing, or through electronic or other means.

2.19 “Installation” shall mean Products and Software mounting, placing, modification, assembly, cabling, wiring, and testing to be performed by MOTRICITY, according to MOTRICITY’s standard commercial specification, and procedures or those mutually agreed to by both parties.

2.20 “Intellectual Property Rights” means the worldwide tangible and intangible rights of authorship and/or ownership, copyrights, mask-works, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade secrets, patents, inventions, designs, algorithms, moral rights, industrial property rights and other intellectual property rights of every kind and nature, whether currently known or unknown, arising by operation of law, contract, license or otherwise, and all registrations, applications, renewals, extensions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions and re-issuances associated therewith

2.21 “Laws” shall have the meaning specified in the section called “Compliance with Laws.”

2.22 “Liability” means all losses, damages, expenses, costs, penalties, fines, fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expert witness fees arising from or incurred in connection with a claim or cause of action related to performance or omission of acts under this Agreement or any Order, including, but not limited to, claims or causes of actions brought by third parties.

2.23 “Material” means a unit of equipment, apparatus, components, tools, supplies, material, product, Hardware, or firmware thereto, or Software purchased or licensed hereunder by CINGULAR from MOTRICITY and includes third party Materials provided or furnished by MOTRICITY. Materials shall be deemed to include any replacement parts.

2.24 “Notice of Completion” means a written document provided by MOTRICITY substantially in the form of Appendix 2.16, which is provided after, and states that, MOTRICITY has completed the Delivery of the Materials or Services ordered by CINGULAR. MOTRICITY’s provision of the Notice of Completion is a representation and warranty that the Materials and Services have been tested to assure compliance and are in strict compliance with the Specifications.

 

2


2.25 “Notice of Material Defection Found” means a written document provided by CINGULAR to MOTRICITY and states that CINGULAR has determined that the Material have been tested and are not in compliance with the Specifications

2.26 “Object Code” means the fully compiled or assembled series of instructions in machine language which will guide the operation of a processor.

2.27 “Order(s)” means such purchase orders, forms, or memoranda or other written communications as CINGULAR may deliver to MOTRICITY for the purpose of ordering any Materials or Services hereunder.

2.28 Pre-Existing Materials ” means any and all Proprietary Materials (as defined below) a Party owned or had an interest in prior to the earlier of (a) the Effective Date or (b) the date on which services commenced under this Agreement.

2.29 “Program Material” or “Documentation” means all documentation, including, but not limited to, user instructions and training materials.

2.30 “Products” means Equipment, Software, Materials, and Supplies purchased hereunder.

2.31 “Proprietary Materials” means all inventions, discoveries and ideas (whether patentable or copyrightable or not), and all works and materials, including but not limited to, products, tools, devices, computer programs, source codes, processes, procedures, texts, designs, drawings, documentation, engineering materials, specifications, data or other information, in preliminary or final form, and on any media whatsoever owned or controlled (by license or otherwise) by a Party.

2.32 “Service(s)” - means any and all labor or service provided in connection with this Agreement, an applicable Order, including but not limited to, consultation, engineering, installation, removal, maintenance, training, technical support, repair, and programming.

2.33 “Service Request” means any written request from Cingular to Motricity signed by an authorized Cingular representative for Services substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

2.34 “Span of Control” is defined as those areas of functionality that are under the direct control of Motricity. This includes functionality that is provided by external vendors or suppliers with whom Motricity has a contractual relationship.

2.35 “Specs” or “Specifications” mean (i) MOTRICITY’s applicable specifications and descriptions, including any warranty statements, and (ii) CINGULAR’s requirements, specifications, and descriptions specified in, or attached to, this Agreement or an applicable Order, which shall control over an inconsistency with MOTRICITY’s specifications and descriptions.

2.36 “Software” means any source code or object code MOTRICITY either develops or has developed, owns, or licenses from a third party.

2.37 “Statement of Work” or “SOW” means a document signed by duly authorized representatives of the Parties that describes the basis upon which Motricity shall provide Services to Cingular hereunder. Each Statement of Work shall be based on a Service Request and shall include the following: (a) a description of the deliverables (b) specifications for any deliverables, (c) a reference to this Agreement, (d) pricing and payment schedule for the project (which may be an estimate if the SOW is structured on a time and materials basis), (e) a Delivery schedule, (f) a description of applicable non-performance compensation, if needed, (g) a description of the ownership of the intellectual property in the resulting Works, (h) a description of the exclusive use rights, if any (i) adherence to additional details for the SOW as required in Exhibit A; and (k) roles and responsibilities of the parties.

2.38 “Storefront” means an interface, branded for Cingular, for wireless devices that enables consumers to preview and purchase mobile content, which interface is developed and maintained by Motricity

2.39 “Subscriber(s)” means a wireless subscriber of Cingular or any of its Affiliates.

2.40 “Termination” or “Terminate” means the occurrence by which either party, pursuant to the provisions or powers of this Agreement or laws and regulations, puts an end to this Agreement and/or Orders placed under this Agreement other than for breach. On “Termination” all executory obligations are discharged, but any right based on breach of performance survives except as otherwise provided herein.

 

3


2.41 “Upgrade(s)” means an improvement to or a change in the Software that alters the original functional characteristics of the Software or corrects errors but does not add substantially new features to the Software. Said Upgrade shall be deemed to be a new item of Software and subject to warranty.

2.42 “User(s)” means CINGULAR and its authorized third parties, as well as each of their respective employees, agents, representatives and customers, if any, who use goods or services relating to, resulting from, or arising out of Products and/or Services provided by MOTRICITY hereunder.

2.43 “Works” means the deliverables or work product that MOTRICITY provides to CINGULAR pursuant to a Statement of Work or Order hereunder.

ARTICLE III - GENERAL CLAUSES

3.1 Affiliate

MOTRICITY agrees that an Affiliate may place Orders with MOTRICITY which incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and that the term “CINGULAR” shall be deemed to refer to an Affiliate when an Affiliate places an Order with MOTRICITY under this Agreement. An Affiliate will be responsible for its own obligations, including but not limited to, all charges incurred in connection with such Order. The parties agree that nothing in this Agreement will be construed as requiring CINGULAR to indemnify MOTRICITY, or to otherwise be responsible, for any acts or omissions of an Affiliate, nor shall anything in this Agreement be construed as requiring an Affiliate to indemnify MOTRICITY, or to otherwise be responsible, for the acts or omissions of CINGULAR.

3.2 Amendments and Waivers

This Agreement and any Orders placed hereunder may be amended or modified only by a written document signed by the authorized representative of the party against whom enforcement is sought; provided that CINGULAR may, at any time, make changes to the scope of work, and MOTRICITY shall not unreasonably withhold or condition its consent. An equitable adjustment shall be made if such change substantially affects the time of performance or the cost of the work to be performed under this Agreement. Such cost adjustment shall be made on the basis of the actual cost of the work, unless otherwise agreed in writing. No course of dealing or failure of either party to strictly enforce any term, right or condition of this Agreement shall be construed as a general waiver or relinquishment of such term, right, or condition. A waiver by either party of any default shall not be deemed a waiver of any other default.

3.3 Assignment

CINGULAR may assign this Agreement and its rights and may delegate its duties under this Agreement either in whole or in part, at any time and without MOTRICITY’s consent, to any present or future Affiliated company or successor company of CINGULAR. CINGULAR shall give MOTRICITY written notice of such assignment or delegation. The assignment shall not affect nor diminish any rights or duties that MOTRICITY or CINGULAR may then or thereafter have as to Material, Software or Services ordered by CINGULAR before the effective date of the assignment. Written notice to MOTRICITY releases and discharges CINGULAR, to the extent of the assignment, from all further duties under this Agreement, except with respect to Material, Software or Services that CINGULAR ordered before the effective date of the assignment.

MOTRICITY must have CINGULAR’s written consent before MOTRICITY assigns or otherwise delegates the provision of the Storefront under this Agreement or assigns any of its rights, interests or obligations hereunder. CINGULAR agrees that MOTRICITY may use subcontractors to provide Goods hereunder without CINGULAR’s consent, provided that MOTRICITY remains obligated to CINGULAR under this Agreement for such Goods. MOTRICITY shall deliver to CINGULAR written notice of MOTRICITY’s intent to assign, at least thirty (30) days before assignment. CINGULAR shall consider void any assignment to which it has not consented, except where MOTRICITY assigns its rights to receive monies

 

4


pursuant to this Agreement. In such case, MOTRICITY only needs to notify CINGULAR in writing. However, MOTRICITY cannot assign monies due if MOTRICITY tries to transfer to the assignee any of MOTRICITY’s other rights or obligations hereunder. MOTRICITY shall not make an assignment that prevents CINGULAR from dealing solely and directly with MOTRICITY on all matters pertaining to this Agreement. Such matters include amending this Agreement and/or settling amounts due either party by the other hereunder.

3.4 Cancellation and Termination

 

a. Cancellation

If either party fails to cure a material default under this Agreement or applicable Order within thirty (30) days after written notice, then, in addition to all other rights and remedies, the party not in default may cancel this Agreement and/or the Order under which the default occurred. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, if the material default is a breach of the Compliance with Laws Section of this Agreement, the party not in default may, upon providing written notice, Cancel the Agreement immediately. Additional provisions for Cancellation of Orders hereunder are set forth in this Agreement.

 

b. Termination

(i) The term of this Agreement is effective on date provided in Section 3.1 above and, unless Terminated or Canceled as provided in this Agreement, shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the commercial launch of the Answer Tones Storefront (the “Term”). Either party may extend this Agreement with mutually agreed upon terms in writing.

(ii) After the Term, CINGULAR may Terminate an Order for the Answer Tones Storefront at any time, for its own convenience and without cause, without any charge, liability or obligation whatsoever, upon thirty (30) days written notice to MOTRICITY.

(iii) CINGULAR may Terminate the any Order, other than an Order for the Answer Tones Storefront, in whole or in part, at any time after the first twelve (12) months, for its own convenience and without cause, without any charge, liability or obligation whatsoever, upon one hundred and eighty (180) days written notice to MOTRICITY.

(iv) CINGULAR may Terminate the Agreement, in whole or in part, at any time after the Term, for its own convenience and without cause, without any charge, liability or obligation whatsoever, upon one hundred and eighty (180) days written notice to MOTRICITY.

(v) Cingular will pay Motricity according to the payment terms set forth in any Order or this Agreement up until the effective Termination date of such Order or this Agreement, as applicable.

 

c. Bankruptcy

In addition to all other rights or remedies provided for in this Agreement or by law, CINGULAR may immediately Cancel this Agreement if: (1) MOTRICITY becomes insolvent or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (2) MOTRICITY admits in writing the inability to pay debts as they mature; (3) Any court appoints a trustee or receiver with respect to MOTRICITY or any substantial part of MOTRICITY’s assets; or (4) An action is taken by or against MOTRICITY under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws or laws relating to the relief of debtors, including the Federal Bankruptcy Act.

 

d. Partial Cancellation and Termination

Where a provision of this Agreement or the applicable Laws permit CINGULAR to Terminate or Cancel an Order, such Termination or Cancellation may, at CINGULAR’s option, be either complete or partial. In the case of a partial Termination or Cancellation CINGULAR may, at its option, accept a portion of the Materials or Services covered by an Order and pay MOTRICITY for such Materials or Services at the unit prices set forth in such Order. The right to Cancel an Order shall also include the right to Cancel any other related Order.

 

5


e. Wind Down Period

Applicable in all situations described above - Upon request by Cingular, Motricity shall reasonably cooperate with Cingular in the orderly and expeditious transfer of its commercial operations from the Software to a different Storefront solution. In such event, Cingular will provide Motricity with thirty (30) days written notice prior to execution of a wind down period, provided that the thirty (30) days does not add to the one hundred and eighty (180) days termination notice as described in Section 3.4b. Such transfer may include, but is not limited to, the migration of Subscribers, Subscriber data, premium digital content, transaction data, and/or Merchant integrations. Motricity will provide all services, information and documentation as may be reasonably needed by Cingular in connection with the transfer. The amount of time necessary to complete the transfer is referred to as the “ Wind Down Period .”. Motricity is not obligated to provide services during the Wind Down Period for a period longer than six (6) months. However, Motricity is required to make a good faith effort to fulfill the requirements of a wind down period as quickly as possible within the 6 month timeframe. Services provided by Motricity during the Wind Down Period shall be provided to Cingular at the rates provided for in the Agreement. During the Wind Down Period, all terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

f. Answer Tones Storefront Termination Fees

Should the Answer Tones Storefront not launch into production, Cingular shall pay Motricity for actual hours worked on the Answer Tones Storefront, up to a maximum of *** (“Answer Tones Fee”). The Answer Tones Fee will be calculated based ***. Motricity shall substantiate these costs with proof satisfactory to Cingular. This will include:

Specific cost breakdown by functional area or discipline

Specific cost breakdown by hours applied

Specific cost breakdown by milestone or objectives achieved

In the event that Motricity does not provide sufficient detail, Cingular may withhold payment on the Answer Tones Fee (not to be unreasonably withheld).

If the Services related to the Answer Tones Storefront is launched into production but operates for a period less than twenty-four (24) months but greater than eighteen (18) months from Acceptance, ***.

Should the operating period of the Answer Tones Storefront be equal to or less than eighteen (18) months from Acceptance, ***

Total amounts of the termination fees for the Services related to the Answer Tones Storefront, pursuant to this Section, shall not exceed ***.

3.5 Compliance with Laws

MOTRICITY shall comply with all applicable federal, state, county, and local rules, including without limitation, all statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations and codes (“Laws”). MOTRICITY’s obligation to comply with all Laws, include the procurement of permits, certificates, approvals, inspections, and licenses, when needed, in the performance of this Agreement. MOTRICITY further agrees to comply with all applicable Executive and Federal regulations as set forth in “Executive Orders and Associated Regulations”, a copy of which is attached as Appendix 3.5 and by this reference made a part of this Agreement. MOTRICITY shall defend, indemnify, and hold CINGULAR harmless from and against any Liability that may be sustained by reason of MOTRICITY’s failure to comply with this section.

3.6 Conflict of Interest

MOTRICITY represents and warrants that no officer, director, affiliate, employee, or agent of CINGULAR has been or will be employed, retained or paid a fee, or otherwise has received or will receive any personal compensation or consideration, by or from MOTRICITY or any of MOTRICITY’s officers, directors, employees, or agents in connection with the obtaining, arranging, or negotiation of this Agreement or other documents entered into or executed in connection with this Agreement.

3.7 Construction and Interpretation

 

a. The language of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed simply, as a whole and in accordance with its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party. The parties agree that this Agreement has been prepared jointly and has been the subject of arm’s length and careful negotiation. Each party has been given the opportunity to independently review this Agreement with legal counsel and other consultants, and each party has the requisite experience and sophistication to understand, interpret, and agree to the particular language of the provisions. Accordingly, in the event of an ambiguity in or dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement, the drafting of the language of this Agreement shall not be attributed to either party.

 

b. Article, section, or paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The use of the word “include” shall mean “includes, but is not limited to.” The singular use of words shall include the plural use and vice versa. Except as otherwise specified, MOTRICITY’s price for Materials and Services includes the price for all related Materials or Services necessary for CINGULAR to use the Materials and/or Services for its intended purpose, as well as all other MOTRICITY obligations under this Agreement.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

6


All obligations and rights of the parties are subject to modification as the parties may specifically provide in an Order. “Services” and “Software” shall be treated as “goods” for purposes of applying the applicable Uniform Commercial Code. If there is an inconsistency or conflict between the terms in this Agreement and in an Order, the terms in the Order shall take precedence.

 

c. Whenever any party is entitled to interest under this Agreement, the amount of interest shall be determined using 12% per annum, or the highest amount allowed by law, whichever is lower.

3.8 Cumulative Remedies

Except as specifically identified as a party’s sole remedy, any rights of Cancellation, Termination, liquidated damages, or other remedies prescribed in this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies to which the injured party may be entitled. Neither party shall retain the benefit of inconsistent remedies.

3.9 Delivery, Performance, and Acceptance

 

a. Delivery

 

  1. Delivery Requirements

MOTRICITY agrees to complete all required development and acquisition of technology, according to the schedule provided in the applicable SOW or Order that meets the Specifications as described in this Agreement. MOTRICITY also agrees to allocate sufficient engineering, manufacturing and Installation capacity to provide all required Materials and/or Services to achieve the pace of deployment as described in the applicable SOW or Order. MOTRICITY understands that this forecast is subject to change and agrees to provide flexibility in the way it allocates its resources so that CINGULAR’s actual demand can be met.

Time is of the essence and the remedies for failure to perform in a timely manner are specified in Section 3.21 Liquidated Damages below. Upon receipt of each Order, MOTRICITY shall deliver the Materials and/or Services to CINGULAR and perform all of the Services on or before the date(s) specified, failing which, CINGULAR may, in addition to all other remedies available under this Agreement:

(i) terminate such Order without penalty, or

(ii) extend such delivery date(s), to a later date(s), subject however, to such termination if Delivery is not made by such extended dates.

 

  2. Expedited Delivery

 

a. “Expedited Delivery” is defined as Delivery before the delivery required under a particular SOW or Order. MOTRICITY and CINGULAR are committed to reducing the need for Expedited Deliveries while maintaining a strong commitment to customer service requirements. Should CINGULAR request Expedited Delivery, MOTRICITY will determine whether such Expedited Delivery is achievable and, if so, CINGULAR and MOTRICITY will mutually agree upon the Expedited Delivery date and the fees CINGULAR shall pay to MOTRICITY for such Expedited Delivery. MOTRICITY will keep CINGULAR apprised of its progress in meeting such Delivery dates and will promptly notify CINGULAR of any potential delays.

 

b. Performance

MOTRICITY is committed to 100% fulfillment of CINGULAR’s expectations as described in the Agreement and all executed Orders and SOWs. Any consideration from MOTRICITY for its failure to meet those expectations shall be due CINGULAR as outlined in the applicable SOW or Order.

Such consideration for any event that constitutes MOTRICITY’s failure to fulfill CINGULAR’s expectations shall not be considered a penalty. Both parties agree that any consideration represents a reasonable pre-estimate of CINGULAR’s probable loss. In addition, CINGULAR retains all other rights or remedies available to CINGULAR.

 

7


c. Acceptance

Except as otherwise provided in a SOW or Order, CINGULAR shall have a period of forty-five (45) calendar days from delivery of Goods to CINGULAR in which to perform User Acceptance Testing and to notify MOTRICITY in writing if such Goods are found not to be in material compliance with applicable Specifications. If CINGULAR does not furnish MOTRICITY a “Notice of Acceptance” or notice of material defects found (if any) within forty-five (45) days of receipt of MOTRICITY’s Notice of Completion, the Goods shall be deemed Accepted. Where material defects are found, MOTRICITY, at its expense, shall correct such defects within five (5) calendar days from receipt of CINGULAR’s notification and notify CINGULAR that such corrections have been made. CINGULAR shall then have the right to repeat the appropriate UAT. If a Notice of Acceptance or notice of further defects is not furnished to MOTRICITY within thirty (30) days of CINGULAR’s receipt of MOTRICITY’s notice, the corrected goods and/or Services shall be deemed Accepted.

3.10 Dispute Resolution

 

a. CINGULAR and MOTRICITY shall use their best efforts to settle any dispute or claim arising from or relating to this Agreement. To accomplish this, they shall negotiate with each other in good faith. Except for alleged breaches of Section 3.15 (Information) If CINGULAR and MOTRICITY do not reach agreement within 30 days of first receiving notice of dispute, instead of suing in court, CINGULAR and MOTRICITY agree to arbitrate any and all disputes and claims (including but not limited to claims based on or arising from an alleged tort) arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

b. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), no claim or dispute shall be submitted to arbitration if, at the time of the proposed submission, such dispute or claim involves an attempt to collect a debt owed to the CINGULAR by MOTRICITY.

 

c. The arbitration of any dispute or claim shall be conducted in accordance with the Wireless Industry Arbitration Rules (“WIA Rules”) as modified by this Agreement and as administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). The WIA rules and fee information are available from CINGULAR or the AAA upon request.

 

d. CINGULAR and MOTRICITY acknowledge that this Agreement evidences a transaction in interstate commerce and that the United States Arbitration Act and Federal Arbitration law shall govern the interpretation and enforcement of, and proceedings pursuant to, this or a prior Agreement.

 

e. Unless CINGULAR and MOTRICITY agree otherwise, the location of any arbitration shall be in Atlanta, Georgia.

 

f. CINGULAR and MOTRICITY agree that no arbitrator has the authority to: (1) award relief in excess of what this Agreement provides; (2) award punitive damages or any other damages not measured by the prevailing party’s actual damages; or (3) order consolidation or class arbitration.

 

g. Except as otherwise provided herein, all fees and expenses of the arbitration shall equally borne by MOTRICITY and CINGULAR.

 

h. The arbitrator(s) must give effect to the limitations on CINGULAR’s liability as set forth in this Agreement, any applicable tariff, law, or regulation.

 

i. In any arbitration utilizing the rules applicable to Large/Complex cases, as defined under the WIA rules, the arbitrators must also apply the Federal Rules of Evidence, and the losing party may have the award reviewed in accordance with the review procedures set forth in the WIA rules.

 

j.

MOTRICITY agrees that CINGULAR and MOTRICITY each is waiving its respective right to a trial by jury, MOTRICITY acknowledges that arbitration is final and binding and subject to only very limited

 

8


  review by a court. If for some reason this arbitration clause is at some point deemed inapplicable or invalid, MOTRICITY and CINGULAR agree to waive, to the fullest extent allowed by law, any trial by jury, in such case, a judge shall decide the subject dispute or claim.

CINGULAR, MOTRICITY and Arbitrator(s) shall not disclose the existence, content, or results of any arbitration. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction

3.11 Entire Agreement

The terms contained in this Agreement, and any Orders or SOWs, including all appendices and subordinate documents attached to or referenced in the Agreement or any Orders, will constitute the entire integrated Agreement between MOTRICITY and CINGULAR with regard to the subject matter herein. This Agreement will supersede all prior oral and written communications, agreements, and understandings of the parties, if any, with respect hereto. Acceptance by either party of Material or Services, payments, Orders, or SOWs, or any inaction by a party with respect to the foregoing shall not constitute a party’s consent to or acceptance of any additional or different terms from that stated in this Agreement, except for terms in an Order or SOW placed by CINGULAR and signed by both parties. Estimates furnished by either party shall not constitute commitments.

3.12 Force Majeure

Neither party shall be deemed in default of this Agreement or any Order to the extent that any delay or failure in the performance of its obligations results from any cause beyond its reasonable control and without its fault or negligence, such as acts of God, acts of civil or military authority, embargoes, epidemics, war, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, floods, or strikes (“Force Majeure”).

If any Force Majeure condition affects MOTRICITY’s ability to perform, MOTRICITY shall give immediate notice to CINGULAR and CINGULAR may elect to either: (1) Terminate the affected Order(s) or any part thereof, (2) suspend the affected Order(s) or any part for the duration of the Force Majeure condition, with the option to obtain elsewhere Materials and Services to be furnished under such Order(s) and deduct from any commitment under such Order(s) the quantity of the Materials and Services obtained or for which commitments have been made elsewhere or (3) resume performance under such Order(s) once the Force Majeure condition ceases, with an option in CINGULAR to extend any affected Delivery Date or performance date up to the length of time the Force Majeure condition endured. Unless CINGULAR gives written notice within thirty (30) days after being notified of the Force Majeure condition, option (2) shall be deemed selected.

3.13 Governing Law

THIS AGREEMENT AND PERFORMANCE HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF GEORGIA EXCLUSIVE OF ITS CHOICE OF LAWS PROVISIONS.

3.14 Indemnity

MOTRICITY agrees to defend, indemnify and hold CINGULAR harmless from any and all liabilities, causes of action, lawsuits, penalties, claims or demands (including the costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees on account thereof) that may be made by:

 

a. Anyone for injuries of any kind, including but not limited to personal injury, death, property damage and theft, resulting from MOTRICITY’s negligent or willful acts or omissions or those of persons furnished by MOTRICITY, its agents or subcontractors, or resulting from the use of MOTRICITY’s Goods furnished hereunder or resulting from MOTRICITY’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder. The indemnity covers, but is not limited to, claims of any alleged defect or shortcoming in the design, testing, manufacture, functioning, or use of the Goods, and claims based or including alleged failure to adequately or accurately describe or warn about risks of potential injury due to product design, testing, manufacture, functioning, or use of Goods. This indemnity covers all claims brought under common law or statute, including but not limited to strict tort liability, strict products liability, negligence, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty.

 

9


b. Any of either MOTRICITY’s, its agent’s or subcontractor’s employees or former employees for which MOTRICITY’s, its agents’ or subcontractors’ liability to such employee or former employee would otherwise be subject to payments under the Workers’ Compensation laws or an Employer’s Liability policy, premises liability principles or any other law or form of legal duty or obligation; and

 

c. Either MOTRICITY’s, its agent’s or subcontractor’s employees or former employees at MOTRICITY’s job site, for any and all claims arising out of the employment relationship with respect to performing under this Agreement. This includes, but is not limited to employment discrimination charges and actions arising under Title VII of The Civil rights Act of 1964, as amended; The Equal pay Act; The Age Discrimination in Employment Act; as amended; The Rehabilitation Act; The Americans with Disabilities Act; The Fair Labor Standards Act; The National Labor Relations Act; and any other applicable law.

MOTRICITY, at its own expense, shall defend CINGULAR, at CINGULAR’s request, against any such liability, cause of action, penalty, claim, demand, administrative proceeding or lawsuit, including any in which CINGULAR is named as an “employer” or “joint employer” with MOTRICITY. MOTRICITY shall have the right to control and direct the defense of any such action. CINGULAR shall notify MOTRICITY promptly of any written claims or demands against CINGULAR for which MOTRICITY is responsible hereunder.

CINGULAR agrees to notify MOTRICITY within a reasonable time of any written claims or demands against CINGULAR for which MOTRICITY is responsible. MOTRICITY shall also (1) keep CINGULAR fully informed as to the progress of such defense, and (2) afford CINGULAR, at its own expense, an opportunity to participate with MOTRICITY in the defense or settlement of any such claim.

The foregoing indemnity shall be in addition to any other indemnity obligations of MOTRICITY set forth in this Agreement.

3.15 Information

 

a. Any Information furnished by one party to the other party in connection with this Agreement shall remain the disclosing party’s property. Unless such Information was (i) previously known to the receiving party free of any obligation to keep it confidential, (ii) has been or is subsequently made public by the disclosing party or a third party, without violating a confidentiality obligation, or (iii) was independently developed by the receiving party without the use of the disclosing party’s Information, it shall be kept confidential by the receiving party. The receiving party shall use the same degree of care to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of the disclosing party’s Information as the receiving party uses to protect its own Information,, but no less than reasonable care. The receiving party shall use the Information of the disclosing party only in performing under this Agreement, and not for other purposes except as may be agreed upon between MOTRICITY and CINGULAR in writing. The receiving party is granted no rights or license to Information of the disclosing party except as otherwise provided herein. All copies of such Information, in written, graphic or other tangible form, shall be returned to the disclosing party upon the earlier of (i) the disclosing party’s request or (ii) upon Termination, Cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement.

 

b. MOTRICITY understands and agrees that any and all field trial results prepared by CINGULAR are and shall remain the property of CINGULAR and are hereby considered CINGULAR’s proprietary Information. Therefore, it shall be CINGULAR’s option, in its sole discretion, to furnish MOTRICITY copies of such documents or to discuss such documents with MOTRICITY. MOTRICITY’s use of field trial reports furnished by CINGULAR shall be governed by the Publicity section in addition to the provisions contained in this section, Information.

 

c.

The receiving party may disclose Information of the disclosing party as required to comply with binding orders of governmental entities that have jurisdiction over it or as otherwise required by law, provided that the receiving party (i) gives the disclosing party reasonable written notice to allow the disclosing party to seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy (except to the extent the

 

10


  receiving party’s compliance with the foregoing would cause it to violate a court order or other legal requirement), (ii) discloses only such information as is required by the governmental entity or otherwise required by law, and (iii) and uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain confidential treatment for any Information so disclosed.

 

d. The parties further acknowledge that irreparable injury and damage will result from unauthorized disclosure of Information and from uses of Information other than as provided herein, and monetary damages may not be sufficient remedy for unauthorized disclosure of Information. Therefore, the disclosing party shall be entitled to such injunctive or equitable relief as may be deemed proper by a court of competent jurisdiction, in addition to any other rights or remedies available to it at law, in equity, or by statute.

3.16 Infringement

 

a. MOTRICITY

(i) MOTRICITY agrees to indemnify and hold CINGULAR harmless from and against any Liability, (including increased damages for willful infringement) that may result by reason of any infringement, or claim of infringement, of any trade secret, patent, trademark, copyright, or other proprietary interest of any third party based on the normal use or installation of any Material or Services furnished to CINGULAR, except to the extent that such claim arises from MOTRICITY’s compliance with CINGULAR’s detailed instructions. Such exception will not, however, include any infringement or claim of infringement based upon:

 

  1. products, software, or documentation which are available on the open market; or

 

  2. products, software, or documentation of MOTRICITY’s origin, design or selection.

(ii) MOTRICITY represents and warrants that it has made reasonable independent investigation to determine the legality of its right to sell or license the Material or provide Services as specified in this Agreement.

(iii) If an injunction or order is obtained against CINGULAR’s use of any Material or Service, or, if, in MOTRICITY’s opinion, any Material or Service is likely to become the subject of a claim of infringement, MOTRICITY will, at its expense:

 

  1. Procure for CINGULAR the right to continue using the Material or Service; or

 

  2. After consultation with CINGULAR, replace or modify the Material or Service to make it a substantially similar, functionally equivalent, non-infringing Material or Service.

(iv) If the Material or Service is purchased or licensed and neither (a) or (b) above is possible, in addition to CINGULAR’s other rights, CINGULAR may Cancel the applicable Order and require MOTRICITY to remove, or cause the removal and/or return of, such Material or Service from CINGULAR’s location and refund any charges paid by CINGULAR.

(v) In no event will CINGULAR be liable to MOTRICITY for any charges after the date that CINGULAR no longer uses any Material or Service because of actual or claimed infringement.

(vi) MOTRICITY agrees to defend or settle, at its own expense, any action or suit for which it is responsible under this section. CINGULAR agrees to notify MOTRICITY promptly of any claim of infringement and cooperate in every reasonable way to facilitate the defense. MOTRICITY shall afford CINGULAR, at its own expense, an opportunity to participate on an equal basis with MOTRICITY in the defense or settlement of any such claim.

 

b. CINGULAR

(i) CINGULAR agrees to indemnify and hold MOTRICITY harmless from any and all Liabilities, causes of action, lawsuits, penalties, claims or demands (including the costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees on account thereof) that the Content (1) infringes (including increased damages for willful infringement) on any third party’s Intellectual Property Rights; (2) violates any other third party rights; (3) violates any applicable Law; or (4) contains material that is libelous, defamatory, private, obscene, or pornographic.

 

11


(ii) CINGULAR agrees to defend or settle, at its own expense, any action or suit for which it is responsible under this section. MOTRICITY agrees to notify CINGULAR promptly of any claim of for which indemnification is sought hereunder, and cooperate in every reasonable way to facilitate the defense. CINGULAR shall afford MOTRICITY, at its own expense, an opportunity to participate on an equal basis with CINGULAR in the defense or settlement of any such claim.

3.17 Insurance

Supplier shall maintain Insurance requirements provided in Appendix 7.0 commensurate with the Services performed.

3.18 Intellectual Property

 

a. Pre-Existing Materials. Except as provided for herein, each party will retain all Intellectual Property Rights in any Pre-Existing Materials.

 

b. Ownership of Works. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in the context of a specific Statement of Work, Motricity shall own all Intellectual Property Rights to all Works arising from deliverables. Cingular also agrees not to assert any moral rights under applicable copyright law with regard to such Works.

 

c. In the event the Parties agree in writing to transfer the Intellectual Property Rights in Works created by Motricity for Cingular pursuant to a Statement of Work, such Works shall be works made for hire for Cingular, and, to the extent a Work does not qualify as a work made for hire for Cingular under applicable law, Motricity hereby assigns to Cingular all ownership of the Work, whether now existing or to be later developed and agrees to take all further steps deemed necessary or desirable by Cingular to evidence or perfect such assignment. Motricity also agrees not to assert any moral rights under applicable copyright law with regard to such Works. Motricity hereby represents and warrants that it has agreements in place with all employees to ensure that all Intellectual Property Rights in the works or inventions of such employees created pursuant to this Agreement will be transferred to Cingular as required hereunder.

 

d. Third Party Feature Work. In the event Cingular requests Motricity to provide Services and the Parties cannot agree on terms for the delivery of such Services, Cingular will have the right to have a third party provide Services (subject to approval by Motricity, not to be unreasonably withheld) and Motricity shall cooperate with and provide reasonable support to a qualified third party developer to assist in such development. Cingular shall pay Motricity for such cooperation and support on a time and materials basis according to the rates provided in Exhibit C. Motricity acknowledges that “cooperation” and “reasonable support” for such third party developers may include providing access to or creating technical documentation and application programming interfaces (“APIs”) to the extent necessary. Cingular will require any such third party developer to sign a non-disclosure agreement, prior to such third party developer providing any Services, that protects Motricity Proprietary Materials and Information no less rigorously than the Nondisclosure Agreement.

 

e. General Skills. Motricity will be free to use its general knowledge, skills and experience within the scope of its business that are used or developed pursuant to this Agreement.

3.19 Ownership of Work Product

“Custom Applications” mean software applications developed by MOTRICITY exclusively for CINGULAR which are not derivatives of any of existing Software. A derivative of Software is any computer program that is either (i) based upon underlying Software, or (ii) an add-on module, expansion module, upgrade, or other computer program the principle purpose of which is to make additional features available for users of the Software, either case where such computer program would be an infringement if created without

 

12


the authorization of MOTRICITY. Software defined as Custom Applications and all future Custom Applications will be solely owned by CINGULAR. Other terms and conditions governing Custom Applications will be set forth in a Statement of Work that provides for the development of such Custom Applications and which incorporates the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

“Joint Applications” are software applications developed by MOTRICITY for CINGULAR where the Joint Application is a derivative of the existing MOTRICITY Software. Any development of Joint Applications must be specified, documented in a Statement of Work and agreed upon in writing by both parties prior to commencement of work. Joint Applications may be owned by MOTRICITY or CINGULAR or jointly and licensed to either party, as the parties may agree in the applicable Statement of Work.

Without limiting the foregoing, CINGULAR and MOTRICITY agree that the “Fuel Platform” and any modifications and derivatives thereof shall be the sole property of MOTRICITY. Further, all software applications developed by MOTRICITY pursuant to or in connection with the Statement of Work, attached hereto as Appendix 1.3, including, but not limited to, the Storefront described therein, shall not constitute “Custom Applications” and such applications shall be solely owned by MOTRICITY.

3.20 Invoicing and Payment

 

a. For the provision of the Storefront, Cingular shall pay to MOTRICITY a revenue share as provided in Appendix 1.1. Cingular will ensure that its billing provider (QPASS) will pay Motricity such revenue share within forty-five (45) calendar days of the last day of each month in which the Total Gross Revenue as defined in Appendix 1.1) was received.

 

b. For invoices and payments other than the monthly revenue share, except as otherwise specified in an SOW, MOTRICITY shall render an invoice in duplicate promptly after the Delivery and Acceptance of Materials or performance of Services. The invoice shall specify in detail (1) quantities of each ordered item, (2) unit prices of each ordered item, (3) whether the item is taxable and the amount of tax per item, (4) item and commodity codes, (5) total amounts for each item, (6) total amount of applicable sales or use taxes, (7) discounts, (8) total amount due, and (9) software right-to-use fees as either “application” or “operational.” CINGULAR shall pay MOTRICITY in accordance with the prices set forth in this Agreement within forty-five (45) days of the date of receipt of the invoice. Payment for shortages, or Materials or Services not conforming to the Specifications, and portions of any invoice in dispute, may be withheld by CINGULAR until such problem has been resolved. If CINGULAR disputes any invoice rendered or amount paid, CINGULAR shall so notify MOTRICITY. The parties shall use their best efforts to resolve such dispute expeditiously. Invoices received by CINGULAR more than one (1) year after the provision of Materials or performance of Services are untimely and CINGULAR shall have no obligation to pay such invoices. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment for any SOW for custom development services shall be subject to the Revenue Share Rider provided in Exhibit B.

 

c. All claims for money due or to become due from CINGULAR will be subject to deduction by CINGULAR for any setoff counterclaim for money due or to become due from MOTRICITY, whether under this Agreement or otherwise. Any amount due to CINGULAR that is not so applied against MOTRICITY’s invoices for any reason shall be paid to CINGULAR by MOTRICITY within thirty (30) days after written demand by CINGULAR.

 

d. If an Order or an Appendix specifies that MOTRICITY may submit invoices for progress payments prior to Acceptance, MOTRICITY is permitted to submit invoices at the end of each month and CINGULAR will make progress payments to the MOTRICITY at thirty (30) day intervals. Such progress payments shall not exceed ninety percent (90%) of satisfactorily completed work at the time of billing, as determined by CINGULAR. MOTRICITY agrees to use such progress payments for expenses incurred for Services or Material used in performance of the Work Order for CINGULAR.

 

e. MOTRICITY agrees to accept standard, commercial methods of payment and evidence of payment obligation including, but not limited to CINGULAR’s purchase orders and electronic fund transfers in connection with the purchase of the Materials and Services.

 

13


f.

CINGULAR, through its billing vendor, shall pay MOTRICITY on thirty day (monthly) cycle within 45 days after Cingular receipt and confirmation of invoice from Cingular’s billing services vendor (QPass) (e.g. April billing cycle potentially received by Cingular on May 5 th , confirmed on May 10 th , payment sent by Cingular by approximately June 15 th .) Cingular will make every effort to ensure payment is made no later than 60 days after the end of the billing period.

3.21 Licenses and Patents

 

a. During the term of this Agreement, CINGULAR grants to MOTRICITY a nontransferable, nonexclusive, royalty-free license to the Content for the use, preparation, sale, distribution and delivery of such Content as anticipated by the terms of this Agreement. MOTRICITY shall have no ownership or other rights in the Content, including all updates, upgrades, modifications, enhancements, improvements and derivative works thereof and thereto, and any and all Intellectual Property Rights embodied in such Content shall remain exclusively with CINGULAR and its licensors. Except for the foregoing, no licenses express or implied, under any patents, copyrights, trademarks, or other Intellectual Property Rights are granted by CINGULAR to MOTRICITY under this Agreement.

 

b. CINGULAR shall be responsible for reviewing and approving all Content provided to MOTRICITY under this Agreement. CINGULAR shall promptly notify MOTRICITY in writing if any Content does not meet with CINGULAR’s approval. If CINGULAR does not notify MOTRICITY that any Content is not approved by CINGULAR, such Content shall be deemed approved. Upon notice to MOTRICITY that Content does not meet with CINGULAR’s approval, MOTRICITY shall not use such Content with the Services, or if such Content is already used with the Services, MOTRICITY shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remove any such Content from the Services.

3.22 Limitation of Liability

Except for obligations under Sections 3.15 (Confidentiality) and 3.16 (Infringement), neither party will not be liable for consequential, incidental, special, or punitive damages, or for loss of revenue or profit in connection with the performance or failure to perform this Agreement regardless of whether such liability arises from breach of contract, tort, or any other theory of liability.

3.23 Liquidated Damages

MOTRICITY recognizes the importance of meeting Delivery Dates and agrees to the following liquidated damage provisions and procedures:

 

a. Upon discovery of information indicating a reasonable certainty that Materials and/or Services will not be completed before the scheduled Delivery Date, MOTRICITY shall notify CINGULAR and provide information relating to the estimated length of delay. The parties shall work jointly toward resolution of a plan to resolve the delayed Delivery. If the parties reach agreement on an extended Delivery Date and MOTRICITY fails to meet the extended Delivery Date, CINGULAR may (a) Cancel such Order, (b) exercise its right to recover liquidated damages as specified in Appendix 1.2, and/or (c) further extend the Delivery Date. No payments progress or otherwise, made by CINGULAR to MOTRICITY after any scheduled Delivery Date shall constitute a waiver of liquidated damages.

 

b. CINGULAR agrees that MOTRICITY shall not be liable for liquidated damages for any delay which is caused by CINGULAR or any other matter outside of MOTRICITY’s Span of Control.

3.24 ***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

14


3.25 Minority/Woman/Disabled Veteran-owned Business Enterprises (“MBE/WBE/DVBE”) (and Appendices)

 

a. Motricity shall strive to reach goals for the participation of M/WBE and DVBE firms as follows: *** These goals apply to all annual expenditures by any entity pursuant to this Agreement with Supplier.

 

b. Supplier MBE/WBE/DVBE participation may be achieved through cost of goods content, contract specific subcontracting or the use of value-added resellers. The participation levels identified above will be renegotiated to comply with any regulatory requirements imposed on CINGULAR.

 

c. Attached hereto and incorporated herein as Appendix 4.12(a) is Supplier’s completed Participation Plan outlining its M/WBE-DVBE goals and specific and detailed plans to achieve those goals. Supplier will submit an updated Participation Plan annually by the first week in January. Supplier will submit M/WBE-DVBE Results Reports quarterly by the end of the first week following the close of each quarter, using the form attached hereto and incorporated herein as Appendix 4.12(b). Participation Plans and Results Reports will be submitted to the Prime Supplier Results Manager.

3.26 Non-Exclusive Market

It is expressly understood and agreed that this Agreement does not grant MOTRICITY an exclusive privilege to provide to CINGULAR any or all Material and Services of the type described in this Agreement, nor requires CINGULAR to purchase or license any Materials or Services. It is, therefore, understood that CINGULAR may contract with other manufacturers and suppliers for the procurement or trial of comparable Materials and Services and that CINGULAR may itself perform the Services described here.

3.27 Non-solicitation

Each party agrees not to solicit during the term of this Agreement and for six (6) months thereafter the other party’s personnel, employees or contractors, for employment, without the prior written consent of such party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party shall be free to solicit potential employees through solicitations and advertisements in general circulations

3.28 Notices

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, or an applicable Order, all notices or other communications hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given when made in writing and either 1) delivered in person, or 2) when received, if provided by an overnight or similar delivery service, or 3) when received, if deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and addressed as follows:

 

To: Motricity, Inc.
  2800 Meridian Parkway, Suite 150
  Durham, NC 27713
  Attn: ***

 

To: Cingular Wireless, LLC
  5565 Glenridge Connector
  Atlanta GA, 30342
  Attn.: ***

 

  cc: Cingular Wireless, LLC
    5565 Glenridge Connector
    Atlanta GA, 30342
    Attn.: General Counsel

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

15


The address to which notices or communications may be given by either party may be changed by written notice given by such party to the other pursuant to this paragraph entitled “Notices”.

3.30 Price

Material and Services shall be furnished by MOTRICITY in accordance with the prices set forth in Appendix 1.1, attached hereto and made a part hereof, or pursuant to prices for such Material and Services as provided in any Statement of Work. The prices in Appendix 1.1 are not subject to increase during the “initial term” of this Agreement.

3.31 Professional Services

In the event that Cingular requests, in its sole discretion, that Motricity perform any development, customization, installation, conversion, integration, training or other services by Motricity, Cingular will memorialize such request in a Service Request. Cingular will use the Standard Project Service Request substantially in the form of Exhibit A. All Standard Project Service Requests must be signed by duly authorized representatives of each party. In the event that Motricity elects to perform such services, the parties will draft a Statement of Work based on the Service Request. Upon signature by duly authorized representatives of both Parties, Motricity will provide Services pursuant to the terms and conditions provided for in this Agreement and as set forth in the applicable Statement of Work. A separate Service Request and Statement of Work will be required for each project, assignment or task requested by Cingular.

3.32 Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation

In the event of its failure to deliver a deliverable for Professional Services, as described in Section 3.31, on time, Motricity agrees to pay amounts described in this Section 3.31 as liquidated damages sustained by Cingular (“Professional Services Non Performance Compensation”). The parties acknowledge that the Professional Services Non Performance Compensation shall not be construed as an unenforceable penalty clause. Motricity agrees to credit the Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation against future payments due Motricity by Cingular. In the event no payments are due Motricity by Cingular within six (6) months of the end of the month that Non-Performance Compensation accrued, Motricity shall promptly pay Cingular the Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation as a cash refund.

Unless otherwise agreed to in a Statement of Work, the following table expresses the default schedule of Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation applicable to each SOW:

 

Week of Delay

  

Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation

First 4 Weeks

   ***

Week 5

   ***

Weeks 6-8:

   ***

Week 9

   ***

The foregoing percentages shall be cumulative. For example, ***

For the purposes of interpreting this table, a “Week” shall mean a period of seven (7) consecutive calendar days beginning the day after the date a deliverable should have been delivered. In the event that the period of non performance or late performance includes less than seven (7) calendar days (“Non-Week Days”), the Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation for such Non-Week Days shall be prorated based upon the number of Non-Week Days and the applicable percentage in the table above. For example, if Motricity’ performance of a deliverable were to extend ten (10) days beyond the Delivery date, the Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation would be two and six-sevenths percent (2 6/7%) of the Service fee associated with that deliverable.

 

16


In no case will the aggregated Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation exceed *** of the fees for the delayed deliverable as stated in the chart above. Cingular will not assess Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation to the extent delays or non-performance is caused by entities or factors for that are not within Motricity’s Span of Control under a specific SOW. Penalties will not be enforced if any of the following situations occur:

Cingular does not meet sign-off date(s) specified in each SOW

Cingular does not provide requirements or other inputs by date(s) specified in each SOW

Slippage outside of Motricity’s Span of Control.

3.33 Publicity

Neither party shall use the other party’s name or any language, pictures, or symbols which could, in the other party’s judgment, imply the other party’s identity or endorsement by the other party or any of its employees in any (a) written, electronic, or oral advertising or presentation or (b) brochure, newsletter, book, electronic database, or other written material of whatever nature, without the other party’s prior written consent (hereafter “publicity matters”). Each party will submit to the other party for written approval, prior to publication, all publicity matters that mention or display the other party’s name and/or marks or contain language from which a connection to said name and/or marks may be inferred or implied.

Furthermore, neither party grants any license, express or implied, to the other party for any trademark, patent, copyright, trade secret or any other intellectual property or applications therefore which is now or may hereafter be owned by the other party or any Affiliate of the other party.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, MOTRICITY may include the CINGULAR in a MOTRICITY customer list, such that CINGULAR’s name with or without logo is no more prominent than any other MOTRICITY customer.

3.34 Records and Audits

 

a. MOTRICITY agrees that it will:

i. Maintain complete and accurate records related to the Material and Services provided by MOTRICITY to CINGULAR, including records of all amounts billable to and payments made by CINGULAR in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices, uniformly and consistently applied in a format that will permit audit;

ii. Retain such records and reasonable billing detail for a period of at least three (3) years from the date of final payment for Materials and Services;

iii. Provide reasonable supporting documentation to CINGULAR concerning any disputed invoice amount within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of written notification of such dispute; and

iv. Permit CINGULAR and its authorized representatives to inspect and audit during normal business hours the charges invoiced to CINGULAR. Should CINGULAR request an audit, MOTRICITY will make available any pertinent records and files to CINGULAR during normal business hours at no additional charge.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

17


b. CINGULAR agrees that it will:

 

a. Maintain complete and accurate records from its own and any third party billing systems only as related to the revenue share provided in Appendix 1.1 in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices, uniformly and consistently applied in a format that will permit audit;

 

b. Retain such records and reasonable billing detail for a period of at least three (3) years from the date of final payment hereunder;

 

c. Provide reasonable supporting documentation to MOTRICITY concerning any disputed amounts within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of written notification of such dispute; and

 

d. Permit MOTRIICTY and its authorized representatives to inspect and audit during normal business hours CINGULAR’s and any third party billing systems related to the revenue share. Should MOTRICITY request an audit, CINGULAR will make available any pertinent records and files to MOTRICITY during normal business hours at no additional charge.

3.35 Severability

If any provision or any part of provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or non-enforceability shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other portion of this Agreement. The entire Agreement will be construed as if it did not contain the particular invalid or unenforceable provision(s) and the rights and obligations of the MOTRICITY and CINGULAR will be construed and enforced accordingly.

3.36 Survival of Obligations

Obligations and rights in connection with this Agreement which by their nature would continue beyond the Termination, Cancellation or expiration of this Agreement, including those in the sections entitled “Compliance With Laws,” “Infringement,” “Indemnity,” “Publicity,” “Severability,” “Information,” “Intellectual Property” (excluding Section 3.18 (d)), “Ownership of Work Product,” “Limitation of Liability,” “Non-solicitation,” “Independent Contractor,” “Records and Audits,’ and “Warranty and Rebates” (Sections 3.38(a), (c), and (e) only), will survive the Termination, Cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement.

3.37 Taxes

 

a. MOTRICITY may invoice CINGULAR the amount of any federal excise taxes or state or local sales taxes imposed upon the sale of Material or provision of Services as separate items, if applicable, listing the taxing jurisdiction imposing the tax. Installation, labor and other non-taxable charges must be separately stated. CINGULAR agrees to pay all applicable taxes to MOTRICITY which are stated on and at the time the Material or Service invoice is submitted by MOTRICITY. MOTRICITY agrees to remit taxes to the appropriate taxing authorities.

 

b. MOTRICITY agrees to pay, and to hold CINGULAR harmless from and against, any penalty, interest, additional tax, or other charge that may be levied or assessed as a result of the delay or failure of MOTRICITY, for any reason, to pay any tax or file any return or information required by law, rule or regulation or by this Agreement to be paid or filed by MOTRICITY. MOTRICITY agrees to pay and to hold CINGULAR harmless from and against any penalty or sanction assessed as a result of MOTRICITY doing business with any country subject to U.S. trade restrictions.

 

c.

Following the issuance of an Order, MOTRICITY shall within twenty (20) days (but in no event later than two (2) weeks before commencement of work under the applicable Order) present CINGULAR a schedule of taxes and fees that MOTRICITY proposes to collect from CINGULAR. Upon CINGULAR’s request, the parties shall consult with respect to the basis and rates upon which MOTRICITY shall pay any taxes or fees for which CINGULAR is obligated to reimburse MOTRICITY under this Agreement. If CINGULAR determines that in its opinion any such taxes or fees are not payable or should be paid on a basis less than the full price or at rates less than the full tax rate, MOTRICITY shall make payment in accordance with such determinations and CINGULAR shall be responsible for such determinations. If collection is sought by the taxing authority for a greater amount of taxes than that so determined by CINGULAR, MOTRICITY shall promptly notify CINGULAR. MOTRICITY shall cooperate with CINGULAR in contesting such determination, but CINGULAR shall be responsible and shall reimburse MOTRICITY for any tax, interest, or penalty in

 

18


  excess of its determination. If CINGULAR desires to contest such collection, CINGULAR shall promptly notify MOTRICITY. If CINGULAR determines that in its opinion it has reimbursed MOTRICITY for sales or use taxes in excess of the amount which CINGULAR is obligated to reimburse MOTRICITY, CINGULAR and MOTRICITY shall consult to determine the appropriate method of recovery of such excess reimbursements. MOTRICITY shall credit any excess reimbursements against tax reimbursements or other payments due from CINGULAR if and to the extent MOTRICITY can make corresponding adjustments to its payments to the relevant tax authority. At CINGULAR’s request, MOTRICITY shall timely file any claims for refund and any other documents required to recover any other excess reimbursements, and shall promptly remit to CINGULAR all such refunds (and interest) received.

 

d. If any taxing authority advises MOTRICITY that it intends to audit MOTRICITY with respect to any taxes for which CINGULAR is obligated to reimburse MOTRICITY under this agreement, MOTRICITY shall (1) promptly so notify CINGULAR, (2) afford CINGULAR an opportunity to participate on an equal basis with MOTRICITY in such audit with respect to such taxes and (3) keep CINGULAR fully informed as to the progress of such audit. Each party shall bear its own expenses with respect to any such audit, and the responsibility for any additional tax, penalty or interest resulting from such audit shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section. MOTRICITY’s failure to comply with the notification requirements of this section shall relieve CINGULAR of its responsibility to reimburse MOTRICITY for taxes only if MOTRICITY’s failure materially prejudiced CINGULAR’s ability to contest imposition or assessment of those taxes.

 

e. In addition to its rights under subparagraph (d) above with respect to any tax or tax controversy covered by this Tax Section, CINGULAR will be entitled to contest, pursuant to applicable law and tariffs, and at its own expense, any tax previously billed that it is ultimately obligated to pay. CINGULAR will be entitled to the benefit of any refund or recovery of amounts that it had previously paid resulting from such a contest. MOTRICITY will cooperate in any such contest, provided that all costs and expenses incurred in obtaining a refund or credit for CINGULAR shall be paid by CINGULAR.

 

f. If either party is audited by a taxing authority or other governmental entity, the other party agrees to reasonably cooperate with the party being audited in order to respond to any audit inquiries in an appropriate and timely manner, so that the audit and any resulting controversy may be resolved expeditiously.

3.38 Warranty and Rebates

 

a. MOTRICITY warrants to CINGULAR that Material furnished hereunder will be merchantable, free from defects in design, material and workmanship, fit and sufficient for the purposes intended by CINGULAR, free from all liens and encumbrances and will strictly conform to and perform in accordance with applicable Specifications, drawings and samples. In addition, if Material contains one or more original equipment or software manufacturer’s (“OEM”) warranties, MOTRICITY hereby represents that it has the authority to and does hereby assign such warranties to CINGULAR.

 

b. MOTRICITY also warrants to CINGULAR that any Services provided hereunder will be performed in a first-class, professional manner, in strict compliance with the Specifications, and with the care, skill, and diligence, and in accordance with the applicable standards, currently recognized in supplier’s profession or industry. If MOTRICITY fails to meet applicable professional standards, MOTRICITY will, without additional compensation, promptly correct or revise any errors or deficiencies in the Services furnished hereunder.

 

c.

MOTRICITY represents and warrants that: there are no actions, suits, or proceedings, pending or threatened, which will have a material adverse effect on MOTRICITY’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement; it will immediately notify CINGULAR if, during the term of this Agreement, MOTRICITY becomes aware of any action, suit, or proceeding, pending or threatened, which may have a material adverse effect on MOTRICITY’s ability to fulfill the obligations under this Agreement or any Order; it has all necessary skills, rights, financial resources, and authority to enter into this Agreement and related Orders and to provide or license the Material or Services, including that the Material and Services will not infringe any patent, copyright, or other intellectual property; no

 

19


  consent, approval, or withholding of objection is required from any entity, including any governmental authority with respect to the entering into or the performance of this Agreement or any Order; the Material and Services will be provided free of any lien or encumbrance of any kind; it will be fully responsible and liable for all acts, omissions, and work performed by any of its representatives, including any subcontractor; that all representatives, including subcontractors, will strictly comply with the provisions specified in this Agreement; and it will comply with the terms of this Agreement or Order, including those specified in any Exhibits or Appendices thereto.

 

e. If the parties have identified a system on which Software will operate, MOTRICITY warrants that Software will perform on and be compatible with such system and operate satisfactorily in the system environment specified in the applicable Order or Statement of Work. System includes the hardware, operating and application Software, interfaces, and databases that interact with such Software.

 

f. MOTRICITY warrants that all Material provided to CINGULAR hereunder shall be tested prior to delivery to insure it is in strict compliance with the Specifications and that Material will not contain Harmful Code at any time. Testing will include complete regression and interaction testing and load, unit, and integration testing when applicable.

ARTICLE IV - SPECIAL CLAUSES

4.1 Access

 

a. When appropriate, MOTRICITY shall have reasonable access to CINGULAR’s premises during normal business hours and at such other times as may be agreed upon by the parties in order to enable MOTRICITY to perform its obligations under this Agreement. MOTRICITY shall coordinate such access with CINGULAR’s designated representative prior to visiting such premises. MOTRICITY insures CINGULAR that only persons employed by MOTRICITY or subcontracted by MOTRICITY will be allowed to enter CINGULAR’s premises. If CINGULAR requests MOTRICITY or its subcontractor to discontinue furnishing any person provided by MOTRICITY or its subcontractor from performing work on CINGULAR’s premises, MOTRICITY shall immediately comply with such request. Such person shall leave CINGULAR’s premises promptly and MOTRICITY shall not furnish such person again to perform work on CINGULAR’s premises without CINGULAR’s written consent. The parties agree that, where required by governmental regulations, it will submit satisfactory clearance from the U.S. Department of Defense and/or other federal, state, or local authorities.

 

b. CINGULAR may require MOTRICITY or its representatives, including employees and subcontractors, to exhibit identification credentials or sign a Nondisclosure Agreement which CINGULAR may issue in order to gain access to CINGULAR’s premises for the performance of Services. If, for any reason, any MOTRICITY representative is no longer performing such Services, MOTRICITY shall immediately inform CINGULAR. Notification shall be followed by the prompt delivery to CINGULAR of the identification credentials, if issued by CINGULAR, or a written statement of the reasons why said identification credentials cannot be returned.

 

c. MOTRICITY shall insure that its representatives, including employees and subcontractors will, while on or off CINGULAR’s premises, perform Services which (i) conform to the Specifications, (ii) protect CINGULAR’s Material, buildings, and structures, (iii) do not interfere with CINGULAR’s business operations, and (iv) perform such Services with care and due regard for the safety, convenience, and protection of CINGULAR, its employees, and property and in full conformance with the policies specified in the CINGULAR Code of Conduct, which prohibits the possession of a weapon or an implement which can be used as a weapon.

 

d. MOTRICITY shall be responsible for insuring that all persons furnished by MOTRICITY work harmoniously with all others when on CINGULAR’s premises.

4.2 Change Notices - Simple

 

a. MOTRICITY agrees to notify CINGULAR, in advance, of any change to be made in the Material furnished in accordance with the Specifications, software related documentation and/or documentation that would impact upon either reliability or the form, fit or function of the Material.

 

20


b. In order for CINGULAR to review Material changes, a minimum of thirty (30) days advance notice before installation in any end-user location will be required except for those cases where an extremely unsatisfactory condition requires immediate remedial action. The final classification of any Material change proposed by MOTRICITY will be by mutual agreement between MOTRICITY and CINGULAR.

 

c. In the event that CINGULAR and MOTRICITY fail to reach agreement on any change in Material proposed by MOTRICITY, CINGULAR will have the right without penalty to Terminate any or all Orders for Material affected by such change(s) proposed or issued by CINGULAR.

4.3 Emergency Support Service

If any natural disaster or other emergency occurs whereby Material and Service provided in connection with this Agreement is damaged and such condition materially affects CINGULAR’s ability to provide services to its subscribers, MOTRICITY agrees, at CINGULAR’s request, to assist CINGULAR as provided in Appendix 1.2

4.4 Government Contract Provisions

Orders containing a notation that the Material is intended for use under government contracts shall be subject to the then current government provisions referenced in or attached to such Orders.

4.5 Independent Contractor

MOTRICITY hereby represents and warrants to CINGULAR that:

 

a. MOTRICITY is engaged in an independent business and will perform all obligations under this Agreement as an independent contractor and not as the agent or employee of CINGULAR;

 

b. MOTRICITY’s personnel performing Services shall be considered solely the employees of MOTRICITY and not employees or agents of CINGULAR;

 

c. MOTRICITY has and retains the right to exercise full control of and supervision over the performance of the Services and full control over the employment, direction, assignment, compensation, and discharge of all personnel performing the Services;

 

d. MOTRICITY is solely responsible for all matters relating to compensation and benefits of all MOTRICITY’s personnel who perform Services. This responsibility includes, but is not limited to, (1) timely payment of compensation and benefits, including, but not limited to, overtime, medical, dental, and any other benefit, and (2) all matters relating to compliance with all employer obligations to withhold employee taxes, pay employee and employer taxes, and file payroll tax returns and information returns under local, state, and federal income tax laws, unemployment compensation insurance and state disability insurance tax laws, and social security and Medicare tax laws, and all other payroll tax laws or similar laws (all collectively hereinafter referred to as “payroll tax obligations”) with respect to all MOTRICITY personnel providing Services.

 

e. MOTRICITY will indemnify, defend, and hold CINGULAR harmless from all Liabilities, costs, expenses, and claims related to MOTRICITY’s failure to comply with the immediately preceding paragraph.

4.6 Insignia

Upon CINGULAR’s written request, certain of CINGULAR’s trademarks, trade names, insignia, symbols, decorative designs, or other similar items (hereinafter “Insignia”), shall be properly affixed by MOTRICITY to the Material furnished at no additional cost to CINGULAR. Such Insignia shall not be affixed, used, or otherwise displayed on the Material without CINGULAR’s written approval. The manner in which such Insignia will be affixed must be approved in writing by CINGULAR.

MOTRICITY agrees to remove, at no additional cost to CINGULAR, all Insignia from Material not meeting CINGULAR’s requirements. MOTRICITY agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold CINGULAR harmless from any Liability in connection with MOTRICITY’s failure to remove such Insignia. This section will in no way alter or modify MOTRICITY’s obligations under this Agreement regarding protection of CINGULAR’s confidential Information.

 

21


4.7 Non-Intervention

In connection with the provision of Material and Services by MOTRICITY to CINGULAR, MOTRICITY agrees not to influence – directly or indirectly – any regulatory, legislative, or judicial body so as to prevent, or delay the offering of Materials or Services by CINGULAR which utilize the Material or Services supplied by MOTRICITY.

4.8 Overdependence of MOTRICITY

MOTRICITY warrants to CINGULAR that as of the effective date of this Agreement MOTRICITY has (1) no contractual obligations which would adversely affect MOTRICITY’s capabilities to perform under this Agreement, (2) is not involved in any litigation which would adversely affect MOTRICITY’s ability to perform under this Agreement, and (3) has all professional licenses which are required to perform under this Agreement.

Accordingly, and because CINGULAR has no way of ascertaining MOTRICITY’s dependency on CINGULAR for revenues from sales in proportion to revenues from MOTRICITY’s other customers, and in order to protect CINGULAR from a situation in which MOTRICITY is overly dependent upon CINGULAR for said sales, MOTRICITY agrees to release and hold harmless CINGULAR from any and all claims and liabilities relating to MOTRICITY’s financial stability, which may result from CINGULAR’s termination of any Order placed under this Agreement, and/or CINGULAR’s reduced purchases hereunder, for any reason whatsoever.

4.9 Releases Void

Neither party shall require waivers or releases of any personnel or other representatives of the other in connection with visits to its premises, nor shall no such releases or waivers be pleaded by either party in any action or proceeding.

4.10 Statement(s) of Work and Form of Order(s)

This Agreement contemplates the future execution by CINGULAR and MOTRICITY of one or more written Order(s) or Statement(s) of Work. Both parties shall execute each Order(s) and/or SOW(s) and the terms of the Agreement will govern the Order(s) and/or SOW(s).

4.11 Strategic Technology Partnership

As part of this Agreement, CINGULAR and MOTRICITY shall establish a Strategic Technology Partnership with the primary goal of providing a formal technology information exchange process. This process shall be driven by an executive-level review committee that shall meet periodically (no less than twice each year) to review key technology initiatives that could have potential impact on CINGULAR’s technology strategy and future buying decisions. The process shall also be supported by the on-going exchange of key information in areas such as standards initiatives, product changes and customer requirements as defined by CINGULAR.

4.12 Technical Support

MOTRICITY will provide full and complete technical assistance to CINGULAR for the Materials and Services covered by this Agreement as provided in Appendix 1.2.

4.13 Work Done By Others

If any part of MOTRICITY’s work is dependent upon services performed by others, MOTRICITY shall inspect and promptly report to CINGULAR any defect that renders such other services unsuitable for MOTRICITY’s proper performance. MOTRICITY’s silence shall constitute approval of such other services as fit, proper and suitable for MOTRICITY’s performance of its work. All obligations hereunder and to any SOWs shall remain in full force and effect with respect to any subcontracted parties.

 

22


ARTICLE V – CLAUSES APPLICABLE TO SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

5.1 Computer Asset Protection Requirements

With respect to Software, MOTRICITY agrees to comply with the current issue of CINGULAR Wireless LLC’s Corporate Security Standards Technical Reference (“CSSTR”), entitled “Security Requirements for Contractual Agreements” as set forth in Appendix 3.6. This reference fully incorporates Appendix 3.6 herein. MOTRICITY agrees to cooperate fully with CINGULAR in ensuring that Software and/or computer systems MOTRICITY develops, designs, or supports under this Agreement comply with the CSSTR. MOTRICITY agrees to fully indemnify, defend at its own expense, and hold the CINGULAR harmless against any breach of the terms set forth in Appendix 3.6. [Corporate Security Standards Technical Reference to be provided at a later date]

With respect to Software or Services (other than Software Maintenance), MOTRICITY agrees to comply with the current issue of CINGULAR Wireless, LLC’s Corporate Security Standards Technical Reference (“CSSTR”), entitled “Security Requirements for System or Network Access by Vendor, Contractor and MOTRICITY Personnel” as set forth in Appendix 3.6 which is attached hereto and fully incorporated herein by this reference. The word “MOTRICITY” used in Appendix 3.6 shall mean MOTRICITY. MOTRICITY agrees that all of its personnel having access to CINGULAR’s systems will be covered on the contents of the CSSTR and will sign the certification provided to that effect. Failure of any personnel to sign the certification may be grounds for CINGULAR refusing to allow that individual system access. MOTRICITY agrees to fully indemnify, defend at its own expense, and hold CINGULAR harmless against any breach of the terms set forth in the CSSTR.

5.2 Documentation

MOTRICITY shall furnish, at no additional charge to CINGULAR, Documentation for each copy of Software delivered hereunder, including any and all succeeding changes thereto, and Documentation for Fixes, Upgrades and Enhancements. This documentation will be of sufficient depth such that MOTRICITY hereby grants to CINGULAR for the term of this Agreement a, paid-up, non-exclusive, world-wide, non-transferable right and license for Users to use, execute, modify, reproduce, publicly display, and publicly perform the Documentation.

5.3 Fixes, Upgrades and Enhancements

MOTRICITY shall be responsible for performing Fixes, Upgrades and Enhancements to the Software as more fully set out in the Statement of Work section (Appendix 1.3 “Statement of Work”).

5.4 Provisions for Software Trials and Beta Testing

From time to time, MOTRICITY may provide CINGULAR with Software and/or pre-production software known as “beta software”, on a trial basis at no charge for a mutually agreed upon period. Such trial shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable SOW. CINGULAR shall not be required to issue an Order or to sign a nondisclosure agreement apart from this Agreement to conduct a trial. CINGULAR shall have no obligation to license, purchase or otherwise acquire any Software and/or beta software from MOTRICITY upon the completion of any trial.

 

23


5.5 Provisions for Source Code

Upon occurrence of any of the following events, MOTRICITY shall provide CINGULAR with the Source Code for the Software:

(i) MOTRICITY ceases to provide any support for the Storefront or such Software;

(ii) MOTRICITY ceases doing business for any reason;

(iii) MOTRICITY commits any act of bankruptcy within the meaning of the Federal, or any State Bankruptcy Act or if bankruptcy proceedings are instituted against MOTRICITY; or

(iv) Proceedings such as receivership, insolvency, reorganization, dissolution, liquidation or other similar proceedings are instituted by or against MOTRICITY.

At CINGULAR’s request and expense, MOTRICITY agrees to place such Source Code in escrow with a software custodian mutually acceptable to the parties. The Source Code will be sufficiently documented such that person(s) with expertise in the area of software development may provide support and modifications for the software within a reasonable timeframe. Further, MOTRICITY will make reasonable efforts to keep the Source Code held in escrow up to date. The Source Code will be updated with each major release of Software within 30 days of the release.

CINGULAR shall take all reasonable precautions to protect the delivered Source Code from unauthorized disclosure or use and shall only permit authorize Users having a business related reason access and use of the Source Code.

5.6 Provisions for Content Catalog

Upon occurrence of any of the following events, Motricity shall provide Cingular with the Content Catalog for the Storefront

MOTRICITY ceases to provide Software Maintenance for such Software;

MOTRICITY ceases doing business for any reason;

MOTRICITY commits any act of bankruptcy within the meaning of the Federal, or any State Bankruptcy Act or if bankruptcy proceedings are instituted against MOTRICITY; or

The relationship with Motricity terminates for any reason whatsoever.

Proceedings such as receivership, insolvency, reorganization, dissolution, liquidation or other similar proceedings are instituted by or against MOTRICITY.

Motricity agrees to take all reasonable efforts to ensure that the Content Catalog is up to date and is no older than 7 days. Further Motricity agrees to provide the content catalog in a format that is mutually agreed between Motricity and Cingular within 10 days of the request being made. “Content Catalog” shall mean the list of Content that CINGULAR provides via the Storefront, including sufficient information to identify the individual digital Content products and correlate such Content product back to its relationship on the Storefront’s taxonomy and to Subscriber purchases past and present. Provision of the Content Catalog to Cingular does not and will not confer on Cingular any rights to any of the Content listed therein.

5.7 Software Support and Maintenance

MOTRICITY shall be responsible for performing Software support and maintenance, as more fully set out in Appendix 1.2 or the applicable SOW.

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives:

 

MOTRICITY, INC.     CINGULAR WIRELESS LLC
By:  

/s/ Ryan Wuerch

    By:  

/s/ Stan Sigman

Name:   Ryan Wuerch     Name:   Stan Sigman
Title:   Chairman and CEO     Title:   President and CEO
Date:  

7/28/2006

    Date:  

9/14/06

 

25


APPENDIX 1.1

MOTRICITY PRICING

***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

26


APPENDIX 1.2

SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

To adequately offer and support the Storefront, MOTRICITY and CINGULAR agree to the terms and conditions set forth in this SLA including but not limited to, the following areas.

 

   

Service availability to Subscribers.

 

   

Trouble identification and resolution process.

 

   

Ongoing support, upgrade, and change control plan for the Storefront

 

   

Content provider technical support process

 

   

Device and application testing SLA.

Definitions

Unless defined herein, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement

 

Term

  

Definition

Availability    The percentage resulting from the following calculation: [1-(Down Time/(Total Time – Scheduled Down Time))] x 100. Availability percentages shall be expressed to two decimal points with the second decimal place rounded up or down to the nearest one-hundredth of a percentage point.
Business Hours    Monday through Friday, 8:00 am to 7:00 pm Eastern Time
Degradation    A condition in which the system functions outside the predetermined performance limits, resulting in a lower quality of service, but not including Outages.
Down Time    During a calendar month, the sum of (i) number of minutes that the Information Service experiences an Outage, plus (ii) the number of minutes that the Information Service experiences Degradation greater than ***, pro-rated according to the percentage of Degradation as described below. Down Time does not include Outages or Degradation that occur during Scheduled Maintenance.
Emergency Maintenance    Maintenance required outside the agreed-upon Scheduled Maintenance, or necessary within Scheduled Maintenance but not scheduled in advance pursuant to Section 5.
Executive Bridge    A teleconference that brings together appropriate senior and executive people to focus decisions resulting from an outage or incident in production.
Hours of Operation    24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year.
Incident    Any Outage, Degradation, or other problem with the Information Service for which Cingular requests support in conformance with this SLA.
Incident Management Process    This facilitates incident management through the notification and escalation processes. This process alerts designated Cingular departments to Information Service-affecting incidents and provides a method by which succeeding levels of technical expertise and related management are engaged in restoration activities.
Information Service    The Storefront, which may also be referred to as the “Media Mall”

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

27


Term

  

Definition

Outage    The Information Service is not available to any Subscribers.
Resolution    The permanent correction of the error, defect or condition giving rise to the Incident.
Root Cause Analysis or RCA    The process of identifying the core events that resulted in an Incident.
Scheduled Down Time    The number of minutes of Down Time incurred during Scheduled Maintenance. Scheduled Down Time does not count against the Availability requirement.
Scheduled Maintenance    The number of minutes of maintenance that is scheduled in advance. Scheduled Down Time shall occur within the Scheduled Maintenance window.
Service Impact Report (“SIR”)    The severity level assigned to an Incident based on the Incident classifications defined in section 3.5 below. SIR reflects the degree of customer impact resulting from an incident, with an SIR 1 having the greatest impact and a SIR 3 having the least.
Span of Control    Span of Control is defined as those areas of functionality that are under the direct control of a party. This includes functionality that is provided by external vendors or suppliers with whom the party has a contractual relationship.
Technical Bridge    A teleconference that brings together appropriate technical people and their immediate supervisors and managers to focus on isolating and resolving an Incident.
Total Time    The total number of minutes in a given calendar month.
Trouble Ticket    A numbered record that documents a significant event or Incident. The tracking document for an Incident or Scheduled Maintenance.

1. Service Availability For The Cingular Storefront Service Provided By Motricity

The Availability requirement for the Storefront is ***, measured on a monthly basis, over 365 days a year, 7 days a week, and 24 hours a day (the “Service Availability Metric”).

The Incident investigation process may be triggered by Topaz monitoring, user testing or at the request of Cingular based on transaction failures or alarms. Any Degradation with an impact greater than *** to Web or WAP application will be considered as partial Availability of the Storefront and a proportion of the time will be counted against the Availability calculations as described below. The Root Cause Analysis must identify any Incident to be within the Motricity’s Span of Control for it to count against reporting or SLA calculations.

Degradation percentage will be measured by Motricity by calculating the transaction impact, based on the Motricity system transaction logs, against the average hourly transaction for the same period from the previous two like periods. Cingular may verify the Motricity transaction logs using the Cingular and/or Qpass transaction logs. In the event of a dispute regarding the Degradation percentage, Cingular will provide Motricity the Cingular and/or Qpass transaction logs for a joint review to resolve the dispute. Transaction calculating will commence on or about August 31, 2006. Until transaction numbers are available, Motricity will use revenue to determine outage impact, measured by Motricity by calculating the revenue impact against the average hourly revenue for the same period from the previous like periods over the previous two weeks. Example of same period from previous like periods over the previous two weeks: if an outage occurs from 3:00am to 4:00 am on a Tuesday, the impact will be compared to the average transactions (or revenues, as applicable) for 3:00am to 4:00 am on Tuesdays for the previous two weeks.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

28


The degradation severity or percentage maybe calculated separately for either WAP or WEB if needed. Down Time attributable to the Degradation will then be calculated by the degradation amount period multiplied by the average hourly transaction rate for the same period from the previous like periods over the previous two weeks. *** If the outage is either WAP or WEB only, the resulting Degradation Down Time calculations will be prorated appropriately based on the WEB or WAP percentage of total transactions. ***

For all verified Degradations, including those below the *** threshold, Motricity will provide an RCA and make all reasonable efforts to address the root cause regardless of service impact level. If Motricity encounters chronic Degradation Incidents with less then *** impact for each Degradation Incident but it results in greater then *** total drop in transactions for the entire month, as compared to the same period from the previous like periods over the previous two weeks, then *** of total minutes impacted by those Degradations will be counted against the Down Time calculations.

User requests for WAP and WEB Services shall be fulfilled in accordance to terms set out as follows. If the system does not perform within these parameters has an impact greater than ***, it will be deemed to be in a state of Degradation. Service impact could happen at any stage of the end-to-end MediaMall purchasing process, including WAP push and Content download portion that is under Motricity’s Span of Control.

For WAP page responses on the Storefront, performance response times from within the Motricity network, verified and measured via SiteScope should be no more than *** as measured on average over *** intervals. Latency issues to be triggered by Topaz monitoring with final latency determination per a mutual agreed RCA process – unless otherwise identified, Mercury SiteScope will be used to measure Motricity latency. If a WAP page does not respond within a certain period of time, or Cingular gateway receives failures, an outage or Degradation may be occurring. Degradations equal to or less than *** of WAP transactions (based on previous two similar periods) will not count against Down Time.

Performance response times from the Motricity network, verified and measured via SiteScope of no more than *** for a WEB page averaged and measured over *** increments. Performance average response times will be triggered by Topaz and confirmed by Sitescope. If a WEB page does not respond within a certain period of time, an outage or Degradation may have occurred. Degradation issues to be triggered by Topaz monitoring with final Degradation determination per a mutual agreed RCA process – unless otherwise identified, Mercury SiteScope will be used to measure Motricity Degradation. Degradations equal to or less than *** of Web transactions (based on previous two similar periods) will not count against Down Time.

For purposes of the Availability calculation, the following circumstances shall not be counted as Down Time (i.e. the Information Service shall not be considered “unavailable” under the following circumstances):

 

  (i) time allocated for Scheduled Maintenance within the maintenance window,

 

  (ii) Downtime or unavailability of the Storefront due to elements beyond MOTRICITY’s Span of Control.

 

  (iii) network interruptions on the Cingular side of the demarcation point that are not caused by MOTRICITY; and

 

  (iv) Downtime caused by interruptions that are force majeure events under the Agreement, including without limitation, acts of God, acts or omissions of civil or military authority, government regulations, embargoes, epidemics, war, terrorist acts, riots, civil commotion or civil uprisings, insurrections, fires, explosions, nuclear accidents, strikes, lockouts, power blackouts, interruptions in telecommunications or Internet services or network provider services, earthquakes, floods, hurricanes, tornadoes, volcanic actions, or other similar causes beyond MOTRICITY’s Span of Control.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

29


1.1. Service Level Reporting

Motricity will provide Cingular with reporting for Availability on a monthly basis. The reports are due by the sixth (6 th ) business day following the reporting period. These reports will include:

 

  1. Availability

 

  2. Degradation (To include latency measurements)

 

  3. Minutes of Scheduled Maintenance and any resulting Down Time

 

  4. Minutes of Emergency Maintenance and any resulting Down Time

 

  5. Total Down Time

 

  6. List of Incidents with date, start time, stop time and reason

 

  7. Traffic data for hourly intervals provided on a monthly basis or on an adhoc basis(or provide Cingular access to tool with similar data

 

  8. Capacity analysis and reports (quarterly)

 

  9. As requested, detail breakdown of transactions analysis, at 5 minute interval, after each outage

Cingular may choose to use an external tool to measure Motricity’s performance. Motricity will reasonably cooperate with Cingular to allow the proper access and connectivity such that Cingular’s external tools may be utilized.

2. Capacity Management

Forecasts of service usage are a vital part of service capacity planning and management. Motricity should use usage information received from Cingular National Service Delivery Engineering and Marketing to plan and manage the capacity on their service platform and transport facility bandwidth required to connect to Cingular network.

2.1. Forecast

Motricity will use the following Cingular design guidelines and requirements for forecasting their platform node(s) capacity and bandwidth utilization:

Motricity shall use Cingular service usage (Subscriber and MOU) forecast received from Cingular National Service Delivery Engineering and or Cingular Finance and Marketing on a quarterly basis.

Motricity will use an average of 70% processor occupancy as a trigger for growth. Maximum utilization will not exceed 80%. Once an average of 70% sustained utilization trigger is reached or if the 70% trigger is reached more than once a week, new capacity will be in place before the 80% limit is reached or 3 months, whichever is the shorter of the two.

If the bandwidth utilization average exceeds 60%, or the utilization peaks over 70% three times within any seven day period, the bandwidth capacity will be expanded. Once the average of 60% sustained bandwidth utilization trigger is reached or if the 60% trigger is reached more than once a week, new capacity will be in place before the 70% limit is reached or 3 months, whichever is the shorter of the two.

2.2. Trending Matrix

Motricity shall use actual data obtained from each service platform element to trend the capacity performance behavior of each element. A trending matrix will be provided to National Service Delivery Engineering on a monthly basis.

 

30


2.3. Build-Out Plan

Service platform and bandwidth capacity build-out ahead of anticipated growth trigger, based on trends of actual data and forecast information, is necessary in order to ensure quality of service.

Motricity will build-out capacity for service platform elements and circuits for at least six month ahead of forecasted growth.

2.4. Reports

A utilization report on all network circuits and elements will be provided to Cingular on a monthly basis. This reporting shall also include KPI reporting for that period and identified exceptions of any KPI thresholds.

Motricity shall report to Cingular NSD Engineering actual Subscriber user count and capacity utilization metrics. The report should be sent to NSD Engineering on a monthly basis.

Motricity will provide an update to the build-out plan on a monthly basis.

3. Incident Management

Cingular and Motricity collaboration and communication is a key to mutual success. All entities responsible for Information Service Availability will follow this matrix for Incident communication and Incident Management.

3.1. Patches and Fixes

Recognizing the unpredictable nature of Fixes and patch releases, to the fullest extent commercially reasonable, MOTRICITY will notify CINGULAR in writing of all such changes that will affect the use of the Storefront, at the earliest possible date prior to commercial release. Requests submitted for Fixes and patch releases will detail the Fixes and any functionality, interoperability and performance implications.

3.2. Monitoring

Motricity will monitor all functional components and all network connectivity points related to the Information Service 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, and 365 days per year. Motricity will establish 24x7x365 NOC with live personnel who are technically versed in the Storefront technology.

3.3. Trouble Tickets and Updates

Motricity will coordinate Incident isolation, testing and repair work for all Incidents that are within Motricity’s span of control. Motricity will proactively inform Cingular when an issue or condition arises that may cause potential Incidents.

3.4. Cingular Notification to Motricity

Cingular may communicate Incidents to Motricity by email or telephone at any time. In each case, Cingular will open a Trouble Ticket with information to assist in Incident Resolution and will assign an SIR to the Incident. Motricity will generate a single response by email for each Trouble Ticket regardless of Trouble Ticket receipt method. The email response from Motricity will include the information supplied to Cingular per Example A: Incident Notification or Trouble Ticket.

 

31


3.5. Motricity Notification to Cingular

In the event that Motricity identifies an Incident, Motricity is responsible for notifying Cingular within 15 minutes. Cingular shall track Incidents via a common Incident or Trouble Ticket number. Motricity shall provide a first response, first update and subsequent updates for each Incident according to time periods described in table 3.5.

3.6. Incident Classifications

A distinction will be made between the handling of issues affecting a single Subscriber and issues affecting multiple customers. Single-Subscriber issues will be reported through Cingular Customer Care. In the event of an incident affecting multiple Subscribers, Cingular will assign an initial SIR. Cingular assigns SIR based on the table below:

 

Service
Impact
Report

  

Description

  

Initial
Response

  

Updates

SIR 1   

This incident level is attained when any of the following conditions are met:

 

•   An Outage that affects *** or more of Subscribers

 

•   A recurring temporary Outage of the Information Service

 

•   Inability to service Subscriber Technical Support requests

 

•   Results are materially different from those described in the product definition, documentation and specifications

   ***    *** or as requested
SIR 2   

This incident level is attained when any of the following conditions are met:

 

•   An Outage that affects *** of the Subscriber

 

•   Revenue from Content should not be immediately affected.

 

•   Results are materially different from those described in the product definition, documentation and specifications

 

•   A significant Degradation, an Outage that affects *** of Subscribers

of the Information Service occurs

   ***    *** or as requested
SIR 3   

This incident level is attained when any of the following conditions are met:

 

•   An outage that affects less than *** of the Subscribers

 

•   A network event that has no immediate impact on Subscribers or programming (by way of example, loss of redundancy).

 

•   A minor Degradation, affecting less than *** of Subscribers, of the Information Service delivery

 

•   Results that are materially different from those described in the product definition for non-essential features

   ***    *** or as requested

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

32


3.7. Technical Bridge

During the resolution of an Incident, Cingular may establish a Technical Bridge and/or an Executive Bridge for any Incident. Motricity shall join the Technical Bridge upon *** notice from Cingular for SIR 1 issues as noted in the table below. These bridges are used for NOC-to-NOC communication, troubleshooting, triage and escalation. Unless otherwise notified by Cingular, a Technical Bridge or Executive Bridge will be established as follows:

 

Action

  

SIR 1

  

SIR 2

  

SIR 3

Technical Bridge

   Immediately (within *** when reasonably possible)    *** (or sooner upon request from Cingular)    *** (or sooner upon request from Cingular)

Executive Bridge

   ***    ***    N/A

3.8. Root Cause Analysis

Motricity will provide written assessment of the root cause of all Incidents. The preliminary assessment is due within 24 hours of Incident closure with the completed RCA within five (5) business days. Example B: Root Cause Analysis (RCA) Worksheet has the required categories and is a suggested format.

4. Change Management – Maintenance

4.1. Scheduled Maintenance/Scheduled Downtime

MOTRICITY will notify CINGULAR of all application, communications and hosting/platform related changes, maintenance and upgrades with respect to the Storefront, except for those that would clearly not impact CINGULAR in any material way. Motricity will notify Cingular by email no less than five (5) working days before a Scheduled Maintenance event. The Example C: Maintenance Request Worksheet includes the required information to request Scheduled Maintenance. Cingular will be deemed to have accepted the Motricity Scheduled Maintenance request unless Cingular responds via email at least 24 hours before the Scheduled Maintenance. Motricity will notify Cingular via email immediately prior to and after the Scheduled Maintenance is performed, or if Scheduled Maintenance is postponed or cancelled. Motricity will be available to join Technical Bridges during Scheduled Maintenance as reasonably requested by Cingular.

***

Splash Page During Maintenance - The parties will cooperate to display a “splash page” during any Scheduled Down Time or Emergency Maintenance that would otherwise result in a TCP timeout from a WAP Gateway, and during any other mutually agreed required maintenance activities requiring Subscribers’ requests to be blocked whenever reasonably technically feasible. Such a page will be presented to Subscribers of both the wired and wireless web access points, to inform them of temporary unavailability of the Services. Service of the splash page does not constitute Availability, but is categorized as either Scheduled Down Time or Down Time. Cingular will provide the static WML/xHTML Content to be displayed in the “splash page”.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

33


4.2. Maintenance Window

Motricity will perform Scheduled Maintenance and Scheduled Down Time from *** However, with both parties’ written consent on an exception basis, Motricity will be allowed extended maintenance until ***. Cingular may at times request, provided such request is reasonable under the circumstances, that Motricity close a maintenance window so that Cingular can perform maintenance on its own system.

4.3. Emergency Maintenance

Should Motricity require Emergency Maintenance, Motricity will contact Cingular Operations immediately with a completed Example C: Maintenance Request Worksheet. Any Down Time resulting from Emergency Maintenance shall be included as Down Time in the Availability calculation and reports.

4.4. Holiday Network Freeze

Except for critical activities, Motricity will not conduct any maintenance activities that could impact Cingular’s services during Cingular’s holiday network freeze period, or during special promotions or events. Cingular will communicate the restrictions in advance.

5. Contacts and Hours of Operation

The following Contacts information may be updated and republished anytime by either party upon written notice to the other. Changes will not be maintained within this SLA document. Please notify Cingular of changes at: ***

 

Cingular

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

NSD National Operations Center    24 x 7 x 365   

Incident Management and

Emergency Maintenance

   ***
MMS External Partner Ops   

8:00 am – 5:00 pm

PT Monday – Friday

  

Incident Root Cause

Analysis, Change

Management, Performance

Reports and Tier 2 Support

   ***
Change Management   

8:00 am – 5:00 pm

PT Monday – Friday

  

Maintenance Notification – all

maintenance

   ***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

34


Escalation

Level

  

Organization

  

Name

  

Phone Number and
Email Address

  

Hours of

Operation

  

Response

Time

Level 1   

Network Operations

Center

   Customer Help Desk    ***    24/7/365    ***
Level 2   

Network Operations

Center

   ***    ***    Business Hours    ***
Level 3    Production    ***    ***    Business Hours    ***

Technical Developer Support

MOTRICITY will respond within one business day to all CINGULAR developer support inquires.

Developer Care Support & Escalation Process:

 

   

Developer contacts the Cingular developer Forum. If the issue is specific to Motricity and cannot be resolved by Cingular it is escalated to tier 2 at MOTRICITY via email or and a ticket ID is issued.

 

   

If issue is resolved, close ticket.

 

   

If upon thorough investigation, issue cannot be resolved at tier 2, the issue is escalated to Motricity Engineering or Systems resource as appropriate. Issue ownership is maintained by Content & Developer Services representative to preserve developer relationship.

 

   

Upon resolution, close ticket.

 

   

At any time, developers can reopen closed tickets and process is resumed at the point in which it was closed or escalated.

Content Qualification & Review

Timeline requirements for Content Qualification and Review will be split into two sections for requirements. The first will be described as the time required having Content launch ready. The second is to have the launch ready Content fully available to Subscribers for purchasing.

Time to Launch Ready - The MOTRICITY process for testing and launching applications once they have been submitted shall conform to the following timeline requirements:

 

Content Provider Type

 

Time to launch ready

From a Trusted Content Provider   ***
From untrusted Content Provider   ***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

35


A Trusted Content Provider is defined as one who has an established relationship with Motricity as a Content provider. This relationship is characterized as one where the Content provider has:

 

   

Taken the Motricity prescribed training on Content onboarding, or has been providing Content for a period of *** or more and has met the detailed Content quality guidelines detailed in the trusted partner program.

A Trusted Content Provider undergoes less invasive testing of Content which has been submitted for launch

Motricity will continue to make reasonable efforts to continue moving Content providers from untrusted to Trusted Content Provider. This will be accomplished via training and technical support as detailed in this document.

Time to Availability in Production - Motricity shall also make improvements in the software platform and process such that Content which is launch ready can be deployed and made available to Subscribers within a certain time as follows:

 

Date

 

Launch Time Requirements

By July 6, 2006

  Release 2.0, Real-time Content Management, Phase 1: All Content ready for launch into production shall be available for Subscribers to discover and purchase within 6 hours – based on reasonable import volume from Content provider(s) and excluding any global caching delays outside of the Motricity’s Span of Control.

By February 28, 2007

  Release 2.0, Real-time Content Management, Phase 2: All Content ready for launch into production shall be available for Subscribers to discover and purchase within 2 hours after deployment (Real-time Content Management) – based on reasonable import volume from Content provider(s) and excluding any global cashing delays outside of Motricity’s Span of Control.

Service Credits

A) Service Outages. An Outage shall begin when the loss of capability begins or when the situation becomes known to MOTRICITY, or is either automatically or manually reported to MOTRICITY, whichever occurs earlier, and shall continue until such time as service is restored and messages are successfully transmitted. However, if Motricity is not aware of an Outage due to monitoring gaps, the start time of the Outage will be based on the log data, if available.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

36


Service Credits Applicable to Storefront .

For any unplanned Outages occurring within MOTRICITY’s “Span of Control” MOTRICITY will provide Cingular with service credits. The service credits will be calculated based on the following formula:

In the event of its failure to meet the performance metrics described in this Appendix 1.2 Service Level Agreement for the Storefront Availability, MOTRICITY agrees to pay amounts described in this Section as liquidated damages sustained by Cingular (“Cingular Service Credits”).

Monthly Network Availability Percentages. For failures to meet the Service Availability Metric, MOTRICITY shall pay Cingular as service credits an amount equal to the product of the following equation: Average transactions per hour (based on the same period as the failures from the previous like periods over the previous two months) multiplied by amount of time offline multiplied the by Per Transaction Amount as defined in the table below

 

TOTAL MONTHLY DOWN

TIME IN EXCESS OF

SERVICE AVAILABILITY

METRIC

   PER TRANSACTION AMOUNT
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***

In no case shall the total monthly penalty exceed the lower of (i) ***.

Service Credits Applicable to Motricity On-boarding of Content

In the event of Motricity’s failure to meet the performance metrics described under this Appendix 1.2 Service Level Agreement for the on-boarding of Content, Motricity agrees to pay amounts described in this Section as liquidated damages sustained by Cingular (“Cingular Service Credits”).

***

Applies to single and bulk submissions. Applies in situations where the failure is a result of a failure within Motricity’s Span of Control.

Version is described as a ringtone intended for a specific handset model. For example, if the ringtone for “Yesterday” by the Beatles was late by three days and was intended for 26 handsets, ***

Service Credits Applicable to Enhancements and Releases of the Software

The following releases are subject to specific feature penalties:

Release 2.0:

Video Downloads

Client Content API Phase I

Real-Time Content Management (6 hours)

Bundles

WAP Preview

Parental Controls Phase II

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

37


Release 2.1:

 

   

Blackberry

 

   

Symbian

 

   

Offer Management: % Discount

 

   

Content Status Dashboard

 

   

Client API v2

 

   

Taxonomy Enhancements

 

   

Retail Commissioning

***

For releases not specified by the execution date of the Agreement, Motricity agrees to support five (5) mutually agreeable and reasonable features if:

 

   

*** from release UAT date, requirements need to be locked.

 

   

*** from release UAT date, scope needs to be locked.

Any change control once requirements are locked will require a review of the delivery dates per a mutually agreed change control process.

Feature or release based date slippage due to unresolved Cingular or third party dependencies beyond Motricity’s Span of Control will not be subject to non-performance compensation. This will apply to the release in question (release being worked) as well as the downstream releases affected by Motricity resources being required to work on a release beyond the planned dates due (as established in the Statement of Work, Appendix 1.3) to factors outside of Motricity’s Span of Control. In the event of slippages beyond Motricity’s Span of Control, Cingular and Motricity will identify within 30 days any delays to subsequent releases.

In the event of its failure to deliver a release on time, Motricity agrees to pay amounts described in this Section as liquidated damages sustained by Cingular (“ Non Performance Compensation ”). The parties acknowledge that the Non Performance Compensation shall not be construed as an unenforceable penalty clause. Motricity agrees to credit the Non-Performance Compensation against future payments due Motricity by Cingular. In the event no payments are due Motricity by Cingular within three (3) months of the end of the month that Non-Performance Compensation accrued, Motricity shall promptly pay Cingular the Non-Performance Compensation as a cash refund.

Unless otherwise agreed to in a Statement of Work, the following expresses the default schedule of Non-Performance Compensation applicable to each enhancement:

***

Chronic Failure

If the Availability is below *** in any three (3) consecutive calendar months during the term of the Agreement (“Chronic Failure”), Cingular may treat such occurrence as a Material Breach of the Agreement and Cingular may terminate for cause as set forth therein

Cingular will be required to provide written notice of intent to terminate within 30 days after the third consecutive month.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

38


Additionally, if Motricity fails to meet the availability target for three consecutive months, then Motricity and Cingular will formally initiate performance improvement plan in order to remedy the issue(s).

CINGULAR Support . As set forth in this SLA, CINGULAR shall remedy Incidents that have been identified either internally by MOTRICITY or CINGULAR as within Cingular’s Span of Control. Corrective action by CINGULAR assumes that MOTRICITY has provided CINGULAR all Mandatory Information for incident Reporting as defined herein.

CINGULAR Obligations

 

  (a) CINGULAR will make best efforts, through MOTRICITY escalation contacts, to advise MOTRICITY of all scheduled maintenance on its network that will affect in any significant manner the number of transactions being sent to MOTRICITY for processing by the Storefront.

 

  (b) CINGULAR will make best efforts also, through MOTRICITY escalation contacts, to advise MOTRICITY of any unplanned outages on its network

 

39


Examples

The following examples are provided as a template to use for Incident Notification, Root Cause Analysis or Maintenance Requests.

Example A: Incident Notification or Trouble Ticket (send to: ***)

 

  1) Title of Incident

 

  2) Brief Description of Incident

 

   

Should include scope (Cingular service impacted)

 

  3) Start Date and Time

 

  4) Information Service Resolution Date and Time

 

  5) Duration of Outage

 

   

Provided at time of restoration

 

  6) Cingular Information Service Impact

 

   

Impact to Cingular End Customer

 

  7) Partner Ticket Number

 

  8) Partner Severity Level

 

   

Based on quantified Information Service impact

 

  9) Technical Action Take to Correct Incident

 

   

Steps taken to restore Information Service

 

  10) Initial Root Cause

 

   

Suspect root cause (brief)

 

   

Formal RCA for SIR 1 or chronic issues of lower severity

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

40


Example B: Root Cause Analysis (RCA) Worksheet (send to: ***)

 

  1) Executive Summary

 

   

Short description

 

   

Root Cause statement

 

   

Corrective Action

 

  2) Detailed Summary

 

   

Outage duration

 

   

Date

 

   

Start

 

   

Events / Timeline

 

   

Stop

 

   

Information Service Affected (Cingular)

 

   

Impact Assessment (Cingular)

 

   

Information Service Impact (customers affected / percentage affected)

 

   

Customer Impact (customers affected / percentage affected)

 

   

Root Cause

 

   

Extenders

 

   

Process breakdown

 

   

Proactive / reactive problem recognition and analysis

 

   

Improvement Action

 

   

Resolution

 

   

Short term actions and timelines

 

   

Long term actions and timelines

 

   

Lessons learned

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

41


Example C: Maintenance Request Worksheet (send to: ***)

 

  1) Title of Maintenance

 

  2) Brief Description of Maintenance

 

   

Scope and full description

 

   

Cingular service

 

  3) Maintenance Start Date & Time

 

  4) Maintenance End Date & Time

 

  5) Cingular Service Impact

 

   

Impact to Cingular internal & external customers

 

   

Explanation of Information Service unavailability

 

  6) Information Service Impact Assessment (within the scheduled window)

 

   

Duration in minutes

 

   

Estimated start/end time of Cingular service impact

 

  7) Risk Assessment

 

  8) Partner Maintenance Request Number

 

  9) Point of Contact

 

   

Name, telephone numbers

 

  10) Maintenance Install Team

 

  11) Update Schedule

 

   

Cancellation of Maintenance – as soon as possible

 

   

Start of Maintenance Window

 

   

Notify when Down Time begins

 

   

Notify when Information Service is restored (Down Time ends)

 

   

Notify of Problem

 

   

Maintenance runs outside window

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

42


Appendix 1.3

Statement of Work

 

 

OVERVIEW:

MOTRICITY Storefront Software Deliverables

This section outlines the technical elements that MOTRICITY will provide Cingular to provide the Storefront. MOTRICITY will provide the Storefront as a managed service. The Storefront is categorized into three main elements, (1) the sourcing and administration of developers and Content, (2) the qualification and management of Content, and the portals, point of sale, Subscriber personalization, and (3) all elements related to Subscribers and the provisioning of Content.

 

1. Developer & Partner Management

The Partner Management System facilitates the ongoing interaction between third party Content providers and Cingular for the submission, testing and deployment of Content through a Web Based Partner Extranet and an XML API. The Partner Management system provides interfaces for developers to manage their accounts with Cingular, as well as the Content that developers have submitted or are submitting for distribution. This includes Content submission, account updates, and Content administration. The Partner Management System also provides the tools necessary for the MOTRICITY Content & Developer Services team to manage the developers and their Content submissions.

The main functions of the Cingular Partner Extranet are:

***

 

2. Content Qualification & Content Management

The Content Management System provides the tools necessary to review, package, market, and publish Content for Subscribers. MOTRICITY’s Content and Developer Services team provides the services that utilize the Content Management System.

The main features of the Content Management System are:

***

 

3. Storefront Content Provisioning

The Provisioning System provides the link between Subscribers and Content, enabling the targeted, streamlined discovery, sale, and delivery of Content through end user interfaces. The Provisioning System includes all Subscriber portal interfaces, all billing integration, all point of sale functions, all user reporting, and all other functions associated with Subscribers or Subscriber transactions.

Fuel’s Provisioning System includes:

***

 

4. Storefront Deliverables

All MOTRICITY processes outlined and referenced in the sections will be reviewed, updated and finalized during project implementation to ensure compliance with Cingular’s Business Rules and Requirements. All Services offered are listed below; however, Cingular has the option of selecting only the Services and functions required.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

43


5. Developer Management & Support

Using the Fuel interfaces, MOTRICITY Content and Developer Services will manage Cingular’s developers and Content partners within the Fuel Platform. Cingular’s developers will be enabled to supply content and are treated with a high degree of service to ensure satisfaction and retention.

During the partner administration process and throughout the partner and content lifecycle, Content and Developer Services utilize the Fuel Platform functions, tools, and processes to:

***

Additionally, Content and Developer Services provide regular seminars to Content partners to address all aspects of the partner management, Content submission, and settlement process.

MOTRICITY maintains regular contact with the developer community to ensure the satisfaction of each individual member and the group as a whole is maintained. If developers or Content partners become dissatisfied with any aspect of their relationship with Cingular, there is a clear escalation path within MOTRICITY and to Cingular to resolve the issue with the Content partner or developer.

 

6. Content Qualification & Review

During the Content Testing process MOTRICITY’s Content and Developer Services team (Content Editors & Technical Specialists) reviews applications using a combination of Fuel tools and a proven multi-step review process. Applications are installed, started, and executed on the supported devices to ensure that they function properly. Applications are properly downloaded and installed over-the-air to confirm operability.

After Fuel’s automated Application Introspection and Profiling, Content Editors screen applications for technical and business compliance. Application characteristics such as the use of networking calls, or the inclusion or exclusion of specific APIs or class files are identified. This improves both security and the user experience. The application profile can then be used to match applications to devices (based on Device Fingerprinting). Applications may also be matched to particular market segments or groups of users as defined by Cingular.

The following steps outline the Application Processing and Certification process:

1. Content Partner submits an application to the Cingular branded Partner Extranet or via the Content Submission XML API. Cingular shall support Motricity’s requirement to have Content providers produce a manifest of all Content submitted via the XML API.

2. Developers then test their application against Cingular’s technical guidelines to confirm application download, device compatibility, and style guide and business compliance.

3. Content Partner submits self tested application for Content Editor review

4. Content Screening and Processing (Processing and Certification - Stage 1)

Fuel Introspection: ***

 

   

Fuel Application and Provisioning Profile: ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

44


   

Business Rules: ***

 

   

Application Testing & Use Cases: ***

5. Technical Screening (Processing and Certification - Stage 2)

 

   

Compliance: ***

 

   

Device Testing: ***

 

   

Application Testing: ***

 

   

DRM Wrapping: ***

 

   

Approved: ***

6. Final Business Rule Compliance Check

7. Approved applications are then deployed to the Provisioning System via the Content Management Process

***

 

7. Additional Content Based Testing Details:

WAP applications undergo the following testing procedures:

***

Answer Tones Storefront products undergo the following additional testing procedures:

***

J2ME/Symbian/Generic Downloadable applications undergo the following testing procedures:

General testing:

***

Other Device Specific Testing:

Downloadable content undergoes stringent testing on a device level; every application is tested against the following checklist on every supported device:

***

 

8. Developer Technical Support

MOTRICITY maintains a 24 hour SLA for developer support responses. In most circumstances, MOTRICITY’s response time to technical questions is typically less than 24 hours, with full conversations and resolution often occurring in the course of a single day.

Developer Care Support & Escalation Process:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

45


9. Content Lifecycle & SLA Management

Using the Fuel Partner Management extranet developers can update content applications by following the content submission and testing process. Approved versions are then added in the taxonomy and the previous versions are archived. Subject to terms and conditions, developers also have the ability to remove content items from accepting subscriptions. In the event of content removal, Fuel and MOTRICITY Content and Developer Services have mechanisms and processes to handle a “graceful death” scenario. In this scenario, case by case access, refunds, or other content access is provided to end users who may have Purchase Rights for an out of cycle item. Additionally, Content and Developer Services will remove or re-merchandise content items in the taxonomy. Removal, repackaging, and re-introduction are a regular technique used maximizing revenue and optimizing the end user experience.

For Fuel hosted content, MOTRICITY provides uptime reporting to third party content providers. Additionally, Content and Developer Services periodically checks each live content item for availability. All content updates must follow the submission and testing process to avoid unapproved updates that may affect availability or user experience.

 

10. Device Qualification & Management

MOTRICITY Content & Developer Services (CDS) will provide device qualification services using Fuel. ***

Motricity will stay in communication with Cingular for the purposes of coordination the launch of new devices on WEB and WAP. Motricity must have appropriate Cingular approval prior to launch of a new device on WEB and WAP.

 

11. Content and Portal Management for End User Experience and Revenue Optimization

Ongoing marketing program review (promotions, price points, merchandizing, etc) will be handled by MOTRICITY. These service elements are jointly reviewed by Cingular and MOTRICITY Content & Developer Services on a regular and ad-hoc basis.

MOTRICITY Content and Developer Services continually reviews traffic and sales data to identify end user trends in response to taxonomy structure and modifications, new applications, device support and promotional and marketing activities. This data is available to Cingular to aid in taxonomy management and marketing and can also be made available to preferred developer partners to aid them in understanding marketing and development opportunities.

After deployment MOTRICITY provides the following services on an ongoing basis, as directed by Cingular Wireless:

***

 

12. Development of Answer Tones Storefront

Motricity shall develop the Answer Tones Storefront on Fuel 5. Motricity agrees to develop the Answer Tones Storefront to meet the following criteria:

***

The full details of this requirement can be found in ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

46


13. Enhancements to the Answer Tones Storefront

Motricity shall perform regularly scheduled Enhancements to the Answer Tones Storefront in accordance with its Fuel Core Roadmap and at the request of Cingular in an effort to drive incremental increases in revenue or gross sales.

***

Delivery and Acceptance of Enhancements and Releases

*** shall provide a *** releases per *** period of the Agreement with Enhancements to the Answer Tones Storefront. The dates for such releases will be arrived at ***.

Agreed to release dates are set and maintained based upon the following process:

***

Any change control once requirements are locked will require a review of the delivery dates per a mutually agreed change control process. ***

Release dates will be defined as dates on which Motricity releases the Software to Cingular for User Acceptance Testing. Cingular shall have the right to review and test any deliverable to determine whether it conforms to specifications or acceptance criteria as agreed upon in writing by the Parties. Successful release into UAT will be measured by the Software’s ability to meet UAT Entrance Criteria. Successful exit from UAT will be measured by the Software’s ability to meet UAT Exit Criteria. Motricity shall provide reasonable levels of technical support during the UAT process for the purposes of investigating and fixing issues identified by Cingular.

***

At a high level:

UAT Entrance Criteria:

***

The deployment of new revenue generating Enhancements into production works to the mutual benefit of Cingular and Motricity. Both parties agree to work together in good faith to ensure releases are deployed with high quality and in a timely fashion.

 

14. Enhancements to the Storefront

Motricity shall perform regularly scheduled Enhancements to the Storefront in accordance with its Fuel Core Roadmap and at the request of Cingular in an effort to drive incremental increases in revenue or gross sales.

***

Delivery and Acceptance of Enhancements and Releases

*** shall provide *** releases per *** with Enhancements to the Storefront. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following releases have been identified and agreed to ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

47


These release dates are set and maintained based upon the following process:

***

Any change control once requirements are locked will require a review of the delivery dates per a mutually agreed change control process.

***

Dates specified are dates on which Motricity releases the Software to Cingular for User Acceptance Testing. Cingular shall have the right to review and test any deliverable to determine whether it conforms to specifications or acceptance criteria as agreed upon in writing by the Parties. Successful release into UAT will be measured by the Software’s ability to meet UAT Entrance Criteria. Successful exit from UAT will be measured by the Software’s ability to meet UAT Exit Criteria. Motricity shall provide reasonable levels of technical support during the UAT process for the purposes of investigating and fixing issues identified by Cingular.

***

For efficiency, both parties will agree to use Cingular supplied Quality Center (aka Test Director Software) as the primary tool for tracking, triaging and managing issues found during UAT.

At a high level:

UAT Entrance Criteria:

***

UAT Exit Criteria:

***

The deployment of new revenue generating enhancements into production works to the mutual benefit of Cingular and Motricity. Both parties agree to work together in good faith to ensure releases are deployed with high quality and in a timely fashion.

 

15. Tier 2 Customer Care

The MOTRICITY team is committed to providing the best Subscriber experience possible. The customer experience is available for both Cingular directly or to Subscribers that contact Motricity directly. MOTRICITY provides dedicated end user personnel to respond to tier 2 customer inquiries via email and phone. Typically, our Operator customers provide tier 1 user support and escalate to MOTRICITY for tier 2 & 3 level issues.

MOTRICITY maintains a customer care center staffed with content specialists with tier 2 support from the MOTRICITY Content and Developer Services team. Tier 3 support is provided by MOTRICITY Engineering.

MOTRICITY customer care provides end user support with operating hours and guaranteed response times based upon support SLAs.

Disputes and issue escalation are provided within our care processes according to terms and conditions.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

48


16. Assist Developer Recruitment & Content Sourcing

With direction from Cingular Business Development and Marketing teams, MOTRICITY’s Content & Developer Services and Marketing teams will be available to assist in the recruitment of developers through various channels, including direct mail and online campaigns, webcasts and by participating in and supporting Cingular sponsored developer events.

When specific Cingular content requirements arise, MOTRICITY will work with developers to source specific content and will review and package the content appropriately.

Reporting

***

Systems Integration, Security & Acceptance Testing

 

 

Network Integration

***

This Storefront will be hosted externally, and not reside as part of the Cingular network. The result is that very little integration is required with Cingular’s network.

Security

***

Comverse Fundial API Integration

The Fundial APIs are the exposed interface points for the Answer Tones Storefront in order to provision a customer after a sale. ***

Motricity shall also be required to update their integration in situations where these APIs are updated, enhanced or new ones are introduced which enhance the functionality or end-user experience.

Motricity will receive timely access to any additional information required to support integration (e.g., API definitions). If the information is not provided, Cingular will assist Motricity in obtaining the information and re-negotiate delivery/deployment date if impacted by the delay.

QPASS Integration

QPASS is Cingular’s current vendor which provides authentication and authorization that a Cingular user is currently registered for DirectBill, properly provisioned and enabled for DirectBill and has not exceeded their identified purchasing limit to validate that a purchase transaction can occur. MOTRICITY shall use commercially reasonable efforts to integrate with the new Soap XML interface Qpass is exposing upon Cingular’s request.

 

   

Billing

 

   

Integration to Qpass

 

   

Provisioning

 

   

Provisioning of Content Provider in QPASS system (establish buy links)

 

   

On-boarding of Content SKUs in QPASS system

 

   

‘White-listing’ in the Mobile Access (WAP) Gateway, including provision of x-up-subno, and CLID - required for Qpass integration.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

49


MOTRICITY shall implement enhanced Qpass functionality as developed in the future as a component of this agreement. This may include integration efforts to facilitate credits to reverse charges for unsuccessfully delivered content. If the authentication and authorization source for financial verification of charges moves from Cingular’s current vendor, Qpass, Cingular will require MOTRICITY to integrate to that new source.

Project Lifecycle

This will provide Cingular with an overview of the expected launch plan in terms of methodology, documentation produced, and Cingular personnel that will be required at each stage of the project.

Example Project Plan

The following is an example project plan for the project implementation:

***

Account Introduction

During the project kick-off, MOTRICITY will assign a Project Manager to work directly with Cingular throughout the implementation of the Answer Tones Deployment. During the introduction stage the business owners from MOTRICITY and Cingular will turn the project over to the project implementation team.

The typical people provided from Cingular at this stage, include an Executive Sponsor, who sponsors and mentors the project at Cingular, Product Marketing/Business Lead person(s) to manage the business justification and project realization, and a Project Manager who will have overall responsibility for the project from an Cingular perspective.

MOTRICITY personnel will include: the Project Manager, the Business Development lead, and a dedicated Global Account Manager. During the project implementation, the Project Manager will have overall responsibility for the project from a MOTRICITY perspective.

Discovery & Design

The purpose of this stage is to elicit final business requirements, define the detailed project requirements, and understand all of the updates required from both Cingular and MOTRICITY, with corresponding resource estimates.

Technical Workshop/Product Requirements

The first step in implementing the project after the project kickoff is to specify the high-level requirements for the project.

Functional Specification

The Functional Specification (FS) is a formal document that is used to drill down on the product requirements in order to provide a detailed understanding of all the functionality required for the implementation.

Similarly, this stage requires Cingular personnel with knowledge of the Cingular network infrastructure, user authentication, billing, developer program, Ericsson Answer Tones provisioning, content, CRM, Fundial by Comverse, Portal, Reporting, Operations, and Security groups in order to ensure that the requirements are correctly detailed in the document. Additionally, Cingular will need to provide a contact person(s) with the authority to sign off on the document.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

50


The output of this stage is a Functional Specification Document. This document will be reviewed between the teams and signed off by Cingular before proceeding to the next stage.

High-Level Design

The High-Level Design (HLD) details the design that MOTRICITY will implement in order to address the detailed requirements defined and reviewed in the FS Document.

This stage of the process requires Cingular architectural, integration and design resources in order to verify that the proposed solution is technically possible within the Cingular infrastructure. Cingular will also need to ensure that MOTRICITY is addressing the appropriate integration points for each component of the solution. Additionally, Cingular will need to provide a contact person(s) with the authority to sign off on the document.

The output of this stage is an HLD Document. This document will be reviewed between the teams and signed off by Cingular before proceeding to the next stage.

Impact Assessment

The Impact Assessment (IA) phase of the project relies on both MOTRICITY and Cingular’s complete understanding all deliverables based on the approved HLD.

During this stage of the process, the Cingular Project Manager and technical resources from each impacted business unit assess and review the impact of project delivery in terms of resources and time and then finalize internal plans for delivery.

The result of the impact assessment will be reviewed, discussed and consolidated. A detailed development project plan will then be produced based on the agreed upon dates from the impact assessments.

Build and Integration

The build and integration phase of the project is where MOTRICITY Professional Services begin enhancing the Fuel Platform with any customizations that have been agreed upon and placed in the approved documents.

This stage will require Cingular technical resources to complete any items that were deemed to be Cingular related tasks. This includes but is not limited to system upgrades and integration specific tasks. Additionally, the Cingular Project Manager will be part of weekly status update calls.

Quality Assurance and Test

During the Quality Assurance (QA) and Test phase of the project, MOTRICITY QA verifies all platform and implementation items and ensures that the product is ready for launch. MOTRICITY’s QA engineers will develop and execute test plans, as well as report bugs to ensure that complete quality assurance is delivered to Cingular

The second phase of QA and Test is to deliver the verified version of the product to Cingular for Acceptance Testing . The Cingular Project Manager will need to ensure that Cingular Acceptance Testing resources are ready and available to complete their testing, report any issues that need to be addressed. This stage also requires sign off from the appropriate Cingular representative(s) indicating that the product is ready for Cingular’s customer base once any open action items have been resolved.

Project Soft Launch

This phase follows final Cingular acceptance testing. The soft launch phase typically provides for a final production review prior to launching commercially. In this phase all project deliverables are re-reviewed and verified. Additionally, Cingular will need to provide a contact person(s) with the authority to sign off on the document.

 

51


Project Launch

During this phase the project is launched directly to Cingular subscribers. The project launch typically includes integrated branding and marketing and marks the transition of the project from implementation to ongoing management.

During Project Launch, MOTRICITY and Cingular Operations will work together to ensure that all systems are functioning as expected to ensure that customer experience is ideal. The project launch typically includes integrated branding and marketing and marks the transition of the project from implementation to ongoing management.

 

52


MOTRICITY – Cingular Wireless Account Management

Cingular expects a dedicated team at MOTRICITY who will be responsible for the Store and content in its entirety to include but not be limited to the following:

Personnel

 

   

Executive Sponsor – MOTRICITY will identify at least one Executive Sponsor for the Cingular Storefront efforts. This sponsor may be asked to participate in on-going status review and issue escalation processes if necessary

 

   

Cingular Account Management – Cingular will require *** Account Manager *** who will be our day to day contact *** This individual’s job description would include, but not limited to the following:

Primary Responsibilities:

***

Required Qualifications:

***

 

   

Cingular Technical Account Management – Cingular will require *** Technical Account Manager *** who will be our day to day contact ***. This individual’s job description would include, but not limited to the following:

Responsibilities include but are not limited to:

***

An ideal Technical Account Manager will have the following experience and capabilities:

***

 

   

Content Team – ***

 

   

Devices – ***

 

   

Testers – ***

 

   

STOREFRONT Testing & QA team: ***

 

   

Integration Team – ***

Each account manager maintains regular contact with Cingular team members. Currently each account manager holds a weekly account meeting with Cingular team members to review the project/service and address requests, updates, issues, etc.

Regular weekly meetings are:

 

 

Governance (Review the program on a global basis – revenues, escalation point for unresolved issues, content sourcing, marketing, etc.)

 

 

Project/Service Status and Updates

 

 

Content Partner Status and Updates

On a quarterly basis, MOTRICITY holds a formal executive level Quarterly Business Review. In this meeting both parties review the project/service performance, open items, and provide detailed planning to ensure a successful service.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

53


Product Management Support

We provide regular quarterly business reviews to constantly gather and provide formalized feedback to ensure a healthy partnership and service growth. These Quarterly Business Reviews include business performance review, technical performance reviews, Product Roadmap reviews, and other items.

MOTRICITY Operations & Support

The MOTRICITY Solution proposed to Cingular is a managed service that includes software, services, and outsourced operations. The Hosting, Service Monitoring, and Operations elements are included in the proposed commercials. All of our data centers are ISO 9001:2000 certified providers

Hosting Facilities & Service Monitoring:

MOTRICITY will provide *** availability in *** and *** availability in ***. The basic hardware/software configuration, Service Monitoring, and Operations for each site is outlined within this section.

MOTRICITY currently delivers managed services through multiple and independent data centers. The *** primary facilities are with ***. As part of this service MOTRICITY will ***.

Each data center guarantees 100 percent network availability, ***.

Each facility is staffed 24 hours a day with engineers who are there to diagnose and repair any problems that arise with the network, power, or environment of the facility. MOTRICITY’s system engineers are granted ***.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

54


Appendix 1.4

Cingular Wireless Travel Policy

 

 

Cingular has developed this Travel Policy to give an understanding of Cingular’s rules regarding necessary business travel. The focus of the policy is to establish and communicate equitable standards and effective procedures for reducing travel costs, while ensuring consistent and fair treatment who must travel on business. It is impossible to anticipate every situation that may be encountered while traveling on business so travelers are asked to exercise good judgment when incurring travel expenses.

Business travel should be absolutely necessary and in the best interest of Cingular Wireless. Travelers should select the most economical travel arrangements to maximize effectiveness and minimize expense.

APPLICABILITY AND SCOPE

This policy applies to all contract suppliers who are assigned to travel on behalf of Cingular Wireless, unless specifically waived.

AIR TRAVEL

All suppliers should fly coach class for domestic flights . For international flights where flight time is greater than 5 hours, excluding layovers or ground time, business class can be booked. Note: booking a higher fare in order to allow an upgrade to first / business class using frequent flyer points is prohibited. All applicable fare rules and tariffs of the ticketed carrier will apply to all tickets issued.

As a general guideline, the traveler can choose the least-cost non-stop flight within a two-hour window.

Electronic ticketing saves Cingular money and is the preferred option for all domestic flights. It is no longer necessary, nor preferred for Cingular travelers to have paper tickets. An additional charge is now being incurred when paper tickets are requested by travelers.

OPEN-ENDED TICKETS

To avoid excess cost, the company makes it a policy not to issue open-ended tickets.

FREQUENT FLYER UPGRADES

Charges resulting from frequent flyer upgrades are the responsibility of the traveler and will not be reimbursed. Travelers are responsible for their own upgrades; the Travel Counselors can assist you with upgrade information, but you must obtain the upgrade from the airline directly. Deliberately causing the company to pay more than the lowest available airfare for the purpose of obtaining personal gratuities (e.g., frequent flyer awards, first/business class upgrades) is strictly prohibited. Under no circumstance may a supplier deviate from the standards set in this policy in order to accumulate travel bonuses.

HOTELS

Cingular has contracted special corporate rates with a number of hotels around the country. These contracted hotels should be used when traveling on business with Cingular. If there is no contracted hotel at your destination or the contracted hotels in the area are sold out, make reservations at a non-contracted hotel comparable in price. If you are attending a conference or meeting, which has blocked hotel rooms, it is within policy to stay in that selected hotel. Company guidelines for hotel rates are limited to $150.00/per night. Certain high cost cities (I.e., NY, DC, Seattle, LA) will require higher hotel rate and are acceptable to reserve.

A current listing of hotels with which we have special contracted rates is attached. Please use this listing as a guide for selecting a hotel in your destination city.

 

55


ROOMS

Only standard rooms at the negotiated or discounted rate available to Cingular are approved. Suites or luxury accommodations will not be reimbursed unless under written approval. Free upgrades are approved as long as they do not result in an increased cost to Cingular.

DOMESTIC SATURDAY NIGHT STAY

For domestic business travel only, the company will approve a Saturday night hotel expense and meals if the stay results in a reduced airfare. Supporting documentation must accompany the voucher to show overall expenses incurred by the Saturday night stay, including meals, hotel, and airfare, to be lower than the unrestricted round trip fare for that destination. Please ask the Travel Counselor to note the unrestricted round-trip airfare for that destination on your itinerary. The company will not reimburse personal expenses such as tours, theater tickets, etc.

GROUND TRANSPORTATION

Always select the most cost-effective ground transportation available in each location.

AIRPORT SHUTTLES AND COURTESY CARS

You should use airport shuttles and hotel courtesy cars where available. You will be reimbursed for reasonable airport shuttle service and bus fares paid for local travel while on a business trip.

RENTAL CARS

As a general rule, you should only use a rental car where a taxi and other local ground transportation costs would exceed the cost of a rental car. Auto rentals are a resource when other means of transportation are not available or reasonable. When traveling alone and your length of stay or destination warrants a car, then a mid-size/intermediate car or smaller should be rented. When suppliers are traveling together and their destination is the same, then a mid-size/intermediate car should be shared.

Your company is required to purchase insurance coverage; it is not the responsibility of Cingular Wireless.

PERSONAL EXPENSES

Cingular will not pay for personal expenses (e.g., weekend transportation, personal entertainment, health club fees, newspapers, movies) while travelers are on a business assignment; nor will the company permit the use of its property for personal benefit unless as expressly provided in this policy.

RESPONSIBILITIES

Exercise good judgment with respect to expenses. You are expected to determine the most economical means of obtaining lodging, meals and transportation.

 

 

Spend the company’s money as carefully and judiciously as you would your own.

 

 

Report all expenses promptly and accurately with the required documentation.

 

 

Claim reimbursement for business expenditures only. If a business trip includes both business and personal expenditures, only the business expenditures will be reimbursed.

APPROVAL ROUTING and BILLING EXPECTATIONS

All travel and entertainment expenses incurred on behalf of Cingular Wireless business should be itemized on an excel spreadsheet. Approval should be routed based on routing designated in the contract between Cingular Wireless and the supplier.

A detailed excel spreadsheet should accompany the supplier’s travel expense invoice.

All business and travel expenses have to be reviewed and pre-approved by Cingular in writing.

 

56


APPENDIX 2.3

ACCEPTANCE LETTER

 

 

 

[Type on CINGULAR Letterhead Stationery or may be sent vie e-mail]

[Name]

[Address]

[City], [State] [Zip]

Attn:

In accordance with Section 3.9 (Delivery, Performance, and Acceptance) of that certain Master Agreement, between                                                               and CINGULAR, effective                     , 20    , the undersigned accepts the Material and/or Services described on Order              to the above-mentioned Agreement as of             , 20    .

 

CINGULAR
By:  

 

(Print Name)

Title:  

 

Date Signed:  

 

 

57


APPENDIX 2.16

NOTICE OF COMPLETION

 

 

 

[May be sent via email]

Form of MOTRICITY’s Notice of Completion

CINGULAR:

MOTRICITY hereby informs you that as of                     , we have completed Delivery as required under our Agreement. Upon receipt of this Notice, your User Acceptance Testing commences.

 

Signed:  

 

Title:  

 

 

58


Appendix 3.5

Executive Orders and Federal Regulations

Work under this Agreement may be subject to the provisions of certain Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations governing performance of this contract including, but not limited to: Executive Order 11246, Executive Order 11625, Executive Order 11701, and Executive Order 12138, Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended and the Vietnam Era Veteran’s Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974. To the extent that such Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations apply to the work under this Agreement, and only to that extent, MOTRICITY (also referred to as “MOTRICITY”) agrees to comply with the provisions of all such Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations, as now in force or as may be amended in the future, including, but not limited to the following:

1. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY DUTIES AND PROVISIONS OF GOVERNMENT MOTRICITYS

In accordance with 41 C.F.R.§60-1.4(a), the parties incorporate herein by this reference the regulations and contract clauses required by that section, including but not limited to, MOTRICITY’s agreement that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The MOTRICITY will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.

2. AGREEMENT OF NON SEGREGATED FACILITIES

In accordance with 41 C.F.R.§60-1.8, MOTRICITY agrees that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any facilities segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location, under its control, where such segregated facilities are maintained. The term “facilities” as used herein means waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, rest rooms, wash rooms, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees; provided, that separate or single-user restroom and necessary dressing or sleeping areas shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.

3. AGREEMENT OF AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

MOTRICITY agrees that it has developed and is maintaining an Affirmative Action Plan as required by 41 C.F.R.§60-1.4(b).

4. AGREEMENT OF FILING

MOTRICITY agrees that it will file, per current instructions, complete and accurate reports on Standard Form 100 (EE0-1), or such other forms as may be required under 41 C.F.R.§60-1.7(a).

5. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR HANDICAPPED PERSONS AND DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA.

In accordance with 41 C.F.R.§60-250.20, and 41 C.F.R.§60-741.20, the parties incorporate herein by this reference the regulations and contract clauses required by those provisions to be made a part of government contracts and subcontracts.

6. UTILIZATION OF SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS

As prescribed in 48 C.F.R., Ch. 1, 19.708(a):

 

  (a)

It is the policy of the United states that small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and controlled by women shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in performing contracts let by any Federal agency, including contracts and sub-contracts

 

59


  for systems, assemblies, components, and related services for major systems. It is further the policy of the United States that its prime MOTRICITY establish procedures to ensure the timely payment amounts due pursuant to the terms of the subcontracts with small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and controlled by women.

 

  (b) The MOTRICITY hereby agrees to carry out this policy in the awarding of subcontracts to the fullest extent consistent with efficient contract performance. The MOTRICITY further agrees to cooperate in any studies or surveys as may be conducted by the United States Small Business Administration or the awarding agency of the United States as may be necessary to determine the extent of the MOTRICITY’s compliance with this clause.

 

  (c) As used in this contract, the term small business concern shall mean a small business as defined pursuant to section 3 of the Small Business Act and relevant regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. The term small business concern owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals shall mean a small business concern which is at least 51 percent unconditionally owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is unconditionally owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; and (2) whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such individuals. This term also means small business concern that is at least 51 percent unconditionally owned by an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, or a publicly owned business having at least 51 percent of its stock unconditionally owned by one of these entities which has its management and daily business controlled by members of an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, and which meets the requirements of 13 CRF part 124. The MOTRICITY shall presume that socially and economically disadvantaged individual include Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian-Pacific Americans, Subcontinent Asian Americans, and other minorities, or any other individual found to be disadvantaged by the Administration pursuant to section 8(a) of the Small business Act. The MOTRICITY shall presume that socially and economically disadvantaged entities also include Indian Tribes and Native Hawaiian Organizations.

 

  (d) The term “small business concern owned and controlled by women” shall mean a small business concern (i) which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more women, or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more women, and (ii) whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more women; and

 

  (e) MOTRICITY acting in good faith may rely on written representations by their sub-MOTRICITY regarding their status as a small business concern, a small business concern owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantage individuals or a small business concern owned and controlled by women.

7. SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS SUB-CONTRACTING PLAN. The sub-MOTRICITY will adopt a plan similar to the plan required by 48 CFR Ch. 1 at 52.219-9.

 

60


Appendix 3.6

Security Requirements for System or Network Access by Contractors

 

 

 

Contractors must comply with these security requirements (“Requirements”) to have access to Cingular’s computers, computer peripherals, computer communications networks, computer systems/applications/software, network elements and their support systems, and the information stored, transmitted, or processed using these resources (“Information Resources.”) “Contractor” means a person or business entity with a written agreement (“Agreement”) to perform services for Cingular. “User” means any individual performing services under the Agreement, whether as an employee, approved subcontractor, or agent of Contractor. “Cingular Sponsor” means the Cingular management employee responsible for the oversight of the services provided by Contractor.

These Requirements apply to Contractors and Users performing services on Cingular premises or remotely accessing Cingular infrastructure, systems or applications using Cingular-provisioned client-VPN and to those providing services to Cingular that are hosted external to Cingular premises.

A. Compliance with Law and General Policy. Contractors must comply with the “ Cingular Corporate Information Security Policy ” as set forth on Exhibit 1. Contractors must protect Cingular Information Resources and Cingular proprietary or confidential data or information in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement (including any separate confidentiality agreements), and must comply with all applicable international, federal, state, and local laws and regulations related to use of Information Resources and protection of Cingular’s data or information. Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all Users it employs or contracts with comply with these Requirements. Additionally, regarding its Users, Contractor shall:

 

1. Ensure that all Users are covered by a legally binding obligation that protects Cingular’s proprietary and confidential information and are briefed on these Requirements.
2. Perform a criminal background check on each User prior to allowing the User to access an Information Resource, and not allow such access if the User has been convicted of or is currently awaiting trial for a felony offense or a misdemeanor related to computer security, theft, fraud or violence.
3. Not subcontract any part of the work under the Agreement whereby a subcontractor will have access to Cingular’s Information Resources without written approval of Cingular.

B. Audits. Upon *** from Cingular, and subject to reasonable security requirements of Contractor, Contractor shall provide Cingular’s designated representatives, if under a commercially reasonable nondisclosure agreement with both Cingular and Contractor, with access to and any assistance that it may require with respect to the Contractor’s facilities, systems and software for the purpose of performing commercially reasonable tests and audits to determine compliance with these Requirements, including intellectual property audits if applicable, data privacy and security audits, and audits or inspections of the services and related operational processes and procedures, and access to any SAS-70 audits performed during the term of the Agreement. If Contractor is advised that it is not in compliance with any aspect of these Requirements, Contractor shall promptly take actions to comply with the audit findings. If Contractor is substantially in nonconformance with the foregoing, in addition to any remedies that Cingular may have, Contractor shall bear the reasonable cost of a re-audit after Contractor indicates to Sponsor that the audit findings have been remedied. Cingular may audit or inspect any computer hardware or software used by Users in the performance of work for Cingular, and may periodically review or monitor any use of Information Resources by User. Any User using Cingular Information Resources in an inappropriate manner may be subject to removal from the Cingular account, and to any other legal remedies Cingular may have.

C. Privacy of Customer Information. Contractor acknowledges that information regarding Cingular’s customers and personnel, such as their account information, (including by way of example, name, address, telephone number, credit card information or social security number) (“Customer Information”) are subject to certain privacy laws and regulations, as well as the requirements of Cingular. Such

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

61


Customer Information is to be considered private, sensitive and confidential. Accordingly, with respect to Customer Information, Contractor agrees it shall not:

1. Use Customer Information for any purpose except as expressly authorized by Cingular in writing;

2. Disclose Customer Information to any party except as expressly authorized by Cingular in writing;

3. Incorporate Customer Information into any database other than in a database maintained exclusively for the storage of Cingular’s Customer Information;

4. Sale, license or lease Customer Information to any other party;

5. Allow access to Customer Information only to those employees of Contractor with a need to know and for use only for the purposes set forth in the Agreement.

D. Notification of Security Breach. Contractor will immediately notify Cingular Sponsor of any breach of these Requirements, including any breach that allows or could allow a third party to have access to any Customer Information, including but not limited to the following:

***

E. VISA Cardholder Information Security Program (CISP) If applicable, Contractor shall adhere to all Payment Card Industry (PCI) Data Security Standard Requirements (VISA), as may be modified, for storing, processing, and transmitting credit card or debit cardholder information on behalf of Cingular Wireless. ***

In the event that Contractor causes harm due to negligence or compromises a Cingular Wireless customer’s cardholder information, it shall be liable for all penalties, or expenses incurred as a result of such a compromise.

For detailed information regarding the Visa Cardholder information Security Program, see the following web page: http://usa.visa.com/business/accepting_visa/ops_risk_management/cisp.html?ep=v_sym_cisp

To view the Payment Card Industry (PCI) Data Security Program requirements, navigate to “PCI Data Security Standard” and open the PDF.

F. Return or Destruction of Data. At the termination or expiration of the Agreement or when there is no longer a business need or data retention requirement, or at the request of Cingular, and in accordance with all laws, Contractor will either return, or purge and destroy at Cingular’s direction, all Cingular data, including Customer Information from Contractor’s and User’s own information resources, according to Cingular standards, and will notify Cingular when this has been accomplished.

G. Changes . These Requirements are subject to change and revision by Cingular from time to time. Cingular is responsible for advising Contractor of any changes. Contractor is responsible for complying with the revised Requirements. If Contractor is unable to comply with the Requirements as revised, it may seek a waiver within a reasonable time following the notification of change.

H. Waiver and Effect. By accepting these Requirements, Contractor agrees to comply fully with all the Requirements. If Contractor wishes to provide Cingular with services that are not in full compliance with the Requirements, it shall request and negotiate with the Cingular Sponsor a written waiver.

I. Remedies . Failure of Contractor to comply with the Requirements may result in Cingular’s terminating the Agreement and exercising any other legal rights it may have.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

62


J. Conflicts/Non-Integration . These Requirements are intended to supplement and not replace any written agreements that the Contractor may enter into with Cingular. In the event of a conflict between these Requirements and a signed written agreement between the parties, the signed written agreement shall control. In the event there is a conflict between these Requirements and any oral agreement between the parties, these Requirements shall control.

(Exhibit 1)

Cingular Corporate Information Security Policy

Compliance by Business Partners, Vendors, Contractors

It is the policy of Cingular Wireless to take active steps to ascertain any identified or suspected risks to the electronic information and services of the company through the use of, providing external access to, outsourcing to or employment of Contractors. Acceptance of this exhibit provided an explicit assertion of compliance with each of the individual provisions as enumerated within this exhibit.

Security Compliance Requirements

Wireless Network Access

***

Virus Detection and Management

***

User Identity (Requirements)

***

Strong Authentication (Requirements)

***

Remote Network Access

***

Passwords

***

Encryption

***

System Access Policy: Authentication, Authorization, Revocation

***

Security Change Management

***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

63


Appendix 4.12(a)

PRIME SUPPLIER MBE/WBE/DVBE ANNUAL PARTICIPATION REPORTING PLAN

 

 

YEAR REPORTING:

PRIME SUPPLIER NAME:

ADDRESS:

COMPANY E-MAIL:

TELEPHONE NUMBER:

DESCRIBE GOODS / SERVICES BEING PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT:

THE FOLLOWING, TOGETHER WITH ANY ATTACHMENTS IS SUBMITTED AS AN MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION PLAN.

GOALS

 

  A. WHAT ARE YOUR MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION GOALS?

 

  a. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (MBEs)

 

  b. WOMAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (WBES)

 

  c. DISABLED VERTERAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (DVBEs)

 

  B. WHAT IS THE ESTIMATED ANNUAL VAULE OF THIS CONTRACT WITH CINGULAR AFFILIATES?

Note: indicated dollar awards as it applies to this contract:

 

  C. WHAT ARE THE DOLLAR AMOUNTS OF YOUR PROJECTED MBE/WBE/DVBE PURCHASES?

 

  a. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (MBEs)

 

  b. WOMAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (WBES)

 

  c. DISABLED VERTERAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (DVBEs)

(SEE MBE/WBE/DVBE CANCELLATION CLAUSE IN AGREEMENT FOR DEFINITIONS OF MBE, WBE AND DVBE)

LIST THE PRINCIPAL GOODS AND SERVICES TO BE SUBCONTRACED TO MBE/WBE/DVBEs OR DELIVERED THROUGH MBE/WBE/DVBE VALUE ADDED RESELLERS.

DETAILED PLAN FOR USE OF M/WBES-DVBEs SUBCONTRACTORS

For every product and service you intend to use, provide the following information.

 

64


Company name    Classification    Products/Services    $ Value    Date to begin
   (MBE/WBE/DVBE)         

Supplier agrees that it will maintain all necessary documents and records to support its efforts to achieve its MBE/WBE/DVBE participation goal(s). Supplier also acknowledges the fact that it is responsible for identifying, soliciting and qualifying MBE/WBE/DVBE subcontractors.

The following individual, acting in the capacity of MBE/WBE/DVBE coordinator for Supplier, will:

Administer the MBE/WBE/DVBE participation plan, submit summary reports, and cooperate in any studies or surveys as may be required in order to determine the extent of compliance by the seller with the participation plan.

 

65


Appendix 4.12(b)

TIER II M/WBE-DVBE QUARTERLY RESULTS REPORT

 

 

Direct and Indirect Spend

Note: Subcontracting Results should reflect ONLY M/WBE-DVBE dollars directly traceable to sales

DURING THE REPORT QUARTER.

Results must be reported individually for each CINGULAR affiliate.

 

THIS SUMMARY REPORT SHOULD BE E-MAILED TO:    Dwan.Armstrong@cingular.com
Cc:    teresa.spann@cingular.com

Note: Questions and requests for assistance may be directed to:

Dwan Armstrong

Supplier Diversity Manager

5565 Glenridge Connector

Atlanta, GA 30342

Fax: 866-604-6679

 

  1. Reporting Company

 

Company Name:  

 

Address:  

 

City, State, Zip:  

 

Contact Name:  

 

Title:  

 

E-mail:  

 

Date:  

 

 

  2. Report Quarter:

This report reflects the utilization of Minority Business Enterprise/ Woman Business Enterprise/Disabled Veterans Enterprise participating for period:

 

Report Date Range:  

 

Signature:  

 

            Date:                     

 

66


 

PARTICIPATION GOAL

 

      

 

PARTICIPATION ACHIEVEMENT

 

     
                Actual for Quarter
     
                A. DIRECT- Payments reported to CINGULAR by a primary supplier who has subcontracted work to M/W/DVBEs on behalf of the primary supplier’s contract with CINGULAR.     
     
     Annual Goal           MBE        WBE        DVBE         
           
Percent               Total Diversity        $    $    $     
of Total    MBE       WBE       DVBE            Spend            
                      with              
Sales    ***   ***   ***        CINGULAR              
     
               

Total

Sales to

CINGULAR

             
     
                   MBE        WBE        DVBE         
                % of Total                    
                Sales                    
                to              
                CINGULAR                    
     
                B. INDIRECT-Primary supplier’s M/W/DVBE spend not related to the CINGULAR Contract.
     
                CINGULAR % of Total              
                Revenues                  
               

(U.S.

revenues

only)

             
                Total Indirect              
                Diversity       $          
                Spend (in US)              
     
                Total Diversity Contribution       $          
     
                     

Total Diversity Spend to

CINGULAR

 

       

$

 

         

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

67


 

CINGULAR - SUBCONTRACTING RESULTS

 

5. M/WBE-DVBE SUBCONTRACTOR(S)

  

Ethnic/Gender:

  

Total Dollars:

    

(Direct Spend Only)

        
Name:   

 

          
Address:   

 

   Certifying Agency:                  
City, State, Zip:   

 

          
Telephone:   

 

        
Goods or Services:         
To add additional subcontractors, copy the entire light gray area and paste directly below this line.   

 

68


APPENDIX 7.0

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

With respect to performance hereunder, and in addition to contractor’s obligation to indemnify, contractor agrees to maintain, at all times during the term of this Agreement, the following minimum insurance coverage and limits and any additional insurance and/or bonds required by law:

Workers’ Compensation insurance with benefits afforded under the laws of the state in which the Services are to be performed and Employers Liability insurance with minimum limits of:

$100,000 for Bodily Injury- each accident

$500,000 for Bodily Injury by disease-policy limits

$100,000 for Bodily Injury by disease-each employee.

Commercial General Liability insurance with minimum limits of:

$2,000,000 General Aggregate limit

$1,000,000 each occurrence sub-limit for all bodily injury or property damage incurred in any one occurrence

$1,000,000 each occurrence sub-limit for Personal Injury and Advertising

$2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate limit, with a

$1,000,000 each occurrence sub-limit for Products/Completed Operations.

$300,000 Fire Legal Liability sub-limits are required for lease agreements.

Cingular Wireless and its Affiliates will be listed as an Additional Insured on the Commercial General Liability policy. For the purpose of this clause “Affiliate” means (i) a company, whether incorporated or not, which owns, directly or indirectly, a majority interest in either Party (a “parent company”) and (ii) a company, whether incorporated or not, in which a five percent (5%) or greater interest is owned, either directly or indirectly, by: (i) either Party or (ii) a parent company.

If use of a motor vehicle is required, Automobile Liability insurance with minimum limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage, which coverage shall extend to all owned, hired and non-owned vehicles.

Cingular Wireless requires that companies affording insurance coverage have a rating of A- or better and a Financial Size Category rating of VII or better, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies.

A certificate of insurance stating the types of insurance and policy limits provided the contractor must be received prior to commencement of any work.

The cancellation clause on the certificate of insurance will be amended to read as follows:

FACILITIES KNOWLEDGE CENTER (cont’d)

“THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER PRIOR TO CANCELLATION OR A MATERIAL CHANGE TO POLICY DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

The Contractor shall also require all subcontractors performing work on the project or who may enter upon the work site to maintain the same insurance requirements listed above.

 

69


Exhibit A

TEMPLATE SPECIAL PROJECTS SERVICE REQUEST FORM

RE: Master Services Agreement Number TJR031606

by and between Motricity Inc. and Cingular Wireless LLC.

 

Special Projects Service Request
Requested By:  

 

     Service Request No:  

 

Assigned To:  

 

     Date Initiated:  

 

Request Name:  

 

      

 

Description of Request

and deliverables:

   
 
Specifications    
 
Criteria for Acceptance

of any deliverables

   
 
Delivery Schedule/Milestones    
Intellectual Property Ownership:   [The default under this Agreement is that Motricity owns the IP for all Deliverables. Please provide any requested variations from this default]
Exclusivity   [The default under this Agreement is Cingular has exclusive rights to all Deliverables as defined in this Service Request, for twelve (12) months.
Nonperformance Compensation   [The default under this Agreement is that all Deliverables are subject to NPC for late delivery. Please provide any requested variations from this default]

 

Requested by Cingular

  Received by MOTRICITY INC.
By:   By:
Name:   Name:
Title:   Title:
Date:   Date:

SPECIAL PROJECTS SERVICE REQUEST FORMs

Must also be signed by the designated

Exclusivity / IP Officer of each party

 

Cingular EXCLUSIVITY / IP OFFICER APPROVAL     MOTRICITY INC. EXCLUSIVITY / IP OFFICER APPROVAL
By:       By:  
Name:       Name:  
Title:   EXCLUSIVITY / IP OFFICER     Title:   EXCLUSIVITY / IP OFFICER
Date:       Date:  

 

70


Exhibit B

Revenue Share Rider

 

 

Revenue Share Rider for Enhancements

General Terms

Cingular and Motricity agree to the following additional Revenue Share in order to fund any SOW for custom development work (“Professional Services”):

***

Funds accumulated as part of RSR will be applied to Professional Services work at rates described in Exhibit C.

MOTRICITY will be required to maintain accurate records of amounts available as RSR credits and produce monthly statements of balance to Cingular.

Professional Services paid for with RSR funds are subject to Non-Performance Compensation (NPC) as described in Appendix 1.2.

Termination of Revenue Share Rider

The use of RSR would be optional and solely under Cingular’s discretion. Cingular shall have the right, to terminate the RSR between Cingular and MOTRICITY by providing thirty (30) days notice of termination to MOTRICITY.

If upon the final date of termination of the RSR, there are existing, executed Statements of Work and sufficient funds have not yet been realized through the RSR, Cingular will pay MOTRICITY the difference upon receipt of invoice pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or as otherwise stated in the SOW. In no event shall Cingular’s liability exceed the price of the Statements of Work outstanding.

Outstanding credits in the RSR remaining at termination will be paid to Cingular immediately as cash. Notwithstanding the foregoing, MOTRICITY shall withhold *** or *** whichever amount is less for purposes of proper permanent wind down of the RSR.

Suspension of Revenue Share Rider

From time to time Cingular may choose to suspend the RSR for a period of time. Cingular will provide MOTRICITY thirty (30) days notice of suspension. For ease of calculation, the suspension of the RSR will only occur at the end of a calendar month. Upon suspension, unused credits would be banked for use with future Professional Services. Unused credits would also carry forward into the next fiscal year without end or until notice of the RSR termination has been given.

Re-activation of Revenue Share Rider

In the situation where Cingular wishes to reinstate the RSR revenue share after a suspension, Cingular will notify Motricity in writing of Cingular’s intent. Motricity agrees that upon notice from Cingular, the RSR revenue share will restart beginning on the next whole calendar month.

Statement of Work Requirements

SOWs that apply against the RSR must be identified as such in advance of undertaking any work beyond initial estimates and cost analysis. The application of the RSR funds to these Statements of Work will be at the mutual agreement of Cingular and Motricity.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

71


Cingular will require Motricity to substantiate the total cost of each SOW with proof satisfactory to Cingular. This will include:

Specific cost breakdown by functional area or discipline (e.g. Testing, Development, System Analyst, Project Management and others).

Specific cost breakdown by hours applied

Specific cost breakdown by enhancement or large feature component

In the event that Motricity does not provide a detailed Statement of Work, Cingular may withhold approval to authorize the Statement of Work.

 

72


Exhibit C

Motricity Rate Card

 

 

 

Area/Discipline

 

Rate

Project Management   ***
Development   ***
Operations   ***
Quality, Services & Testing   ***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

73


AMENDMENT NO. 4

TO

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

CINGULAR WIRELESS LLC AND MOTRICITY, INC.

This Amendment No. 4 (the “Amendment”) to that certain Master Services Agreement Number TJR031606 with an effective dated on or about September 14, 2006 (the “Agreement”) as amended on or about April 27, 2007 (as amended, the “Agreement”) by and between Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (“Motricity”), and Cingular Wireless, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “Cingular”) is effective as of April 27, 2007 (“Amendment No. 4 Effective Date”). Motricity and Cingular may sometimes be referred to herein individually as a “Party” or jointly as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS, that Parties have agreed that Motricity will support VPN Connectivity method on an interim basis until parties jointly agree that MPLS Connectivity is established; and

WHEREAS, the Parties wish to amend the Agreement to reflect the obligations of the Parties with respect to the Service Level Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE the parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Service Level Agreement.

 

  a. Appendix 1.2, Section 1 will be amended to include the following sentence :

During this interim period where both parties agree to use VPN Connectivity, AT&T Mobility agrees that the VPN connection is not within Motricity’s Span of Control. In the event that the VPN connectivity results in a partial or complete outage of the storefront, that outage will not count against Media Mall’s monthly uptime statistics or Non-Performance Compensation calculations, except to the extent that the VPN-related outage is directly attributable to an act or omission of Motricity.

However, AT&T Mobility still expects Motricity to make a good faith effort to monitor and alarm on issues involving the VPN connections. Further, we would expect best effort cooperation in troubleshooting and resolving connectivity issues with the VPN connection.

If the VPN has not been converted to the MPLS circuit within 60 days of launch, then both parties agree to meet and discuss options for accelerating the implementation of the MPLS circuits or discuss alternatives options for replacing the VPN.

 

  2. Counterparts. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, by facsimile or otherwise, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same document.

 

  3. This Amendment sets forth the entire understanding of the Parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, discussions, and correspondence pertaining to the subject matter. In the event of an express conflict between the terms and conditions of this Amendment and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Amendment will control.

 

  4. All other provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.


SIGNED:     
MOTRICITY, INC.    CINGULAR WIRELESS, LLC

/s/ Daniel Rizer

(signature)

  

/s/ Peter Wong

(signature)

Daniel Rizer

Print Name

  

Peter Wong

Print Name

GM, Global Carrier Business

Title

  

Producer Mgr.

Title

5/1/2007

Date

  

4/27/2007

Date


ADDENDUM NO. 5 to Agreement No. TJR031606 between

Motricity, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC

This Addendum No.5 (“Addendum No.5”), effective as of May 18, 2007, (“Addendum Effective Date”) between Motricity, a Delaware corporation (“Supplier”) and AT&T Mobility LLC f/k/a known as Cingular Wireless LLC.), a Delaware Limited Liability company, on behalf of itself, and its Affiliates, (“AT&T”, “Cingular” or Company”), amends the Master Services Agreement No.TJR031606 between Company and Supplier, as amended (collectively the “Agreement”). Except as otherwise indicated, all terms defined in the Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Addendum No.5

 

 

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Motricity and Cingular entered into the Agreement on September 14, 2006, and

WHEREAS, Motricity and AT&T mutually desire to amend and modify the Agreement to include professional services by which Motricity will provide the Services and pricing as stated in SOW Exhibit A-1 attached hereto.

NOW therefore the parties agree that:

 

  1. The attached SOW, Exhibit A-1, setting forth Services needed to implement the 2007 Releases supporting the following: User-centered generation of targeted User Experiences that realize the potential of convergence and Global User Interface standards that provide a blueprint across and between three screens strategy of AT&T, shall be added to the Agreement

 

  2. Except as expressly set forth above all other terms of the Agreement remain unchanged and are in full force and effect.

 

  3. Motricity shall have fulfilled its obligations under this Statement of Work when Motricity accomplishes the Services as described in the SOW, Exhibit A-1.

 

  4. Except as amended by this Addendum No. 1, the Agreement is not modified, revoked or superseded and remains in full force and effect.

 

  5. This instrument may be executed in counterparts, including by facsimile signature, each of which counterparts will be deemed an original and together shall constitute one instrument. In witness whereof, Motricity and AT&T have executed this Fifth Addendum by their duly authorized representatives.

 

MOTRICITY, INC.    

AT&T SERVICES, INC.

On behalf of its Affiliate AT&T Mobility LLC

By:  

/s/ Daniel Rizer

    By:  

/s/ Richard Steadman

Printed Name:  

Daniel Rizer

    Printed Name:  

Richard Steadman

Title:  

COO

    Title:  

Director GSS

Date:  

6/15/07

    Date:  

06/18/07

 

1


Exhibit A-1

ADDENDUM NO. 5 to Agreement No. TJR031606 between

Motricity, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC

EXHIBIT A-1

To adequately offer and support the Storefront, MOTRICITY and CINGULAR agree to the terms and conditions set forth in this Exhibit A-1 including the following areas.

Summary of Work

The items below identify the work required as part of this SOW and are referred to herein as the 2007 Releases:

Release 3.0.1

The following work items will be bundled into Release 3.0.1:

 

   

Production Bug Fixes. Please see Appendix A for more detail of this work item.

 

   

Rebranding Effort. Please see Appendix B for more detail of this work item.

 

   

Change Requests will include the items listed below. However, if resources become available on account of less-than-expected effort for the Production Bug Fixes, Motricity shall make best efforts to include additional existing Change Requests in the existing priority order:

***

Please see Appendix C for more detail on these work items.

Release 3.1

The following work items will be bundled into Release 3.1:

***

The value of each enhancement is based on a percentage of the overall payment of approximately ***. AT&T Mobility has specified the following percentage value for each of these enhancements (Total equals .100):

***

Professional Services Work

Motricity and AT&T have agreed that Motricity can utilize their Professional Services organization ***

 

   

Marketing Services. ***

 

   

VPN Connectivity Statement of Work for Release 3.0. ***

 

   

Recurring Monthly Cost of Dedicated Test Environment per the SOW ***.

 

65


   

Coupon Code Recurring Reconciliation Costs ***

 

   

Omniture Monthly Recurring Fee ***

Total Implementation Cost

AT&T Mobility will pay Motricity ***.

In addition, AT&T Mobility agrees ***.

Term

This Statement of Work shall commence upon execution by both parties and shall continue in effect until Acceptance of the deliverables hereunder.

***

Additional Terms

The following will be the language for financial penalties associated with the 2007 Releases described. ***

In the event of its failure to deliver a deliverable for Professional Services, Motricity agrees to pay amounts described as liquidated damages sustained by AT&T Mobility (“Professional Services Non Performance Compensation”). The parties acknowledge that the Professional Services Non Performance Compensation shall not be construed as an unenforceable penalty clause. *** Unless otherwise agreed to in a Statement of Work, the following table expresses the default schedule of Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation applicable to each SOW or enhancement associated with this Agreement:

***

For the purposes of interpreting this table, a “Week” shall mean a period of seven (7) consecutive calendar days beginning the day after the date a deliverable should have been delivered. In the event that the period of non performance or late performance includes less than seven (7) calendar days (“Non-Week Days”), the Professional Services Non Performance Compensation for such Non-Week Days shall be prorated based upon the number of Non-Week Days and the applicable percentage the table above. ***

If AT&T Mobility decides to cancel any of the enhancements prior to ***, Motricity shall still be compensated for the percentage of work already completed.

***

Successfully Delivered means having met AT&T Mobility’s User Acceptance Testing (UAT) Exit Criteria and having been successfully deployed into Production and remains deployed in Production for 30 days

as described in MSA; ***.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

66


Timeline

The following timelines are associated with this SOW:

***

AT&T Mobility will make commercially best efforts to complete User Acceptance Testing (UAT) based upon timely receipt of enhancements from Motricity in advance of these launch dates and in a state ready for UAT. Additionally, AT&T Mobility will provide Motricity with timely notification of any defects that cause the Releases and/or enhancements to not meet UAT Exit criteria.

Changes

Any changes to this Statement of Work, after it has been approved by both parties, will follow the existing Change Request Process in the Agreement.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

67


Appendix A: Release 3.0, Production Bug Fixes

The following is the Bug List for Release 3.0, as prioritized by AT&T Marketing and Product Realization. Motricity will make their best effort to address as many of these bugs as possible during the 3.0.1 release cycle:

***

Appendix B: Rebranding

This Appendix outlines the rebranding effort that is to be delivered as part of Release 3.0.1.

Summary of Work Requested

AT&T Mobility is requesting a rebranding of the Cingular Media Mall on WEB and WAP to the new AT&T brand. The scope of these changes include changing all customer facing textual references to Cingular with the appropriate AT&T brand, changing of stylesheets to the new AT&T style guide, changing any impacted associated graphics, and changing all customer facing URLs to the new AT&T URLs.

Deliverables

The following table outlines the work required to comply with this initiative:

 

Area

  

Description

Text Audit

   ***

Alignment

   ***

Stylesheets

   ***

Support

   ***

Text Changes

   ***

Testing

   ***

Assumptions, Dependencies & Risks

The following items are assumptions, dependencies & risks associated with the Search Optimization project:

***

The failure of any of the above assumptions, dependencies, or risks may result in project delays or increased costs for which Motricity is not responsible.

Appendix C: Change Request

As part of this Release 3.0.1, Motricity will address the following Change Request. However, Motricity shall make best efforts to include additional Change Requests should resources allow for it because of reduced efforts for Production Bug Fixes:

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

68


***

 

Special Projects Service Request

    

Requested By:      ***

  

Service Request No: ***

Assigned To:        ***

  

Date Initiated: ***

Request Name:     ***

  

 

Description of Request and deliverables:

   ***

Specifications

   ***

Criteria for Acceptance of any deliverables

   ***

Delivery Schedule/Milestones

  

Intellectual Property Ownership:

   ***

Exclusivity

   ***

Nonperformance Compensation

   ***

Maintenance and Support

   ***

***

 

Special Projects Service Request

    

Requested By:      ***

  

Service Request No: ***

Assigned To:        ***

  

Date Initiated: ***

Request Name:     ***

  

 

Description of Request and deliverables:

   ***

Specifications

   ***

Criteria for Acceptance of any deliverables

   ***

Delivery Schedule/Milestones

  

Intellectual Property Ownership:

   ***

Exclusivity

   ***

Nonperformance Compensation

   ***

Maintenance and Support

   ***

***

 

Special Projects Service Request

    

Requested By:      ***

  

Service Request No: ***

Assigned To:        ***

  

Date Initiated: ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

69


Request Name:      ***

 

Description of Request and deliverables:    ***
Specifications    ***
Criteria for Acceptance of any deliverables    ***
Delivery Schedule/Milestones   
Intellectual Property Ownership:   
Exclusivity    ***
Nonperformance Compensation    ***
Maintenance and Support    ***

***

 

Special Projects Service Request

    

Requested By:      ***

  

Service Request No: ***

Assigned To:        ***

  

Date Initiated: ***

Request Name:     ***

  

 

Description of Request and deliverables:    ***
Specifications    ***
Criteria for Acceptance of any deliverables    ***
Delivery Schedule/Milestones   
Intellectual Property Ownership:    ***
Exclusivity    ***
Nonperformance Compensation    ***
Maintenance and Support    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

70


Appendix D: Release 3.1, Omniture “click-path” reporting enhancement

This Appendix outlines the Omniture “click-path” reporting enhancement that is to be delivered as part of Release 3.1.

Summary of Work Requested

AT&T Mobility is requesting to redesign of the Omniture implementation to avoid extra gateway traffic. Motricity will provide AT&T Mobility with an implementation which will use existing Internet connections and avoid using the gateway for reporting purposes. Motricity will accomplish this through a direct server to server connection through an Omniture bulk import API.

Deliverables

The following table outlines the work required to comply with this initiative:

 

Area

  

Description

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

Assumptions, Dependencies & Risks

The following items are assumptions, dependencies & risks associated with the Search Optimization project:

***

The failure of any of the above assumptions, dependencies, or risks may result In project delays or increased costs for which Motricity is not responsible.

Appendix E: Release 3.1, Search Optimization Enhancement & Search API Integration

This Appendix outlines the search optimization enhancement & the search API integration that is to be delivered as part of Release 3.1.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

71


Summary of Work Requested

Motricity and JumpTap are partnering to launch release 3.1 which will include more extended features and optimized search service. These enhancements are identified below in the “Scope of Work” section.

Deliverables

The following table outlines the work required to comply with this initiative:

 

Area

  

Description

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

Assumptions, Dependencies & Risks

The following items are assumptions, dependencies & risks associated with the Search Optimization project:

***

The failure of any of the above assumptions, dependencies, or risks may result in project delays or increased costs for which Motricity is not responsible.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

72


Appendix F: Release 3.1, WAP Preview Enhancement

This Appendix outlines the WAP preview enhancement that is to be delivered as part of Release 3.1.

Summary of Work Requested

AT&T has requested enhancements to the AT&T Storefront run by Motricity at cingularextras.com which will allow customers to preview images of Cool Tool, Fun Pack, Game, Theme, or Video titles.

The objective of this enhancement is to remove barriers to purchase by clarifying the product presentation.

Deliverables

The following table outlines the work required to comply with this initiative:

 

Area

  

Description

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

Assumptions, Dependencies & Risks

The following items are assumptions, dependencies & risks associated with, the WAP preview project:

***

The failure of any of the above-assumptions, dependencies, or risks may result in project delays or increased costs for which Motricity is not responsible.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

73


Appendix G: Release 3.1, SMS Keyword Enhancements

This Appendix outlines the SMS keyword enhancements work that is to be delivered as part of Release 3.1.

Summary of Work Requested

AT&T has requested enhancements to the AT&T Storefront run by Motricity at cingularextras.com to modify its method of generating default keywords to create simpler and shorter unique keywords. The objective of this enhancement is to improve the SMS purchasing customer experience by reducing the number of characters that must be typed in order to initiate a purchase.

Deliverables

The following table outlines the work required to comply with this initiative:

 

Area

  

Description

***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***

Assumptions, Dependencies & Risks

The following items are assumptions, dependencies & risks associated with the Enhanced SMS Keywords project:

***

The failure of any of the above assumptions, dependencies, or risks may result In project delays or increased costs for which Motricity is not responsible.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

74


Appendix H: Release 31, Flash Based WEB Preview

This Appendix outlines the flash-based WEB preview work that is to be delivered as part of Release 3.1.

Summary of Work Requested

AT&T has requested that the existing AT&T Storefront run by Motricity at cinoularextras.com offer a Flash based ringtone preview solution.

The objective is to eliminate security concerns surrounding the current preview method which utilizes a Windows Media Player plug-in. The solution will embed MP3 preview files within a Flash executable.

Deliverables

The following table outlines the work required to comply with this initiative:

 

Area

  

Description

***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***

Assumptions, Dependencies & Risks

The following items are assumptions, dependencies & risks associated with the flash preview project:

***

The failure of any of the above assumption, dependencies, or risks may result in project delays or increased costs for which Motricity is not responsible.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

75


Appendix I: Release 3.1, Referral Breadcrumbing

This Appendix outlines the Referral Breadcrumbing work that is to be delivered as part of Release 3.1.

Summary of Work Requested

AT&T is requesting the Referral Breadcrumbing feature to allow for seamless user navigation across MEdia Mall and MEdia Net as well as specific third party sites.

For example, a customer who clicks on a Ring Tone promotion in the MEdia Net “Whats Hot” folder and then completes the download through the MEdia Mall ends up in a completely different portal experience, with no obvious mechanism to return to the original referring page.

The intent of the Referral Breadcrumbing project outlined in this document is to create some intuitive navigational paths to give the user the option to return to the original page within MEdia Net.

Deliverables

The following table outlines the work required to comply with this initiative:

 

Area

  

Description

***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***

Assumptions, Dependencies & Risks

The following items are assumptions, dependencies & risks associated with the Referral Breadcrumbing project:

***

The failure of any of the above assumptions, dependencies, or risks may result in project delays or increased costs for which Motricity is not responsible.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

76


Appendix J: Release 3.1, Validate Data Rate Plan

This Appendix outlines the_validate data rate plan work that is to be delivered as part of Release 3.1

Summary of Work Requested

AT&T has requested enhancements to the AT&T Storefront run by Motricity at cingularextras.com which will identify a given customer’s data rate plan and provide a corresponding purchase experience.

The objective of this enhancement is to ensure that end users who aren’t on an unlimited data plan are either blocked or appropriately warned of the potential data rate charges that may be incurred from using certain products prior to purchase.

Deliverables

The following table outlines the work required to comply with this initiative:

 

Area

  

Description

***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***

Assumptions, Dependencies & Risks

The following items are assumptions, dependencies & risks associated with the validate data rate plan project:

***

The failure of any of the above assumptions, dependencies, or risks may result in project delays or increased costs for which Motricity is not responsible.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

77


Validate Data Rate Plan End. User Flows

This section provides a description of the end user flows encapsulated by the features and; enhancements described in this document. Only significant user flows are shown. The actors involved in the flows are clearly identified in each flow step; “System” is used to describe all steps performed by the System under development. The preconditions for each flow describe the state of the System that must be present prior to the flow being performed. These preconditions must be observable to the user of the System. The triggering event for the flow will be the first step in the user flow.

Flow: Validate Data Rate Plan - Purchase Allowed (WAP)

This flow occurs when a content item has been validated against the data rate plan and the item has been identified as inappropriate for the current plan in place but the purchase is allowed to continue.

Preconditions:

***

Flow Steps:

***

Flow: Validate Data Rate Plan Purchase Allowed with Warning (WAP)

This flow occurs when a content item has been validated against the data rate plan and the item has been identified as inappropriate for the current plan in place but the purchase is allowed to continue.

Preconditions:

***

Flow: Validate Data Rate Plan - Purchase Blocked (WAP)

This flow occurs when a content item has been validated against the data rate plan and the item has been identified as inappropriate for the current plan and the purchase is not allowed to continue.

Preconditions:

***

Flow Steps:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

78


Flow: Validate Data Rate Plan - Data Rate Plan Information Provided (Web)

This flow occurs when a content item that has data rate plan restrictions has been selected for purchase on the Web Storefront.

Preconditions:

***

Flow Steps:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

79


Validate Data Rate Plan Workflow Diagram

The following flow diagram depicts the steps necessary to perform a data rate plan validation and the actions taken as a result of this validation. ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

80


Appendix K: Release 3.1, Tell a Friend

This Appendix outlines the Tell a Friend work that is to be delivered as a part of Release 3.1.

Summary of Work Requested

This 3.1 feature is new for WAP and the Client API; it now enables a CS to recommend a content item to a recipient or “friend” from the Web or WAP SFs or via the Client API. The CS is allowed to make 24 recommendations on WAP SF within a 24-hour period from midnight to midnight EDT and this number can be tracked by the System. In addition, the CS has the ability to recommend all available content types.

Deliverables

The following table outlines the work required to comply with this initiative:

 

Area

  

Description

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

81


***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***

Assumptions, Dependencies & Risks

The following items are assumptions, dependencies & risks associated with the validate data rate plan project:

***

The failure of any of the above assumptions, dependencies, or risks may result in project delays or increased costs for which Motricity is not responsible.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

82


Appendix L: Release 3.1, Usability, Enhancements

This Appendix outlines the usability enhancement work that is to be delivered as part of Release 3.1.

Summary of Work Requested

AT&T has requested usability enhancements to the AT&T Storefront run by Motricity which are believed to make the Web and WAP interfaces more useful and/or intuitive in order to improve the end-user experience.

Deliverables

The following table outlines the work required to comply with this initiative:

 

Area

  

Description

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

Assumptions, Dependencies & Risks

The following items are assumptions, dependencies & risks associated with the validate data rate plan project:

***

The failure of any of the above assumptions, dependencies, or risks may result in project delays or increased costs for which Motricity is not responsible.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

83


Appendix M: Release 3.1, Client API Enhancement

Summary of Work Requested

Motricity’s Client API allows third party vendors to access the Storefront catalog. The 3.1 enhancements will offer the following additional functionality:

***

Deliverables

The following table outlines the work required to comply with this initiative:

 

Area

  

Description

***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***

Assumptions, Dependencies & Risks

The following items are assumptions, dependencies & risks associated with the validate data rate plan project:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

84


Appendix N: NPC Service Credits

Motricity and AT&T have agreed that Motricity can utilize their Professional Services organization to ***

Professional Service Credits

Total Available Credits:                    ***

Less Completed Projects:

***

Sub Total

Available Credits:

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

85


Amendment

TJR031606.A.006

Between

Motricity, Inc

And

AT&T Mobility LLC

 

1


AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

AT&T MOBILITY LLC AND MOTRICITY, INC.

This Amendment No. 6 (the “Amendment”) effective on the date when signed by the last Party (“Effective Date”), between Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Motricity”) and AT&T Mobility LLC f/k/a known as Cingular Wireless LLC., a Delaware Limited Liability company, on behalf of itself, and its Affiliates, (“AT&T”, ), amends the Master Services Agreement No.TJR031606 between AT&T and Motricity, with an effective dated on or about September 14, 2006 (collectively the “Agreement”). Except as otherwise indicated, all terms defined in the Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Amendment No. 6. Motricity and AT&T may sometimes be referred to herein individually as a “Party” or jointly as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS, that Parties have agreed that Motricity will develop and provide an Answer Tones Storefront, as that term is defined in the Agreement, for AT&T; and

WHEREAS, to provide the Answer Tones Storefront, Motricity must obtain certain connectivity as set forth in this Amendment No. 6, the cost of which AT&T has agreed to pay.

NOW THEREFORE the parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

1. Definitions. Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Agreement.

2. Appendix 1.1, Motricity Pricing is hereby amended by adding the following new Section 2:

2. Motricity shall obtain the *** Extended Native LAN connectivity for the Answer Tones Storefront ( the “Connectivity”) as that Service is described in Appendix 1.3, Statement of Work. The cost for the Connectivity for the initial twelve (12) month term (the “Initial Term”), which shall be borne solely by AT&T, shall be as follows:

***

Motricity will invoice AT&T for the Installation Fee upon submitting the order to the third party provider for the Connectivity. Thereafter, Motricity will invoice AT&T each month for the Monthly Recurring Fee. AT&T shall pay invoices subject to the payment terms of the Agreement.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


AT&T acknowledges that:

 

  (i) Motricity shall obtain the Connectivity from a third party, and such third party may impose a minimum twelve (12) month term for such Connectivity. AT&T acknowledges that cancellation of the Connectivity for any reason, other than on account of a material breach of the Agreement by Motricity may result in cancellation fees and/or penalties, Motricity may result in cancellation fees and/or penalties, and AT&T will be solely responsible for such fees and/or penalties. If such cancellation fees and/or penalties are imposed, AT&T shall pay invoices for such fees and/or penalties in accordance with the payment terms of the Agreement. Such fees and/or penalties may be in addition to and not in lieu of the Answer Tones Storefront Termination Fees provided for in Section 3.4(f) of the Agreement;

 

  (ii) AT&T shall provide Motricity with no less than forty-five (45) days written notice in the event AT&T wishes to cancel the Connectivity;

 

  (iii) The Monthly Recurring Fee may increase after the Initial Term, and AT&T shall be responsible for any such increase; and

 

  (iv) The Connectivity is outside Motricity’s Span of Control, and thus, any issues with the Connectivity will not count towards any Downtime, Degradations, or Outages as defined in Appendix 1.2, Service Level Agreement.

3. Counterparts. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, by facsimile or otherwise, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same document.

4. This Amendment sets forth the entire understanding of the Parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, discussions, and correspondence pertaining to the subject matter. In the event of an express conflict between the terms and conditions of this Amendment and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Amendment will control.

5. All other provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SIGNED:

MOTRICITY, INC.

   

AT&T SERVICES, INC.

on behalf of its affiliate AT&T Mobility LLC

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

   

/s/ Richard Steadman

(signature)     (signature)

Ryan K. Wuerch

   

Richard Steadman

Print Name     Print Name

Chairman & CEO

   

Director

Title     Title

9/10/2007

   

8/29/2007

Date     Date

 

3


TJR031606.A.007

Amendment 7

Between

Motricity, Inc.

And

AT&T Mobility LLC


AMENDMENT NO. 7

TO

AGREEMENT NO. TJR031606

This Amendment No. 7 (the “Amendment”) effective on the date when signed by the last Party (“Effective Date”), between Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Motricity”) and AT&T Mobility LLC f/k/a known as Cingular Wireless LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability company, on behalf of itself, and its Affiliates, (“AT&T’, ), amends the Master Services Agreement No.TJR031606 between AT&T and Motricity, with an effective dated on or about September 14, 2006 (collectively the “Agreement”). Except as otherwise indicated, all terms defined in the Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Amendment No. 7. Motricity and AT&T may sometimes be referred to herein individually as a “Party” or jointly as the “Parties”.

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS , Motricity and AT&T entered into Agreement No. TJR031606, on September 14, 2006 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , Motricity and AT&T desire to amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth.

Now, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Storefront Revenue Share . Effective January 1, 2008, Appendix 1.1 (Motricity Pricing) is hereby amended by replacing 1(b)(i) with the following:

***

 

2. Primary Releases . Notwithstanding anything else in the Agreement to the contrary, including but not limited to any provisions in the Service Level Agreement or Statement of Work, Motricity obligated to provide two (2) major releases of the Storefront and two major releases of the Answer Tone Storefront during 2008 (each of the four a “Primary Release”). When each is Successfully Delivered, as hereafter defined, AT&T shall pay Motricity a fee of *** for each Primary Release for the Storefront and *** each Primary Release for the Answer Tone Storefront. The features and requirements for each Primary Release will be determined by mutual agreement of the parties as part of the Software Development Life Cycle process described below. Motricity shall provide *** (“PDs”) of capacity during each calendar of the Term towards the development, implementation, production support and change requests for a Primary Release or Point Release for the Storefront and *** of capacity during each contract year towards the development, implementation, production support and change requests for a Primary Release or Point Release for the Answer Tone Storefront; any excess required capacity will be invoiced to AT&T as professional services pursuant to a mutually-agreed SOW. AT&T has the right, at its option, to allocate some of the PDs towards other change requests or feature enhancements. Bug fixes done following a Primary Release or Point Release will not be counted against the available capacity.

 

3. Primary Release NPCs . The following non-performance compensation shall be associated with the Primary Releases. This section shall supersede the language currently in the MSA which allow for ***

In the event of its failure to deliver a Primary Release, Motricity agrees to pay amounts described as liquidated damages sustained by AT&T (“Professional Services

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


Non Performance Compensation”). The parties acknowledge that the Professional Services. Non Performance Compensation shall not be construed as an unenforceable penalty clause. Motricity agrees to credit the Professional Services Non-Performance

Compensation against future payments due Motricity by AT&T. In the event no payments are due Motricity by AT&T within six (6) months of the end of the month that Non-Performance Compensation accrued, Motricity shall promptly pay AT&T the Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation as a cash refund.

Unless otherwise agreed to in a Statement of Work, the following table expresses the default schedule of Primary Release Non-Performance Compensation applicable to each Primary Release:

 

Week of Delay

  

Primary Release Non-Performance Compensation (NPC)

***

   ***

AT&T can choose to specify a percentage value for each enhancement in a Primary Release (Total equals 100%) or equal weighting can be applied to each enhancement in a Primary Release.

The foregoing percentages shall be cumulative and capped *** of the total price for the Primary Release. For example, if the entire Primary Release is actually delivered to AT&T two (2) weeks after the, date designated for delivery, then the Primary Release Non-Performance Compensation shall be equal to *** of the total fees paid as outlined in this amendment. However, if only (1) enhancement was delivered two (2) weeks late, then the NPC fee would be ***

For the purposes of interpreting this table, a “Week” shall mean a period of seven (7) consecutive calendar days beginning the day after the date a deliverable should have been delivered. In the event that the period of non performance or late performance includes less than seven (7) calendar days (“Non-Week Days”), the Primary Release Non-Performance Compensation for such Non-Week Days shall be prorated based upon the number of Non-Week Days and the applicable percentage in the table above.

If AT&T Mobility decides to cancel any of the enhancements prior to the delivery date, Motricity shall still be compensated for the percentage of work already completed for the cancelled enhancement. AT&T may cancel any Primary Release upon written notice at least six months prior to the scheduled delivery date without incurring any cost or liability for the release. If AT&T cancels a Primary Release without such notice, it shall compensate Motricity according to the percentage of work completed by Motricity at the time of cancellation.

Launch Date for Primary Releases is defined as the following: Upon completion of the Elaboration Phase, Motricity will provide a project plan summary outlining the major project milestones & Primary Release Launch date.

Successfully Delivered means having met AT&T User Acceptance Testing (UAT) Exit Criteria and having been successfully deployed into Production and remains deployed in Production for 30 days as described in MSA.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

3


4. Point Releases . Motricity shall deliver point releases to provide fixes of critical or service impacting application errors introduced by Primary Releases, as needed. Point releases will not include new features or customizations, other than minor cosmetic changes’ to the user interface. Motricity shall schedule point releases based on the severity of the bugs and the overall system impact.

 

5. Release Process . Notwithstanding anything else in the Agreement to the contrary, for all subsequent Primary Releases, the parties shall adhere to the following Software Development Lifecycle methodology, which includes system requirements, design, development, testing and deployment:

The SDLC is divided into 4 phases; each phase has a different focus and objective as described below:

1. Inception Phase — Establishes the scope of the Release development as defined by the roadmap with input from; stakeholders. Stakeholder input is addressed and documented in the Motricity Core Product Requirements Document (PRD) and AT&T Custom Requirements Document (ORD). A JAD session will be held during the Inception Phase to prioritize the PRD and ORD proposed requirements. Inception Phase is; closed when the Release Requirements Documents (PRD and OM and the Release LOI document (if required) are approved and signed by AT&T.

2. Elaboration Phase — Details and baselines the requirements using the roadmap as the foundation. This establishes the architectural basis for the specific Release functionality. AT&T facing artifacts associated with this phase are the User’ Experience Design (up) flows and wireframes that present a visual definition of the project Elaboration Phase is closed when the UXD documents, the project plan summary, launch date and the Release SOW (if required) are approved and signed by AT&T. The project; enters formal change control at the end of the Elaboration Phase.

3. Construction Phase Involves the coding and testing of the Release. The documents associated with this phase are the Quality Assurance Test Plans, which define the testing to be performed by Motricity’s QA department. QA Test Plans may be presented to AT&T upon request. Construction Phase is closed when the Software Release has been approved to launch through the User Acceptance Testing process.

4. Deployment Phase — Involves deployment of the Software Release; that is the software is presented to AT&T’s end users. Deployment Phase is closed when AT&T accepts this release into production. Release notes will be provided within 5 BD which define the features and any known issues -associated with the implementation.

During the Inception, Elaboration and Construction phases there are 3 ongoing activities. These

 

   

Managing project issues and risks

 

   

Managing changes to requirements

 

   

Ensuring common understanding/capturing a common vocabulary

AT&T change requests (submitted after the Project Plan is baselined at end of Elaboration Phase) are managed through the Motricity Change Request Process. AT&T specific features or time critical features may be implemented on top of the latest core software version by Motricity Professional Services.

 

6.

Technical Support and Escalation Process . For each potential application error that is reported to Motricity, Motricity creates an entry in its bug tracking and management program. Motricity then assigns engineers

 

4


  to verify the existence of the application error and then to identify the root cause. Once the root cause is identified, Motricity shall create a patch for that application error and schedule the patch for inclusion in a future point release or Primary Release.

 

7. Segmentation Fees . If AT&T requests more than 25 Storefront segments (i.e. individualized Storefront views presented to an end user based on that end users particular buying history), then AT&T shall pay a *** for up to an additional 25 Storefront segments. Motricity shall invoice this fee monthly in arrears.

 

8. API Integrations . In exchange for a *** paid by AT&T to Motricity, Motricity shall support 10 standard API integrations over a twelve (12) month span, which includes current projects Media Net 4 and Media Mall. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Motricity shall waive the *** fee for each month in which Total Gross Revenue through the client API exceeds *** Motricity shall invoice any such fees monthly in arrears.

Although payment is recurring and will be made monthly starting when this amendment is signed, if an API integration is delayed due to fault of Motricity, the monthly fee would be reduced proportionally (example - if Motricity can support 3 integrations concurrently and one is delayed due to Motricity fault, the monthly fee would be reduced by one third for that month, and subsequent months, until corrected). A project plan will be mutually agreed upon by Motricity, the client application provider, and AT&T at the start of each new API integration project.

Motricity will be subject to NPCs upon failure to meet the committed number of standard integrations (10) for 2008. ***

It is estimated that a standard API integration would take *** per integration to reach a production ready state and an additional *** per month to support. The impacts by functional area are:

 

   

*** Initial Consultation

 

   

*** Integration Support

 

   

*** Configuration

The deliverables for a standard implementation are outlined in the table below:

 

Area

  

Description

Catalog

   Motricity will provide access to the current Client catalog

Catalog Maintenance

   Motricity will provide ongoing maintenance to the Client catalog to ensure fresh content

Integration Kickoff

   Motricity will chair a kick-off meeting via conference call for each integration.

Integration Support

   Motricity will provide integration support for each integration via email.

In-life Support

   Motricity will provide in-life technical support for each integration for a period of 2 years past execution of the SOW

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

5


Upgrade Path    Motricity will provide a smooth upgrade path for each integration for a period of 2 years past execution of the SOW
Documentation    Motricity will provide all relevant API documentation
Production Support    The production APIs will be monitored 24x7x365 via Motricity NOC personnel

The following items are assumptions, dependencies & risks associated with the AT&T Standard Client API Integrations:

 

   

As part of a standard integration, support will only cover API specific questions, not application specific questions.

 

   

Standard Integration fees apply only to the existing API specifications. Any requested change to the API will be handled via an additional Statement of Work.

 

   

API support during the Implementation Phase via email is limited to the hours of 9 am to 5 pm (Eastern Time) Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. 24x7x365 production support will be provided once the client application launches.

 

   

The AT&T Dedicated Test Environment will be utilized for pre-production testing.

 

   

Only three (3) integrations can concurrently take place through 12 month span.

The failure of any of the above assumptions, dependencies, or risks may result in project delays or increased costs for which Motricity is not responsible.

For API integration requests that fall outside of this standard integration implementation process, or for which the assumptions, dependencies, and risks prove to be untrue, Motricity provide additional evaluation of the incremental work required and a SOW will be presented to AT&T for the incremental work required.

 

9. Professional Service Rates . Motricity’s professional services rates from and after the effective date of this Amendment are:

 

Full Time Equivalent (FTE)

   Rate/Hour  
Content Operations Support    * ** 
Project / Program Management    * ** 
Engineering Services    * ** 
Design Services (UX/Graphics)    * ** 
Quality Assurance Services    * ** 
Production/Operations Support    * ** 

Contractor

      

Senor Engineer

   * ** 
Engineer    * ** 
Quality Assurance Services    * ** 

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

6


10. Updated Service Levels and NPCs . Motricity shall provide the service levels and NPCs set forth on Appendix 1 , in lieu of any conflicting or duplicative service levels or NPCs in the Agreement

 

11. Storefront In-Life Support Services . Motricity shall provide the in-life support services for the Storefront as set forth on Appendix 2 . The baseline in-life support services are included as part of the standard revenue share, except for Content Refreshes, for which AT&T shall pay *** Motricity shall invoice any such fees monthly in arrears. For additional support services, AT&T shall pay Motricity the rates set forth on Appendix 2 for such services.

 

12. Answer Tone Storefront In-Life Support Services . Motricity shall provide the in-life support services for the Answer Tone Storefront as set forth on Appendix 3. The baseline in-life support services are included as part of the standard revenue share. For additional support services, AT&T shall pay Motricity the rates set forth on Appendix 3 for such services.

 

13. Mobile Game Community . Motricity shall integrate its mobile game community functionality into the existing Media Mall Storefront on the terms set forth on Appendix 4 .

Section 3.7, Insurance and Appendix 7, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new Section 3.7:

With respect to Motricity’s performance under this Agreement, and in addition to Motricity’s obligation to indemnify, Motricity shall at its sole cost and expense:

 

  a. maintain the insurance coverages and limits required by this Section and any additional insurance and/or bonds required by law:

 

  1. at all times during the term of this Agreement and until completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later; and

 

  2. with respect to any coverage maintained in a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years following the term of this Agreement or completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later. If a “claims- made” policy is maintained, the retroactive date must precede the commencement of Work under this Agreement;

 

  b. require each subcontractor who may perform Work under this Agreement or enter upon the Work site to maintain coverages, requirements, and limits at least as broad as those listed in this Section from the tune when the subcontractor begins Work, throughout the term of the subcontractor’s Work and, with respect to any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years thereafter;

 

  c. procure the required insurance from an insurance company eligible to do business in the state or states where Work will be performed and having and maintaining a Financial Strength Rating of “A-“ or better and a Financial Size Category of “VII” or better, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies, except that, in the case of Workers’ Compensation insurance, Motricity may procure insurance from the state fund of the state where Work is to be performed; and

 

  d. deliver to AT&T, certificates of insurance stating the types of insurance and policy limits. Motricity shall provide or will endeavor to have the issuing insurance company provide at least 30 days advance written notice of cancellation, non-renewal, or reduction in coverage, terms, or limits to AT&T Motricity shall deliver such certificates:

 

  1. prior to execution of this Agreement and prior to commencement of any Work;

 

  2. prior to expiration of any insurance policy required in this Section; and for any coverage maintained on, a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years following the term of this Agreement or completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

7


The Parties agree:

 

  e. the failure of AT&T to demand such certificate of insurance or failure of AT&T to identify a deficiency will not be construed as a waiver of Motricity’s obligation to maintain the insurance required under this Agreement;

 

  f. that the insurance required under this Agreement does not represent that coverage and limits, will necessarily be adequate to protect Motricity; norbe deemed as a limitation on Motricity’s liability to AT&T in this Agreement;

 

  g. Motricity may meet the required insurance coverages and limits with any combination of primary and Umbrella/Excess liability insurance; and

 

  h. Motricity is responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention.

The insurance coverage required by this Section includes:

 

  i. Workers’ Compensation insurance With benefits afforded under the laws of any state in which the Work is to be performed and Employers Liability insurance with limits of at least:

$500,000 for Bodily Injury — each accident

$500,000 for Bodily Injury by disease — policy limits

$500,000 for Bodily Injury by disease — each employee

To the fullest, extent allowable by Law, the policy must include a waiver of subrogation in favor of AT&T, its Affiliates, and, their directors, officers and employees.

In states where Workers’ Compensation insurance is a monopolistic state-run system, Motricity shall add Stop Gap Employers Liability with limits not less than $500,000 each accident or disease.

 

  j. Commercial General Liability insurance written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) Form CG 00 01 12 04 or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage, covering liability arising from premises, operations, personal injury, products/completed operations, and liability assumed under an insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract) with limits of at least

$2,000,000 General Aggregate limit,

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for all bodily injury or property damage incurred in anyone (1) occurrence

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for Personal Injury and Advertising Injury

$2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate limit

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for Products/Completed Operations

$1,000,000 Damage to Premises Rented to You (Fire Legal Liability)

The Commercial General Liability insurance policy must:

 

  1. include AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers, and employees as Additional Insureds. Motricity shall provide a copy of the Additional Insured endorsement to AT&T. The Additional Insured endorsement may either be specific to AT&T or may be “blanket” or “automatic” addressing any person or entity as required by contract. A copy of the Additional Insured endorsement must be provided within 60 days of execution of this Agreement and within 60 days of each Commercial General Liability policy renewal; include a waiver of subrogation in favor of AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers and employees; and

 

  2. be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self- insurance that is maintained by AT&T.

 

  k Business Automobile Liability insurance with limits of at least $1,000,000 each accident for bodily injury and property damage, extending to all owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles.

 

  l. Umbrella/Excess Liability insurance with limits of at least $1,000,000 each occurrence with terms and conditions at least as broad as the underlying Commercial General Liability, Business Auto Liability, and Employers Liability policies. Umbrella/Excess Liability limits will be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance that is maintained by AT&T.

 

8


  m. Fidelity or Crime insurance covering employee dishonesty, including but not limited to dishonest acts of Motricity, its employees, agents, subcontractors and anyone under Motricity’s supervision or control. The Motricity shall be liable for, money, securities or other property of AT&T. Motricity shall include a client coverage’ endorsement written for limits of at least $1,000,000 and shall include AT&T as Loss Payee.

 

  n. Professional Liability (Errors It Omissions) insurance with limits of at least $1,000,000 each claim or wrongful act.

 

  o. Internet Liability and Network Protection (Cyberrisk) insurance with limits of at least $1,000,000 each claim or wrongful act.

Background Checks is hereby added as Section 4.14 to the Agreement

Section 4.14, Background Checks

1. Motricity, with respect to the following requirements in this Section (collectively, “Background Checks”) and subject to any laws, rules or regulations which may limit any Motricity action otherwise required by this section, (i) shall make all reasonable efforts, including checking the background, and verifying the personal information to determine and verify all information necessary to represent, and warrant to AT&T that no Motricity employee, contractor or subcontractor and no employee or agent of any Supplier contractor or subcontractor (“Supplier Person”) who Motricity proposes to have perform any Service that permits physical, virtual or other access to AT&T ‘s or its customer’s premises, systems, networks, or Information (“Access”) at any time during the Term (a) has been arraigned or convicted of (i) any felony, (ii) any misdemeanor involving violence, sexually related criminal conduct, theft or computer crimes, fraud or financial crimes, or crimes involving unlawful possession or use of a dangerous weapon, or (b).is identified on any government registry as a sex offender; and (ii) Motricity shall not permit any such Person presenting a positive Drug Screen, so arraigned or convicted, or so identified to perform any Service that permits such Access during the Term.

2. Motricity represents and warrants to AT&T that no Supplier Person has (i) falsified any of his or her Identification Credentials, or (ii) failed to disclose any material information in the hiring process relevant to the performance of any Service. Motricity shall not permit any Supplier Person who has falsified such Identification Credentials or failed to disclose such information to perform any Service that permits Access.

3. The following definitions apply:

 

   

“Identification Credentials” includes, with respect to each Supplier Person, his or her Social Security number, driver’s license, educational credentials, employment history, home address, and citizenship indicia.

 

   

“Drug Screen” means the testing for the use of illicit drugs (including opiates, cocaine, cannabinoids, amphetamines, and phencyclidine (PCP)) of any Supplier Person who (i) has unsupervised (or badged) physical Access to AT&T’s or its customer’s premises, or (ii) has regular or recurring supervised physical access to AT&T’s or its customer’s premises for more than thirty (30) days in the aggregate annually.

 

4. The failure of Motricity to comply with the requirements of this Section, and/or if any Person who fails such Background Check or who has falsified Identification Credentials does perform any Service that permits such Access, shall each be considered a material breach of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, exceptions for individual Supplier Persons may be granted by AT&T on a case-by-case basis.

 

9


5. If an Supplier Person is providing any Service (e.g. software development) that permits or requires Access to AT&T’s software source or origin code or encrypted software, Motricity shall conduct an initial, and thereafter an annual, search, in each case to verify that such Supplier Person is not identified, on the Denied Person List or Specially Designated Nationals List by the U.S. Dept of Commerce-Bureau of Industry & Security.

Reimbursable Expenses is hereby added as Section 4.15 to the Agreement:

Section 4.15, Reimbursable Expenses

AT&T is responsible for any travel, meal or other business related expense incurred by Supplier in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with AT&T’s Vendor Expense Policy attached hereto and incorporated herein as Appendix 5: provided, however, that requirements set forth in Appendix 5 shall apply only to the limitations on the reimbursable amount of expenses that are eligible to be passed through to AT&T, and it is understood and agreed by the Parties that actual expenses of Supplier will be in accordance with Supplier’s expense policy.

Third Party Administration is hereby added as Section 4.16 to the Agreement:

Section 4.16, Third Party Administration

Motricity acknowledges that a third party administrator will perform certain administrative functions for AT&T in relation to this Agreement. Such administrative functions may include:

 

  a. Collecting and verifying certificates of insurance;

 

  b. Providing financial analysis;

 

  c. Verifying certifications under the Section entitled “Utilization of Minority, Women, and Disabled Veteran Owned Business-Enterprises”; and

 

  d. Collecting and verifying Motricity profile information.

Motricity shall cooperate with such third party administrator in its performance of such administrative functions and shall provide such data as from time to time the third party administrator may request Further, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Motricity agrees that AT&T may provide Confidential Information regarding Motricity to such third party administrator provided that AT&T is responsible for ensuring that the third party administrator maintains the confidentiality of such Confidential Information to the same extent as is required of AT&T. Motricity agrees to pay the third party administrator an annual fee for the performance of these administrative functions, which annual fee shall not exceed three hundred dollars ($300.00) and a onetime set-up fee of thirty dollars ($30.00).

The terms and conditions of Agreement No. TJR031606 in all other respects remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Amendment to Agreement No. TJR031606 to be executed, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the date the last Party signs.

 

10


MOTRICITY, INC.     AT&T SERVICES, INC
By:  

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

    By:  

***

Printed Name:  

Ryan K. Wuerch

    Printed Name:  

***

Title:   Chairman & CEO     Title:   Vice President, Global Strategic Sourcing
Date:  

12/13/2007

    Date:  

12/07/2007

      On behalf of its affiliates AT&T Mobility LLC

 

11


Appendix 1

Update Service Levels and NPCs

Motricity provides a number of in-life services to AT&T Mobility in operation on the Cingular Media Mall. Outlined below are the services that Motricity provides our service level commitment and related NPC’s for C( ( service non performance.

Additionally, Motricity will provide a mix of dedicated and shared resources in support of Marketing Programs, Content Management, Content Qualification, Content Partner Support, Device Support, and other services. The service levels outlined below are designed to exceed AT&T’s requirements for each service. Motricity will maintain and scale resources on an ongoing basis to maintain these service levels.

Finally, Motricity commits to a Content Management Product team dedicated to AT&T Mobility. This team will work to enhance and develop tools for Content Management, Content Ingestion/Reporting, and Content Partner Communication for the term of this agreement.

The resource levels and committed service levels for each function are outlined in the matrix below.

 

Area

  

Description

   # of  100%
Dedicated
Resources
   # of  shared
Dedicated
Resources

Content Qualification and Testing Team

   ***    ***    ***

Merchandising/Taxonomy

   ***    ***    ***

Partner Relations/Service Delivery Management

   ***    ***    ***

Device Team (Tests when new devices are launched)

   ***    ***    ***

Service Delivery

   ***    ***   

Storefront Testing Team

   ***    ***    ***

Content Management, Production Engineering, and Reporting Team

   ***    ***   

Service Delivery SLAs

New Content Time to Market - Trusted Partners

***

Notes on Versions and Titles:

 

   

Trusted:

***

 

   

Non-Trusted:

***

Merchandising and Taxonomy Support

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

80


Content Partner On Boarding

***

Content Provider Support

***

Device Launches

***

All timeframes are for tasks within Motricity’s span of control.

SLA NPCs

To ensure alignment and delivery to AT&T from Motricity of the agreed service levels outlined above Motricity agrees to the following NPCs for non-performance

Motricity shall be held to the following additional NPCs around Service Levels defined in the MSA.

New Content Time to Market

***

Merchandising and Taxonomy Support

***

Content Provider On-boarding

***

Content Provider Support

***

Device Launches

***

Storefront Testing Team

***

Content Management, Production Engineering, and Reporting Team

***

AT&T reserves the right to audit Motricity’s compliance with these SLAs bi-monthly, at AT&T’s expense, and further provided that such audits are conducted in such a way as to cause minimal disruption to Motricity’s operations.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

81


Appendix 3

Storefront In-Life Support Services

 

Service Element

   Additional Tiers    Rates

Content Ingestion

      ***    ***

Baseline Service:

      ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

      ***    ***
      ***   
   ***    ***    ***
      ***    ***
      ***    ***

Taxonomy Additions/ Content updates

      ***    ***

Baseline Service:

      ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

      ***    ***

***

        

Merch/Promotions

      ***    ***
      ***    ***

Baseline Service:

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

      ***    ***

***

        

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

82


Service Element

   Additional Service Tiers    Rates

Catalog Refreshes

   ***    ***    ***

Baseline Service:

Music Tones:

        

***

      ***    ***

***

        

***

      ***    ***

***

        

***

        

***

      ***    ***

***

        

***

        

***

      ***    ***

Device Support

   ***    ***    ***

Baseline Service:

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

Segmentation

        

***

   ***    ***    ***

Complete Category Overhaul

   ***    ***    ***

***

        

Flash Banner Development

   ***    ***    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

83


Service Element

   Additional Service Tiers    Rates

Reporting

   ***    ***    ***

Baseline:

***

   ***    ***    ***

Financial Settlement

Baseline:

***

   ***    ***    ***
   ***    ***    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

84


Appendix 3

Answer Tone Storefront In-Life Support Services

 

Service Element

   Additional Service Tiers    Rates

Content ingestion

      ***    ***

Baseline Service:

   ***    ***    ***

***

      ***    ***

***

      ***    ***

Merch/Promotions

      ***    ***

Baseline Service:

        

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

      ***    ***

***

      ***    ***

Catalog Refreshes

      ***    ***

Baseline Service:

   ***    ***    ***

***

      ***    ***
      ***    ***

Device Support

   ***    ***    ***

Baseline Service:

        

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

Complete Category Overhaul

        

***

   ***    ***    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

85


Service Element

   Additional Service Tiers    Rate

Reporting

        
   ***    ***    ***

Baseline:

        

***

        

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

        

***

        

***

        

Financial Settlement

        
   ***    ***    ***

Baseline:

        

***

        

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

86


Appendix 3

Storefront In-Life Support Services

***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

13


Appendix 3

Answer Tone Storefront In-Life Support Services

***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

16


Appendix 4

Mobile Game Community

AT&T shall pay Motricity *** for set up and integration to expand AT&T’s current game community as detailed in a mutually executed SOW. *** AT&T, at its sole discretion, can choose to move forward with the currently deployed Mobile Game Community product or decide to shelf until a later date. AT&T must give indication to deploy the Mobile Game Community prior to the completion of Release 3.2 Elaboration Phase. Should AT&T decide to deploy the Mobile Game Community product, AT&T and Motricity will mutually agree on a project plan and launch date.

Enhancements to Community

 

   

The roadmap and future enhancements for the Game Community will be maintained under a separate release schedule

 

   

AT&T agrees to specify that the community API must be included by the game publisher for the game to be deployed on the storefront and the game community

 

   

***

Content OnBoarding

 

   

Utilize existing submission process for content

 

   

Provide assistance for one-time bulk upload of content

 

   

Provide on-going support

 

   

Manage a launch project for Community as it pertains to content providers content

 

   

Provide game publishers with the assistance and documentation required to include the Community API in game during development and test

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

18


Appendix 5

1.0 GENERAL

AT&T Vendor Expense Policy (VEP) provides guidelines to be followed by all vendors of AT&T in requesting reimbursement for business travel, meals and other business related expense. Expenses outside this policy are not reimbursable.

The following principles apply to requests for expense reimbursement:

When spending money that is to be reimbursed, vendors must ensure that an AT&T Company (“Company”) receives proper value in return. Prudent and proper judgment must be used in reporting and approving business expenses.

The concept that a vendor and their employees are ‘entitled’ to certain types or amounts of expenditures while conducting business with the Company is erroneous. Personal expenditures reported for reimbursement should be billed exactly as they were incurred. The use of averages for any type expenditure or combination of expenditures is not permitted except as specifically provided or documented in a contract.

Every vendor and AT&T employee who certifies or approves the correctness of any voucher or bill should have reasonable knowledge the expense and amounts are proper and reasonable. In the absence of the adoption of such policy, or existing contractual agreements, these guidelines are considered the minimum requirements for requesting reimbursement of Company funds.

These policies should be included in any new or renewed contract with a contractor or consultant.

Deviations from this VEP must be approved in writing by the sponsoring Senior Manager or Officer of an AT&T company.

Employees should refer to ‘the Section entitled “Payments” in the Schedule of Authorizations For Affiliates of AT&T, Inc. for appropriate vendor invoice authorization approval levels.

Receipts should be requested and reviewed for any unusual or out of the ordinary expenses or where the approver cannot make a reasonable determination on the propriety of the transaction without a receipt.

The origination of a given expenditure for business purposes is the responsibility of the vendor incurring the expense and the authorization of that expense is the responsibility of the appropriate level of AT&T management in accordance with the Schedule of Authorizations For Affiliates of AT&T, Inc.

 

20


1.1 Non-Reimbursable Expenses

The following expenses are considered non-reimbursable:

 

   

Airline club membership fees, dues, or upgrade coupon

 

   

Meals not consistent with AT&T employee policy

 

   

Annual credit card fees

 

   

Barber/Hairstylist/Beautician Expenses

 

   

Car rental additional fees associated with high speed toll access programs

 

   

Car Washes

 

   

Entertainment expenses

 

   

Health Club and Fitness facilities

 

   

Hotel Safe rental

 

   

Upgrades on airline fees

 

   

Excessive tips, i.e., in excess of 15% of cost of meal or services, excluding tax

 

   

PC, cell phone, and other vendor support expenses

 

   

Meals not directly required to do business on the AT&T account (e.g. vendors cannot

 

   

voucher lunch with each other simply to talk about AT&T)

 

   

In-flight drinks

 

   

Magazines & newspapers

 

   

Personal entertainment

 

   

Expenses associated with spouses or other travel companions

 

   

Office’ expenses of vendors

 

   

Surcharges for providing fast service not related to delivery charges such as Fedex, UPS, etc.). AT&T expects all vendors to complete the terms of contracts in the shortest period practicable. Charges for shortening the timeframe’ in which contracts are fulfilled are not permissible.

 

   

Vendors may not submit expenses to cover meals or expenses for an AT&T employee, whether in a home location or on official travel

 

   

Travel purchased with prepaid air passes.

 

   

Birthday cakes, lunches, balloons, and other personal celebration/recognition costs

 

   

Break-room supplies for the vendor, such as coffee, creamer, paper products, soft drinks, snack food

 

   

Water (bottled or dispensed by a vendor)

 

   

Clothing, personal care, and toiletries

 

   

Laundry (except when overnight travel is required for 7 or more consecutive nights)

 

   

Flight or rental car insurance

 

   

Flowers, cards and gifts

 

   

Hotel pay-per-view movies, Video Games and/or mini bar items

 

   

High speed internet access in hotels (added to 3.5)

 

   

Lost luggage

 

   

Traffic or Parking Fines

 

   

Tobacco Products

 

   

Medical supplies

 

   

Membership fees to exercise facilities or social/country clubs

 

21


   

Movies purchased while on an airplane

 

   

Phone usage on airline unless business emergency

Failure to comply with the above mentioned restrictions will result in the Company refusing payment of charges or pursuing restitution from the vendor.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES

2.1 Vendor’s Responsibility

AT&T’s sponsoring client managers will ensure that vendors have, been covered on this policy prior to incurring any expenditures. Vendors and their sponsoring client managers are responsible for clarifying any questions or uncertainties they may have relative to reimbursable business expenses.

It is mandatory that financial transactions are recorded in a timely manner . Out-of-pocket business expense(s) for vendors that are not submitted for reimbursement within 90 calendar days from the date incurred are considered non-reimbursable . Company managers who are responsible for approving reimbursable expenses of vendors should ensure they are submitted and approved in a timely manner.

2.2 AT&T Sponsoring Management Responsibility

Prior to authorizing reimbursement to the vendor for expenditures, it is the responsibility of the AT&T managers authorizing the payment to determine that:

 

   

The expenditure is reasonable and for a legitimate business purpose.

 

   

The expenditure complies with the policies contained in this document, the Code of Business Conduct, and other applicable Company practices.

 

   

All expenses are reviewed through Payment.Net or on form AT&T-4472APA and those expenses are prepared in accordance with proper accounting details.

In addition, the sponsoring AT&T managers are responsible for ensuring the Vendor Expense Policy has been communicated to each vendor and that the information contained herein is proprietary/confidential information and ensures its security and confidentiality. The Vendor must agree to maintain this information in confidence.

3.0 TRAVEL POLICY

Vendors must first consider the feasibility of using videoconferencing or teleconferencing as an alternative to travel. Travel that is to be reimbursed by AT&T should be incurred only as necessary.

AT&T reserves the right to dispute any expense submittal and if not verifiable as valid may reject reimbursement. Reimbursements will be made to vendor only after expenses are verified as valid.

 

22


3.1 Travel Authorization

Travel requiring overnight stays must be approved by the sponsoring AT&T senior manager (5 level or above) and should be approved only if it is necessary for the vendor to travel to perform required work.

3.2 Travel Reservations

Vendors are expected to procure the most cost efficient travel arrangements, preferably equivalent to the AT&T discount rate. AT&T does not reimburse for travel purchased with prepaid air passes.

3.3 Travel Expense Reimbursement

Vendor travel expenses incurred for company business are reimbursable only as specified in these guidelines. Travel expenses may include the following:

 

   

transportation (airfare or other commercial transportation, car rental, personal auto mileage, taxi and shuttle service)

 

   

meals and lodging

 

   

parking-and tolls

 

   

tips/porter service (if necessary and reasonable)

Vendors who stay with friends or relatives or other vendor employees while on a Company business trip will NOT be reimbursed for lodging, nor will they be reimbursed for expenditures made to reciprocate their hospitality by buying groceries, being host at a restaurant, etc.

The expense must be ordinary and necessary, not lavish or extravagant, in the judgment of the AT&T sponsoring management. Any reimbursement request must be for actual expenditures only.

3.4 Air Travel Arrangements

Vendors must select lowest logical airfare (fares available in the market at the time of booking, preferably well in advance of trip to attain lowest possible airfare). Vendors shall book coach class fares for all domestic travel at all times. First class bookings are not reimbursable. Vendors can request business class when a single segment of, flight time (“in air time” excluding layovers or ground time) is greater than 5 hours, or when flights are intercontinental.

3.5 Hotel Arrangements

AT&T has established Market-Based Room Rate Guidelines for vendors to reference when making hotel reservations (see Addendum A). Vendors are expected to abide by these guidelines when making hotel arrangements. AT&T will only reimburse vendors up to the established room rate guideline in, each market, or for actual hotel lodging charges incurred, whichever is less. There must be a strop business justification for incurring any cost for Unmet access, and a request for reimbursement must be accompanied by a detailed explanation regarding reason for charge.

Note : Vendors must indicate the number of room nights on the transaction line when invoicing for reimbursement of hotel expenses. Copies of all hotel bills must be made available for any invoice containing lodging charges.

 

23


3.6 Ground Transportation

While away from their home location overnight, vendors are expected to utilize rapid transit or local shuttle service. If the hotel provides a complimentary shuttle, vendors are to use this service before paying for transportation. If complimentary service is not provided a taxi or other local transportation is reimbursable as a business expense. Tips provided to taxi drivers cannot exceed 15% of the value of the total fare

A rental car is appropriate when the anticipated business cost is less than that of other available public transportation. Except to the extent necessary to accommodate several traveler§ and/or luggage requirements, vendors will not be reimbursed for automobile rentals other than economy or mid-sized/intermediate models.

“Loss Damage Waiver” and “Extended Liability Coverage” are not considered reimbursable. Prepaid fuel or refueling charges at the time of return are not reimbursable. Rental cars should be refueled before returning to the rental company, since gas purchased through the rental company carries an expensive refueling service charge.

3.7 Use of Personal Vehicle

When use of personal vehicle is required, the currently applicable IRS mileage rate for miles driven for the business portion of the trip should be the maximum used to determine the amount to be reimbursed.

3.8 Parking

If airport parking is necessary, vendors must use long term parking facilities. Additional costs for short term, valet or covered parking are not reimbursable.

3.9 Entertainment

Entertainment expense is not reimbursable to vendors. Entertainment includes meal expense involving AT&T personnel, golf fees, tickets to events and related incidental expenses. Hotel charges for a pay-per-view movie, individual sightseeing tours, or other individual activities (i.e., golf, sporting event, movie, etc.) are not reimbursable.

3.10 Laundry and Cleaning

Reasonable laundry charges during business trips of seven or more consecutive nights are reimbursable based on actual expenses incurred.

3.11 Communications

The actual cost of landline telephone calls for AT&T business are reimbursable. The use of AT&T products is required when available.

AT&T will not reimburse vendors for cell phone bills. With prior consent of the sponsoring AT&T Senior Manager, only individual calls that exceed a vendor’s rate plan that are necessary to conduct business for AT&T may be reimbursed.

Charges for high speed internet access are not reimbursable.

 

24


3.12 Business Meals (Travel and Non-Travel)

Vendors are expected to find reasonably priced dining alternatives. As a general rule, vendors are expected to spend, $42.00 or less per day inclusive of tax and gratuity. This includes all meals, beverages and refreshments purchased during the day. Requests for reimbursement should break out the amount for, meals and list the related number of travel days. If breakfast is offered as part of the hotel accommodation rate, no additional reimbursement will be permitted for breakfast. Vendors may not submit expenses lo cover meals or expenses for an AT&T employee, whether in a home location or on official travel.

AT&T managers authorizing invoices will be held accountable for ensuring that vendors are following this policy and are spending Company funds economically.

3.13 Flowers, Greeting Cards, Gifts and Incentive Awards

The cost of gifts, flowers, birthday lunches, or greeting cards is considered a personal expense and is not reimbursable. For example, vendors making a donation or providing a gift for a fund-raiser for AT&T may not submit such an expense to AT&T for reimbursement

3.14 Loss or Damage to Personal Property

The Company assumes no responsibility for loss or damage to a vendor’s personal property during business functions or hours.

3.15 Publications

Subscriptions to or purchases of magazines, newspapers and other publications are not reimbursable.

 

25


ADDENDUM A

AT&T 2007 Hotel Room Rate Only Guidelines

 

City    St    2007
Guideline
   City    St    2007
Guideline
   City    St    2007
Guideline

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

26


TJR031606.A.008

Amendment 8

Between

Motricity, Inc.

And

AT&T Mobility LLC

 

1


AMENDMENT NO. 8

TO

AGREEMENT NO. TJR031606

This Amendment No. 8 (“ Amendment ”) to the Master Services Agreement No.TJR031606 between AT&T Mobility LLC, f/k/a Cingular Wireless LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ AT&T ”) and Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Motricity ”) (as amended, the “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of the 1st day of June, 2008 (“ Amendment No. 8 Effective Date ”). Such parties are referred to herein as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Motricity provides certain wireless infrastructure products and services to AT&T pursuant to the Agreement; and

WHEREAS, AT&T and Motricity desire to amend the Agreement to (i) modify the NPC Cap for availability of the Services under the Service Level Agreement; and (ii) establish certain understandings with respect to the eventual wind down or transfer of the Services.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Except as provided herein, all of the terms, covenants and conditions used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions hereof, and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the specific terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment shall govern.

2. NPC Cap Applicable to Storefront Availability. The last sentence of the section of the Service Level Agreement (Appendix 1.2 of the Agreement) entitled “Service Credits Applicable to Storefront” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

***

3. Wind Down Period. Section 3.4(e) of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice from AT&T, Motricity shall reasonably cooperate with AT&T in the orderly and expeditious wind down and/or transition of its Services (in whole or in part) to a different service provider (“Transfer”). For purposes of clarification, such prior written notice shall not extend the six-month period for termination for convenience.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


  (i) The Transfer will be performed by the Parties in accordance with a mutually agreed upon Statement of Work that will address such items as transition responsibilities (such as migration of subscribers, subscriber data, premium digital content, transaction data, and/or Merchant integrations), key resources, Transfer timelines, related fees (such as operating expenses to sustain Services from the Cut-Over Date, defined below), until the Transfer is complete (“Sustainment Fees”).

 

  (ii) With respect to Sustainment Fees the Parties acknowledge and agree to the following:

 

  A) Sustainment Fees may include :

***

 

  B) Sustainment Fees will not include :

***

 

  (iii) Motricity will provide all services as may be reasonably be needed by AT&T in connection with the Transfer.

 

  (iv) Unless otherwise specified by AT&T the minimum period of time to affect such a Transfer will be *** and may be extended upon mutual agreement of the Parties (“Wind Down Period”). Both Parties are required to make a good faith effort to fulfill the requirements of the Transfer as quickly as possible within the Wind Down Period.

 

  (v) Services provided by Motricity during the Wind Down Period shall be provided to AT&T at the rates provided for in this Agreement and all terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

4. ***

5. The terms and conditions of the Agreement (including but not limited to the terms and conditions of Amendment No 7 to the Agreement) in all other respects remain unmodified and in full force and effect. They shall not be further modified except by a written agreement between the Parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Amendment to Agreement No. TJR031606 to be executed, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the date the last Party signs.

 

MOTRICITY, INC.     AT&T MOBILITY LLC, by its authorized agent, AT&T SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

    By:  

***

Printed Name:   Ryan K. Wuerch     Printed Name:  

***

Title:   Chairman & CEO     Title:   Sr. Contract Manager, Global Strategic Sourcing
Date:   8/21/2008     Date:   8/13/2008

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

3


AMENDMENT NO. 9

TO

AGREEMENT NO. TJR031606

This Amendment No. 9 (“ Amendment ”) to the Master Services Agreement No.T1R031606 between AT&T Mobility LLC, f/k/a Cingular Wireless LL liability company (“ AT&T Mobility ”) and Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Motricity ”) (as amended, the “Agreement”), is made and entered into (“ Amendment No. 9 Effective Date ”). Such parties are referred to herein as “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , Motricity provides certain wireless AT&T Mobility pursuant to the Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Agreement expires October 8, 2009; and

WHEREAS , AT&T Mobility and Motricity desire to amend the Agreement to give AT&T Mobility the option to extend the Terms of the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Definitions; Order of Precedence . Except as provided herein, all of the terms, covenants and conditions used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and the conditions hereof, and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the specific terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment shall govern.

2. Option to Extend . In exchange for a one-time option fee of ***, payable upon execution of the Amendment, Motricity hereby grants to AT&T Mobility the right to extend the term of the Agreement through October 31, 2009 (the “Extension Option’). If AT&T Mobility has not exercised the Extension Option in writing on or before September 15, 2009, the Extension Option will automatically expire.

3. Term . If AT&T Mobility exercises the Extension Option, then the term of the Agreement will be extended through October 31, 2009 (the “Extended Term”).

4. Extension Fees . Upon exercise of the Extension Option, AT&T Mobility shall pay Motricity *** for providing the Storefront during the Extended Term. Motricity shall provide a credit to AT&T Mobility in the amount of *** against future work in a fashion consistent with the internal accounting requirements of Motricity.

5. Storefront Operations . During the Extended Term, Motricity shall provide the Storefront with the same functionality and reporting as currently provide to AT&T Mobility under the Agreement. ***

6. Service Level Agreement . Upon execution of this Amendment Number 9 AT&T agrees that effective August 10, 2009, the Service Level Agreement (SLA) relating to content and device onboarding, merchandising, support, and maintenance will no longer apply. As such, beginning August 10, 2009 and for the duration of this Agreement Motricity will not be subject to any penalties related to SLAs pertaining to these operational functions.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

- 1 -


7. No Other Modifications . The terms and conditions of the Agreement in all other remain unmodified and in full force and effect. They shall not be further modified except by a written agreement between the Amendment No. 9 Effective Date.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Motricity and AT&T Mobility have each caused this Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized representative, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the Amendment No. 9 Effective Date.

 

AT&T Mobility LLC     Motricity, Inc
By:  

***

    By:  

/s/ Ryan Wuerch

Name:  

***

    Name:  

Ryan Wuerch

Title:  

Sr. Chr

    Title:  

Chairman & CEO

 

- 2 -


AMENDMENT NO. 10

TO

AGREEMENT NO. TJR031606

This Amendment No. 10 (“ Amendment ”) to the Master Services Agreement No.TJR031606 between AT&T Mobility LLC, f/k/a Cingular Wireless LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ AT&T Mobility ”) and Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Motricity ”) (as amended, the “Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of the date the last party signs (“ Amendment No 10 Effective Date ”). Such parties are referred to herein as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , Motricity provides certain wireless infrastructure products and services to AT&T Mobility pursuant to the Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Agreement was to expire October 8, 2009 and the Parties have extended the Term to October 31, 2009 by AT&T Mobility’s exercise of the Extension Option under Amendment 9; and

WHEREAS , AT&T Mobility and Motricity desire to amend the Agreement to further extend the term and to give AT&T Mobility an additional extension option.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

1. Definitions; Order of Precedence . Except as provided herein, all of the terms, covenants and conditions used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions hereof, and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the specific terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment shall govern.

 

2. Further Extension/Option to Extend .

 

  (a) Further Extension . The Extended Term set forth in Amendment 9 is hereby extended an additional six months, now expiring at 11:59 p.m. eastern time, April 30, 2010 (“Further Extension”).

 

  (b) Option to Extend . Motricity hereby grants to AT&T Mobility the right to extend the term of the Agreement through October 31, 2010 (the “Further Extension Option”). AT&T Mobility must provide notice of intent to invoke the Further Extension Option by December 1, 2009. ***

 

  (c) Termination for Convenience . If AT&T elects the Further Extension Option, then AT&T will have the right to terminate the agreement with 90 days prior notice, with such notice not to be given earlier than April 30, 2010. Upon termination, AT&T will not be obligated for the monthly invoice fees described herein after the effective date of termination.

 

3. Term . The term of the Agreement will be extended through April 30, 2010 (the “Further Extension”) and, if the Further Extension Option is exercised, the term may be extended through October 31, 2010 (the “Further Extension Option”).

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

- 1 -


4. Extension Fees .

 

  (a) AT&T Mobility shall, pay fees for the Further Extension to April 30, 2010 of ***

 

  (i) ***

 

  (ii) ***

 

  (iii) ***

 

  (iv) ***

 

  (v) ***

 

5. Storefront Operations . During the Further Extension, Motricity shall provide the Storefront with the same functionality and reporting as currently provided AT&T Mobility under the Agreement. ***

 

6. Service level Agreement . The existing service Level Agreement (SLA) relating to content and device onboarding, merchandising, support, and maintenance will apply during the Further Extension and any Further Extension Option period, however any service credits or non-performance credits applicable to these or any other service levels/metrics in the Agreement will be waived during both such periods. For purposes of clarity, this Section does not modify any other service level agreements between the parties under any other agreement, except for the Media Mall services provided Agreement set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Amendment. ***

 

7. No Other Modifications . The terms and conditions of the Agreement in all other respects remain unmodified and in full force and effect. They shall not be further modified except by a written agreement between the Parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Motricity and AT&T Mobility have each caused this Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized representative, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the Amendment No. 10 Effective Date.

 

Motricity, Inc.     AT&T Services, Inc
By:  

/s/ James Smith

    By:  

/s/ ***

Printed Name:  

James Smith

    Printed Name:  

***

Title:  

President & COO

    Title:  

Vice President, Consumer Supply, Chain AT&T Operations

Date:  

10/1/2009

    Date:  

10/1/2009

      On behalf of its affiliates AT&T Mobility LLC

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 10.5

Contract No. 750-67761-2004

LOGO

WAP 2.0 H OSTING A GREEMENT

 

 

P REMIUM W IRELESS S ERVICES USA, I NC .

D / B / A I NFO S PACE M OBILE

AND

C ELLCO P ARTNERSHIP

d/b/a

V ERIZON W IRELESS

June 24, 2004


WAP 2.0 HOSTING AGREEMENT

This WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement (“Agreement”), dated as of June 24, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc., a California corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc. (“InfoSpace”), with offices at 10940 Wilshire Blvd., 9 th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90024, and Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless (“Verizon Wireless”), a Delaware general partnership, having an office and principal place of business at 180 Washington Valley Road, Bedminster, New Jersey 07921. InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless are sometimes individually referred to herein as a “Party” and may be collectively referred to as the “Parties.”

RECITALS

A. InfoSpace is in the business of, among other things, providing wireless infrastructure products and services to its customers.

B. Verizon Wireless is in the business of, among other things, providing wireless telecommunications services to its customers.

C. Verizon Wireless desires that InfoSpace provide access to the products and services more particularly described on Exhibit B (collectively, the “Portal Services”), and InfoSpace is willing to provide access to the Portal Services to Verizon Wireless, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

Now, therefore, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1 Definitions and Exhibits

All capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Exhibit A or as otherwise defined in this Agreement. All exhibits attached to this Agreement are hereby incorporated into, and are an integral part of this Agreement.

 

2 Rights and Obligations of the Parties

2.1 InfoSpace Services. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and during the Term, InfoSpace will make available to Verizon Wireless the Portal Services described in Exhibit B.

2.2 Verizon Wireless Materials. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and during the Term, Verizon Wireless hereby grants to InfoSpace the right to include and implement the Verizon Wireless Materials on the Portal Services.

2.3 Access to Adult Content. If Verizon Wireless elects to make available adult content under the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall mutually agree on the terms and conditions governing such availability.

 

PAGE 1


2.4 Limitations.

 

  a. Other than as explicitly set forth herein, Verizon Wireless and its Affiliates shall have no right to reproduce or sub-license, re-sell or otherwise distribute all or any portion of the Portal Services to any Person except that Verizon Wireless may distribute the Portal Services through its direct distribution channel including its communication stores, websites and its indirect distribution channel, including its authorized agents, retailers and subagents, provided that such distribution and/or sub-distribution is solely within the United States.

 

  b. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, Verizon Wireless shall not authorize or assist any Third Party to: (i) remove, obscure, or alter any legal notices, including notices of Intellectual Property Rights present on or in the Portal Services or any other materials provided by InfoSpace, or (ii) insert any interstitial advertisements, pop-up windows, or other items or techniques that would alter the appearance or presentation of the Portal Services.

 

  c. InfoSpace shall not itself, and neither shall it authorize nor assist any Third Party in: (i) removing, obscuring, or altering any legal notices, including notices of Intellectual Property Rights present on or in the Verizon Wireless Materials or any other materials provided by Verizon Wireless, or (ii) insert any interstitial advertisements, pop-up windows, or other items or techniques that would alter the appearance or presentation of the Verizon Wireless Materials or the Verizon Wireless Services.

 

  d. Other than in connection with its performance under this Agreement, InfoSpace and its Affiliates shall have no right under this Agreement to reproduce or sub-license, re-sell or otherwise distribute all or any portion of the Verizon Wireless Materials to any Person.

 

  e. Each Party shall comply with all then-current applicable laws, rules, and regulations in connection with the exercise of its respective rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any law, rule or regulation related to individual privacy).

 

  f. Neither Party will reverse engineer, disassemble, decompile or otherwise attempt to discover the source code or trade secrets for any of the technology belonging to the other Party.

2.5 Technical Cooperation. Each of the Parties agree to provide reasonable technical cooperation to the other Party in order to implement the Portal Services. In addition, Verizon Wireless shall allow InfoSpace to implement, and/or shall cooperate with InfoSpace upon its request to assist with its implementation of any bug fixes or updates to the Portal Services.

2.6 Project Management. Each Party will appoint a single primary point of contact for project management and coordination. This individual will be responsible for coordinating internal teams and activities associated with the deployment of the Portal Services; prioritizing issues and change requests; providing internal communication of project schedule and status; and coordinating meetings and other joint activities between the Parties.

 

PAGE 2


2.7 Training. As stated in Exhibit G hereto, on a mutually acceptable timeline to be determined by the Parties, InfoSpace will, as requested by Verizon Wireless, provide training and any associated documentation for Verizon Wireless employees who will train the Verizon Wireless customer service (WDSC) and technical support (WDTS) teams; Verizon Wireless operations employees (ATAC and Maintenance Engineering); Verizon Wireless Marketing and Business Development employees; and Verizon Wireless Technology Development employees. InfoSpace will provide up to one (1) week of such training that will be covered by the Setup Fee defined in Exhibit D. This training shall be conducted at a location to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties. Additional training sessions and documentation for Verizon Wireless Operations (ATAC and Maintenance Engineering), Marketing, Business Development, and Technology Development employees will be billed at InfoSpace’s then-current standard billing rates.

2.8 Attribution. Overall, InfoSpace is providing white label (no InfoSpace branding) Portal Services for Verizon Wireless. Verizon Wireless is the service provider as seen by the User. Verizon Wireless will take all calls from Users on any issues related to the Portal Service. InfoSpace will not display any attribution on the Portal Services systems.

2.9 Nonexclusivity. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that the rights granted to the other Party in this Agreement are non-exclusive, and that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to prohibit either Party from participating in similar business arrangements as those described herein.

2.10 Verizon Wireless Portal, “Look and Feel.” . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Verizon Wireless acknowledges and agrees that InfoSpace has created, acquired, or otherwise has rights in, and may, in connection with the performance of the services contemplated hereunder, employ, provide, modify, create, acquire or otherwise obtain rights in, various concepts, ideas, methods, methodologies, procedures, processes, know-how, techniques, models, templates, and generalized features of the structure, sequence, and organization of software, user interfaces, and screen designs, general purpose software tools, utilities, routines, logic, coherence, and methods of operation of systems. To the extent that InfoSpace uses its intellectual or other property in connection with the performance of the services set forth herein, InfoSpace shall retain all right, title and interest in and to such property. Verizon Wireless shall acquire no right, title or interest in or to such property. InfoSpace shall have the right, and shall otherwise be free, to design, develop, and deploy for itself or third parties deliverables, substantially similar to the deliverables provided to Verizon Wireless in connection with this Agreement, subject only to the following sentence. *** The Verizon Wireless portal ‘look and feel’ shall include the presentation (but not the

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 3


underlying functionality) of each of the Verizon Wireless Persistent Toolbar present on all InfoSpace hosted WAP pages; Verizon Wireless Dynamic Content window present on select Verizon Wireless hosted WAP pages (Homepage, News, Sports, Weather, Entertainment, Business); Verizon Wireless Vtext.com Text Alerts ‘View My Text Alerts’, ‘Modify My Text Alerts’ and ‘Set My Text Alerts’ WAP pages; and Verizon Wireless Premium Services Subscription WAP pages. The prohibition set forth in the previous sentence shall be applicable to design specifications proposed or created by InfoSpace, and shall not be deemed to prohibit InfoSpace from building to design specifications created by independent third parties.

2.11 Work Orders. Unless otherwise agreed, the Parties shall use the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “Work Order”) to document all modifications to the Portal Services. The Work Order shall set forth the work to be performed, the associated fees for such work, and any other applicable terms and conditions. InfoSpace will perform the tasks set forth on each Work Order and will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such tasks according to the estimated timeline (if any) set forth on each such Work Order. To the extent reasonably possible, Verizon Wireless will cooperate with InfoSpace and provide such assistance as InfoSpace may reasonably request to fulfill its obligations under each such Work Order. InfoSpace’s obligation to complete the tasks specified in each such Work Order by the corresponding dates (if any) shall be subject to InfoSpace’s receipt from Verizon Wireless of all necessary Verizon Wireless Materials and/or technical specifications, if any, by the date set forth in each such Work Order for delivery of such materials, or if no date is set forth, by a date to be mutually agreed by the Parties. Unless otherwise specifically noted, all Work Orders shall be made under and incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

3 Payments

3.1 Payment Terms. Verizon Wireless shall remit payment to InfoSpace for undisputed amounts within forty-five (45) days from Verizon Wireless’ receipt of InfoSpace’s monthly invoice for services rendered. If Verizon Wireless disputes any charge shown on an InfoSpace invoice, Verizon Wireless shall pay the undisputed amounts per the terms of this Agreement and notify InfoSpace within *** of Verizon Wireless’ receipt of the invoice containing the disputed amounts. The Parties will work together to resolve any disputed amounts. InfoSpace shall send all invoices via courier service, with confirmation of receipt requested, to:

Verizon Wireless

2785 Mitchell Drive, ***

Walnut Creek, CA 94598

Attention: ***

3.2 Fees and Payments. Verizon Wireless shall pay to InfoSpace the fees set forth on Exhibit D in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and as set forth herein and on Exhibit D.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 4


3.3 No Additional Fees for Link Changes. For a period of *** following the Commercial Service Date, the Parties agree that Verizon Wireless shall pay InfoSpace no additional fee for adding or changing links using Deck Manager.

3.4 Verizon Wireless Audit of InfoSpace’s Obligations

 

  a. During the Term of this Agreement and *** thereafter, InfoSpace agrees to keep all usual and proper books and records relating to its performance under this Agreement. All such records shall be maintained in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practices (GAAP). To verify InfoSpace’s compliance with this Agreement, Verizon Wireless may, during the Term of this Agreement and for ***, review copies of InfoSpace’s books and records strictly relating to reports and/or payments due under this Agreement. Any audit or inspection under this Section will be conducted *** by Verizon Wireless, and in manner that does not unreasonably interfere with InfoSpace operations. InfoSpace agrees to provide Verizon Wireless’ designated audit and/or inspection team with copies of all relevant books and records strictly relating to reports and/or payments due under this Agreement.

 

  b. If any audit or inspection conducted under this Section reveals that InfoSpace’s reporting has caused Verizon Wireless to materially over-pay fees due hereunder, InfoSpace will pay the costs incurred by Verizon Wireless as the result of its conducting such audit or inspection. Otherwise, Verizon Wireless will pay the costs incurred by Verizon Wireless as the result of its conducting such audit or inspection.

 

  c. For purposes of this Section, “materially” shall mean that the actual amount that Verizon Wireless should have paid, as disclosed by the audit, is more than *** less than that which Verizon Wireless has actually paid for the audited payment period.

 

  d. Verizon Wireless shall be entitled to conduct an audit or inspection under the terms of this Section ***.

 

  e. The results of any inspection or audit hereunder will be subject to the confidentiality obligations referenced in Section 14 of this Agreement.

3.5 Remuneration; Collection

InfoSpace may accept any check or payment without prejudice to its rights to recover the balance due or to pursue any other right or remedy. No endorsement or statement on any check or payment or letter accompanying any check or payment or elsewhere will be construed as an accord or satisfaction. Unless explicitly stated on Exhibit D, all amounts payable under this Agreement are denominated in United States dollars. In the event Verizon Wireless fails to make timely payment of any undisputed amount due and owing, InfoSpace shall have the right, in addition to all other remedies, to escalate the issue as per the terms outlined in Section 10 of this Agreement.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 5


3.6 Taxes.

 

  a. Subject to Section 3.6(c), if the Party receiving an amount paid pursuant to this Agreement (“Payee”) from the other Party (“Payor”) is required by law to collect any federal, state or local sales, excise or other similar tax from Payor (or if Payee is permitted by law to collect such tax from Payor and such tax is of a type which is customarily collected from buyers by sellers), then: (i) Payee shall bill such tax to Payor in the manner and for the amount required by law, (ii) Payor shall pay such billed amount of tax to Payee, and (iii) Payee shall remit such billed amount of tax to the appropriate tax authorities as required by law.

 

  b. Except as provided in Section 3.6(a), each Party shall bear its own liability under applicable law for all import and export duties and other governmental fees and taxes of whatever nature (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any penalty, addition to tax or interest imposed with respect to such duties, fees or taxes) with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  c. Payee shall not bill to or otherwise attempt to collect from Payor any tax with respect to which Payor has provided Payee with an exemption certificate, direct pay number, or other reasonable basis for relieving Payee of its responsibility to collect such tax from Payor.

 

  d. If a Party is required by law to collect any federal, state or local sales, excise or other similar tax from its customer with respect to an amount to be paid by such customer for goods or services sold by such Party which incorporate one or more service or other elements furnished by the other Party, then, as between the Parties, the Party with the customer relationship shall be responsible for: (i) billing such tax to such customer in the manner and for the amount required by law, (ii) collecting such billed amount of tax from such customer, and (iii) remitting such billed amount of tax to the appropriate tax authorities as required by law.

 

  e. Each Party will cooperate, to the extent reasonably requested by the other Party, in connection with any refund claims for taxes and in connection with any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to taxes which involves the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  f.

Except with respect to taxes described in Section 3.6(a), if any payments made by or on behalf of Payor under this Agreement are subject to any taxes, levies, customs, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings, or are subject to any other governmental liability or charge, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any penalty, addition to tax or interest (each, a “Governmental Charge”), and Payor actually pays such Governmental Charge as required by law, then, to the extent that the payment of such Governmental Charge by Payor reduces a direct liability of Payee, Payor shall receive full credit from Payee for such payment as if it was an amount paid directly by Payor to Payee with respect to the amounts payable by Payor to Payee under this Agreement. Upon Payee’s

 

PAGE 6


  request, Payor shall promptly take, at Payee’s expense, all actions reasonably requested by Payee to mitigate the aggregate amount of Governmental Charges (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the accurate completion of forms, certificates and documents and the provision of accurate, non-confidential information to the relevant taxing authority); provided, however, that Payor shall not be required to take any such action which would subject Payor to any un-reimbursed expense. If Payor receives a receipt with respect to a Governmental Charge, then Payor shall furnish to Payee the original or a certified copy of such receipt.

 

4 User Data.

4.1 Ownership of User Data. Subject to the terms of applicable user agreements and this Section 4, Verizon Wireless shall own all rights in the User Data which it collects, or which is collected on its behalf during the Term of this Agreement.

4.2 Security of User Data. InfoSpace will use its best efforts to sufficiently protect the User Data from disclosure to or unauthorized access by any Third Party, or from becoming corrupt. These efforts shall include data encryption, application and network security and/or restricted access controls. InfoSpace shall abide by the policies and security standards described in Exhibit O, “Computing Security Policy.” With reference to Exhibit O, as it applies to Verizon Wireless Portal Services: Data Type is defined as Customer Information; Data Access is defined as Limited Group; and Data Type Owner is defined as User Manager and Deck Manager. All of the systems that make up the Verizon Wireless Portal Services are deemed business critical systems and are within the scope of the InfoSpace Disaster Recovery Plan, as defined in Exhibit O. InfoSpace shall provide Verizon Wireless with prior written notice of any major changes to Exhibit O, as defined therein.

4.3 Ownership of MIN and MDN. The Parties further agree that Verizon Wireless shall own and retain control over each User’s mobile identification number (“MIN”) and mobile dialing number (“MDN”). Should InfoSpace capture a User’s MIN or MDN, InfoSpace shall be entitled to use said information only in providing the Portal Services to Users under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

4.4 Aggregate Information Generated in the Portal Services. With respect to Aggregate Information generated specifically by use of the Portal Services by Users, the Parties agree that each may collect the Aggregate Information, and that subject to the terms of any applicable user agreements and of this Section 4, Verizon Wireless shall own the rights thereto. Any use of Aggregate Information generated by the Portal Services: (a) must be used in accordance with the Verizon Wireless privacy policy, (b) must be used in accordance with applicable law, and (c) may not be provided or made available, in any form or manner, to any Third Party during the Term without the prior written approval of Verizon Wireless. Notwithstanding the foregoing, InfoSpace may track and use Aggregate Information about use of the Portal Services, including, but not limited to usage patterns and other aggregate data for statistical analysis, internal product analysis and development, de-bugging, system maintenance purposes, and for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. InfoSpace may report such Aggregate Information to Third Parties solely for purposes of promoting InfoSpace and/or InfoSpace products and services in connection with marketing, investor relations and/or advertising-related activities, provided that InfoSpace shall not specify that the Aggregate Information is attributable to Verizon Wireless.

 

PAGE 7


4.5 User Data Obtained by InfoSpace.

Except as set forth in Section 4.4, User Data that is obtained by InfoSpace:

 

  a. from the provision or operation of the Portal Services, or

 

  b. during User’s use of the Portal Services, or

 

  c. during User’s registration for Portal Services,

may only be used by InfoSpace:

 

  i. Consistent with the Verizon Wireless privacy policy attached as Exhibit K,

 

  ii. consistent with all applicable law,

 

  iii. solely in connection with the provision of the Portal Services, and

 

  iv. at the User’s option and consent, to promote products/services other than the Portal Services, provided Verizon Wireless also gives its prior written consent.

 

5 Service Level Agreement; Adverse Impact; Operational Obligations; Viruses.

5.1 Service Level Agreement. Attached as Exhibit H is a Service Level Agreement (“SLA”) setting forth the respective responsibilities of the Parties regarding support of the Portal Services.

5.2 Adverse Impact. Should an Adverse Impact occur:

 

  a. Verizon Wireless:

 

  i. will use its best efforts to notify InfoSpace immediately of such Adverse Impact,

 

  ii. may ***, to the extent Verizon Wireless determines such is necessary to halt the Adverse Impact,

 

  iii. may ***, to the extent Verizon Wireless determines such is necessary to halt the Adverse Impact.

 

  b. InfoSpace:

 

  i. will use its best efforts to notify Verizon Wireless upon becoming aware of any indication that the Portal Services may have caused the Adverse Impact,

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 8


  ii. will, upon becoming aware of any indication that the Portal Services may have caused the Adverse Impact, ***:

***

(C) promptly remedy any negative condition caused by the Adverse Impact, and/or

***

 

  c. As promptly as practical after the occurrence of the Adverse Impact, the Parties agree to meet in order to discuss the Adverse Impact, its causes, ***, and possible long-term remedial steps.

 

  d. The Parties agree to use best efforts to ***, consistent with the goal of avoiding any further Adverse Impact.

 

  e. If, after implementing the remedies set forth in this Section, the Adverse Impact persists, then Verizon Wireless may terminate this Agreement ***.

 

  f. To the extent the process for addressing an Adverse Impact set forth in this Section conflicts with the Service Level Agreement,***.

5.3 Other Operational Obligations.

 

  a. Network. During the Term, Verizon Wireless shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the Verizon Wireless Network, and shall provide Users with access to the Portal Services via such Verizon Wireless Network.

 

  b. Portal Services Security.

To the extent a component of the Portal Services is owned by or under the control of either of the respective Parties, and in addition to the Parties’ specific obligations with regard to viruses (as stated in Section 5.4 of this Agreement), each Party agrees to use reasonable and good faith efforts to maintain the security and integrity of said components.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 9


  i. In the event that the security and/or integrity of the Portal Services, or any component thereof, is somehow compromised, the Parties agree to notify the other Party of such security compromise as ***, and to use their best efforts to cure said compromise ***.

 

  ii. As a part of using their best efforts to cure any compromise, the Parties shall:

(A) ***,

(B) promptly remove from the Portal Services element(s) affected by the compromise,

(C) promptly remedy any adverse condition caused by the compromise,

(D) ***,

(E) ***

(F) *** reinstate any such Portal Services elements that have been removed ***, consistent with the goal of avoiding any further compromise.

 

  iii. With respect to compromises for which InfoSpace is solely responsible, if the compromise persists after implementing the remedies set forth in this Section, Verizon Wireless may terminate this Agreement ***.

 

  iv. To the extent the process for addressing a compromise set forth in this Section conflicts with the Service Level Agreement, ***.

 

  c. Unsolicited Data or Messaging (“Spam”). The Parties agree to implement procedures and to use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent Third Parties from sending or transmitting unsolicited WAP push or SMS messages to Users. Each Party agrees to notify the other Party if it knows or has reason to know that Spam is being sent to Users by Third Parties, and agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent and/or block

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 10


  any such Spam originated in connection with the Portal Services from being sent to Users by way of their Wireless Devices. The Parties agree to promptly notify the other Party if it knows or has reason to know that Users are being sent an unusual or abnormal flow, number or type of Spam. In the event that a User is being sent Spam originated in connection with the Portal Services, or one Party notifies the other Party that Users are being sent Spam originated in connection with the Portal Services, the Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent continuing transmission of such Spam.

5.4 Viruses.

The Parties agree that each will use its reasonable and good faith efforts to ensure that it does not introduce a Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code into the other Party’s system or network. InfoSpace agrees that it will use reasonable and good faith efforts to ensure that all Electronically Transmitted Information does not contain and/or will not contain any Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code. InfoSpace further agrees that in the normal course of business, it will continually monitor the Electronically Transmitted Information for the presence of any Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code. In the event either Party detects the presence of any such Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code, it will use its best efforts to: (a) notify the other Party of such, (b) promptly as reasonably appropriate remove the Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code, to the extent such removal is within the control of the respective Party, and (c) promptly remedy any condition caused by the Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code, to the extent a remedy is within the control of the respective Party. In the event a Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code is discovered by one Party (the “Discovering Party”), the other Party (the “Non-discovering Party”) will use all available commercially reasonable efforts, to assist the Discovering Party in its efforts to remove the Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code as is required hereinabove.

 

6 Foreign Based Services. InfoSpace represents, warrants and covenants that no service performed by InfoSpace pursuant to this Agreement shall be provided, directed, controlled, supervised, or managed, and no data or Verizon Wireless customer communication (voice or data) relating to any such service shall be stored or transmitted at, in, or through a site located outside of the United States without the advance written consent of Verizon Wireless.

 

PAGE 11


7 CALEA Compliance. To the extent the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act (Pub L. 103-414, Title 1, October 25, 1994, 108 Stat 4279, as amended) (“CALEA”) is directly applicable to the services provided by InfoSpace under the terms of this Agreement, InfoSpace represents and warrants to Verizon Wireless that at the time of delivery and throughout the Term, all products, Portal Services and software delivered hereunder shall be “CALEA Compliant,” meaning that they will comply with the provisions of CALEA, as well as any regulations or industry standards implementing the provisions of the law. To the extent CALEA is directly applicable to the services provided by InfoSpace under the terms of this Agreement, InfoSpace shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Verizon Wireless and Verizon Wireless’ customers for any loss, cost, or damages (including, but not limited to, attorney’s fees) sustained because of InfoSpace’s CALEA noncompliance.

 

8 Term and Termination

8.1 Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall end on the third anniversary of the Commercial Service Date (the “Term”); provided that the Term shall be automatically renewed for successive 6 month periods unless either party provides written notice of termination to the other Party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the then-current Term.

8.2 Termination. Except as expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, either Party may terminate this Agreement under the following conditions:

 

  a. For Cause. Either Party may terminate this Agreement if the other Party is in material breach hereof, and with the exception of breaches involving violations of the law, provided the allegedly breaching Party has not cured such alleged material breach to the reasonable satisfaction of the non-breaching Party within thirty (30) days after having been notified, in writing, of the alleged material breach.

 

  b. For Bankruptcy/Insolvency. Either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately following written notice to the other Party, if the noticing Party: (a) ceases to do business in the normal course, (b) becomes or is declared insolvent or bankrupt, (c) is the subject of any proceeding related to its liquidation or insolvency (whether voluntary or involuntary) which is not dismissed within ninety (90) calendar days, or (d) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

  c. ***.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 12


8.3 Effect of Termination. Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, and in each case subject to the respective Party’s continuing obligations with respect to the Transition Period:

 

  a. Both Parties shall cease, ***, all use of the Intellectual Property of the other Party, other than Intellectual Property which may be covered by a separate license agreement,

 

  b. ***, both Parties shall return to the other Party all materials containing any Intellectual Property of the other Party, other than those materials containing Intellectual Property which may be covered by a separate license agreement,

 

  c. ***, both Parties shall return to the other Party all materials identifying or otherwise relating to the other Party’s business,

 

  d. ***, both Parties shall immediately cease representing themselves as a marketing, branding or service affiliate of the other,

 

  e. ***.

 

  f. ***,

 

  g. ***

 

  h. Termination of this Agreement shall not affect any separate contractual obligations or commitments, existing or made prior to the termination date of this Agreement, that either Party may have to Users.

8.4 Survival. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason or upon expiration of the Term, the rights and obligations of the Parties under Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, and 14 shall survive any termination or expiration of the Term.

 

9 Transition Period

9.1 Transition Period Generally.

 

  a. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement and subject to Section 9.1(d) below, upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement ***, InfoSpace will continue to provide the Portal Services to Verizon Wireless for a specific period of time to be agreed by the Parties ***. In addition, during the Transition Period, InfoSpace agrees to provide reasonable Transition Services that Verizon Wireless may reasonably request to transition the Portal Services provided by InfoSpace to Verizon Wireless or a Third Party (the “Transition Services”), subject to Section 9.1(d) below.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 13


  b. ***.

 

  c. InfoSpace agrees that during the Transition Period, it will permit Verizon Wireless to include on Wireless Devices a link to the Portal Services, in order to permit Users to have direct access to the Portal Services.

 

  d. ***. In the event that Verizon Wireless requests Transition Services, InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless shall agree to a statement of work and an associated fee structure before any transition work is started.

 

  e. During the Transition Period, the obligations of the Parties as set forth hereunder shall survive.

 

  f. Any communications made to Users following the termination or expiration of the Agreement relating to wireless data shall be mutually agreed to by the Parties. ***.

 

10 Committees, Designated Managers, Plan Updates and Escalation of Disputes.

10.1 Executive Committee. The Parties agree that in order to facilitate the meeting of all terms, conditions and obligations of this Agreement, and to further the anticipated cooperation hereunder, they shall form an executive steering committee (the “Executive Committee”) which will review and resolve issues and disputes which have been escalated from the Steering Committee.

 

  a. Structure of the Executive Committee. The Parties will designate executives from their respective companies, to serve as members of the Executive Committee. The Executive Committee will be comprised of one (1) member appointed by Verizon Wireless and one (1) member appointed by InfoSpace. Each of the committee members shall act in the interests of the Party who appointed that member.

 

  b. Executive Committee Meetings. The Executive Committee shall meet as often as necessary, at mutually acceptable times and locations. The Parties agree that Steering Committee members and Designated Managers may attend meetings of the Executive Committee as deemed appropriate by the Executive Committee.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 14


10.2 Steering Committee. The Parties agree that in order to facilitate the meeting of all terms, conditions and obligations of this Agreement, and to further the anticipated cooperation hereunder, they shall form a steering committee (the “Steering Committee”) which will: (a) review the performance of the Project, and (b) identify performance metrics for monitoring performance pursuant to the Project.

 

  a. Structure of the Steering Committee. The Parties will designate executives from their respective companies to serve as members of the Steering Committee. The Steering Committee will be comprised of four (4) members, two (2) appointed by Verizon Wireless and two (2) appointed by InfoSpace. Each of the committee members shall act in the interests of the Party who appointed that member.

 

  b. Meetings. The Steering Committee shall meet as often as necessary, either in person or by telephone, at mutually acceptable times and locations. At such meetings, the Parties shall provide reports on their company’s performance pursuant to the Project.

10.3 Designated Managers. Each Party shall designate managers (the “Designated Managers”) who shall coordinate the Parties’ respective obligations under this Agreement and the implementation of all terms and conditions contained herein. The Designated Managers shall be employees of Verizon Wireless and InfoSpace tasked to oversee the performance of the Project and to periodically report to the Steering Committee. Each Party may change its Designated Manager(s) from time-to-time, but shall inform the other Party of such a change.

10.4 Escalation of Disputes. In the event any dispute, claim, question or difference between the Parties (a “Dispute”) arises with respect to the Agreement or the Parties’ performance, enforcement, breach, or termination thereof, the Parties shall use their best efforts to settle the Dispute as follows:

 

  a. First the Designated Managers shall consult and negotiate with each other for at least ten (10) business days [five (5) business days in the case of late or disputed payments], in good faith and understanding of their mutual interests, in an attempt to reach a just and equitable solution satisfactory to all Parties.

 

  b. If the Designated Managers are unable to resolve the Dispute in the aforesaid time, either Party may escalate the Dispute to the Steering Committee for a further ten (10) business day [five (5) business days in the case of late or disputed payments] consultation and negotiation.

 

  c. If the Steering Committee is unable to resolve the Dispute in the aforesaid time, either Party may escalate the Dispute to the Executive Committee for a further ten (10) business days [five (5) business days in the case of late or disputed payments], of consultation and negotiation.

 

  d. Only after exhausting their efforts under this Section may either Party invoke the arbitration procedures under Section 15.6 of this Agreement.

 

  e.

However, either Party may at any time, give notice and seek injunctive relief, including, but not limited to a temporary restraining order against the other Party for alleged breaches of this Agreement in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each Party acknowledges that monetary damages

 

PAGE 15


  may not be a sufficient remedy for unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information or misuse of Intellectual Property, and that the disclosing Party shall be entitled, without waiving any other rights or remedies, to seek such injunctive or equitable relief as may be deemed proper by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

11 Warranties, Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

11.1 Mutual Warranties. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that:

 

  a. It has the full corporate right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform the acts required of it hereunder;

 

  b. The execution of this Agreement by such Party and performance of its obligations hereunder, do not and will not violate any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound;

 

  c. Such Party has obtained, and shall maintain in full force during the Term hereof, such federal, state and local authorizations as are necessary to operate and to otherwise perform its obligations under this Agreement, and shall be in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations governing such performance.

 

  d. When executed and delivered, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

 

  e. It has the authority to grant the other Party all of the rights granted in this Agreement;

 

  f. It shall conduct its efforts under this Agreement in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations and shall promptly comply with any notices received from any governmental entity having authority or jurisdiction over such Party regarding compliance with any federal, state or local laws.

11.2 InfoSpace Warranties. InfoSpace represents and warrants to Verizon Wireless that:

 

  a.

The execution of this Agreement by InfoSpace and the performance of its obligations hereunder do not and will not infringe any Intellectual Property Rights of any Third Party. However, in the event that the Portal Services become the subject of a claim that the Portal Services infringe any copyright, trade secret or United States patent, InfoSpace may, at its option: (i) procure for Verizon Wireless the right to use the Portal Services free of any liability; or (ii) replace or modify, in whole or in part, the Portal Services to make them non-infringing. Notwithstanding the warranty stated in the first sentence of this Section, in the event that the Portal Services become the subject of a claim that the Portal Services infringe any copyright, trade secret or United States patent and in the event InfoSpace can not or will not perform the action described in

 

PAGE 16


  Section 11.2 a. (i) and (ii), Verizon Wireless may, at its option, terminate this Agreement. InfoSpace’s resolution of any actual or alleged infringement pursuant to (i) or (ii) above will not constitute a breach of the warranty set forth in this Section.

 

  b. InfoSpace itself will not knowingly include in the Portal Services, any obscene, threatening, abusive, harassing, defamatory, libelous, infringing or unlawful content or code, whether or not readily discernable or capable of detection by the average user. In the event that Verizon Wireless determines that certain content is objectionable in contravention of the preceding sentence, InfoSpace will not be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement provided that InfoSpace removes the offending content as soon as is reasonably possible following notification by Verizon Wireless of such offending content. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Verizon Wireless acknowledges that InfoSpace does not have an obligation to review content provided to Users by Third Parties via the Portal Services and that InfoSpace will not incur any liability whatsoever with respect to the nature of such content.

 

  c. It will perform its obligations under this Agreement in a workman-like manner.

 

  d. It will not make any representations or warranties as to the quality of the Verizon Wireless Services or the Verizon Wireless Network, except as may be specifically authorized, in writing, by Verizon Wireless as to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

  e. InfoSpace represents and warrants that the Portal Services shall operate in substantial conformity with the specifications contained in Exhibit J.

11.3 Verizon Wireless Warranty. Verizon Wireless represents and warrants to InfoSpace that the Verizon Wireless Materials that Verizon Wireless provides to InfoSpace for use in connection with the Portal Services under the terms of this Agreement do not and will not infringe any Intellectual Property Rights of any Third Party.

11.4 Disclaimer. EXCEPT FOR THE FOREGOING, NEITHER PARTY MAKES, AND EACH PARTY HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS, ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING ITS PERFORMANCE HEREUNDER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS OR MERCHANTABILITY, AND WARRANTIES ARISING BY COURSE OF PERFORMANCE OR TRADE USAGE. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, VERIZON WIRELESS ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE PORTAL SERVICES ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND.

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY EXHIBIT HERETO, VERIZON WIRELESS MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY CONCERNING THE AVAILABILITY OF THE VERIZON WIRELESS SERVICES OR THE VERIZON WIRELESS NETWORK,

 

PAGE 17


ITS FACILITIES OR CAPACITY; AND NEITHER DOES VERIZON WIRELESS WARRANT OR REPRESENT THAT ACCESS TO OR USE OF THE VERIZON WIRELESS SERVICES OR THE VERIZON WIRELESS NETWORK SHALL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE.

11.5 Indemnification.

 

  a. InfoSpace shall, at its own expense and at the request of Verizon Wireless, defend any Third Party claim or action brought against Verizon Wireless, and/or its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, licensees, agents and independent contractors, to the extent such claim or action is based upon:

 

  i. a claim that any material supplied by InfoSpace or its authorized representative with respect to or in the Portal Services, excluding material supplied to InfoSpace by Verizon Wireless, but including, without limitation, the InfoSpace Marks, links provided by InfoSpace or its authorized representative, and the InfoSpace Content accessed by such links:

(A) infringes the copyrights, patents, trademarks, service marks, or trade secrets, or violates any privacy or publicity rights of any Third Party, or that InfoSpace is not the sole and exclusive owner of, or that it does not have the express written right to the Portal Services and all other materials provided by InfoSpace under the terms of this Agreement,

(B) is factually inaccurate in any material respect, or

(C) contains information, instructions or formulas that are injurious to a Third Party’s physical well-being, or that defames or disparages a Third Party,

 

  ii. a claim that any act or omission by InfoSpace or its authorized representative in connection with its performance under this Agreement violates any applicable law or regulation,

 

  iii. a claim that, if true, would constitute a breach of a warranty, representation or covenant of InfoSpace as set forth in this Agreement, and/or

 

  iv. a claim that InfoSpace has misused any Verizon Wireless User Data.

 

  b. Verizon Wireless shall, at its own expense and at the request of InfoSpace, defend any Third Party claim or action brought against InfoSpace, its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, licensees, agents and independent contractors, to the extent such claim or action is based upon:

 

  i. a claim that any material supplied by Verizon Wireless or its authorized representative with respect to the Portal Services, excluding material supplied to Verizon Wireless by InfoSpace, but including, without limitation, the Verizon Wireless Marks, links provided by Verizon Wireless or its authorized representative, the Verizon Wireless Content accessed by such links, and any content provided by Verizon Wireless or its authorized representatives:

(A) infringes the copyrights, patents, trademarks, service marks, or trade secrets, or violates any privacy or publicity rights of any Third Party, or that Verizon Wireless is not the sole and exclusive owner of, or that it does not have the express written right to the Verizon Wireless Services and all other materials provided by Verizon Wireless under the terms of this Agreement,

 

PAGE 18


***

 

  iv. to the extent Verizon Wireless receives such indemnification from its Third Party Content providers, a claim (including civil or criminal penalties levied by any governmental agency): (i) arising from, or related to, any Third Party content, links or materials provided by Verizon Wireless or its vendors in connection with the Portal Services, including without limitation any claims based on the obscene, pornographic, profane, fraudulent, libelous or defamatory nature of any Third Party content, links or materials supplied by Verizon Wireless or its vendors to InfoSpace in connection with the Portal Services, or (ii) arising from, or related to, any User information that InfoSpace discloses to Third Parties at Verizon’s request.

 

  c. For the purposes hereof, the “Indemnifying Party” shall mean the Party having indemnification obligations pursuant to Sections 11.5(a) and/or 11.5(b) above. The “Indemnified Party” shall mean the Party and/or all applicable Third Parties being indemnified pursuant to and identified in Sections 11.5 (a) or 11.5(b) above. “Indemnified Claims” shall mean those claims for which the Indemnified Party is to be indemnified pursuant to Sections 11.5(a) or 11.5(b) above.

 

  d. In such cases where a Third Party claim or action is brought against either Party, the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party, in writing, specifying the nature of the claim or action, including the total monetary amount sought or other such relief as stated therein. The

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 19


  Indemnified Party shall (i)cooperate with the Indemnifying Party, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, in all reasonable respects in connection with the defense of any such claim or action and (ii) at the Indemnified Party’s expense, be entitled to participate in the defense of any such claim.

 

  e. The Indemnified Party agrees that the Indemnifying Party shall have sole and exclusive control over the defense and settlement of any such third party claim.

 

  f. In the event the Indemnifying Party elects not to undertake to control and conduct all proceedings or negotiations in connection with the defense of any claim or action under this Section, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to enter a reasonable and good faith settlement with respect to any such claim or action upon providing the Indemnifying Party with 10 days notice of the Indemnified Party’s intent to enter such reasonable and good faith settlement agreement. With respect to the foregoing: (i) an Indemnified Party shall not settle any claim or action under this Section without first seeking the Indemnifying Party’s permission, which permission shall not be unreasonably withheld, and (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall issue payment, if applicable, to the Third Party claimant in accordance with the terms and conditions of the subject settlement agreement.

 

  g. In consultation with and subject to the approval of the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, to employ separate counsel to provide input into the defense, at the Indemnified Party’s own cost. The Indemnifying Party shall reimburse the Indemnified Party, within 60 days of demand, for any payments made or loss suffered by it at any time after the date of tender, based upon the judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a reasonable, good faith and bona fide compromise or settlement of claims, demands, or actions, in respect to any damages to which the foregoing relates.

 

  h. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to enter a reasonable and good faith settlement or compromise with respect to any claim or action under this Section, provided that the Indemnifying Party shall not settle any such claim or action under this Section on the Indemnified Party’s behalf without first obtaining the Indemnified Party’s written permission, which permission shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  i. The Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold the Indemnified Party harmless from and against any reasonable costs, damages and fees reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party, including but not limited to reasonable fees of attorneys and other professionals, that are attributable to such Indemnified Claims. The Indemnified Party shall not settle any Indemnified Claims without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

PAGE 20


11.6 Limitation of Liability.

EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR INTENTIONAL MISCONDUCT *** FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR SPECIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT ***, EVEN IF *** HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE FOREGOING SENTENCE SHALL NOT APPLY TO *** BREACH OF THE CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS REFERENCED IN SECTION 14 OR EITHER PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS REFERENCED IN SECTION 11 ***

 

12 Intellectual Property.

12.1 Verizon Wireless. As between the Parties, Verizon Wireless reserves and retains all right, title and interest in and to the Verizon Wireless Marks and Verizon Wireless Materials, along with all Intellectual Property Rights associated therewith. Additionally, Verizon Wireless reserves and retains all right, title and interest in and to all Intellectual Property created by Verizon Wireless, provided that such Intellectual Property does not constitute an Enhancement (as defined in Section 11.9(a)) of InfoSpace Intellectual Property.

12.2 InfoSpace. As between the Parties, InfoSpace reserves and retains all right, title and interest in and to the InfoSpace Marks, the Portal Services (excluding the Verizon Wireless Materials and rights retained by Verizon Wireless as described in Section 11.1 above) and the Technology utilized under or in connection with this Agreement, including but not limited to all Intellectual Property Rights associated therewith.

12.3 Verizon Wireless Marks License. Subject to Section 12.5 and Exhibit C, Verizon Wireless hereby grants to Premium Wireless Services and it’s parent company InfoSpace, Inc the right to use, reproduce, publish, perform and display the Verizon Wireless Marks in connection with the development, use, reproduction, modification, adaptation, publication, display and performance of the Portal Services.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 21


12.4 InfoSpace Marks License. Subject to Section 12.5 and Exhibit C, InfoSpace hereby grants to Verizon Wireless the right to use, reproduce, publish, perform and display the InfoSpace Marks: (a) in connection with the development, use, reproduction, modification, adaptation, publication, display and performance of the Portal Services; and (b) in promotional and marketing materials, content directories and indices, and electronic and printed advertising, publicity, newsletters and mailings about Verizon Wireless and its relationship with InfoSpace and the Portal Services.

12.5 Use of Trademarks. Prior to the first use of any of the other Party’s Trademarks in a manner permitted herein, the Party using such Trademarks shall submit a sample of such proposed use to the other Party for its prior written approval. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Party shall strictly comply with all standards with respect to the other Party’s Trademarks which may be furnished by such Party from time to time, and all uses of the other Party’s Trademarks in proximity to the trade name, trademark, service name or service mark of any other Person shall be consistent with the standards furnished by the other Party from time to time. Further, neither Party shall create a combination mark consisting of one or more Trademarks of each Party. All uses of the other Party’s Trademarks and goodwill therein shall inure to the benefit of the Party owning such Trademark. Each Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that, as between the Parties, the other Party is the owner of the Trademarks identified as its Trademarks on Exhibit C. Either Party may update or change the list of Trademarks usable by the other Party hereunder at any time by written notice to the other Party. Any materials, activities, products, or services distributed or marketed by a Party in conjunction with the other Party’s Marks shall: (i) meet all terms of this Agreement, (ii) meet or exceed standards of quality and performance generally accepted in the telecommunications industry, and (iii) comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations. Each Party shall fully correct and remedy any deficiencies in its use of the other Party’s Marks and/or the quality of any materials, activities, products, or services it offers or markets in conjunction with the other Party’s Marks, upon reasonable notice from the other Party.

12.6 Copyright Notices . InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless acknowledge that the Portal Services may contain copyright and patent notices of copyrighted or copyrightable works, including those of InfoSpace and its affiliates, Verizon Wireless and its affiliates, and Third Parties.

12.7 Other Trademarks. InfoSpace shall not register or attempt to register any of the Verizon Wireless Marks or any Trademarks that Verizon Wireless reasonably deems to be confusingly similar to any of the Verizon Wireless Marks. Verizon Wireless shall not register or attempt to register any of the InfoSpace Marks or any Trademarks that InfoSpace reasonably deems to be confusingly similar to any of the InfoSpace Marks.

12.8 Further Assurances. Each Party shall take, at the other Party’s expense, such action (including, without limitation, execution of affidavits or other documents) as the other Party may reasonably request to effect, perfect or confirm such other Party’s ownership interests and other rights as set forth in this Section 12.

12.9 No Joint Development. The Parties contemplate that there will be no ad hoc joint development of Intellectual Property under this Agreement. The Parties shall not engage in joint development except as they may separately agree, in writing, in advance.

 

PAGE 22


  a. In no event shall enhancements, adaptations, improvements, modifications and/or derivative works (“Enhancements”) created from one Party’s pre-existing Intellectual Property be considered to be jointly owned by the Parties, regardless of which Party creates the Enhancement, it being understood that, subject to any licenses granted herein, such Enhancements shall be the sole and exclusive property of the owner of the Intellectual Property upon which such Enhancements are based.

12.10 Ownership of Intellectual Property.

 

  a. Any Intellectual Property now owned or subsequently developed by InfoSpace or its Third Party suppliers, that is offered for use as part of the Portal Services will continue to be owned by InfoSpace.

 

  b. Any Intellectual Property now owned or subsequently developed by Verizon Wireless or its Third Party suppliers, that is offered for use as part of the Verizon Wireless Services, the Verizon Wireless Network, and/or the Portal Services, will continue to be owned by Verizon Wireless.

 

  c. Neither Party shall attempt to register, with a state or federal agency, any Intellectual Property developed by the other Party, or its Third Party suppliers, that is offered as part of the Portal Services.

12.11 Rights. Neither Party shall have any rights to any materials, content or technology provided by the other Party hereunder, except as specifically provided in this Agreement, and neither shall alter, modify, copy, edit, format, translate, create derivative works of or otherwise use any materials, content or technology provided by the other Party except as explicitly provided for herein, or as approved in advance, in writing, by the other Party.

 

  a. To the extent that InfoSpace provides Verizon Wireless with any written technical specifications or documentations with respect to the Portal Services, such specifications are licensed to Verizon Wireless on a nonexclusive, non-assignable, non-sublicenseable basis, and may be used by Verizon Wireless solely for the purpose of providing input to InfoSpace (unless otherwise agreed to, in writing, by the Parties).

 

  b. To the extent that Verizon Wireless provides InfoSpace with any written technical specifications or documentations with respect to the Verizon Wireless Network or the Verizon Wireless Services (“Verizon Wireless Specifications”), such Verizon Wireless Specifications are licensed to InfoSpace on a nonexclusive, non-assignable, non-sub-licenseable basis, and may be used by InfoSpace solely for the purpose of providing input to Verizon Wireless (unless otherwise agreed to, in writing, by the Parties).

12.12 Developed Technology. The Parties contemplate that, from time-to-time, one Party may agree to develop Developed Technology for the other pursuant to a separate written agreement. The ownership and/or license rights in such Developed Technology, compensation for its development, and other terms regarding Developed Technology shall be as set forth in such separate agreement.

12.13 Reservation of Rights. Each Party reserves all rights not expressly granted herein.

 

PAGE 23


12.14 Consumer Clear Disclosure/Spam. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, InfoSpace agrees that its collection, use and disclosure of Verizon Wireless User Data will comply with: (i) all applicable laws and regulations, and (ii) Verizon Wireless’ standard privacy policies, attached as Exhibit K. InfoSpace will not disclose Verizon Wireless User Data collected hereunder to any Third Party in a manner that identifies Users or Verizon Wireless Users: (A) as end users of the Portal Services, (B) as users of Verizon Wireless products or services, or, (C) unless with the consent of Users, as users of InfoSpace’s products or services. InfoSpace will not send, via SMS or WAP push, any Spam or advertising through the Verizon Wireless Network to any User absent Verizon Wireless’ prior written approval.

 

13 Best Practices Guide

13.1 Use of Best Practices Guide. InfoSpace hereby grants Verizon Wireless the right to use the InfoSpace Best Practices Guide (the “Guide”), attached hereto as Exhibit N, as may be updated by InfoSpace from time to time, for the limited purpose of distributing portions or all of the Guide to Third Party content providers that will provide content via the Portal Services, subject to the following:

 

  (a) such use shall be non-exclusive;

 

  (b) Verizon Wireless’ use of the Guide shall be subject in all cases to the disclaimer set forth in Section 13.2 below and Verizon Wireless shall include a substantially similar disclaimer within any document embodying all or portions of the Guide; and

 

  (c)

Verizon Wireless shall include the following attribution within any document embodying all or portions of the Guide: “portions © [current year] InfoSpace.”

13.2 Disclaimer. INFOSPACE DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE GUIDE IS ERROR-FREE. INFOSPACE IS PROVIDING THE GUIDE TO YOU “AS IS” AND “WITH ALL FAULTS.” INFOSPACE DOES NOT WARRANT, BY VIRTUE OF THIS DOCUMENT, OR BY ANY COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE, OR ANY COLLATERAL DOCUMENT HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE, AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS, ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH RESPECT TO THE GUIDE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF DESIGN, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE GUIDE IS APPLICABLE TO OR INTEROPERABLE WITH ANY SYSTEM, DATA, HARDWARE, OR SOFTWARE OF ANY KIND. ***.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 24


14 Confidential Information

During the course of this Agreement and the negotiation hereof, either Party may be given access to Confidential Information (orally, in hardcopy and/or electronic form) belonging to the other Party (the Disclosing Party”). In connection therewith, the following shall apply:

14.1 The Party receiving the Confidential Information (the “Receiving Party”) shall not disclose any Confidential Information to Third Parties for five (5) years following the date of its disclosure by the Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party, except to the Receiving Party’s consultants as provided for below. However, the Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information in accordance with judicial or other governmental order, provided the Receiving Party shall first give the Disclosing Party reasonable notice prior to making such disclosure, and shall comply with any applicable protective order or equivalent,

14.2 The Parties agree to protect the Confidential Information of the other Party in the same manner in which it protects its own proprietary and confidential information of like kind, but in no event, shall either Party exercise less than reasonable care in protecting the Confidential Information of the other Party,

14.3 Access to Confidential Information shall be restricted to the Receiving Party’s employees, agents and contractors who have a need to know and shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement. The Receiving Party shall take reasonable steps to ensure that all employees, agents and contractors are bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement,

14.4 Confidential Information may be disclosed, reproduced, summarized or distributed only in pursuit of the Receiving Party’s business relationship with the Disclosing Party under the terms of this Agreement,

14.5 Receiving Party may not reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble any software disclosed to Receiving Party,

14.6 All Confidential Information made available hereunder, including copies and summaries thereof, shall be returned to the Disclosing Party or destroyed upon: (a) expiration or termination of this Agreement, or (b) request by the Disclosing Party, unless the Receiving Party is otherwise allowed to retain such Confidential Information in accordance with this Agreement,

14.7 Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit or limit either Party’s use of information that: (a) was previously known to the Receiving Party, absent any obligation to maintain the confidentiality thereof, (b) was independently developed by or for the Receiving Party, provided that such can be verified, (c) was acquired by the Receiving Party from a Third Party which is not, to the Receiving Party’s knowledge (after having made commercially reasonable inquiry thereof), under an obligation of confidence with respect to such information, or (d) is or becomes publicly available through no breach of this Agreement,

 

PAGE 25


14.8 If either Party receives a subpoena or other validly issued administrative or judicial process (“Notice to Produce”) requiring the production of the Confidential Information of the other Party, it shall provide prompt notice to the other of such receipt. The Party receiving the Notice to Produce shall thereafter be entitled to comply with such Notice to Produce to the extent permitted by law without being in breach of this Agreement,

14.9 The Receiving Party shall notify the Disclosing Party as soon as is reasonably possible under the circumstances, upon discovery of any unauthorized use or disclosure of Confidential Information, and will cooperate with the Disclosing Party in every reasonable way to help the Disclosing Party regain possession of the Confidential Information and prevent its further unauthorized use,

14.10 All information which a Disclosing Party discloses to a Receiving Party and which is to be protected hereunder as Confidential Information, shall: (a) if disclosed in writing or in some other tangible form, be conspicuously labeled as Proprietary, Confidential, or the like, at the time of delivery, and (b) if disclosed orally, be identified as being Proprietary, Confidential, or the like, prior to or following disclosure. Either Party shall have the right to correct any inadvertent failure to designate information as Confidential Information by written notification, as soon as practical after disclosure is made, but in any event, no later than sixty (60) days after such error is determined. The Party receiving said notification shall, from that time forward, and to the extent said Confidential Information is not in the public domain, treat such information as Confidential under the terms of this Agreement, and

14.11 The terms of confidentiality under this Agreement shall not be construed to limit either Party’s right to independently develop or acquire products without use of the other Party’s Confidential Information.

 

15 Miscellaneous

15.1 Publicity. Except for legally mandated disclosures or rules of the applicable stock exchanges on which the securities of the Parties are traded, no Party shall issue any press release or make any public announcement(s) disclosing the terms or the existence of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

  a. The Parties agree to issue, promptly upon the launch of the Portal Services, a joint press release announcing the launch of the Portal Services and mutually agreed upon publicity and general marketing communications concerning their relationship and other mutually agreed upon matters. Neither Party shall issue any other such publicity or general marketing communications concerning their relationship without prior written consent of the other Party.

15.2 Independent Contractors. Verizon Wireless and InfoSpace are independent contractors under this Agreement, and nothing herein shall be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, franchise, agency or relationship of any other kind between Verizon Wireless and InfoSpace. Neither Party has any authority to enter into agreements of any kind on behalf of the other Party, and neither Party will attempt to or create any license, warranty or other obligation, express or implied, on behalf of the other Party or any of its Affiliates.

 

PAGE 26


15.3 Professionalism. InfoSpace shall remove from the work, at Verizon Wireless’ request, any employee furnished by InfoSpace who, in Verizon Wireless’ opinion is incapable, uncooperative, or otherwise unacceptable in the execution of the work to be performed under this Agreement.

15.4 Assignment; Merger. Neither Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, not to be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign this Agreement, without the other Party’s consent, to its parent company or to any purchaser of all or substantially all of such Party’s assets, or to any successor by way of merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon, enforceable by, and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective parents, successors, assigns, affiliates and future

15.5 Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to its choice of law rules.

15.6 Dispute Resolution.

 

  (a) Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity thereof, shall be settled by a sole arbitrator in accordance with the CPR Non-Administered Arbitration Rules. The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the Arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of the arbitration shall be New York, New York. Punitive and exemplary damages shall not be awarded. Process may be served on either party by U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by such other method as is authorized by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party may institute formal proceedings at any time with a court of competent jurisdiction to avoid the expiration of any applicable limitations period, to preserve a superior position with respect to other creditors, or as provided in 15.6(b) (“Injunctive Relief”) below.

 

  (b) Injunctive Relief. Notwithstanding the dispute resolution process set forth in Section 15.6(a) above, if (i) a Party determines that a breach (or potential breach) of the terms of this Agreement by the other Party may result in damages or consequences that would be immediate, severe and incapable of adequate redress after the fact, so that a temporary restraining order or other immediate injunctive relief is the only adequate remedy; or (ii) a Third Party necessary to the resolution of any dispute cannot be joined in the arbitration proceedings, that Party may institute proceedings for appropriate equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.

15.7 Nonwaiver. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any prior, concurrent or subsequent breach of the same or any other provisions hereof, and no waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving Party.

 

PAGE 27


15.8 Force Majeure. Neither Party shall be deemed to be in default of or to have breached any provision of this Agreement as a result of any delay, failure in performance or interruption of service, resulting directly or indirectly from acts of God, acts of civil or military authorities, civil disturbances, terrorism, wars, strikes or other labor disputes, fires, flood, storm, explosions, or any other cause which is beyond the reasonable control of such Party and such causes a Party to be unable to perform hereunder, resulting in a material or adverse effect on this Agreement, and provided that such Party makes reasonable efforts to promptly remedy the failure or delay when such cause is eliminated. If a Party’s failure or delay of performance is excused by this Section for thirty (30) days or more, the other Party may, but shall not be obligated to, immediately terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the non-performing Party.

15.9 Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be given in writing and delivered in person, mailed via confirmed facsimile or e-mail, or delivered by recognized courier service, properly addressed and stamped with the required postage, to the applicable Party at its address specified below and shall be deemed effective upon receipt. Either Party may from time to time change the individual to receive notices or its address by giving the other Party notice of the change in accordance with this section.

To Verizon Wireless:

Notices To Verizon Wireless:

Verizon Wireless

Address: 180 Washington Valley Road

Address: Bedminster, New Jersey 07921

Attn.: ***, Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer

Fax: ***

Copy to:

***,

Associate General Counsel

Sales, Marketing and

Consumer Law

30 Independence Blvd

Warren, New Jersey 07059

Telephone: ***

Fax: ***

Email Address: ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 28


To InfoSpace:

Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc.

10940 Wilshire Blvd., 9 th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90024

Fax: ***

Attention: Legal Department              Attention: EVP - Wireless

with a copy to:

Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc.

10940 Wilshire Blvd., 9 th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90024

Fax: ***

Attention: VP – Legal Affairs

15.10 Savings . In the event any provision of this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall, for any reason, be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be excessively broad or unreasonable as to scope or subject, such provision shall be enforced to the extent necessary to be reasonable under the circumstances and consistent with applicable law while reflecting as closely as possible the intent of the Parties as expressed herein.

15.11 Integration . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the Parties hereto with respect to the transactions and matters contemplated hereby, it supersedes all previous agreements or negotiations between InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless concerning the subject matter hereof, and it cannot be amended except by a writing signed by both Parties.

15.12 Counterparts; Electronic Signature . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together constitute one and the same instrument.

15.13 PLANT AND WORK RULES AND RIGHT OF ACCESS

15.13.1. Anyone acting on behalf of one Party, while on the premises of the other, shall comply with all plant rules, regulations and premises owner’s standards for security, including (when required by U.S. government regulations) submission of satisfactory clearance from U.S. Department of Defense and other federal authorities concerned.

15.13.2. Each Party shall permit reasonable access during normal working hours to its facilities in connection with the Portal Services. Reasonable prior notice shall be given when access is required.

15.13.3. InfoSpace shall provide, upon reasonable advance notice from Verizon Wireless, its employees, subcontractors, and agents and work vehicles with identification in accordance with current Verizon Wireless requirements.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 29


15.13.4. If InfoSpace is given access, whether on-site or through remote facilities, to any Verizon Wireless computer or electronic data storage system in order for InfoSpace to accomplish the Portal Services called for in this Agreement, InfoSpace shall limit such access and use solely to perform Portal Services within the scope of this Agreement and shall not access or attempt to access any computer system, electronic file, software or other electronic services other than those specifically required to accomplish the work required under this Agreement. InfoSpace shall limit such access to those of its employees who are authorized by Verizon Wireless to have such access in connection with this Agreement, and shall follow all Verizon Wireless’ reasonable security rules and procedures for use of Verizon Wireless’ electronic resources, provided that such rules and procedures are furnished to InfoSpace at the time of such access or in advance. All user identification numbers and passwords disclosed to InfoSpace and any information obtained by InfoSpace as a result of InfoSpace’s access to and use of Verizon Wireless’ computer and electronic data storage systems shall be deemed to be, and shall be treated as, Verizon Wireless Confidential Information under applicable provisions of this Agreement. Verizon Wireless reserves the right to monitor such actions by InfoSpace and InfoSpace agrees to cooperate with Verizon Wireless in the investigation of any apparent unauthorized access by InfoSpace to Verizon Wireless’ computer or electronic data storage systems or unauthorized release of Verizon Wireless’ Confidential Information by InfoSpace.

15.14 Insurance.

15.14.1 As of the Effective Date and throughout the Term, InfoSpace shall maintain the insurance coverage set forth below:

 

  a. Worker’s Compensation and related insurance as prescribed by the law of the state in which the work is performed;

 

  b. Employer’s liability insurance with limits of at least ***;

 

  c. Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions) covering services and/or intellectual property risks of copyright, trademark and patent infringement with limits of not less than ***; and

 

  d. Commercial general liability insurance (including, but not limited to, premises operations, broad-form property damage, products/completed operations, contractual liability, independent contractors, personal injury) and, if the use of automobiles is required, comprehensive automobile liability insurance, each with limits of at least ***.

The limits above may be satisfied through a combination of primary and/or umbrella excess coverage.

15.14.2 The insuring carriers shall be rated at least A- by AM Best. Such policies shall be primary and non-contributory by Verizon Wireless. Verizon Wireless shall be named as an additional insured on all liability policies in Section 15.14.1 (d). InfoSpace shall furnish to Verizon

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 30


Wireless certificates of such insurance within ten (10) days of the execution of this Agreement and with each policy renewal. The certificates shall provide that at least ten (10) days prior written notice of cancellation or material change of the insurance to which the certificates relate shall be given to Verizon Wireless. The fulfillment of the obligations hereunder in no way modifies InfoSpace’s obligations to indemnify Verizon Wireless under this Agreement.

15.15 NO COMPETITOR ADVERTISING

The Parties agree that InfoSpace shall not be entitled to advertise via the Portal Services, nor shall it place advertisements of third parties on the Portal Services without written consent of Verizon Wireless.

15.16 Subcontracting. InfoSpace shall not, without the prior written consent of Verizon Wireless, subcontract to a Third Party any material portion of the Service provided under this Agreement.

15.17 Post Execution Cooperation. At any time, and from time-to-time within the thirty (30) day period following the Effective Date, the Parties agree to cooperate in good faith to amend and/or amend and restate this Agreement, including all Exhibits and attachments, (in each case, in writing, signed by both Parties) as may be necessary in order toensure that the provisions hereof are internally consistent, do not conflict with any other provisions hereof, that the section references are accurate, and that this Agreement otherwise accurately reflects the agreement of the Parties. Within thirty (30) calendar days of the Effective Date the Parties shall develop Exhibit L, Content Hosting and update Exhibit F-1, Service Level Agreement, which will include provisions for the service level requirements related to the interfaces described in Exhibits B and J. If said exhibits are not developed within said thirty (30) days, the Parties shall use the escalation process outlined in Section 10.4 of the Agreement for resolution.

15.18 Entire Agreement. The terms and provisions herein contained constitute the entire understanding between the Parties with regard to the terms hereof, the Exhibits hereto and the SLA, and shall supersede all previous communications, whether oral or written, and no agreements or understandings varying or extending this Agreement, the Exhibits hereto or the SLA shall be binding upon any Party hereto unless agreed to in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer or representative thereof. This Agreement is specifically intended to terminate and supercede the Letter Agreement between the Parties dated March 2, 2004.

 

  a. Should the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) or any state or federal law, render any opinion, term, covenant, restriction, representation or warranty of this Agreement to be illegal, void or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the Parties agree to enter into good faith negotiations designed to resolve any discrepancy (whether a business or legal issue) which may have arisen as a result of the court’s order, and/or to fill any gap in the contract (again, whether business or legal) which the court order or change in law may have brought about.

 

PAGE 31


15.19 Testimony. Matters relating to this Agreement may be in issue before various regulatory bodies. InfoSpace, including senior members of its firm, agrees to have appropriate members of its firm available to testify at reasonably appropriate times and for reasonable fees, at Verizon Wireless’ sole cost and expense, regarding any material aspect of this Agreement as known to InfoSpace or its employees. Nothing set forth in this Section 15.19 shall restrict or prohibit InfoSpace or any of its agents or employees from asserting applicable claims of confidentiality, trade secrets or legal privilege.

15.20 InfoSpace, Inc. Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc. is a subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc. To the extent that Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc. is unable or unwilling to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, InfoSpace, Inc. agrees to fulfill such obligations on Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc.’s behalf.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless     Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc.
***     ***
By (signature)     By (signature)
***     ***
Name     Name
President & CEO     President
Title     Title
    InfoSpace, Inc.
    ***
    By (signature)
    ***
    Name
    CAO
    Title

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 32


LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit A – Definitions

Exhibit B – Portal Services

Exhibit C – Trademarks

Exhibit D – Commercial Terms

Exhibit E – Form of Work Order

Exhibit F – Modalyst System Diagram

Exhibit G – Training

Exhibit H – Service Level Agreement

Exhibit I – Acceptance Test Plan

Exhibit J – Statement of Work and Reporting

Exhibit K – Verizon Wireless Privacy Policy

Exhibit L – Content Hosting

Exhibit M – Intentionally omitted

Exhibit N – InfoSpace Best Practices Guide

Exhibit O – InfoSpace Computing Security Policy

Exhibit P – Application Validation Process

 

PAGE 33


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

1. “Adult Content” shall mean any obscene, profane, pornographic, sexually suggestive or nude content.

2. “Adverse Impact” shall mean a Verizon Wireless Network circuit-switched outage (excluding any outages for scheduled maintenance) that lasts *** within a particular Verizon Wireless market (i.e., a Metropolitan Service Area or Rural Service Area as designated by the Federal Communications Commission), and that is caused by the Portal Services.

3. “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to a Party to this Agreement, any Person, that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Party to this Agreement. For purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, or has ownership of at least ten percent (10%) of the voting securities of such Person.

4. Aggregate Information ” shall mean usage data or other information about multiple Users that does not contain Personally Identifiable Information.

5. “Commercial Mobile Radio Service” (“CMRS”) shall mean a radio service in which common carriers are, as of the Effective Date, authorized by the Federal Communications Commission under the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 47, Part 22 and licensed under CFR Title 47, Part 22, Subpart H, to offer and provide service for hire to the general public through a cellular system utilizing the channels and frequency bandwidths assigned under CFR Title 47, Part 22, Subpart H, Section 22.905.

6. “Commercial Service Date” means the earlier of: (i) June 25, 2004, or (ii) the date of Verizon Wireless’ written acceptance of the Portal Services in accordance with Section 1(b) of Exhibit D.

7. “Confidential Information” shall mean nonpublic information (in whatever form), that the disclosing Party designates as being confidential or which, under reasonable circumstances surrounding disclosure would be treated as confidential. “Confidential Information” includes, but is not limited to specifications, drawings, sketches, models, samples, reports, plans, forecasts, current or historical data, computer programs, documentation, market research, market plans, business plans, information relating to released or unreleased disclosing Party products or services, information relating to the marketing or promotion of any disclosing Party product or service, the disclosing Party’s business policies or practices, information received from others that the disclosing Party knows it is obligated to treat as confidential, and all other nonpublic, technical, financial or business data, which is disclosed to one Party hereunder by the other Party. Confidential Information shall not include any information that: (a) is or subsequently becomes publicly available without the receiving Party’s breach of any obligation owed to the disclosing Party, (b) became known to the receiving Party prior to the disclosing Party’s disclosure of such

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 34


information to the receiving Party, provided such can be verified, (c) became known to the receiving Party from a source other than the disclosing Party other than by the breach of an obligation of confidentiality owed to the disclosing Party, provided such can be verified, or (d) is independently developed by the receiving Party, provided such can be verified. Confidential Information disclosed to the receiving Party by any disclosing Party Affiliate and/or agents shall be considered Confidential Information under the terms of this Agreement and in accordance with this definition.

8. “Effective Date” shall mean the last date upon which this Agreement is signed by both Parties.

9. “Electronically Transmitted Information” shall mean all information exchanged between the Parties by means of electronic transfer as per the terms of this Agreement, as well as any service that either Party may provide to the other Party under this Agreement by means of electronic transfer, including the media upon which the information is stored or from which the service is rendered.

10. “Implementation Schedule” means a schedule for the development and delivery of the Portal Services, to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties, in writing, including milestones to be met by each Party in connection with the development and delivery of the Portal Services.

11. “InfoSpace Marks” means those Trademarks of InfoSpace set forth on Exhibit C hereto and such other Trademarks (if any) as InfoSpace may from time to time notify Verizon Wireless in writing to be “InfoSpace Marks” within the meaning of this Agreement.

12. “InfoSpace Pages” means the “PC Pages” and the “Phone Pages.”

13. “ Intellectual Property ” shall mean: (a) copyright rights (including, without limitation, the exclusive right to use, reproduce, modify, distribute, publicly display and publicly perform the copyrighted work), (b) trademark rights (including, without limitation trade names, trademarks, service marks, and trade dress), (c) patent rights (including, without limitation, the exclusive right to make, use, offer to sell, and sell, (d) trade secrets, (e) moral rights, (f) inventions, (g) software applications, and (h) software rights, as such rights arise under the laws of the United States.

15. “Intellectual Property Rights” means any patent, copyright, rights in Trademark, trade secret, moral right, mask work and any other intellectual property or proprietary right of any kind, whether arising under the laws of the United States or any other nation, state or jurisdiction.

16. “Mobile Virtual Network Operator” shall mean a Person that offers CMRS services to customers, including its own mobile network code, SIM card, and mobile switching center, but does not necessarily own the radio frequency (spectrum) allocation on which it operates.

17. “Page View” means a display of a Phone Page on a Wireless Device.

18. “PC” means a personal computer.

19. “PC Pages” means web pages that are hosted by InfoSpace and prepared using HTML and intended for presentation to Users using PCs as their display device.

 

PAGE 35


20. “Person” means any natural/individual person, corporation, subsidiary, partnership, co-partnership, limited liability company, firm, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization, or other entity, however organized.

21. “Personally Identifiable Information” shall mean: (a) information about a User that identifies him or her as a unique individual (e.g., stating his or her name, credit card number, social security number, user ID, or electronic serial number), or (b) contact information identifying the User as a unique individual (e.g., his or her phone number, mobile directory number, physical address, email address or alias email address).

22. “Phone Pages” means web pages that are hosted by InfoSpace and prepared using XHTML and intended for presentation to Users using Wireless Devices as their display device.

27. “Portal Services” means the products and services that will be made available to Verizon Wireless by InfoSpace as set forth in this Agreement and pursuant to the specifications of Exhibit B.

23. “Premium Content” means content accessible to Users via the Verizon Wireless Services for which InfoSpace provides authorization services via Subscription Manager as described in Section A(1)(b) of Exhibit B.

24. “Project” shall mean the work required by and the cooperation anticipated between the Parties under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

25. “Retail Revenue” means all subscription revenue generated by Verizon Wireless from Premium Content.

26. “Self-Help Code” means any back door, “time bomb,” drop dead device, or other software routine intentionally designed to disable a computer program automatically with the passage of time or under the positive control of a person other than an owner or licensee of the program. Self-Help Code does not include software routines in a computer program, if any, designed to permit the owner or licensor of the computer program (or other person acting by authority of the owner or licensor) to obtain access to a licensee’s computer system(s) (e.g., remote access via modem) for purposes of maintenance or technical support.

28. “Statement of Work” means functional requirements for the Portal Services to be mutually agreed upon, in writing, by the Parties.

29. “Technology” means any know-how, graphics, techniques, methods, formulae, drawings, designs, source code, concepts, ideas, documentation, or any improvement or upgrade thereto, whether or not patentable or copyrightable and whether or not reduced to practice related to or used by or on behalf of InfoSpace or any of its affiliates in connection with the Portal Services or any portion thereof or to provide access to the Services.

30. “Term” shall mean the period of time from the Effective Date until the termination or expiration of this Agreement, including any renewal and transition periods, as stated in Section 8.1.

31. “Territory” shall mean the United States of America.

32. “Third Party” means any Person not a Party to this Agreement.

 

PAGE 36


33. “Trademarks” means trademarks, service marks, trade names, proprietary logos or indicia, and other source or business identifiers.

34. “Unauthorized Code” shall mean any virus, Trojan horse, worm, or any other software routines or hardware components intentionally designed to permit unauthorized access, to disable, erase, or otherwise harm software, hardware, or data, or to perform any other such actions. The term Unauthorized Code does not include Self-Help Code.

35. “User” means any customer of Verizon Wireless that is authorized by Verizon Wireless to access the Verizon Wireless Services.

36. “User Data” means all information, whether Aggregate Information or Personally Identifiable Information (including, but not limited to the MIN and the MDN), generated or collected by or for Verizon Wireless: (a) under the terms of any Verizon Wireless customer agreement, (b) in connection with a Verizon Wireless User’s use of the Verizon Wireless Services and/or the Portal Services, and/or (c) under stand-alone terms and conditions, the terms and conditions of a Verizon Wireless customer agreement or under a similar agreement.

37. “Verizon Wireless Competitor” shall mean any mobile network operator or any Mobile Virtual Network Operator.

38. “Verizon Wireless Content” means any content owned or licensed by Verizon Wireless that Verizon Wireless provides to InfoSpace for use in connection with the Portal Services.

39. “Verizon Wireless Marks” means those Trademarks of Verizon Wireless set forth on Exhibit C hereto and such other Trademarks (if any) as Verizon Wireless may from time to time notify InfoSpace in writing to be “Verizon Wireless Marks” within the meaning of this Agreement.

40. “Verizon Wireless Materials” means the Verizon Wireless Marks and any other graphical or other content, specifications or materials, including, without limitation: (a) user interface design components, owned or licensed by Verizon Wireless and supplied by Verizon Wireless to InfoSpace for inclusion in the Portal Services, and (b) any applications, technologies or services owned or licensed by Verizon Wireless and supplied by Verizon Wireless to InfoSpace for inclusion in the Portal Services.

41. “Verizon Wireless Network” shall mean the CMRS switching equipment, cell site transceiver equipment and other equipment and systems which are owned, operated and/or managed by Verizon Wireless for the provision of the Verizon Wireless Services in any part of the Territory in which Verizon Wireless is licensed by the FCC to provide the Verizon Wireless Services, and as may be configured and reconfigured at anytime and from time-to-time by Verizon Wireless in its sole discretion.

42. “Verizon Wireless Services” shall mean the package of wireless network services offered by Verizon Wireless (which may change from time-to-time at the sole discretion of Verizon Wireless), including the Verizon Wireless Network, that, among other things, enables voice and/or data Verizon Wireless Users to access the Portal Services via a Wireless Device.

 

PAGE 37


43. “Virus” shall mean disabling or Unauthorized Code, Self Help Code or other software routines designed to cause data or information, systems or applications, or any portion thereof, and without the control of the user thereof: (a) to become lost or erased, (b) to become inoperable, or (c) to operate in an unauthorized manner.

44. “Wireless Device” means those devices supported in accordance with the technical specifications set forth in this Agreement that contain a WAP 2.0 browser as referenced in Section B of Exhibit B, plus any new devices the Parties may agree upon in the future.

 

PAGE 38


EXHIBIT B

PORTAL SERVICES

 

A. Description of Portal Services.

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, InfoSpace will, in cooperation with Verizon Wireless, design, develop, implement, host and maintain the Portal Services. Verizon Wireless will design and supply the graphical content and Verizon Wireless Marks to be used in connection with the Portal Services, and InfoSpace will be responsible for implementing the graphical user interface and related design elements for the Portal Services.

***

As between the Parties, Verizon Wireless shall be solely responsible for: (i) setting and collecting fees from Users for access to the Portal Services, and (ii) direct communications with Users regarding telecommunications services enabling InfoSpace to provide the Portal Services.

The Portal Services will be comprised of the following Content Management Tools and Hosting Services:

 

B. Content Management Tools

(a) ***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 39


***

 

1. Hosting Services

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 40


***.

 

C. Wireless Devices Supported.

1. InfoSpace will optimize the Portal Services for presentation on the following Wireless Devices, ***

Throughout the contract period InfoSpace will continue to optimize the Portal Services for each new Wireless Device that Verizon Wireless makes available to end customers on a commercial basis. ***.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 41


EXHIBIT C

TRADEMARKS

Verizon Wireless Marks

Verizon Wireless reserves any and all intellectual property rights that it has established in any of its product, feature or service names or logos, even if such name or logo does not appear on this list.

LOGO

InfoSpace Marks

InfoSpace reserves any and all intellectual property rights that it has established in any of its product, feature or service names or logos, even if such name or logo does not appear on this list.

100Hot ®

ActiveShopper ®

Adfocus TM

AirPay TM

AprilFools.com ®

Audiocub TM

Authorize.Net ®

Authorize.Net ® Where the World Transacts

LOGO

Authorize.Net Where the World Does Business on the Web & Design ®

Classifieds2000 ®

CoolNotify ®

 

PAGE 42


Discover What You Can Do TM

Dogpile ®

Dogpile (Stylized) ®

LOGO

E-Cash ®

eCheck.Net ®

E-Vote ®

EZStore TM

Fraudscreen.Net ®

Giant Bear TM

LOGO

Giantbear.com ®

Go2Net ®

Go2Net (& Design) SM

LOGO

Haggle Online ®

HyperMart ®

InfoSpace ®

InfoSpace (& Design) ®

LOGO

InfoSpace XG TM

InfoSpace Mobile Zone TM

IntelliShopper ®

Jango ®

Kidcash ®

MetaCrawler ®

MetaSpy ®

Mobilezone TM

MyAgent ®

PageGreetings ®

Pocket Authorize.Net ®

Powered by InfoSpace ®

RubberChicken.com ®

Saraide TM

 

PAGE 43


Search the Search Engines! ®

Syncnow TM

Valentine.com ®

Virtual Avenue Free Virtual Domain Hosting (& Design) ®

LOGO

Virtual Outlet ®

WAM! TM

WebMarket ®

Web 21

Webcrawler

© 2004 InfoSpace, Inc.

All rights not expressly granted herein are reserved.

 

PAGE 44


EXHIBIT D

COMMERCIAL TERMS

I. Portal Hosting Service

1. Setup Fee. Verizon Wireless shall pay to InfoSpace the sum of *** for the setup effort involved for the Portal Services (“Setup Fee”). Verizon Wireless shall pay the Setup Fee as follows:

 

  (a) *** of the Setup Fee shall be paid on *** or reasonably soon thereafter, but no later than ***.

 

  (b) The remainder of the Setup Fee is due by Verizon Wireless within ***. Verizon Wireless will notify InfoSpace in writing, of either its acceptance or its refusal to accept the Portal Services *** no later than *** after delivery thereof by InfoSpace ***.

 

  (c) In the event that InfoSpace fails to deliver the *** to Verizon Wireless for user acceptance testing by the date specified in the Implementation Schedule, InfoSpace shall ***.

 

  (d) Additional setup fees:

 

  i. Accelerating Mime Multipart support- To accelerate the delivery timeline for supporting for Mime Multipart, *** agrees to pay ***. This functionality is *** the acceleration contract resource cost.

 

  ii. Portal design service- Design service fee for WAP portal layout and solution architecture shall be ***.

 

  iii. Network Data Mover (NDM)- Fee of *** for specific request for NDM communication software and related dedicated servers to manage system communication.

 

  iv. Frame Relay Connections- Scope and fee ***. Fee shall cover the purchase of equipment, the setup effort, and ongoing support of frame relay connections for LDAP and SCM communication.

 

  v. Application verification service- The *** applications *** are covered by a *** fee of ***. Ongoing validation tests to be charged according to the pricing schedule below. The test plan has been agreed to as outlined in Exhibit P, and charges are applied per device class for each application. Results will be documented and a report generated for each application/device class combination.

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

   

***

 

  vi. Training- *** training fees cover ***. Training fees shall total ***.

2. PC Pages Hosting and Technical Support Fee. Following the Commercial Service Date, at the end of each *** during the Term of the Agreement, Verizon Wireless shall pay to InfoSpace a PC Page Hosting and Technical Support Fee in the amount of ***.

At Verizon Wireless’ request, InfoSpace shall provide up to *** of technical support to Verizon Wireless’ third party content providers. Hours shall include all time spent directly on third party support and may include program management, engineering, and quality assurance resources. Any hours spent with third *** shall be billed at ***. InfoSpace shall track all hours spent on each third party and will provide a report at the end of *** on actual effort. *** hours do not ***.

3. ***

4. ***

5. Professional Services Fees. From time to time, upon Verizon Wireless’ request, InfoSpace may make changes to the Portal Services and/or perform certain additional services in connection with the Portal Services. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, and subject to the exceptions set forth below, any such additional services shall be billed at ***. The Parties agree that professional services fees shall not be payable for the following activities: (i) *** measures taken by ***; or (ii) *** measures to ***. For purposes of this Agreement, *** means ***.

6. Travel Costs. *** whether any travel is necessary in connection with ***, any such travel costs shall be borne by InfoSpace and shall not be subject to reimbursement by Verizon Wireless. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, in the event that Verizon Wireless requests InfoSpace to travel in connection with the Portal Services, ***.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 45


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF WORK ORDER

Work Order No.             

to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement

Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc. (“InfoSpace”) will perform the following additional services for                              (“Verizon Wireless”) under the terms and conditions of that certain WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, Contract No. 750-67761-2004, dated                                  between InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless. In consideration of the additional services described below, Verizon Wireless will pay to InfoSpace the amount(s) set forth below on or before the date(s) set forth below.

 

Task Description

   Target Date
  
  

Amount

   Due Date
  
  

 

Verizon Wireless     Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc.
           
By (signature)     By (signature)
           
Name     Name
           
Title     Title

 

PAGE 46


EXHIBIT F

MODALYST SYSTEM DIAGRAM

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 47


EXHIBIT G

TRAINING

1. InfoSpace Training. InfoSpace will provide its standard training and documentation to Verizon Wireless employees as listed in the following table:

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 48


EXHIBIT H

SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

The Service Level Agreement is attached here to as Exhibit H-1 and shall be updated within thirty (30) calendar days of the Effective Date to include provisions for the service level requirements related to the interfaces described in Exhibits B and J. If the service level requirements are not developed and agreed to after said thirty (30) days, the Parties shall use the escalation process outlined in Section 10.4 of the Agreement for resolution.

 

PAGE 49


EXHIBIT I

ACCEPTANCE TEST PLAN

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 50


EXHIBIT J

STATEMENT OF WORK

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 51


EXHIBIT K

VERIZON WIRELESS PRIVACY POLICY

Verizon Wireless’ Privacy Policy is attached hereto as Exhibit K-1, which may be modified by Verizon Wireless from time to time.

 

PAGE 52


EXHIBIT L

CONTENT HOSTING

This Content Hosting exhibit shall be developed and agreed to by both Parties within thirty (30) calendar days of the Effective Date. If the exhibit is not developed and agreed to after said thirty (30) days, the Parties shall use the escalation process outlined in Section 10.4 of the Agreement for resolution.

 

PAGE 53


EXHIBIT M

Intentionally omitted.

 

PAGE 54


EXHIBIT N

INFOSPACE BEST PRACTICES GUIDE

InfoSpace’s Best Practices Guide is attached hereto as Exhibit N-1. This Guide may be updated from time to time by InfoSpace.

 

PAGE 55


EXHIBIT O

INFOSPACE SECURITY POLICY

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 56


EXHIBIT P

APPLICATION VALIDATION PROCESS

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 57


Verizon Wireless

WAP 2.0 Portal Services

Service Level Agreement

June, 2004

This document contains confidential information. No part of this document may be reproduced in

any form without the written consent of Verizon Wireless. Information in this document is for

use by Verizon Wireless, its employees, and customers under license only.

 

PAGE 58


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

Table of Contents

 

1

   Overview    62
   1.1    Introduction    62
   1.2    Referenced Documents    62
   1.3    Purpose and Scope    62
   1.4    Products and Services    62
   1.5    Definitions    63

2

   Roles and Responsibilities    65
   2.1    Overview    65
   2.2    Stakeholders    65
   2.3    Role Assignments    65

3

   Service Availability, Service Performance and Response/Restore Times    66
   3.1    Overview    66
   3.2    Service Availability Metrics    66
   3.3    Service Performance Metrics    66
   3.4    Response/Restore Times    66
   3.5    Service Availability Requirements    66
   3.6    Service Performance Requirements    66
   3.7    Response and Restore Time Requirements    66

4

   Credits    67
   4.1    Service Availability    67
   4.2    Service Performance    68
   4.3    ***    68
   4.4    Cumulative Maximum Monthly Credit    68

5

   Incident Management    69
   5.1    InfoSpace Carrier Care    69
   5.2    Incident Response    69
   5.3    Incident Notification Process    72

6

   InfoSpace Generated Reports    73
   6.1    Post Incident Review Reports    73
   6.2    Service Level Reporting    74
   6.3    Open Issues List Reporting    74

7

   Change Management    74
   7.1    InfoSpace Changes & Maintenance    74
   7.2    Capacity Planning Forecasts    74
   7.3    Verizon Wireless Changes    74

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 59


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

Appendix A – Support Contact & Escalation List

   75

Appendix B – WAP 2.0 End Device List

   77

 

PAGE 60


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

List of Tables

 

Table 1 – Scope of Products and Services

   1

Table 2 – RACI Model

   4

Table 3 – Roles and Responsibilities

   5

Table 4 – Service Availability Requirements

   7

Table 5 – Service Performance Requirements

   7

 

PAGE 61


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

1 Overview

 

1.1 Introduction

This Service Level Agreement (SLA) defines the services to be provided by InfoSpace in its support of Verizon Wireless’ WAP 2.0 portal. Additional details include performance targets, measurements, reports, processes, roles, and responsibilities required to achieve mutually agreed upon service level targets.

 

1.2 Referenced Documents

The following documents are referenced by this document:

***

 

1.3 Purpose and Scope

This SLA sets forth the terms agreed to between InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless with respect to the basic level of service that InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless will provide in order to support the delivery of services to Users contemplated in the Agreement. This includes the following:

 

   

Definitions

 

   

Roles and Responsibility

 

   

Service Availability, Service Performance and Response/Restore Times

 

   

Credits

 

   

Incident Management & Service Restoration

 

   

Change Management and Maintenance

 

   

Contact and Escalation Information

 

1.4 Products and Services

The scope of this SLA encompasses the products and services listed below in Table 1, designed to support Verizon Wireless’ WAP 2.0 portal and related services. The intent of this SLA is to define services, reports, processes, roles, and responsibilities designed to meet service level targets and user expectations.

 

Service Component

   Priority  

Service Provider

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

Table 1 – Scope of Products and Services

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 62


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

1.5 Definitions

“Available Time in Month” means the total number of days in the month times 1,440 minutes.

Defect ” ***

InfoSpace’s Span of Control ” ***

“Response ” means the Vendor’s engineer or technician has contacted Verizon Wireless regarding the applicable request for assistance with respect to a defect. The response time will be measured from the time of the Verizon Wireless’ initial call to the Vendor until the time the Vendor’s engineer or technician responds, by telephone or email, to the Verizon Wireless’ Data NOC or specified incident contact.

Restore or Restoration ” means a condition where an item acknowledged as having a Defect is operative within the specifications, but a permanent resolution has not yet been implemented. Restoration may take the form of a software patch, which has been implemented to temporarily correct the Defect, or a work-around, which has been mutually agreed upon by the Parties. The Restoration time will be measured from the time of the Verizon Wireless’ initial call to the vendor until Restoration of the applicable defect.

Resolve or Resolution ” means that a permanent solution to the Defect has been implemented. The Resolution will cause the previously defective item to operate within the specifications. For service requests, Resolve means that the applicable question has been answered. The Resolution time will be measured from the time of the Verizon Wireless’ initial call to the Vendor until Resolution of the applicable defect, *** wherein the response time will begin from the point of failure.

Planned Service Availability ” ***

“Platform” is the Vendors hardware and software that provide the Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 portal services.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 63


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

“Service Availability” ***

“Scheduled Maintenance Time” ***

“System Outage” ***

“Technical Support” shall have the meaning set forth in the Vendor’s Responsibilities and Services Section hereto.

“Transaction” ***

“Transaction Failure” ***

“Unscheduled Downtime” ***

“Vendor” means InfoSpace, Inc or any InfoSpace subsidiaries.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 64


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

2 Roles and Responsibilities

 

2.1 Overview

This section defines the roles and responsibilities of the Vendor and Verizon Wireless of the services described in this SLA.

InfoSpace has adopted the RACI Model as a means of defining, documenting, and communicating roles and responsibilities. The RACI Model describes four (4) roles as described in Table 2 below.

 

Role

  

Description

Accountable ( A )    Full accountability for the success or failure of a task, project, or program.
Responsible ( R )    Assigned authority, executes defined work, and held responsible for success or failure of assignment(s).
Consult ( C )    Facilitates and contributes as needed (consultant).
Inform ( I )    Potential for contribution, but primary purpose is to maintain a line of communication to outside group.

Table 2 – RACI Model

With the identification and agreement of services, stakeholders, tasks/activities, the RACI Model provides a means to define a set of roles for each task/activity. Each task/activity should be assigned a single accountable, however may involve multiple responsible, consulted, and informed participants.

 

2.2 Stakeholders

 

2.2.1 Verizon Wireless

As the primary customer with regards to this SLA, Verizon Wireless ***.

 

2.2.2 InfoSpace

As the primary service provider, InfoSpace is providing the defined services to satisfy a critical business function for the primary customer, Verizon Wireless. ***.

 

2.3 Role Assignments

The activities (tasks) required to deliver WAP 2.0 services at the specified target performance levels are listed in the table below, Table 3. Additionally, the identified stakeholders are listed with their role for each activity identified.

 

Activity

   InfoSpace     Verizon
Wireless
 

User Support

    

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

Incident Management

    

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

Service Level Management—Monitoring

    

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

Change Management

    

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

Reporting

    

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

Table 3 – Roles and Responsibilities

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 65


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

3 Service Availability, Service Performance and Response/Restore Times

 

3.1 Overview

Recognizing the impact to Users as a result of limited availability and poor performance of the WAP 2.0 system, InfoSpace is committed to supplying reliable service with sufficient capacity designed to provide an enriching and satisfying experience. In order to meet this objective, InfoSpace will implement appropriate tools and processes intended to support the management of service level targets. This Section describes the metrics, targets, and reports intended to provide the appropriate visibility of availability, performance and response trends.

This section identifies the service levels InfoSpace is expected to consistently achieve throughout the Term of this Agreement. If and when problems arise that effect service levels, InfoSpace is expected to make every effort to restore service and correct underlying faults. ***

 

3.2 Service Availability Metrics

Service availability is measured as described with the following formula:

***

 

3.3 Service Performance Metrics

Service performance measures ***.

3.4 Response/Restore Times

Response and Restore times measures the percentage of InfoSpace actions received within the specified service level target, as described in the following formula:

***

Infospace performance measurement periods include; 1) Monthly and 2) Annual.

3.5 Service Availability Requirements

InfoSpace is committed to providing the service(s) at the specified availability service levels listed in Table 4.

 

Service Component

   Availability Target  

***

   * ** 

***

   * ** 

***

   * ** 

***

   * ** 

Table 4 – Service Availability Requirements

3.6 Service Performance Requirements

InfoSpace is committed to providing the service(s) listed in Table 5 at the specified performance service levels.

 

Service Component

   Response Time Target     Performance Target  

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

Table 5 – Service Performance Requirements

3.7 Response and Restore Time Requirements

InfoSpace is committed to providing the service(s) listed in Table 6 at the specified performance service levels.

 

Service Component

   Response Time Target     Performance Target  

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

***

   * **    * ** 

Table 6 – Response and Restore Time Requirements

 

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 66


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

4 Credits

 

4.1 Service Availability

In the event that Service Availability of the elements or aspects of the Portal and Hosting Service within the InfoSpace Span of Control fails to meet the targeted Service Level Requirements (as listed on Table 4), during any calendar month of the Term, InfoSpace shall make all reasonable

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 67


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

efforts to remedy the situation during this “grace period”. If a measure continues to fail to meet targeted services for a second consecutive month, Verizon Wireless shall receive a credit of a portion of the Monthly Fees otherwise due to InfoSpace during such month for delivery and for all consecutive subsequent months that the target is missed. This one month “grace period” shall apply only one time during the life of the contract.

The credit shall be calculated as follows: ***

***

 

4.2 Service Performance

In the event that Service Performance of the elements or aspects of the Portal and Hosting Service within the InfoSpace Span of Control fails to meet the targeted Service Level Requirements (as listed on Table 5) during any calendar month of the Term, InfoSpace shall make all reasonable efforts to remedy the situation during this “grace period”. If a measure continues to fail to meet targeted services for a second consecutive month, Verizon Wireless shall receive a credit of a portion of the Monthly Fees otherwise due to InfoSpace during such month for delivery and for all consecutive subsequent months that the target is missed. This one month “grace period” shall apply only one time during the life of the contract.

The credit shall be calculated as follows: ***

In no event shall the cumulative monthly credit exceed *** .

***

***

 

4.3 Response and Restore Time

In the event that Response and/or Restore Time fails to meet the targeted Service Level Requirements (as listed on Table 6) during *** of the Term, InfoSpace shall *** remedy the situation ***. If a measure continues to fail to meet targeted services ***. There will be a credit of *** incidents. Response times are detailed in Section 5.2.3 InfoSpace and Incident Handling Notification Timetable’. *** There will be a credit of ***. Restore times are detailed in Section 5.2.3 ‘InfoSpace and Incident Handling Notification Timetable’.

 

4.4 Cumulative Maximum Monthly Credit

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 68


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

5 Incident Management

 

5.1 InfoSpace Carrier Care

InfoSpace’s Carrier Care within the Network Operations Center (NOC) will serve as the primary interface between Verizon Wireless’ Support Group and InfoSpace for support of services provided by InfoSpace. This arrangement provides Verizon Wireless with access to a 24x7 single point of contact (SPOC) to report incidents, receive updates, and escalate as needed. Table 9 provides InfoSpace’s Carrier Care hours of operation and contact information.

 

***   

***

Contact Phone Number    ***
Email Address    ***

Table 9 - InfoSpace Carrier Care Contact Information

 

5.1.1 InfoSpace Carrier Care Services

The following list describes Carrier Care services provided to Verizon Wireless:

 

   

24x7 telephone and email support for incident management.

 

   

Advisory Bulletins provided on an as needed basis.

 

   

Notification before and after planned maintenance activities.

 

   

Post Incident Review Reports (PIRR) for incidents classified as Severity 1 (Sev-1). PIR Reports are delivered within 5 business days of service restoration.

 

5.2 Incident Response

Although all stakeholders involved are interested in maintaining an environment free of incidents, when incidents do occur, it will be InfoSpace’s highest priority to restore services as quickly as possible. With that objective in mind, it becomes critical to develop a collaborative effort with Verizon Wireless, ensuring an open channel of communication exists, as well as a foundation for timely response. A key element to enabling a team approach is Verizon Wireless’ understanding of the User service(s) offered by InfoSpace.

All Verizon Wireless incidents potentially related to InfoSpace services *** should be reported to InfoSpace’s Carrier Care, as outlined in Section 4.3, Incident Notification.

 

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 69


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

5.2.1 Verizon Wireless Contact Information

 

***

 

5.2.2 Incident Handling and Updates

The InfoSpace Carrier Care will coordinate incident isolation, testing and repair work within InfoSpace and all third party systems that are within InfoSpace’s Span of Control. During the incident isolation and troubleshooting process, InfoSpace’s Carrier Care will communicate incident resolution progress with Verizon Wireless based upon the times specified in Table 10 . Additionally, InfoSpace’s Carrier Care will proactively inform Verizon Wireless when an issue or condition arises that may cause potential system anomalies and be a potential source for the creation of trouble tickets.

Table 10 – Incident Severity Definition

 

InfoSpace
Incident
Level

   Verizon
Wireless
Incident
Level
 

Description

   Update
Method
 

Update

Objectives

***    ***   ***    ***   ***
***    ***   ***    ***   ***
***    ***   ***    ***   ***
***    ***   ***    ***   ***
***    ***   ***    ***   ***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 70


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

5.2.3 InfoSpace Response/Restore and Incident Handling Notification Table ***

Table 11 – Severity Level Response Times

 

5.2.4 Escalation Procedures

InfoSpace Internal Escalation

Escalation procedures are in place at InfoSpace to manage the resolution of incidents when they occur. ***

Verizon Wireless Escalation to InfoSpace

In the event that InfoSpace does not respond to Verizon Wireless within the times shown in Table 11 , Verizon Wireless can request that the incident be escalated to the next level, based on the contact information shared between the two companies (see Appendix A for an example list of names that are current).***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 71


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

Table 12 – Escalation Timetable

***

Additional Escalation Information

InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless will ensure that any additional processes that are required to ensure the smooth escalation of incidents within each organization are clearly communicated to one another in writing, so that the escalation processes within each organization and between the two organizations are clearly understood by both parties. InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless will exchange the names and contact information of the personnel who need to be kept informed of progress during the Escalation process. Both Parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant.

 

5.3 Incident Notification Process

 

5.3.1 Communicating Incidents

To provide the most expeditious response, InfoSpace requests Verizon Wireless report all incidents to InfoSpace in the following manner:

***

5.3.2 Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting

***

 

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 72


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

6 InfoSpace Generated Reports

 

6.1 Post Incident Review Reports

The purpose of the Post Incident Review Report (PIRR) is to report the results of InfoSpace’s formal review of an incident, intended to identify root cause, review the teams’ response, and document corrective actions to improve response and prevent reoccurrence. InfoSpace will create and submit a PIRR to Verizon Wireless within ***

 

6.2 Service Level Reporting

Each month, InfoSpace will provide Verizon Wireless a report summarizing Service Availability, Service Performance, and Response/Restore times for the previous month.***

 

PAGE 73


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

6.3 Open Issues List Reporting

Each month, InfoSpace will provide Verizon Wireless with a Reported Incidents Report. ***

 

7 Change Management

InfoSpace is committed to supporting formal change and release management process intended to mitigate risk of adversely impacting service delivery to Users. In accord with Verizon Wireless, InfoSpace will participate in the coordination and communication of necessary maintenance activities, ensuring maintenance is completed at appropriates times, with the appropriate visibility and awareness.

 

7.1 InfoSpace Changes & Maintenance

 

7.1.1 Planned Maintenance by InfoSpace

InfoSpace will leverage current change management processes to ensure InfoSpace driven changes are scheduled at appropriate times, have the support of the appropriate resources, and are communicated to the appropriate stakeholders. InfoSpace’s Carrier Care remains informed of all InfoSpace approved maintenance activities, including the timing, scope, and potential risks associated with changes. InfoSpace will ensure that any planned maintenance events under their Span of Control will be executed in a commercially reasonable well-coordinated manner. ***

 

7.1.2 InfoSpace Portal Changes

Verizon Wireless requests that InfoSpace provide *** advance notification of planned changes of InfoSpace’s Portal which may affect Verizon Wireless’ service delivery. Verizon Wireless needs sufficient forewarning of InfoSpace changes to accommodate the change and ensure service levels meet User expectations. ***

Similarly, InfoSpace requests Verizon Wireless provide *** advance notification of planned changes of Verizon’s interface which may affect InfoSpace’s service delivery. InfoSpace needs sufficient forewarning of Verizon Wireless changes to accommodate the change and ensure service levels meet User expectations. ***

 

7.1.3 Maintenance Window

InfoSpace will utilize the standard Verizon Wireless maintenance window for all changes that could impact the service delivery platform. The standard Verizon Wireless maintenance window is from ***.

 

7.2 ***

 

7.3 Verizon Wireless Changes

 

7.3.1 New Service and/or Equipment

InfoSpace requests advance notification when Verizon Wireless adds a new end device type/model or other equipment to the WAP 2.0 production environment. This includes but is not limited to new phones, new processing equipment, and other hardware or software that may affect the processing of InfoSpace services. Notification of new services and/or equipment should be sent via email to: ***.

InfoSpace anticipates that Verizon Wireless will regularly add devices to the initial list of supported devices. As this occurs, InfoSpace requests that this information be shared with InfoSpace, in order to support the new devices. The type of information that should be provided to InfoSpace is shown in Appendix B . When a new device is added, Verizon Wireless should view InfoSpace as a participant in its certification process, providing InfoSpace *** notification for each device that Verizon Wireless requests InfoSpace to support. Additionally, InfoSpace requests ***.

This will allow InfoSpace to properly prepare its systems to accommodate the new devices while allowing Verizon Wireless to conduct an orderly rollout of new devices.

 

7.3.2 Verizon Wireless Gateway Changes

InfoSpace requests Verizon Wireless provide *** notification of planned changes of Verizon Wireless’ Gateway which may affect InfoSpace’s service delivery. InfoSpace needs sufficient forewarning of Verizon Wireless changes to accommodate the change and ensure service levels meet end consumer expectations.

 

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 74


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

Appendix A – Support Contact & Escalation List

Both parties are responsible for ensuring support contact information is maintained and communicated as needed. Support contact information will not be maintained as part of this SLA. Contact information will be maintained independent of this document by the stakeholders.

InfoSpace Support Contact Information

 

Single Point of Contact Name    ***
Phone    ***
Email    ***
Second Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Manager, Service Desk Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***
Third Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Director, Commercial Operations and Internal Support
Phone    ***
Email    ***
Fourth Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Director, Carrier Sales
Phone    ***
Email    ***
Fifth Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Vice President, Carrier Sales
Phone    ***
Email    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 75


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

Verizon Wireless Support Contact Information

 

Single Point of Contact Name    ***
Title   
Phone    ***
Email    ***
Second Level Contact Name    ***
Title    ***
Phone    ***
Phone    ***
Phone (After Hours)    ***
Email    ***
Second Level Contact Name    ***
Title    ***
Phone    ***
Phone    ***
Phone (After Hours)    ***
Email    ***
Third Level Contact Name    ***
Title    ***
Phone    ***
Phone    ***
Phone (After Hours)    ***
Email    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 76


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

Appendix B – WAP 2.0 End Device List

 

Phones

 

PDAs and Handsets

Manufacturer

 

Model

 

Manufacture

 

Model

***   ***    
***   ***    
***   ***    
***   ***    
***   ***    
***   ***    
***   ***    
***   ***    
***   ***    
     

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 77


FIRST AMENDMENT TO WAP 2.0 HOSTING AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to the WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement (this “ First Amendment ”), dated as of August __, 2004 (the “ Amendment Date ”), is made by and between Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc., a California corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc. (“ InfoSpace ”), with offices at 10940 Wilshire Blvd., 9 th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90024, and Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless (“ Verizon Wireless ”), a Delaware general partnership, having an office and principal place of business at 180 Washington Valley Road, Bedminster, New Jersey 07921, to amend that certain WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement executed by and between the Parties on or about June 24, 2004 (the “ Agreement ”). InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless are sometimes individually referred to herein as a “ Party ” and may be collectively referred to as the “ Parties .” Unless specifically designated otherwise, the capitalized terms herein shall have the same meanings given them in the Agreement and any Amendment.

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless desire to incorporate terms related to certain content hosting services provided by InfoSpace to Verizon Wireless in connection with the provision of Portal Services pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement.

B. WHEREAS, Verizon Wireless and InfoSpace have agreed to amend the Agreement as per the terms and conditions set forth below.

C. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Amendment to Section 15.14.1.c. (Insurance).

The Parties agree that the words “and patent” shall be deleted from Section 15.14.1.c., and that the word “or” shall be inserted between the words “copyright” and “trademark.”

2. Content Hosting Services. A new section is hereby added to the Agreement, Section 16, as follows:

16 Content Hosting Services.

16.1 Description of Content Hosting Services.

16.1.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the satisfaction of Verizon Wireless’ obligations set forth in Section 16.1.2 below, InfoSpace will exercise commercially reasonable efforts to develop, test and publish within *** of this Amendment Date or as otherwise agreed to by Verizon Wireless, the following applications *** to the dedicated hosting environment:

16.1.1.1 General News (as provided ***);

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 78


16.1.1.2 Weather (as provided ***);

16.1.1.3 Sports (as provided ***);

16.1.1.4 Sports News (as provided ***);

16.1.1.5 Market News (as provided ***);

16.1.1.6 Finance (as provided ***).

Attached to this Agreement as Exhibit Q, are the content hosting service descriptions.

16.1.2 Verizon Wireless will perform the following tasks with respect to the above applications:

16.1.2.1 Obtain the applicable content (the “ Hosted Content ”) from third-party content providers for each of the applications set forth in Section 16.1.1 above, and

16.1.2.2 Obtain all necessary rights, privileges, permission, and authority necessary for InfoSpace to host and distribute the Hosted Content as contemplated by this Agreement.

16.2 Content Services Set Up Fee. ***, Verizon Wireless will pay InfoSpace a one-time fee of *** (the “ Content Services Set Up Fee ”) for the Configuration Services (as defined below) and the Integration Services (as defined below) provided by InfoSpace to Verizon Wireless.

16.2.1 For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Configuration Services ” means the configuration of a pre-production and production hosting environment, including all required hardware, software, monitoring/alarm systems, 24-7-365 support processes, network infrastructure components, firewalls, release management process, phase I of the content entry tool and feed viewing process for Vindigo, and the content management system.

16.2.2 For the purposes of this Section, “ Integration Services ” means, with respect to each content feed, the following:

16.2.2.1 the creation of technical specifications and/or application based on InfoSpace and Vindigo designs;

16.2.2.2 the integration of backend feeds as appropriate;

16.2.2.3 the creation of application logic for each content application;

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 79


16.2.2.4 the creation of the WAP user interface template;

16.2.2.5 the creation and execution of test plans to ensure application functionality;

16.2.2.6 support of a User Acceptance testing period and Revenue Assurance testing period;

16.2.2.7 publishing of code to each success environment including production; and

16.2.2.8 adherence to SLA targets.

16.3 Content Hosting. InfoSpace will provide the following hosting services with respect to content feeds in the production environment (regardless of whether the content is sourced by InfoSpace or Verizon Wireless):

16.3.1 content feed monitoring for timeliness and quality;

16.3.2 resources and systems to manage content providers and content feeds listed in section 16.1.1;

16.3.3 feed integration maintenance to ensure that databases and APIs function within acceptable parameters;

16.3.4 hardware, software, and network scaling as volume ramps up;

16.3.5 rendering of WAP and web pages for the applications listed in section 16.1.1;

16.3.6 resources and systems to manage content feeds and the application hosting environment;

16.3.7 24-7-365 production support;

16.3.8 content usage reporting; and

16.3.9 performance monitoring and reporting.

16.4 Fees. In addition to the fees set forth in Exhibit D (Section I.3.) of the Agreement, Verizon Wireless shall pay to InfoSpace a Premium Page View Fee (as defined below) for each Content Page View hosted by InfoSpace.

 

16.5 ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 80


16.6 Ownership. Subject to Section 2.10 and Section 12 of this Agreement, Verizon Wireless shall own the source code to the above listed applications; provided , however , InfoSpace will retain all right, title and interest to all of its pre-existing Intellectual Property, including but not limited to designs, tools, source code, object code, software, applications, modules and interfaces.

16.7 Page view reports, detailing all Page Views, must be delivered within 15 days of the end of the month for which the reporting is being made.

3. Minimum Page View Fee. The definition of “Minimum Page View Fee” set forth in Paragraph 3 of Exhibit D (Section I.3.) of the Agreement is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety by the following:

Minimum Page View Fee means, for any calendar month during the Term of the Agreement, a sum in the amount of *** This applies to the sum of the Page View Fee and the Premium Page View Fee.

4. Third-Party Contact Information. Within ten (10) days of the later of the Amendment Date or the execution of a contract between Verizon Wireless and a third-party for the purposes of providing content under the Agreement or this Amendment (the “ Third-Party Content Provider ”), Verizon Wireless agrees to provide to InfoSpace the contact information of each Third-Party Content Provider, consisting of the company name, an individual contact name, and the applicable address, phone number, and facsimile number.

5. IT SLA. The Parties agree that the Agreement shall be amended to include an IT SLA which shall be attached to the Agreement as Exhibit H-2

6. Existing Provisions. For emphasis, the Parties agree that, except as amended herein, all provisions of the Agreement, including, but not limited to the following Sections, shall apply to all terms of this Amendment:

 

  a. Warranties (Sections 11.1 through 11.3),

 

  b. Disclaimer (Section 11.4),

 

  c. Indemnification (Section 11.5), and

 

  d. Limitation of Liability (Section 11.6).

7. Confidentiality. The Parties agree that the definition of “Confidential Information” in Exhibit A, Section 7, shall be amended, for clarification purposes only and for the avoidance of doubt, to include the term “Wireless Devices.” More specifically, “Wireless Devices” shall be inserted between the words “samples” and “reports.”

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 81


8. Security. The Parties agree that, for clarification purposes only and for the avoidance of doubt, a new Section shall be added to the Agreement, Section 17. Section 17 shall state the following:

The Parties agree that each is responsible for the actions and omissions of its respective officers, employees, contractors, representatives and agents (for the purposes of this Section only “Representatives”). Each Party agrees to promptly notify the other Party in the event it discovers that one of its Representatives has violated any provision of this Agreement, or that any such Representative has violated any law, rule or regulation.

The Parties agree to cooperate with each other to remedy any act or omission caused by one of their Representatives. This shall include, but not be limited to the exchange of information relative to any such act or omission, ***.

***

Except as specifically amended herein, the Agreement, including any amendments, shall remain in full force and effect.

This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

If there are any inconsistencies between a provision of this Amendment and a provision of the Agreement, the provision of this Amendment shall control, however, only with regard to the subject of the inconsistency.

The Parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year written above.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 82


Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless     Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc.
/s/ ***     /s/ M. Dean Newton
By (signature)     By (signature)
***     M. Dean Newton
Name     Name
VP - Tech Dev.     VP Entertainment Media & Business Affairs InfoSpace Mobile
Title     Title
    InfoSpace, Inc.
      /s/ M. Dean Newton
    By (signature)
      M. Dean Newton
    Name
      VP Entertainment Media & Business Affairs InfoSpace Mobile
    Title

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 83


AMENDMENT NUMBER 2

TO

AGREEMENT NUMBER 750-67761-2004

BETWEEN

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a VERIZON WIRELESS

AND

INFOSPACE MOBILE, INC.

f/k/a PREMIUM WIRELESS SERVICES USA, INC.

A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF INFOSPACE, INC.

 

1. PARTIES .

This Amendment Number 2 (“Second Amendment”) to the WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated June 24, 2004, as amended by the First Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, dated August 31, 2004 (as amended, the “Agreement”), by and between InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. f/k/a Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc., a California corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc., with offices at 10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90024 (“InfoSpace”) and Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless, a Delaware general partnership, having an office and principal place of business at One Verizon Way, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 (“Verizon Wireless”), is made and entered into on and as of the date of execution by the last signing Party (the “Second Amendment Effective Date”).

 

2. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT .

 

A. Section 2.1 of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

  2.1. InfoSpace Services.

 

  a. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Term, InfoSpace will make available to Verizon Wireless the Portal Services described in Exhibit B.

 

  b. In addition, InfoSpace shall furnish Portal Services as set forth in Work Orders in the form set forth in Exhibit E to this Agreement issued from time to time by Verizon Wireless and accepted by Infospace, in accordance with Section 2.11 of the Agreement.

 

  c. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement and this Second Amendment, during the Term, InfoSpace will make available to Verizon Wireless the services described in the Work Order attached hereto as Exhibit A to this Second Amendment (the “FlashCast Services”). The FlashCast Services shall constitute Portal Services under the Agreement.

 

PAGE 84


  d. Unless otherwise expressly set forth in a Work Order, Verizon Wireless may terminate Portal Services for convenience, in whole or in part, without obligation or liability for future monthly support fees, by providing written notice to Infospace *** before the Portal Services are made commercially available. In the event of such termination, Verizon Wireless shall pay InfoSpace all outstanding fees due and payable under the applicable Work Order through the date of termination. InfoSpace shall invoice Verizon Wireless for such fees and Verizon Wireless shall remit payment to InfoSpace in accordance with the Agreement. If the charges for such terminated Portal Services were paid in advance, Infospace shall promptly refund to Verizon Wireless those fees paid for services not rendered prior to the date of termination. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of termination by Verizon Wireless of the FlashCast Services, in whole or in part, as set forth in this Section 2.1(d), InfoSpace shall be entitled to retain *** set forth in Attachment 3 to Exhibit A.

 

B. Section 2.7 and Section 2.10 of the Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following at the beginning of such Sections:

“With respect to the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement”

 

C. Section 5.1 shall be amended by inserting the words “set forth in Exhibit B” after the words “Portal Services”.

 

D. Section 5.3(c) of the Agreement shall be amended by inserting the words “or FlashCast Wireless Devices” after the reference to “Wireless Devices”.

 

E. Section 8.1 of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

  8.1 Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall end March 1, 2010 (the “Term”), provided that the Term shall be automatically renewed for successive one (1) year periods unless either Party provides written notice of termination to the other Party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the then-current Term.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 85


F. Section 8.2 of the Agreement shall be amended by adding:

 

  d. For Convenience. Verizon Wireless may terminate Portal Services for convenience, in whole or in part, without obligation or liability for future monthly support fees by providing Infospace with *** prior written notice.

 

  e. For Uncured Security Vulnerability. Verizon Wireless may terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 5.3(b)(iii) of this Agreement.

 

G. Section 9 of the Agreement shall be amended by

 

  1. inserting the following at the beginning of such Section:

“This Section 9 applies solely to the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement. Transition Services to be provided in connection with any Portal Services provided pursuant to a Work Order, shall be set forth in such Work Order.” ; and

 

  2. deleting subsection 9.1(b) and replacing it with the following:

The Parties agree that (a) during the Transition Period, additional Users shall be permitted to subscribe to the Portal Services and (b) following the Transition Period no additional User shall be permitted to subscribe to the Portal Services.

 

H. With respect to Section 10.2, the Parties acknowledge and agree that separate Steering Committees, with different members from each Party, may be formed for each Project set forth in a Work Order or an amendment to this Agreement.

 

I. Section 11.2(e). of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

11.2(e). InfoSpace represents and warrants that (i) the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B shall operate in substantial conformity with the specifications contained in Exhibit J and (ii) additional Portal Services shall operate as set forth in the applicable Work Order.

 

J.

Section 11.6 of the Agreement shall be modified to clarify its original intent by inserting a period in the eleventh (11 th ) line down after the words “Section 11” and ***. In addition, the penultimate sentence of Section 11.6 shall be amended by inserting the following after subsection (v):

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 86


K. Section 12.2 shall be amended to clarify its original intent by changing the reference to “Section 11.1” to “Section 12.1”.

 

L. Section 12.12 of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

Section 12.12 Developed Technology. The Parties contemplate that, from time-to-time, one Party may agree to develop Developed Technology for the other Party pursuant to a Work Order or an amendment to this Agreement. The ownership and/or license right in such Developed Technology, compensation for its development and other terms regarding Developed Technology shall be as set forth in such Work Order or amendment.

 

M. Section 15.1.a. of the Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following at the beginning of such Section:

“With respect to the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement”

 

N. Section 15.5 of the Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following at the end of such Section:

“The application of the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is specifically excluded from this Agreement. Furthermore, in no event shall this Agreement become subject to the Uniform Computer Information Transactions Act (UCITA) even if passed by the state of governing law.”

 

O. Section 15.6(a) shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

In addition, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity thereof, may, if the parties so elect, be settled by a sole arbitrator in accordance with the CPR Non-Administered Arbitration Rules. The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the Arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of the arbitration shall be New York, New York. Punitive and exemplary damages shall not be awarded. Process

 

PAGE 87


may be served on either party by U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by such other method as is authorized by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party may institute formal proceedings at any time with a court of competent jurisdiction to avoid the expiration of any applicable limitations period, to preserve a superior position with respect to other creditors, or as provided in 15.6(b) (“Injunctive Relief”) below.

 

P. Section 15.9 of the Agreement shall be modified to update the Notice contacts as follows:

To Verizon Wireless:

Verizon Wireless

One Verizon Way

Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

Attn: *** Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer

Copies to:

Assistant General Counsel – Sourcing

One Verizon Way, VC33E270

Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

To InfoSpace:

InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.

10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 800

Los Angeles, CA 90024

Fax: (310) 481-6838

Attention: President, Mobile and Online Media

With a copy to:

InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.

601 108 th Ave. NE

Suite 1200

Bellevue, WA 98004

Attention: Senior Corporate Counsel,

Entertainment Media & Business Affairs

Fax: (425) 201-6110

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 88


Q. The Agreement shall be amended by deleting Exhibit D to the Agreement and replacing it with the pricing set forth in the revised Exhibit D attached to this Second Amendment with respect to the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B.

 

R. The Agreement shall be amended such that all references to Exhibit D in the Agreement shall be deemed references to Exhibit D with respect to the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B, and with respect to Portal Services other than those set forth in Exhibit B, references to Exhibit D in the Agreement shall be deemed to be references to the commercial terms set forth in the applicable Work Order.

 

S. Section 6 of Exhibit A of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

6. “Commercial Service Date” means, with respect to the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B, the earlier of (a) June, 25, 2004, or (b) the date of Verizon Wireless’ written acceptance of the Portal Services in accordance with Section 1(b) of Exhibit D.

 

T. Section 27 of Exhibit A of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

27. “Portal Services” means the products and services that will be made available to Verizon Wireless by InfoSpace as set forth in this Agreement, and pursuant to (i) the specifications of Exhibit B or (ii) the specifications set forth in the applicable Work Order or written amendment entered into by the Parties.

 

U. Exhibit H-1 to the Agreement shall be amended as set forth in the revised Exhibit H-1 attached to this Second Amendment.

 

V. Exhibit H-2 to the Agreement shall be amended as set forth in the revised Exhibit H-2 attached to this Second Amendment.

 

W. The Agreement shall be amended by adding a new Exhibit S, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit S.

 

X. The Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) Exhibits D, F, G, H-1, H-2, I, J, L, N, O, P and Q apply only to the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B, and Amendment 1 and Exhibits A, C, E, K, and S apply to any Portal Services .

 

Y. InfoSpace shall provide the services set forth in the Work Order attached as Exhibit A to this Second Amendment as set forth therein.

 

PAGE 89


Z. The Parties agree to issue, promptly upon the execution of this Second Amendment, a joint press release announcing the extension of the Mobile Web 2.0 Services, provided that neither Party shall issue any such press release without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

3. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT .

This Second Amendment is an integral part of the Agreement. Terms used herein which are defined or specified in the Agreement shall have the meanings set forth therein. If there are any inconsistencies between a specific term or condition of this Second Amendment and a specific term or condition of the Agreement, the specific term or condition of this Second Amendment shall control, but only to the extent of such inconsistencies.

Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

4. SIGNATURES .

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Second Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

PAGE 90


CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a    
Verizon Wireless     INFOSPACE MOBILE, INC.
By:         By:   ***
Name:         Name:   ***
Title:         Title:   Chr./CEO
Date:         Date:   4/4/07
    INFOSPACE, INC.
    Solely for the purpose of Section 15.20 hereunder
      By:   ***
      Name:   ***
      Title:   Chr./CEO
      Date:   4/4/07

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 91


revised Exhibit D

Amendments to Exhibit D of WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement

Exhibit D of the Agreement shall hereby be amended as follows:

 

  1. As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, Section 2, Section 3 and Section 4 of Exhibit D of the Agreement shall be terminated and of no further force and effect, provided that any fees due to InfoSpace under Sections 2, 3 and 4 of Exhibit D through February 28, 2007 shall be calculated and payable as provided in such sections.

 

  2. The following Section 8 is hereby added to Exhibit D of the Agreement:

 

  8. Mobile Web 2.0 Fees. In consideration for InfoSpace’s hosting and maintenance of the Portal Services, commencing on March 1, 2007, Verizon Wireless shall pay InfoSpace the following ***:

 

Period

   Mobile Web 2.0 Fee  

***

   * ** 

***

   * ** 

***

   * ** 

Table 1: Mobile Web 2.0 Fees

Following each *** during the periods set forth in the table above, InfoSpace shall invoice Verizon Wireless for the applicable Mobile Web 2.0 Fee and Verizon Wireless shall remit payment for the invoiced amounts *** of the date of invoice.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 92


revised Exhibit H-1

Amendments to Verizon Wireless

WAP 2.0 Portal Services Service Level Agreement

The Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Portal Services Service Level Agreement (Exhibit H-1 to the Agreement) shall hereby be amended as follows:

 

1. Section 4 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

4 Credits

 

4.1 Service Availability

In the event that Service Availability of the Service Components of the Portal Services within the InfoSpace Span of Control set forth in Table 4 fails to meet the Availability Target (as listed in Table 4), during any calendar month of the Term, InfoSpace shall make all reasonable efforts to remedy the situation during this “grace period”. If a measure continues to fail to meet targeted services for a second consecutive month, Verizon Wireless shall receive a credit of a portion of the Mobile Web 2.0 Fee otherwise due to InfoSpace during such month for delivery and for all consecutive subsequent months that the target is missed. This one month “grace period” shall apply only one time during the life of the contract.

The credit shall be calculated as follows: *** (as shown on Table 7 below).

***

Table 7 – Credit Structure Service Availability

 

***   

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 93


***

 

4.2 Service Performance

In the event that Service Performance of the Service Components of the Portal Services within the InfoSpace Span of Control set forth in Table 5 fails to meet the Performance Targets (as listed on Table 5) during any calendar month of the Term, InfoSpace shall make all reasonable efforts to remedy the situation during this “grace period”. If a measure continues to fail to meet targeted services for a second consecutive month, Verizon Wireless shall receive a credit of a portion of the Mobile Web 2.0 Fee otherwise due to InfoSpace during such month for delivery and for all consecutive subsequent months that the target is missed. This one month “grace period” shall apply only one time during the life of the contract.

The credit shall be calculated as follows: ***

 

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 94


***

Table 8 – Credit Structure Service Performance

 

***         

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 95


 

4.3 Response and Restore Time

In the event that Response and/or Restore Time of the Service Components within the InfoSpace Span of Control set forth in Table 6 fails to meet the targeted Service Level Requirements (as listed in Table 6) during any *** of the Term, InfoSpace shall *** remedy the situation ***.

There will be a credit of *** of the *** for *** incidents. Response times are detailed in Section 5.2.3 InfoSpace and Incident Handling Notification Timetable’.

*** otherwise due InfoSpace (the “Incident Response Maximum Monthly Credit”).

There will be a credit of *** for *** incidents. Restore times are detailed in Section 5.2.3 ‘InfoSpace and Incident Handling Notification Timetable’.

*** otherwise *** InfoSpace ***.

*** otherwise *** InfoSpace ***.

 

4.4 Cumulative Maximum Monthly Credit

*** otherwise *** InfoSpace ***

2. Table 10 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Table 10 – Incident Severity Definition

 

InfoSpace
Incident
Level

   Verizon
Wireless
Incident
Level
 

Description

   Update
Method
 

Update

Objectives

***    ***   ***    ***   ***
***    ***   ***    ***   ***
***    ***   ***    ***   ***
***    ***   ***    ***   ***
***    ***   ***    ***   ***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 96


2. Table 11 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

InfoSpace Response/Restore and Incident Handling Notification Timetable

 

Severity Level

  

Response Time

  

Restore Time

    

Resolve time-Permanent Fix

Severity 1

  

***

into InfoSpace’s Carrier Care

   ***     

***

Severity Level

  

Response Time

  

Restore Time

    

Resolve time-Permanent Fix

Severity 2

  

***

into InfoSpace’s Carrier Care

   ***     

***

Severity Level

  

Response Time

  

Restore Time

    

Resolve time-Permanent Fix

Severity 3

  

*** of

Verizon Wireless’ e-mail or phone notification

   ***     

***

Severity Level

  

Response Time

  

Restore Time

    

Resolve time-Permanent Fix

Severity 4

  

***

Verizon Wireless’ e-mail or phone notification

   ***     

***

Table 11 – Severity Level Response Times

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 97


Revised Exhibit H-2

Amendment to Exhibit H-2 (WAP 2.0 IT Interface Service Level Agreement)

The Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 IT Interface Service Level Agreement (Exhibit H-2 to the Agreement) shall hereby be amended as follows:

 

1. Section 4 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

4. Credits

System Availability Credits

In the event that Service Performance of the Interface Service Items within the InfoSpace Span of Control set forth in Table 4 fails to meet the targeted Service Level Requirements (as set forth in Table 4) during *** of the Term, Verizon Wireless shall *** Mobile Web 2.0 Fee otherwise due to InfoSpace ***.

With regards to Interface Service Items 1 and 2, credit shall be calculated as follows: *** for InfoSpace service levels that do not meet the Service Performance requirement, *** below the levels of Service Performance listed on Table 4.

With regards to Interface Service Item 3, credit shall be calculated as follows: *** for InfoSpace service levels that do not meet the Service Performance requirement, *** below the levels of Service Performance listed on Table 4.

The credit for a single Interface Service Item ***. In no event shall the cumulative monthly credit *** otherwise due InfoSpace (the “Service Performance Maximum Monthly Credit”).

The following table provides examples of the aforementioned incremental credit structure, which includes the *** as described above:

Table 6 – Credit Structure Service Performance

 

Service Performance Level
Target

  

Interface Service Item 1

  

Interface Service Item 2

  

Service Performance Level
Target

(Files Below Target)

  

Interface Service Item 3

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

For avoidance of doubt in the total credit calculation, and by way of example only, a credit of *** would be withheld by Verizon Wireless if, during *** in which the Service Level Requirement is ***

Without limiting any rights or remedies of Verizon Wireless under the Agreement and this SLA, failure to meet Service Performance Requirements (as set forth in Table 4) during *** shall entitle Verizon Wireless to hold InfoSpace in material breach of the Agreement.

 

4.3 Response and Restore Time

In the event that Response and Restore Time fails to meet the targeted Service Level Requirements (as listed on Table 5) during any calendar month of the Term, Verizon Wireless shall receive a credit of a portion of the *** Mobile Web 2.0 Fee otherwise due to InfoSpace during such month for delivery.

There will be a credit of *** for *** incidents. Response times are detailed in Section 5.2.3 “InfoSpace and Incident Handling Notification Timetable”.

There will be a credit of *** for *** incidents. Restore times are detailed in Section 5.2.3 “InfoSpace and Incident Handling Notification Timetable”.

In no event shall the cumulative monthly credit exceed *** otherwise due InfoSpace (the “Response and Restore Maximum Monthly Credit”).

Without limiting any rights or remedies of Verizon Wireless under the Agreement and this SLA, failure to meet Service Performance Requirements (as set forth in Table 5) during *** shall entitle Verizon Wireless to hold InfoSpace in material breach of the Agreement.

 

4.4 Cumulative Maximum Monthly Credit

***

 

4.5 Increase in Premium Subscription Revenue

In *** that Verizon Wireless’ *** Premium Content subscription *** of the Term ***.

 

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 98


2. The InfoSpace Support Contact Information table set forth in Appendix A shall be hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

InfoSpace Support Contact Information

 

First Level Contact Name    Carrier Care
Phone    1-425-201-8700
Email    ***
Second Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Service Operations Manager
Phone    ***
Email    ***
Third Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Director, Commercial Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***
Fourth Level Contact Name    ***
Title    VP IT Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 99


EXHIBIT S

SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

 

1. Application Technical Controls

 

1.1. InfoSpace must implement the application technical security controls in a manner that is consistent with accepted industry standards that are intended to protect (a) the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of both Verizon Wireless and its customers’ data as well as (b) the availability and integrity of Verizon Wireless service or operations support.

 

2. Environment Technical Security Controls

 

2.1. InfoSpace must implement technical security controls for its network, servers, and for the overall environment in which the application is being hosted on behalf of Verizon Wireless. In particular, InfoSpace must comply with all mandatory requirements in Section 6.2 of NSTD335, “Information Security Standard for Hosting and Application Service Providers” provided to InfoSpace ***.

 

2.2. InfoSpace will arrange for a third party ISO 27001 compliance audit of the FlashCast Services on an ***. The scope of the audit will be enterprise-wide and will include an assessment of all policy, controls, and processes related to access, separation of environments, data transport, data storage, host security, malicious code and cryptography. In addition, InfoSpace will arrange for a third party network security audit of the FlashCast Services on an annual basis that will include ***. Controls assessed will include those related to access, data transport, and data storage at the host and network layers. InfoSpace will ***. In the event that *** described in this Section 2.2, *** will arrange for such ***.

 

3. Environment Operational Security Controls

 

3.1. The security of Verizon Wireless infrastructure and data also depends on the operational security controls associated with the InfoSpace processes and procedures that have a business impact on Verizon Wireless under this agreement, and have a strong bearing on (a) the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the data of both Verizon Wireless and its customers, as well as (b) the availability and integrity of Verizon Wireless service.

 

3.2. InfoSpace must demonstrate its commitment to best-of-class security management and adhere to standard best practices such as ISO 17799:2000. For all pertinent process and procedure, InfoSpace shall arrange for at least annual security assessments, providing Verizon Wireless with a report card of its assessment results briefly describing any *** findings including projected resolution dates, where ***.

 

3.3. The InfoSpace security program must include Configuration and Change Management, Vulnerability Management, Security Monitoring, Incident Response, Data Handling, Access Management, Virus Management, Key Management, and Patch Management. The aforementioned security assessment should include each of these areas. InfoSpace shall provide reasonable details of the measures it is taking in each of these areas, including, but not limited to, a detailed security policy; an overview of the supporting operational processes; and attestation to the use of current documented methods of procedure and compliance to internal policy. InfoSpace policy is incorporated by reference herein.

 

3.4. InfoSpace must adhere to the mandatory requirements in Section 6.1 of Verizon Wireless Standard, NSTD335, “Information Security Standard for Hosting and Application Service Providers”.

 

3.5. ***

 

3.6. ***

 

4. Right To Audit and Acceptance

 

4.1. Verizon Wireless reserves the right to perform security vulnerability and penetration tests as a condition of the application acceptance. Verizon Wireless may, at its own discretion, decide to accept the penetration testing results of a reputable third party as a substitute for its own penetration tests. Verizon Wireless reserves the right to conduct a penetration test of the application on a yearly basis or upon each new major release, whichever is more frequent. Verizon Wireless reserves the right to engage third parties, consultants or contractors, to conduct vulnerability and penetration testing. As set forth in Section 1 above, Verizon Wireless’ right to audit should in no way replace InfoSpace’s own audit program and due diligence. InfoSpace must resolve all *** testing findings by a mutually agreed-upon date, where ***. Any such findings of vulnerabilities must be reviewed with Verizon Wireless and resolved promptly in accordance with mutually determined priorities.

 

4.2. Each Party shall be entitled to receive a copy of any initial or final written report or recommendations resulting from the initial security assessment or any subsequent security audits. In addition, Verizon Wireless shall have the right to provide a copy of any such final report or recommendations to any Content Provider under the terms of any written agreement with such Content Provider, ***.

 

4.3. ***

 

4.4. ***

 

4.5. Verizon Wireless has the right to audit the security controls of any InfoSpace technology configuration or operational environment that in the estimation of Verizon Wireless (1) supports functions or holds data that are operationally critical to either Verizon Wireless customer service or operations support, (2) holds private Verizon Wireless customer information, (3) provides a critical support function to Verizon Wireless, or (4) provides common support to Verizon Wireless and other InfoSpace customers. As provided in Section 4.1 above, Verizon Wireless’ asserted right to audit should in no way replace InfoSpace’s own audit program and due diligence. At the discretion of Verizon Wireless, a third party audit of InfoSpace by a credible auditing or security firm may substitute for a Verizon Wireless sponsored and conducted audit. InfoSpace must resolve *** testing findings by a mutually agreed-upon date, where ***. Any such findings of vulnerabilities must be reviewed with Verizon Wireless and resolved promptly in accordance with mutually determined priorities.

 

4.6. InfoSpace shall maintain a process for correcting control and other material deficiencies, as reasonably determined by Verizon Wireless, that have been identified in audits or assessments. This process shall include follow-up documentation providing evidence of such corrections. ***

 

4.7. ***

 

5. Cooperation in Incident Response and Investigation

 

5.1. In the event of a security incident, complaint, claim, action, or proceeding that involves either Verizon Wireless assets (including data) or Verizon Wireless employees or contractors, InfoSpace must cooperate in the various facets of the response and investigation. This includes, but is not limited to, cases in which InfoSpace or an InfoSpace system is directly suspected or implicated, or speculated to be the agent of a third party attack. InfoSpace must notify Verizon Wireless of any incident they reasonably believe could affect Verizon Wireless.

 

5.2. If an incident occurs on an InfoSpace site that has a bearing on Verizon Wireless security or assets, then InfoSpace must issue a post mortem report with the resolution and steps to prevent a recurrence.

 

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 100


EXHIBIT A TO SECOND AMENDMENT TO

AGREEMENT NO. 750-67761-2004 BETWEEN VERIZON WIRELESS AND

INFOSPACE

WORK ORDER

for

FLASHCAST SERVICES

 

1. DEFINITIONS.

In addition to the terms set forth in the Agreement, the terms defined in this Section 1 shall have the meanings set forth below whenever they appear in this Work Order unless the context in which they are used clearly requires a different meaning or a different definition is described for a particular Section or provision:

 

1.1 “Active User” means any User who (a) has a FlashCast Wireless Device, and (b) has successfully registered with Verizon Wireless and remains authorized by Verizon Wireless to use the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service and (c) is receiving updates to one or more Channels. Verizon Wireless business records shall be conclusive in determining whether a User is an Active User. For greater certainty, the term “Active User” includes any User who subscribes to Verizon Wireless Services and registers to use the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service, either directly with Verizon Wireless or indirectly through an Indirect Channel Entity.

 

1.2 “Background Materials” means InfoSpace’s tangible and intangible materials and intellectual property, including without limitation the InfoSpace platform and messaging gateway, reports, documentation, drawings, computer programs (source code, object code and listings), inventions, know-how, creations, works, devices, masks, models and work-in-process, and any improvements, enhancements or modifications thereto, that InfoSpace uses to develop and/or provide the FlashCast Services.

 

1.3 “Channel” means a single grouping of distinct information, displayed on a FlashCast Wireless Device, that (i) can be independently downloaded or added by the Active User, or (ii) can independently receive periodic updates, or (iii) can be controlled and configured by the Active User independently from other Channels.

 

1.4 “Documentation” means the documentation listed on Schedule 4 and all amendments and updates thereto issued by InfoSpace.

 

1.5 “FlashCast Content” means digital media objects that (i) are owned by Verizon Wireless or licensed to Verizon Wireless by third parties and that (ii) Active Users may preview, download, display, store or otherwise use via the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service. For greater certainty, FlashCast Content may include audio, pictures, images, text, graphics, video or other media objects.

 

1.6 “FlashCast Content Provider” means any third party who has licensed FlashCast Content to Verizon Wireless.

 

PAGE 101


1.7 “FlashCast Deliverables” means all Documentation and other materials and work product, and all updates thereto, that InfoSpace provides or agrees to provide to Verizon Wireless in performing the FlashCast Services under this Work Order.

 

1.8 “FlashCast Launch Date” means the first date that Verizon Wireless makes the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service commercially available to its Users. Verizon Wireless shall have the right to determine the FlashCast Launch Date in its sole discretion, provided however, that the FlashCast Launch Date shall be no earlier than the Effective Date and no later than 12/31/07.

 

1.9 “FlashCast Service Level Agreement” or “FlashCast SLA” means the service level agreement setting forth the respective responsibilities of the Parties regarding support of the FlashCast Services, attached hereto as Attachment 2 and made a part hereof.

 

1.10 “FlashCast Statement of Work” or “FlashCast SOW” means the document attached to this Work Order as Attachment 1 (“Statement of Work”) that describes the FlashCast Services and FlashCast Deliverables that InfoSpace will provide, Verizon Wireless deliverables and related obligations, milestones for implementation, delivery schedules, payment schedules, additional terms and conditions, and other matters establishing the requirements applicable to the initial project hereunder.

 

1.11 “FlashCast Wireless Device” for purposes of this Work Order, means the wireless handset devices that Verizon Wireless has approved for use on the Verizon Wireless Network and which has had the Flashcast application submitted to NSTL for certification to enable Active Users to access and use the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service. Such devices are set forth on Schedule 3 to this Second Amendment. The Parties may amend Schedule 3 from time to time upon written agreement.

 

1.12 “Hardware” means the hardware set forth on Schedule 1 and Schedule 2 to this Work Order, as such may be modified from time to time by the parties.

 

1.13 “Indirect Channel Entity” means an Affiliate, agent, distributor, reseller, MVNO or other Person whom Verizon Wireless has authorized in writing to offer, promote, market and resell the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service indirectly or through one or more tiers of indirect distribution, under the Verizon Wireless Marks or the Trademarks of such Indirect Channel Entity.

 

1.14 “Premium Channel Content” means FlashCast Content obtained by Active Users from one or more Channels for which Active Users pay fees in addition to standard subscription fees, which Verizon Wireless may determine in its sole discretion.

 

1.15 “Software” means the software set forth on Schedule 1 and Schedule 2 to this Work Order, as such may be modified from time to time by the parties.

 

1.16 “System” means all Hardware and Software and used by InfoSpace to make available to Verizon Wireless the FlashCast Services as provided in the FlashCast SOW.

 

PAGE 102


1.17 “Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service” means an on-line digital media service to be offered by Verizon Wireless that will incorporate the FlashCast Services to be provided by InfoSpace hereunder that will enable Active Users to obtain FlashCast updates. 1.19 “Web Site” means any point of presence maintained on the Internet or on any other public data network accessed via a computing device. With respect to any Web Site maintained on the World Wide Web, such Web Site includes all HTML Pages (or similar relevant data protocol) that are either identified by the same second-level domain (such as www.verizonwireless.com) or by an equivalent level identifier in any relevant address scheme.

 

2. SCOPE.

 

2.1 Verizon Wireless desires to market and sell a new service offering (the Handset Portal Service a/k/a Verizon Wireless Flashcast Service), that will enable customers who have a FlashCast Wireless Device to select, preview, purchase and view digital media content updates to a FlashCast Wireless Device. InfoSpace has expertise in implementing, hosting and providing digital media content services, and as such provides the services and has the capability necessary to host a system that will enable Verizon Wireless to provide this new service offering to its subscribers. Accordingly, InfoSpace shall implement and operate the System, and provide the FlashCast Services in accordance with the FlashCast Statement of Work.

 

2.2 Subject to the terms of this Work Order and the Agreement, InfoSpace hereby grants to Verizon Wireless a worldwide right and license to access and use the FlashCast Services provided by InfoSpace to offer, market, promote, sell, operate, provide, enhance, support and maintain the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service, in any manner and on any terms (provided such manner and terms are not in breach of Verizon Wireless’ representations or obligations under this Work Order and the Agreement), and at any prices as determined by Verizon Wireless from time to time in its sole discretion. Verizon Wireless may exercise such rights directly and through one or more Indirect Channel Entities, at the same time and from time to time as Verizon Wireless may determine in its sole discretion, subject to Verizon Wireless’ representations and obligations under this Work Order and the Agreement and provided that as between Verizon Wireless and Infospace, Verizon Wireless shall be responsible, and remain liable to InfoSpace, for any such exercise of rights authorized by Verizon Wireless through any Indirect Channel Entity and further provided that default by one Indirect Channel Entity shall no affect Verizon Wireless or any other Affiliate party to this Agreement. 2.3 InfoSpace shall provide, perform, and deliver, to the extent set forth herein, the FlashCast Services described in this Exhibit A. InfoSpace acknowledges and agrees that:

 

  2.3.1 The FlashCast Services are important to Verizon Wireless and InfoSpace must deliver the FlashCast Services in compliance with the FlashCast Statement of Work;

 

PAGE 103


  2.3.2 InfoSpace has and must maintain an organization staffed by qualified personnel, including key personnel with the knowledge, skill and resources to perform and complete the FlashCast Services;

 

  2.3.3 To InfoSpace’s knowledge, there are no impediments or commitments, legal, contractual or otherwise that impede InfoSpace’s timely performance and completion of the FlashCast Services or its capacity or capability to do so;

 

2.4 InfoSpace will provide Verizon Wireless personnel with the training described on Attachment 6.

 

3. PORTAL SERVICE REQUIREMENTS

 

3.1 Facility Requirements .

 

  3.1.1 InfoSpace shall install, configure, maintain and support the System, and provide the FlashCast Services as described in this Section 3 and in compliance with Attachment 1 and in compliance with Attachment 2.

 

  3.1.2 Verizon Wireless acknowledges that Schedule 1 and Schedule 2 set forth the hardware and software necessary to support the capacity requirements for the FlashCast Services desired by Verizon Wireless and as described in the Statement of Work. To the extent Verizon Wireless desires to increase or decrease the capacity requirements as detailed in Attachment 3, Pricing, of the FlashCast Services, the Parties shall mutually agree in writing upon any corresponding modifications to the System, including (without limitation) the addition of Hardware or Software. All Hardware and Software purchased by Verizon Wireless set forth on Schedule 1 shall be owned by Verizon Wireless. Verizon Wireless shall obtain all necessary rights (including any necessary sublicense rights) for InfoSpace to use the Hardware and Software set forth on Schedule 1 as contemplated by this Work Order. All Hardware purchased by InfoSpace set forth on Schedule 2 shall be owned by Verizon Wireless. Unless otherwise agreed, upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, all Hardware shall be delivered to Verizon Wireless or its designee, and Verizon Wireless shall cover all actual costs associated with such delivery, including but not limited to, personnel, packing, shipping, insurance and delivery costs. To the extent InfoSpace licenses any Software set forth on Schedule 2 directly from licensors thereof, InfoSpace shall use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer such licenses upon termination or expiration of this Work Order or in the event Verizon Wireless elects to transfer the support of the Verizon FlashCast Service to Verizon Wireless’ facilities as set forth in Section 3.1.4. To the extent Verizon Wireless has obtained authorization(s) for InfoSpace to directly provide support and maintenance with respect to any Hardware and Software set forth on Schedule 1, Infospace shall work directly with the providers of such Hardware and Software to resolve support and maintenance issues which may arise.

 

PAGE 104


  3.1.3 InfoSpace shall provide Verizon Wireless with current mutually agreed performance and monitoring data for the preceding three calendar months within *** of the end of each calendar month. In addition, upon *** written notice, InfoSpace shall provide Verizon Wireless with physical access to the facilities and systems used by InfoSpace and its subcontractors to provide the FlashCast Services.

 

3.1.4

   (a) InfoSpace shall provide the FlashCast Services to Verizon Wireless during the Term of this Agreement; provided, however, that, subject to 3.1.4(b) below, at any time upon *** prior written notice to InfoSpace, Verizon Wireless may elect to provide and operate the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service internally through its own equipment and facilities or through the equipment and facilities of a Third Party. In such event, subject to Section 3.1.4(b) below, Infospace will continue to provide the FlashCast Services for a specific period of time to be agreed by the Parties in writing not to exceed *** (the “FlashCast Transition Period”), and at Verizon Wireless’ request, shall transfer to Verizon Wireless all aspects of the System owned by Verizon Wireless, including Hardware and Software licenses, to the extent the Software licenses are transferable to Verizon Wireless. In addition, during the FlashCast Transition Period and subject to Section 3.1.4(b) below, InfoSpace shall work with Verizon Wireless to provide support, training and assistance Verizon Wireless deems necessary to establish the capability for Verizon Wireless to provide the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service without the continued involvement of InfoSpace.

 

       (b) ***. In the event that Verizon Wireless requests transition services as described in Section 3.1.4(a) above, InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless shall agree to a statement of work and associated fees prior to the commencement of the FlashCast Transition Period.

 

       (c) During the FlashCast Transition Period, the obligations of the Parties as set forth in the Agreement, including but not limited to this Second Amendment, shall survive.

 

3.2 Performance Requirements

 

  3.2.1 InfoSpace shall configure Hardware, Software and connection capacity and services for the FlashCast Services described in Attachment 1.

 

  3.2.2 Each Party shall fully comply with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the Second Amendment and this Work Order, including all Exhibits and attachments.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 105


  3.2.3 As of the FlashCast Launch Date, and as more fully described in this Agreement and this Work Order, InfoSpace will integrate the FlashCast Content on the FlashCast Service as set forth in the FlashCast SOW. Other than the FlashCast Content, no other data, text or information will be integrated on the FlashCast Service.

 

3.3 Security Requirements . InfoSpace shall put in place and shall maintain commercially reasonable physical and electronic measures and operational procedures to protect the security of the FlashCast Services and FlashCast Wireless Devices in order to (i) comply with Verizon Wireless’ security requirements as set forth in Exhibit S to the Agreement; and (ii) regularly monitor the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service and all connections between the Verizon Wireless Network and facilities or equipment controlled or maintained by InfoSpace. In the event InfoSpace becomes aware of any breach of security of the FlashCast Services or FlashCast Wireless Devices, InfoSpace shall notify Verizon Wireless as provided in Attachment 2.

 

3.4 As between the Parties, Verizon Wireless shall have the sole right to adopt and communicate to Users statements about and descriptions of policies and practices related to User privacy and the collection, storage and use of User Data. To the extent Verizon Wireless adopts new policies (i.e., following the Effective Date of the Second Amendment) with respect to User privacy and User Data, InfoSpace will comply with such policies. ***.

 

3.5 Verizon Wireless may, at any time, request that InfoSpace make additions, deletions or other modifications to the FlashCast Services by submitting a Work Order, substantially in the form of Exhibit E to the Agreement. All additions, deletions or other modifications to the FlashCast Services shall be handled pursuant to a mutually defined change process.

 

3.6 Capacity Forecast

To ensure the highest level of service, Infospace requires Verizon Wireless at least *** to provide a forecast estimating the growth of their customer base *** and likely service usage. This will allow Infospace to plan the required resources to support the services for Verizon Wireless’ customers. If Verizon Wireless becomes aware of any material changes that would impact any forecast previously provided to Infospace (e.g., if Verizon Wireless has a special promotion plan in which a high number of new customers are anticipated for either a specified time period or for the remainder of the term), Infospace must be given *** advance notice of any change in the forecast to prepare for such additional capacity. If Verizon Wireless fails to provide Infospace with such notice, for a period of *** following such increase Infospace will not be held responsible for any failures to the performance objectives that could have been avoided had Infospace received such notice. A forecast provided pursuant to this section is only a forecast and is not a commitment on behalf of Verizon Wireless for the forecasted amount.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 106


4. FEES/PAYMENT

 

4.1 During the Term of this Work Order Wireless shall pay InfoSpace for the FlashCast Services in accordance with the rates set forth in Attachment 3. All payments are due in U.S. Dollars.

 

4.2 In the event Verizon Wireless terminates services set forth in this Work Order for convenience prior to the FlashCast Launch Date as set forth in Section 2.1(d) of the Second Amendment, InfoSpace shall immediately curtail all activities hereunder upon receipt of a notice of termination. Verizon Wireless’ sole liability to InfoSpace will be the payment of the unpaid balance of the Setup Fee, if any, and all Monthly Sustainment Fees due through such date of termination and any other amounts (e.g., professional services fees) due InfoSpace for work completed before the date of termination by Verizon Wireless. InfoSpace shall invoice Verizon Wireless for such fees and Verizon Wireless shall remit payment to InfoSpace in accordance with the Agreement. Verizon Wireless shall have no obligation or liability to InfoSpace for future monthly support fees, and if the charges for such cancelled Order were paid in advance, InfoSpace shall promptly refund such charges to Verizon Wireless. For purposes of clarification, upon termination by Verizon Wireless of the FlashCast Services as set forth in this Section 4.2, InfoSpace shall be entitled to retain 100% of the Setup Fee.

 

4.3 There shall be no charge to Verizon Wireless for the installation and implementation of the FlashCast Services except as set forth in Attachment 3. All Hardware (other than equipment necessary for Infospace to provide telecommunications connectivity) required for the FlashCast Services as set forth in Schedule 1 will be owned by Verizon Wireless upon payment by Verizon Wireless of amounts due for such Hardware and maintained by InfoSpace at a location owned or leased by InfoSpace (“InfoSpace Facilities”). Any dedicated connections (frame relay, VPN or otherwise) as may be required by Verizon Wireless for the connection between InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless shall be procured and maintained at Verizon Wireless’ expense.

 

4.4 Verizon Wireless shall remit payment to InfoSpace in accordance with Section 3 of the Agreement.

 

4.5 InfoSpace shall not be responsible for the payment of any licensing fees associated with FlashCast Content.

 

5. TESTING, EVALUATION AND APPROVAL.

 

5.1 Test Phones . Within *** of the Second Amendment Effective Date, Verizon Wireless will provide to InfoSpace *** pre-commercial test devices for each type of FlashCast Wireless Device on which Verizon Wireless desires InfoSpace to make the FlashCast Services available on the FlashCast Launch Date. InfoSpace will use such devices for the purpose of testing the FlashCast Services and FlashCast Content delivery to the FlashCast Wireless Devices. Any additional devices required beyond the initial test devices shall be

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 107


  procured at InfoSpace’s cost. To the extent Verizon Wireless desires InfoSpace to make the FlashCast Services available on any FlashCast Wireless Device(s) in addition to the devices initially provided by Verizon Wireless within forty five (45) days of the Second Amendment Effective Date, Verizon Wireless will provide, *** test phones for each such additional device. Verizon Wireless shall deliver such additional test device(s) at least *** in advance of the date that Verizon Wireless wishes the FlashCast Services to be made commercially available on such device.

 

5.2 Inspection and Approval . FlashCast Services will be subject to inspection by Verizon Wireless prior to the FlashCast Launch Date. During the Testing Period, InfoSpace will provide Verizon Wireless access to the FlashCast Services in accordance with this Work Order and the Agreement. During the Testing Period, InfoSpace shall use its reasonable efforts to promptly correct any part of the FlashCast Services that is within InfoSpace’s Span of Control, as defined in the SLA attached hereto as Attachment 2-A, that do not meet the specifications set forth in the FlashCast SOW or terms of this Agreement at its expense within *** of receipt of written notice of nonconforming FlashCast Service from Verizon Wireless, or immediately following such notice if such nonconforming services are deemed by Verizon Wireless to cause an emergency condition. Verizon Wireless shall submit a written acceptance or rejection of the FlashCast Services within *** of InfoSpace making the FlashCast Services available to Verizon Wireless for testing (the “Review Period”). If Verizon Wireless fails to submit a written acceptance or rejection of the FlashCast Services within the Review Period, within *** after the Review Period, Infospace shall notify Verizon Wireless in writing, and Verizon Wireless shall have *** to respond. ***. To the extent Verizon Wireless rejects the FlashCast Services (or any portion thereof), Verizon Wireless shall provide InfoSpace with a comprehensive list of any nonconforming component(s) of the FlashCast Services that it desires InfoSpace to remedy and InfoSpace shall do so as described above. Acceptance of the FlashCast Services by Verizon Wireless shall be a condition precedent to the right of InfoSpace to receive payment of the Monthly Sustainment Fees specified in Attachment 3 ***. In addition to the foregoing, Infospace shall assist Verizon Wireless as requested to complete the testing and acceptance process applicable to the Flashcast Software provided by ***, the third party responsible for developing and delivering the Flashcast Software to Verizon Wireless. InfoSpace may require additional fees for such assistance. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent Verizon Wireless elects not to launch the FlashCast Services, Verizon Wireless shall not be entitled to a refund of all, or any portion of, the Setup Fee.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 108


5.3 Content Validation . After the FlashCast Launch Date InfoSpace shall test all existing Channels on one type of FlashCast Wireless Device for each display size each day to ensure receipt of FlashCast Content and that the FlashCast Services operate in accordance with the FlashCast SOW.

 

5.4 Quality Assurance for Content . Verizon Wireless shall be responsible for all quality assurance testing of the FlashCast Content. Upon completion of such testing, Verizon Wireless will supply the FlashCast Content, together with a certification of compliance, to InfoSpace for inclusion in the FlashCast Services in accordance with the FlashCast SOW.

 

5.5 Nonconformance After FlashCast Launch Date . After the FlashCast Launch Date, if the FlashCast Services do not conform to the FlashCast SOW, Verizon Wireless shall be entitled to the remedies set forth in the Service Level Agreement set forth as Attachment 2-A.

 

5.6 Master Test Plan . In addition to the foregoing, the Master Test Plan, attached hereto as Attachment 4 shall apply.

 

6. VERIZON WIRELESS’ PROPERTY.

 

6.1 Title

Title to all materials and property Verizon Wireless provides to InfoSpace in connection with this Agreement shall remain in Verizon Wireless or, if applicable, its licensors or lessors. Any materials or property Verizon Wireless provides to InfoSpace, and any materials or property of Verizon Wireless or its Users or Indirect Channel Entities that otherwise comes into InfoSpace’s possession or control in connection with the FlashCast Services shall be used only in the performance of this Agreement, unless otherwise authorized in writing by Verizon Wireless. InfoSpace shall adequately protect all such material and property, and shall deliver or return it to Verizon Wireless or otherwise dispose of such property as directed by Verizon Wireless. InfoSpace shall be responsible for any loss of or damage to materials or property owned by Verizon Wireless, or its licensors or lessors while in InfoSpace’s possession or control.

Title to all materials and property InfoSpace provides to Verizon Wireless in connection with this Agreement shall remain in InfoSpace or, if applicable, its licensors or lessors. Any materials or property InfoSpace provides to Verizon Wireless, and any materials or property of InfoSpace that otherwise comes into Verizon Wireless’ possession or control in connection with the FlashCast Services shall be used only in the performance of this Agreement, unless otherwise authorized in writing by InfoSpace. Verizon Wireless shall adequately protect all such material and property, and shall deliver or return it to InfoSpace or otherwise dispose of such property as directed by InfoSpace. Verizon Wireless shall be responsible for any loss of or damage to materials or property owned by InfoSpace, or its licensors or lessors while in Verizon Wireless’ possession or control.

 

PAGE 109


6.2 Hardware and Software.

Verizon Wireless has obtained all necessary rights for InfoSpace to use the Hardware and Software set forth on Schedule 1 as contemplated by this Work Order. Subject to the terms of this Work Order and the Agreement, Verizon Wireless hereby grants to InfoSpace a limited worldwide right and license to access and use the Hardware and Software for the sole purpose of providing the FlashCast Services as provided herein.

 

6.3 Content

 

  6.3.1. FlashCast Content License .

Verizon Wireless shall obtain all necessary rights for InfoSpace to use the FlashCast Content as described in this Work Order including all attachments. Verizon Wireless grants to InfoSpace a limited, nonexclusive, non-transferable license to copy, store, display, transmit, distribute and sell FlashCast Content solely for the purpose of providing the Verizon Wireless Flashcast Service to Users in accordance with this Agreement, expressly without the right of further sublicense of any of the foregoing.

 

  6.3.2 Content License Restrictions .

 

  6.3.2.1 Nothing in Section 6.3.1 above shall be interpreted as granting InfoSpace any greater rights or authorizations than are granted to Verizon Wireless pursuant to its licensing agreements with Content Providers. InfoSpace shall have no right to reproduce or sub-license, re-sell or otherwise distribute all or any portion of FlashCast Content to any person in any form or any manner other than as necessary or appropriate in providing access to the Verizon Wireless Flashcast Service in accordance with this Work Order, including its attachments, and the Agreement.

 

  6.3.2.2

Unless authorized by Verizon Wireless in writing, InfoSpace shall not alter or modify any FlashCast Content, engage in framing of FlashCast Content, insert or allow or enable others to insert any pop-up windows, tool bars, consoles or other visual or audio items or use or allow or enable others to use any other techniques that alter the placement, appearance or presentation of FlashCast Content on any Web Site or any FlashCast Wireless Device or the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service. As used in this paragraph, “framing” means a method of constructing a web page such that the FlashCast Content within the frame may operate independently of the content outside the frame, and “pop-up window” means a new window that contains content not expressly authorized or provided by Verizon Wireless that is launched on top of the FlashCast Content. 6.3.2.3 Subject to the terms set forth in Section 4 and Exhibit S of the Agreement, except to the extent required to meet the specifications set forth in the FlashCast SOW,

 

PAGE 110


  InfoSpace will not record, monitor or disclose any User’s use of any FlashCast Content unless instructed to do so in writing by Verizon Wireless, or as required by law, regulation, or court order or as necessary to cooperate with a lawful order or demand of law enforcement officials.

 

  6.3.2.3 Infospace shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that no unauthorized third parties are able to gain access to and/or utilize the Verizon Wireless Flashcast Service to generate and send content of any kind, including, but not limited to, unsolicited commercial messages. For purposes of this section, “commercially reasonable efforts” include, by way of example and not limitation, the prompt removal by Infospace of any content it learns violates this section, with written notice to Verizon Wireless of such removal(s).

 

  6.3.2.4 Infospace shall not itself place any advertisements on the FlashCast Services without the prior written consent of Verizon Wireless. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties acknowledge and agree that InfoSpace shall not control, nor be obligated to control, the content (including advertising content) provided to InfoSpace by Verizon Wireless or third parties at Verizon Wireless direction for distribution via the FlashCast Services .

 

6.4 Work Product

 

  6.4.1 InfoSpace agrees that the deliverables set forth in the FlashCast SOW, including but not limited to all notes, designs, reports and drafts thereof, constitute “Verizon Wireless Work Product”. InfoSpace hereby agrees that all such Verizon Wireless Work Product are works made for hire exclusively for Verizon Wireless under the copyright laws of the United States and shall become and remain the exclusive property of Verizon Wireless, and Verizon Wireless shall have the rights to use such for any purpose without any additional compensation to InfoSpace.

 

  6.4.2 In the event any Verizon Wireless Work Product shall not be deemed to be a work made for hire exclusively for Verizon Wireless under the copyright laws of the United States, InfoSpace hereby assigns and agrees to assign to Verizon Wireless its entire right, title and interest in and to (including the right to reproduce, modify, display, produce derivative works of, translate, publish, sell, use, dispose of, and to authorize others so to do, and the right to copyright and to register such copyright in Verizon Wireless’ or its nominee’s name) all Verizon Wireless Work Product. InfoSpace further agrees to assist Verizon Wireless in every proper way to protect Verizon Wireless Work Product, including, but not limited to, signing patent and copyright applications, oaths or declarations, and assignments in favor of Verizon Wireless relating to the

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 111


Work Product, as well as such ancillary and confirmatory documents as may be required or appropriate to insure that such title is clearly and exclusively vested in Verizon Wireless, within the United States and in any and all foreign countries. InfoSpace further agrees to assist and cooperate with all efforts to enforce the rights of Verizon Wireless in such property against any third parties.

 

  6.4.3 Background Materials . Verizon Wireless acknowledges and agrees that Verizon Wireless Work Product does not include any Background Materials. InfoSpace hereby grants Verizon Wireless a nonexclusive, royalty free, non-transferable, limited license to use the Background Materials set forth on Schedule 5 during the Term as necessary to use the Verizon Wireless Work Product in connection with the FlashCast Services. To the extent that InfoSpace develops Verizon Wireless Work Product that requires the use of Background Materials in the future, InfoSpace will identify such Background Materials in the applicable Work Order and will grant Verizon Wireless an appropriate license to use such Background Materials in connection with such Verizon Wireless Work Product.

 

  6.4.4 InfoSpace warrants and represents that it has or will have the right, through written agreements with all employees performing FlashCast Services under or in connection with this Agreement, to secure for Verizon Wireless the rights called for in this Section 6. Further, in the event InfoSpace uses any subcontractor, consultant or other third party to perform any of the Services contracted for by this Agreement, InfoSpace agrees to enter into such written agreements with such third party, and to take such other steps as are or may be required to secure for Verizon Wireless the rights called for in this Section.

 

  6.4.5 With the exception of the Verizon Wireless Work Product which shall be owned by Verizon Wireless as set forth above, the ownership of all Intellectual Property used or developed by either Party in connection with the FlashCast Services shall be governed by Section 12.1 and Section 12.2 of the Agreement.

 

7. USE OF MARKS.

 

7.1 Subject to the terms of Section 12.5 of the Agreement, InfoSpace hereby grants Verizon Wireless the personal, non-exclusive, limited-term, non-transferable revocable (upon 30 days written notice) right to use, reproduce, publish and

 

PAGE 112


  display the InfoSpace Trademarks in connection with the development, use, reproduction in promotional and marketing materials, FlashCast Content directories and indices, and electronic and printed advertising, publicity, newsletters and mailings about Verizon Wireless and its relationship with InfoSpace.

 

7.2 Subject to the terms of section 12.5 of the Agreement Verizon Wireless hereby grants InfoSpace the personal, non-exclusive, limited-term, non-transferable, revocable (upon 30 days written notice) right to use, reproduce, publish, and display Verizon Wireless Trademarks in connection with the provisioning of the FlashCast Services.

 

8. Indemnification .

With respect to the FlashCast Services, the following shall apply in place of Section 11.5 of the Agreement.

Indemnification

(a) InfoSpace shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Verizon Wireless, its parents, subsidiaries and Affiliates, and its and their respective directors, officers, employees, and agents (“Verizon Indemnified Parties”) from any third party claims, demands, lawsuits, liabilities, expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and court costs), judgments, settlements (provided such settlements have been approved by InfoSpace) and penalties of every kind that may be (i) based on any material supplied by InfoSpace or its authorized representative with respect to or in the Portal Services, excluding material supplied to InfoSpace by Verizon Wireless, including claims (A) arising from or relating to any actual or alleged infringement or misappropriation of any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or any actual or alleged violation of any other intellectual property or proprietary rights arising from or in connection with any material or service supplied by InfoSpace with respect to the FlashCast Services (excluding the Hardware and Software, unless such Claim arises from InfoSpace’s use of such Hardware or use of Software other than in accordance with the licenses granted) under this Work Order, (B) that InfoSpace is not the sole and exclusive owner of, or that it does not have the express written right to the FlashCast Services and all other materials provided by InfoSpace under the terms of this Agreement, (C) that materials are factually inaccurate in any material respect, or (D) that materials contain information, instructions or formulas that are injurious to a Third Party’s physical well-being, or that defames or disparages a Third Party, (ii) arising from any act or omission by InfoSpace or its authorized representative in connection with its performance under this Work Order violates any applicable law or regulation; (iii) a claim that, if true, would constitute a breach of a warranty, representation or covenant of InfoSpace as set forth in this Agreement, and/or (iv) a claim that InfoSpace has misused any Verizon Wireless User Data . The foregoing indemnification shall apply whether InfoSpace or a Verizon Indemnified Party defends such Claim and

 

PAGE 113


whether the Claim arises or is alleged to arise out of the sole acts or omissions of InfoSpace (and/or any subcontractor of InfoSpace) or out of the concurrent acts or omissions of InfoSpace (and/or any subcontractor of InfoSpace) and any Indemnified Parties. InfoSpace further agrees to bind its subcontractors, if any, to similarly indemnify, hold harmless, and defend the Indemnified Parties.

(b) Without limitation of the foregoing, if sale, use or if applicable, distribution, of the products or FlashCast Services becomes subject to an infringement Claim as set forth in subsection (i) above, InfoSpace shall, at InfoSpace’s option and InfoSpace’s expense,:

 

  i. Procure for Verizon Wireless the right to use the FlashCast Services (including related products furnished hereunder);

 

  ii. Replace the FlashCast Services (including related products furnished hereunder) with equivalent, non-infringing products and/or FlashCast Services; or

 

  iii. Modify the FlashCast Services (including related products furnished hereunder) so they become non-infringing.

 

  iv. In the event that it is not commercially reasonable for InfoSpace to achieve (i), (ii) or (iii) above, InfoSpace may remove the infringing component(s) of the FlashCast Services and refund the corresponding fees paid by Verizon Wireless to InfoSpace for such component(s).

(c) Verizon Wireless shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless InfoSpace its parents, subsidiaries, and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (“Infospace Indemnified Parties”) from and against third party claims, demands, lawsuits, liabilities, expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and court costs), judgments and settlements (provided such settlements have been approved by Verizon Wireless) (i) arising from or relating to any actual or alleged infringement or misappropriation of any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or any actual or alleged violation of any other intellectual property or proprietary rights arising from or in connection with the FlashCast Content and any other materials provided by Verizon Wireless for use in connection with the FlashCast Services (including the Hardware and Software, except where Infospace is obligated to indemnify Verizon Wireless as set forth above), ***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 114


***. The foregoing indemnification shall apply whether Verizon Wireless or an Infospace Indemnified Party defends such Claim and whether the Claim arises or is alleged to arise out of the sole acts or omissions of Verizon Wireless (and/or any subcontractor of Verizon Wireless) or out of the concurrent acts or omissions of Verizon Wireless (and/or any subcontractor of Verizon Wireless) and any Indemnified Parties.

(d) For purposes of this subsection (d) Indemnifying Party shall mean the Party having indemnification obligations pursuant to Sections 8(a) and/or 8(c) above and “Indemnified Party” shall mean as applicable, Verizon Indemnified Party or Infospace Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party will provide the Indemnifying Party with prompt, written notice of any written Claim covered by this indemnification and will cooperate appropriately with the Indemnifying Party in connection with its evaluation of such Claim. The Indemnifying Party shall defend any Indemnified Party, at the indemnified Party’s request, against any Claim. Promptly after receipt of such request, the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense of such Claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. In consultation with and subject to the approval of the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, to employ separate counsel to provide input into the defense, at the Indemnified Party’s own cost. The Indemnifying Party shall reimburse the Indemnified Party, ***, for any payments made or loss suffered by it at any time after the date of tender, based upon the judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a reasonable, good faith and bona fide compromise or settlement of claims, demands, or actions, in respect to any damages to which the foregoing relates. The Indemnifying Party shall not settle or compromise any such Claim or consent to the entry of any judgment without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Party and without an unconditional release of all claims by each claimant or plaintiff in favor of each Indemnified Party.

 

9. Press Release . The Parties agree to issue, promptly upon the launch of the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Services, a joint press release announcing the launch of the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Services and their relationship, provided that neither Party shall issue any such press release without the prior written consent of the other Party. Requests for consent of Verizon Wireless shall be sent to

Vice President — Corporate Communications

Verizon Wireless

One Verizon Way

VC43E062

Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 115


List of Attachments, attached hereto and incorporated herein

 

Attachment Reference

  

Attachment Name

Attachment 1    Statement of Work
Attachment 2-A    Network Service Level Agreement
Attachment 2-B    Information Technology Service Level Agreement
Attachment 2-C    Information Technology Interface Terms & Conditions
Attachment 3    Pricing
Attachment 4    Master Test Plan
Attachment 5    FlashCast Release Process
Attachment 6    Training
Schedule 1    Hardware & Software Purchased by Verizon Wireless
Schedule 2    Hardware & Software Purchased by InfoSpace
Schedule 3    FlashCast Wireless Devices
Schedule 4    Documentation
Schedule 5    Background Materials

 

PAGE 116


Matter Number 710-30079-2007

AMENDMENT NUMBER 3

TO

AGREEMENT NUMBER 750-67761-2004

BETWEEN

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a VERIZON WIRELESS

AND

INFOSPACE MOBILE, INC.

f/k/a PREMIUM WIRELESS SERVICES USA, INC.

A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF INFOSPACE, INC.

 

1. PARTIES

This Amendment Number 3 (“Third Amendment”) to the WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated June 24, 2004, (as amended, the “Agreement”), by and between InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. f/k/a Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc., a California corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc., with offices at 601 108 th Avenue NE, Suite 1200, Bellevue, WA 98004 (“InfoSpace”) and Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless, a Delaware general partnership, having an office and principal place of business at One Verizon Way, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 (“Verizon Wireless”), is made and entered into on and as of the date of execution by the last signing Party (the “Third Amendment Effective Date”).

 

2. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT.

 

a. Exhibit A shall be amended by adding the following definitions:

“Advertisement” shall mean a notice displayed as a banner on Phone Pages designed to attract public attention, or to promote the sale of a product or service.

*** or *** means the Third Party providing Advertisements that InfoSpace will make accessible through the Mobile Web 2.0 deck and display on Phone Pages in accordance with Work Order No. 29 agreed to by the parties on or about December 14, 2006.

 

b. Section 1.4 (“Products and Services”) of Exhibit H-1 shall be amended by adding the following to Table 1 – Scope of Products and Services.

 

***      
     

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 117


Matter Number 710-30079-2007

 

***

“*** System” means the platform, including all hardware, software and associated networking capabilities, owned or licensed and used by *** to send the *** Content to the Phone Pages.

 

d. The terms of Work Order No. 29 shall be modified, so as to provide additional clarification, as set forth below:

 

  1. All uses of the term “Ad” or “Ads” shall be deemed references to the term “Advertisement” as defined in the Agreement.

 

  2. The term “Advertisement Id” shall mean the unique identifier assigned to a Phone Page hosted by InfoSpace.

 

  3. The phrase “Updating of *** Ads on Image Server” shall mean that InfoSpace shall provide *** write access to the *** Advertising Servers hosted at InfoSpace in order to enable *** to update the available Advertisements.

 

  4. References to the term “Apps”, “applications” “application pages” and “pages” shall be deemed references to the term Phone Pages as defined in the Agreement.

 

  5. The requirement that InfoSpace provide “Unique Ad Ids per Page” shall mean the obligation of InfoSpace to assign a unique Advertisement ID to each category of Phone Page, to enable *** to identify the content and type of page in order to target the Advertisements to be sent to Subscribers by content type.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 118


Matter Number 710-30079-2007

 

  6. Section 2, Requirements, of the SOW shall be modified by adding an introductory section as follows:

In the initial deployment InfoSpace will host the *** Advertising servers within the same platform from which InfoSpace provides the WAP 2.0 Portal Service, as outlined in the diagram below . InfoSpace will host the *** servers at the InfoSpace’s Data Center until the InfoSpace Data Center is migrated to a new data center at the Savvis facility located in Boston, Massachusetts. Following such migration, InfoSpace shall then connect to the *** System via a direct network connection located within the same data center. In the final deployment phase, the *** servers shall no longer be hosted on InfoSpace’s premises. Verizon Wireless will obtain all necessary rights for InfoSpace to use the *** System as contemplated by this Work Order No. 29.

The Advertisements will be provided by *** and InfoSpace shall provide *** with access to the Advertising Servers to enable *** to update the available Advertisements as needed, subject to InfoSpace’s network security policies. InfoSpace shall work with *** and Verizon Wireless to ensure effective delivery of the Advertisements. InfoSpace shall also notify *** of any planned or unplanned outages consistent with SLA notification procedures set forth in Exhibit H-1 of the Agreement.

Each time a Subscriber requests a Phone Page view, InfoSpace will call the *** Advertising server, by invoking the *** API and *** will indicate which Advertisement to serve. Advertising images shall be retrieved dynamically for each Subscriber and InfoSpace will place the *** designated Advertisement within the Phone Page the Subscriber requested to be served.

If InfoSpace does not receive notification from *** within Verizon Wireless’ approved time-out period, InfoSpace shall serve a Verizon Wireless Advertisement, provided by Verizon Wireless (a “VZW House Ad”) instead.

InfoSpace will provide monthly tracking of (i) how many *** Advertisements are served and (ii) how many times *** did not respond within the Verizon Wireless approved time-out period resulting in InfoSpace providing a VZW house ad. InfoSpace shall provide the monthly tracking report to Verizon Wireless’ ASP Operations team and Technology Development.

InfoSpace is not responsible for, and shall have no liability with respect to, any interruptions of service or any other performance issues caused by *** or *** hardware and/or software.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 119


Matter Number 710-30079-2007

***

 

3. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT .

Unless otherwise explicitly amended herein, the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Amendment Number 2 to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP

d/b/a Verizon Wireless

   

INFOSPACE MOBILE, INC.

f/k/a Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc.

A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc.

By:   ***     By:   /s/ David Binder
Name:   ***     Name:   David Binder
Title:   VP     Title:   VP Finance
Date:   11/20/07     Date:   11/19/07

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 120


Contract Number: AGR-000431-2007

AMENDMENT NUMBER 4

TO

AGREEMENT NUMBER 750-67761-2004

BETWEEN

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a VERIZON WIRELESS

AND

INFOSPACE MOBILE, INC.

f/k/a PREMIUM WIRELESS SERVICES USA, INC.

A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF INFOSPACE, INC.

This Amendment Number 4 (“ Fourth Amendment ”) to the WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated June 24, 2004, as amended by the First Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, dated August 31, 2004 and the Second Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, dated April 4, 2007, and the Third Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, dated November 20, 2007 by and between InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. f/k/a Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc., a California corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc., with offices at 601 108 th Avenue NE, Suite 1200, Bellevue, WA 98004 (“ InfoSpace ”) and Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless, a Delaware general partnership, having an office and principal place of business at One Verizon Way, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 (“ Verizon Wireless ”) (as amended, the “ Agreement ”), is by and between InfoSpace, Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 210 West Pettigrew Street, Durham, NC 27701 (“ Motricity ”) and Verizon Wireless, and is made and entered into on and as of the last date signed by the parties hereto.

WHEREAS, InfoSpace, Inc. and Motricity are entering into an Asset Purchase Agreement pursuant to which certain assets of InfoSpace, including the Agreement, are expected to be transferred to Motricity (the “ Transaction ”);

WHEREAS, upon the closing of the Transaction, Motricity wishes to assume the rights, and obligations of InfoSpace under the Agreement arising after the closing of the Transaction and to continue to provide the Portal Services to Verizon Wireless in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement;

WHEREAS , all liabilities prior to the closing of the Transaction shall remain with InfoSpace; and

WHEREAS, upon the closing of the Transaction, Verizon Wireless wishes InfoSpace to assign the Agreement to Motricity and for Motricity to replace InfoSpace as the contracting entity to the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Assignment . Subject to the closing of the Transaction and effective as of the closing date of the Transaction (the “ Transaction Closing Date ”), InfoSpace hereby assigns to Motricity, and Motricity hereby accepts, all of InfoSpace’s rights, title and interest in and to the

 

PAGE 121


Contract Number: AGR-000431-2007

 

Agreement. In addition, Motricity hereby assumes all of the obligations duties, responsibilities and undertakings to be performed by InfoSpace under the Agreement occurring, arising, accruing or to be accrued from and as of the Transaction Closing Date (the “ Assumed Obligations ”) and shall fully and timely perform all of the Assumed Obligations in accordance with the Agreement. Verizon Wireless hereby waives all claims against InfoSpace in connection with the Agreement that arise on or after the Transaction Closing Date. InfoSpace represents and acknowledges that it is and shall remain responsible for all matters, of whatever type or character, occurring, arising, accrued or to accrue under the Agreement on or before the Transaction Closing Date and that Verizon Wireless’ consent is without prejudice to any claim pertaining to such matters.

2. Amendment to Agreement. As of the Transaction Closing Date, the Parties hereby agree that Motricity shall replace InfoSpace as the contracting entity to the Agreement and all references to “InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.” or “InfoSpace” shall be deleted and replaced with “Motricity, Inc.” or “Motricity”, respectively. In the event that the Transaction does not close, the Parties agree that this Fourth Amendment shall be of no force or effect.

3. Effect of Amendment. This Fourth Amendment is an integral part of the Agreement. Terms used herein which are defined or specified in the Agreement shall have the meanings set forth therein. If there are any inconsistencies between a specific term or condition of this Fourth Amendment and a specific term or condition of the Agreement, the specific term or condition of this Fourth Amendment shall control, but only to the extent of such inconsistencies. Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

SIGNATURES.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Third Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a

Verizon Wireless

    INFOSPACE MOBILE, INC.
By:   ***     By:   /s/ David Binder
Name:   ***     Name:   David Binder
Title:   VP     Title:   VP Finance
Date:   11/20/2007     Date:   11/19/2007

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 122


Contract Number: AGR-000431-2007

 

MOTRICITY, INC.
By:   /s/ Ryan K. Wuerch
Name:   Ryan K. Wuerch
Title:   CEO
Date:   11/17/2007

 

PAGE 123


Matter Number: AGR-001660-2009

AMENDMENT NUMBER 5

TO

AGREEMENT NUMBER 750-67761-2004

BETWEEN

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a VERIZON WIRELESS

AND MOTRICITY, INC.

This Amendment Number 5 (the “Fifth Amendment”) to the WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated June 24, 2004, as amended by the First Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, dated August 31, 2004, the Second Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated May 14, 2007, the Third Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated November 20, 2007, and the Fourth Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated November 20, 2007 (as amended, (the “Agreement”), by and between Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 601 108th Avenue NE, Suite 900, Bellevue, WA 98004 (“Motricity”) and Cellco Partnership d/b/a/ Verizon Wireless, a Delaware general partnership, having an office and principal place of business at One Verizon Way, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 (“Verizon Wireless”), is made and entered into on and as of the date of execution by the last signing Party but taking retroactive effect to and including December 1, 2008 (“Effective Date”).

 

1. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT.

 

1.1 The purpose of this Fifth Amendment is to modify the Page View forecast set forth in Table 2 of Section 3(1) of revised Exhibit D as set forth in the Second Amendment (#710-30429-2007) to the Agreement.

 

1.2 The aforementioned Table 2 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

***

   ***    ***
4Q06    ***    ***
1Q07    ***    ***
2Q07    ***    ***
3Q07    ***    ***
4Q07    ***    ***
1Q08    ***    ***
2Q08    ***    ***
3Q08    ***    ***
4Q08    ***    ***
1Q09    ***    ***
2Q09    ***    ***
3Q09    ***    ***
4Q09    ***    ***
1Q10    ***    ***

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 124


Matter Number: AGR-001660-2009

 

2. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT.

This Fifth Amendment is an integral part of the Agreement. Terms used herein which are defined or specified in the Agreement shall have the meanings set forth therein. If there are any inconsistencies between a specific term or condition of this Fifth Amendment and a specific term or condition of the Agreement, the specific term or condition of this Fifth Amendment shall control.

Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

3. SIGNATURES.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a

Verizon Wireless

    Motricity, Inc.
By:   ***     By:   /s/ Ryan Wuerch
Name:    ***     Name:    Ryan Wuerch
Title:   ***     Title:   Chairman & CEO
Date:   10/2/2009     Date:   4/22/2009

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 125


Matter Number: AGR-001660-2009

AMENDMENT NUMBER 6

TO

AGREEMENT NUMBER 750-67761-2004

BETWEEN CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a VERIZON WIRELESS

AND

MOTRICITY, INC

This Amendment Number 6 (“Sixth Amendment”) to the WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated June 24, 2004, as amended by the First Amendment, dated August 31, 2004 and the Second Amendment, dated May 14, 2007, and the Third Amendment, dated November 20, 2007 and the Fourth Amendment, dated November 20, 2007 and the Fifth Amendment, dated June 13, 2009 (as amended, the “Agreement”), by and between Motricity, Inc. a Delaware corporation, with offices at 601 108 th Avenue NE, Suite 900, Bellevue, WA (“Motricity”) and Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless, A Delaware general partnership, having an office and principal place of business at One Verizon Way, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 (“Verizon Wireless “), is made and entered into on and as of the date of execution by the last signing Party (“Sixth Amendment Effective Date”).

 

1. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT.

 

  1.1 Section 8.1 of the Agreement “Term” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the follows:

“Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall end July 31, 2010 (the “Term”). The Term shall be automatically renewed for successive 6-month periods unless either Party provides written notice of termination to the other Party at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Term or any subsequent renewal period.”

 

  1.2 A new Section B.2 is added as follows:

 

  2. SELF-HOSTING

Upon *** prior written notice to Motricity, and subject to the execution of a mutually agreed license agreement, which may be in the form of an amendment to this Agreement, Verizon Wireless, may elect to host the Motricity proprietary software that supports the Portal Services at one or more facilities maintained by Verizon Wireless (“Self-Host”). If Verizon Wireless elects to Self-Host it will be responsible for all expenses associated with procuring the necessary hardware and third party software and all expenses associated with licensing, installing, configuring, and operating the Motricity software. The transition of hosting will be performed by the parties in accordance with a schedule and commercial terms to be mutually agreed in a Work Order.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 126


Matter Number: AGR-001660-2009

 

Within *** of receiving Verizon Wireless’ notice of its desire to Self-Host, Motricity will deliver a list of Motricity proprietary software components to be licensed. Verizon Wireless acknowledges that its ability to Self-Host and make Portal Services available to users may be subject to Verizon Wireless’ ability to obtain sufficient rights in third party technology (such as any third-party software used in connection with the hosting), content and applications.

The parties shall endeavor to negotiate a license agreement for the software within *** of Verizon Wireless’ notice. The license will include the right to use the software in object code only. Each party shall use good faith efforts to reach agreement on licensing terms. If the parties cannot reach agreement, this Agreement will remain in effect unless terminated in accordance with its terms.

 

2. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT.

This Sixth Amendment is an integral part of the Agreement. Terms used herein which are defined or specified in the Agreement shall have the meanings set forth therein. If there are any inconsistencies between a specific term or condition of this Sixth Amendment and a specific term or condition of the Agreement, the specific term or condition of this Sixth Amendment shall control. Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

3. SIGNATURES.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Sixth Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized officers or representative

 

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a

V ERIZON W IRELESS

    M OTRICITY , I NC
BY:   ***     BY:   /s/ Ryan Wuerch
NAME:    ***     NAME:    Ryan Wuerch
TITLE:   ***     TITLE:   Chairman & CEO
DATE:   10/2/2009     DATE:   8/21/2009

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 127


Matter Number 710-30079-2007

FORM OF WORK ORDER

Work Order No. 84

to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement

Motricity Inc., (“Motricity”) will perform the following additional Portal Services for Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless (“Verizon Wireless”) under the terms and conditions of that certain WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, Contract No. 750-67761-2004, dated 6/24/04, as amended, between Motricity and Verizon Wireless (the “Agreement”). In consideration of the additional Portal Services described below, Verizon Wireless will pay to Motricity the amount(s) set forth below on or before the date(s) set forth below.

 

Task Description - Mobile Web 3.0 User Subscription Fee

   Target Date

Motricity shall provide access to the Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services provided by Motricity to Verizon Wireless under Work Order No. 77. Such services shall be referred to herein as the “Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services.”

 

Motricity agrees to provide access to the Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services per the volume schedule below:

 

Launch Internet Explorer Browser.lnk

   Production launch
targeted on or before
Sept 8th, 2009.

Month

  

Maximum Users

         
October 2009    ***      
November 2009    ***      
December 2009    ***      
January 2010    ***      
February 2010    ***      
March 2010    ***      
April 2010    ***      
May 2010    ***      
June 2010    ***      
July 2010    ***      
August 2010    ***      
Sept 2010    ***      

For purposes of this Work Order No. 84, a User is defined as a unique subscriber, as identified by his/her Mobile Directory Number (“MDN”), who has accessed the Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services provided as part of Work Order 77 during a calendar month of the Term.

 

Unforseen Volume Protection. In the case the actual Users in a given month exceeds the Maximum users forecast in the table above, the parties agree to work together in good faith to agree upon terms for supporting the incremental Users.

  

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 128


Matter Number 710-30079-2007

 

Amount:

   Payment Terms:
In consideration for Motricity providing Users with access to the Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services, Verizon Wireless shall pay Motricity the subscription fees outlined below for each calendar month during the Term that the Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services are made available under Work Order No. 77 (“User Subscription Fee”). For clarity, the User Subscription Fee is not an additional hosting fee as described in Section 8, Exhibit D of the Agreement, but provides a term license to Motricity’s Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services.    In accordance with Section 3 Payments of the Agreement
    

Month

   Monthly User
Subscription Fee
    
   Launch through December 2009    ***   
   January through April 2010    ***   
   May through July 31, 2010    ***   
  

Motricity shall invoice Verizon Wireless the user Subscription Fee following each calendar month of the Term that the Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services are made available, and Verizon Wireless shall pay such invoice in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement.

 

Motricity shall commence invoicing Verizon Wireless the User Subscription Fee following the delivery of the Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services described in Work Order 77.

  

 

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a Verizon Wireless     Motricity, Inc.
***     /s/ Ryan Wuerch
By (signature)     By (signature)
***     Ryan Wuerch
Name     Name
Executive Director     Chairman & CEO
Title     Title

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 129

Exhibit 10.14

STAND-ALONE NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

* * * * *

Participant: Ryan K. Wuerch

Grant Date: March 26, 2010

Per Share Exercise Price: $1.36

Number of Shares subject to this Option: 5,000,000

* * * * *

THIS STAND-ALONE NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of the Grant Date specified above, is entered into by and between Motricity, Inc., a company organized in the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, this non-qualified stock option (this “ Option ”) is granted to the Participant on a stand-alone basis outside the Company’s 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), in connection with the Participant’s entering into the Employment Agreement between the Participant and the Company, dated January 19, 2010 (the “ Employment Agreement ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is intended that all of the terms and conditions of the Plan that would otherwise have been applicable to this Option had this Option been granted under the Plan (except as otherwise expressly provided herein) be applicable to this Option, and accordingly, references to the Plan are made herein for such purpose; and

WHEREAS, it has been determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company to grant the Option provided for herein to the Participant.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto hereby mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Incorporation By Reference; Plan Document Receipt . This Agreement is subject in all respects to the terms and provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, any amendments thereto adopted at any time and from time to time unless such amendments are expressly intended not to apply to the award provided hereunder), all of which terms and provisions are made a part of and incorporated in this Agreement as if they were each expressly set forth herein. Any capitalized term not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as is ascribed thereto in the Plan. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a true copy of the Plan and that the Participant has read the Plan carefully and fully understands its content. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. No part of the Option granted hereby is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code.


2. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Participant, as of the Grant Date specified above, this Option to acquire from the Company at the Per Share Exercise Price specified above, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock specified above (the “ Option Shares ”); provided , that in the event the Registration Date does not occur prior to July 31, 2010 then this Option shall become null and void ab initio . Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, the Participant agrees and understands that nothing contained in this Agreement provides, or is intended to provide, the Participant with any protection against potential future dilution of the Participant’s interest in the Company for any reason. The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock covered by this Option unless and until the Participant has become the holder of record of the shares, and no adjustments shall be made for dividends in cash or other property, distributions or other rights in respect of any such shares, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan or this Agreement.

3. Vesting and Exercise .

(a) Vesting . The Option subject to this grant shall become vested and exercisable as to twenty-five percent (25%) on each of the first four (4) anniversaries of the Registration Date, provided the Participant is then employed by the Company and/or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (i.e., the Option will be 100% vested four (4) years following the Registration Date if the Participant is then employed by the Company and/or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates). There shall be no proportionate or partial vesting in the periods prior to each vesting date and all vesting shall occur only on the appropriate vesting date, subject to the Participant’s continued service with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates on each applicable vesting date.

(b) Certain Terminations . Upon the Participant’s Termination (i) by the Company without Cause, other than due to death or Disability or (ii) by the Participant for Good Reason, fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding unvested portion of this Option as of the date of such Termination shall immediately vest and become exercisable. Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary, for purposes of this Agreement, the terms “Cause” and “Good Reason” shall have the meanings as are ascribed thereto in the Employment Agreement.

(c) Expiration . Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and/or this Agreement, all portions of this Option (whether vested or not vested) shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the Grant Date (the “ Expiration Date ”).

4. Termination . Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the Option, to the extent vested at the time of the Participant’s Termination, shall remain exercisable as follows:

(a) Termination due to Death or Disability . In the event of the Participant’s Termination by reason of death or Disability, the vested portion of this Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) one (1) year from the date of such Termination, and (ii) the expiration of the stated term of the Option pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

 

2


(b) Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason . In the event of the Participant’s Termination (i) by the Company without Cause, other than by reason of death or Disability, or (ii) by the Participant for Good Reason, the vested portion of this Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (I) ninety (90) days from the date of such Termination, and (II) the expiration of the stated term of the Option pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

(c) Voluntary Termination . In the event of the Participant’s voluntary Termination, other than for Good Reason, the vested portion of this Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days from the date of such Termination, and (ii) the expiration of the stated term of the Option pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

(d) Termination for Cause. In the event of the Participant’s Termination by the Company for Cause, the Option granted hereunder (whether or not vested) shall terminate and expire upon such Termination. The provisions of Section 6.4(c) of the Plan shall apply to this Option.

(e) Treatment of Unvested Option upon Termination . Except as provided under Section 3, any portion of this Option that is not vested as of the date of the Participant’s Termination shall terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination.

5. Method of Exercise and Payment .

Subject to Section 8, to the extent that the Option has become vested and exercisable with respect to a number of shares of Common Stock as provided herein, the Option may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time prior to the expiration of the Option as provided herein and in accordance with Sections 6.4(c) and 6.4(d) of the Plan, by the filing of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto and payment in full of the Per Share Exercise Price multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the portion of the Option exercised. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued until payment therefor, as provided herein, has been made or provided for.

6. Non-transferability . The Option, and any rights and interests with respect thereto, issued under this Agreement and the Plan shall not be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Participant (or any beneficiary(ies) of the Participant), other than by testamentary disposition by the Participant or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit the Option to be Transferred to a Family Member for no value, provided that such Transfer shall only be valid upon execution of a written instrument in form and substance acceptable to the Committee in its sole discretion evidencing such Transfer and the transferee’s acceptance thereof signed by the Participant and the transferee, and provided , further , that the Option may not be subsequently Transferred otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or to another Family Member (as permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion) in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, and shall remain subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. Any attempt to sell, exchange, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of or hypothecate in any way the Option, or the levy of any execution, attachment or similar legal process upon the Option, contrary to the terms

 

3


and provisions of this Agreement and/or the Plan shall be null and void and without legal force or effect. Further, any shares of Common Stock acquired by a permissible transferee (i) upon the exercise of the Option by a permissible transferee or (ii) pursuant to a Transfer after the exercise of the Option shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

7. Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the choice of law principles thereof.

8. Withholding of Tax . The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, local and foreign taxes of any kind (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations) which the Company, in its sole discretion, deems necessary to be withheld or remitted to comply with the Code and/or any other applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to the Option and, if the Participant fails to do so, the Company may otherwise refuse to issue or transfer any shares of Common Stock otherwise required to be issued pursuant to this Agreement. Any statutorily required withholding obligation with regard to the Participant may be satisfied by reducing the amount of cash or shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon exercise of the Option. Any fraction of a share of Common Stock required to satisfy such tax obligations shall be disregarded and the amount due shall be paid instead in cash by the Participant.

9. Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, together with the Plan, contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior agreements or prior understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties relating to such subject matter. The Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to modify or amend this Agreement from time to time in accordance with and as provided in the Plan. This Agreement may also be modified or amended by a writing signed by both the Company and the Participant. The Company shall give written notice to the Participant of any such modification or amendment of this Agreement as soon as practicable after the adoption thereof.

10. Notices . Any notice hereunder by the Participant shall be given to the Company in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof by the General Counsel of the Company. Any notice hereunder by the Company shall be given to the Participant in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof at such address as the Participant may have on file with the Company.

11. No Right to Employment . Any questions as to whether and when there has been a Termination and the cause of such Termination shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee. Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates to terminate the Participant’s employment or service at any time, for any reason and with or without cause.

12. Transfer of Personal Data . The Participant authorizes, agrees and unambiguously consents to the transmission by the Company (or any Subsidiary or Affiliate) of any personal data information related to the Option awarded under this Agreement for legitimate business purposes (including, without limitation, the administration of the Plan). This authorization and consent is freely given by the Participant.

 

4


13. Compliance with Laws . The issuance of this Option (and the Shares upon exercise of this Option) pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to, and shall comply with, any applicable requirements of any foreign and U.S. federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the 1934 Act and in each case any respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) and any other law or regulation applicable thereto. The Company shall not be obligated to issue this Option or any of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement if any such issuance would violate any such requirements.

14. Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary, the Option is intended to be exempt from the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be limited, construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent.

15. Binding Agreement; Assignment . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, be binding upon, and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns. The Participant shall not assign (except as provided by Section 6 hereof) any part of this Agreement without the prior express written consent of the Company.

16. Headings . The titles and headings of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement.

17. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

18. Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall do and perform (or shall cause to be done and performed) all such further acts and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as either party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the Plan and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder. Specifically, as a condition to the receipt of shares of Common Stock pursuant to exercise of this Option, the Participant shall execute and deliver a stockholder’s agreement or such other documentation that shall set forth certain restrictions on transferability of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise or purchase, and such other terms as the Board or Committee shall from time to time establish for any such time prior to the registration of the Company’s capital stock under the Securities Exchange act of 1934, as amended, and traded on a national exchange.

19. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

5


20. Acquired Rights . The Participant acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the award of the Option made under this Agreement is completely independent of any other award or grant and is made at the sole discretion of the Company; (b) no past grants or awards (including, without limitation, the Option awarded hereunder) give the Participant any right to any grants or awards in the future whatsoever; and (c) any benefits granted under this Agreement are not part of the Participant’s ordinary salary, and shall not be considered as part of such salary in the event of severance, redundancy or resignation.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

MOTRICITY, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Name:

  Ryan K. Wuerch

 

7


Exhibit A

MOTRICITY, INC. 2010

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Motricity, Inc.

601108th Avenue NE

Suite 900

Bellevue, WA 98004

Attn: Chief Human Resources Officer

 

  1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,              , 20      , the undersigned (“ Participant ”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option to purchase              shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Motricity, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated              , 20      (the “ Award Agreement ”).

 

  2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

  3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement, and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions. Participant hereby certifies that he/she is in compliance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and that to the best of his/her knowledge that he/she has not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, behavior that would result in a Termination for Cause (as defined in the Plan).

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), Participant shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such other period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, and provided further that if requested by the Managing Underwriter or the Company, such Participant shall further evidence the foregoing restrictions by executing a “lock-up” agreement in the form provided by the Managing Underwriter or the Company. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares and its other securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of the Market Standoff Period.

 

8


  5. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Option Shares (as defined in the Award Agreement), notwithstanding the exercise of the Option (as defined in the Award Agreement). The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 4.2 of the Plan.

 

  6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

  7. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, successors and assigns.

 

  8. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Committee (as defined in the Plan) which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

  9. Governing Law; Venue . This Agreement and any disputes or claims arising hereunder shall be construed in accordance with, governed by and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware without regard for any rules of conflicts of law. Any action at law, suit in equity or judicial proceeding arising directly, indirectly or otherwise in connection with, out of, related to, or from this Agreement, or any provision hereof, shall be litigated only in the courts of the State of Delaware and the parties each hereby waive the right to a trial by jury of any claim, demand, action or causes of action under this Agreement. Participant and the Company consent to the jurisdiction of such courts over the subject matter of this Agreement. Participant waives any right Participant might have to transfer or change the venue of any litigation brought against Participant by the Company. In no event shall any dispute arising out of, or in connection with, this Agreement be submitted to arbitration or mediation.

 

  10.

Entire Agreement . The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan and the Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and

 

9


  supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:       Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT       MOTRICITY, INC.

 

     

 

Signature       By

 

     

 

Print Name       Title
Address:       Address:

 

     

 

 

     

 

      Date Received by Company: ________________

 

10

Exhibit 10.15

MOTRICITY, INC.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LETTER AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LETTER AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of May      , 2010 by and among Motricity Inc. (the “ Company ”) and [EXECUTIVE] (“ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive have entered into that certain Offer Letter Agreement, dated [ ] (the “ Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive now wish to amend the Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the treasury regulations and other official guidance promulgated thereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of the mutual promises contained herein and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree to amend the Agreement as set forth herein. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

FIRST : The Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new paragraph immediately following the last paragraph thereto to read in full as follows:

SECTION 409A COMPLIANCE:

The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “ Code Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith or exempt therefrom. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on you by Code Section 409A or damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A.

A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) from the Company and from all other corporations and trades or businesses, if any, that would be treated as a single “service recipient” with the Company under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(3), and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.”

Notwithstanding any other payment schedule provided herein to the contrary, if you are identified on the date of your separation from service a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), then the following shall apply:

 

  (i) With regard to any payment that is considered nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, and payable on account of a “separation from service,” such payment shall be made on the date which is the earlier of (A) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of your “separation from service” and (B) the date of your death (the “ Delay Period ”) to the extent required under Code Section 409A. Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments delayed pursuant to this Section (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid to you in a lump sum, and all remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them therein.


  (ii) To the extent that any benefits to be provided during the Delay Period are considered nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, and are provided on account of a “separation from service,” you shall pay the cost of such benefits during the Delay Period, and the Company shall reimburse you for that portion of the costs that would otherwise have been paid by the Company upon expiration of the Delay Period, and any remaining benefits shall be reimbursed or provided by the Company in accordance with the procedures specified therein.

To the extent that severance payments or benefits pursuant to this Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery by you of a release of claims, you shall forfeit all rights to such payments and benefits unless such release is signed and delivered (and no longer subject to revocation, if applicable) within sixty (60) days following the date of your separation from service. If the foregoing release is executed and delivered and no longer subject to revocation as provided in the preceding sentence, then the following shall apply:

 

  (i) To the extent any such cash payment or continuing benefit to be provided is not nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, then such payment or benefit shall commence upon the first scheduled payment date immediately after the date the release is executed and no longer subject to revocation (the “Release Effective Date”). The first such cash payment shall include payment of all amounts that otherwise would have been due prior to the Release Effective Date under the terms of this Agreement applied as though such payments commenced immediately upon your separation from service, and any payments made thereafter shall continue as provided therein. The delayed benefits shall in any event expire at the time such benefits would have expired had such benefits commenced immediately following your separation from service.

 

  (ii) To the extent any such cash payment or continuing benefit to be provided is nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, then such payments or benefits shall be made or commence upon the sixtieth (60th) day following your separation from service. The

 

2


first such cash payment shall include payment of all amounts that otherwise would have been due prior thereto under the terms of this Agreement had such payments commenced immediately upon your separation from service, and any payments made thereafter shall continue as provided therein. The delayed benefits shall in any event expire at the time such benefits would have expired had such benefits commenced immediately following your separation from service.

All expenses or other reimbursements under this Agreement that would constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, (i) shall be paid on or prior to the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expenses were incurred by you, (ii) no such reimbursement or expenses eligible for reimbursement in any taxable year shall in any way affect your right to reimbursement of any other expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year, and (iii) your right to reimbursement shall not be subject to liquidation in exchange for any other benefit.

For purposes of Code Section 409A, your right to receive any installment payment pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days, the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company. Payment of any bonus that becomes due under this Agreement shall be paid in the year following the year with respect to which such bonus was earned.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this Agreement that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, be subject to offset, counterclaim or recoupment by any other amount payable to you unless otherwise permitted by Code Section 409A.

Unless this Agreement provides a specified and objectively determinable payment schedule to the contrary, to the extent that any payment of base salary or other compensation is to be paid for a specified continuing period of time beyond the date of your termination of employment in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices (or other similar term), the payments of such base salary or other compensation shall be made upon such schedule as in effect upon the date of termination, but no less frequently than monthly.”

SECOND : Except as specifically modified herein, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with all of the terms and conditions thereof.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

*  *  *  *  *

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this amendment to the Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

MOTRICITY, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

Exhibit 10.18

LOGO

 

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of the Motricity, Inc. (the “Company”) Corporate Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to drive a culture focused on organizational performance. The Plan is intended to deliver “pay-for-performance” through annual incentive payments based on overall Company performance. The Plan is intended to provide all eligible employees (the “Participants”) with additional compensation for their contribution to the achievement of the Company’s objectives, encouraging and stimulating superior performance by such individuals, and assisting and retaining highly qualified employees.

 

2. DEFINITIONS

Definitions for specific terms used within this Plan document are identified below.

 

  A. Adjusted EBITDA ” means the Company’s Fiscal Year consolidated net income before interest income and expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, fair value adjustments for warrants and stock compensation as defined and calculated in accordance with its currently employed accounting policies, methods and practices employed by the Company (consistent with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)) in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements and its Budget. For the avoidance of doubt, Adjusted EBITDA will be identical to EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization) with the sole two exceptions being that Adjusted EBITDA excludes (i) expenses associated with the Company’s stock compensation; and (ii) fair value adjustments for warrants. For clarification purposes, Adjusted EBITDA includes, without limitation, (i) restructuring costs; (ii) other income/expense, with the sole exception being income/expense for fair value adjustments for warrants; and (iii) expenses associated with payments under this Plan, the Sales Incentive Plan, as well as all other incentive plans.

 

  B. Affiliate ” means each of the following: (a) any Subsidiary; (b) any Parent; (c) any corporation, trade or business (including, without limitation, a partnership or limited liability company) which is directly or indirectly controlled 50% or more (whether by ownership of stock, assets or an equivalent ownership interest or voting interest) by the Company or one of its Affiliates; (d) any trade or business (including, without limitation, a partnership or limited liability company) which directly or indirectly controls 50% or more (whether by ownership of stock, assets or an equivalent ownership interest or voting interest) of the Company; and (e) any other entity in which the Company or any of its Affiliates has a material equity interest and which is designated as an “Affiliate” by resolution of the Compensation Committee.

 

  C.

Base Salary ” will be equal to the Participant’s annual base salary paid effective December 31 st for the year in which the Bonus Award is earned. Base Salary is determined before reductions for contributions under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. If a Participant’s bonus level or Base Salary

 

Page 1 of 15


  changes during the year, then the Base Salary will be prorated for the portion of the year to reflect the change in bonus level and/or Base Salary. Participants currently eligible for the Plan receiving a promotion with an increase and/or change in their target Bonus Award will have their target Bonus Award prorated accordingly. Base Salary does not include, without limitation and to the extent applicable, (i) financial awards under the Plan; (ii) variable compensation such as incentive awards, commissions or spot bonuses if any; (iii) imputed income from such programs as life insurance, auto allowance, or non-recurring earnings such as moving or relocation expenses, allowances or perquisites; (iv) stock-related compensation; or (v) overtime, unless required to be included in Base Salary for purposes of the Plan, in accordance with applicable law.

 

  D. Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  E. Bonus Award ” is the cash payment that may be earned by Participant, subject to the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 3 and the, achievement by the Company of Financial Targets.

 

  F. Budget ” means the Company’s Fiscal Year budget as approved by the Board.

 

  G. Cause ” means with respect to a Participant’s termination, the Participant’s: (i) failure to perform substantially all of his or her duties; (ii) commission of, or indictment for a felony or any crime involving fraud or embezzlement or dishonesty or conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to a misdemeanor (other than a traffic violation) punishable by imprisonment under federal, state or local law; (iii) engagement in an act of fraud or of willful dishonesty towards the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iv) willful misconduct or negligence resulting in a material economic harm to the Company or any of its Affiliates; (v) violation of a federal or state securities law or regulation; (vi) dishonesty detrimental to the best interests of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (vii) conduct involving any immoral acts which is reasonably likely to impair the reputation of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (viii) willful disloyalty to the Company or any of its Affiliates; (ix) violation, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors based on opinion of its counsel, by Participant of any securities or employment laws or regulations (x) use of a controlled substance without a prescription or the use of alcohol which impairs Participant’s ability to carry out Participant’s duties and responsibilities; or (xi) material violation by a Participant of the Company’s policies and procedures or any breach of any agreement between the Company and Participant.

 

  H. Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to any section of the Code shall also be a reference to any successor provision and any Treasury Regulation promulgated thereunder.

 

  I. Company ” means Motricity, Inc. and its subsidiaries and their successors and assigns.

 

Page 2 of 15


  J. Compensation Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, which has the authority to approve and amend the Plan if it deems such change(s) is/are in the interest of the Company.

 

  K. Financial Targets ” are the financial targets of the Company established by the Board for the Fiscal Year as described in Section 5.

 

  L.

Fiscal Year ” means the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1 st and ending December 31 st .

 

  M. Management Committee ” consists of the Company’s (i) Chief Executive Officer, (ii) President & Chief Operating Officer, (iii) Chief Financial Officer, (iv) General Counsel and (v) Chief Human Resources Officer.

 

  N. Non-Exempt Employee ” means an employee who receives hourly wages as determined under the Fair Labor and Standards Act and the wage and hours law of the applicable state.

 

  O. Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

  P. Recoupment ” is a compensation recovery method, provided under the Plan and only applicable to officers that are reporting persons pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, to recover all (or a portion) of a prior Bonus Award based on correction or restatement of the Company’s audited financial statements or other factor affecting Financial Targets.

 

  Q. Revenue ” means the Company’s Fiscal Year revenue in accordance with the currently employed accounting policies, methods and practices employed by the Company (consistent with GAAP) and the preparation of its consolidated financial statements and its Budget.

 

  R. Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

  S. Working Capital ” means the Company’s monthly average of (i) accounts receivable minus (ii) account payable minus (iii) other accrued liabilities for the Company’s Fiscal Year expenses, in accordance with the currently employed accounting policies, methods and practices employed by the Company (consistent with GAAP) and the preparation of their respective consolidated financial statements and in the Company’s Budget.

 

3. ELIGIBILITY

In order to be eligible to participate in the Plan and receive a Bonus Award, a Participant must be a full-time active employee and working in a bonus eligible position for at least ninety (90) consecutive days during that Fiscal Year. “Full-Time” is defined as working

 

Page 3 of 15


thirty-five (35) or more hours per week, and have executed all required Company documents. Contingency workers, including, without limitation, temporaries, part-time employees, contractors, consultants and outsourced work teams are not eligible for participation in the Plan. Employees who transfer into or out of a Bonus Award eligible position during the Fiscal Year will be eligible for a prorated Bonus Award as described in Section 4 below as long as all other criteria under this Plan are met. In order to be eligible to participate in the Plan and/or to receive any payout, Participants will not be able to participate simultaneously in the Company’s Sales Incentive Plan and/or other incentive plans (with the exception of eligibility for spot bonuses). To the extent that there is any conflict between this Plan and the Company’s Sales Incentive Plan and/or any other incentive plans, this Plan will govern.

 

   

Good Standing : Participants must be actively employed and in good standing (and otherwise in compliance with the Company’s policies and procedures) on the actual bonus pay date in order to receive a payout. Participants placed on a performance improvement plan or in corrective action status as a result of poor performance during the Fiscal Year, but that return to “Good Standing” status prior to the bonus payment date will only be eligible for a prorated incentive payout for that Fiscal Year at the discretion of the Management Committee. If the employee’s status returns to “Good Standing” in the new year, eligibility for full participation in the Plan will be reinstated for the new year going forward, but the employee will not be entitled to a Bonus Award for any period while not in “Good Standing”. As a condition of the receipt of any Bonus Award, the Participant shall be required to certify (or shall be deemed to have certified) at the time of receipt in a manner acceptable to the Company that the Participant is in compliance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and that the Participant has not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, any behavior that would result in a Termination for Cause.

 

   

Voluntary Separation : If a Participant voluntarily separates from Motricity after the end of the Fiscal Year, but prior to the payout date, then the award is forfeited.

 

   

Involuntary Separation : Participants terminated for Cause prior to the payout date will irrevocably forfeit any Bonus Award under the Plan. The determination of “Cause” will be made by the Company in its sole discretion. In the event Participant employees are separated from the Company, as a result of Company action, such as a reduction in force or redundancy action, then such payouts will be forfeited and any severance payments received will be considered payment in full.

 

   

Forfeiture of Bonus Award: If a Participant’s termination of employment occurs prior to the date of the Bonus Awards are actually paid out, then the Participant will not be entitled to any bonus payment for the Fiscal Year during which the termination occurs, except as may otherwise be provided under the terms of the Plan or as determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole and absolute discretion. Bonus Awards are not considered earned until they are approved by the Compensation Committee and are actually paid by the Company. Consequently, a Participant whose employment with the Company is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated prior to the actual Bonus Award payment date will be deemed ineligible for payment of the Bonus Award.

 

Page 4 of 15


   

Sales Incentive Plan: Sales Representatives are not eligible under this Plan, however, they may be eligible under the Company’s Sales Incentive Plan. “Sales Representatives” means an employee whose primary function is directly engaged in “selling” the Company’s products and services to its customers.

 

   

Other Cash Incentives and/or Plans: Without exception, Participants will not be eligible to receive any cash incentive other than those contemplated in this Plan without approval of the Management Committee within limitations of the Budget.

Participation in this Plan is at the Company’s discretion and the Compensation Committee may, at its sole and absolute discretion, decide to alter, modify or amend the Plan.

 

4. PRORATED BONUS AWARDS

A Participant will earn a Bonus Award based on the amount of time the eligible Participant is actively and continuously employed full-time in an eligible position during the Fiscal Year subject to meeting the eligibility requirements under Section 3.

 

   

New Hires and Rehires: The Bonus Award will be prorated based upon actual salary earned during the Fiscal Year relative to annual salary. For example, a Participant initially hired on July 1 st would be eligible for 50% of the annual Bonus Award. In the case of rehires, there is no credit for prior service and the rehire date must occur on or before October 3 rd in order for the Participant to be eligible under the Plan for the Fiscal Year.

 

   

Leaves of Absence: Time taken during a leave of absence is not credited toward eligibility for a Bonus Award; therefore, awards will be prorated for the length of time on leave of absence. Furthermore, payments of Bonus Awards are not considered earned and payable unless and until the Participant returns to work, with the exception of military leave. If the leave of absence lasts nine months or more during the Fiscal Year, then the Participant will not have met the 90-day eligibility required to earn a bonus for that Fiscal Year.

 

   

Promotions and Demotions: If the action results in a movement from one bonus-eligible position to another bonus-eligible position (with either a higher or lower bonus target) a prorated Bonus Award will be calculated. The Bonus Award will be calculated separately by factoring the time in each bonus eligible position by the corresponding bonus target and base pay during the Participant’s tenure in each position. However, if a Participant is both promoted and later demoted during the fiscal year, the Participant’s entire bonus eligibility and bonus target percent will be determined by the lower grade.

 

Page 5 of 15


   

Move from Bonus-Eligible Position to a Non-Bonus Eligible Position: The Bonus Award will be prorated based upon the time in a bonus-eligible position as long as the Participant was in the position for a minimum of ninety (90) consecutive days during the Fiscal Year. The Bonus Award will be based upon the base salary and the annual bonus target while in the bonus-eligible position.

 

   

Move from Non-Bonus-Eligible Position to a Bonus-Eligible Position: The Bonus Award will be prorated based on the time worked, the corresponding bonus target, and the base salary in effect while in the bonus-eligible position as long as the Participant was in the eligible position for a minimum of ninety (90) consecutive days during the Fiscal Year.

 

5. FINANCIAL TARGETS AND MINIMUM FINANCIAL TARGETS

The Financial Targets established for the Plan consist of Adjusted EBITDA, Revenue and Working Capital amounts approved by the Compensation Committee for the Fiscal Year. The Company must achieve the Minimum Financial Targets consisting of the Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue amounts approved by the Compensation Committee for the Fiscal Year in order for any payout to occur under the Plan (the “Minimum Financial Targets”).

The Financial Targets and Minimum Financial Targets for the Plan Year are set forth in (i)  Exhibit A for Participants who are Senior Director level and below and (ii)  Exhibit B for Participants who are Vice President level and above.

The Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time prior to the final determination of Bonus Awards, increase, decrease, otherwise adjust performance measures, targets, and payout ranges used hereunder as a result of extraordinary or non-reoccurring events, changes in applicable accounting rules or principles, changes in the Company’s methods of accounting, changes in applicable law, changes due to consolidation, acquisitions or reorganization affecting the Company and its subsidiaries or such other material change in the Company’s business or eliminate a Bonus Award if such change(s) is/are desirable in the interests of equitable treatment of the Participants and the Company. The Management Committee will implement such change(s) for immediate incorporation into the Plan.

 

6. COMPUTATION AND DISBURSEMENT OF FUNDS

The Plan is designed to fund annual Bonus Awards if the Company meets but does not exceed the Financial Targets for the full year. Further, the aggregate amount of Bonus Awards for all Participants for the full year would equal the amount contained in the Budget for payout under this Plan.

Company performance will be assessed and measured after the end of the Plan Fiscal Year in order to determine annual Bonus funding and Awards. Subject to achievement of the Minimum Financial Targets set forth in Exhibits A and B , Bonus funding and Awards will be determined by the Company’s performance relative to the Financial Targets also set forth in Exhibits A and B . In the event the Company fails to achieve the Minimum Financial Targets, then Participants will not receive a Bonus Award for the year.

 

Page 6 of 15


The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA, Revenue and Working Capital will be based upon the Company’s audited financial statements for the year, subject to review and approval by the Board in its sole discretion. Without exception, unaudited financials will not be used to measure achievement of the Financial Targets.

For positions below the level of Vice President, the Company will provide differentiated bonus awards based on performance achievement against each employee’s personal goals. It will execute bonus awards inside of the bonus pool funding thresholds defined inside this Plan as approved by the Compensation Committee. The Management Committee will conduct a full performance calibration process as part of the Company’s annual performance review which will yield an aggregated and individualized view into the achievements of the prior fiscal year.

As soon as practical after the close of the Fiscal Year, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer will calculate the Company’s actual audited achieved performance relative to the Financial Targets and the proposed Bonus Awards under the Plan. The proposed Bonus Award, a list of eligible Participants and their Bonus eligible Base Salary and their proposed Bonus Award will be presented to the Compensation Committee by no later than sixty (60) days of the end of the Fiscal Year and once approved, the Bonus Award will be paid to all Participants by March 31 st of the calendar year following the Fiscal Year for which the Bonus Awards are earned. If the approval from the Compensation Committee occurs after March 31 st of the following Fiscal Year, then the Bonus Award payouts will occur on the next scheduled pay cycle following approval, but no later than June 30 th of the calendar year following the Fiscal Year for which the Bonus Awards are earned. If prorated Bonus Awards are granted, then such Bonus Awards will be paid in the same manner at the same time as all the other Bonus Award payouts.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, if the Compensation Committee determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that calculations underlying the Financial Targets, including but not limited to mistakes in the Company’s audited financial statements for the year, were incorrect, then the Compensation Committee may (i) adjust Bonus Awards (upward or downward); or (ii) initiate a Recoupment.

Income, employment and any other applicable taxes will be withheld from any Bonus Award payments required under the Plan to the extent determined by the Company in accordance with applicable law and remitted to the appropriate tax authority.

 

7. TARGET BONUS PERCENTAGES

Target Bonus Percentages by position or job level are provided in Exhibit C .

 

8. ADMINISTRATION

Subject to Sections 3, 5 and 6, the Management Committee will have the authority to administer and make all decisions and exercise all rights of the Company with respect to

 

Page 7 of 15


this Plan, including, the authority (i) to determine eligibility hereunder; (ii) related to rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan; and (iii) to decide any questions and settle controversies and disputes with employees that may arise in connection with the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Compensation Committee will have the sole authority to interpret the provisions of the Plan. The Management Committee will provide the Compensation Committee, no less than once during the Fiscal Year, a summary of significant recurring questions, controversies and disputes (if any) that may have arisen in connection with the Plan during the preceding Fiscal Year. The Compensation Committee will have the authority to rely upon any reports prepared by the auditors and conclusively determine whether Participants have earned Bonus Awards hereunder. The members of the Board and Compensation Committee will not be liable for any actions or determinations made with respect to their duties under this Plan.

In the event of a claim or dispute brought forth by a Participant, the decision of the Management Committee as to the facts in the case and meaning and intent of any provision of the Plan, or its application, will be final, binding, and conclusive. In the case of claims or disputes brought by a Participant that is a member of the Management Committee, such decisions will be made by the Compensation Committee.

 

9. GENERAL PROVISIONS

A Participant’s rights under the Plan will not be assignable, either voluntarily or in-voluntarily by way of encumbrance, pledge, attachment, level or charge of any nature (except as may be required by state or federal law).

Nothing in the Plan will require the Company to segregate or set aside any funds or other property for the purpose of paying any portion of a financial award. No Participant, beneficiary or other person will have any right, title or interest in any amount awarded under the Plan prior to the payment of such award to him or her, or in any property of the Company or its subsidiaries.

Participation in this Plan will not confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company nor interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time. The Company is under no obligation to continue the Plan in future fiscal years.

 

Page 8 of 15


EXHIBIT A

Plan Financial Targets for Senior Director Level and Below

The Financial Targets for Fiscal Year will be as follows (the “Financial Target(s)”):

ADJUSTED EBITDA: ***

REVENUE: ***

Minimum Targets

No payout will be made to Participants unless the Company achieves (i) a minimum Adjusted EBITDA of 80% of the aforementioned Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA; and (ii) a minimum Revenue of 95% of the aforementioned Financial Target for Revenue.

Bonus Pool

Subject to achievement of Minimum Targets, the funding of the Bonus Award pool (the “Bonus Pool”) for Participant’s will be calculated as described below. Actual bonus awards for each Participant will be determined based on fiscal year achievement of personal and Company goals. Company will calibrate talent to ensure differentiated rewards based on performance.

 

  i) 60% of Bonus Pool will be funded based on Adjusted EBITDA

 

   

Pool funding % will be 0% if actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved is below 80% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Pool funding will be 30% if actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved exceeds 80% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA, but is less than 90% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Pool funding % will be 60% if actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved exceeds 90% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA, but is less than 100% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Pool funding % will be 100% if actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved is equal to 100% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

For each additional 3% of actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved beyond 100% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA, the Adjusted EBITDA bonus pool funding will increase by 5%. Under no circumstance will Adjusted EBITDA pool funding exceed 150%.

Illustrative Table:

 

% of Financial

Target Achieved

  Adjusted EBITDA
Bonus Pool  Funding %
<80%   0%
>=80%   30%
>=90%   60%
>=100%   100%
>=115%   125%
>=130%   150%

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 9 of 15


  ii) 40% of the Bonus Pool will be funded based on Revenue

 

   

Pool funding % will be 0% if actual Revenue achieved is below 95% of the Financial Target for Revenue.

 

   

Pool funding % will be 60% if actual Revenue achieved exceeds 95% but is less than 100% of the Financial Target for Revenue.

 

   

Pool funding % will be 100% if actual Revenue achieved is equal to 100% of the Financial Target for Revenue.

 

   

For each additional 1% of actual Revenue achieved beyond the Financial Target for Revenue, the Revenue bonus pool funding will increase by 5%.

 

   

Under no circumstance will Actual Revenue pool funding exceed 150%.

Illustrative Table:

 

% of Financial

Target Achieved

  Revenue Bonus
Pool Funding%
<95%   0%
>=95%   60%
>=100%   100%
>=105%   125%
>=110%   150%

Bonus Pool Funding Examples:

 

     Adj. EBITDA   Revenue   Bonus Pool
Funding %

Weighting

   60%   40%  
Scenario 1 – Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue below Minimum Target

Results

   85%   90%   0%

Pool Funding%

   0%   0%  
Scenario 2 – Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue meets Financial Target

Results

   100%   100%   100%

Pool Funding %

   100%   100%  
Scenario 3 – Adjusted EBITDA meets Financial Target and Revenue exceeds Financial Target

Results

   100%   105%   110%

Pool Funding %

   100%   125%  
Scenario 4 – Adjusted EBITDA exceeds Financial Target and Revenue slightly below Financial Target (but above Minimum Target)

Results

   115%   95%   99%

Pool Funding %

   125%   60%  

 

Page 10 of 15


Participant’s Bonus Award

Subject to the achievement of the Minimum Targets and the Bonus Pool, actual Bonus Awards for each Participant will be determined based on Fiscal Year achievement of personal and Company goals. The Company will calibrate talent to ensure differentiated rewards based on performance. It is intended that variations (i.e. increases or decreases) in Participant’s Bonus Awards which result from personal performance ratings will not result in an increase in the aggregate Bonus Pool available to all eligible Participants.

Personal goals for each Participant are to be developed jointly by the Participant and his/her supervisor for the Fiscal Year. Attainment of such goals and other performance criteria, both quantifiable and non-quantifiable, may be used to arrive at an overall individual performance rating. Such criteria will be applied consistently to Participants with similar duties pursuant to an evaluation process to be reviewed and approved by the Chief Human Resources Officer. The Management Committee reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to accept the personal performance and bonus recommendation for each Participant or to modify any personal performance and bonus recommendation for any Participant, as the Management Committee deems appropriate.

 

Page 11 of 15


EXHIBIT B

Plan Financial Targets for Vice President Level and Above

The Financial Targets for the Fiscal Year Plan will be as follows (the “Financial Target(s)”):

ADJUSTED EBITDA: ***

REVENUE: ***

WORKING CAPITAL: ***

Minimum Targets

No payout will be made to Participants unless the Company achieves (i) a minimum Adjusted EBITDA of 90% of the aforementioned Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA; and (ii) a minimum Revenue of 95% of the aforementioned Financial Target for Revenue (the “Minimum Targets”).

Subject to achievement of the Minimum Targets, a Participant’s Bonus Award will equal:

 

(x) Participant’s target Bonus Award multiplied by

 

(y) Payout % which will be the sum of:

 

  i) 60% of payout will be based on Adjusted EBITDA for all eligible Participants

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA Payout % will be 0% if actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved is below 90% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Adjusted EBIDTA Payout % will be 60% if actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved exceeds 90% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA, but is less than 100% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA Payout % will be 100% if actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved is equal to 100% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

For each additional 3% of actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved beyond 100% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA, the Adjusted EBITDA payout will increase by 5%.

 

   

Under no circumstance will Adjusted EBITDA payout exceed 150%.

Illustrative Table:

 

% of Financial

Target Achieved

  Adjusted EBITDA
Payout %
<90%   0%
>=90%   60%
>=100%   100%
>=115%   125%
>=130%   150%

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 12 of 15


  ii) 20% of Payout will be based on Revenue for all eligible Participants

 

   

Revenue Payout % will be 0% if actual Revenue achieved is below 95% of the Financial Target for Revenue.

 

   

Revenue Payout % will be 60% if actual Revenue achieved exceeds 95% but is less than 100% of the Financial Target for Revenue.

 

   

Revenue Payout % will be 100% if actual Revenue achieved is equal to 100% of the Financial Target for Revenue.

 

   

For each additional 1% of actual Revenue achieved beyond the Financial Target for Revenue, the Revenue payout will increase by 5%.

 

   

Under no circumstance will Revenue payout exceed 150%.

Illustrative Table:

 

% of Financial

Target Achieved

  Revenue
Payout %
<95%   0%
>=95%   60%
>=100%   100%
>=105%   125%
>=110%   150%

 

  iii) 20% of payout will be based on Working Capital (“WC”) for all eligible Participants

 

   

WC Payout % will be 0% if actual WC achieved exceeds 105% of the Financial Target for WC.

 

   

WC Payout % will be 60% if actual WC achieved is less than 105% of the Financial Target for WC but greater than 100% of the Financial Target for WC.

 

   

WC Payout % will be 100% if actual WC achieved is equal to 100% of the Financial Target for WC.

 

   

For each additional 5% of WC reductions achieved below 100% of the Financial Target for WC, WC Payout % will increase 5%.

 

   

Under no circumstance will WC Payout % exceed 150%.

 

   

In the event that the Company accesses the Accounts Receivables revolver (from SVB or any other lender), then no WC Payout % will be earned.

Illustrative Table:

 

% of Financial

Target Achieved

  WC Payout %
>105%   0%
<=105%   60%
<=100%   100%
<=75%   125%
<=50%   150%

 

Page 13 of 15


Payout Calculation Examples:

 

     Adj. EBITDA   Revenue   Working Capital   Payout of
Target  Bonus

Weighting

   60%   20%   20%  
Scenario 1 – Adjusted EBITDA, Revenue and WC below Minimum Target

Results

   85%   90%   110%  

Payout %

   0%   0%   0%   0%
Scenario 2 – Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue slightly below Financial Target (but above Minimum Target) and WC meets Financial Target

Results

   95%   95%   100%  

Payout %

   60%   60%   100%   68%
Scenario 3 – Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue meets Financial Target and WC exceeds Financial Target

Results

   100%   100%   75%  

Payout %

   100%   100%   125%   105%
Scenario 4 – Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue exceed Financial Target and WC meets Financial Target

Results

   115%   105%   100%  

Payout %

   125%   125%   100%   120%

 

Page 14 of 15


EXHIBIT C

Target Bonus Percentages by Job Title

Target Bonus Percentages by position or job level are as follows:

 

Position / Job Level

   US Tgt %   UK Tgt %   NL Tgt%   SGD Tgt %

Chief Executive Officer

   75%   n/a   n/a   n/a

President & Chief Operating Officer

   55%   n/a   n/a   n/a

Chief Marketing & Strategy Officer

   50%   n/a   n/a   n/a

Chief Financial Officer

   55%   n/a   n/a   n/a

General Counsel

   50%   n/a   n/a   n/a

Chief Human Resources Officer

   ***   ***   ***   ***

VP/SVP, Product Strategy

   ***   ***   ***   ***

VP/SVP, Product Development

   ***   ***   ***   ***

VP/SVP, Solutions & Services

   ***   ***   ***   ***

VP/SVP, Operations & IT

   ***   ***   ***   ***

Senior Director

   ***   ***   ***   ***

Director

   ***   ***   ***   ***

Senior Manager/IC Advisor

   ***   ***   ***   ***

Manager

   ***   ***   ***   ***

Individual Contributors

   ***   ***   ***   ***

Support (Non-Exempt Employees) and All Others

   ***   ***   ***   ***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 15 of 15

Exhibit 10.23

[FORM OF AGREEMENT FOR VICE-PRESIDENTS, SENIOR VICE PRESIDENTS,

NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMANY]

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

PURSUANT TO THE

MOTRICITY, INC. 2010 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

EXECUTIVE GRANT

* * * * *

Participant:                                         

Grant Date:                                         

Per Share Exercise Price: $               

Number of Shares subject to this Option:                                     

* * * * *

THIS NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of the Grant Date specified above, is entered into by and between Motricity, Inc., a company organized in the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”), and the Participant specified above, pursuant to the Motricity, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as in effect and as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), which is administered by the Committee; and

WHEREAS, it has been determined under the Plan that it would be in the best interests of the Company to grant the non-qualified stock option provided for herein to the Participant.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto hereby mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Incorporation By Reference; Plan Document Receipt . This Agreement is subject in all respects to the terms and provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, any amendments thereto adopted at any time and from time to time unless such amendments are expressly intended not to apply to the award provided hereunder), all of which terms and provisions are made a part of and incorporated in this Agreement as if they were each expressly set forth herein. Any capitalized term not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as is ascribed thereto in the Plan. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a true copy of the Plan and that the Participant has read the Plan carefully and fully understands its content. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. No part of the Option granted hereby is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code.


2. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Participant, as of the Grant Date specified above, a non-qualified stock option (this “ Option ”) to acquire from the Company at the Per Share Exercise Price specified above, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock specified above (the “ Option Shares ”). Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, the Participant agrees and understands that nothing contained in this Agreement provides, or is intended to provide, the Participant with any protection against potential future dilution of the Participant’s interest in the Company for any reason. The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock covered by this Option unless and until the Participant has become the holder of record of the shares, and no adjustments shall be made for dividends in cash or other property, distributions or other rights in respect of any such shares, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan or this Agreement.

3. Vesting and Expiration .

(a) Vesting . The Option subject to this grant shall become vested and exercisable as to twenty-five percent (25%) on each of the first four (4) anniversaries of the Grant Date specified above, provided the Participant is then employed by the Company and/or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (i.e., the Option will be 100% vested four (4) years following the Grant Date if the Participant is then employed by the Company and/or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates). There shall be no proportionate or partial vesting in the periods prior to each vesting date and all vesting shall occur only on the appropriate vesting date, subject to the Participant’s continued service with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates on each applicable vesting date.

(b) Effect of Termination for Cause . The provisions of Section 6.4(c) of the Plan regarding Termination for Cause shall apply to the Option.

(c) Expiration . Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and/or this Agreement, all portions of this Option (whether vested or not vested) shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the Grant Date (the “ Expiration Date ”).

4. Termination . Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the Participant’s Termination shall impact the Option as follows:

(a) Termination due to Death, Disability or Retirement . In the event of the Participant’s Termination by reason of death, Disability or Retirement, the vested portion of this Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) one (1) year from the date of such Termination, and (ii) the expiration of the stated term of the Option pursuant to Section 3 hereof;

(b) Termination Without Cause or For Good Reason . In the event of the Participant’s Termination (i) by the Company without Cause , other than by reason of death, Disability or Retirement or (ii) by the Participant for Good Reason, the vested portion of this Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (I) ninety (90) days from the date of such Termination, and (II) the expiration of the stated term of the Option pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

 

2


(c) Termination for Cause. In the event of the Participant’s Termination (i) by the Company for Cause or (ii) by the Participant after the occurrence of an event that would be grounds for a Termination for Cause, then the Option granted hereunder (whether or not vested) shall terminate and expire upon such Termination. Furthermore, in the event that the Participant engages in behavior that would result in a Termination for Cause during the twenty-four (24) month period commencing on the date that the Option is exercised or becomes vested, the Company shall be entitled to recover from the Participant at any time within twenty-four (24) months after such exercise or vesting, and the Participant shall pay over to the Company, an amount equal to any gain realized as a result of the exercise (whether at the time of exercise or thereafter).

(d) Voluntary Termination. In the event of the Participant’s Termination by the Participant for any reason (other than Good Reason or after the occurrence of an event that would be grounds for a Termination for Cause, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion), the vested portion of this Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (I) thirty (30) days from the date of such Termination, and (II) the expiration of the stated term of the Option pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

(e) Treatment of Unvested Option upon Termination . Any portion of this Option that is not vested as of the date of the Participant’s Termination shall terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination.

5. Method of Exercise and Payment .

(a) Method . Subject to Section 9, to the extent that the Option has become vested and exercisable with respect to a number of shares of Common Stock as provided herein, the Option may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time prior to the expiration of the Option as provided herein and in accordance with Sections 6.4(c) and 6.4(d) of the Plan, by the filing of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto and payment in full of the Per Share Exercise Price multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the portion of the Option exercised. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued until payment therefor, as provided herein, has been made or provided for.

(b) Condition of Exercise . As a condition of exercise, the Participant shall be required to certify, in a manner and a form acceptable to the Company, in its sole discretion, that the Participant is in compliance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and that the Participant has not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, any behavior that would result in a Termination for Cause (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion), as applicable.

6. Executive Ownership Representation; Restrictions . The Participant hereby agrees (i) to own, within five (5) years of the Grant Date, shares of Common Stock equal in value to at least one and one-half times (1.5x) the Participant’s annual base salary (determined as of the last day of the fifth year following the Grant Date); and (ii) that the Participant shall not be permitted to pledge shares of Common Stock or any equity award denominated in shares of the Company’s capital stock as collateral for investment purposes or otherwise. For purposes of this section, ownership shall include all shares of Common Stock deemed “beneficially owned”

 

3


(as defined in Rule 13d-3(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 without regard to vesting) by the Participant, shares transferred for estate planning purposes or pursuant to a court order. Compliance will be evaluated on a twice-per-year basis, as of June 30 and December 31 of each year, and not on a running basis. Failure of the Participant to achieve the ownership guidelines within the timelines hereunder will result, in the sole discretion of the Committee, with forfeiture of this Option; provided, however, this Section 6 shall not apply if the Participant is no longer an active employee of the Company. When calculating the number of shares of Common Stock that an executive is required to hold hereunder, the Participant’s base salary will be multiplied by 1.5 and then divided by the average closing price for shares of Common Stock over the thirty (30) trading days prior to the date of calculation as set forth above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant shall be permitted to sell or dispose of the necessary number of shares of Common Stock to pay any state, federal or local tax withholdings arising solely from the exercise of stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock or vesting of restricted shares of Common Stock, if any.

7. Non-transferability . The Option, and any rights and interests with respect thereto, issued under this Agreement and the Plan shall not be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Participant (or any beneficiary(ies) of the Participant), other than by testamentary disposition by the Participant or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit the Option to be Transferred to a Family Member for no value, provided that such Transfer shall only be valid upon execution of a written instrument in form and substance acceptable to the Committee in its sole discretion evidencing such Transfer and the transferee’s acceptance thereof signed by the Participant and the transferee, and provided, further, that the Option may not be subsequently Transferred otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or to another Family Member (as permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion) in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, and shall remain subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. Any attempt to sell, exchange, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of or hypothecate in any way the Option, or the levy of any execution, attachment or similar legal process upon the Option, contrary to the terms and provisions of this Agreement and/or the Plan shall be null and void and without legal force or effect. Further, any shares of Common Stock acquired by a permissible transferee (i) upon the exercise of the Option by a permissible transferee or (ii) pursuant to a Transfer after the exercise of the Option shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

8. Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the choice of law principles thereof.

9. Withholding of Tax . The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, local and foreign taxes of any kind (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations) which the Company, in its sole discretion, deems necessary to be withheld or remitted to comply with the Code and/or any other applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to the Option and, if the Participant fails to do so, the Company may otherwise refuse to issue or transfer any shares of Common Stock otherwise required to be

 

4


issued pursuant to this Agreement. Any statutorily required withholding obligation with regard to the Participant may be satisfied by reducing the amount of cash or shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon exercise of the Option. Any fraction of a share of Common Stock required to satisfy such tax obligations shall be disregarded and the amount due shall be paid instead in cash by the Participant.

10. Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, together with the Plan, contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior agreements or prior understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties relating to such subject matter. The Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to modify or amend this Agreement from time to time in accordance with and as provided in the Plan. This Agreement may also be modified or amended by a writing signed by both the Company and the Participant. The Company shall give written notice to the Participant of any such modification or amendment of this Agreement as soon as practicable after the adoption thereof.

11. Notices . Any notice hereunder by the Participant shall be given to the Company in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof by the General Counsel of the Company. Any notice hereunder by the Company shall be given to the Participant in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof at such address as the Participant may have on file with the Company.

12. No Right to Employment . Any questions as to whether and when there has been a Termination and the cause of such Termination shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee. Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates to terminate the Participant’s employment or service at any time, for any reason and with or without Cause.

13. Transfer of Personal Data . The Participant authorizes, agrees and unambiguously consents to the transmission by the Company (or any Subsidiary or Affiliate) of any personal data information related to the Option awarded under this Agreement for legitimate business purposes (including, without limitation, the administration of the Plan). This authorization and consent is freely given by the Participant.

14. Compliance with Laws . The issuance of this Option (and the Shares upon exercise of this Option) pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to, and shall comply with, any applicable requirements of any foreign and U.S. federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the 1934 Act and in each case any respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) and any other law or regulation applicable thereto. The Company shall not be obligated to issue this Option or any of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement if any such issuance would violate any such requirements.

15. Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary, the Option is intended to be exempt from the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be limited, construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent.

 

5


16. Binding Agreement; Assignment . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, be binding upon, and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns. The Participant shall not assign (except as provided by Section 7 hereof) any part of this Agreement without the prior express written consent of the Company.

17. Headings . The titles and headings of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement.

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

19. Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall do and perform (or shall cause to be done and performed) all such further acts and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as either party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the Plan and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder. Specifically, as a condition to the receipt of shares of Common Stock pursuant to exercise of this Option, the Participant shall execute and deliver a stockholder’s agreement or such other documentation that shall set forth certain restrictions on transferability of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise or purchase, and such other terms as the Board or Committee shall from time to time establish, for any such time prior to the Company’s capital stock being registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and listed for trading on a national securities exchange.

20. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

21. Acquired Rights . The Participant acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the award of the Option made under this Agreement is completely independent of any other award or grant and is made at the sole discretion of the Company; (b) no past grants or awards (including, without limitation, the Option awarded hereunder) give the Participant any right to any grants or awards in the future whatsoever; and (c) any benefits granted under this Agreement are not part of the Participant’s ordinary salary, and shall not be considered as part of such salary in the event of severance, redundancy or resignation.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

MOTRICITY, INC.

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   
PARTICIPANT
 

Name:

   

Social Security Number:                                                         

 

7


EXHIBIT A

MOTRICITY, INC.

2010 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Motricity, Inc.

601108th Avenue NE

Suite 900

Bellevue, WA 98004

Attn: Chief Human Resources Officer

 

  1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,              , 20      , the undersigned (“ Participant ”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option to purchase              shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Motricity, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated              , 20      (the “ Award Agreement ”).

 

  2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

  3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement, and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions. Participant hereby certifies that he/she is in compliance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and that to the best of his/her knowledge that he/she has not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, behavior that would result in a Termination for Cause (as defined in the Plan).

 

  4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), Participant shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such other period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, and provided further that if requested by the Managing Underwriter or the Company, such Participant shall further evidence the foregoing restrictions by executing a “lock-up” agreement in the form provided by the Managing Underwriter or the Company. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares and its other securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of the Market Standoff Period.


  5. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Option Shares (as defined in the Award Agreement), notwithstanding the exercise of the Option (as defined in the Award Agreement). The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 4.2 of the Plan.

 

  6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

  7. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, successors and assigns.

 

  8. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Committee (as defined in the Plan) which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

  9. Governing Law; Venue . This Agreement and any disputes or claims arising hereunder shall be construed in accordance with, governed by and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware without regard for any rules of conflicts of law. Any action at law, suit in equity or judicial proceeding arising directly, indirectly or otherwise in connection with, out of, related to, or from this Agreement, or any provision hereof, shall be litigated only in the courts of the State of Delaware and the parties each hereby waive the right to a trial by jury of any claim, demand, action or causes of action under this Agreement. Participant and the Company consent to the jurisdiction of such courts over the subject matter of this Agreement. Participant waives any right Participant might have to transfer or change the venue of any litigation brought against Participant by the Company. In no event shall any dispute arising out of, or in connection with, this Agreement be submitted to arbitration or mediation.

 

  10.

Entire Agreement . The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan and the Award Agreement constitute the


  entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:      Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT      MOTRICITY, INC.
        
Signature      By
        
Print Name      Title
Address :      Address :
        
        
     Date Received by Company:                                                          

Exhibit 10.26

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE 2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN OF

MOTRICITY, INC.

The 2004 Stock Incentive Plan of Motricity, Inc. (the “Plan”) is hereby amended as follows:

 

  1. The first sentence of Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 4(c), the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan shall be Seventy Six Million Six Hundred Ninety-Five Thousand Fifty-Five (76,695,055) shares.”

Adopted by the Board of Directors of Motricity, Inc. (the “Company”) by written consent on the 9th day of October, 2007 and adopted by the requisite majority of the stockholders of he Company on the 15th day of October, 2007.

 

/s/ Nathan A. Gooden
Nathan A. Gooden, Secretary

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Motricity, Inc. of our report dated March 5, 2010, except for Note 17, as to which the date is April 25, 2010, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Motricity, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Amendment No. 6 to the Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

June 1, 2010